As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25, 2012
Registration No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and
Savings Plan for Employees of Westbury Bank (the 401(k) Plan)
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
Maryland |
|
6712 |
|
Being applied for |
(State or Other Jurisdiction of |
|
(Primary Standard Industrial |
|
(I.R.S. Employer |
Incorporation or Organization) |
|
Classification Code Number) |
|
Identification Number) |
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
(262) 334-5563
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
Mr. Raymond F. Lipman
President and Chief Executive Officer
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
(262) 334-5563
(Address, Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Agent for Service)
Copies to:
Kip Weissman, Esq.
Adam P. Wheeler, Esq.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
(202) 274-2000
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this registration statement becomes effective.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box: x
If this Form is filed to register additional shares for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering: o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of large accelerated filer, accelerated filer and smaller reporting company in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer o |
|
Accelerated filer o |
Non-accelerated filer o |
|
Smaller reporting company x |
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company) |
|
|
CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
Title of each class of
|
|
Amount to be
|
|
Proposed maximum
|
|
Proposed maximum
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|||
Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share |
|
4,675,038 shares |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
46,750,380 |
(1) |
$ |
6,377 |
|
Participation interests |
|
1,160,000 interests |
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
(2) |
|||
(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
(2) The securities of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to be purchased by the 401(k) Plan as adopted by Westbury Bank are included in the amount shown for the common stock. Accordingly, no separate fee is required for the participation interests. In accordance with Rule 457(h) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the registration fee has been calculated on the basis of the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased with the current assets of such plan. The prospectus supplement for the 401(k) Plan will be filed by amendment.
The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Securities and Exchange Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
Prospectus Supplement
Interests in
WESTBURY BANK
401(k) PROFIT SHARING PLAN
Offering of Participation Interests in up to 1,160,000 Shares of
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
COMMON STOCK
In connection with the conversion of Westbury Bank (Westbury Bank) from the mutual to the stock form of organization and the related offering of shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank are allowing participants in the Westbury Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (the Plan) to invest up to 15% of their account balances in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank adopted the Plan, effective as of October 15, 2012, for the benefit of Westbury Banks employees. The Plan replaced the prior plan (the Prior Plan) that was originally adopted effective as of January 1, 1985. The account balances of active employees of Westbury Bank have been transferred from the Prior Plan to the Plan.
Based upon the value of the Plan assets at October 15, 2012, the trustee of the Plan could purchase or acquire up to 1,160,000 shares of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., at the purchase price of $10.00 per share. This prospectus supplement relates to the initial election of Plan participants to direct the trustee of the Plan to invest up to 15% of their Plan account balances in stock units representing an ownership interest in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. at the time of the stock offering.
The prospectus of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., dated , 2012, accompanies this prospectus supplement. It contains detailed information regarding the conversion and stock offering of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock and the financial condition, results of operations and business of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank. This prospectus supplement provides information regarding the Plan. You should read this prospectus supplement together with the prospectus and keep both for future reference.
For a discussion of risks that you should consider, see the Risk Factors section of the prospectus.
The interests in the Plan and the offering of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock have not been approved or disapproved by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other federal or state agency. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
The securities offered in this prospectus supplement and in the prospectus are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
This prospectus supplement may be used only in connection with offers and sales by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. of interests or shares of common stock pursuant to the Plan. No one may use this prospectus supplement to re-offer or resell interests or shares of common stock acquired through the Plan.
You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus supplement and the accompanying prospectus. Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank and the Plan have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different.
This prospectus supplement does not constitute an offer to sell or solicitation of an offer to buy any securities in any jurisdiction to any person to whom it is unlawful to make an offer or solicitation in that jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus supplement and the prospectus nor any sale of common stock or stock units representing an ownership interest in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock shall under any circumstances imply that there has been no change in the affairs of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or any of its subsidiaries or the Plan since the date of this prospectus supplement, or that the information contained in this prospectus supplement or incorporated by reference is correct as of any time after the date of this prospectus supplement.
The date of this prospectus supplement is , 2012.
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Election to Purchase Common Stock in the Offering: Priorities |
1 |
3 |
|
4 |
|
4 |
|
4 |
|
6 |
|
6 |
|
6 |
|
Direction to Purchase Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund Units after the Offering |
7 |
7 |
|
7 |
|
7 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
8 |
|
8 |
|
9 |
|
9 |
|
9 |
|
9 |
|
11 |
|
12 |
|
17 |
|
17 |
|
18 |
|
18 |
|
18 |
|
19 |
|
20 |
|
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability |
20 |
21 |
|
|
|
21 |
|
|
The shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. are being offered at $10 per share in a subscription offering and community offering. In the offering, the shares are being offered in the following descending order of priority:
Subscription Offering:
(1) First, to depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on June 30, 2011. (2) Second, to Westbury Banks tax-qualified plans, including the employee stock ownership plan. (3) Third, to depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on September 30, 2012. (4) Fourth, to depositors of Westbury Bank as of [ ].
If there are shares remaining after all of the orders in the subscription offering have been filled, shares may be offered in a community offering to the general public.
If you fall into subscription offering categories (1), (3), or (4) above, you have subscription rights to purchase Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering and you may use funds in the Plan to pay for the stock units. You may also be able to purchase stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering even though you are ineligible to purchase through subscription offering categories (1), (3), or (4) if Westbury Bancorp, Inc. determines to allow the Plan to purchase stock through subscription offering category (2), reserved for its tax-qualified employee plans. If the Plan is not included in category (2), then any order for stock units placed by those ineligible to subscribe in categories (1), (3), and (4) will be considered an order placed in the community offering. Subscription offering orders, however, will have preference over orders placed in a community offering.
You may also be able to purchase Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock outside of the Plan. You will separately receive offering materials in the mail, including a Stock Order Form. If you wish to purchase stock outside of the Plan, you must complete and submit the Stock Order Form and payment, using the reply envelope provided. |
|
|
The amount that you elect to transfer from your existing account balances for the purchase of stock units representing an ownership interest in shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the stock offering will be removed from your existing accounts and transferred to an interest-bearing cash account, pending the closing of the conversion, which will occur up to several weeks after the stock offering period ends.
At the closing of the conversion, and subject to a determination as to whether all or any portion of your order may be filled (based on your purchase priority and whether the stock offering is over-subscribed and whether the Plan will purchase through category 2), the amount that you have transferred to purchase stock units will be placed in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund and allocated to your Plan account.
In the event the stock offering is oversubscribed, i.e. , there are more orders for shares of common stock than shares available for sale in the stock offering, and the trustee is unable to use the full amount allocated by you to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, the amount that cannot be invested in shares of common stock, and any interest earned, will be reinvested in the other investment funds of the Plan in accordance with your then existing investment election (in proportion to your investment direction for future contributions). If you do not have an existing election as to the investment of future contributions, then such amounts will be transferred to and invested in the applicable Smart Retirement Fund (based upon your normal retirement date), pending your reinvestment in another fund of your choice.
If you choose not to direct the investment of your account balances towards the purchase of any shares in the offering, your account balances will remain in the investment funds of the Plan as previously directed by you. |
|
|
|
|
The Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will initially invest 95% of its assets in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and hold 5% in cash. Accordingly, stock units will not be valued at the same price as the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will maintain a cash component for liquidity purposes. Liquidity is required in order to facilitate daily transactions such as investment transfers or distributions from the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Following the stock offering, each day, the stock unit value of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will be determined by dividing |
|
|
the total market value of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund at the end of the day by the total number of units held in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund by all participants as of the previous days end. The change in stock unit value reflects the days change in stock price, any cash dividends accrued and the interest earned on the cash component of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund, less any investment management fees. The market value and unit holdings of your account in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund will be reported to you on your regular Plan participant statements and you may also view your account balances by internet access to your account. |
|
|
|
|
As of October 15, 2012, the market value of the assets of the Plan was approximately $11,500,000, all of which was attributable to active employees of Westbury Bank. |
|
|
|
|
|
Enclosed is a Special Investment Election Form on which you can elect to transfer up to 15% of your account balance in the Plan to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for the purchase of stock units at $10 each in the offering. If you wish to use up to 15% of your account balance in the Plan to purchase common stock issued in the offering (which will be designated as stock units in the Plan), you should indicate that decision on the Special Investment Election Form. If you do not wish to purchase stock units in the offering through the Plan, you must still fill out the Special Investment Election Form and check the box for No Election in Section D of the form. In either case, return the Special Investment Election Form to Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Westbury Bank, as indicated below , no later than , , 2013 at :00 p.m., Central Time. |
|
|
|
|
|
You can elect to transfer up to 15% of your account balance in the Plan to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for the purchase of stock units. This is done by following the procedures described below. Please note the following stipulations concerning this election:
· You can direct up to 15% of your current account balance to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. (See the Prospectus of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for additional purchase limitations).
· Your election is subject to a minimum purchase of 25 shares which equates to $250.00.
· Your election is subject to a maximum purchase of 15,000 |
|
|
shares which equals $150,000. (See the Prospectus of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for additional purchase limitations.)
· The election period for purchases through the Plan closes , , 2013, at :00 p.m., Central Time.
· After your election is accepted, funds will be transferred from each of your designated accounts and the transferred amount will remain in an interest bearing account until the conversion closes. At that time, the common shares purchased based on your election will be transferred to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund and any remaining funds will be transferred out of the interest bearing account for investment in other funds under the Plan, based on your election currently on file for future contributions. If you do not have an election on file for future contributions, any remaining funds will be transferred to the applicable Smart Retirement Fund (based upon your normal retirement date) to be reinvested by you in your discretion.
· The amount transferred to the interest bearing account needs to be segregated and held until the conversion closes. Therefore, this money is not available for distributions, loans or withdrawals.
· During the offering period, however, you will continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not invested in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund among all the other investment funds on a daily basis.
You are allowed only one election to transfer funds to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Follow these steps to make your election to use up to 15% of your account balance in the Plan to purchase shares in the stock offering:
· Use the enclosed Special Investment Election Form to transfer up to 15% of your account balance to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund to purchase stock in the offering. Your interests in the fund will be represented by stock units. Indicate next to each fund in which you are invested, the percentage of that fund you wish to transfer to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
· Please print your name and social security number on the Special Investment Election Form. |
|
|
· Please complete Section D of the Special Investment Election Form - Purchaser Information - indicating your individual purchase priority and provide the information requested on your accounts in Westbury Bank.
· Sign and date the Special Investment Election Form and return it by hand delivery, regular mail or fax to the person designated immediately below. |
|
|
|
|
If you wish to purchase common stock (which will be denominated in stock units) with your Plan account balances, your Special Investment Election Form must be received by Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Westbury Bank, 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095, telephone number (262) 334-5563, ext. 1209; fax (262) 335-6028; no later than :00 p.m., Central Time, on , , 2013. To allow for processing, this deadline is prior to the offering period deadline for the return of Stock Order Forms (which is , 2013). If you have any questions with respect to the Special Investment Election Form, please contact Nancie P. Heaps. |
|
|
|
|
|
You may not revoke your Special Investment Election Form once it has been delivered to Nancie P. Heaps . You will, however, continue to have the ability to transfer amounts not directed towards the purchase of stock in the offering among all of the other investment funds on a daily basis. |
|
|
|
|
|
Whether or not you choose to purchase stock in the offering through the Plan, you will at all times have complete access to those amounts in your account that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering. For example, you will be able to purchase other funds within the Plan with that portion of your account balance that you do not apply towards purchases in the offering during the offering period. Such purchases will be made at the prevailing market price in the same manner as you make such purchases now, i.e., through telephone transfers and internet access to your account. You can only purchase stock units in the offering through the Plan by returning your Special Investment Election Form to Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Westbury Bank, by the due date. You cannot purchase stock units in the offering by means of telephone transfers or the internet. That portion of your Plan account balance that you elect to apply towards the purchase of stock units in the offering will be irrevocably committed to such purchase. |
Westbury Bank originally adopted the Plan effective as of January 1, 1985 and amended and restated the Plan effective as of January 1, 2012. In connection with the conversion of Westbury Bank from the mutual to stock form of organization and the establishment of a new stock holding company, Westbury Bank desires to permit employees who participate in the Plan to purchase common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The Plan is a single employer tax-qualified plan with a cash or deferred compensation feature established in accordance with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code).
Westbury Bank intends that the Plan, in operation, will comply with the requirements under Section 401(a) and Section 401(k) of the Code. Westbury Bank will adopt any amendments to the Plan that may be necessary to ensure the continuing qualified status of the Plan under the Code and applicable Treasury Regulations.
Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA). The Plan is an individual account plan other than a money purchase pension plan within the meaning of ERISA. As such, the Plan is subject to all of the provisions of Title I (Protection of Employee Benefit Rights) and Title II (Amendments to the Code Relating to Retirement Plans) of ERISA, except to the funding requirements contained in Part 3 of Title I of ERISA, which by their terms do not apply to an individual account plan (other than a money purchase plan). The Plan is not subject to Title IV (Plan Termination Insurance) of ERISA. The funding requirements contained in Title IV of ERISA are not applicable to participants or beneficiaries under the Plan.
Reference to Full Text of Plan. The following portions of this prospectus supplement summarize certain provisions of the Plan. They are not complete and are qualified in their entirety by the full text of the Plan. Copies of the Plan are available to all employees by filing a request with Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Westbury Bank; telephone number: (262) 334-5563, ext. 1209; fax: (262) 335-6028; email: Nancie.Heaps@westburybankwi.com. You are urged to read carefully the full text of the Plan.
As an employee of Westbury Bank, you become eligible to participate in the Plan upon attainment of age 21 and completion of six months of employment. Union employees and leased employees are excluded from participation in the Plan. Your entry date into the Plan will be the first day of the Plan Year quarter coinciding with or next following the date you satisfy the eligibility requirements.
Elective Deferrals. You are permitted to defer on a pre-tax basis any whole percentage or dollar amount of your Plan Salary, up to 100% , subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Code, and to have that amount contributed to the Plan on your behalf. If you do not have in effect a salary reduction agreement, the employer will automatically withhold a deferral amount of 3% from your compensation, subject to automatic scheduled increases. For purposes of the Plan, your compensation generally means your total compensation that is subject to income tax and paid to you by your employer during the plan year. In 2012, the compensation of each participant taken into account under the Plan is limited to $250,000. (Limits established by the Internal Revenue Service are subject to increase pursuant to an annual cost-of-living adjustment, as permitted by the Code).
In connection with the stock offering, you may, as described above, direct the trustee to invest up to 15% of your Plan account in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as a one-time special election. Following the stock offering, you may elect to defer up to 15% of your elective salary deferral contributions or matching contributions into the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund and you may also elect to transfer into the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund up to 15% of your account balances invested in other funds under the Plan.
Employer Non-elective Profit Sharing Contributions. Westbury Bank may make discretionary employer nonelective profit sharing contributions to the Plan.
Limitations on Employee Salary Deferrals. For the Plan Year beginning January 1, 2012, the amount of your before-tax contributions may not exceed $17,000 per calendar year.
Catch-up Contributions. If you have made the maximum amount of regular before-tax contributions allowed by the Plan or other legal limits and you have attained at least age 50 (or will reach age 50 prior to the end of the Plan Year), you are also eligible to make an additional catch-up contribution. You may authorize your employer to withhold a specified dollar amount of your compensation for this purpose. For 2012, the maximum catch-up contribution is $5,500.
Vesting. At all times, you have a fully vested, nonforfeitable interest in your elective deferral contributions. Employer profit sharing contributions are subject to a vesting schedule at the rate of 20% per year, commencing upon completion of two years of service, and will be 100% vested upon completion of six years of service. Notwithstanding the foregoing, participants will become fully vested in the event of their death or total and permanent disability.
Investment of Contributions and Account Balances
All amounts credited to your accounts under the Plan are held in the Plans trust (the Trust).
Prior to the effective date of the offering, you were provided the opportunity to direct the investment of your account into one of the following funds:
Wells Fargo Stable Return
PIMCO Total Return A (PTTAX)
Vanguard Inflation Protected Securities Admiral (VAIPX)
Templeton Global Bond Adv (TGBAX)
T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation (PRWCX)
Oakmark Equity & Income I (OAKBX)
BlackRock Global Allocation A (MDLOX)
Dodge & Cox Stock (DODGX)
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Value (TRMCX)
Vanguard 500 Index Signal (VIFSX)
Fidelity Advisor New Insights A (FNIAX)
Heartland Value Plus (HRVIX)
Vanguard Mid Cap Index Signal (VMISX)
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value (PRSVX)
Dodge & Cox International Stock (DODFX)
American Funds EuroPacific Growth R4 (REREX)
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y (ODVYX)
DWS RREEF Real Estate A (RRRAX)
T. Rowe Price New Era (PRNEX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement Income A (JSRAX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2010 A (JSWAX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2020 A (JSTAX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2030 A (JSMAX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2040 A (SMTAX)
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2050 A (JTSAX)
The following table provides performance data with respect to the above investment funds as of June 30, 2012:
|
|
YTD
|
|
Returns as of June 30, 2012 |
|
||||||
Fund Name |
|
30, 2012 |
|
1 Year |
|
3 Year |
|
5 Year |
|
10 Year |
|
Wells Fargo Stable Return |
|
0.78 |
% |
1.70 |
% |
2.19 |
% |
2.87 |
% |
3.52 |
% |
PIMCO Total Return A (PTTAX) |
|
5.55 |
% |
6.54 |
% |
8.23 |
% |
8.75 |
% |
6.50 |
% |
Vanguard Inflation Protected Securities Admiral (VAIPX) |
|
4.02 |
% |
11.91 |
% |
9.59 |
% |
8.22 |
% |
7.06 |
% |
Templeton Global Bond Adv (TGBAX) |
|
6.14 |
% |
-0.86 |
% |
8.91 |
% |
9.41 |
% |
11.00 |
% |
T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation (PRWCX) |
|
6.94 |
% |
4.34 |
% |
13.64 |
% |
3.49 |
% |
8.25 |
% |
Oakmark Equity & Income I (OAKBX) |
|
4.14 |
% |
-1.04 |
% |
9.87 |
% |
3.75 |
% |
7.44 |
% |
BlackRock Global Allocation A (MDLOX) |
|
3.47 |
% |
-3.69 |
% |
7.84 |
% |
2.73 |
% |
8.75 |
% |
Dodge & Cox Stock (DODGX) |
|
9.81 |
% |
-0.91 |
% |
14.40 |
% |
-3.64 |
% |
5.18 |
% |
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Value (TRMCX) |
|
7.90 |
% |
-2.91 |
% |
15.42 |
% |
0.93 |
% |
8.47 |
% |
Vanguard 500 Index Signal (VIFSX) |
|
9.47 |
% |
5.42 |
% |
16.39 |
% |
0.24 |
% |
5.29 |
% |
Fidelity Advisor New Insights A (FNIAX) |
|
10.55 |
% |
5.16 |
% |
15.71 |
% |
2.28 |
% |
|
|
Heartland Value Plus (HRVIX) |
|
4.73 |
% |
-6.00 |
% |
15.88 |
% |
3.87 |
% |
10.16 |
% |
Vanguard Mid Cap Index Signal (VMISX) |
|
7.23 |
% |
-2.77 |
% |
19.60 |
% |
0.66 |
% |
7.83 |
% |
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value (PRSVX) |
|
7.51 |
% |
1.47 |
% |
18.10 |
% |
2.25 |
% |
8.84 |
% |
Dodge & Cox International Stock (DODFX) |
|
3.32 |
% |
-15.71 |
% |
7.83 |
% |
-4.99 |
% |
8.10 |
% |
American Funds EuroPacific Growth R4 (REREX) |
|
5.30 |
% |
-12.95 |
% |
7.14 |
% |
-2.59 |
% |
7.37 |
% |
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y (ODVYX) |
|
8.18 |
% |
-9.98 |
% |
14.35 |
% |
4.26 |
% |
17.83 |
% |
DWS RREEF Real Estate A (RRRAX) |
|
14.06 |
% |
11.43 |
% |
32.18 |
% |
2.41 |
% |
10.89 |
% |
T. Rowe Price New Era (PRNEX) |
|
-5.37 |
% |
-21.43 |
% |
7.23 |
% |
-3.60 |
% |
9.01 |
% |
JPMorgan Smart Retirement Income A (JSRAX) |
|
4.67 |
% |
2.44 |
% |
9.84 |
% |
3.55 |
% |
|
|
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2010 A (JSWAX) |
|
4.80 |
% |
2.53 |
% |
10.52 |
% |
2.77 |
% |
|
|
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2020 A (JSTAX) |
|
6.79 |
% |
1.48 |
% |
13.24 |
% |
2.00 |
% |
|
|
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2030 A (JSMAX) |
|
7.80 |
% |
-1.07 |
% |
14.00 |
% |
0.80 |
% |
|
|
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2040 A (SMTAX) |
|
8.20 |
% |
-1.77 |
% |
14.20 |
% |
0.62 |
% |
|
|
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2050 A (JTSAX) |
|
8.28 |
% |
-1.64 |
% |
14.25 |
% |
|
|
|
|
Description of the Investment Funds
The following is a description of each of the funds:
Wells Fargo Stable Return. The Fund is managed to protect principal while providing the potential for higher rates of return than other conservative investments, such as money market funds. To achieve this, the Fund invests in instruments which are not expected to experience price fluctuation in most economic or interest rate environments. It invests in a diversified pool of investment contracts issued by high quality financial institutions. The Fund is appropriate for investors seeking more income than money market funds without the price fluctuation of stock or bond funds.
PIMCO Total Return A (PTTAX). The investment seeks maximum total return, consistent with preservation of capital and prudent investment management. The fund normally invests at least 65% of its total assets in a diversified portfolio of Fixed Income Instruments of varying maturities, which may be represented by forwards or derivatives such as options, futures contracts, or swap agreements. It invests primarily in investment grade debt securities, but may invest up to 10% of total assets in high-yield securities (junk bonds). The fund may invest up to 15% of its total assets in securities and instruments that are economically tied to emerging market countries.
Vanguard Inflation Protected Securities Admiral (VAIPX). The investment seeks to provide inflation protection and income consistent with investment in inflation-indexed securities. The fund invests at least 80% of its assets in inflation-indexed bonds issued by the U.S. government, its agencies and instrumentalities, and corporations. It may invest in bonds of any maturity; however, its dollar-weighted average maturity is expected to be in the range of 7 to 20 years. At a minimum, all bonds purchased by the fund will be rated investment grade or, if unrated, will be considered by the advisor to be investment grade.
Templeton Global Bond Adv (TGBAX). The investment seeks Current income with capital appreciation and growth of income. The fund normally invests at least 80% of its net assets in bonds. Bonds include debt securities of any maturity, such as bonds, notes, bills and debentures. It invests predominantly in bonds issued by governments and government agencies located around the world, including inflation indexed securities. In addition, the funds assets will be invested in issuers located in at least three countries (including the U.S.). It may invest up to 25% of its total assets in bonds that are rated below investment grade. The fund is nondiversified.
T. Rowe Price Capital Appreciation (PRWCX). The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation. The fund will normally invest at least 50% of its total assets in the common stocks of established U.S. companies that the advisor believes have above average potential for capital growth. The remaining assets are generally invested in convertible securities, corporate and government debt, bank loans, and foreign securities, in keeping with the funds objective. It may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign securities. The fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in below investment grade debt securities (junk bonds) and bank loans.
Oakmark Equity & Income I (OAKBX). The investment seeks income and preservation and growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of U.S. equity and debt securities (although the fund may invest up to 35% of its total assets in equity and debt securities of non-U.S. issuers). It is intended to present a balanced investment program between growth and income by investing approximately 40-75% of its total assets in common stock, and up to 60% of its assets in U.S. government securities and debt securities. The fund also may invest up to 20% of its assets in unrated or lower rated debt securities, sometimes called junk bonds.
BlackRock Global Allocation A (MDLOX). The investment seeks to provide high total investment return. The fund invests in a portfolio of equity, debt and money market securities. It may invest up to 35% of its total assets in junk bonds, corporate loans and distressed securities. The fund may also invest in Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs). It has no geographic limits on where it may invest and may invest in the securities of companies of any market capitalization.
Dodge & Cox Stock (DODGX). The investment seeks long-term growth of principal and income. The fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of common stocks. It normally will invest at least 80% of its total assets in common stocks, including depositary receipts evidencing ownership of common stocks. The fund may also purchase other types of securities, for example, preferred stocks, and debt securities which are convertible into common stock.
T. Rowe Price Mid Cap Value (TRMCX). The investment seeks to provide long-term capital appreciation. The fund will normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in companies whose market capitalization (number of shares outstanding multiplied by share price) falls within the range of the companies in either the S&P MidCap 400 Index or the Russell Midcap Value Index. While most assets will typically be invested in U.S. common stocks, it may invest in foreign stocks in keeping with the funds objectives.
Vanguard 500 Index Signal (VIFSX). The investment seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the investment return of large-capitalization stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the Standard & Poors 500 Index, a widely recognized benchmark of U.S. stock market performance that is dominated by the stocks of large U.S. companies. It attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stocks that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.
Fidelity Advisor New Insights A (FNIAX). The investment seeks capital appreciation. The fund invests primarily in common stocks. It invests in domestic and foreign issuers. The fund invests in securities of companies whose value the adviser believes is not fully recognized by the public. It invests in either growth stocks or value stocks or both. The fund uses fundamental analysis of factors such as each issuers financial condition and industry position, as well as market and economic conditions to select investments.
Heartland Value Plus (HRVIX). The investment seeks long term capital appreciation and modest current income. The fund invests primarily in a concentrated number (generally 40 to 70) of small-capitalization equity securities selected on a value basis. A majority of its assets are generally invested in dividend paying common stocks. It primarily invests in companies with market capitalizations between $250 million and $4 billion at the time of purchase.
Vanguard Mid Cap Index Signal (VMISX). The investment seeks to track the performance of a benchmark index that measures the investment return of mid-capitalization stocks. The fund employs an indexing investment approach designed to track the performance of the MSCI US Mid Cap 450 Index, a broadly diversified index of stocks of midsizeU.S. companies. It attempts to replicate the target index by investing all, or substantially all, of its assets in the stocks that make up the index, holding each stock in approximately the same proportion as its weighting in the index.
T. Rowe Price Small Cap Value (PRSVX). The investment seeks long-term capital growth. The fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets (including any borrowings for investment purposes) in companies with a market capitalization that is within or below the range of companies in the Russell 2000 Index. It may invest in foreign stocks in keeping with the funds objectives. The fund may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into more promising opportunities.
Dodge & Cox International Stock (DODFX). The investment seeks long-term growth of principal and income. The fund invests primarily in a diversified portfolio of equity securities issued by non-U.S. companies from at least three different countries, including emerging markets. It normally invests at least 80% of its total assets in common stocks, preferred stocks, securities convertible into common stocks, and securities that carry the right to buy common stocks of non- U.S. companies. The fund invests primarily in medium-to-large well established companies based on standards of the applicable market.
American Funds EuroPacific Growth R4 (REREX). The investment seeks long-term growth of capital. The fund invests primarily in common stocks of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin that the investment adviser believes have the potential for growth. Growth stocks are stocks that the investment adviser believes have the potential for above average capital appreciation. It normally invests at least 80% of net assets in securities of issuers in Europe and the Pacific Basin. The fund may invest a portion of its assets in common stocks and other securities of companies in countries with developing economies and/or markets.
Oppenheimer Developing Markets Y (ODVYX). The investment seeks capital appreciation aggressively. The fund mainly invests in common stocks of issuers in emerging and developing markets throughout the world and may invest up to 100% of total assets in foreign securities. It normally invests at least 80% of net assets, plus borrowings for investment purposes, in equity securities of issuers whose principal activities are in at least three developing markets. The fund primarily invests in companies with high growth potential.
DWS RREEF Real Estate A (RRRAX). The investment seeks long-term capital appreciation and current income. The fund will invest at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowing for investment purposes (calculated at the time of any investment), in
equity securities of real estate investment trusts (REITs) and real estate companies. It may also invest a portion of its assets in other types of securities. These securities may include short-term securities, bonds, notes, securities of companies not principally engaged in the real estate industry, non-leveraged stock index futures contracts and other similar securities. The fund is nondiversified.
T. Rowe Price New Era (PRNEX). The investment seeks to provide long-term capital growth. The fund will normally invest a minimum of two-thirds of fund assets in the common stocks of natural resource companies whose earnings and tangible assets could benefit from accelerating inflation. At least half of fund assets will be invested in U.S. securities, but up to 50% of total assets may be invested in foreign securities. It may sell securities for a variety of reasons, such as to secure gains, limit losses, or redeploy assets into more promising opportunities.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement Income A (JSRAX). The investment seeks current income and some capital appreciation. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan funds (underlying funds), and is generally intended for investors who are retired or about to retire soon. It is designed to provide exposure to a variety of asset classes through investments in underlying funds, with an emphasis on fixed income funds over equity funds and other funds.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2010 A (JSWAX). The investment seeks total return with a shift to current income and some capital appreciation over time as the fund approaches and passes the target retirement date. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan Funds including fixed income funds, high yield and emerging markets debt funds, REIT funds, U.S. equity funds, international equity funds, commodities funds and money market funds. It may also invest directly in securities and other financial instruments, including derivatives. The adviser uses an asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2020.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2020 A (JSTAX). The investment seeks total return with a shift to current income and some capital appreciation over time as the fund approaches and passes the target retirement date. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan Funds including fixed income funds, high yield and emerging markets debt funds, REIT funds, U.S. equity funds, international equity funds, commodities funds and money market funds. It may also invest directly in securities and other financial instruments, including derivatives. The adviser uses an asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2020.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2030 A (JSMAX). The investment seeks total return with a shift to current income and some capital appreciation over time as the fund approaches and passes the target retirement date. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan Funds including fixed income funds, high yield and emerging markets debt funds, REIT funds, U.S. equity funds, international equity funds, commodities funds and money market funds. It may also invest directly in securities and other financial instruments, including derivatives. The adviser uses an asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2030.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2040 A (SMTAX). The investment seeks total return with a shift to current income and some capital appreciation over time as the fund approaches and passes the target retirement date. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan Funds including fixed income funds, high yield and emerging markets debt funds, REIT funds, U.S. equity funds, international equity funds, commodities funds and money market funds. It may also invest directly in securities and other financial instruments, including derivatives. The adviser uses an asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2040.
JPMorgan Smart Retirement 2050 A (JTSAX). The investment seeks total return with a shift to current income and some capital appreciation over time as the fund approaches and passes the target retirement date. The fund is a fund of funds that invests in other J.P. Morgan Funds including fixed income funds, high yield and emerging markets debt funds, REIT funds, U.S. equity funds, international equity funds, commodities funds and money market funds. It may also invest directly in securities and other financial instruments, including derivatives. The adviser uses an asset allocation strategy designed for investors expecting to retire around the year 2050.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. In connection with the stock offering, the Plan now offers the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as an additional choice to the investment options described above. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund invests primarily in the shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the stock offering, you may, in the manner described earlier, direct the trustee to invest up to 15% of your Plan account in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund as a one-time special election. Subsequent to the stock offering, you may elect to invest up to 15% of your elective deferral contributions or matching contributions in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund; you may also elect to transfer into Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund up to 15% of your accounts currently invested in other funds under the Plan.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund consists primarily of investments in the shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. After the stock offering, the trustee of the Plan will use all amounts held by it in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund to purchase additional shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
As of the date of this prospectus supplement, there is no established market for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Accordingly, there is no record of the historical performance of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund. Performance of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund depends on a number of factors, including the financial condition and profitability of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank and market conditions for shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock generally.
Investments in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund involve specials risks common to investments in the shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
For a discussion of material risks you should consider, see the Risk Factors section of the attached prospectus and the section of the Prospectus Supplement called Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities (see below).
Withdrawals and Distributions from the Plan
Applicable federal law requires the Plan to impose substantial restrictions on the right of a Plan participant to withdraw amounts held for his or her benefit under the Plan prior to the participants termination of employment with Westbury Bank. A substantial federal tax penalty may also be imposed on withdrawals made prior to the participants attainment of age 59 1 / 2 , regardless of whether such a withdrawal occurs during the participants employment with Westbury Bank or after termination of employment.
Withdrawal from your Account while Employed. In general, employer contributions credited on your behalf are available for in-service withdrawal if you have reached the age of 59 ½, in the event you incur a financial hardship or a disability.
Distribution upon Termination of Employment . Distributions may be made as soon as administratively feasible following termination of employment. Distributions may be made in lump sums, in substantially equal installments or in partial withdrawals equal to the minimum amount required to be distributed to the participant each year under IRS regulations. Distributions will generally be made in cash; however, employer stock may be distributed in kind. Distributions of amounts of $5,000 or less will be made only in lump sums. The participant consent is required only if the distribution is over $5,000.
Death . In the event of your death, the value of your entire account will be payable to your beneficiary.
The Trustee . The trustee of the Plan is [ · ]. [ · ] serves as trustee for all the investment funds under the Plan.
Plan Administrator . Pursuant to the terms of the Plan, the Plan is administered by the Plan administrator. The address of the Plan administrator is Westbury Bank, Attention: Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources, Westbury Bank, 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095, telephone number: (262) 334-5563, ext. 1209. The Plan administrator is responsible for the administration of the Plan, interpretation of the provisions of the Plan, prescribing procedures for filing applications for benefits, preparation and distribution of information explaining the Plan, maintenance of Plan records, books of account and all other data necessary for the proper administration of the Plan, preparation and filing of all returns and reports relating to the Plan which are required to be filed with the U.S. Department of Labor and the Internal Revenue Service, and for all disclosures required to be made to participants, beneficiaries and others under Sections 104 and 105 of ERISA.
Reports to Plan Participants . The Plan administrator will furnish you a statement at least quarterly showing the balance in your account as of the end of that period, the amount of contributions allocated to your account for that period, and any adjustments to your account to reflect earnings or losses (if any).
It is the intention of Westbury Bank to continue the Plan indefinitely. Nevertheless, Westbury Bank may terminate the Plan at any time. If the Plan is terminated in whole or in part, then regardless of other provisions in the Plan, you will have a fully vested interest in your accounts. Westbury Bank reserves the right to make any amendment or amendments to the Plan which do not cause any part of the trust to be used for, or diverted to, any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of participants or their beneficiaries; provided, however, that Westbury Bank may make any amendment it determines necessary or desirable, with or without retroactive effect, to comply with ERISA.
Merger, Consolidation or Transfer
In the event of the merger or consolidation of the Plan with another plan, or the transfer of the Plan assets to another plan, the Plan requires that you would, if either the Plan or the other plan terminates, receive a benefit immediately after the merger, consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the benefit you would have been entitled to receive immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer, if the Plan had then terminated.
Federal Income Tax Consequences
The following is a brief summary of the material federal income tax aspects of the Plan. You should not rely on this summary as a complete or definitive description of the material federal income tax consequences relating to the Plan. Statutory provisions change, as do their interpretations, and their application may vary in individual circumstances. Finally, the consequences under applicable state and local income tax laws may not be the same as under the federal income tax laws. Please consult your tax advisor with respect to any distribution from the Plan and transactions involving the Plan.
As a tax-qualified retirement plan, the Code affords the Plan special tax treatment, including:
(1) the sponsoring employer is allowed an immediate tax deduction for the amount contributed to the Plan each year;
(2) participants pay no current income tax on amounts contributed by the employer on their behalf; and
(3) earnings of the Plan are tax-deferred, thereby permitting the tax-free accumulation of income and gains on investments.
Westbury Bank will administer the Plan to comply with the requirements of the Code as of the applicable effective date of any change in the law.
Lump-Sum Distribution . A distribution from the Plan to a participant or the beneficiary of a participant will qualify as a lump-sum distribution if it is made within one taxable year, on
account of the participants death, disability or separation from service, or after the participant attains age 59 ½, and consists of the balance credited to participants under the Plan and all other profit sharing plans (and in some cases all other stock bonus plans), if any, maintained by Westbury Bank. The portion of any lump-sum distribution required to be included in your taxable income for federal income tax purposes consists of the entire amount of the lump-sum distribution, less the amount of after-tax contributions, if any, you have made to this Plan and any other profit sharing plans maintained by Westbury Bank, which is included in the distribution.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Common Stock Included in Lump-Sum Distribution . If a lump-sum distribution includes Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the distribution generally will be taxed in the manner described above, except that the total taxable amount may be reduced by the amount of any net unrealized appreciation with respect to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, that is, the excess of the value of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of the distribution over its cost or other basis of the securities to the trust. The tax basis of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, for purposes of computing gain or loss on its subsequent sale, equals the value of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock at the time of distribution, less the amount of net unrealized appreciation. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, to the extent of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will constitute long-term capital gain, regardless of the holding period of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Any gain on a subsequent sale or other taxable disposition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, in excess of the amount of net unrealized appreciation at the time of distribution, will be considered long-term capital gain. The recipient of a distribution may elect to include the amount of any net unrealized appreciation in the total taxable amount of the distribution, to the extent allowed by regulations to be issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
Distributions: Rollovers and Direct Transfers to Another Qualified Plan or to an IRA . You may roll over virtually all distributions from the Plan to another qualified plan or to an individual retirement account (IRA) in accordance with the terms of the other plan or account.
Notice of Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities
There has been an important change in Federal law that provides specific rights concerning investments in employer securities, such as Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Because you may in the future have investments in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund under the Plan, you should take the time to read the following information carefully.
Your Rights Concerning Employer Securities . The Plan must allow you to elect to move any portion of your account that is invested in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund from that investment into other investment alternatives under the Plan. You may contact the Plan Administrator shown above for specific information regarding this new right, including how to make this election. In deciding whether to exercise this right, you will want to give careful consideration to the information below that describes the importance of diversification. All of the investment options under the Plan are available to you if you decide to diversify out of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
The Importance of Diversifying Your Retirement Savings . To help achieve long-term retirement security, you should give careful consideration to the benefits of a well-balanced and diversified investment portfolio. Spreading your assets among different types of investments can help you achieve a favorable rate of return, while minimizing your overall risk of losing money. This is because market or other economic conditions that cause one category of assets, or one particular security, to perform very well often cause another asset category, or another particular security, to perform poorly. If you invest more than 20% of your retirement savings in any one company or industry, your savings may not be properly diversified. Although diversification is not a guarantee against loss, it is an effective strategy to help you manage investment risk.
In deciding how to invest your retirement savings, you should take into account all of your assets, including any retirement savings outside of the Plan. No single approach is right for everyone because, among other factors, individuals have different financial goals, different time horizons for meeting their goals, and different tolerance for risk. Therefore, you should carefully consider the rights described here and how these rights affect the amount of money that you invest in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock through the Plan.
It is also important to periodically review your investment portfolio, your investment objectives, and the investment options under the Plan to help ensure that your retirement savings will meet your retirement goals.
Additional ERISA Considerations
As noted above, the Plan is subject to certain provisions of ERISA, including special provisions relating to control over the Plans assets by participants and beneficiaries. The Plans feature that allows you to direct the investment of your account balances is intended to satisfy the requirements of Section 404(c) of ERISA relating to control over plan assets by a participant or beneficiary. The effect of this is two-fold. First, you will not be deemed a fiduciary because of your exercise of investment discretion. Second, no person who otherwise is a fiduciary, such as Westbury Bank, the Plan Administrator, or the Plans trustee is liable under the fiduciary responsibility provision of ERISA for any loss which results from your exercise of control over the assets in your Plan account.
Because you will be entitled to invest up to 15% of your account balance in the Plan in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock, the regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA require that the Plan establish procedures that ensure the confidentiality of your decision to purchase, hold, or sell employer securities, except to the extent that disclosure of such information is necessary to comply with federal or state laws not preempted by ERISA. These regulations also require that your exercise of voting and similar rights with respect to the common stock be conducted in a way that ensures the confidentiality of your exercise of these rights.
Securities and Exchange Commission Reporting and Short-Swing Profit Liability
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, imposes reporting and liability requirements on officers, directors, and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of
public companies such as Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 requires the filing of reports of beneficial ownership. Within 10 days of becoming an officer, director or person beneficially owning more than 10% of the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a Form 3 reporting initial beneficial ownership must be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Changes in beneficial ownership, such as purchases, sales and gifts generally must be reported periodically, either on a Form 4 within two business days after the change occurs, or annually on a Form 5 within 45 days after the close of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s fiscal year. Discretionary transactions in and beneficial ownership of the common stock through the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund of the Plan by officers, directors and persons beneficially owning more than 10% of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. generally must be reported to the Securities and Exchange Commission by such individuals.
In addition to the reporting requirements described above, Section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, provides for the recovery by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. of profits realized by an officer, director or any person beneficially owning more than 10% of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock resulting from non-exempt purchases and sales of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock within any six-month period.
The Securities and Exchange Commission has adopted rules that provide exemptions from the profit recovery provisions of Section 16(b) for all transactions in employer securities within an employee benefit plan, provided certain requirements are met. These requirements generally involve restrictions upon the timing of elections to acquire or dispose of employer securities for the accounts of Section 16(b) persons.
Except for distributions of common stock due to death, disability, retirement, termination of employment or under a qualified domestic relations order, persons affected by Section 16(b) are required to hold shares of common stock distributed from the Plan for six months following such distribution and are prohibited from directing additional purchases within the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund for six months after receiving such a distribution.
Financial Information Regarding Plan Assets
Financial information representing the assets available for plan benefits at December 31, 2011, is available upon written request to the Plan Administrator at the address shown above.
The validity of the issuance of the common stock has been passed upon by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, A Professional Corporation, Washington, D.C., which firm acted as special counsel to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. in connection with Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stock offering.
PROSPECTUS
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
(Proposed Holding Company for Westbury Bank)
Up to 4,025,000 Shares of Common Stock
Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation, is offering shares of common stock for sale in connection with the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC from the mutual to the stock form of organization. All shares of common stock are being offered for sale at a price of $10.00 per share. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB upon conclusion of the stock offering. There is currently no public market for the shares of our common stock. We are an emerging growth company as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012.
We are offering up to 4,025,000 shares of common stock for sale on a best efforts basis. We may sell up to 4,628,750 shares of common stock because of demand for the shares or changes in market conditions without resoliciting subscribers. We must sell a minimum of 2,975,000 shares in order to complete the offering.
We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering. Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering. We also may offer for sale shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering or community offering through a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In addition to the shares that we will sell in the offering, we will also contribute a total of $1.0 million to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of a number of shares of our common stock equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the offering (29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, or up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering) and the remainder in cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,120 at the adjusted maximum).
The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual can order by himself in the subscription offering is 15,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual with an associate or group of persons acting in concert in all categories of the offering can order is 30,000 shares. The offering is expected to expire at 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] . We may extend this expiration date without notice to you until [extension date] , or such later date as the Federal Reserve Board may approve, to the extent such approval is required, which may not be beyond [2 year extension] . Once submitted, orders are irrevocable. However, if the offering is extended beyond [extension date] , or the number of shares of common stock to be sold is increased to more than 4,628,750 shares or decreased to fewer than 2,975,000 shares, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Westbury Bank, and will earn interest at 0.15% per annum, which is our current statement savings rate.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will assist us in selling our shares of common stock on a best efforts basis. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. is not required to purchase any shares of the common stock that are being offered for sale. Purchasers will not pay a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so.
Upon completion of the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be a savings and loan holding company registered with the Federal Reserve Board, and will be subject to regulations, inspections, supervision and reporting requirements of the Federal Reserve Board. See Supervision and Regulation for more information.
This investment involves a degree of risk, including the possible loss of your investment.
Please read Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
OFFERING SUMMARY
Price: $10.00 per Share
|
|
Minimum |
|
Midpoint |
|
Maximum |
|
Adjusted Maximum |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Number of shares |
|
2,975,000 |
|
3,500,000 |
|
4,025,000 |
|
4,628,750 |
|
||||
Gross offering proceeds |
|
$ |
29,750,000 |
|
$ |
35,000,000 |
|
$ |
40,250,000 |
|
$ |
46,287,500 |
|
Estimated offering expenses (excluding selling agent fees) |
|
$ |
1,350,000 |
|
$ |
1,350,000 |
|
$ |
1,350,000 |
|
$ |
1,350,000 |
|
Estimated selling agent fees(1) (2) |
|
$ |
385,068 |
|
$ |
457,455 |
|
$ |
529,842 |
|
$ |
613,087 |
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
$ |
28,014,932 |
|
$ |
33,192,545 |
|
$ |
38,370,158 |
|
$ |
44,324,413 |
|
Estimated net proceeds per share |
|
$ |
9.42 |
|
$ |
9.48 |
|
$ |
9.53 |
|
$ |
9.58 |
|
(1) See The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMarketing and Distribution; Compensation for a discussion of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s compensation for this offering.
(2) Assumes all shares are sold in the subscription offering, and excludes reimbursable expenses and conversion agent fees. If all shares of common stock are sold in the syndicated community offering, excluding shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan and shares purchased by insiders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., for which no selling agent commissions would be paid, the maximum selling agent commissions and expenses would be $1,540,272 at the minimum, $1,829,820 at the midpoint, $2,119,368 at the maximum and $2,452,348 at the maximum, as adjusted. See The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMarketing and Distribution; Compensation for a discussion of fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and other FINRA member firms in the event that shares are sold in a syndicated community offering.
These securities are not deposits or accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other government agency.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency , the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
For assistance, please call the Stock Information Center, toll free, at ( ) - .
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS
The date of this prospectus is [ · ], 2012.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
Page |
|
|
1 |
|
19 |
|
36 |
|
38 |
|
40 |
|
41 |
|
42 |
|
43 |
|
44 |
|
46 |
|
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION WITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION |
52 |
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS |
53 |
71 |
|
72 |
|
112 |
|
124 |
|
125 |
|
142 |
|
143 |
|
167 |
|
171 |
|
178 |
|
179 |
|
179 |
|
180 |
|
180 |
|
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF WBSB BANCORP, MHC |
F-1 |
The following summary highlights material information in this prospectus. It may not contain all the information that is important to you. For additional information, you should read this entire prospectus carefully, including the Consolidated Financial Statements and the notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements.
In this prospectus, the terms we, our, and us refer to Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc., unless the context indicates another meaning.
Westbury Bank
Westbury Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. Westbury Bank was organized as a state-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1926 under the name West Bend Savings and Loan Association. In 1993, West Bend Savings and Loan Association converted to a state-chartered savings bank and changed its name to West Bend Savings Bank. We reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2001 by forming WBSB Bancorp, MHC, our federally chartered mutual holding company, and converting West Bend Savings Bank to a federally-chartered savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank.
In 1999, we determined that we would be more competitive and profitable if we transitioned over time a significant portion of operations to a commercial bank model. Accordingly, since that time, we have increased our focus on non-residential lending, including commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, while remaining an active residential lender. Because commercial lending is based on relationships, we have hired specialized commercial lending officers, as well as personnel with experience managing commercial loan administration, collection and workouts.
In 2008, in an effort to increase our capital levels to support our increased commercial lending operations, we acquired Continental Savings Bank, a traditional thrift with $203.6 million in assets, $23.9 million in equity and seven offices in the Milwaukee metropolitan area, in a merger of mutually-owned institutions. In connection with the merger, West Bend Savings Bank changed its name to Westbury Bank.
Management of Non-Performing Assets
As a result of the economic downturn, we experienced an increase in delinquent and classified loans, particularly commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank. In response, we have undertaken aggressive initiatives to identify problem assets and to enhance asset quality. These initiatives include increasing our allowance for loan losses by taking significant provisions, charging down and writing off non-performing assets, engaging in an intensive review of our loan portfolio and as a result classifying additional loans, limiting the growth of our loan portfolio, and devoting significant resources to developing and implementing enhanced loan underwriting, administration and collections policies and procedures. This has resulted in a significant decline in our results of operations, including net losses of $7.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, with an improvement to net income of $579,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to our losses, asset quality issues, capital constraints and the lower interest rate environment, beginning in 2009, management has endeavored to reduce our balance sheet in order to improve our capital ratios. At June 30, 2012, we had total assets of
$546.4 million, total deposits of $489.2 million and total equity of $46.7 million, compared to total assets of $625.4 million, total deposits of $556.3 million and total equity of $53.2 million at December 31, 2010.
Changes in Branches and Staffing
The economic downturn coincided with significant changes in our customers banking habits, particularly a decrease in the amount of business conducted at physical branches as customers began to rely on internet banking and other technological advances for their day-to-day transactions. Accordingly, in addition to our asset quality improvement initiatives, we have also undertaken aggressive measures to reduce our expenses and allocate resources to best meet our customers banking needs. As part of this process, since 2009, we have sold or closed 13 branches (including five branches previously operated by Continental Savings Bank), reduced the number of employees, substantially reduced other non-interest expenses (excluding non-recurring losses from the sale of foreclosed real estate), and paid off existing Federal Home Loan Bank advances to reduce interest expenses.
Our Business Operations
We provide financial services to individuals, families and businesses through our twelve banking offices located in Washington County, Waukesha County and northern Milwaukee County and two home loan centers from which we originate residential mortgages. We also operate three free-standing ATMs at locations other than our branches, and offer online and mobile banking services, participation in a nationwide ATM network and wealth management services. See Business of Westbury Bank. Although our current operations are not focused in central and southern Milwaukee County, we are affected by conditions in central and southern Milwaukee County because our loan portfolio includes a significant number of loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank that are secured by real estate or that have borrowers located in central and southern Milwaukee County. In addition, a number of our customers who reside in Washington or Waukesha Counties are employed in the city of Milwaukee, and the operations of our commercial loan customers depend in part on sales of products and services to individuals or other businesses located in the city of Milwaukee.
Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, and to a lesser extent, borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans, commercial business loans, and, to a lesser extent, construction loans and consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit and automobile loans. Unlike most thrift institutions, a significant majority of our deposits are transaction accounts, which we believe are less susceptible to large-scale withdrawals than certificates of deposit as a result of changes in interest rates, and which we believe have a lower cost of funds over various interest cycles. At June 30, 2012, approximately 76.7% of our deposits were transaction accounts, which we attribute to successful branding initiatives, especially with respect to younger customers. We also purchase investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the United States government and its agencies and government-sponsored entities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government-sponsored enterprises and municipal securities.
We believe we are well-positioned to become a premier banking institution in our core market area by leveraging our competitive strengths personalized, superior customer service; extensive knowledge of our local markets; high visibility community involvement; and technology driven financial products to take advantage of opportunities created by customer dislocations resulting from large bank consolidations in our market area and by customers seeking individual attention and convenient state-of-the-art services. We plan to continue to address our asset quality issues by aggressively identifying and pursuing the resolution of non-performing and classified loans, and by continuing to implement enhanced loan underwriting, administration and collections policies and procedures. We plan to continue to
improve our results of operations by increasing our organic origination of commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans, selling a significant portion of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate and retaining variable rate mortgage loans. Finally, we plan to continue to update existing technologies and implement new technologies to enhance the customer experience and improve the efficiency of our operations.
Westbury Banks executive offices are located at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095. Our telephone number at this address is (262) 334-5563. Our website address is www.westburybankwi.com. Information on our website is not incorporated into this prospectus and should not be considered part of this prospectus.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed Maryland corporation that will own all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank upon completion of the mutual-to-stock conversion and the offering. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. was incorporated on August 10, 2012 as a wholly owned subsidiary of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., and has not engaged in any business to date.
Our executive offices are located at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095. Our telephone number at this address is (262) 334-5563.
Business Strategy
Our goal is to operate Westbury Bank as a profitable, independent, community-oriented commercial bank delivering attractive returns to our shareholders by providing superior customer service and innovative financial products to individuals and small businesses in our market area. We believe a disciplined approach to managing the size, composition and growth of our balance sheet, including the use of improved financial modeling techniques to price products favorably and competitively and manage expenses, will enable us to optimize profitability. We also expect that the additional capital provided by the offering will assist us in obtaining termination of the agreements we have entered into with our regulators, which would lift significant restrictions imposed on our operations.
Highlights of our current business strategy following the completion of this stock offering include, subject to regulatory approval where applicable and market conditions:
· continuing to improve our asset quality by reducing our loan delinquencies and improving our risk profile through enhancements of our loan underwriting, administration and collection procedures;
· increasing our commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending by leveraging community relationships to diversify and enhance the yield of our loan portfolio;
· continuing to originate low-cost core deposits to fund our operations, with particular focus on transaction accounts, to reduce our interest rate sensitivity and generate fee income;
· continuing to originate residential real estate loans to maintain our status as a community-oriented bank, while selling fixed-rate and longer-term variable-rate loans and retaining shorter-term variable-rate loans to manage our interest rate risk, manage the maturity of our loan portfolio, and generate gains on sale and servicing fee income; and
· leveraging our competitive strengths personalized, superior customer service, extensive knowledge of our local markets, high visibility community activity and technology-driven financial products to attract and retain customers in our market area.
These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions and other factors. See Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of OperationsBusiness Strategy for a further discussion of our business strategy.
Regulatory Matters
In February 2010, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. agreed with their former regulator, the Office of Thrift Supervision (the OTS) that they will, among other things:
· submit a business and capital plan that provides for plans and strategies to (i) increase and maintain consolidated tangible capital at levels commensurate with the risk profile, (ii) achieve net income levels resulting in profitability and adequate debt service, (iii) reduce the debt to capital ratio, and (iv) review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance income to address such risks;
· not incur, issue, renew or rollover any debt or increase any lines of credit without prior written non-objection of the OTS; and
· not declare or pay any cash dividends or repurchase or redeem any capital stock without the written non-objection of the OTS.
In addition, Westbury Bank agreed with the OTS that it will, among other things:
· submit a business and capital plan that provides for plans and strategies to (i) strengthen and improve its operations, earnings and profitability, including the reduction of operating expenses, (ii) achieve core earning and net income levels that will result in consistent profitability, (iii) review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance capital to address such risks, and (iv) provide quarterly pro forma financial statements that include projections for tier 1 capital and total capital ratios after funding of an adequate allowance for loan losses;
· submit a remediation plan to resolve the basis of criticism of all classified, special mention and delinquent assets or credit relationships that equal or exceed $500,000, including (i) an identification of the expected source of repayment, (ii) the fair value of collateral and the lien position on such collateral, (iii) an analysis of current and satisfactory credit information, (iv) strategies and time frame for resolution of the criticism;
· ensure periodic compliance reviews are conducted in accordance with applicable guidelines;
· not declare any dividend or capital distribution without the prior written approval of the OTS;
· not extend any additional credit to or for the benefit of any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit that has been charged off or classified as loss and that is not collected, without prior written non-objection of the OTS; and
· not increase the dollar amount of brokered deposits.
Each of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank has submitted the required business and capital plans and the remediation plans, and such plans have been approved by our regulators. The capital plans provide for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. In addition, we must operate within the parameters of the business and capital plans, and any proposed material deviations from such plans will require regulatory approval prior to deviating from our business plans. We must also provide quarterly variance reports to our regulators. Effective July 21, 2011, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (the OCC) assumed supervisory authority with respect to Westbury Bank (including enforcement of the agreement with the OTS), and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the Federal Reserve Board) assumed supervisory authority with respect to WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (including enforcement of the agreement with the OTS).
Description of the Conversion
Westbury Bank is a federal stock savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, owns 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Westbury Bank and 100% of the outstanding capital stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation formed to be the holding company for Westbury Bank following the conversion. WBSB Bancorp, MHC is a federally chartered mutual holding company that owns 100% of the outstanding stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. WBSB Bancorp, MHC has no stockholders. Pursuant to the terms of WBSB Bancorp, MHCs Plan of Conversion:
· WBSB Bancorp, MHC will merge with and into WBSB Bancorp, Inc., with WBSB Bancorp, Inc. surviving. All shares of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by WBSB Bancorp, MHC will be cancelled and the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC will receive liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
· WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will merge with Westbury Bancorp, Inc., with Westbury Bancorp, Inc. surviving. All shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will be cancelled, and the liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will be exchanged for interest in a liquidation account established by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of the eligible account holders and supplemental eligible account holders.
As part of the conversion, we are offering for sale in a subscription offering, a community offering and potentially a syndicated community offering, shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Upon completion of the conversion and offering, Westbury Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The following diagram depicts our corporate structure prior to the conversion and offering:
The following diagram depicts our corporate structure after the conversion and offering are completed:
Reasons for the Conversion
Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
· to improve our capital position to support our risk profile during a period of economic uncertainty for the financial services industry and to assure compliance with regulatory capital requirements and additional capital levels set forth in capital plans that we have submitted to our regulators;
· to support organic loan and deposit growth beyond levels possible utilizing only retained earnings;
· to have greater flexibility to access the debt and equity capital markets;
· to invest in new technologies that will enable the expansion and enhancement of products and services we offer to our customers;
· to attract, retain and incentivize qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees;
· to establish a charitable foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our communities and fund the foundation with cash and shares of our common stock;
· to provide customers and members of our community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Westbury Bank; and
· to have greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion into new markets, including through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.
Beginning in 2008, we were impacted by the steep economic downturn, including significant declines in real estate values in our market area, and experienced higher than normal levels of loan delinquencies and foreclosures. Additionally, the significant changes in the financial services industry that have occurred in recent years as a result of the collapse of the financial markets in 2008 and the severe nationwide economic recession that followed, have severely strained the financial and managerial resources of community banks and will continue to do so in the future. We believe that Westbury Bank will be better equipped to address these challenges by raising additional capital and adopting the stock holding company structure.
As of June 30, 2012, Westbury Bank was considered well capitalized for regulatory purposes; however, Westbury Bank was not in compliance with its capital plan, submitted to its regulators, that provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.00% because Westbury Banks tier 1 leverage capital ratio at that date was 7.32% and its total risk-based capital ratio at that date was 11.16%. The proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty and will enable us to comply with regulatory capital requirements and with the additional capital requirements set forth in the capital plan submitted to our regulators.
Terms of the Conversion and the Offering
We are offering between 2,975,000 and 4,025,000 shares of common stock to eligible depositors of Westbury Bank, to our employee benefit plans and, to the extent shares remain available, to the general public. The number of shares of common stock to be sold may be increased to up to 4,628,750 as a result of demand for the shares or changes in the market for financial institution stocks. Unless the number of shares of common stock to be offered is increased to more than 4,628,750 or decreased to less than 2,975,000, or the offering is extended beyond [extension date] , subscribers will not have the opportunity to change or cancel their stock orders.
The purchase price of each share of common stock to be issued in the offering (other than shares we are contributing to our charitable foundation) is $10.00. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
Persons Who May Order Shares of Common Stock in the Offering
We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering in the following descending order of priority:
· First, to depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on June 30, 2011.
· Second, to Westbury Banks tax-qualified employee benefit plans (including the employee stock ownership plan we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan), which will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). We expect our employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation).
· Third, to depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on September 30, 2012.
· Fourth, to depositors of Westbury Bank as of [voting record date] .
Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a community offering, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee.
How We Determined the Offering Range
The amount of common stock that we are offering is based on an independent appraisal of the estimated market value of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. assuming the conversion and the offering are completed. RP Financial, LC, our independent appraiser, has estimated that, as of August 17, 2012, this market value (including the cash and shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) ranged from $30.0 million to $40.7 million, with a midpoint of $35.4 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 2,975,000 shares to 4,025,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.
RP Financial, Inc. also considered that we intend to contribute a total of $1.0 million to a charitable foundation that we are establishing in connection with the conversion, such contribution to consist of a number of shares of our common stock equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the offering (29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering) and the remainder in cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,120 at the adjusted maximum). The intended contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation has the effect of reducing our estimated pro forma valuation. See Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation.
The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies with assets between $218.0 million and $2.6 billion as of June 30, 2012 or March 31, 2012 (the latest date for which complete financial data is publicly available).
Company Name and Ticker Symbol |
|
Exchange |
|
Headquarters |
|
Total Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Mutual Corp. (BKMU) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Milwaukee, WI |
|
$ |
2,635 |
|
United Community Financial Corp. (UCFC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Youngstown, OH |
|
$ |
2,042 |
|
CFS Bancorp, Inc. (CITZ) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Munster, IN |
|
$ |
1,132 |
|
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. (HFBC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Hopkinsville, KY |
|
$ |
1,026 |
|
PVF Capital Corp. (PVFC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Solon, OH |
|
$ |
807 |
|
HMN Financial, Inc. (HMNF) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Rochester, MN |
|
$ |
670 |
|
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (FCLF) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Edwardsville, IL |
|
$ |
556 |
|
Citizens Community Bancorp, Inc. (CZWI) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Eau Claire, WI |
|
$ |
529 |
|
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. (WBKC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Midland, MI |
|
$ |
292 |
|
First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc. (FFNM) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Alpena, MI |
|
$ |
218 |
|
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012 (or the last twelve months for which data is available) and stock price information as of August 17, 2012. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 11.0% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 11.3% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The price-to-earnings multiples were not meaningful for either Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or the peer group due to operating losses or low earnings.
|
|
Price-to-book
|
|
Price-to-tangible
|
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma) |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum, as adjusted |
|
54.79 |
% |
54.79 |
% |
Maximum |
|
50.81 |
% |
50.81 |
% |
Minimum |
|
42.43 |
% |
42.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of August 17, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
57.10 |
% |
58.33 |
% |
Medians |
|
57.07 |
% |
57.29 |
% |
Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 11.0% on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 12.9% on a price-to-tangible book basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.
The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.
For a more complete discussion of the amount of common stock we are offering for sale and the independent appraisal, see The Conversion and Plan of DistributionDetermination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued.
Limits on How Much Common Stock You May Purchase
The minimum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased is 25. Generally, no individual, or individuals exercising subscription rights through a single qualifying account held jointly, may purchase more than 15,000 shares ($150,000) of common stock. Additionally, if any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, in all categories of the offering, will be combined with your purchases and may not exceed 30,000 shares ($300,000):
· your spouse or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;
· most companies, trusts or other entities in which you are a trustee, have a substantial beneficial interest or hold a senior management position; or
· other persons who may be your associates or persons acting in concert with you.
See the detailed descriptions of acting in concert and associate in The Conversion and Plan of DistributionLimitations on Common Stock Purchases.
Subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations at any time. Please see The Conversion and Plan of DistributionLimitations on Common Stock Purchases.
How You May Purchase Shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and the Community Offering
Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:
(1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; or
(2) authorization of withdrawal from Westbury Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.
Regulations prohibit Westbury Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. You may not use cash, wires or a check drawn on a Westbury Bank line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. If you request that we place a hold on your checking account for the subscription amount, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time. You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a Westbury Bank retirement account. See Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock.
In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form, together with full payment payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or authorization to withdraw funds from one or more of your Westbury Bank deposit accounts. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] . We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date] . You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or to any branch office or by mail using the return envelope provided. Due to recent reductions in U.S. Postal Service 1st Class Mail delivery standards, we encourage subscribers to consider in-person or overnight delivery to enhance the likelihood that your order is received before the deadline.
Please see The Conversion and Plan of DistributionsProcedure for Purchasing SharesPayment for Shares for a complete description of how to purchase shares in the stock offering.
Using Retirement Account Funds to Purchase Shares of Common Stock
You may be able to subscribe for shares of common stock using funds in your individual retirement account, or IRA. If you wish to use funds that are currently in your IRA or other retirement account held at Westbury Bank, the funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account with a broker who is willing and able to facilitate your purchase in the offering. It may take several weeks to transfer your Westbury Bank IRA to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.
Please see The Conversion and Plan of DistributionProcedure for Purchasing SharesPayment for Shares and Using Retirement Account Funds for a complete description of how to use IRA funds to purchase shares in the stock offering.
How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering
Assuming we sell 4,628,750 shares of common stock in the stock offering (the adjusted maximum of the offering range), and we have net proceeds of $44.3 million, we intend to distribute the net proceeds as follows:
· $22.16 million (50.0% of the net proceeds) will be invested in Westbury Bank;
· $3.74 million (8.4% of the net proceeds) will be loaned to our employee stock ownership plan to fund its purchase of our shares of common stock;
· $537,000 (1.2% of the net proceeds) will be contributed our charitable foundation;
· $1.25 million (2.8% of the net proceeds) will be used to repay principal and interest outstanding on two notes, including $300,000 on a note issued to a limited liability company owned by our executive officers and directors, the proceeds of which were used to establish an escrow account to fund interest-only payments, on our behalf, on a short-term note issued to an unaffiliated bank; and
· $16.63 million (37.5% of the net proceeds) will be retained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
We may use the funds we receive for investments, to pay cash dividends, to repurchase shares of common stock and for other general corporate purposes, subject to regulatory approval as applicable. Westbury Bank may use the proceeds it receives from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to support increased lending, to increase deposits, to offer other products and services and to increase its capital position. The net proceeds retained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank also may be used for future business expansion through acquisitions of banks, thrifts and other financial services companies, and opening or acquiring branch offices. We have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such acquisitions or branch offices. Initially, a substantial portion of the net proceeds will be invested in short-term investments and other securities consistent with our investment policy.
We do not anticipate the number of shares we sell in the stock offering will result in significant changes in the respective use of proceeds by Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Please see the section of this prospectus entitled How We Intend to Use the Proceeds From the Offering for more information on the proposed use of the proceeds from the offering, including a table showing the distribution of net proceeds at different points in the offering range.
Our Issuance of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation
To further our commitment to our local community, we intend to establish a charitable foundation as part of the conversion and stock offering. Assuming we receive approval from our members to fund the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, we intend to contribute a total of $1.0 million to a charitable foundation that we are establishing, such contribution to consist of a number of shares of our common stock equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the offering (29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, or up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering) and the remainder in cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,120 at the adjusted maximum). As a result of the issuance of shares to the charitable foundation, we will record an after-tax expense of approximately $608,000 during the quarter in which the stock offering is completed.
The charitable foundation will be dedicated exclusively to supporting charitable causes and community development activities in the communities in which we operate. The charitable foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets, and is expected to make contributions totaling approximately $50,000 in its first year of operation.
Issuing shares of common stock to the charitable foundation will:
· dilute the voting interests of purchasers of shares of our common stock in the stock offering; and
· result in an expense, and a reduction in earnings, during the quarter in which the contribution is made, equal to the full amount of the contribution to the charitable foundation, offset in part by a corresponding tax benefit.
The establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been approved by the Boards of Directors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and is subject to approval by members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC. If the members do not approve the funding of the charitable foundation with shares of our common stock and cash, we may, in our discretion, complete the conversion and stock offering without the inclusion of the charitable foundation and without resoliciting subscribers. We may also determine, in our discretion, not to complete the conversion and stock offering if the members do not approve the charitable foundation.
The amount of common stock that we would offer for sale would be greater if the offering were to be completed without the formation and funding of the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation. For a further discussion of the financial impact of the charitable foundation, including its effect on those who purchase shares in the offering, see Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Stock OfferingThe contribution of shares to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering, Comparison of Valuation and Pro Forma Information With and Without the Charitable Foundation and Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation.
You May Not Sell or Transfer Your Subscription Rights
Applicable regulations prohibit you from transferring your subscription rights. If you order shares of common stock in the subscription offering, you will be required to state that you are purchasing the shares of common stock for yourself and that you have no agreement or understanding to sell or transfer your subscription rights. We intend to take legal action, including reporting persons to federal or state regulatory agencies, against anyone who we believe has sold or given away his or her subscription rights. We will not accept your order if we have reason to believe that you have sold or transferred your subscription rights.
Deadline for Orders of Common Stock
If you wish to purchase shares of common stock in the offering, we must receive a properly completed original stock order and certification form, together with full payment for the shares of common stock no later than 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] . You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your stock order form to our Stock Information Center or to any of our branch offices, or by mail using the return envelope provided.
Steps We May Take If We Do Not Receive Orders for the Minimum Number of Shares
If we do not receive orders for at least 2,975,000 shares of common stock (not counting shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation), we may take steps to issue the minimum number of shares of common stock in the offering range. Specifically, we may:
· increase the purchase limitations; and/or
· seek the approval, to the extent required, of the Federal Reserve Board, to extend the offering beyond [extension date] , so long as we resolicit subscriptions that we have previously received in the offering.
If we extend the offering beyond [extension date] , we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit.
Possible Change in the Offering Range
RP Financial, LC will update its appraisal before we complete the offering. If, as a result of demand for the shares, or changes in market conditions, RP Financial, LC determines that our pro forma market value has increased, we may sell up to 4,628,750 shares in the offering without further notice to you. If our pro forma market value at that time is either below $30.0 million or above $46.8 million, then, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may:
· terminate the stock offering and promptly return all funds;
· set a new offering range and give all subscribers the opportunity to confirm, modify or rescind their purchase orders for shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock; or
· take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the Federal Reserve Board and the Securities and Exchange Commission.
Possible Termination of the Offering
We may terminate the offering at any time prior to the special meeting of members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC that is being called to vote upon the conversion and to approve the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation, and at any time after member approval with the approval, to the extent such approval is required, of the Federal Reserve Board.
We must sell a minimum of 2,975,000 shares to complete the offering. If we terminate the offering because we fail to sell the minimum number of shares (not counting shares that we will contribute to the charitable foundation) or for any other reason, we will promptly return your funds with interest at our statement savings rate, currently 0.15% per annum, and we will cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations.
Purchases by Executive Officers and Directors
We expect our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, to subscribe for 167,500 shares of common stock in the offering, or 5.6% of the shares to be sold at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation). Our directors and executive officers will pay the same $10.00 per share price for the common stock as all other subscribers in the offering. Purchases of the common stock by our directors and executive officers are for investment purposes for these individuals and not with a view towards resale, and pursuant to applicable conversion regulations, our directors and executive officers, generally, will not be permitted to sell any shares of the common stock that they purchase in the offering for a period of at least one year from the closing of the conversion and offering. See Subscriptions by Directors and Officers.
Benefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion
We expect our tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan to purchase 8% of the total number of shares of common stock that we issue in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation), or 325,220 shares of common stock, assuming we sell the maximum of the shares proposed to be sold.
We also intend to implement one or more stock-based benefit plans. Stockholder approval of these plans will be required, and the stock-based benefit plans cannot be implemented until at least six months after the completion of the conversion pursuant to applicable regulations. We have not yet determined whether we will present these plans for stockholder approval within 12 months following the completion of the conversion or more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion. If presented more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion, these plans would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast; otherwise, they would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes eligible to be cast. Further, there are a number of restrictions that would apply to these plans if adopted within one year of the conversion, including limits on awards to non-employee directors and officers and vesting. See Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Stock-Based Benefit Plans. For example, if adopted within 12 months following the completion of the conversion, the stock-based benefit plans will reserve a number of shares of common stock equal to not more than 4% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) for restricted stock awards to key employees and directors, at no cost to the recipients, and will also reserve a number of stock options equal to not more than 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation ) for key employees and directors.
If 4% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are awarded under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of up to approximately 3.85% in their ownership interest in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. If 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation) are issued upon the exercise of options granted under a stock-based benefit plan and come from authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience dilution of approximately 9.09% in their ownership interest in Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
In connection with the conversion, we expect to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements with certain of our officers, subject to regulatory approval of these agreements. See Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Executive Officer Compensation and Risk FactorsRisks Related to This Stock OfferingWe intend to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements with certain of our officers, which may increase our compensation costs or increase the costs
of acquiring us for a further discussion of these agreements, including their terms and potential costs, as well as a description of other benefits arrangements.
The following table summarizes the number of shares of common stock and aggregate dollar value of grants (valuing each share granted at the offering price of $10.00) that will be available under our employee stock ownership plan and one or more stock-based benefit plans if such plans are adopted within one year following the completion of the conversion and the offering. The table shows the dilution to stockholders if all these shares are issued from authorized but unissued shares, instead of shares purchased in the open market. The table also sets forth the number of shares of common stock to be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan for allocation to all employees. A portion of the stock award and stock option grants shown in the table below may be made to non-management employees.
|
|
Number of Shares to be Granted or
|
|
Dilution
|
|
Value of Grants (1) |
|
||||||||
|
|
At
|
|
At
|
|
As a
|
|
From
|
|
At
|
|
At
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Employee stock ownership plan |
|
240,380 |
|
374,003 |
|
8.00 |
% |
|
|
$ |
2,404 |
|
$ |
3,740 |
|
Stock awards |
|
120,190 |
|
187,002 |
|
4.00 |
|
3.85 |
% |
1,202 |
|
1,870 |
|
||
Stock options |
|
300,475 |
|
467,504 |
|
10.00 |
|
9.09 |
% |
1,208 |
|
1,879 |
|
||
Total |
|
661,045 |
|
1,028,508 |
|
22.00 |
% |
12.28 |
% |
$ |
4,814 |
|
$ |
7,489 |
|
(1) The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the same as the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $4.02 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 0%; an expected option life of 10 years; a risk-free interest rate of 1.67%; and a volatility rate of 28.36% based on an index of publicly traded thrift institutions. The actual expense of stock options granted under a stock-based benefit plan will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted, which may or may not be the Black-Scholes model.
(2) The stock-based benefit plans may award a greater number of options and shares, respectively, if the plans are adopted more than 12 months after the completion of the conversion.
(3) For plans adopted within 12 months of the completion of the conversion, applicable regulations permit stock awards to encompass up to 4.0% and the ESOP and stock awards to encompass in the aggregate up to 12.0% of the shares issued, provided Westbury Bank has tangible capital of 10.0% or more following the conversion.
The actual value of restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value (the closing market price of shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.) as of the date grants are made. The following table presents the total value of all shares to be available for awards of restricted stock under the stock-based benefit plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.
Share Price |
|
120,190
Shares
|
|
141,400
Shares
|
|
162,610
Shares
|
|
187,002
Shares
|
|
|||||
(In thousands, except share price information) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
$ |
8.00 |
|
$ |
961,520 |
|
$ |
1,131,200 |
|
$ |
1,300,880 |
|
$ |
1,496,016 |
|
10.00 |
|
1,201,900 |
|
1,414,000 |
|
1,626,100 |
|
1,870,020 |
|
|||||
12.00 |
|
1,442,280 |
|
1,696,800 |
|
1,951,320 |
|
2,244,024 |
|
|||||
14.00 |
|
1,682,660 |
|
1,979,600 |
|
2,276,540 |
|
2,618,028 |
|
|||||
The grant-date fair value of the stock options granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be based, in part, on the closing price of shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. on the date the options are granted. The fair value will also depend on the various assumptions utilized in the option-pricing model ultimately adopted. The following table presents the total estimated value of the stock
options to be available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans, assuming the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share at the time of the grant.
Exercise Price |
|
Grant-Date Fair
|
|
300,475
Options at
|
|
353,500
Options at
|
|
406,525
Options at
|
|
467,504
Options at
|
|
||||||
(In thousands, except share price information) |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
$ |
8.00 |
|
$ |
3.22 |
|
$ |
967,530 |
|
$ |
1,138,270 |
|
$ |
1,309,011 |
|
$ |
1,505,363 |
|
10.00 |
|
4.02 |
|
1,207,910 |
|
1,421,070 |
|
1,634,231 |
|
1,879,366 |
|
||||||
12.00 |
|
4.82 |
|
1,448,290 |
|
1,703,870 |
|
1,959,451 |
|
2,253,369 |
|
||||||
14.00 |
|
5.63 |
|
1,691,674 |
|
1,990,205 |
|
2,288,736 |
|
2,632,048 |
|
||||||
Market for Common Stock
We anticipate that the common stock sold in the offering will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB following the completion of the stock offering. See Market for the Common Stock.
Our Policy Regarding Dividends
Our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. In addition, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. has previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and we expect the Federal Reserve Board to enforce this agreement such that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is also prohibited from paying dividends without prior regulatory approval. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends.
Conditions to Completion of the Conversion and the Offering
We cannot complete the conversion and the offering unless:
· the plan of conversion and reorganization is approved by a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC. A special meeting of members to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and reorganization and to vote upon the establishment and funding of the charitable foundation has been set for [meeting date] ;
· we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock offered; and
· we receive all required final approvals of the Federal Reserve Board to complete the conversion and the offering and receive the approval of the Federal Reserve Board on the holding company application we have filed with this agency.
Material Income Tax Consequences
The conversion qualifies as a tax-free reorganization. Neither Westbury Bancorp, Inc., WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC nor Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members will recognize any gain or loss as a result of the conversion. See The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMaterial Income Tax Consequences for a complete discussion of the income tax consequences of the transaction.
How You Can Obtain Additional Information
Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our information hotline at [ · ] to speak to a representative of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Representatives are available by telephone Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You may also meet in person with a representative by visiting our stock information center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The stock information center is open weekdays during the offering, except for bank holidays, on Mondays from 12:00 noon to 5:00 p.m., on Tuesdays through Thursdays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and on Fridays from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon, Central Time.
TO ENSURE THAT EACH PERSON RECEIVES A PROSPECTUS AT LEAST 48 HOURS PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION DATE OF [EXPIRATION DATE] IN ACCORDANCE WITH FEDERAL LAW, NO PROSPECTUS WILL BE MAILED OR HAND-DELIVERED ANY LATER THAN FIVE DAYS OR TWO DAYS, RESPECTIVELY, PRIOR TO [EXPIRATION DATE].
You should consider carefully the following risk factors in evaluating an investment in our
shares of common stock.
Risks Related to Our Business
A significant portion of our loans are commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans, which carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate, and we intend to increase our focus on these types of loans.
At June 30, 2012, $188.8 million, or 48.5% of our loan portfolio consisted of commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans. Given their larger balances and the complexity of the underlying collateral, commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans generally expose a lender to greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate. These loans also have greater credit risk than residential real estate for the following reasons:
· commercial real estate loans repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover operating expenses and debt service.
· multi-family repayment is dependent on income being generated in amounts sufficient to cover property maintenance and debt service.
· commercial business loans repayment is generally dependent upon the successful operation of the borrowers business.
If loans that are collateralized by real estate or other business assets become troubled and the value of the collateral has been significantly impaired, then we may not be able to recover the full contractual amount of principal and interest that we anticipated at the time we originated the loan, which could cause us to increase our provision for loan losses and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
The majority of our commercial real estate and multi-family loans are secured by non-owner-occupied properties. These loans expose us to greater risk of non-payment and loss than loans secured by owner-occupied properties because repayment of such loans depend primarily on the tenants continuing ability to pay rent to the property owner, who is our borrower, or, if the property owner is unable to find a tenant, the property owners ability to repay the loan without the benefit of a rental income stream. In addition, the physical condition of non-owner-occupied properties is often below that of owner-occupied properties due to lax property maintenance standards, which has a negative impact on the value of the collateral properties. Furthermore, some of our non-owner-occupied borrowers have more than one loan outstanding with us, which may expose us to a greater risk of loss compared to residential and commercial borrowers with only one loan.
Furthermore, a key component of our strategy is to continue to increase our origination of commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yields. The proposed increase in these types of loans significantly increases our exposure to the risks inherent in these types of loans.
Our focus on commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business lending has resulted in higher losses in our loans and increased allowance for loan losses.
Since 2009, we have experienced elevated levels of non-performing and classified assets, and elevated levels of charge-offs, particularly in our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loan portfolio. We had $9.0 million, $8.3 million, $17.5 million and $22.6 million of non-performing commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We had $18.5 million, $12.4 million, $20.9 million and $26.5 million of classified commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. We had net charge-offs of $1.8 million, $4.1 million, $2.0 million and $1.6 million related to commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans for the six month period ended June 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, we had allocated $4.6 million, or 73.5% of our allowance for loan losses, $5.4 million, or 75.7% of our allowance for loan losses, $2.9 million, or 58.7% of our allowance for loan losses, and $2.7 million, or 59.3% of our allowance for loan losses, respectfully, to our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loan portfolio. Although management believes it has identified the majority of our problem assets, because we intend to continue to improve our policies and procedures for identifying problem assets, our classified assets could increase significantly. It is also our experience that a significant number of classified loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank historically have become non-performing loans. Delinquencies and loan losses related to commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans could increase more than we have provided for in our allowance for loan losses as we continue to review our existing portfolio and as we continue to emphasize this type of lending activity.
We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate in our market area. Adverse economic conditions, both generally and in our market area, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
At June 30, 2012, $300.6 million, or 77.3% of our loan portfolio, consisted of loans secured by real estate in Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee Counties, Wisconsin. We have relatively few loans outside of our market area, and, as a result, we have a greater risk of loan defaults and losses in the event of a further economic downturn in our market area, as adverse economic conditions may have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely payments of their loans. During the last several years, economic conditions and real estate values within our market area have declined significantly. We believe that such conditions have contributed to our non-performing assets, loan charge-offs and our provisions for loan losses.
More generally, the United States experienced a severe economic recession in 2008 and 2009, the effects of which have continued during 2010, 2011 and 2012. Recent growth has been slow and unemployment remains at high levels; as a result, economic recovery is expected to be slow. Loan portfolio quality has remained poor at many financial institutions reflecting, in part, the weak United States economy and high unemployment rates. In addition, the value of real estate collateral supporting many commercial real estate and multi-family loans and home mortgages throughout the United States has declined. The real estate downturn also has resulted in reduced demand for the construction of new housing and increased delinquencies in construction, residential and commercial mortgage loans in many markets across the United States.
We believe that the unfavorable economic conditions of the past several years will continue to have an unfavorable impact on our operations as long as they persist.
A significant portion of our non-performing assets and classified assets are commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans acquired in connection with our merger with another institution, many of which are secured by real estate and other assets located in an area that experienced a more significant economic downturn than our primary market area. If we are unable to successfully resolve these assets, we could be forced to write down these loans or increase our provision for loan losses, which would negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
In 2008, we acquired Continental Savings Bank in a merger of mutually-owned institutions. In connection with this merger, we acquired a significant portfolio of commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans, many of which are secured by real estate or have borrowers located in Milwaukee County. The economic downturn in 2008 and 2009, which had a more profound impact in Milwaukee County than in our primary market area, resulted in a large number of these loans becoming non-performing or classified assets.
Although we have made efforts to resolve these assets, as of June 30, 2012, approximately $6.5 million, or 20.2%, of the commercial real estate, multifamily and commercial business loans originated by Continental Savings Bank were non-performing assets. These loans comprised approximately 45.8% of our total non-performing loans at June 30, 2012. Loans originated by Continental Savings Bank prior to the merger accounted for $6.5 million, or 72.9% of our total non-performing commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans at June 30, 2012, $5.2 million, or 53.1% of the total at December 31, 2011, $12.4 million, or 94.7% of the total at December 31, 2010, and $20.2 million, or 93.5% of total at December 31, 2009. Loans originated by Continental Savings Bank prior to the merger accounted for $1.4 million in net charge-offs, or 46.7% of our total net charge-offs for the six months ended June 30, 2012, $2.4 million or 64.9% of total net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2011, $1.0 million or 76.9% of total net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2010, and $1.7 million or 70.8% of total net charge-offs during the year ended December 31, 2009.
We do not have an operating history in Milwaukee County or an extended customer relationship with former customers of Continental Savings Bank. We may be unable to successfully resolve problem loans that we did not originate, which could force us to write down these loans or increase our provision for loan losses, either of which could negatively affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Our provision for loan losses and net loan charge-offs have increased significantly in recent years, and we may be required to make further increases in our provision for loan losses and to charge-off additional loans in the future, which could adversely affect our results of operations. If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, we may be required to make additional provisions for loan losses, which would cause our earnings to decrease.
Partly in response to the increase in the size of our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loan portfolio, and the increase in the amount of such loans that are non-performing or classified, we recorded provisions for loan losses of $2.0 million, $7.5 million, $3.1 million and $2.2 million, respectively, for the periods ended June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 that were charged against income for those periods, and incurred net charge-offs of $3.0 million, $5.4 million, $2.6 million and $1.7 million, respectively, during the same periods. As a result, our allowance for loan losses has fluctuated, decreasing by $918,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012, and increasing by $2.1 million, $498,000, and $557,000, respectively, during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009. While our allowance for loan losses was $6.2 million, or 1.59% of total loans, at June 30, 2012, we may be required to make additional material additions to our allowance for loan losses that would materially decrease our net income. See A significant portion of our loans are commercial real
estate, multi-family and commercial business loans, which carry greater credit risk than loans secured by owner occupied one- to four-family real estate, and we intend to increase our focus on these types of loans.
We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers, our borrowers cash flow and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance.
Lending money is a substantial part of our business and each loan carries a certain risk that it may not be repaid in accordance with its terms, or that any underlying collateral will not be sufficient to assure repayment. This risk is affected by, among other things, cash flow of the borrower and/or the project being financed, the changes and uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral, in the case of a collateralized loan, the duration of the loan, the character and creditworthiness of a particular borrower, and changes in economic and industry conditions.
The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Continuing deterioration in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require an increase in the allowance for loan losses. In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for possible loan losses or the recognition of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management. In addition, if charge-offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses we will need additional provisions to replenish the allowance for loan losses. Any additional provisions will result in a decrease in net income and possibly capital, and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We have agreed with our regulators to not take certain actions without approval, including the payment of dividends. These restrictions limit the flexibility of our operations, which could adversely affect the value of the common stock.
As a result of certain findings in our regulatory examinations, Westbury Bank agreed with the OTS not to declare any dividend or capital distribution without submitting appropriate regulatory applications. Westbury Bank also agreed to maintain compliance with a capital plan designed to improve its operations, earnings and profitability, reduce operating expenses, achieve core earnings and net income levels that will result in consistent profitability, and review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance income to address identified risks, and to maintain compliance with a remediation plan to resolve the basis of criticism of classified, special mention and delinquent assets that equal or exceed $500,000. The OCC has continued to enforce this agreement against Westbury Bank.
In addition, each of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. agreed with the OTS not to declare or pay cash dividends, repurchase or redeem capital stock, or incur any debt or increase lines of credit without regulatory approval. WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. also agreed to maintain compliance with a business and capital plan designed to increase and maintain capital at higher levels than would otherwise be required in order to support our risk profile, achieve certain net income levels and reduce debt to capital ratios, and review risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis. The Federal Reserve Board has continued to enforce this agreement against WBSB Bancorp, MHC
and WBSB Bancorp, Inc., and we expect the Federal Reserve Board to enforce this agreement, or an agreement with similar terms, against Westbury Bancorp, Inc. following the conversion.
Compliance with the business and capital plans and the remediation plan could significantly restrict our operations, particularly if we are required to use available funds to increase or maintain capital ratios rather than to support lending or other business operations. Because we must obtain regulatory approval prior to deviating from our business plans, we are restricted in our ability to be flexible and responsive to changing conditions. In addition, our earnings could be reduced if we are required to take additional provision for loan losses, or to write down or write off non-performing or classified loans. Our ability to pay dividends and repurchase stock will be restricted unless we are able to obtain regulatory approval to do so, or until the agreements are lifted.
We are currently not in compliance with the tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% or the total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00% set forth in the business and capital plans that we submitted to our regulators. Failure to comply with our business and capital plans or our remediation plan could subject us to regulatory enforcement actions by the Federal Reserve Board or the OCC, which enforcement actions could further restrict our business operations.
If our foreclosed real estate is not properly valued or if our reserves are insufficient, our earnings could be reduced.
We obtain updated valuations in the form of appraisals and broker price opinions when a loan has been foreclosed and the property taken in as foreclosed real estate and at certain other times during the holding period of the asset. Our net book value (NBV) in the loan at the time of foreclosure and thereafter is compared to the updated fair value of the foreclosed property less estimated selling costs (fair value). A charge-off is recorded for any excess in the assets NBV over its fair value less estimated selling costs. If our valuation process is incorrect, or if property values decline, the fair value of our foreclosed real estate may not be sufficient to recover our carrying value in such assets, resulting in the need for additional charge-offs. Significant charge-offs to our foreclosed real estate could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, bank regulators periodically review our foreclosed real estate and may require us to recognize further charge-offs. Any increase in our charge-offs may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
We have a significant amount of net operating losses that we may not be able to utilize in a timely fashion.
In recent years, we have generated significant net operating losses and unrealized tax losses (collectively, NOLs). As of June 30, 2012, we had an estimated NOL carryforward of approximately $13.5 million. These NOLs generally may be carried forward for a 20-year period to offset future taxable income and reduce our federal income tax liability. As a result of our reorganization and conversion from the two-tier mutual holding company structure to a fully-converted stock holding company and our contemporaneous stock offering, we may incur an ownership change under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (Section 382). An ownership change will occur if after the reorganization, the persons who are considered owners of the mutual holding company before the reorganization, i.e., our members, own less than 50% of the stock holding companys common stock immediately after the reorganization. This could occur if we are required to sell a significant number of our shares in a community or syndicated offering to persons other than our members. In addition, an ownership change will occur if, over a rolling three-year period, the percentage of the company stock owned by shareholders holding 5% or more of our common stock has increased by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of common stock owned by such shareholders during the three year period.
In general, if a company incurs an ownership change under Section 382, the companys ability to utilize an NOL carryforward to offset its taxable income becomes limited to a certain amount per year. This limitation is computed by multiplying our fair market value immediately before the ownership change (if the ownership change occurs as a result of the conversion and stock offering, the fair market value that would be taken into consideration is that of the mutual holding company) by a rate equal to the long-term tax-exempt rate for the month in which the ownership change occurs. Based on managements analysis, we determined that an ownership change under Section 382 will limit our ability to use the NOL carryforward to offset our taxable income to an estimated maximum amount of $1.2 million and $1.9 million per year, respectively, assuming we sell the minimum and adjusted maximum number of shares in the offering. The NOL carryforwards expire substantially beginning in 2028.
If we are unable to offset our taxable income to the maximum permitted amount, we would incur additional income tax liability, which would adversely affect our results of operations.
Impairment of our deferred tax assets could require charges to earnings, which could result in a negative impact on our results of operations.
Deferred tax assets are only recognized to the extent it is more likely than not they will be realized. Should our management determine it is not more likely than not that the deferred tax assets will be realized, a valuation allowance with a charge to earnings would be reflected in the period. At December 31, 2011, our net deferred tax asset was $4.4 million, which included a valuation allowance of $2.4 million, and all of which was disallowed for regulatory capital purposes. Based on the levels of taxable income in prior years and managements expectation of profitability in the current year and future years, management has determined that no additional valuation allowance was required at December 31, 2011. If we are required in the future to take an additional valuation allowance with respect to our deferred tax asset, our financial condition and results of operations would be negatively affected.
Future changes in interest rates could reduce our profits and asset values.
Future changes in interest rates could impact our financial condition and results of operations.
Net income is the amount by which net interest income and non-interest income exceeds non-interest expense and the provision for loan losses. Net interest income makes up a majority of our income and is based on the difference between:
· interest income earned on interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and
· interest expense paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.
We are vulnerable to changes in interest rates including the shape of the yield curve because of a mismatch between the terms to repricing of our assets and liabilities. Historically, our assets repriced more quickly than our liabilities, which made us vulnerable to decreases in interest rates. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, our net interest margin was 3.52% and 3.36%, respectively. Our asset/liability management committee utilizes a computer simulation model to provide an analysis of estimated changes in net interest income in various interest rate scenarios. At June 30, 2012, in the event of an immediate 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, our model projects a decrease in our net interest income of 2.0%, and in the event of an immediate 100 basis point increase in interest rates, our model projects an increase in our net interest income of 2.1%.
Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At June 30,
2012, the fair value of our securities classified as available for sale totaled $63.2 million. Unrealized net gains on available-for-sale securities totaled $1.7 million at June 30, 2012 and are reported, net of tax, as a separate component of shareholders equity. However, a rise in interest rates could cause a decrease in the fair value of securities available for sale in future periods which would have an adverse effect on shareholders equity. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans. Conversely, a reduction in interest rates can result in increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities, as borrowers refinance their debt in order to reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities.
Historically low interest rates may adversely affect our net interest income and profitability.
In recent years it has been the policy of the Federal Reserve Board to maintain interest rates at historically low levels through its targeted federal funds rate and the purchase of mortgage-backed securities. As a result, market rates on the loans we have originated and the yields on securities we have purchased have been at lower levels than available prior to 2008. This has been a significant factor in the decrease in the amount of our interest income to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and to $11.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. As a general matter, our interest-bearing assets reprice or mature slightly more quickly than our interest-earning liabilities, which has resulted in decreases in net interest income as interest rates decreased. However, our ability to lower our interest expense is limited at these interest rate levels while the average yield on our interest-earning assets may continue to decrease. The Federal Reserve Board has indicated its intention to maintain low interest rates for the next several years. Accordingly, our net interest income (the difference between interest income earned on assets and interest expense paid on liabilities) may continue to decrease, which will have an adverse effect on our profitability.
Income from secondary mortgage market operations is volatile, and we may incur losses or charges with respect to our secondary mortgage market operations which would negatively affect our earnings.
A key component of our strategy is to increase the extent to which we sell in the secondary market the longer term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate, earning non-interest income in the form of gains on sale. When interest rates rise, the demand for mortgage loans tends to fall and may reduce the number of loans available for sale. In addition to interest rate levels, weak or deteriorating economic conditions also tend to reduce loan demand. Although we originate, and intend to continue originating, loans on a best efforts basis, and we sell, and intend to continue selling, loans in the secondary market without recourse, we are required and will continue to be required to give customary representations and warranties to the buyers. If we breach those representations and warranties, the buyers will be able to require us to repurchase the loans and we may incur a loss on the repurchase. Because we generally retain the servicing rights on the loans we sell in the secondary market, we are required to record a mortgage servicing right asset, which we test quarterly for impairment. The value of mortgage servicing rights tend to increase with rising interest rates and to decrease with falling interest rates. If we are required to take an impairment charge, our earnings could be adversely affected.
Government responses to economic conditions may adversely affect our operation, financial condition and earnings.
The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the Dodd-Frank Act), among other things, has changed and will continue to change the bank regulatory framework, created an
independent Consumer Financial Protection Bureau that has assumed the consumer protection responsibilities of the various federal banking agencies, and established more stringent capital standards for banks and bank holding companies. The legislation will also result in new regulations affecting the lending, funding, trading and investment activities of banks and bank holding companies. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Westbury Bank, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. Banks and savings institutions with $10.0 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the federal banking agencies to promulgate rules requiring mortgage lenders to retain a portion of the credit risk related to securitized loans. Bank regulatory agencies also have been responding aggressively to concerns and adverse trends identified in examinations. Ongoing uncertainty and adverse developments in the financial services industry and the domestic and international credit markets, and the effect of new legislation and regulatory actions in response to these conditions, may adversely affect our operations by restricting our business activities, including our ability to originate or sell loans, modify loan terms, or foreclose on property securing loans.
In addition, the federal banking regulators have recently issued proposed rules that, if adopted, will significantly increase regulatory capital requirements. Among other things, the proposed rules would introduce a new minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets and increase the minimum tier 1 capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets. There would also be a new capital conservation buffer that would require an institution to hold an additional 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-based assets in order to avoid restriction on dividends and executive compensation. The proposed rules would also impose stricter capital deduction requirements and revise the current risk-weighting categories.
These measures are likely to increase our costs of doing business and increase our costs related to regulatory compliance, and may have a significant adverse effect on our lending activities, financial performance and operating flexibility. In addition, these risks could affect the performance and value of our loan and investment securities portfolios, which also would negatively affect our financial performance.
Strong competition within our market areas may limit our growth and profitability.
Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do, which could affect our ability to grow and remain profitable on a long-term basis. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. If we must raise interest rates paid on deposits or lower interest rates charged on our loans, our net interest margin and profitability could be adversely affected. For additional information see Business of Westbury Bank Market Area and Competition.
The financial services industry could become even more competitive as a result of new legislative, regulatory and technological changes and continued consolidation. Banks, securities firms and insurance companies can merge under the umbrella of a financial holding company, which can offer virtually any type of financial service, including banking, securities underwriting, insurance (both agency
and underwriting) and merchant banking. Also, technology has lowered barriers to entry and made it possible for non-banks to offer products and services traditionally provided by banks, such as automatic transfer and automatic payment systems. Many of our competitors have fewer regulatory constraints and may have lower cost structures. Additionally, due to their size, many competitors may be able to achieve economies of scale and, as a result, may offer a broader range of products and services as well as better pricing for those products and services than we can.
We depend on our management team to implement our business strategy and execute successful operations and we could be harmed by the loss of their services.
We are dependent upon the services of the members of our senior management team who direct our strategy and operations. We have benefited from consistency within our senior management team, with our top three executives averaging over 19 years of service with Westbury Bank and over a combined 59 years of financial institution experience. Members of our senior management team, or commercial lending specialists who possess expertise in our markets and key business relationships, could be difficult to replace. Our loss of these persons, or our inability to hire additional qualified personnel, could impact our ability to implement our business strategy and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and our ability to compete in our markets. See Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.
As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our internal controls and procedures for financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations as a stand-alone public company. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, starting with the second annual report that we would expect to file with the SEC. Any failure to achieve and maintain an effective internal control environment could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price. In addition, we may need to hire additional compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. As a result, we may need to rely on outside consultants to provide these services for us until qualified personnel are hired. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our managements attention from our operations.
We operate in a highly regulated environment and may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.
We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, and examination by the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC and, to a lesser extent, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (the FDIC). Such regulators govern the activities in which we may engage, primarily for the protection of depositors. These regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of a financial institution, the classification of assets by a financial institution, and the adequacy of a financial institutions allowance for loan losses. Any change in such regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, or legislation, could have a material impact on us and our operations. Because our business is highly regulated, the laws, rules and applicable regulations are subject to regular modification and
change. Laws, rules and regulations may be adopted in the future that could make compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business, financial condition or prospects. See Supervision and Regulation for a discussion of the regulations to which we are subject.
The expiration of full FDIC insurance on certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts may increase our costs and reduce our liquidity levels. Increased FDIC insurance assessments could significantly increase our expenses.
On December 31, 2012, full FDIC insurance on certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts is scheduled to expire. Full insurance coverage does not apply to money market deposit accounts or negotiable order of withdrawal accounts. The reduction in FDIC insurance on other types of accounts may cause depositors to place such funds in fully insured interest-bearing accounts, which would increase our costs of funds and negatively affect our results of operations, or may cause depositors to withdraw their deposits and invest uninsured funds in investments perceived as being more secure, such as securities issued by the United States Treasury. This may reduce our liquidity, or require us to pay higher interest rates to maintain our liquidity by retaining deposits.
In addition, the FDIC may increase deposit insurance fees and expenses. In particular, if our regulators issue downgraded ratings of Westbury Bank in connection with their examinations, the FDIC could impose significant additional fees and assessments on us.
Changes in accounting standards could affect reported earnings.
The accounting standard setters, including the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and other regulatory bodies, periodically change the financial accounting and reporting guidance that governs the preparation of our consolidated financial statements. These changes can be hard to predict and can materially impact how we record and report our financial condition and results of operations. In some cases, we could be required to apply new or revised guidance retroactively.
Future legislative or regulatory actions responding to perceived financial and market problems could impair our rights against borrowers.
There have been proposals made by members of Congress and others that would reduce the amount distressed borrowers are otherwise contractually obligated to pay under their mortgage loans and limit an institutions ability to foreclose on mortgage collateral. If proposals such as these, or other proposals limiting our rights as a creditor, are implemented, we could experience increased credit losses or increased expense in pursuing our remedies as a creditor.
We are a community bank and our ability to maintain our reputation is critical to the success of our business and the failure to do so may materially adversely affect our performance.
We are a community bank, and our reputation is one of the most valuable components of our business. A key component of our business strategy is to rely on our reputation for customer service and knowledge of local markets to expand our presence by capturing new business opportunities from existing and prospective customers in our current market and contiguous areas. As such, we strive to conduct our business in a manner that enhances our reputation. This is done, in part, by recruiting, hiring and retaining employees who share our core values of being an integral part of the communities we serve, delivering superior service to our customers and caring about our customers and associates. If our reputation is negatively affected, by the actions of our employees, by our inability to conduct our operations in a
manner that is appealing to current or prospective customers, or otherwise, our business and, therefore, our operating results may be materially adversely affected.
Risks Related to this Stock Offering
The future price of our common stock may be less than the purchase price in the stock offering.
If you purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, you may not be able to sell them at or above the purchase price in the stock offering. The purchase price in the offering is based upon an independent third-party appraisal of the pro forma market value of Westbury Bank, pursuant to federal banking regulations and subject to review and approval by the Federal Reserve Board. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. Our aggregate pro forma market value as reflected in the final independent appraisal may exceed the market price of our shares of common stock after the completion of the offering, which may result in our stock trading below the initial offering price of $10.00 per share.
After the shares of our common stock begin trading, the trading price of the common stock will be determined by the marketplace, and will be influenced by many factors outside of our control, including prevailing interest rates, investor perceptions, securities analyst research reports and general industry, geopolitical and economic conditions. Publicly traded stocks, including stocks of financial institutions, often experience substantial market price volatility. These market fluctuations might not be related to the operating performance of particular companies whose shares are traded.
The capital we raise in the stock offering will reduce our return on equity. This could negatively affect the trading price of our shares of common stock.
Net income divided by average equity, known as return on equity, is a ratio many investors use to compare the performance of a financial institution to its peers. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we had an annualized return on equity of 2.42%, compared to an average return on equity of 1.17% based on trailing twelve-month earnings for all publicly traded, full converted savings institutions as of June 30, 2012 or the most recent date for which information is available. Following the stock offering, we expect our consolidated equity to increase from $46.7 million at June 30, 2012 to between $70.8 million at the minimum of the offering range and $85.3 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. Based upon our earnings for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and these pro forma equity levels, our projected annualized return on equity will be 1.16% and 0.76% at the minimum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively. We expect our return on equity to remain relatively low until we are able to leverage the additional capital we receive from the stock offering. Although we anticipate increasing net interest income using proceeds of the stock offering, our return on equity will be reduced by the capital raised in the stock offering, higher expenses from the costs of being a public company, and added expenses associated with our employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based benefit plans we intend to adopt. Until we can increase our net interest income and non-interest income, our return on equity may reduce the value of our shares of common stock. See Pro Forma Data for an illustration of the financial impact of the offering.
The contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering.
We intend to establish and fund a charitable foundation in connection with the conversion and stock offering. We intend to contribute a total of $1.0 million to a charitable foundation that we are establishing in connection with the conversion, such contribution to consist of a number of shares of our
common stock equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the offering (29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering) and the remainder in cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,120 at the adjusted maximum). The amount of our contribution will not be dependent upon the amount of the net proceeds raised in the stock offering.
The contribution will have an adverse effect on our net income for the quarter and year in which we make the issuance and contribution to the charitable foundation. The after-tax expense of the contribution will reduce net income in the year in which we complete the stock offering by approximately $608,000. Persons purchasing shares in the stock offering will have their ownership and voting interests in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. diluted by up to 0.98% at the minimum of the offering range due to the issuance of shares of common stock to the charitable foundation.
Our contribution to the charitable foundation may not be tax deductible, which could reduce our profits.
We believe that the contribution to the charitable foundation will be deductible for federal income tax purposes. However, the Internal Revenue Service may disagree with our determination and not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. If the contribution is not deductible, we would not receive any tax benefit from the contribution. It is expected that the value of the contribution of cash and shares will be $1.0 million, which would result in after-tax expense of approximately $608,000 during the year ended December 31, 2013. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service does not grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation or the contribution to the charitable foundation is otherwise not tax deductible, we would recognize as after-tax expense the full value (i.e., $1.0 million) of the entire contribution.
In addition, even if the contribution is tax deductible, we may not have sufficient profits to be able to use the deduction fully. Pursuant to the Internal Revenue Code, an entity is permitted to deduct up to 10% of its taxable income (income before income taxes) in any one year for charitable contributions. Any contribution in excess of the 10% limit may be deducted for federal and state income tax purposes over each of the five years following the year in which the charitable contribution is made. Accordingly, a charitable contribution could, if necessary, be deducted over a six-year period. Our pre-tax income over this period may not be sufficient to fully use this deduction. With certain exceptions, Wisconsin tax law follows the federal income tax laws and taxable income is computed in the same manner as taxable income is computed for federal income tax purposes.
Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income.
We anticipate that our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the total shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with funds borrowed from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. We will record annual employee stock ownership plan expense in an amount equal to the fair value of shares of common stock committed to be released to employees. If shares of common stock appreciate in value over time, compensation expense relating to the employee stock ownership plan will increase.
We also intend to adopt a stock-based benefit plan after the stock offering that would award participants restricted shares of our common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock. The number of shares of restricted stock or stock options reserved for issuance under any initial stock-based benefit plan may not exceed 4% and 10% (including shares issued to the charitable foundation), respectively, of our total outstanding shares, if these plans are adopted within 12
months after the completion of the conversion. We may grant shares of common stock and stock options in excess of these amounts provided the stock-based benefit plan is adopted more than one year following the stock offering. The estimated grant-date fair value of the options utilizing a Black-Scholes option pricing analysis is $4.02 per option granted. Assuming this value is amortized over a five-year vesting period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with the stock options would be $375,873 at the adjusted maximum. In addition, assuming that all shares of restricted stock are awarded at a price of $10.00 per share, and that the awards vest over a five-year period, the corresponding annual pre-tax expense associated with restricted stock awarded under the stock-based benefit plan would be $374,003 at the adjusted maximum. However, if we grant shares of common stock or options in excess of these amounts, such grants would increase our costs further.
The shares of restricted stock granted under the stock-based benefit plan will be expensed by us over their vesting period at the fair market value of the shares on the date they are awarded. If the shares of restricted stock to be granted under the plan are repurchased in the open market (rather than issued directly from authorized but unissued shares by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.) and cost the same as the purchase price in the stock offering, the reduction to stockholders equity due to the plan would be between $1.2 million at the minimum of the offering range and $1.9 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range. To the extent we repurchase shares of common stock in the open market to fund the grants of shares under the plan, and the price of such shares exceeds the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders equity would exceed the range described above. Conversely, to the extent the price of such shares is below the offering price of $10.00 per share, the reduction to stockholders equity would be less than the range described above.
The implementation of stock-based benefit plans will dilute your ownership interest.
We intend to adopt one or more stock-based benefit plans, which will allow participants to be awarded shares of common stock (at no cost to them) and/or options to purchase shares of our common stock, following the stock offering. If these stock-based benefit plans are funded from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest totaling 12.28%.
Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, historically, the overwhelming majority of stock-based benefit plans adopted by savings institutions and their holding companies following mutual-to-stock conversions have been approved by stockholders.
We have not determined whether we will adopt stock-based benefit plans more than one year following the stock offering. Stock-based benefit plans adopted more than one year following the stock offering may exceed regulatory restrictions on the size of stock-based benefit plans adopted within one year, which would increase our costs and the dilution to other shareholders.
If we adopt stock-based benefit plans within one year following the completion of the stock offering, then we may grant shares of common stock or stock options under our stock-based benefit plans for up to 4% and 10%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares including shares held by the charitable foundation. The amount of stock awards and stock options available for grant under the stock-based benefit plans may exceed these amounts, provided the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. Although the implementation of the stock-based benefit plan will be subject to stockholder approval, the determination as to the timing of the implementation of such a plan will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors. Stock-based benefit plans that provide for awards in excess of these amounts would increase our costs beyond the amounts estimated in Our stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income. Stock-based benefit plans that
provide for awards in excess of these amounts could also result in dilution to stockholders in excess of that described in The implementation of stock-based benefit plans will dilute your ownership interest.
We intend to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements with certain of our officers, which may increase our compensation costs upon the occurrence of certain events or increase the cost of acquiring us.
Following the conversion and subject to the receipt of necessary regulatory approvals, we intend to enter into employment agreements with each of our President and Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Senior Vice President of Lending and one additional officer, and a change in control agreement with one additional officer. In the event of termination of employment other than for cause, or in the event of certain types of termination following a change in control, as set forth in the employment agreements and change in control agreement, and assuming the agreements were in effect, the agreements will provide for cash severance benefits that would cost us up to $1.3 million in the aggregate based on information as of June 30, 2012. These amounts may be reduced, if necessary, to an amount that would not qualify the payments to be deemed an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. In addition, even if we are not permitted by our regulators to enter into the new employment or change in control agreements, we are currently party to an employment agreement with our President and Chief Executive Officer that provides for cash severance benefits that would cost us up to $657,000, based on information as of June 30, 2012, in the event of certain terminations. For additional information see Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Executive Officer Compensation.
We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the stock offering. Our failure to effectively deploy the net proceeds of the offering may have an adverse effect on our financial performance and the value of our common stock.
We intend to invest between $18.5 million and $19.4 million of the net proceeds of the offering (or $22.2 million at the adjusted maximum of the offering range) in Westbury Bank. We may use the remaining net proceeds to invest in short-term investments, repurchase shares of common stock, pay dividends, finance the acquisition of financial institutions, or for other general corporate purposes. We also expect to use a portion of the net proceeds we retain to fund a loan for the purchase of shares of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan and to repay principal and interest outstanding on two short-term notes. Westbury Bank may use the net proceeds it receives to fund new loans, enhance existing products and services, invest in securities, expand its banking franchise by acquiring new branches or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, or for other general corporate purposes. However, with the exception of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, contributions to our charitable foundation and the repayment of short-term notes, we have not allocated specific amounts of the net proceeds for any of these purposes, and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of the net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of such applications. Also, certain of these uses, such as opening new branches or acquiring other financial institutions, paying dividends and repurchasing common stock, may require the approval of the OCC or the Federal Reserve Board. We have not established a timetable for investing the net proceeds, and, accordingly, we may not invest the net proceeds at the time that is most beneficial to Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank or the shareholders. For additional information see How We Intend To Use The Proceeds From This Offering.
Certain provisions of our articles of incorporation and bylaws, and state and federal law could discourage hostile acquisitions of control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., which could negatively affect our stock value.
Certain provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts to acquire Westbury Bancorp, Inc., pursue a proxy contest for control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., assume control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. by a holder of a large block of common stock, and remove Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s management, all of which shareholders might think are in their best interests. These provisions include:
· restrictive requirements regarding eligibility for service on the board of directors, including age restrictions, residency requirements, a prohibition on service by persons who are or have been the subject of certain legal or regulatory proceedings, a prohibition on service by persons who are party to agreements that may affect their voting discretion, a prohibition on service by persons who have lost more than one campaign for election, and a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service;
· the election of directors to staggered terms of three years;
· provisions requiring advance notice of shareholder proposals and director nominations;
· a limitation on the right to vote more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock;
· a prohibition on cumulative voting;
· a requirement that the calling of a special meeting by shareholders requires the request of a majority of all votes entitled to be cast at the special meeting;
· a requirement that directors may only be removed for cause and by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast;
· the board of directors ability to cause Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to issue preferred stock; and
· the requirement of the vote of 80% of the votes entitled to be case in order to amend certain provisions of the articles of incorporation, including those set forth above.
For further information, see Restrictions on Acquisition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws.
Federal regulations prohibit, for three years following the completion of a mutual-to-stock conversion, the offer to acquire or the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board. In addition, the business corporation law of Maryland, the state where Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated, provides for certain restrictions on acquisition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. See Restrictions
on Acquisitions of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Maryland Corporate Law, Westbury Banks Charter and Change in Control Regulations.
A significant percentage of our common stock will be held of controlled by our directors and executive officers and benefit plans.
Our board of directors and executive officers intend to purchase in the aggregate approximately 5.8% and 4.3% of our common stock (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation) at the minimum and maximum of the offering range, respectively. These purchases, together with the purchase by the employee stock ownership plan of 8.0% of the aggregate shares sold in the offering, as well as the potential acquisition of common stock through the proposed equity incentive plan will result in ownership by insiders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank in excess of 23% of the total shares issued in the offering at the maximum of the offering range. The ownership by executive officers, directors and our stock plans could result in actions being taken that are not in accordance with other shareholders wishes, and could prevent any action requiring a supermajority vote under our articles of incorporation and bylaws (including the amendment of certain protective provisions of our articles and bylaws discussed immediately above).
There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.
We have never issued capital stock and there is no established market for our common stock. We expect that our common stock will be listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB, subject to completion of the offering and compliance with certain conditions. Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so or to continue to do so once it begins. The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public float, which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, our directors and executive officers and our charitable foundation, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. If you purchase shares of common stock, you may not be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.
We are an emerging growth company within the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we decide to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock could be less attractive to investors.
We are an emerging growth company, as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, (the Securities Act), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 ( the JOBS Act). We are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including, but not limited to, reduced disclosure about our executive compensation and omission of compensation discussion and analysis, and an exemption from the requirement of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation. In addition, we will not be subject to certain requirements of Section 404 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the Sarbanes Oxley Act), including the additional level of review of our internal control over financial reporting as may occur when outside auditors attest as to our internal control over financial reporting. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. Further, we are eligible to delay adoption of new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies and we intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards. We could remain an emerging growth company for up to five years, or until the earliest of (a) the last day of the first fiscal year in which our annual gross revenues exceed $1.0 billion, (b) the date that we become a large accelerated filer as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which would occur if the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our most recently completed second fiscal quarter, or (c) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the preceding three-year period. Taking advantage of any of these exemptions may adversely affect the value and trading price of our common stock.
Our growth or future losses may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed or the cost of that capital may be very high.
We are required by federal regulatory authorities to maintain adequate levels of capital to support our operations. We believe the net proceeds of this offering will be sufficient to permit Westbury Bank to maintain regulatory capital compliance for the foreseeable future. Nonetheless, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth.
Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside our control, and on our financial condition and performance. Accordingly, we may not be able to raise additional capital if needed on terms that are acceptable to us, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our operations could be materially impaired and our financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if we are unable to raise additional capital when required by the Federal Reserve Board or the OCC, we may be subject to adverse regulatory action. See Supervision and Regulation.
We may take other actions to meet the minimum required sales of shares if we cannot find enough purchasers in the community.
If we are not able to reach the minimum of the offering range, we may do any of the following: increase the maximum purchase limitations and allow all maximum purchase subscribers to increase their orders to the new maximum purchase limitations; terminate the offering and promptly return all funds; set a new offering range, notifying all subscribers of the opportunity to confirm, cancel or change their orders; or take such other actions as may be permitted, to the extent such permission is required, by the Federal Reserve Board.
SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA
The following tables set forth selected consolidated historical financial and other data of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries for the periods and at the dates indicated. The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 is derived in part from, and should be read together with, the audited financial statements and notes thereto of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries beginning at page F-1 of this prospectus. The information at and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is derived in part from audited financial statements that are not included in this prospectus. The information at June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 is unaudited and reflects all normal recurring adjustments that are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the results for the interim periods presented. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results to be achieved for the remainder of 2012 or any other period. The following information is only a summary, and should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
|
|
At June 30, |
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
||||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Selected Financial Condition Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total assets |
|
$ |
546,436 |
|
$ |
578,618 |
|
$ |
625,393 |
|
$ |
643,508 |
|
$ |
676,996 |
|
$ |
640,684 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
45,054 |
|
21,497 |
|
50,193 |
|
26,162 |
|
25,084 |
|
20,026 |
|
||||||
Securities available-for-sale |
|
63,195 |
|
99,119 |
|
70,288 |
|
61,238 |
|
107,203 |
|
73,442 |
|
||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
3,091 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
||||||
Loans held for sale |
|
3,020 |
|
3,640 |
|
4,327 |
|
3,014 |
|
4,920 |
|
2,257 |
|
||||||
Loans, net |
|
382,923 |
|
396,439 |
|
436,820 |
|
487,263 |
|
484,151 |
|
490,283 |
|
||||||
Real estate held for investment |
|
8,526 |
|
10,810 |
|
11,204 |
|
11,431 |
|
11,834 |
|
10,343 |
|
||||||
Foreclosed real estate |
|
3,343 |
|
4,300 |
|
5,289 |
|
9,042 |
|
2,091 |
|
2,951 |
|
||||||
Office properties and equipment, net |
|
14,385 |
|
14,874 |
|
17,066 |
|
17,889 |
|
19,177 |
|
19,731 |
|
||||||
Cash surrender value of life insurance |
|
11,836 |
|
11,629 |
|
11,210 |
|
10,786 |
|
10,382 |
|
8,334 |
|
||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
2,067 |
|
2,387 |
|
2,832 |
|
2,621 |
|
2,099 |
|
1,548 |
|
||||||
Total Liabilities |
|
499,703 |
|
532,504 |
|
572,170 |
|
588,298 |
|
621,656 |
|
582,966 |
|
||||||
Deposits |
|
489,235 |
|
524,277 |
|
556,325 |
|
561,079 |
|
564,093 |
|
522,550 |
|
||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank advances |
|
|
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
19,000 |
|
47,000 |
|
55,329 |
|
||||||
Notes payable |
|
1,254 |
|
3,439 |
|
3,343 |
|
3,699 |
|
5,681 |
|
3,442 |
|
||||||
Other liabilities |
|
4,547 |
|
4,344 |
|
5,210 |
|
4,174 |
|
4,578 |
|
1,645 |
|
||||||
Shareholders equity |
|
46,733 |
|
46,114 |
|
53,223 |
|
55,210 |
|
55,340 |
|
57,718 |
|
||||||
|
|
For the Six Months
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
|||||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
Selected Operating Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Interest and dividend income |
|
$ |
11,099 |
|
$ |
12,432 |
|
$ |
24,039 |
|
$ |
26,868 |
|
$ |
30,765 |
|
$ |
34,362 |
|
$ |
35,370 |
|
Interest expense |
|
1,600 |
|
3,262 |
|
5,737 |
|
8,771 |
|
12,993 |
|
17,161 |
|
19,231 |
|
|||||||
Net interest income |
|
9,499 |
|
9,170 |
|
18,302 |
|
18,097 |
|
17,772 |
|
17,201 |
|
16,139 |
|
|||||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
2,040 |
|
1,890 |
|
7,533 |
|
3,057 |
|
2,240 |
|
1,721 |
|
1,222 |
|
|||||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
|
7,459 |
|
7,280 |
|
10,769 |
|
15,040 |
|
15,532 |
|
15,480 |
|
14,917 |
|
|||||||
Service fees on deposit accounts |
|
2,388 |
|
2,157 |
|
4,656 |
|
5,411 |
|
5,580 |
|
5,892 |
|
4,779 |
|
|||||||
Gain on sales of loans, net |
|
1,187 |
|
389 |
|
874 |
|
2,408 |
|
2,265 |
|
1,197 |
|
721 |
|
|||||||
Insurance and securities sales commissions |
|
486 |
|
414 |
|
808 |
|
867 |
|
1,028 |
|
1,108 |
|
1,168 |
|
|||||||
Gain (loss) on sale of branches and other assets |
|
313 |
|
154 |
|
894 |
|
(14 |
) |
386 |
|
358 |
|
|
|
|||||||
Rental income from real estate operations |
|
466 |
|
613 |
|
1,170 |
|
1,856 |
|
1,559 |
|
1,704 |
|
1,573 |
|
|||||||
Other non-interest income |
|
754 |
|
1,092 |
|
1,815 |
|
1,146 |
|
2,936 |
|
1,291 |
|
1,199 |
|
|||||||
Total non-interest income |
|
5,594 |
|
4,819 |
|
10,217 |
|
11,674 |
|
13,754 |
|
11,550 |
|
9,440 |
|
|||||||
Noninterest expense |
|
12,181 |
|
13,307 |
|
29,805 |
|
29,676 |
|
30,068 |
|
28,716 |
|
24,293 |
|
|||||||
Income (loss) before income taxes |
|
872 |
|
(1,208 |
) |
(8,819 |
) |
(2,962 |
) |
(782 |
) |
(1,686 |
) |
64 |
|
|||||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
293 |
|
(564 |
) |
(1,199 |
) |
(1,544 |
) |
(823 |
) |
(1,154 |
) |
(578 |
) |
|||||||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
(644 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
$ |
41 |
|
$ |
(532 |
) |
$ |
642 |
|
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
|
|
At or For the Six
|
|
At or For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007 (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Performance Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Return on assets (ratio of net income (loss) to average total assets)(2) |
|
0.21 |
% |
(0.21 |
)% |
(1.25 |
)% |
(0.22 |
)% |
0.01 |
% |
(0.06 |
)% |
0.10 |
% |
Return on equity (ratio of net income (loss) to average equity)(2) |
|
2.42 |
% |
(2.41 |
)% |
(14.41 |
)% |
(2.58 |
)% |
0.01 |
% |
(0.65 |
)% |
1.11 |
% |
Interest rate spread (2), (3) |
|
3.61 |
% |
3.53 |
% |
3.46 |
% |
3.31 |
% |
2.80 |
% |
2.75 |
% |
2.99 |
% |
Net interest margin (2), (4) |
|
3.71 |
% |
3.56 |
% |
3.52 |
% |
3.36 |
% |
2.99 |
% |
2.98 |
% |
2.92 |
% |
Efficiency ratio(5) |
|
80.71 |
% |
95.12 |
% |
104.51 |
% |
99.68 |
% |
95.38 |
% |
99.88 |
% |
94.97 |
% |
Efficiency ratio, adjusted(6) |
|
76.09 |
% |
89.43 |
% |
89.03 |
% |
87.31 |
% |
89.08 |
% |
101.14 |
% |
94.97 |
% |
Noninterest expense to average total assets(2) |
|
4.36 |
% |
4.26 |
% |
4.89 |
% |
4.64 |
% |
4.51 |
% |
4.29 |
% |
3.88 |
% |
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities |
|
116.86 |
% |
102.20 |
% |
105.38 |
% |
103.09 |
% |
108.68 |
% |
107.55 |
% |
97.98 |
% |
Loans to deposits |
|
78.27 |
% |
78.28 |
% |
75.62 |
% |
78.52 |
% |
87.18 |
% |
85.83 |
% |
93.83 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset Quality Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
3.22 |
% |
3.75 |
% |
3.29 |
% |
4.76 |
% |
5.60 |
% |
2.21 |
% |
0.85 |
% |
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
3.66 |
% |
4.06 |
% |
3.66 |
% |
5.54 |
% |
5.86 |
% |
2.12 |
% |
0.50 |
% |
Total classified assets to total assets |
|
5.72 |
% |
4.29 |
% |
3.65 |
% |
5.54 |
% |
6.07 |
% |
2.43 |
% |
0.99 |
% |
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans |
|
43.53 |
% |
31.29 |
% |
48.22 |
% |
20.37 |
% |
15.51 |
% |
37.91 |
% |
114.99 |
% |
Allowance for loan losses to total loans |
|
1.59 |
% |
1.29 |
% |
1.76 |
% |
1.13 |
% |
0.91 |
% |
0.80 |
% |
0.58 |
% |
Net charge-offs to average outstanding loans during the period(2) |
|
1.47 |
% |
0.63 |
% |
1.28 |
% |
0.55 |
% |
0.34 |
% |
0.13 |
% |
0.30 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average equity to average assets |
|
8.56 |
% |
8.55 |
% |
8.67 |
% |
8.60 |
% |
8.53 |
% |
8.87 |
% |
9.20 |
% |
Equity to total assets at end of period |
|
8.55 |
% |
8.58 |
% |
7.97 |
% |
8.51 |
% |
8.58 |
% |
8.17 |
% |
9.01 |
% |
Total capital to risk-weighted assets(7) |
|
11.16 |
% |
11.79 |
% |
10.94 |
% |
12.40 |
% |
11.59 |
% |
13.13 |
% |
13.34 |
% |
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets(7) |
|
9.91 |
% |
10.83 |
% |
9.81 |
% |
11.39 |
% |
10.88 |
% |
12.28 |
% |
12.69 |
% |
Tier 1 capital to average assets(7) |
|
7.32 |
% |
7.58 |
% |
6.45 |
% |
8.08 |
% |
8.10 |
% |
8.00 |
% |
8.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of full service offices |
|
13 |
|
15 |
|
13 |
|
15 |
|
22 |
|
25 |
|
25 |
|
Full time equivalent employees |
|
156 |
|
173 |
|
176 |
|
195 |
|
213 |
|
235 |
|
243 |
|
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
(2) Annualized for the six month periods ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.
(3) Represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted-average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
(4) Represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
(5) Represents noninterest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income.
(6) Represents noninterest expense, excluding net loss from operation and sale of foreclosed real estate, divided by the sum of net interest income and noninterest income, less non-recurring gains on sales of branches and other assets.
(7) Represents capital ratios of Westbury Bank.
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus contains forward-looking statements, which can be identified by the use of words such as estimate, project, believe, intend, anticipate, assume, plan, seek, expect, will, may, should, indicate, would, believe, contemplate, continue, intend, target and words of similar meaning. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to:
· statements of our goals, intentions and expectations;
· statements regarding our business plans, prospects, growth and operating strategies;
· statements regarding the asset quality of our loan and investment portfolios; and
· estimates of our risks and future costs and benefits.
These forward-looking statements are based on our current beliefs and expectations and are inherently subject to significant business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, these forward-looking statements are subject to assumptions with respect to future business strategies and decisions that are subject to change. We are under no duty to and do not take any obligation to update any forward-looking statements after the date of this prospectus.
The following factors, among others, could cause actual results to differ materially from the anticipated results or other expectations expressed in the forward-looking statements:
· our ability to manage our operations under the current adverse economic conditions nationally and in our market area;
· adverse changes in the financial industry, securities, credit and national local real estate markets (including real estate values);
· significant increases in our loan losses, including as a result of our inability to resolve classified assets, and managements assumptions in determining the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;
· credit risks of lending activities, including changes in the level and trend of loan delinquencies and write-offs and in our allowance for loan losses and provision for loan losses;
· our ability to comply with the terms of agreements with our regulators, including business and capital plans submitted to our regulators, and our ability to successfully conduct our operations while subject to regulatory restrictions on our activities;
· competition among depository and other financial institutions;
· our success in increasing our commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending;
· our success in introducing new financial products;
· our ability to attract and maintain deposits;
· our ability to improve our asset quality even as we increase our non-residential lending;
· changes in interest rates generally, including changes in the relative differences between short term and long term interest rates and in deposit interest rates, that may affect our net interest margin and funding sources;
· fluctuations in the demand for loans, which may be affected by the number of unsold homes, land and other properties in our market areas and by declines in the value of real estate in our market area;
· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
· further declines in the yield on our assets resulting from the current low interest rate environment;
· risks related to a high concentration of loans secured by real estate located in our market area;
· the results of examinations by our regulators, including the possibility that our regulators may, among other things, require us to increase our reserve for loan losses, write down assets, change our regulatory capital position, limit our ability to borrow funds or maintain or increase deposits, or prohibit us from paying dividends, which could adversely affect our dividends and earnings;
· changes in the level of government support of housing finance;
· our ability to enter new markets successfully and capitalize on growth opportunities;
· changes in consumer spending, borrowing and savings habits;
· changes in laws or government regulations or policies affecting financial institutions, including the Dodd-Frank Act, which could result in, among other things, increased deposit insurance premiums and assessments, capital requirements, regulatory fees and compliance costs;
· changes in accounting policies and practices, as may be adopted by the bank regulatory agencies, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Securities and Exchange Commission and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;
· changes in our organization, compensation and benefit plans;
· loan delinquencies and changes in the underlying cash flows of our borrowers;
· risks and costs associated with operating as a publicly traded company;
· changes in the financial condition or future prospects of issuers of securities that we own; and
· other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and operational factors affecting our operations, pricing, products and services described elsewhere in this prospectus.
Because of these and a wide variety of other uncertainties, our actual future results may be materially different from the results indicated by these forward-looking statements. Please see Risk Factors beginning on page 19.
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS FROM THE OFFERING
Although we cannot determine what the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock in the offering will be until the offering is completed, we anticipate that the net proceeds will be between $28.0 million and $38.4 million, or $44.3 million if the offering range is increased by 15%. Please see Pro Forma Data for additional information.
We intend to distribute the net proceeds from the stock offering as follows:
|
|
Based Upon the Sale at $10.00 Per Share of |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2,975,000 Shares |
|
3,500,000 Shares |
|
4,025,000 Shares |
|
4,628,750 Shares (1) |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stock offering proceeds |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
|
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
|
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
|
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
|
|
Less offering expenses |
|
1,735 |
|
|
|
1,808 |
|
|
|
1,880 |
|
|
|
1,963 |
|
|
|
||||
Net offering proceeds |
|
$ |
28,015 |
|
100.0 |
% |
$ |
33,193 |
|
100.0 |
% |
$ |
38,370 |
|
100.0 |
% |
$ |
44,324 |
|
100.0 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Use of net proceeds: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
To Westbury Bank |
|
$ |
18,502 |
|
66.0 |
% |
$ |
18,973 |
|
57.2 |
% |
$ |
19,445 |
|
50.7 |
% |
$ |
22,162 |
|
50.0 |
% |
To fund loan to employee stock ownership plan |
|
2,404 |
|
8.6 |
% |
2,828 |
|
8.5 |
% |
3,252 |
|
8.5 |
% |
3,740 |
|
8.4 |
% |
||||
Repayment of notes(2) |
|
1,254 |
|
4.5 |
% |
1,254 |
|
3.8 |
% |
1,254 |
|
3.3 |
% |
1,254 |
|
2.8 |
% |
||||
Proceeds contributed to foundation |
|
703 |
|
2.5 |
% |
650 |
|
2.0 |
% |
598 |
|
1.6 |
% |
537 |
|
1.2 |
% |
||||
Retained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
$ |
5,152 |
|
18.4 |
% |
$ |
9,488 |
|
28.6 |
% |
$ |
13,821 |
|
36.0 |
% |
$ |
16,631 |
|
37.5 |
% |
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares, which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) These notes include one note in the principal amount of $954,000 issued to an unaffiliated bank and one note issued in the principal amount of $300,000 to a limited liability company owned by certain of our executive officers and directors, the proceeds of which were used to establish an escrow account to fund interest-only payments on the note issued to an unaffiliated bank because Westbury Bank has agreed with the OCC not to pay dividends to WBSB Bancorp, Inc. or WBSB Bancorp, MHC.
Payments for shares of common stock made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment but will result in a reduction of Westbury Banks deposits. The net proceeds may vary because the total expenses relating to the offering may be more or less than our estimates. For example, our expenses would increase if a syndicated community offering were used to sell shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. intends to fund a loan to the employee stock ownership plan to purchase shares of common stock in the stock offering, contribute cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation and repay principal and interest outstanding on short-term notes. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. may also use the proceeds it retains from the stock offering:
· to invest in short-term and other securities consistent with our investment policy;
· to pay cash dividends to stockholders, subject to regulatory approval;
· to repurchase shares of our common stock, subject to regulatory approval; and
· for other general corporate purposes.
With the exception of the funding of the loan to the employee stock ownership plan, the contribution to our charitable foundation, and the repayment of amounts outstanding on short-term notes, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for each of the foregoing purposes. Initially, we intend to invest a substantial portion of the net proceeds in short-term investments, investment-grade debt obligations and mortgage-backed securities.
Under currently applicable regulations, we may not repurchase shares of our common stock during the first year following the conversion, except to fund equity benefit plans other than stock options or except when extraordinary circumstances exist and with prior regulatory approval. In addition, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. have previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and we expect this agreement to be enforced by the Federal Reserve Board against Westbury Bancorp, Inc. See SummaryRegulatory Matters and Supervision and RegulationAgreements with Regulators.
Westbury Bank will receive a capital contribution equal to at least 50% of the net proceeds of the offering plus such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, upon completion of the offering, Westbury Bank will have a tangible capital to assets ratio of at least 10%. Westbury Bank may use the net proceeds it receives from the Offering:
· to invest in commercial business, commercial real estate, multifamily, residential and consumer loans;
· to invest in technological advances to enhance our customer service and the products that we offer;
· to invest in short-term and other securities consistent with our investment policy;
· to expand its banking franchise by establishing or acquiring new branches, or by acquiring other financial institutions or other financial services companies, although no such acquisition transactions are contemplated at this time; and
· for other general corporate purposes.
Westbury Bank has not quantified its plans for use of the offering proceeds for any of the foregoing purposes.
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS
Following completion of the stock offering, our Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends on our shares of common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. However, no decision has been made with respect to the payment of dividends. In addition, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. have previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and we expect the Federal Reserve Board to enforce this agreement such that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is also prohibited from paying dividends without rior regulatory approval. In determining whether to pay a cash dividend and the amount of such cash dividend, the
Board of Directors is expected to take into account a number of factors, including capital requirements, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in the future. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital, to the extent permitted by applicable law, regulations and policy, may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends. We will file a consolidated tax return with Westbury Bank. Accordingly, it is anticipated that any cash distributions made by us to our stockholders would be treated as cash dividends and not as a non-taxable return of capital for federal and state tax purposes. Additionally, pursuant to bank conversion regulations, during the three-year period following the stock offering, we will not take any action to declare an extraordinary dividend to stockholders that would be treated by recipients as a tax-free return of capital for federal income tax purposes.
Dividends we can declare and pay will depend, in part, upon receipt of dividends from Westbury Bank, because initially we will have no source of income other than dividends from Westbury Bank, earnings from the investment of proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock, and interest payments received in connection with the loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Applicable regulations impose significant limitations on capital distributions by depository institutions. In addition, Westbury Bank has previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and this agreement is being enforced by the OCC against Westbury Bank. See Supervision and RegulationFederal Banking RegulationCapital Distributions.
Any payment of dividends by Westbury Bank to us that would be deemed to be drawn out of Westbury Banks bad debt reserves would require a payment of taxes at the then-current tax rate by Westbury Bank on the amount of earnings deemed to be removed from the reserves for such distribution. Westbury Bank does not intend to make any distribution to us that would create such a federal tax liability. See TaxationFederal Taxation and State Taxation.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is a newly formed company and has never issued capital stock, except for 100 shares issued to WBSB Bancorp, Inc. in connection with its formation. WBSB Bancorp, MHC, as a mutual institution, has never issued capital stock. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. anticipates that its common stock will be quoted on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the conversion and stock offering, but it is under no obligation to do so.
The development of an active trading market depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control, or that of any market maker. The number of active buyers and sellers of the shares of common stock at any particular time may be limited. Under such circumstances, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock on short notice, and, therefore, you should not view the shares of common stock as a short-term investment. In addition, our public float, which is the total number of our outstanding shares less the shares held by our employee stock ownership plan, our directors and executive officers and the charitable foundation, is likely to be quite limited. As a result, it is unlikely that an active trading market for the common stock will develop or that, if it develops, it will continue. Furthermore, we cannot assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock, you will be able to sell them at or above $10.00 per share. Purchasers of common stock in this stock offering should have long-term investment intent and should recognize that there will be a limited trading market in the common stock. This may make it difficult to sell the common stock after the stock offering and may have an adverse impact on the price at which the common stock can be sold.
HISTORICAL AND PRO FORMA REGULATORY CAPITAL COMPLIANCE
At June 30, 2012, Westbury Bank exceeded all of the applicable regulatory capital requirements, but did not exceed the capital levels set forth in the business and capital plan submitted to its regulators. The table below sets forth the historical equity capital and regulatory capital of Westbury Bank at June 30, 2012, and the pro forma regulatory capital of Westbury Bank, after giving effect to the sale of shares of common stock at a $10.00 per share purchase price. The items captioned Requirement reflect amounts necessary to be considered well capitalized under applicable federal regulations. Westbury Bank has submitted a capital plan to its regulators that provides for Westbury Bank to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. The table assumes the receipt by Westbury Bank of 50% of the net offering proceeds plus such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, upon completion of the offering, Westbury Bank will have a tangible capital to assets ratio of at least 10%. See How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.
|
|
Westbury Bank
|
|
Pro Forma at June 30, 2012 , Based Upon the Sale in the Offering of |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
at June 30, 2012 |
|
2,975,000 Shares |
|
3,500,000 Shares |
|
4,025,000 Shares |
|
4,628,750 Shares(1) |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent of
|
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Equity |
|
$ |
47,205 |
|
8.65 |
% |
$ |
63,303 |
|
11.22 |
% |
$ |
63,350 |
|
11.22 |
% |
$ |
63,397 |
|
11.22 |
% |
$ |
65,627 |
|
11.56 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Tier 1 leverage capital(3) |
|
$ |
38,983 |
|
7.32 |
% |
$ |
55,081 |
|
10.00 |
% |
$ |
55,128 |
|
10.00 |
% |
$ |
55,175 |
|
10.00 |
% |
$ |
57,405 |
|
10.35 |
% |
Requirement(4) |
|
26,616 |
|
5.00 |
|
27,541 |
|
5.00 |
|
27,564 |
|
5.00 |
|
27,588 |
|
5.00 |
|
27,724 |
|
5.00 |
|
|||||
Excess |
|
$ |
12,368 |
|
2.32 |
% |
$ |
27,540 |
|
5.00 |
% |
$ |
27,564 |
|
5.00 |
% |
$ |
27,587 |
|
5.00 |
% |
$ |
29,681 |
|
5.35 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Tier 1 risk-based capital |
|
$ |
38,983 |
|
9.91 |
% |
$ |
55,081 |
|
13.87 |
% |
$ |
55,128 |
|
13.88 |
% |
$ |
55,175 |
|
13.89 |
% |
$ |
57,405 |
|
14.43 |
% |
Requirement |
|
23,604 |
|
6.00 |
|
23,826 |
|
6.00 |
|
23,832 |
|
6.00 |
|
23,837 |
|
6.00 |
|
23,870 |
|
6.00 |
|
|||||
Excess |
|
$ |
15,379 |
|
3.91 |
% |
$ |
31,255 |
|
7.87 |
% |
$ |
31,296 |
|
7.88 |
% |
$ |
31,338 |
|
7.89 |
% |
$ |
33,535 |
|
8.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total risk-based capital(3) |
|
$ |
43,916 |
|
11.16 |
% |
$ |
60,014 |
|
15.11 |
% |
$ |
60,061 |
|
15.12 |
% |
$ |
60,108 |
|
15.13 |
% |
$ |
62,338 |
|
15.67 |
% |
Requirement(4) |
|
39,340 |
|
10.00 |
|
39,710 |
|
10.00 |
|
39,720 |
|
10.00 |
|
39,729 |
|
10.00 |
|
39,783 |
|
10.00 |
|
|||||
Excess |
|
$ |
4,576 |
|
1.16 |
% |
$ |
20,304 |
|
5.11 |
% |
$ |
20,341 |
|
5.12 |
% |
$ |
20,379 |
|
5.13 |
% |
$ |
22,555 |
|
5.67 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Reconciliation: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net proceeds infused into Westbury Bank: |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,502 |
|
|
|
$ |
18,973 |
|
|
|
$ |
19,445 |
|
|
|
$ |
22,162 |
|
|
|
|
Less: Common stock acquired by employee stock ownership plan |
|
|
|
|
|
(2,404 |
) |
|
|
(2,828 |
) |
|
|
(3,252 |
) |
|
|
(3,740 |
) |
|
|
|||||
Pro forma increase in Tier 1 and total risk-based capital |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,098 |
|
|
|
$ |
16,145 |
|
|
|
$ |
16,193 |
|
|
|
$ |
18,422 |
|
|
|
(1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering.
(2) Leverage capital levels are shown as a percentage of total adjusted assets. Risk-based capital levels are shown as a percentage of risk-weighted assets.
(3) Pro forma amounts and percentages assume net proceeds are invested in assets that carry a 50% risk weighting.
(4) Reflects regulatory requirements to be considered well capitalized. Westbury Bank has submitted a capital plan to its regulators that provides for Westbury Bank to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%.
The following table presents the historical consolidated capitalization of WBSB Bancorp, MHC at June 30, 2012 and the pro forma consolidated capitalization of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., after giving effect to the conversion and the offering, based upon the assumptions set forth in the Pro Forma Data section.
|
|
WBSB Bancorp, |
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Pro Forma,
|
|
|||||||||||
|
|
MHC Historical
|
|
2,975,000
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
4,025,000
|
|
4,628,750
|
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deposits (2) |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
Borrowings |
|
1,254 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total deposits and borrowed funds |
|
$ |
490,489 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Preferred stock $0.01 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized; none issued or outstanding |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
Common stock $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 shares authorized; assuming shares outstanding as shown (3) |
|
|
|
30 |
|
35 |
|
41 |
|
47 |
|
|||||
Additional paid-in capital (4) |
|
|
|
28,282 |
|
33,507 |
|
38,732 |
|
44,741 |
|
|||||
Retained earnings (5) |
|
45,691 |
|
45,691 |
|
45,691 |
|
45,691 |
|
45,691 |
|
|||||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
1,042 |
|
1,042 |
|
1,042 |
|
1,042 |
|
1,042 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Less: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Common stock to be acquired by employee stock ownership plan (6) |
|
|
|
(2,404 |
) |
(2,828 |
) |
(3,252 |
) |
(3,740 |
) |
|||||
Common stock to be acquired by stock-based benefit plans (7) |
|
|
|
(1,202 |
) |
(1,414 |
) |
(1,626 |
) |
(1,870 |
) |
|||||
After-tax expense of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
|
|
(608 |
) |
(608 |
) |
(608 |
) |
(608 |
) |
|||||
Total stockholders equity |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
$ |
70,832 |
|
$ |
75,426 |
|
$ |
80,020 |
|
$ |
85,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total stockholders equity as a percentage of total assets (2) |
|
8.55 |
% |
12.44 |
% |
13.14 |
% |
13.83 |
% |
14.61 |
% |
|||||
Tangible equity as a percentage of total assets (2) |
|
8.55 |
% |
12.44 |
% |
13.14 |
% |
13.83 |
% |
14.61 |
% |
(1) |
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares of common stock that could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the subscription and community offerings. |
(2) |
Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock in the conversion and offering. These withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits and assets by the amount of the withdrawals. |
(3) |
No effect has been given to the issuance of additional shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock pursuant to one or more stock-based benefit plans. If these plans are implemented within 12 months following the completion of the stock offering, an amount up to 10% and 4% of the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering, including shares issued to our charitable foundation, will be reserved for issuance upon the exercise of stock options and for issuance as restricted stock awards, respectively. See Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
(4) |
The sum of the par value of the total shares outstanding and additional paid-in capital equals the net stock offering proceeds at the offering price of $10.00 per share. |
(5) |
The retained earnings of Westbury Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends, The Conversion and Plan of DistributionLiquidation Rights and Supervision and Regulation. |
(footnotes continue on following page)
(continued from previous page)
(6) |
Assumes that 8% of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan financed by a loan from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid principally from Westbury Banks contributions to the employee stock ownership plan. Since Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will finance the employee stock ownership plan debt, this debt will be eliminated through consolidation and no asset or liability will be reflected on Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s consolidated financial statements. Accordingly, the amount of shares of common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan is shown in this table as a reduction of total stockholders equity. |
(7) |
Assumes a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares of common stock to be issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased for grant by one or more stock-based benefit plans in open market purchases. The dollar amount of common stock to be purchased is based on the $10.00 per share subscription price in the offering and represents unearned compensation. This amount does not reflect possible increases or decreases in the value of common stock relative to the subscription price in the offering. As Westbury Bancorp, Inc. accrues compensation expense to reflect the vesting of shares pursuant to the stock-based benefit plans, the credit to equity will be offset by a charge to noninterest expense. Implementation of the stock stock-based benefit plans will require stockholder approval. Any funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to conduct open market purchases will be provided by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
The following tables summarize historical data of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and pro forma data of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. at and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and the six months ended June 30, 2012. This information is based on assumptions set forth below and in the table, and should not be used as a basis for projections of market value of the shares of common stock following the conversion and offering.
The net proceeds in the tables are based upon the following assumptions:
· all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering;
· our employee stock ownership plan will purchase 8% of the shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) with a loan from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The loan will be repaid in substantially equal payments of principal and interest over a period of 20 years;
· Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a selling agent fee equal to 1.50% of the dollar amount of the shares of common stock sold in the stock offering. Shares purchased by our employee stock benefit plans or by our officers, directors and employees, and their immediate families and shares contributed to our charitable foundation will not be included in calculating the shares of common stock sold for this purpose; and
· expenses of the stock offering, other than selling agent fees to be paid to Keefe Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will be approximately $1.35 million.
We calculated pro forma consolidated net income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011 as if the estimated net proceeds had been invested at an assumed interest rate of 0.72% (0.44% on an after-tax basis). This represents the five-year United States Treasury Note as of June 30, 2012, which, in light of current market interests rates, we consider to more accurately reflect the pro forma reinvestment rate than the arithmetic average of the weighted average yield earned on our interest earnings assets and the weighted average rate paid on our deposits.
We calculated historical and pro forma per share amounts by dividing historical and pro forma amounts of consolidated net income and stockholders equity by the indicated number of shares of common stock. We adjusted these figures to give effect to the shares of common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan . We computed per share amounts for each period as if the shares of common stock were outstanding at the beginning of each period, but we did not adjust per share historical or pro forma stockholders equity to reflect the earnings on the estimated net proceeds.
The pro forma tables give effect to the implementation of stock-based benefit plans. Subject to the receipt of stockholder approval, we have assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will acquire for restricted stock awards a number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of our outstanding shares of common stock at the same price for which they were sold in the stock offering. We assume that shares of common stock are granted under the plans in awards that vest over a five-year period.
We have also assumed that the stock-based benefit plans will grant options to acquire shares of common stock equal to 10% of our outstanding shares of common stock. In preparing the tables below, we assumed that stockholder approval was obtained, that the exercise price of the stock options and the
market price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share and that the stock options had a term of ten years and vested over five years. We applied the Black-Scholes option pricing model to estimate a grant-date fair value of $4.02 for each option. In addition to the terms of the options described above, the Black-Scholes option pricing model assumed an estimated volatility rate of 28.36% for the shares of common stock, a dividend yield of 0%, an expected option life of 10 years and a risk-free interest rate of 1.67%.
We may grant options and award shares of common stock under one or more stock-based benefit plans in excess of 10% and 4%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering. In addition, we may grant options and award shares that vest sooner than over a five-year period if the stock-based benefit plans are adopted more than one year following the stock offering.
As discussed under How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Stock Offering, we intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds, plus such additional amounts as may be necessary, so that upon completion of the offering, Westbury Bank will have a tangible capital to assets ratio of at least 10.00%, and comply with the capital levels set forth in the capital plans submitted to our regulators. We will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the proceeds we retain for the purpose of making a loan to the employee stock ownership plan and retain the rest of the proceeds for future use.
The pro forma table does not give effect to:
· withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purpose of purchasing shares of common stock in the stock offering;
· our results of operations after the stock offering; or
· changes in the market price of the shares of common stock after the stock offering.
The following pro forma information may not represent the financial effects of the stock offering at the date on which the stock offering actually occurs and you should not use the table to indicate future results of operations. Pro forma stockholders equity represents the difference between the stated amount of our assets and liabilities, computed in accordance with GAAP. We did not increase or decrease stockholders equity to reflect the difference between the carrying value of loans and other assets and their market value. Pro forma stockholders equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the shares of common stock and may be different than the amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders if we liquidated. Pro forma stockholders equity does not give effect to the impact of intangible assets, the liquidation account we will establish in the conversion or tax bad debt reserves in the unlikely event we are liquidated.
|
|
At or For the Year Ended December 31, 2011
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
2,975,000
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
4,025,000
|
|
4,628,750 Shares
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
298 |
|
350 |
|
403 |
|
463 |
|
||||
Pro forma market capitalization |
|
$ |
30,048 |
|
$ |
35,350 |
|
$ |
40,653 |
|
$ |
46,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
Less: expenses |
|
1,735 |
|
1,808 |
|
1,880 |
|
1,963 |
|
||||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
28,015 |
|
33,193 |
|
38,370 |
|
44,324 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2) |
|
(2,404 |
) |
(2,828 |
) |
(3,252 |
) |
(3,740 |
) |
||||
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation |
|
(703 |
) |
(650 |
) |
(598 |
) |
(537 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) |
|
(1,202 |
) |
(1,414 |
) |
(1,626 |
) |
(1,870 |
) |
||||
Estimated net cash proceeds |
|
$ |
23,707 |
|
$ |
28,301 |
|
$ |
32,894 |
|
$ |
38,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
For the Year Ended December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net loss: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
104 |
|
124 |
|
144 |
|
167 |
|
||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2) |
|
(73 |
) |
(86 |
) |
(99 |
) |
(114 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
|
(146 |
) |
(172 |
) |
(198 |
) |
(227 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
(218 |
) |
(256 |
) |
(295 |
) |
(339 |
) |
||||
Pro forma net loss |
|
$ |
(7,953 |
) |
$ |
(8,010 |
) |
$ |
(8,067 |
) |
$ |
(8,133 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Per share net loss: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
(2.74 |
) |
$ |
(2.33 |
) |
$ |
(2.03 |
) |
$ |
(1.76 |
) |
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
0.04 |
|
0.04 |
|
0.04 |
|
0.04 |
|
||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
|
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
|
(0.05 |
) |
(0.05 |
) |
(0.05 |
) |
(0.05 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
(0.08 |
) |
(0.08 |
) |
(0.08 |
) |
(0.08 |
) |
||||
Pro forma net loss per share (5) |
|
$ |
(2.86 |
) |
$ |
(2.45 |
) |
$ |
(2.15 |
) |
$ |
(1.88 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net earnings per share |
|
NM |
|
NM |
|
NM |
|
NM |
|
||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net loss per share calculations (5) |
|
2,776,389 |
|
3,266,340 |
|
3,756,291 |
|
4,319,735 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
46,114 |
|
$ |
46,114 |
|
$ |
46,114 |
|
$ |
46,114 |
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
28,015 |
|
33,193 |
|
38,370 |
|
44,324 |
|
||||
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
298 |
|
350 |
|
403 |
|
463 |
|
||||
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
|
(2,404 |
) |
(2,828 |
) |
(3,252 |
) |
(3,740 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4) |
|
(1,202 |
) |
(1,414 |
) |
(1,626 |
) |
(1,870 |
) |
||||
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6) |
|
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
|
$ |
70,213 |
|
$ |
74,807 |
|
$ |
79,401 |
|
$ |
84,683 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stockholders equity per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
15.35 |
|
$ |
13.04 |
|
$ |
11.34 |
|
$ |
9.86 |
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
9.32 |
|
9.39 |
|
9.44 |
|
9.48 |
|
||||
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
||||
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
0.13 |
|
0.11 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.08 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
||||
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
(0.33 |
) |
(0.28 |
) |
(0.25 |
) |
(0.21 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share (7) |
|
$ |
23.37 |
|
$ |
21.16 |
|
$ |
19.53 |
|
$ |
18.11 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
|
42.79 |
% |
47.26 |
% |
51.20 |
% |
55.22 |
% |
||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
|
3,004,750 |
|
3,535,000 |
|
4,065,250 |
|
4,675,038 |
|
(footnotes begin on page 50)
|
|
At or For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012
|
|
||||||||||
|
|
2,975,000
|
|
3,500,000
|
|
4,025,000
|
|
4,628,750 Shares
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
298 |
|
350 |
|
403 |
|
463 |
|
||||
Pro forma market capitalization |
|
$ |
30,048 |
|
$ |
35,350 |
|
$ |
40,653 |
|
$ |
46,750 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Gross Proceeds of Offering |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
Less: expenses |
|
1,735 |
|
1,808 |
|
1,880 |
|
1,963 |
|
||||
Estimated net proceeds |
|
28,015 |
|
33,193 |
|
38,370 |
|
44,324 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock purchased by ESOP (2) |
|
(2,404 |
) |
(2,828 |
) |
(3,252 |
) |
(3,740 |
) |
||||
Less: Cash contribution to charitable foundation |
|
(703 |
) |
(650 |
) |
(598 |
) |
(537 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) |
|
(1,202 |
) |
(1,414 |
) |
(1,626 |
) |
(1,870 |
) |
||||
Estimated net cash proceeds |
|
$ |
23,707 |
|
$ |
28,301 |
|
$ |
32,894 |
|
$ |
38,177 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
For the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
579 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
52 |
|
62 |
|
72 |
|
84 |
|
||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment(2) |
|
(37 |
) |
(43 |
) |
(49 |
) |
(57 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
|
(73 |
) |
(86 |
) |
(99 |
) |
(114 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
(109 |
) |
(128 |
) |
(147 |
) |
(170 |
) |
||||
Pro forma net income |
|
$ |
412 |
|
$ |
384 |
|
$ |
355 |
|
$ |
323 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Per share net income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
0.21 |
|
$ |
0.18 |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
$ |
0.13 |
|
Pro forma income on net proceeds |
|
0.02 |
|
0.02 |
|
0.02 |
|
0.02 |
|
||||
Pro forma ESOP adjustment (2) |
|
(0.01 |
) |
(0.01 |
) |
(0.01 |
) |
(0.01 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock award adjustment (3) |
|
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
(0.03 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stock option adjustment (4) |
|
(0.04 |
) |
(0.04 |
) |
(0.04 |
) |
(0.04 |
) |
||||
Pro forma net income per share (5) |
|
$ |
0.15 |
|
$ |
0.12 |
|
$ |
0.09 |
|
$ |
0.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Offering price as a multiple of pro forma net earnings per share |
|
33.33 |
x |
41.67 |
x |
55.56 |
x |
71.43 |
x |
||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma net income per share calculations (5) |
|
2,770,380 |
|
3,259,270 |
|
3,748,161 |
|
4,310,385 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stockholders equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
28,015 |
|
33,193 |
|
38,370 |
|
44,324 |
|
||||
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
298 |
|
350 |
|
403 |
|
463 |
|
||||
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
|
(2,404 |
) |
(2,828 |
) |
(3,252 |
) |
(3,740 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4) |
|
(1,202 |
) |
(1,414 |
) |
(1,626 |
) |
(1,870 |
) |
||||
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation (6) |
|
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
(1,000 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
|
$ |
70,832 |
|
$ |
75,426 |
|
$ |
80,020 |
|
$ |
85,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Stockholders equity per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Historical |
|
$ |
15.55 |
|
$ |
13.22 |
|
$ |
11.49 |
|
$ |
10.00 |
|
Estimated net proceeds |
|
9.32 |
|
9.39 |
|
9.44 |
|
9.48 |
|
||||
Plus: market value of shares issued to charitable foundation |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.10 |
|
||||
Plus: tax benefit of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
0.13 |
|
0.11 |
|
0.10 |
|
0.08 |
|
||||
Less: Common stock acquired by ESOP (2) |
|
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
(0.80 |
) |
||||
Less: Common stock awarded under stock-based benefit plans (3) (4) |
|
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
(0.40 |
) |
||||
Less: expense of contribution to charitable foundation |
|
(0.33 |
) |
(0.28 |
) |
(0.25 |
) |
(0.21 |
) |
||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share (7) |
|
$ |
23.57 |
|
$ |
21.34 |
|
$ |
19.68 |
|
$ |
18.25 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Offering price as percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
|
42.43 |
% |
46.86 |
% |
50.81 |
% |
54.79 |
% |
||||
Number of shares outstanding for pro forma book value per share calculations |
|
3,004,750 |
|
3,535,000 |
|
4,065,250 |
|
4,675,038 |
|
(footnotes begin on following page)
( Footnotes from previous pages)
(1) |
As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to a 15% increase in the offering range to reflect demand for the shares or changes in market conditions following the commencement of the offering. |
(2) |
Assumes that 8% of shares of common stock issued in the conversion (including shares to be contributed to the charitable foundation) will be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. For purposes of this table, the funds used to acquire these shares are assumed to have been borrowed by the employee stock ownership plan from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. at a rate per annum equal to the Prime Rate. Westbury Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the required principal and interest payments on the debt. Westbury Banks total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt are based upon 20 equal annual installments of principal and interest. Accounting Standard Codification 718-40-30 requires that an employer record compensation expense in an amount equal to the fair value of the shares committed to be released to employees. The pro forma adjustments assume that the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal annual installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by Westbury Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains equal to the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39.21%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders equity. No reinvestment is assumed on proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that the number of share set forth in the table below were committed to be released in the periods indicated. |
|
|
Number of shares committed to be released at |
|
||||||
|
|
Minimum of
|
|
Midpoint of
|
|
Maximum of
|
|
Maximum, as
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
For the six months ended June 30, 2012 |
|
6,010 |
|
7,070 |
|
8,131 |
|
9,350 |
|
For the year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
12,019 |
|
14,140 |
|
16,261 |
|
18,700 |
|
|
In accordance with Accounting Standard Codification 718-40-30, only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of income per share calculations. |
(3) |
If approved by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans plan may issue an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 4% of the shares to be issued in the conversion including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion) for award as restricted stock to our officers, employees and directors. Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans, and purchases by the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. The shares may be acquired directly from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or through open market purchases. The funds to be used by the stock-based benefit plans to purchase the shares will be provided by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The table assumes that (i) the stock-based benefit plans acquire the shares through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20% of the amount contributed to the stock-based benefit plans is amortized as an expense during the fiscal year and (iii) the stock-based benefit plans expense reflects an effective combined federal and state tax rate of 39.21%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock (equal to 4% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 3.85%. |
(4) |
If approved by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, one or more stock-based benefit plans may grant options to acquire an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 10% of the shares to be issued in the conversion including shares contributed to the charitable foundation (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the conversion). Stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the conversion. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options to be granted under stock-based benefit plans, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the common stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value determined using the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $4.02 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight-line basis over a five-year vesting period of the options. The actual expense of the stock options to be granted under the stock-based benefit plans will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted. Under the above assumptions, the adoption of the stock-based benefit plans will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise of options under the stock-based benefit plans is obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders equity per share would decrease. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based benefit plans and that shares of common stock used to fund stock options (equal to 10% of the shares issued in the conversion, including shares contributed to the charitable foundation) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 9.09%. |
(5) |
Income per share computations are determined by taking the number of shares assumed to be sold in the offering and, in accordance with applicable accounting standards for employee stock ownership plans, subtracting the employee stock ownership plan shares that have not been committed for release during the period and subtracting non-vested stock awards granted under one or more stock-based benefit plans. See note 2, above. |
(6) |
Does not give effect to the nonrecurring expense that is expected to be recognized in the year ended December 31, 2013 as a result of the contribution of cash and shares of common stock to the charitable foundation. The estimated before tax expense, estimated after-tax expense and pro forma tax benefit associated with the contribution to the foundation is $1.0 million, $608,000 and $392,000, respectively, at all levels of the offering. Assuming the contribution to the foundation was expensed during the six months ended June 30, 2012, the pro forma net income (loss) at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering is $85,000, $56,000, $28,000 and ($5,000), respectively, and the pro forma net income (loss) per share is $0.03, $0.02, $0.01 and $0, respectively. The pro forma data assume that we will realize 100.0% of the income tax benefit as a result of the contribution to the foundation based on a 39.21% income tax rate. The realization of the tax benefit is limited annually to 10.0% of our annual taxable income. However, for federal and state tax purposes, we can carry forward any unused portion of the deduction for five years following the year in which the contribution is made. |
|
|
Minimum of
|
|
Midpoint of
|
|
Maximum of
|
|
Maximum, as
|
|
||||
|
|
(in thousands, except per share data) |
|
||||||||||
Before tax expense of contribution: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Six months ended June 30,2012 |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
$ |
1,000 |
|
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
1,000 |
|
1,000 |
|
1,000 |
|
1,000 |
|
||||
Before tax expense of contribution: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Six months ended June 30,2012 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
||||
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
608 |
|
||||
Pro forma net income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Six months ended June 30,2012 |
|
(196 |
) |
(224 |
) |
(253 |
) |
(285 |
) |
||||
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
(8,561 |
) |
(8,618 |
) |
(8,675 |
) |
(8,741 |
) |
||||
Pro forma net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Six months ended June 30,2012 |
|
(0.07 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
(0.07 |
) |
||||
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
(3.08 |
) |
(2.64 |
) |
(2.31 |
) |
(2.02 |
) |
||||
Pro forma tax benefit: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Six months ended June 30,2012 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
||||
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
392 |
|
||||
(7) |
The retained earnings of Westbury Bank will be substantially restricted after the conversion. See Our Policy Regarding Dividends, The Conversion and Plan of DistributionLiquidation Rights and Supervision and Regulation. The number of shares used to calculate pro forma stockholders equity per share is equal to the total number of shares to be outstanding upon completion of the offering. |
COMPARISON OF VALUATION AND PRO FORMA INFORMATION
W ITH AND WITHOUT THE CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
As reflected in the table below, if the charitable foundation is not established and funded as part of the stock offering, RP Financial, LC. estimates that our pro forma valuation would be greater and, as a result, a greater number of shares of common stock would be issued in the stock offering. At the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the valuation range, our pro forma valuation is $29.8 million, $35.0 million, $40.3 million and $46.3 million with the charitable foundation, as compared to $30.6 million, $36.0 million, $41.4 million and $47.6 million, respectively, without the charitable foundation. There is no assurance that in the event the charitable foundation were not formed, the appraisal prepared at that time would conclude that our pro forma market value would be the same as that estimated in the table below. Any appraisal prepared at that time would be based on the facts and circumstances existing at that time, including, among other things, market and economic conditions.
For comparative purposes only, set forth below are certain pricing ratios and financial data and ratios at and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming the stock offering was completed at the beginning of the six-month period, with and without the charitable foundation.
|
|
Minimum of Offering Range |
|
Midpoint of Offering Range |
|
Maximum of Offering Range |
|
Adjusted Maximum of
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
With
|
|
Without
|
|
||||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Estimated stock offering amount |
|
$ |
29,750 |
|
$ |
30,600 |
|
$ |
35,000 |
|
$ |
36,000 |
|
$ |
40,250 |
|
$ |
41,400 |
|
$ |
46,288 |
|
$ |
47,610 |
|
Estimated full value |
|
30,048 |
|
30,600 |
|
35,350 |
|
36,000 |
|
40,653 |
|
41,400 |
|
46,750 |
|
47,610 |
|
||||||||
Total assets |
|
569,281 |
|
570,363 |
|
573,875 |
|
575,040 |
|
578,469 |
|
579,718 |
|
583,751 |
|
585,097 |
|
||||||||
Total liabilities |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
498,449 |
|
||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity |
|
70,832 |
|
71,914 |
|
75,426 |
|
76,591 |
|
80,020 |
|
81,269 |
|
85,302 |
|
86,648 |
|
||||||||
Pro forma net income |
|
412 |
|
412 |
|
384 |
|
383 |
|
355 |
|
354 |
|
323 |
|
320 |
|
||||||||
Pro forma stockholders equity per share |
|
23.57 |
|
23.50 |
|
21.34 |
|
21.28 |
|
19.68 |
|
19.63 |
|
18.25 |
|
18.20 |
|
||||||||
Pro forma net income per share |
|
0.15 |
|
0.15 |
|
0.12 |
|
0.12 |
|
0.09 |
|
0.09 |
|
0.07 |
|
0.07 |
|
||||||||
Pro forma pricing ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Offering price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders equity per share |
|
42.43 |
% |
42.55 |
% |
46.86 |
% |
46.99 |
% |
50.81 |
% |
50.94 |
% |
54.79 |
% |
54.95 |
% |
||||||||
Offering price to pro forma net income per share |
|
33.33 |
x |
33.33 |
x |
41.67 |
x |
41.67 |
x |
55.56 |
x |
55.56 |
x |
71.43 |
x |
71.43 |
x |
||||||||
Pro forma financial ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Return on assets (annualized) |
|
0.14 |
% |
0.14 |
% |
0.13 |
% |
0.13 |
% |
0.12 |
% |
0.12 |
% |
0.11 |
% |
0.11 |
% |
||||||||
Return on equity (annualized) |
|
1.16 |
|
1.14 |
|
1.02 |
|
1.00 |
|
0.89 |
|
0.87 |
|
0.76 |
|
0.74 |
|
||||||||
Equity to assets |
|
12.44 |
|
12.61 |
|
13.14 |
|
13.32 |
|
13.83 |
|
14.02 |
|
14.61 |
|
14.81 |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Total shares issued |
|
3,004,750 |
|
3,060,000 |
|
3,535,000 |
|
3,600,000 |
|
4,065,250 |
|
4,140,000 |
|
4,675,038 |
|
4,761,000 |
|
||||||||
MANAGEMENTS DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section is intended to help potential investors understand the financial performance of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and its subsidiaries through a discussion of the factors affecting our financial condition at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and our results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. This section should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes to the consolidated financial statements that appear elsewhere in this prospectus. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. had not engaged in any activities at June 30, 2012; therefore, the information reflected in this section reflects the consolidated financial performance of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries.
Overview
We historically operated as a traditional thrift institution headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. In 1999, we determined that we would be more competitive and profitable if we transitioned over time a significant portion of operations to a commercial bank model. Accordingly, since that time, we have increased our focus on non-residential lending, including commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, while remaining an active residential lender. Because commercial lending is based on relationships, we have hired specialized commercial lending officers, as well as personnel with experience managing commercial loan administration, collection and workouts. In 2008, in an effort to increase our capital levels to support our increased commercial lending operations, we acquired Continental Savings Bank, a traditional thrift with $203.6 million in assets, $23.9 million in equity and seven offices in the Milwaukee metropolitan area, in a merger of mutually-owned institutions. In connection with the merger, West Bend Savings Bank changed its name to Westbury Bank.
We provide financial services to individuals, families and businesses through our twelve banking offices located in Washington County, Waukesha County and northern Milwaukee County and two home loan centers from which we originate residential mortgages. We also operate three free-standing ATMs at locations other than our branches, and offer online and mobile banking services, participation in a nationwide ATM network and wealth management services. See Business of Westbury Bank. Although our current operations are not focused in central and southern Milwaukee County, we are affected by conditions in central and southern Milwaukee County because our loan portfolio includes a significant number of loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank that are secured by real estate or that have borrowers located in central and southern Milwaukee County. In addition, a number of our customers who reside in Washington or Waukesha Counties are employed in the city of Milwaukee, and the operations of our commercial customers depend in part on sales of products and services to individuals or other businesses located in the city of Milwaukee.
Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, and to a lesser extent, borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans, commercial business loans, and, to a lesser extent, construction loans and consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit and automobile loans. Unlike most thrift institutions, a significant majority of our deposits are transaction accounts, which we believe are less susceptible to large-scale withdrawals than certificates of deposit as a result of changes in interest rates, and which we believe have a lower cost of funds over various interest cycles. At June 30, 2012, approximately 76.9% of our deposits were transaction accounts, which we attribute to successful branding initiatives, especially with respect to younger customers. We also purchase investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the United States government and its agencies and government-sponsored entities, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government-sponsored enterprises and municipal securities.
As a result of the economic downturn, we have experienced an increase in delinquent and classified loans, particularly commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank. In response, we have undertaken aggressive initiatives to identify problem assets and to enhance asset quality. These initiatives include increasing our allowance for loan losses by taking significant provisions, charging down and writing off non-performing assets, engaging in an intensive review of our loan portfolio and as a result classifying additional loans, limiting the growth of our loan portfolio, and devoting significant resources to developing and implementing enhanced loan underwriting, administration and collections policies and procedures. This has resulted in a significant decline in our results of operations, including net losses of $7.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, with an improvement to net income of $579,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to our losses, asset quality issues, capital constraints and the lower interest rate environment, beginning in 2009, management has endeavored to reduce our balance sheet in order to improve our capital ratios. At June 30, 2012, we had total assets of $546.4 million, total deposits of $489.2 million and total equity of $46.7 million, compared to total assets of $625.4 million, total deposits of $556.3 million and total equity of $53.2 million at December 31, 2010.
The economic downturn coincided with significant changes in our customers banking habits, particularly a decrease in the amount of business conducted at physical branches as customers began to rely on internet banking and other technological advances for their day-to-day transactions. Accordingly, in addition to our asset quality improvement initiatives, we have also undertaken aggressive measures to reduce our expenses and allocate resources to best suit our customers banking needs. As part of this process, since 2009, we have sold or closed 13 branches (including five branches previously operated by Continental Savings Bank), reduced the number of employees, substantially reduced other non-interest expenses (excluding non-recurring losses from the sale of foreclosed real estate), and paid off existing Federal Home Loan Bank advances to reduce interest expenses.
Our results of operations depend primarily on our net interest income. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities. Our results of operations also are affected by our provisions for loan losses, non-interest income and non-interest expense. Non-interest income currently consists primarily of service charges on deposit accounts, loan servicing income, gain on sales of securities and loans, debit card income, income from bank-owned life insurance and miscellaneous other income. Non-interest expense currently consists primarily of expenses related to compensation and employee benefits, occupancy and equipment, data processing, federal deposit insurance premiums, ATM charges, professional fees, advertising and other operating expenses.
Our results of operations also may be affected significantly by general and local economic and competitive conditions, changes in market interest rates, governmental policies and actions of regulatory authorities.
Business Strategy
Our goal is to operate Westbury Bank as a profitable, independent, community-oriented commercial bank delivering attractive returns to our shareholders by providing superior customer service and innovative financial products to individuals and small businesses in our market area. We believe a disciplined approach to managing the size, composition and growth of our balance sheet, including the use of improved financial modeling techniques to price products favorably and competitively and to manage expenses, will enable us to optimize profitability. During and after completion of the offering, we will pursue our basic operating strategies, which are listed below. This stock offering is critical to the accomplishment of our objectives, particularly our proposed increase in our commercial lending activities, because of the significant increase it will provide to our capital base. We also expect that the
additional capital provided by the offering will assist us in obtaining termination of the agreements we have entered into with our regulators, which would lift significant restrictions imposed on our operations.
We will also continue to fulfill our branding statement, Right Size Neighborhood Banking Working With You, For You, which reflects the three-part institutional vision included in our mission statement:
· Build long-term, mutually beneficial relationships with our communities, customers and employees;
· Provide superior customer service and innovative financial products designed to meet the needs of individuals and small businesses in our communities; and
· Return a portion of the benefits of our profitable operations to the communities in which we do business through charitable giving and community involvement.
Continue to Improve Our Asset Quality by Reducing Loan Delinquencies and Improving Our Risk Profile. We are committed to actively monitoring and managing all segments of our loan portfolio in an effort to proactively identify and mitigate credit risks within our loan portfolio, with a particular focus on commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by Continental Savings Bank. We have implemented a policy of conducting both internal and external reviews of our loan portfolio designed to provide early detection of potential problem loans and timely resolution of non-performing and classified loans, and have tasked a new special asset committee with conducting internal reviews and stress-testing. Specifically, we have implemented a policy of reviewing all loans above $250,000, as well as a certain portion of loans originated by each loan officer, on an annual basis. In the past 12 months, we have reviewed approximately $153.2 million, or 81.1% of our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loan portfolio. In addition, as the economy has continued to deteriorate and as we have experienced increases in non-performing and classified assets, we have implemented more stringent underwriting policies and procedures, including increased emphasis on lower debt to income ratios, higher credit scores, and lower loan to value ratios. With respect to commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, we have also enhanced the information required with respect to a borrowers financial condition and business prospects, and perform an internal valuation of underlying property in addition to obtaining third party appraisals. Finally, we have hired additional personnel with experience managing commercial loan administration, collection and workouts. We are committed to devoting significant resources to reducing delinquencies and to avoiding problem assets as we increase our commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending. Specifically, we expect to hire a Chief Credit Officer and additional credit administration and collections personnel. We also intend to continually enhance our loan underwriting, administration and collection procedures, and to implement improved credit risk management and asset-liability management techniques, such as portfolio stress testing, portfolio credit analysis, and credit decision monitoring matrices.
Increase Commercial Business, Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Lending . We believe that, with the recent downward trends in interest rates on residential mortgage loans, particularly on the variable rate residential mortgage loans that we retain in our portfolio, a prudent approach to expanding our organic origination of commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans is essential to our profitability. In the past several years, because commercial lending is based on relationships, we have hired specialized commercial lending officers with strong borrower relationships. This has resulted in an increase in our commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business lending activities, as well as enhancements to our commercial lending policies and procedures. At June 30, 2012, we had $188.8 million of commercial real estate, commercial business and multi-family loans,
representing 48.5% of our total loans, and we originated $15.3 million commercial real estate, commercial business and multi-family loans during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $24.4 million of such loans during the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect that a disciplined approach to increasing our commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending will diversify and increase the yield on our loan portfolio.
Continue to Originate Low-Cost Transaction Account Deposits. We offer checking accounts, passbook and statement savings accounts and money market accounts, which generally are lower cost sources of funds than certificates of deposit, are generally less sensitive to withdrawal when interest rates fluctuate, and provide the opportunity for generation of deposit-related fee income. At June 30, 2012, approximately 76.9% of our deposits were transaction accounts. We intend to pursue increased origination of these low cost deposits, with particular focus on transaction accounts, by implementing marketing and promotional programs, offering remote deposit capture services to business customers, and broadening banking relationships with lending customers, particularly as we expand our commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending activities.
Continue to Originate and Sell Certain Residential Real Estate Loans. Residential mortgage lending has historically comprised a significant portion of our operations. We recognize that the origination of one- to four-family real estate loans is essential to maintaining customer relations and our status as a community-oriented bank. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we originated $79.0 million in residential real estate loans and sold $68.9 million for gains on sale of $1.2 million, and during the year ended December 31, 2011, we originated $120.4 million in residential real estate loans and sold $99.7 million for gains on sale of $874,000. Accordingly, we will continue to originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans and home equity loans and lines of credit. We intend to maintain an appropriately sized portfolio of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans to increase the yield of our loan portfolio, assist in the management of our interest rate risk and manage both the maturity of the loan portfolio and the time it takes for loans to reprice in accordance with their terms. We intend to sell the majority of the long-term fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, as well as adjustable-rate mortgages with initial terms in excess of seven years, in the secondary market to increase servicing fee income, recognize gains on sale and manage the overall maturity of our loan portfolio.
Leverage Our Competitive Strengths to Attract and Retain Customers. We believe that our competitive strengths are personalized, superior customer service, extensive knowledge of our local markets, high visibility community activities and technology-driven financial products. We believe that we can leverage these strengths to attract and retain customers from an increasing population of potential customers dislocated as a result of large bank consolidations in our market area and individuals seeking personalized, best-in-class customer service. We also plan to continue to update existing technologies and implement new technologies to enhance the customer experience and increase the efficiency of our operations. We also believe that we can capitalize on commercial deposit and personal banking relationships derived from an increase in commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending.
These strategies are intended to guide our investment of the net proceeds of the offering. We intend to continue to pursue our business strategy after the conversion and the offering, subject to changes necessitated by future market conditions, regulatory restrictions and other factors.
Anticipated Increase in Non-Interest Expense
Following the completion of the conversion and stock offering, we anticipate that our non-interest expense will increase as a result of increased compensation expenses associated with the implementation of our employee stock ownership plan and the implementation of a stock-based incentive plan, if that
incentive plan is approved by our stockholders. For further information, see SummaryBenefits to Management and Potential Dilution to Stockholders Following the Conversion, Risk FactorsRisks Related to this Stock OfferingOur stock-based benefit plans will increase our costs, which will reduce our income, and Management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.Benefit Plans and Agreements and Future Stock Benefit Plans.
Our non-interest expense will also increase as a result of our contribution of cash and shares of common stock to our charitable foundation, and as a result of our operation as a public company. For further information, please see SummaryOur Issuance of Cash and Shares of Our Common Stock to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation, Risk FactorsRisks Related to Our BusinessThe cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses and Risks Related to this Stock OfferingThe contribution to the charitable foundation will dilute your ownership interest and adversely affect net income in the year we complete the stock offering, and Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation.
Critical Accounting Policies
Certain of our accounting policies are important to the portrayal of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Our significant accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in this prospectus.
The recently enacted JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an emerging growth company we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the amount estimated by management as necessary to cover losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses, which is charged to income. Determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses necessarily involves a high degree of judgment. Among the material estimates required to establish the allowance are: loss exposure at default; the amount and timing of future cash flows on impacted loans; value of collateral; and determination of loss factors to be applied to the various elements of the portfolio. All of these estimates are susceptible to significant change. Management reviews the level of the allowance quarterly and establishes the provision for loan losses based upon an evaluation of the portfolio, past loss experience, current economic conditions and other factors related to the collectability of the loan portfolio. Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance may be necessary if economic or other conditions differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the evaluation. In addition, bank regulators, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination. A large loss could deplete the allowance and require increased provisions to replenish the allowance, which would adversely affect earnings.
Mortgage Servicing Rights. Mortgage servicing rights (MSR) are initially recorded as an asset, measured at fair value, when loans are sold to third parties with servicing rights retained. MSR assets are amortized in proportion to, and over the period of, estimated net servicing revenues. The carrying value of these assets is periodically reviewed for impairment using a lower of amortized cost or fair value methodology. The fair value of the servicing rights is determined by estimating the present value of future net cash flows, taking into consideration market loan prepayment speeds, discount rates, servicing costs and other economic factors. For purposes of measuring impairment, the rights are stratified into relatively homogeneous pools based on predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans which include product type (i.e., fixed, adjustable or balloon) and interest rate bands. If the aggregate carrying value of the capitalized mortgage servicing rights for a stratum exceeds its fair value, a mortgage servicing right impairment is recognized in earnings for the difference. As the loans are repaid and net servicing revenue is earned, mortgage servicing rights are amortized into expense. Net servicing revenues are expected to exceed this amortization expense. However, if actual prepayment experience or defaults exceed what was originally anticipated, net servicing revenues may be less than expected and mortgage servicing rights may be impaired.
Deferred Tax Assets. We use the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that some portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. We exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of recognition of the resulting tax liabilities and assets. These judgments require us to make projections of future taxable income. The judgments and estimates we make in determining our deferred tax assets, which are inherently subjective, are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change. Any reduction in estimated future taxable income may require us to record a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.
Comparison of Financial Condition at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011
Total Assets. Total assets decreased by $32.2 million, or 5.6%, to $546.4 million at June 30, 2012 from $578.6 million at December 31, 2011. The increase was primarily the result of decreases in loans of $14.2 million and cash and investments of $12.4 million.
Net Loans. Net loans decreased by $13.5 million, or 3.4%, to $382.9 million at June 30, 2012 from $396.4 million at December 31, 2011. During the six months ended June 30, 2012 we originated $79.0 million of one- to four-family residential real estate loans, selling $59.0 million at a premium. Commercial real estate and multi-family real estate loans decreased $4.7 million, or 2.7%, commercial business loans decreased $2.9 million, or 12.5%, and consumer loans decreased $1.6 million, or 5.8%, during the six month period ended June 30, 2012. Decreases in loan origination reflect strong competition for commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans in our market area in the current low interest rate environment, as well as our decision to manage loan growth in order to improve capital ratios and reduce expenses.
Investment Securities. Investment securities available for sale decreased $35.9 million, or 36.2%, to $63.2 million at June 30, 2012 from $99.1 million at December 31, 2011 as a result of our decision to manage our balance sheet to improve capital ratios and reduce expenses. Mortgage-backed securities decreased $32.1 million, or 40.8%, to $46.6 million at June 30, 2012 from $78.7 million at December 31, 2011, U.S. government and agency securities decreased $2.0 million, or 66.7%, to $1.0 million at June 30, 2012 from $3.0 million at December 31, 2011, and municipal securities increased $1.1
million, or 7.9%, to $15.0 million at June 30, 2012 from $13.9 million at December 31, 2011. We purchased $0.8 million of mortgage-backed securities during the six months ended June 30, 2012 which enhanced yield. The yield on our investment securities decreased to 2.52% at June 30, 2012 from 3.09% at December 31, 2011 as a result of the maturity and sales of securities during the period. Net unrealized gain on securities was stable at $1.7 million at both December 31, 2011 to June 30, 2012, reflecting the increase in market values of these securities during the first half of 2012, offset by the significant reduction in the size of the portfolio. At June 30, 2012, investment securities classified as available-for-sale consisted entirely of government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities, government-sponsored debentures, municipal securities, and U.S. government and agency securities with a focus on suitable government-sponsored securities to augment risk-based capital.
Foreclosed Real Estate. Foreclosed real estate held for sale decreased $1.0 million, or 23.2% to $3.3 million at June 30, 2012 from $4.3 million at December 31, 2011, as we sold $3.3 million of foreclosed properties, foreclosed on $3.5 million of non-performing loans and recorded valuation adjustments of $1.3 million. At June 30, 2012 our foreclosed real estate included primarily one- to four-family residential real estate, multi-family and commercial real estate properties, the largest of which was vacant land with a carrying value of $0.6 million.
Bank Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI), which provides us with a funding source for our employee benefit plan obligations, increased $207,000, to $11.8 million at June 30, 2012 from $11.6 million at December 31, 2011. We are the beneficiary and owner of the BOLI policies, and as such, the investment is carried at the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. BOLI also generally provides us other income that is non-taxable. Regulations generally limit our investment in BOLI to 25% of our tier 1 capital plus our allowance for loan losses. At June 30, 2012, this limit was $11.4 million, and we had invested $11.8 million in BOLI at that date. We exceeded regulatory limitations as a result of a reduction in capital caused by the loss incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect that additional capital raised in connection with the conversion and offering will result in our compliance regulatory limitations.
Deposits. Deposits decreased by $35.1 million, or 6.7%, to $489.2 million at June 30, 2012 from $524.3 million at December 31, 2011. Our core deposits, which we consider to be our non-interest bearing and interest bearing checking accounts, passbook and statement savings accounts, and variable rate money market accounts, checking, money market and savings accounts, decreased $14.4 million, or 3.6%, to $380.1 million at June 30, 2012 from $394.5 million at December 31, 2011. Certificates of deposit and other time deposits decreased $15.9 million, or 12.2%, to $113.9 million at June 30, 2012 from $129.8 million at December 31, 2011. The decreases resulted primarily from managements efforts to reduce our balance sheet in order to improve capital ratios and reduce expenses, including the announced closing of the Hales Corners office which was completed in July 2012.
Other Liabilities. Notes payable decreased $2.1 million, or 61.7%, to $1.3 million at June 30, 2012 from $3.4 million at December 31, 2011, as a result of our repaying outstanding principal and interest on a mortgage on investment property acquired in the merger with Continental Savings Bank. Other liabilities increased $203,000 or 4.6%, to $4.5 million at June 30, 2012 from $4.3 million at December 31, 2011 reflecting routine fluctuations and payments made related to our defined benefit plan, advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance, and income taxes.
Total Equity. Total equity increased $619,000, or 1.3%, to $46.7 million at June 30, 2012 from $46.1 million at December 31, 2011. The increase resulted primarily from net income of $579,000 during the six months ended June 30, 2012.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
Total Assets. Total assets decreased $46.8 million, or 7.5%, to $578.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $625.4 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily the result of decreases of $40.9 million in loans, $28.7 million in cash and cash equivalents, and $1.2 million in foreclosed real estate, partially offset by an increase of $28.8 million in investment securities available-for-sale.
Cash and Cash Equivalents. Total cash and cash equivalents decreased $28.7 million, or 57.2%, to $21.5 million at December 31, 2011 from $50.2 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease in total cash and cash equivalents reflected a decrease of $32.0 million of deposits and normal year-end cash management.
Net Loans. Net loans decreased $40.4 million, or 9.2%, to $396.4 million at December 31, 2011 from $436.8 million at December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, one- to four-family residential real estate loans decreased $6.5 million, or 3.7%, to $170.8 million at December 31, 2011 from $177.3 million at December 31, 2010, commercial business loans decreased $6.4 million, or 21.6%, to $23.2 million at December 31, 2011 from $29.6 million at December 31, 2010. In addition, during the year ended December 31, 2011, multi-family and commercial real estate loans increased slightly to $173.0 million from $171.3 million; construction loans decreased $18.0 million, or 60.8%, to $11.6 million from $29.6 million; and consumer and other loans decreased $1.1 million, or 3.8%, to $28.5 million from $29.6 million. Decreases in loan origination reflect strong competition for commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans in our market area in the current low interest rate environment, as well as our decision to manage loan growth, particularly growth of one- to four-family loans and commercial business loans, to preserve capital ratios and reduce expenses.
Investment Securities. Investment securities classified as available-for-sale increased $28.8 million, or 41.0%, to $99.1 million at December 31, 2011 from $70.3 million at December 31, 2010, as management deployed funds from cash and cash equivalents to purchase these securities. At December 31, 2011, investment securities classified as available-for-sale consisted of investment securities classified as available-for-sale consisted entirely of government-sponsored mortgage-backed securities, government-sponsored debentures, municipal securities, and U.S. government and agency securities with a focus on suitable government-sponsored securities to augment risk-based capital.
Bank Owned Life Insurance. Bank-owned life insurance (BOLI) increased to $11.6 million at December 31, 2011 from $11.2 million at December 31, 2010 due to normal increases in cash surrender value.
Deposits. Deposits decreased $32.0 million, or 5.8%, to $524.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $556.3 million at December 31, 2010. During the year ended December 31, 2011, checking accounts decreased $6.2 million, or 2.5%, to $248.0 million; passbook and statement savings accounts increased $2.4 million, or 2.2%, to $113.5 million from $111.1 million; and variable rate money market accounts decreased $5.4 million, or 14.2%, to $33.0 million from $38.4 million. Additionally, certificates of deposit and other time deposits decreased $22.7 million, or 14.9%, to $129.8 million from $152.5 million. Our core deposits, which we consider to be our non-interest bearing and interest bearing checking accounts, passbook and statement savings accounts and variable rate money market accounts, decreased $9.3 million, or 2.3%, to $394.5 million at December 31, 2011 from $403.8 million at December 31, 2010. The decreases resulted primarily from managements efforts to reduce our balance sheet in order to improve capital ratios and reduce expenses, including the closing of seven branch offices, offset by increased deposits from commercial borrowers who opened deposit accounts with us in connection with new loan originations.
Other Liabilities. Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased to $0 at December 31, 2011 from $7.0 million at December 31, 2010, which reflects managements efforts to manage our balance sheet to improve capital ratios and reduce expenses. Other liabilities, which include interest and taxes payable and accruals for employee pension and medical plans, decreased $886,000, or 17.0%, to $4.3 million at December 31, 2011 from $5.2 million at December 31, 2010, reflecting routine fluctuations.
Total Equity. Total equity decreased $7.1 million, or 13.3%, to $46.1 million at December 31, 2011 from $53.2 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease resulted primarily from net loss of $7.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2011, offset by an increase of $511,000 in accumulated other comprehensive income due to an increase in the net unrealized gain position of our available-for-sale investment securities portfolio.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Months Ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011
General. Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was $579,000, compared to net loss of $(644,000) for the six months ended June 30, 2011, an improvement of $1.2 million. The improvement in earnings was primarily due to an increase in net interest income, gains on sale of loans, and increases in gains on the sale of real estate resulting from the sale of investment real estate held by a subsidiary of the former Continental Savings Bank as part of that institutions real estate investment activities.
Interest and Dividend Income. Interest and dividend income decreased $1.3 million, or 10.8%, to $11.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. This decrease was primarily attributable to a $1.3 million decrease in interest and fee income on loans receivable. The average balance of loans during the six months ended June 30, 2012 decreased $41.5 million to $401.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, and the average yield on loans decreased by 17 basis points to 5.01% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 5.18% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The average balance of investment securities increased $8.4 million to $80.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $72.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, while the average yield on investment securities decreased by 21 basis points to 2.46% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 2.67% for the six months ended June 30, 2011, resulting in income on securities remaining relatively unchanged. The decreased yields reflected the generally lower interest rate environment.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $1.7 million, or 53.7%, to $1.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $3.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. Interest expense on deposit accounts decreased $1.5 million, or 50.0%, to $1.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $3.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 0.71% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 1.20% for the six months ended June 30, 2011, reflecting the declining interest rate environment, and by a decrease of $59.8 million, or 12.1%, in the average balance of deposits to $433.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $493.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.
Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances decreased $191,000 to $3,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $194,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The average balance of advances decreased by $4.9 million to $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $7.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011, as we repaid our entire outstanding balance in March, 2012, while the average cost of these advances decreased by 526 basis points to 0.28% from 5.54%.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $329,000, or 3.5%, to $9.5 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $9.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase reflected an increase in our interest rate spread to 3.61% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 3.53% for the six months ended June 30, 2011, and an increase in our net interest margin to 3.71% for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from 3.56% for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase in our interest rate spread and net interest margin reflected primarily the more rapid repricing of our interest-bearing liabilities in a decreasing interest rate environment compared to our interest-earning assets.
Provision for Loan Losses. Based on our analysis of the factors described in Critical Accounting PoliciesAllowance for Loan Losses, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $2.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $1.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The allowance for loan losses was $6.2 million, or 1.59% of total loans, at June 30, 2012, compared to $5.5 million, or 1.27% of total loans, at June 30, 2011. Total nonperforming loans were $14.2 million at June 30, 2012, compared to $17.5 million at June 30, 2011. As a percentage of nonperforming loans, the allowance for loan losses was 43.5% at June 30, 2012 compared to 31.3% at June 30, 2011. Total classified assets were $31.3 million at June 30, 2012, compared to $26.4 million at June 30, 2011.
The allowance for loan losses reflects the estimate we believe to be appropriate to cover incurred probable losses which were inherent in the loan portfolio at June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.
Other Income . Other income increased $775,000 to $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $4.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The increase was primarily related to an increase in the gain on sale of residential mortgage loans of $798,000 to $1.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $389,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011, a $159,000 increase in the gain on sales of real estate to $313,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $154,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 and a $231,000 increase in service fees on deposit accounts to $2.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $2.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. These increases were offset by a $147,000 decrease in rental income from real estate operations to $466,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $613,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011 due to the sale of investment real estate held by a subsidiary of the former Continental Savings Bank during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and a decrease in other non-interest income of $238,000 to $754,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011.
Other Expense. Other expense decreased $1.1 million, or 8.5%, to $12.2 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 from $13.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The decrease primarily reflected a decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense and commission expense of $476,000 and a decrease in occupancy expense of $161,000, both of which are associated with the closing or sale of branches, a decrease in advertising expense of $128,000, and a $104,000 decrease in net loss from operation and sale of foreclosed real estate.
Provision for Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $293,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 compared to a tax benefit of $564,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2011. The effective tax rate as a percent of pre-tax income (loss) was 33.6% and (46.7%) for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate for the six months ended June 30, 2012 was due to the return to profitability during 2012.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010
General. Net loss for the year ended December 31, 2011 was $7.6 million, compared to net loss of $1.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in net loss was primarily due to an increase of $4.4 million, or 141.9%, in the provision for loan losses to $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and the establishment of a valuation allowance on deferred tax assets of $2.4 million at December 31, 2011.
Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income decreased $2.9 million, or 10.5%, to $24.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $26.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease in interest income was the result of a $2.5 million decrease in interest on loans and a $291,000 decrease in interest on investment securities. The average balance of loans during the year ended December 31, 2011 decreased $44.6 million to $423.5 million from $468.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, while the average yield on loans decreased by 5 basis points to 5.23% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5.28% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in yield reflected the reduction in non-performing loans from $18.9 million to $14.8 million as certain non-performing loans were moved to performing status. The average balance of investment securities increased $24.3 million to $84.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $60.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, and the yield on investment securities decreased by 136 basis points to 2.19% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 3.55% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 35.2%, to $5.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $8.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Interest expense on interest-bearing deposit accounts decreased $2.6 million, or 33.6%, to $5.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $7.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily due to a decrease in average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 1.07% in 2011 from 1.54% for 2010, reflecting the declining interest rate environment, and a decrease of $22.9 million, or 4.5%, in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits to $483.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $506.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances decreased $391,000 to $365,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $756,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010. The average balance of advances decreased by $7.3 million to $6.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $13.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, as we paid down our outstanding balance using cash and proceeds from principal repayments received on and sales of securities, and the costs increased 35 basis points to 6.00% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 5.65% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Net Interest Income . Net interest income increased $205,000, or 1.1%, to $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $18.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase resulted primarily from a $3.1 million decrease in interest expense, which was offset by a $2.9 million decrease in interest income. Our average interest-earning assets decreased to $519.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $539.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, partially offset by the increase in our net interest rate spread to 3.46% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 3.31% for the year ended December 31, 2010. Our net interest margin also increased to 3.52% for the year ended December 31, 2011 from 3.36% for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase in our interest rate spread and net interest margin reflected primarily the more rapid repricing of our interest-bearing liabilities in a decreasing interest rate environment compared to our interest-earning assets.
Provision for Loan Losses. Based on our analysis of the factors described in Critical Accounting PoliciesAllowance for Loan Losses, we recorded a provision for loan losses of $7.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, an increase of $4.4 million, or 136.6%, from the provision of $3.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The provision for loan losses for the year ended December 31, 2011 reflected net charge-offs of $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2011, compared to net charge-offs of $2.6 million for 2010. The allowance for loan losses was $7.1 million or 1.75% of total loans at December 31, 2011 compared to $5.0 million, or 1.13% of total loans at December 31, 2010. Total nonperforming loans were $14.8 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $24.5 million at December 31, 2010. As a percentage of nonperforming loans, the allowance for loan losses was 48.2% at December 31, 2011 compared to 20.4% at December 31, 2010. Total classified loans were $18.9 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $29.3 million at December 31, 2010.
The allowance for loan losses reflects the estimate we believe to be appropriate to cover incurred probable losses, which were inherent in the loan portfolio at December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Other Income . Other income decreased $1.5 million, or 12.5% to $10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $11.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily related to a decrease in the gain on sale of loans of $1.5 million to $874,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. Additionally, there was a $755,000 decrease in service fees on deposit accounts to $4.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $5.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, resulting from lower average balance of deposits, and a $383,000 decrease in rental income from real estate operations to $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $1.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, resulting from the sale of investment property acquired in the merger with Continental Savings Bank. These decreases in other income were offset by a $909,000 increase in the gain on sales of branches, which occurred during the third quarter of 2011, to $894,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011 from a loss of $14,000 for the year ended December 31, 2010.
Other Expense. Other expenses increased $129,000 to $29.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 from $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The increase primarily reflected a decrease in salaries and employee benefits expense and commission expense of $686,000, a decrease in advertising expense of $415,000 and a decrease of $273,000 related to operation of real estate held for investment, offset by a $1.5 million increase in net loss from operation and sale of foreclosed real estate.
Provision for Income Taxes. Income tax benefit was $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010. The effective tax rate as a percent of pre-tax loss was 13.6% and 52.1% for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The decrease in the effective tax rate for 2011 was due to the recording of a valuation allowance of $2.4 million on the Banks deferred tax assets at December 31, 2011.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
Net interest income represents the difference between the income we earn on interest-earning assets and the interest expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income also depends upon the relative amounts of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned or paid on them. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information at or for the periods indicated. For the periods ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and for the year ended December 31, 2011, average balances are derived from daily average balances. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, average balances are derived from month-end balances. Management does not believe that the limited use of month-end balances rather than daily balances has caused any material differences in the information presented. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the tables as loans carrying a zero yield. No tax equivalent yield adjustments have been made. The yields set forth below include the effect of loan fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income.
|
|
At June 30, |
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest |
|
Yield/Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Interest |
|
Yield/Cost |
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Loans |
|
4.81 |
% |
$ |
401,570 |
|
$ |
10,066 |
|
5.01 |
% |
$ |
443,035 |
|
$ |
11,470 |
|
5.18 |
% |
Securities |
|
2.52 |
|
80,483 |
|
989 |
|
2.46 |
|
72,064 |
|
961 |
|
2.67 |
|
||||
Fed funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
0.30 |
|
29,416 |
|
44 |
|
0.30 |
|
318 |
|
1 |
|
0.63 |
|
||||
Total interest-earning assets |
|
|
|
511,469 |
|
11,099 |
|
4.34 |
|
515,417 |
|
12,432 |
|
4.83 |
|
||||
Noninterest-earning assets |
|
|
|
47,599 |
|
|
|
|
|
108,726 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total assets |
|
|
|
$ |
559,068 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
624,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Liabilities and equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Checking accounts |
|
0.34 |
% |
$ |
166,492 |
|
362 |
|
0.43 |
% |
$ |
196,496 |
|
1,044 |
|
1.06 |
% |
||
Passbook and statement savings |
|
0.22 |
|
116,559 |
|
157 |
|
0.27 |
|
112,173 |
|
264 |
|
0.47 |
|
||||
Variable rate money market |
|
0.27 |
|
29,287 |
|
54 |
|
0.37 |
|
38,625 |
|
204 |
|
1.06 |
|
||||
Certificates of deposit |
|
1.42 |
|
121,278 |
|
957 |
|
1.58 |
|
146,118 |
|
1,450 |
|
1.99 |
|
||||
Total interest bearing deposits |
|
|
|
433,616 |
|
1,530 |
|
0.71 |
|
493,412 |
|
2,962 |
|
1.20 |
|
||||
FHLB advances |
|
|
|
2,148 |
|
3 |
|
0.28 |
|
7,000 |
|
194 |
|
5.54 |
|
||||
Notes payable |
|
6.20 |
|
1,899 |
|
67 |
|
7.06 |
% |
3,905 |
|
106 |
|
5.43 |
|
||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
|
437,633 |
|
1,600 |
|
0.73 |
% |
504,317 |
|
3,262 |
|
1.29 |
% |
||||
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
|
|
|
66,911 |
|
|
|
|
|
59,989 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other liabilities |
|
|
|
6,613 |
|
|
|
|
|
6,454 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total liabilities |
|
|
|
511,187 |
|
|
|
|
|
570,760 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Equity |
|
|
|
47,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
53,383 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total liabilities and equity |
|
|
|
$ |
559,068 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
624,143 |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net interest income |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,499 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
9,170 |
|
|
|
||
Net interest rate spread(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.61 |
% |
|
|
|
|
3.53 |
% |
||||
Net interest-earning assets |
|
|
|
$ |
73,836 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
11,100 |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net interest margin(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3.71 |
% |
|
|
|
|
3.56 |
% |
||||
Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
117 |
% |
|
|
|
|
102 |
% |
(1) Annualized for the six month periods ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.
|
|
For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Average
|
|
Interest |
|
Yield/Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Interest |
|
Yield/Cost |
|
Average
|
|
Interest |
|
Yield/Cost |
|
||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
Assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Loans |
|
$ |
423,476 |
|
$ |
22,138 |
|
5.23 |
% |
$ |
468,126 |
|
$ |
24,712 |
|
5.28 |
% |
$ |
500,623 |
|
$ |
27,081 |
|
5.41 |
% |
Securities |
|
84,949 |
|
1,862 |
|
2.19 |
|
60,640 |
|
2,153 |
|
3.55 |
|
81,614 |
|
3,678 |
|
4.51 |
|
||||||
Fed funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
10,995 |
|
39 |
|
0.35 |
|
10,248 |
|
3 |
|
0.03 |
|
12,749 |
|
6 |
|
0.05 |
|
||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
|
519,420 |
|
24,039 |
|
4.63 |
|
539,014 |
|
26,868 |
|
4.98 |
|
594,986 |
|
30,765 |
|
5.17 |
|
||||||
Noninterest-earning assets |
|
90,658 |
|
|
|
|
|
101,180 |
|
|
|
|
|
71,409 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total assets |
|
$ |
610,078 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
640,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
666,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Liabilities and equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Checking accounts |
|
$ |
192,605 |
|
$ |
1,754 |
|
0.91 |
% |
$ |
198,018 |
|
$ |
2,626 |
|
1.33 |
% |
$ |
180,370 |
|
$ |
3,526 |
|
1.95 |
% |
Passbook and statement savings |
|
113,884 |
|
443 |
|
0.39 |
|
109,307 |
|
693 |
|
0.63 |
|
101,296 |
|
1,003 |
|
0.99 |
|
||||||
Variable rate money market |
|
37,957 |
|
322 |
|
0.85 |
|
40,076 |
|
568 |
|
1.42 |
|
36,792 |
|
680 |
|
1.85 |
|
||||||
Certificates of deposit |
|
138,821 |
|
2,652 |
|
1.91 |
|
158,834 |
|
3,898 |
|
2.45 |
|
196,752 |
|
6,224 |
|
3.16 |
|
||||||
Total interest bearing deposits |
|
483,267 |
|
5,171 |
|
1.07 |
|
506,235 |
|
7,785 |
|
1.54 |
|
515,210 |
|
11,433 |
|
2.22 |
|
||||||
FHLB advances |
|
6,083 |
|
365 |
|
6.00 |
|
13,375 |
|
756 |
|
5.65 |
|
28,056 |
|
1,257 |
|
4.48 |
|
||||||
Notes payable |
|
3,544 |
|
201 |
|
5.67 |
|
3,258 |
|
230 |
|
7.06 |
|
4,220 |
|
303 |
|
7.18 |
|
||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
492,894 |
|
5,737 |
|
1.16 |
|
522,868 |
|
8,771 |
|
1.68 |
% |
547,486 |
|
12,993 |
|
2.37 |
% |
||||||
Noninterest-bearing demand deposits |
|
55,430 |
|
|
|
|
|
53,291 |
|
|
|
|
|
57,332 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Other liabilities |
|
8,873 |
|
|
|
|
|
8,974 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,757 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total liabilities |
|
557,197 |
|
|
|
|
|
585,133 |
|
|
|
|
|
609,575 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Equity |
|
52,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
55,061 |
|
|
|
|
|
56,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total liabilities and equity |
|
$ |
610,078 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
640,194 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
666,395 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net interest income |
|
|
|
$ |
18,302 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
18,097 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
17,772 |
|
|
|
|||
Net interest rate spread |
|
|
|
|
|
3.46 |
% |
|
|
|
|
3.31 |
% |
|
|
|
|
2.80 |
% |
||||||
Net interest-earning assets |
|
$ |
26,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
16,146 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
47,500 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net interest margin |
|
|
|
|
|
3.52 |
% |
|
|
|
|
3.36 |
% |
|
|
|
|
2.99 |
% |
||||||
Average of interest-earning assets to interest-bearing liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
105 |
% |
|
|
|
|
103 |
% |
|
|
|
|
109 |
% |
Rate/Volume Analysis
The following table presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for the major categories of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. Information is provided for each category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities with respect to (i) changes attributable to changes in volume ( i.e. , changes in average balances multiplied by the prior-period average rate) and (ii) changes attributable to rate ( i.e. , changes in average rate multiplied by prior-period average balances). For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately to the change due to volume and the change due to rate.
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
Years Ended December 31,
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Increase (Decrease) Due to |
|
Total Increase |
|
Increase (Decrease) Due to |
|
Total Increase |
|
Increase (Decrease) Due to |
|
Total Increase |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Volume |
|
Rate |
|
(Decrease) |
|
Volume |
|
Rate |
|
(Decrease) |
|
Volume |
|
Rate |
|
(Decrease) |
|
|||||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||
Interest-earning assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Loans |
|
$ |
(1,070 |
) |
$ |
(334 |
) |
$ |
(1,404 |
) |
$ |
(2,359 |
) |
$ |
215 |
|
$ |
(2,574 |
) |
$ |
(1,758 |
) |
$ |
(611 |
) |
$ |
(2,369 |
) |
Securities |
|
112 |
|
(84 |
) |
28 |
|
(863 |
) |
(1,154 |
) |
(291 |
) |
(944 |
) |
(581 |
) |
(1,525 |
) |
|||||||||
Fed funds sold and other interest-earning deposits |
|
92 |
|
(49 |
) |
43 |
|
1 |
|
35 |
|
36 |
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
(3 |
) |
|||||||||
Total interest-earning assets |
|
(866 |
) |
(467 |
) |
(1,333 |
) |
(1,495 |
) |
(1,334 |
) |
(2,829 |
) |
(2,702 |
) |
(1,195 |
) |
(3,897 |
) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Interest-bearing liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Checking accounts |
|
(159 |
) |
(523 |
) |
(682 |
) |
24 |
|
(896 |
) |
(872 |
) |
344 |
|
(1,244 |
) |
(900 |
) |
|||||||||
Passbook and statement savings |
|
10 |
|
(117 |
) |
(107 |
) |
22 |
|
(272 |
) |
(250 |
) |
78 |
|
(388 |
) |
(310 |
) |
|||||||||
Variable rate money market |
|
(49 |
) |
(101 |
) |
(150 |
) |
(30 |
) |
(216 |
) |
(246 |
) |
61 |
|
(173 |
) |
(112 |
) |
|||||||||
Certificates of deposit |
|
(247 |
) |
(247 |
) |
(494 |
) |
(450 |
) |
(796 |
) |
(1,246 |
) |
(1,198 |
) |
(1,128 |
) |
(2,326 |
) |
|||||||||
FHLB advances |
|
(135 |
) |
(56 |
) |
(191 |
) |
(387 |
) |
(4 |
) |
(391 |
) |
(658 |
) |
157 |
|
(501 |
) |
|||||||||
Other borrowings |
|
(54 |
) |
15 |
|
(39 |
) |
39 |
|
(68 |
) |
(29 |
) |
(13 |
) |
(60 |
) |
(73 |
) |
|||||||||
Total interest-bearing liabilities |
|
(634 |
) |
(1,029 |
) |
(1,663 |
) |
(782 |
) |
(2,252 |
) |
(3,034 |
) |
(1,386 |
) |
(2,836 |
) |
(4,222 |
) |
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
Change in net interest income |
|
$ |
(232 |
) |
$ |
562 |
|
$ |
330 |
|
$ |
(713 |
) |
$ |
918 |
|
$ |
205 |
|
$ |
(1,316 |
) |
$ |
1,641 |
|
$ |
325 |
|
Management of Market Risk
Our asset/liability management strategy attempts to manage the impact of changes in interest rates on net interest income, our primary source of earnings.
Over the past several years, management has implemented an asset/liability strategy to manage, subject to our profitability goals, our interest rate risk. Among the techniques we use to manage interest rate risk are:
· originating commercial business, commercial real estate, multi-family and consumer loans, all of which tend to have shorter terms and higher interest rates than one- to four-family residential real estate loans, and which generate customer relationships that can result in larger non-interest bearing checking accounts;
· selling most of our long-term, fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans, as well as adjustable-rate residential real estate loans with initial terms of seven years or more, that we originate and retaining the majority of the shorter-term adjustable-rate residential real estate loans that we originate;
· lengthening the weighted average maturity of our liabilities through retail deposit pricing strategies and through longer-term wholesale funding sources such as fixed-rate advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago;
· reducing our dependence on the acquisition of certificates of deposits and wholesale funding to support lending and investment activity;
· investing in shorter- to medium-term investment securities; and
· increasing non-interest income as a percentage of total income to decrease our reliance on net interest margin and interest rate spread.
Our Board of Directors is responsible for the review and oversight of our Asset/Liability Committee, which is comprised of our executive management team and other essential operational staff. This committee is charged with developing and implementing an asset/liability management plan, and meets at least quarterly to review pricing and liquidity needs and assess our interest rate risk. We currently utilize a third-party modeling program, prepared on a quarterly basis, to evaluate our sensitivity to changing interest rates, given our business strategy, operating environment, capital, liquidity and performance objectives, and for managing this risk consistent with the guidelines approved by the Board of Directors. In addition, we regularly perform a gap analysis of the discrepancy between the repricing of our assets and liabilities.
In order to monitor and manage interest rate risk, we use the net present value of equity at risk (NPV) methodology. This methodology calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities. The comparative scenarios assume an immediate parallel shifts in the yield curve in increments of 100 basis point (bp) rate movements. A basis point equals one-hundredth of one percent, and 100 basis points equals one percent. An increase in interest rates from 3% to 4% would mean, for example, a 100 basis point increase in the Change in Interest Rates column below. The model is run at least quarterly showing shocks from +300bp to -100bp, because a decline of greater than -100bp is currently highly unlikely. The Board of Directors and management review the methodologys measurements on a quarterly basis.
The interest rate scenarios are used for analytical purposes and do not necessarily represent managements view of future market movements. Results of the modeling are used to provide a measure of the degree of volatility interest rate movements may influence our earnings. Modeling the sensitivity of earnings to interest rate risk is decidedly reliant on numerous assumptions embedded in the model. These assumptions include, but are not limited to, managements best assessment of the effect of changing interest rates on the prepayment speeds of certain assets and liabilities, projections for account balances in each of the product lines offered and the historical behavior of deposit rates and balances in relation to changes in interest rates. These assumptions are inherently changeable, and as a result, the model is not expected to precisely measure net interest income or precisely predict the impact of fluctuations in interest rate on net interest income. Actual results will differ from the simulated results due to timing, magnitude, and frequency of interest rate changes as well as changes in market conditions. Assumptions are supported with annual back testing of the model to actual market rate shifts.
The table below sets forth, as of June 30, 2012, the estimated changes in the net present value of equity that would result from the designated changes in the United States Treasury yield curve under an instantaneous parallel shift for Westbury Bank. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results.
At June 30, 2012 |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Estimated Increase (Decrease) in EVE |
|
EVE as Percentage of Economic Value of
|
|
|||||||
Changes in Interest
|
|
Estimated EVE (2) |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
EVE Ratio |
|
Changes in Basis
|
|
|||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
+300 |
|
|
$ |
64,674 |
|
$ |
6,998 |
|
12.13 |
% |
11.90 |
% |
1.54 |
% |
+200 |
|
|
64,041 |
|
6,365 |
|
11.04 |
|
11.69 |
|
1.33 |
|
||
+100 |
|
|
61,422 |
|
3,746 |
|
6.49 |
|
11.12 |
|
0.76 |
|
||
0 |
|
|
57,676 |
|
|
|
|
|
10.36 |
|
|
|
||
-100 |
|
|
55,095 |
|
(2,581 |
) |
(4.47 |
) |
9.86 |
|
(0.50 |
) |
||
(1) Assumes instantaneous parallel changes in interest rates.
(2) EVE or Economic Value of Equity at Risk measures the Banks exposure to equity due to changes in a forecast interest rate environment.
(3) EVE Ratio represents Economic Value of Equity divided by the economic value of assets which should translate into built in stability for future earnings.
The table above indicates that at June 30, 2012, in the event of an instantaneous parallel 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, we would experience a 4.47% decrease in net portfolio value. In the event of an instantaneous 100 basis point increase in interest rates, we would experience a 6.49% increase in net portfolio value.
Depending on the relationship between long-term and short-term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place greater emphasis on maximizing our net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. We believe that the increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or re-pricing of our assets and liabilities can, curing periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify an increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates. We believe that our level of interest rate risk is acceptable using this approach.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary sources of funds are deposits, principal and interest payments on loans and securities, proceeds from the sale of loans, proceeds from maturities and calls of securities, Federal Home
Loan Bank advances and, to a lesser extent, short-term borrowings from other financial institutions. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions, and competition. Our most liquid assets are cash and short-term investments including interest-bearing demand deposits. The levels of these assets are dependent on our operating, financing, lending, and investing activities during any given period.
Our cash flows are comprised of three primary classifications: cash flows from operating activities, investing activities, and financing activities. Net cash provided by operating activities was $13.9 million and $12.9 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively. Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities, which consists primarily of disbursements for loan originations and the purchase of securities, offset by principal collections on loans, proceeds from the sale of securities and proceeds from maturing securities and pay downs on mortgage-backed securities, was $47.5 million and $(8.4 million) for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we purchased $4.0 million and sold $28.1 million in securities held as available-for-sale, and during the six months ended June 30, 2011, we purchased $71.1 million and sold $44.6 million in securities held as available-for-sale. Net cash used in financing activities, consisting primarily of the activity in deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank advances, was $37.2 million and $12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011, respectively, resulting from our strategy of managing growth to preserve capital ratios and reduce expenses.
At June 30, 2012, we exceeded all of our regulatory capital requirements with a tier 1 leverage capital level of $39.0 million, or 7.32% of adjusted total assets, which is above the required level of $26.6 million, or 5.00%; and total risk-based capital of $43.9 million, or 11.16% of risk-weighted assets, which is above the required level of $39.3 million, or 10.00%. Accordingly, Westbury Bank was categorized as well capitalized at June 30, 2012. Management is not aware of any conditions or events since the most recent notification that would change our category. However, Westbury Bank was not in compliance with the capital plan, submitted to its regulators, that provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.00% because Westbury Banks tier 1 leverage capital ratio at that date was 7.32% and its total risk-based capital ratio at that date was 11.16%.
At June 30, 2012, we had outstanding commitments to originate loans of $46.7 million and stand-by letters of credit of $4.2 million. We anticipate that we will have sufficient funds available to meet our current loan origination commitments. Certificates of deposit that are scheduled to mature in less than one year from June 30, 2012 totaled $65.1 million. Management expects that a substantial portion of the maturing certificates of deposit will be renewed. However, if a substantial portion of these deposits is not retained, we may utilize Federal Home Loan Bank advances or raise interest rates on deposits to attract new accounts, which may result in higher levels of interest expense.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. In the normal course of operations, we engage in a variety of financial transactions that, in accordance with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles, are not recorded in our financial statements. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit, interest rate and liquidity risk. Such transactions are used primarily to manage customers requests for funding and take the form of loan commitments, lines of credit and standby letters of credit. For information about our loan commitments, unused lines of credit and standby letters of credit, see Note 17 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
We have not engaged in any other off-balance-sheet transactions in the normal course of our lending activities.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
For a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements, see Note 1 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
The financial statements and related data presented herein have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America which require the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The primary impact of inflation on our operations is reflected in increased operating costs. Unlike most industrial companies, virtually all of the assets and liabilities of a financial institution are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates, generally, have a more significant impact on a financial institutions performance than does inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the prices of goods and services.
BUSINESS OF WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is incorporated in the State of Maryland. We have not engaged in any business to date. Upon completion of the conversion, we will own all of the issued and outstanding stock of Westbury Bank. We intend to contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds from the stock offering to Westbury Bank, plus such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, upon completion of the offering, Westbury Bank will have a tangible capital-to-assets ratio of at least 10%. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will retain the remainder of the net proceeds from the stock offering and use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan to the employee stock ownership plan, repay principal and interest outstanding on certain short-term borrowings, and contribute a portion of the retained net proceeds to our charitable foundation. At a later date, we may use the net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders and repurchase shares of common stock, subject to our capital needs and regulatory limitations. We will invest our initial capital as discussed in How We Intend to Use the Proceeds from the Offering.
After the conversion and the offering are complete, Westbury Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Westbury Bank, will be authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations, which may include the acquisition of banking and financial services companies. See Supervision and RegulationHolding Company Regulation for a discussion of the activities that are permitted for savings and loan holding companies. WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and we expect this agreement to be enforced by the Federal Reserve Board against Westbury Bancorp, Inc. We currently have no understandings or agreements to acquire other financial institutions although we may determine to do so in the future. We may also borrow funds for reinvestment in Westbury Bank.
Following the offering, our cash flow will depend on earnings from the investment of the net proceeds from the offering that we retain, and any dividends we receive from Westbury Bank. Westbury Bank is subject to regulatory limitations on the amount of dividends that it may pay. See Supervision and RegulationFederal Banking RegulationCapital Distributions. In addition, Westbury Bank has previously agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends without prior regulatory approval, and this agreement is being enforced by the OCC. Initially, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will neither own nor lease any property, but will instead pay a fee to Westbury Bank for the use of its premises, equipment and furniture. At the present time, we intend to employ only persons who are officers of Westbury Bank to serve as officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. We will, however, use the support staff of Westbury Bank from time to time. We will pay a fee to Westbury Bank for the time devoted to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
by employees of Westbury Bank; however, these persons will not be separately compensated by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
General
Westbury Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. Westbury Bank was organized as a state-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1926 under the name West Bend Savings and Loan Association. In 1993, West Bend Savings and Loan Association converted to a state-chartered savings bank and changed its name to West Bend Savings Bank. We reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2001 by forming WBSB Bancorp, MHC, our federally chartered mutual holding company, and converting West Bend Savings Bank to a federally-chartered savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank.
In 1999, we determined that we would be more competitive and profitable if we transitioned over time a significant portion of operations to a commercial bank model. Accordingly, since that time, we have increased our focus on non-residential lending, including commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, while remaining an active residential lender. Because commercial lending is based on relationships, we have hired specialized commercial lending officers, as well as personnel with experience managing commercial loan administration, collection and workouts.
In 2008, in an effort to increase our capital levels to support our increased commercial lending operations, we acquired Continental Savings Bank, a traditional thrift with $203.6 million in assets, $23.9 million in equity and seven offices in the Milwaukee metropolitan areas, in a merger of mutually-owned institutions. In connection with the merger, West Bend Savings Bank changed its name to Westbury Bank.
Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public in our market area and investing those deposits, together with funds generated from operations, and to a lesser extent, borrowings, in one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial and multi-family real estate loans, commercial business loans, and, to a lesser extent, construction loans and consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit and automobile loans. Unlike most thrift institutions, a significant majority of our deposits are transaction accounts, which we believe are less susceptible to large-scale withdrawals than certificates of deposit as a result of changes in interest rates, and which we believe have a lower cost of funds over various interest cycles. At June 30, 2012, approximately 76.9% of our deposits were transaction accounts, which we attribute to successful branding initiatives, especially with respect to younger customers. We also purchase investment securities consisting primarily of securities issued by the United States government and its agencies and government-sponsored enterprises, mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations issued by government-sponsored enterprises and municipal securities. At June 30, 2012, we had total assets of $546.4 million, total deposits of $489.2 million and total equity of $46.7 million.
As a result of the economic downturn, we have experienced an increase in delinquent and classified loans, particularly commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank. In response, we have undertaken aggressive initiatives to enhance asset quality. These initiatives include increasing our allowance for loan losses by taking significant provisions, charging down and writing off non-performing assets, engaging in an intensive review of our
loan portfolio and as a result classifying additional loans, limiting the growth of our loan portfolio, and devoting significant resources to developing and implementing enhanced loan underwriting, administration and collections policies and procedures. This has resulted in a significant decline in our results of operations, including net losses of $7.6 million and $1.4 million, respectively, for the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, with an improvement to net income of $579,000 for the six months ended June 30, 2012. Due to our losses, asset quality issues, capital constraints and the lower interest rate environment, beginning in 2009, management has endeavored to reduce our balance sheet in order to improve our capital ratios. At June 30, 2012, we had total assets of $546.4 million, total deposits of $489.2 million and total equity of $46.7 million, compared to total assets of $625.4 million, total deposits of $556.3 million and total equity of $53.2 million at December 31, 2010
The economic downturn coincided with significant changes in our customers banking habits, particularly a decrease in the amount of business conducted at physical branches as customers began to rely on internet banking and other technological advances for their day-to-day transactions. Accordingly, in addition to our asset quality improvement initiatives, we have also undertaken aggressive measures to reduce our expenses and allocate resources to best suit our customers banking needs. As part of this process, since 2009, we have sold or closed 13 branches (including five branches previously operated by Continental Savings Bank), reduced the number of employees, substantially reduced other non-interest expenses (excluding non-recurring losses from the sale of foreclosed real estate), and paid off existing Federal Home Loan Bank advances to reduce interest expenses.
We believe we are well-positioned to become a premier banking institution in our core market area by leveraging our competitive strengths personalized, superior customer service; extensive knowledge of our local markets; high visibility community involvement; and technology driven financial products to take advantage of opportunities created by customer dislocations resulting from large bank consolidations in our market area and by customers seeking individual attention and convenient state-of-the-art services. We plan to continue to address our asset quality issues by aggressively identifying and pursuing the resolution of non-performing and classified loans, and by continuing to implement enhanced loan underwriting, administration and collections policies and procedures. We plan to continue to improve our results of operations by increasing our organic origination of commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans, selling a significant portion of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans that we originate and retaining variable rate mortgage loans. Finally, we plan to continue to update existing technologies and implement new technologies to enhance the customer experience and increase the efficiency of our operations.
Our website address is www.westburybankwi.com. Information on this website should not be considered a part of this prospectus.
Market Area and Competition
We conduct business through our main office located in West Bend, Wisconsin, our 11 branch offices in West Bend, Brookfield, Brown Deer, Germantown, Hartford, Jackson, Kewaskum, Colgate, Richfield and Slinger, Wisconsin, and two home loan centers in West Bend and Milwaukee, Wisconsin from which we originate residential mortgages. We also operate three free-standing ATMs in West Bend and Kewaskum, Wisconsin at locations other than our branches. Ten of our branches, one of our home loan centers and all three of our free-standing ATMs are located in Washington County, our Brookfield branch is located in Waukesha County, and our Brown Deer branch and one of our home loan centers are located in Milwaukee County. West Bend, Wisconsin is located in southeastern Wisconsin on the Highway 45 corridor, approximately 40 miles northwest of downtown Milwaukee, Wisconsin, and approximately 75 miles northeast of Madison, Wisconsin.
Our primary market area consists of Washington and Waukesha Counties, Wisconsin and, to a lesser extent, northern Milwaukee County, Wisconsin. Although our current operations are not focused in central and southern Milwaukee County, we are affected by conditions in central and southern Milwaukee County because our loan portfolio includes a significant number of loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank that are secured by real estate or that have borrowers located in central and southern Milwaukee County. In addition, a number of our customers who reside in Washington or Waukesha Counties are employed in the city of Milwaukee, and the operations of our commercial customers depend in part on sales of products and services to individuals or other businesses located in the city of Milwaukee. Our primary market area includes small towns and rural communities, as well as the northwest suburbs of Milwaukee. Our market area was historically a manufacturing and agricultural-based economy, including machine tooling, metal fabrication, printing, pharmaceutical distribution, photo finishing and trucking, with recent developments in the bio-medical, renewable energy and power systems industries. The economy in our market area also has a significant service component, particularly the food and beverage industries. The regional economy is fairly diversified, supported by government, wholesale and retail trade, manufacturing and agriculture.
The population of Washington County is currently 132,000, an increase of approximately 12.2% from 2010, the population of Waukesha County is currently 390,646, an increase of approximately 0.19% from 2010, and the population of Milwaukee County is currently 949,486, and increase of approximately 0.18% from 2010. We are currently focused on maintaining our asset quality and increasing commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, and we believe that if the population in our market area continues to grow, we will have significant opportunity to do so. In addition, we believe that our efforts to improve our status as an independent community-focused commercial bank will help to grow our brand awareness with a younger generation of potential customers.
Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee Counties and Wisconsins respective December 2011 unemployment rates were 6.1%, 5.7%, 7.8% and 7.1 %, as compared to U.S. unemployment rate of 8.5%. The 2011 per capita income for Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee Counties was $ 30,012 and $40,471 and $22,856, respectively, and the 2011 median household incomes for these counties was $ 63,641, $83,746 and $ 40,812 , respectively , compared to 2011 per capita income for Wisconsin and the United States of $25,532 and $ 26,391 , respectively, and 2011 median household income of $50,026 and $ 50,227 , respectively.
We face competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a concentration of financial institutions that include large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. As of June 30, 2011, based on the most recent available FDIC data, our market share of deposits represented 15.56% of FDIC-insured deposits in Washington and County, ranking us second in market share of deposits in Washington County . As of June 30, 2010, based on the most recent available data, our market share of residential mortgage lending, based on the 12-month trailing origination volume, represented 7.86% of residential mortgage loans originated in Washington County, ranking us second in market share of residential mortgage loans in Washington County. We do not have a significant market share of either deposits or residential lending in either Waukesha County or Milwaukee County.
Lending Activities
Our principal lending activity is originating one- to four-family residential real estate loans, commercial real estate loans, commercial business loans, multi-family loans, and, to a lesser extent, consumer loans, including home equity lines of credit, construction loans, and automobile loans. We also have a modest portfolio of education loans, although we no longer originate education loans. In recent years, we have increased and, subject to market conditions and our asset-liability analysis, expect to
continue to increase our focus on commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, in an effort to diversify our overall loan portfolio and increase the overall yield earned on our loans. We also sell in the secondary market a significant portion of the fixed-rate residential mortgage loans and longer-term adjustable-rate mortgage loans that we originate, generally on a servicing-retained, non-recourse basis, while retaining shorter-term adjustable rate residential mortgages, in order to manage the maturity and time to repricing of our loan portfolio. In addition, we originate certain residential mortgage loans for sale on a servicing-released basis where our customers require interest rates or other terms that we are not prepared to offer. All FHA and VA loans are originated for sale on a servicing-released basis.
Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan at the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
|||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family(2) |
|
$ |
159,032 |
|
40.87 |
% |
$ |
167,013 |
|
41.38 |
% |
$ |
174,276 |
|
39.44 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
40,275 |
|
10.35 |
|
40,806 |
|
10.11 |
|
40,206 |
|
9.10 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
128,033 |
|
32.90 |
|
132,252 |
|
32.77 |
|
135,902 |
|
30.76 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
14,473 |
|
3.72 |
|
11,653 |
|
2.89 |
|
32,192 |
|
7.29 |
|
|||
Total real estate |
|
341,813 |
|
87.84 |
|
351,724 |
|
87.15 |
|
382,576 |
|
86.59 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
20,464 |
|
5.26 |
|
23,383 |
|
5.79 |
|
29,594 |
|
6.70 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,588 |
|
5.03 |
|
19,934 |
|
4.94 |
|
19,895 |
|
4.50 |
|
|||
Education |
|
5,916 |
|
1.52 |
|
6,618 |
|
1.64 |
|
7,343 |
|
1.66 |
|
|||
Automobile |
|
1,103 |
|
0.28 |
|
1,343 |
|
0.33 |
|
1,589 |
|
0.36 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
255 |
|
0.07 |
|
572 |
|
0.14 |
|
831 |
|
0.19 |
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
26,862 |
|
6.90 |
|
28,467 |
|
7.05 |
|
29,658 |
|
6.71 |
|
|||
Total loans |
|
$ |
389,139 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
403,574 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
441,828 |
|
100.00 |
% |
Net deferred loan costs |
|
18 |
|
|
|
19 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
|||
Allowance for loan losses |
|
6,198 |
|
|
|
7,116 |
|
|
|
4,983 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans, net |
|
$ |
382,923 |
|
|
|
$ |
396,439 |
|
|
|
$ |
436,820 |
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
|||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family(2) |
|
$ |
195,165 |
|
39.53 |
% |
$ |
218,889 |
|
44.84 |
% |
$ |
227,534 |
|
46.15 |
% |
Multi- family |
|
41,186 |
|
8.34 |
|
39,083 |
|
8.01 |
|
35,062 |
|
7.11 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
150,853 |
|
30.56 |
|
113,296 |
|
23.21 |
|
102,121 |
|
20.71 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
39,933 |
|
8.09 |
|
40,404 |
|
8.28 |
|
59,597 |
|
12.09 |
|
|||
Total real estate |
|
427,137 |
|
86.52 |
|
411,672 |
|
84.34 |
|
424,314 |
|
86.07 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
36,090 |
|
7.31 |
|
37,619 |
|
7.71 |
|
42,462 |
|
8.61 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
20,394 |
|
4.13 |
|
27,985 |
|
5.73 |
|
16,512 |
|
3.35 |
|
|||
Education |
|
6,851 |
|
1.39 |
|
5,247 |
|
1.07 |
|
3,792 |
|
0.77 |
|
|||
Automobile |
|
2,030 |
|
0.41 |
|
3,300 |
|
0.68 |
|
2,705 |
|
0.55 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
1,168 |
|
0.24 |
|
2,292 |
|
0.47 |
|
3,213 |
|
0.65 |
|
|||
Total consumer |
|
30,443 |
|
6.17 |
|
38,824 |
|
7.95 |
|
26,222 |
|
5.32 |
|
|||
Total loans |
|
$ |
493,670 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
488,115 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
492,998 |
|
100.00 |
% |
Net deferred loan costs |
|
13 |
|
|
|
36 |
|
|
|
(147 |
) |
|
|
|||
Allowance for loan losses |
|
4,485 |
|
|
|
3,577 |
|
|
|
2,862 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans, net |
|
$ |
489,172 |
|
|
|
$ |
484,151 |
|
|
|
$ |
490,283 |
|
|
|
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
(2) Excludes one- to four-family mortgage loans held for sale of $3.0 million, $3.6 million, $4.3 million, $3.0 million, $4.9 million and $2.3 million, respectively, at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
Loan Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The following table sets forth the contractual maturities of our total loan portfolio at June 30, 2012. Demand loans, loans having no stated repayment schedule or maturity, and overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less. The table presents contractual maturities and does not reflect repricing or the effect of prepayments. Actual maturities may differ.
|
|
One- to Four-Family |
|
Multi-Family |
|
Commercial
|
|
Construction and Land |
|
Commercial |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Due During the Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
2012 |
|
$ |
3,204 |
|
6.24 |
% |
$ |
6,267 |
|
6.37 |
% |
$ |
15,282 |
|
5.97 |
% |
$ |
2,411 |
|
4.83 |
% |
$ |
8,101 |
|
5.17 |
% |
2013 |
|
4,020 |
|
5.87 |
|
3,230 |
|
6.07 |
|
24,914 |
|
5.81 |
|
284 |
|
6.05 |
|
3,672 |
|
5.12 |
|
|||||
2014 |
|
6,348 |
|
5.06 |
|
10,264 |
|
4.79 |
|
39,901 |
|
5.30 |
|
714 |
|
6.24 |
|
4,808 |
|
5.67 |
|
|||||
2015 to 2016 |
|
2,422 |
|
6.03 |
|
8,972 |
|
5.22 |
|
35,732 |
|
5.63 |
|
4,022 |
|
4.79 |
|
1,769 |
|
6.43 |
|
|||||
2017 to 2021 |
|
5,858 |
|
5.67 |
|
4,742 |
|
5.64 |
|
5,482 |
|
5.24 |
|
402 |
|
3.25 |
|
1,821 |
|
5.86 |
|
|||||
2022 to 2026 |
|
11,091 |
|
5.39 |
|
888 |
|
5.83 |
|
1,468 |
|
6.01 |
|
254 |
|
4.52 |
|
293 |
|
6.00 |
|
|||||
2027 and beyond |
|
126,089 |
|
4.62 |
|
5,912 |
|
5.18 |
|
5,254 |
|
5.87 |
|
6,386 |
|
4.54 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
159,032 |
|
4.81 |
% |
$ |
40,275 |
|
5.41 |
% |
$ |
128,033 |
|
5.60 |
% |
$ |
14,473 |
|
4.74 |
% |
$ |
20,464 |
|
5.46 |
% |
|
|
Home Equity Lines of Credit |
|
Education |
|
Automobile |
|
Other |
|
Total |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Amount |
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
Amount |
|
Weighted
|
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Due During the Year Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
2012 |
|
$ |
10,292 |
|
3.35 |
% |
$ |
810 |
|
6.58 |
% |
$ |
52 |
|
8.42 |
% |
$ |
72 |
|
4.99 |
% |
$ |
46,491 |
|
5.27 |
% |
2013 |
|
4,308 |
|
3.37 |
|
928 |
|
6.56 |
|
230 |
|
8.76 |
|
63 |
|
5.09 |
|
41,649 |
|
5.56 |
|
|||||
2014 |
|
2,175 |
|
3.72 |
|
1,688 |
|
6.64 |
|
324 |
|
8.24 |
|
31 |
|
5.00 |
|
66,253 |
|
5.23 |
|
|||||
2015 to 2016 |
|
2,253 |
|
4.27 |
|
1,147 |
|
6.75 |
|
417 |
|
6.52 |
|
89 |
|
5.42 |
|
56,823 |
|
5.53 |
|
|||||
2017 to 2021 |
|
560 |
|
4.39 |
|
32 |
|
4.27 |
|
80 |
|
4.21 |
|
|
|
|
|
18,977 |
|
5.46 |
|
|||||
2022 to 2026 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13,994 |
|
5.48 |
|
|||||
2027 and beyond |
|
|
|
|
|
1,311 |
|
6.47 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
144,952 |
|
4.80 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
19,588 |
|
3.53 |
% |
$ |
5,916 |
|
6.59 |
% |
$ |
1,103 |
|
7.41 |
% |
$ |
255 |
|
5.17 |
% |
$ |
389,139 |
|
5.17 |
% |
The following table shows the composition of our loan portfolio broken out by fixed and adjustable-rate loans at the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
|||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Fixed-rate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
35,959 |
|
39.93 |
% |
$ |
32,987 |
|
21.14 |
% |
$ |
26,467 |
|
17.19 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
14,763 |
|
16.39 |
|
23,152 |
|
14.83 |
|
17,220 |
|
11.19 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
28,434 |
|
31.58 |
|
86,317 |
|
55.32 |
|
74,712 |
|
48.54 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
6,015 |
|
6.68 |
|
3,156 |
|
2.02 |
|
19,152 |
|
12.44 |
|
|||
Total real estate |
|
85,171 |
|
|
|
145,612 |
|
|
|
137,551 |
|
|
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
3,519 |
|
3.91 |
|
8,622 |
|
5.53 |
|
13,969 |
|
9.08 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Automobile |
|
1,103 |
|
1.22 |
|
1,343 |
|
0.86 |
|
1,589 |
|
1.03 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
255 |
|
0.28 |
|
449 |
|
0.29 |
|
817 |
|
0.53 |
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
1,358 |
|
|
|
1,742 |
|
|
|
2,406 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans |
|
90,048 |
|
100.00 |
% |
156,026 |
|
100.00 |
% |
153,926 |
|
100.00 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net deferred loan costs |
|
7 |
|
|
|
7 |
|
|
|
9 |
|
|
|
|||
Allowance for loan losses |
|
1,471 |
|
|
|
2,786 |
|
|
|
2,182 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans, net |
|
$ |
88,570 |
|
|
|
$ |
153,233 |
|
|
|
$ |
151,735 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||||||
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
|||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Adjustable-rate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
123,073 |
|
41.15 |
% |
$ |
134,026 |
|
54.14 |
% |
$ |
147,809 |
|
51.34 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
25,512 |
|
8.53 |
|
17,653 |
|
7.13 |
|
22,986 |
|
7.98 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
99,599 |
|
33.30 |
|
45,935 |
|
18.56 |
|
59,047 |
|
20.51 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
8,458 |
|
2.83 |
|
8,497 |
|
3.43 |
|
13,040 |
|
4.53 |
|
|||
Total real estate |
|
256,642 |
|
|
|
206,111 |
|
|
|
242,882 |
|
|
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
16,945 |
|
5.67 |
|
14,762 |
|
5.96 |
|
17,768 |
|
6.17 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,588 |
|
6.55 |
|
19,934 |
|
8.05 |
|
19,895 |
|
6.91 |
|
|||
Education |
|
5,916 |
|
1.98 |
|
6,618 |
|
2.67 |
|
7,343 |
|
2.55 |
|
|||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
312 |
|
0.12 |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
25,504 |
|
|
|
26,675 |
|
|
|
27,252 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans |
|
299,091 |
|
100.00 |
% |
247,548 |
|
100.00 |
% |
287,902 |
|
100.00 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net deferred loan costs |
|
11 |
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
16 |
|
|
|
|||
Allowance for loan losses |
|
4,727 |
|
|
|
4,330 |
|
|
|
2,801 |
|
|
|
|||
Total loans, net |
|
$ |
294,353 |
|
|
|
$ |
243,206 |
|
|
|
$ |
285,085 |
|
|
|
The following table sets forth our fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2011 that are due after December 31, 2012.
|
|
Due After December 31, 2012 |
|
|||||||
|
|
Fixed |
|
Adjustable |
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
29,561 |
|
$ |
126,267 |
|
$ |
155,828 |
|
Multi- family |
|
14,096 |
|
19,912 |
|
34,008 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
38,748 |
|
74,003 |
|
112,751 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
|
|
12,062 |
|
12,062 |
|
|||
Total real estate loans |
|
82,405 |
|
232,244 |
|
314,649 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
6,171 |
|
6,192 |
|
12,363 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
9,296 |
|
9,296 |
|
|||
Education |
|
|
|
5,106 |
|
5,106 |
|
|||
Automobile |
|
1,051 |
|
|
|
1,051 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
50 |
|
133 |
|
183 |
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
1,101 |
|
14,535 |
|
15,636 |
|
|||
Total loans |
|
$ |
89,677 |
|
$ |
252,971 |
|
$ |
342,648 |
|
Loan Approval Procedures and Authority . Pursuant to applicable law, the aggregate amount of loans that we are permitted to make to any one borrower or a group of related borrowers is generally limited to 15% of Westbury Banks unimpaired capital and surplus (25% if the amount in excess of 15% is secured by readily marketable collateral or 30% for certain residential development loans). At June 30, 2012, our largest credit relationship totaled $7.3 million and was secured a single-tenant medical office facility in our market area. At June 30, 2012, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms. Our second largest relationship at this date was a $5.6 million loan secured by retail strip shopping center in our market area. At June 30, 2012, this loan was performing in accordance with its terms.
Our lending is subject to written underwriting standards and origination procedures. Decisions on loan applications are made on the basis of detailed applications submitted by the prospective borrower and property valuations (consistent with our appraisal policy) prepared by outside independent licensed appraisers approved by our board of directors as well as internal evaluations, where permitted by regulations. The loan applications are designed primarily to determine the borrowers ability to repay the requested loan, and the more significant items on the application are verified through use of credit reports, financial statements and tax returns.
Generally, we require title insurance on our mortgage loans as well as fire and extended coverage casualty insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the value of improvements on the property, depending on the type of loan. We also require flood insurance if the property is determined to be in a flood zone area.
Individual officers and employees do not have approval authority with respect to residential real estate loans. We use the Desktop Underwriter system for residential real estate loans, and any loans that are not approved under this system may only be approved by our management loan committee, which consists of our Chief Financial Officer, our Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending, and the vice presidents in charge of underwriting, appraisals and collections. Our Senior Vice President of Lending and our Chief Financial Officer each have approval authority of up to $500,000 for commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending relationships and up to $3,000 for unsecured consumer loans. We expect that, when we fill the position of Chief Credit Officer, that person will have approval authority of up to $250,000 for commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending relationships, and up to $3,000 for unsecured consumer loans. Our other lending personnel have approval authority of lesser amounts, up to a maximum of $250,000, depending on each
persons lending experience and the results of credit review of loans that they have approved over a period of time.
In addition, any two persons, one of whom reports directly to the other, may approve commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending relationships up to the aggregate of their individual lending authorities. Our Senior Vice President of Lending and our Chief Financial Officer may, together, approve a commercial business, commercial real estate or multi-family lending relationship up to $1,000,000. Aggregate credit exposure to one borrower in excess of $1,000,000 must be approved by the directors loan committee, which consists of at least three independent directors. Our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Senior Vice President of Lending and our Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending participate in directors loan committee meetings, but are not voting members of the committee. When we fill the position of Chief Credit Officer, which is expected to occur during the third or fourth quarter of 2012, that person will also participate in directors loan committee meetings, but will not be a voting member of the committee. Approval of the directors loan committee requires the approval of all of the independent directors serving on the committee. Residential mortgage loans in excess of current Fannie Mae eligibility guidelines but less than $750,000 must be approved by the directors loan committee.
One- to Four-Family Residential Real Estate Lending . The focus of our lending program was historically the origination of one- to four-family residential real estate loans. At June 30, 2012, we had $159.0 million of loans secured by one- to four-family real estate, representing 40.9% of our total loan portfolio. In addition, at June 30, 2012, we had $3.0 million of residential mortgages held for sale. We primarily originate fixed-rate residential mortgage loans, but we also offer adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans and home equity loans. At June 30, 2012, 22.6% of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans were fixed-rate loans, and 77.4% of such loans were adjustable-rate loans.
Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans are generally underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, and we refer to loans that conform to such guidelines as conforming loans. We generally originate both fixed- and adjustable-rate mortgage loans in amounts up to the maximum conforming loan limits as established by the Federal Housing Finance Agency for Freddie Mac, which as of June 30, 2012 was generally $417,000 for single-family homes in our market area. All of our home equity loans are adjustable-rate loans, and are originated in accordance with the same standards as one- to four-family residential loans. We also originate loans above the lending limit for conforming loans, which are referred to as jumbo loans. We also offer FHA and VA loans, all of which we originate for sale on a servicing-released, non-recourse basis in accordance with FHA and VA guidelines. Virtually all of our one- to four-family residential real estate loans are secured by properties located in our market area.
We generally limit the loan-to-value ratios of our mortgage loans to 80% of the sales price or appraised value, whichever is lower. Loans where the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance may be made with loan-to-value ratios up to 95%.
Our fixed-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans typically have terms of 10 to 30 years. Our adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans generally have fixed rates for initial terms of one, three, five or seven years, and adjust annually thereafter at a margin. Until December 31, 2010, this margin was 3.00% over the weekly average yield on U.S. treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year, and after January 1, 2011, this margin was 3.00-3.50% over LIBOR for one- to four-family residential loans and 5.00-5.50% over LIBOR for home equity loans. The maximum amount by which the interest rate may be increased or decreased is generally 2.00% per adjustment period and the lifetime interest rate cap is generally 6.00% over the initial interest rate of the loan. Our
adjustable-rate one- to four-family residential real estate loans carry terms to maturity ranging from 10 to 30 years.
Although adjustable-rate mortgage loans may reduce to an extent our vulnerability to changes in market interest rates because they periodically re-price, as interest rates increase the required payments due from the borrower also increase (subject to rate caps), increasing the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the ability of the borrower to repay the loan and the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates. Upward adjustments of the contractual interest rate are also limited by the maximum periodic and lifetime rate adjustments permitted by our loan documents. Moreover, the interest rates on most of our adjustable-rate loans do not adjust for up to five years after origination. As a result, the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgage loans in compensating for changes in general interest rates may be limited during periods of rapidly rising interest rates.
We offer one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by non-owner occupied properties exclusively for sale on a servicing-released, non-recourse basis. Generally, we require personal guarantees from the borrowers on these properties. We do not extend home equity loans unless the combined loan-to-value ratio of the first mortgage and the home equity loan is less than 80%, and we will not make loans in excess of 80% loan to value on non-owner- occupied properties. We originated $8.7 million of these loans in the six months ended June 30, 2012 and $8.2 million in the year ended December 31, 2011. Subject to market conditions, we expect to deemphasize these types of loans in the future.
Home equity loans have greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the value of the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and costs of foreclosure and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity loans, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral.
We do not offer interest only mortgage loans on permanent one- to four-family residential real estate loans (where the borrower pays interest for an initial period, after which the loan converts to a fully amortizing loan). Until April 2012, we offered an interest-only home equity loan product with a term of five years and a balloon payment, but have since discontinued this product. We have approximately $12.0 million of these loans as of June 30, 2012, with an additional $10.2 million in unused commitments for these loans. We also do not offer loans that provide for negative amortization of principal, such as Option ARM loans, where the borrower can pay less than the interest owed on the loan, resulting in an increased principal balance during the life of the loan. We do not offer subprime loans on one-to four- family residential real estate loans ( i.e. , loans that generally target borrowers with weakened credit histories typically characterized by payment delinquencies, previous charge-offs, judgments, bankruptcies, or borrowers with questionable repayment capacity as evidenced by low credit scores or high debt-burden ratios), or Alt-A ( i.e. , loans that generally target borrowers with better credit scores who borrow with alternative documentation such as little or no verification of income).
We may sell a certain amount of the loans we originate into the secondary market. During the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2012, we sold $68.6 million, $99.5 million and $155.1 million of residential mortgage loans, respectively. At June 30, 2012, we were servicing a portfolio of $290.0 million of residential mortgage loans that we had originated and sold. See Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans.
Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Lending . Consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio and increase our yield, we are focused on increasing our origination of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, with a target loan size of $2.0 million to $5.0 million. At June 30, 2012,
we had $168.3 million in commercial real estate and multi-family loans, representing 43.3% of our total loan portfolio. Subject to future economic, market and regulatory conditions, we intend to engage in a disciplined increase in commercial real estate and multi-family lending in our market area.
Our fixed-rate commercial real estate and multi-family loans generally have initial terms of three to five years and amortization terms of 10-20 years for commercial real estate loans and 15-25 years for multi-family loans, with a balloon payment at the end of the initial term. Our adjustable rate commercial real estate and multi-family loans generally have initial terms of three to five years and a re-pricing option. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans is generally 75% and 80%, respectively, of the lower of cost or appraised value of the property securing the loan. Our commercial real estate loans are typically secured by retail, industrial, warehouse, service, medical or other commercial properties, and our multi-family loans are typically secured by apartment buildings.
Set forth below is information regarding our commercial real estate and multi-family loans, by industry, at June 30, 2012.
Industry Type |
|
Number of Loans |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-owner occupied real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial real estate development and rental |
|
142 |
|
$ |
93,598 |
|
Multi-family |
|
84 |
|
40,275 |
|
|
Owner-occupied real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail trade |
|
26 |
|
8,179 |
|
|
Manufacturing |
|
18 |
|
5,313 |
|
|
Other services |
|
19 |
|
5,021 |
|
|
Accommodation and food |
|
23 |
|
4,229 |
|
|
Health care and social |
|
9 |
|
3,062 |
|
|
Construction |
|
10 |
|
2,301 |
|
|
Transportation and warehousing |
|
4 |
|
2,212 |
|
|
Other miscellaneous |
|
16 |
|
4,118 |
|
|
Total |
|
351 |
|
$ |
168,308 |
|
At June 30, 2012, the average loan balance of our outstanding commercial real estate and multi-family loans was $478,148, and the largest of such loans was a $7.3 million loan secured by a single-tenant medical office facility in our market area. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2012.
We consider a number of factors in originating commercial real estate and multi-family loans. We evaluate the qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including project-level and global cash flows, credit history, and management expertise, as well as the value and condition of the property securing the loan. When evaluating the qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrowers experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrowers payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, the factors we consider include the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service). We generally require a debt service ratio of at least 1.20x. All commercial real estate and multi-family loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors. We also have an independent third party review of each appraiser, and conduct an internal valuation of any commercial real estate or multi-family property. We generally extend credit based upon the lowest valuation of the three methods.
Personal guarantees are generally obtained from the principals of commercial real estate and multi-family loans, although this requirement may be waived depending upon the loan-to-value ratio and the debt service ratio associated with the loan. We require property and casualty insurance and flood insurance if the property is determined to be in a flood zone area. In addition, all purchase-money and refinance borrowers are required to obtain title insurance.
Commercial and multi-family real estate loans entail greater credit risks compared to one- to four-family residential real estate loans because they typically involve larger loan balances concentrated with single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. In addition, the payment of loans secured by income-producing properties typically depends on the successful operation of the property, as repayment of the loan generally is dependent, in large part, on sufficient income from the property to cover operating expenses and debt service. Changes in economic conditions that are not in the control of the borrower or lender could affect the value of the collateral for the loan or the future cash flow of the property. Additionally, any decline in real estate values may be more pronounced for commercial and multi-family real estate than residential properties.
Commercial Business Lending . At June 30, 2012, we had $20.5 million of commercial business loans, representing 5.3% of our total loan portfolio. Our commercial business loans are generally term loans with terms of one to five years, and are generally made to businesses with between $2.0 million and $10.0 million in revenues operating in Washington and Waukesha Counties for purchasing equipment, property improvements, business expansion or working capital, with a target loan size of $1.0 million to $2.0 million. Our commercial business loans are generally secured by equipment, furniture and fixtures, inventory, accounts receivable or other business assets, or, in very limited circumstances, may be unsecured. If a commercial business loan is secured by equipment, we fix the maturity of a term loan to correspond to 80% of the useful life of equipment purchased or seven years, whichever is less. We also offer regular lines of credit and revolving lines of credit with terms of up to 12 months to finance short-term working capital needs such as accounts payable and inventory. Our commercial lines of credit are generally priced on an adjustable-rate basis and may be secured or, in very limited circumstances, unsecured. We generally obtain personal guarantees with commercial business loans.
We also offer commercial business loans utilizing the Small Business Administrations 7a Program. The 75% loan guaranty provided under the SBA program reduces our credit risk. In addition, the guaranteed portion of the credit can be sold in the secondary market generating significant fee income opportunities. We face recourse liability on these loans if they do not meet all SBA requirements. We address this risk by utilizing a third-party SBA partner which specializes in underwriting, portfolio composition and servicing of SBA credit facilities. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we originated SBA guaranteed commercial business loans of $382,000.
We typically originate commercial business loans on the basis of the borrowers ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrowers business, the experience and stability of the borrowers management team, earnings projections and the underlying assumptions, and the value and marketability of any collateral securing the loan. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself and the general economic environment in our market area. Therefore, commercial business loans that we originate have greater credit risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans or, generally, consumer loans. In addition, commercial business loans often result in larger outstanding balances to single borrowers, or related groups of borrowers, and also generally require substantially greater evaluation and oversight efforts.
The table below sets forth information regarding our commercial business loans at June 30, 2012.
Industry Type |
|
Number of Loans |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Wholesale trade |
|
18 |
|
$ |
4,390 |
|
Manufacturing |
|
34 |
|
4,369 |
|
|
Retail trade |
|
19 |
|
1,139 |
|
|
Finance and insurance |
|
5 |
|
3,722 |
|
|
Construction |
|
25 |
|
1,559 |
|
|
Real estate, rental and leasing |
|
37 |
|
1,300 |
|
|
Other services |
|
12 |
|
1,082 |
|
|
Miscellaneous |
|
53 |
|
2,904 |
|
|
Total |
|
203 |
|
$ |
20,464 |
|
At June 30, 2012, the average loan balance of our outstanding commercial business term loans was $110,500, and the largest outstanding balance of such loans was a $2.5 million loan secured by a corporate aircraft. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2012.
We believe that commercial business loans will provide growth opportunities for us, and we expect to increase, subject to our conservative underwriting standards and market conditions, this business line in the future. We have recently hired a seasoned commercial business and SBA lender, which has increased our pipeline of commercial business loan commitments. The additional capital we receive in connection with the stock offering will increase our maximum lending limits and will allow us to increase the amounts of our loans to one borrower.
Construction and Land Lending . At June 30, 2012, we had $14.5 million, or 3.7% of our total loan portfolio, in construction and land loans. Of these, $799,000 were loans for the construction of individuals for their primary residences, $6.8 million were loans on vacant land held for development by individuals for their primary residences, $3.4 million were commercial construction and land development loans and $3.5 million were multi-family construction and land development loans. All $6.8 million of loans on vacant land were fully amortizing loans, with the borrower obligated to pay principal and interest. At June 30, 2012, our largest construction and land loan was a $3.4 million multi-family loan secured by a student housing project near the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater. We expect that this loan will move to permanent status as a multi-family loan during the third quarter of 2012, as the project is nearing completion and will be occupied by students at that time. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2012.
Our residential construction loans generally have initial terms of 12 months (subject to extension), during which the borrower pays interest only. Upon completion of construction, these loans convert to conventional amortizing mortgage loans. Our residential construction loans have rates and terms comparable to one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originate. The maximum loan-to-value ratio of our residential construction loans is generally 80% of the lesser of the appraised value of the completed property or the contract price for the land plus the value of the improvements, and up to 90% for loans where the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance. Residential construction loans are generally underwritten pursuant to the same guidelines used for originating permanent residential mortgage loans, except that all residential construction loans are appraised by independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors.
Our commercial and multi-family construction loans generally have initial terms of 6-12 months, during which the borrower pays interest only. Upon completion of construction, these loans convert to permanent loans. Our commercial and multi-family construction loans have rates and terms comparable to commercial real estate and multi-family loans that we originate. The maximum loan-to-value of our commercial and multi-family construction loans is 75% and 80%, respectively, of the lesser of the
appraised value of the completed property or the contract price for the land plus the value of the improvements, and ranges from 40% to 75% for commercial construction and 40% to 80% for multi-family construction depending on the collateral and the purpose of the improvements upon completion of construction. Commercial and multi-family construction loans are generally underwritten pursuant to the same guidelines used for originating permanent commercial real estate and multi-family loans.
To a lesser extent, we will make loans for the construction and development of one- to four-family residential lots in our market area. Generally, no more than two such loans may be outstanding to one builder/borrower at any time. These loans are originated pursuant to the same standards as, and generally have terms similar to, commercial and multi-family construction loans. We generally obtain personal guarantees for these loans.
All construction and land development loans are appraised by independent appraisers approved by the Board of Directors. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance, property and casualty insurance, and, if the property is determined to be located in a flood zone area, flood insurance. The provider of title insurance on these loans inspects the properties for progress and authorizes all draws.
Construction financing generally involves greater credit risk than long-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction cost is inaccurate, we may be required to advance additional funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Moreover, if the estimated value of the completed project is inaccurate, the borrower may hold a property with a value that is insufficient to assure full repayment of the construction loan upon the sale of the property. Construction loans also expose us to the risk that improvements will not be completed on time in accordance with specifications and projected costs. In addition, the ultimate sale or rental of the property may not occur as anticipated.
The table below sets forth, by type of collateral property, the number and amount of our construction and land loans at June 30, 2012, all of which are secured by properties located in our market area.
|
|
Number of Loans |
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
One- to four-family construction |
|
4 |
|
$ |
799 |
|
Multi-family construction |
|
1 |
|
3,469 |
|
|
Commercial construction |
|
17 |
|
3,360 |
|
|
Land |
|
103 |
|
6,845 |
|
|
Total |
|
125 |
|
$ |
14,473 |
|
Consumer Lending. At June 30, 2012, we had $26.9 million, or 6.9% of our loan portfolio, in consumer loans, including $19.6 million in home equity lines of credit, $1.1 million in automobile loans, $5.9 million in education loans and $255,000 in other consumer loans.
Home Equity Lines of Credit . At June 30, 2012, we had $19.6 million, or 5.0% of our loan portfolio, in home equity lines of credit. Our home equity lines of credit are secured by residential property, and generally have no set maturity. We do not extend home equity lines of credit unless the combined loan-to-value ratio of the first mortgage and the line of credit is less than 80%. We offer fixed and variable rate home equity lines of credit, with variable rate home equity lines of credit bearing interest rates based upon the prime rate, subject to maximum rates.
Home equity lines of credit have greater risk than one- to four-family residential real estate loans secured by first mortgages. We face the risk that the collateral may not be sufficient to compensate us for the amount of the unpaid loan and we may be unsuccessful in recovering the remaining balance from those customers. Particularly with respect to our home equity lines of credit, decreases in real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral.
At June 30, 2012, the average loan balance of our outstanding home equity lines of credit was $17,800. The largest outstanding balance of any such loan was $350,000. This loan was performing in accordance with its original terms at June 30, 2012. Approximately 73.4% of our home equity lines of credit are secured by property where we also hold the first mortgage.
Other Consumer Loans . Consumer loans other than home equity lines of credit have either a variable or fixed-rate of interest for a term of up to 72 months, depending on the type of collateral and the creditworthiness of the borrower. Our consumer loans may be secured by deposits, automobiles, boats, motorcycles or recreational vehicles, and loans of up to $3,000 may be unsecured. Our education loans are all insured by Salle Mae, although we no longer make education loans.
Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.
Consumer loans generally have greater risk compared to longer-term loans secured by improved, owner-occupied real estate, particularly unsecured loans and consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrowers continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.
Originations, Purchases and Sales of Loans
We originate real estate and other loans through employee marketing and advertising efforts, our existing customer base, walk-in customers and referrals from customers, real estate brokers, builders, attorneys. All loans that we originate are underwritten pursuant to our policies and procedures.
We may sell a certain amount of the loans we originate into the secondary market and in recent years, based upon our interest rate risk analysis, we have sold most of the fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originated for sale to Fannie Mae on a servicing-retained basis, although we are also approved to sell to the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and Freddie Mac. We originate certain residential mortgage loans for sale on a servicing-released basis where our customers require interest rates or other terms that we are not prepared to offer. In addition, all of the seven-year adjustable-rate loans, FHA and VA loans and one- to four-family residential loans secured by non-owner-occupied properties are originated for sale in the secondary market on a servicing-released basis. Otherwise we consider our balance sheet as well as market conditions on an ongoing basis in making decisions as to whether to hold the mortgage loans we originate for investment or to sell such loans to investors, choosing the strategy that is most advantageous to us from a profitability and risk management standpoint. For the six months ended June 30, 2012, we sold $40.7 million of mortgage loans on a servicing-retained basis and $27.9 million of mortgage loans on a servicing-released basis, and for the year ended December 31, 2011, we sold $68.6 million of mortgage loans on a servicing-retained basis and $30.2 million of mortgage loans on a servicing-released basis. At June 30, 2012, we serviced $290.0
million of fixed-rate, one- to four-family residential real estate loans that we originated and sold in the secondary market.
We do not currently purchase loan participations; however, at June 30, 2012 we had $1.7 million of participations, the majority of which were purchased by the former Continental Savings Bank prior to our merger with that institution. From time to time, we may purchase loan participations secured by properties within and outside of our primary lending market area in which we are not the lead lender. In these circumstances, we intend to follow our customary loan underwriting and approval policies.
The following table sets forth our loan origination, purchase, sale and principal repayment activity during the periods indicated. No loans were purchased during the periods indicated.
|
|
For the Six Months Ended June 30, |
|
For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total loans at beginning of period |
|
$ |
403,574 |
|
$ |
441,828 |
|
$ |
441,828 |
|
$ |
493,670 |
|
$ |
488,115 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loans originated: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
One- to four-family |
|
79,006 |
|
38,909 |
|
120,448 |
|
181,371 |
|
198,800 |
|
|||||
Multi-family |
|
1,468 |
|
5,727 |
|
7,931 |
|
935 |
|
14,214 |
|
|||||
Commercial |
|
9,865 |
|
10,984 |
|
14,658 |
|
7,910 |
|
34,110 |
|
|||||
Construction and land |
|
610 |
|
200 |
|
200 |
|
82 |
|
2,151 |
|
|||||
Total real estate |
|
90,949 |
|
55,820 |
|
143,237 |
|
190,298 |
|
249,275 |
|
|||||
Commercial business loans |
|
2,003 |
|
924 |
|
1,792 |
|
3,428 |
|
6,512 |
|
|||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,714 |
|
1,948 |
|
|||||
Automobile |
|
216 |
|
297 |
|
580 |
|
1,354 |
|
1,690 |
|
|||||
Other consumer loans |
|
162 |
|
215 |
|
474 |
|
587 |
|
875 |
|
|||||
Total consumer loans |
|
378 |
|
512 |
|
1,054 |
|
3,655 |
|
4,513 |
|
|||||
Total loans |
|
93,330 |
|
57,256 |
|
146,083 |
|
197,381 |
|
260,300 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Loans sold: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
One- to four-family |
|
68,588 |
|
29,925 |
|
99,660 |
|
155,126 |
|
153,551 |
|
|||||
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Construction and land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total real estate |
|
68,588 |
|
29,925 |
|
99,660 |
|
155,126 |
|
153,551 |
|
|||||
Commercial business loans |
|
|
|
4,758 |
|
4,769 |
|
|
|
7,714 |
|
|||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total consumer loans |
|
217 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total loans |
|
68,805 |
|
34,683 |
|
104,429 |
|
155,126 |
|
161,265 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit, net |
|
(346 |
) |
(269 |
) |
39 |
|
(499 |
) |
(7,591 |
) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deduct: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Principal repayments |
|
38,614 |
|
33,765 |
|
79,947 |
|
93,598 |
|
85,889 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net loan activity |
|
(14,435 |
) |
(11,461 |
) |
(38,254 |
) |
(51,842 |
) |
5,555 |
|
|||||
Total loans at end of period (excluding net deferred loan fees and costs) |
|
$ |
389,139 |
|
$ |
430,367 |
|
$ |
403,574 |
|
$ |
441,828 |
|
$ |
493,670 |
|
Delinquencies and Non-Performing Assets
Delinquency Procedures. When a borrower fails to make a required monthly payment on a residential real estate loan, we attempt to contact the borrower to determine the reason for nonpayment and to discuss future payments. Our policies provide that a late notice be sent when a loan is 15 days past due. Once the loan is considered in default, generally at 30 days past due, a certified letter is sent to the borrower explaining that the entire balance of the loan is due and payable, and additional efforts are made to contact the borrower. If the borrower does not respond, we generally initiate foreclosure proceedings when the loan is 60 days past due. If the loan is reinstated, foreclosure proceedings will be discontinued and the borrower will be permitted to continue to make payments. In certain instances, we may modify the loan or grant a limited exemption from loan payments to allow the borrower to reorganize his or her financial affairs. We attempt to work with borrowers to establish a repayment schedule that will cure the delinquency.
When we acquire real estate as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure, the real estate is classified as foreclosed real estate until it is sold. The real estate is recorded at estimated fair value at the date of acquisition less estimated costs to sell, and any write-down resulting from the acquisition is charged to the allowance for loan losses. Estimated fair value is based on a new appraisal which is obtained as soon as practicable, typically after the foreclosure process is completed. Subsequent decreases in the value of the property are charged to operations. After acquisition, all costs incurred in maintaining the property are expensed. Costs relating to the development and improvement of the property, however, are capitalized to the extent of estimated fair value less estimated costs to sell.
Delinquent consumer loans are handled in a similar fashion. Our procedures for repossession and sale of consumer collateral are subject to various requirements under applicable laws, including consumer protection. In addition, we may determine that foreclosure and sale of such collateral would not be cost-effective for us.
Delinquent commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family loans are initially handled by the loan officer responsible for the origination of the loan. Our collections department works with the loan officer to ensure that the necessary steps are taken to collect on delinquent loans, including the mailing of delinquency notices. A collection officer takes over any delinquent loan once the loan is 30 past due, and that collection officer handles any additional collection procedures, including letters from our attorneys. If we cannot reach an acceptable workout of a delinquent commercial business, commercial real estate or multi-family loan between 30 and 60 days of the due date of the first missed payment, we generally initiate foreclosure or repossession proceedings on any collateral securing the loan.
Troubled Debt Restructurings. We occasionally modify loans to extend the term or make other concessions to help a borrower stay current on his or her loan and to avoid foreclosure. We generally do not forgive principal or interest on loans. We may modify the terms of loans to lower interest rates (which may be at below market rates), to provide for longer amortization schedules (up to 40 years), or to provide for interest-only terms. These modifications are made only when there is a reasonable and attainable workout plan that has been agreed to by the borrower and that is in our best interests. At June 30, 2012, we had 44 loans totaling $8.6 million that were classified as troubled debt restructuring. Of these, 27 loans totaling $3.5 million were included in our non-accrual loans at such date because they were either not performing in accordance with their modified terms or had been performing in accordance with their modified terms for less than six months since the date of restructuring. Of our troubled debt restructurings, 30 loans totaling $7.2 million, including 18 loans totaling $3.2 million included in non-accrual loans at June 30, 2012, are loans originated by Continental Savings Bank.
Delinquent Loans . The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies, including non-accrual loans, by type and amount at the dates indicated.
|
|
Loans Delinquent For |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
30-59 Days |
|
60-89 Days |
|
90 Days and Over |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
At June 30, 2012: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
28 |
|
$ |
2,543 |
|
13 |
|
$ |
1,052 |
|
20 |
|
$ |
2,779 |
|
61 |
|
$ |
6,374 |
|
Multi-family |
|
1 |
|
188 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
3,123 |
|
6 |
|
3,311 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
5 |
|
842 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
2,314 |
|
10 |
|
3,156 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
1 |
|
200 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
108 |
|
2 |
|
308 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
35 |
|
3,773 |
|
13 |
|
1,052 |
|
31 |
|
8,324 |
|
79 |
|
13,149 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
2 |
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
26 |
|
4 |
|
81 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
5 |
|
169 |
|
2 |
|
87 |
|
7 |
|
275 |
|
14 |
|
531 |
|
||||
Education |
|
7 |
|
57 |
|
4 |
|
64 |
|
13 |
|
98 |
|
24 |
|
219 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
3 |
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
10 |
|
10 |
|
21 |
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
9 |
|
41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9 |
|
302 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
24 |
|
278 |
|
6 |
|
151 |
|
27 |
|
383 |
|
57 |
|
1,073 |
|
||||
Total |
|
61 |
|
$ |
4,106 |
|
19 |
|
$ |
1,203 |
|
60 |
|
$ |
8,733 |
|
140 |
|
$ |
14,042 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At December 31, 2011: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
25 |
|
$ |
2,468 |
|
10 |
|
$ |
848 |
|
34 |
|
$ |
4,466 |
|
69 |
|
$ |
7,782 |
|
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
360 |
|
4 |
|
2,057 |
|
5 |
|
2,417 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
5 |
|
3,407 |
|
3 |
|
328 |
|
10 |
|
1,373 |
|
18 |
|
5,108 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
1 |
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
178 |
|
2 |
|
234 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
31 |
|
5,931 |
|
14 |
|
1,536 |
|
49 |
|
8,074 |
|
94 |
|
15,541 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
5 |
|
1,309 |
|
1 |
|
350 |
|
2 |
|
12 |
|
8 |
|
1,671 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
7 |
|
349 |
|
1 |
|
42 |
|
7 |
|
431 |
|
15 |
|
822 |
|
||||
Education |
|
9 |
|
51 |
|
4 |
|
17 |
|
21 |
|
186 |
|
34 |
|
254 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
4 |
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
15 |
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
1 |
|
3 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
17 |
|
343 |
|
19 |
|
347 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
21 |
|
418 |
|
6 |
|
60 |
|
45 |
|
960 |
|
72 |
|
1,438 |
|
||||
Total |
|
57 |
|
$ |
7,658 |
|
21 |
|
$ |
1,946 |
|
96 |
|
$ |
9,046 |
|
174 |
|
$ |
18,650 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At December 31, 2010: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
58 |
|
$ |
6,187 |
|
19 |
|
$ |
2,054 |
|
61 |
|
$ |
6,532 |
|
138 |
|
$ |
14,773 |
|
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3 |
|
9,238 |
|
3 |
|
9,238 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
12 |
|
1,630 |
|
13 |
|
1,887 |
|
26 |
|
5,875 |
|
51 |
|
9,392 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
5 |
|
495 |
|
2 |
|
926 |
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
1,421 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
75 |
|
8,312 |
|
34 |
|
4,867 |
|
90 |
|
21,645 |
|
199 |
|
34,824 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
14 |
|
652 |
|
12 |
|
227 |
|
16 |
|
349 |
|
42 |
|
1,228 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
5 |
|
253 |
|
1 |
|
37 |
|
3 |
|
356 |
|
9 |
|
646 |
|
||||
Education |
|
12 |
|
116 |
|
4 |
|
74 |
|
23 |
|
160 |
|
39 |
|
350 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
2 |
|
16 |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
22 |
|
395 |
|
25 |
|
412 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
19 |
|
385 |
|
6 |
|
112 |
|
48 |
|
911 |
|
73 |
|
1,408 |
|
||||
Total |
|
108 |
|
$ |
9,349 |
|
52 |
|
$ |
5,206 |
|
154 |
|
$ |
22,905 |
|
314 |
|
$ |
37,460 |
|
|
|
Loans Delinquent For |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
30-59 Days |
|
60-89 Days |
|
90 Days and Over |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
Number |
|
Amount |
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
At December 31, 2009: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
47 |
|
$ |
5,334 |
|
30 |
|
$ |
4,577 |
|
38 |
|
$ |
5,205 |
|
115 |
|
$ |
15,116 |
|
Multi-family |
|
1 |
|
199 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
6,527 |
|
3 |
|
6,726 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
8 |
|
1,529 |
|
4 |
|
443 |
|
4 |
|
1,747 |
|
16 |
|
3,719 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
2 |
|
588 |
|
5 |
|
765 |
|
|
|
|
|
7 |
|
1,353 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
58 |
|
7,650 |
|
39 |
|
5,785 |
|
44 |
|
13,479 |
|
141 |
|
26,914 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
23 |
|
2,498 |
|
5 |
|
368 |
|
11 |
|
1,430 |
|
39 |
|
4,296 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
7 |
|
661 |
|
1 |
|
49 |
|
4 |
|
128 |
|
12 |
|
838 |
|
||||
Education |
|
6 |
|
43 |
|
3 |
|
23 |
|
15 |
|
124 |
|
24 |
|
190 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
4 |
|
20 |
|
2 |
|
5 |
|
1 |
|
4 |
|
7 |
|
29 |
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
3 |
|
6 |
|
|
|
|
|
10 |
|
237 |
|
13 |
|
243 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
20 |
|
730 |
|
6 |
|
77 |
|
30 |
|
493 |
|
56 |
|
1,300 |
|
||||
Total |
|
101 |
|
$ |
10,878 |
|
50 |
|
$ |
6,230 |
|
85 |
|
$ |
15,402 |
|
236 |
|
$ |
32,510 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At December 31, 2008: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
29 |
|
$ |
2,526 |
|
6 |
|
$ |
719 |
|
3 |
|
$ |
216 |
|
38 |
|
$ |
3,461 |
|
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
374 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
||||
Commercial |
|
5 |
|
706 |
|
3 |
|
1,052 |
|
3 |
|
576 |
|
11 |
|
2,334 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
3 |
|
557 |
|
1 |
|
80 |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
637 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
37 |
|
3,789 |
|
10 |
|
1,851 |
|
7 |
|
1,166 |
|
54 |
|
6,806 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
11 |
|
389 |
|
1 |
|
23 |
|
15 |
|
1,150 |
|
27 |
|
1,562 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
1 |
|
15 |
|
1 |
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
26 |
|
||||
Education |
|
8 |
|
46 |
|
4 |
|
25 |
|
12 |
|
86 |
|
24 |
|
157 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
4 |
|
7 |
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
9 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
13 |
|
68 |
|
6 |
|
38 |
|
12 |
|
86 |
|
31 |
|
192 |
|
||||
Total |
|
61 |
|
$ |
4,246 |
|
17 |
|
$ |
1,912 |
|
34 |
|
$ |
2,402 |
|
111 |
|
$ |
8,560 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
At December 31, 2007(1): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
8 |
|
$ |
685 |
|
2 |
|
$ |
144 |
|
2 |
|
$ |
346 |
|
12 |
|
$ |
1,175 |
|
Multi-family |
|
1 |
|
99 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
||||
Commercial |
|
10 |
|
2,526 |
|
|
|
|
|
4 |
|
466 |
|
14 |
|
2,992 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
7 |
|
3,134 |
|
1 |
|
787 |
|
4 |
|
586 |
|
12 |
|
4,507 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
26 |
|
6,444 |
|
3 |
|
931 |
|
10 |
|
1,398 |
|
39 |
|
8,773 |
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
11 |
|
300 |
|
10 |
|
595 |
|
6 |
|
289 |
|
27 |
|
1,184 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
||||
Education |
|
7 |
|
13 |
|
2 |
|
2 |
|
6 |
|
14 |
|
15 |
|
29 |
|
||||
Automobile |
|
1 |
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
11 |
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
15 |
|
11 |
|
15 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
8 |
|
23 |
|
3 |
|
3 |
|
18 |
|
30 |
|
29 |
|
56 |
|
||||
Total |
|
45 |
|
$ |
6,767 |
|
16 |
|
$ |
1529 |
|
38 |
|
$ |
1,717 |
|
95 |
|
$ |
10,013 |
|
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
Classified Assets . Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the FDIC to be of lesser quality, as substandard, doubtful or loss. An asset is considered substandard if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. Substandard assets include those characterized by the distinct possibility that the insured institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as doubtful have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified substandard, with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, highly questionable and improbable. Assets classified as loss are those considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. Assets which do not currently expose the insured institution to sufficient risk to warrant classification in one of the aforementioned categories but possess weaknesses are designated as special mention by our management.
When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances in an amount deemed prudent by management to cover probable accrued losses. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to cover probable accrued losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as loss, it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge-off such amount. An institutions determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the regulatory authorities, which may require the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.
In connection with the filing of our periodic reports and in accordance with our classification of assets policy, we regularly review the problem loans in our portfolio to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Loans are listed on the watch list initially because of emerging financial weaknesses even though the loan is currently performing as agreed, or delinquency status, or if the loan possesses weaknesses although currently performing. Management reviews the status of each impaired loan on our watch list on a quarterly basis with the directors loan committee and then with the full Board of Directors. If a loan deteriorates in asset quality, the classification is changed to special mention, substandard, doubtful or loss depending on the circumstances and the evaluation. Generally, loans 90 days or more past due are placed on nonaccrual status and classified substandard.
On the basis of this review of our assets, we had classified or held as special mention the following assets as of the date indicated:
|
|
At June 30, |
|
At December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Classified Loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Loss |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Doubtful |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Substandard performing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
3,047 |
|
$ |
36 |
|
$ |
1,266 |
|
Multi-family |
|
776 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commercial |
|
8,230 |
|
3,525 |
|
1,886 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
1,085 |
|
282 |
|
863 |
|
|||
Total real estate loans |
|
13,138 |
|
3,843 |
|
4,015 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
559 |
|
551 |
|
1,711 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
408 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
408 |
|
|
|
37 |
|
|||
Total substandard performing |
|
14,105 |
|
4,394 |
|
5,763 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Substandard Nonperforming: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
3,700 |
|
5,162 |
|
6,321 |
|
|||
Multi-family |
|
6,282 |
|
3,392 |
|
9,328 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
2,645 |
|
4,267 |
|
7,190 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
359 |
|
178 |
|
|
|
|||
Total real estate loans |
|
12,986 |
|
12,999 |
|
22,749 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
33 |
|
626 |
|
713 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
275 |
|
431 |
|
356 |
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
52 |
|
343 |
|
378 |
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
327 |
|
774 |
|
734 |
|
|||
Total substandard nonperforming |
|
13,346 |
|
14,399 |
|
24,196 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total classified loans(1) |
|
27,451 |
|
18,793 |
|
29,959 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Securities(2) |
|
465 |
|
475 |
|
|
|
|||
Foreclosed real estate |
|
3,343 |
|
4,300 |
|
5,289 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total classified assets |
|
$ |
31,259 |
|
$ |
23,568 |
|
$ |
35,248 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Special mention: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
713 |
|
$ |
1,080 |
|
$ |
|
|
Multi-family |
|
449 |
|
3,373 |
|
1,157 |
|
|||
Commercial |
|
2,607 |
|
4,297 |
|
7,325 |
|
|||
Construction and land |
|
180 |
|
439 |
|
341 |
|
|||
Total real estate loans |
|
3,949 |
|
9,189 |
|
8,823 |
|
|||
Commercial business loans |
|
717 |
|
120 |
|
2,751 |
|
|||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total special mention |
|
4,666 |
|
9,309 |
|
11,574 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total classified assets and special mention loans |
|
$ |
35,925 |
|
$ |
32,877 |
|
$ |
46,821 |
|
(1) Includes $4.1 million, $4.4 million and $6.9 million, respectively, at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010 of homogenous one- to four-family real estate mortgage loans, home equity lines of credit and other consumer loans that were not, at those dates, subject to detailed internal evaluation or formally risk-rated by the Bank, but that were, at such dates, 90 or more days past due and not covered by private mortgage insurance, and, in acordance with internal policy, are included herein as substandard because the loans are non-performing.
(2) Represents municipal bonds that management believed it was appropriate to classify as substandard as a result of downgraded ratings issued by the ratings agencies.
The increase in classified assets from December 31, 2011 to June 30, 2012 was primarily due to the enhanced review of our loan portfolio that we conducted in 2011 and 2012. The largest component of our classified assets was commercial real estate, multi-family and commercial business loans originated by Continental Savings Bank prior to our merger with that institution, which totaled $8.9 million or
29.9% of our total classified assets, $8.4 million or 39.8% of our total classified assets, and $20.5 million or 59.2% of our total classified assets at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The significant increase in substandard performing residential real estate loans is the result of our reclassification of residential real estate loans where the borrower was also the borrower on a substandard commercial real estate, multi-family or commercial business loan, even if the residential loan would not otherwise have been classified substandard. The increase in substandard non-performing loans is primarily the result of one residential real estate loan in the amount of $600,000 and one commercial real estate relationship in the amount of $3.4 million moving to non-performing status. The decrease in special mention loans is the result of a large number of loans being reclassified as substandard. The decrease in foreclosed real estate is the result of the sale of approximately 92 properties in 2011 and 2012. Although management believes it has identified the majority of our problem assets, particularly loans acquired from Continental Savings Bank, because we intend to continue to improve our policies and procedures for identifying problem assets, our classified assets could increase significantly. It is also our experience that a significant number of classified loans originated by Continental Savings Bank historically have become non-performing loans.
Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets decreased to $17.6 million, or 3.22% of total assets, at June 30, 2012 from $19.1 million, or 3.29% of total assets, at December 31, 2011 and $30.0 million, or 4.79% of total assets, at December 31, 2010. General economic conditions since 2009, including the profitability of commercial enterprises and declines in real estate values, are the primary cause of elevated levels of delinquencies and foreclosures in commercial real estate and multi-family loans, which totaled $10.2 million, or 71.9% of our non-performing assets, at June 30, 2012. In addition, excess inventory in housing markets and declines in property values in our market area are the primary cause of the increase in delinquencies and foreclosures in one- to four-family residential mortgage and residential construction loans, which totaled $6.9 million, or 38.4% of our non-performing assets at June 30, 2012. In particular, we have experienced disproportionately high levels of delinquencies and foreclosures in loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank, which totaled $15.2 million, or 86.7% of our non-performing assets, at June 30, 2012, $11.0 million or 57.9% of the total at December 31, 2011, and $23.1 million, or 84.5% of the total at December 31, 2010. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2012 we reclassified $5.8 million, including $5.1 million originated by the former Continental Savings Bank, of impaired loans from accruing to non-accruing status pursuant to regulatory guidance. At June 30, 2012, $4.8 million or 34.6% of total non-accruing loans (including those moved to non-accrual during the six months ended June 30, 2012) were current on their loan payments.
We generally cease accruing interest on our loans when contractual payments of principal or interest have become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, even though the loan is currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income is reversed. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is applied against principal. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt. Troubled debt restructurings are loans that have renegotiated loan terms to assist borrowers who are unable to meet the original terms of their loans, with modifications to loan terms including a lower interest rate, a reduction in principal, or a longer term to maturity. Troubled debt restructurings are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the revised contractual terms for six months and the ultimate collectability of the total contractual principal and interest is deemed probable.
The following table sets forth information regarding our non-performing assets and troubled debt restructurings at the dates indicated. The information reflects net charge-offs but not specific reserves. Troubled debt restructurings include loans for which either a portion of interest or principal has been forgiven or an extension of term granted, or for loans modified at interest rates materially less than current market rates.
|
|
At June 30, |
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||
Nonaccrual loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
4,030 |
|
$ |
5,318 |
|
$ |
7,018 |
|
$ |
5,467 |
|
$ |
2,912 |
|
$ |
347 |
|
Multi family |
|
6,282 |
|
3,392 |
|
9,238 |
|
5,871 |
|
2,902 |
|
|
|
||||||
Commercial |
|
2,645 |
|
4,267 |
|
7,190 |
|
12,343 |
|
1,598 |
|
115 |
|
||||||
Construction and land |
|
359 |
|
178 |
|
|
|
218 |
|
179 |
|
787 |
|
||||||
Total real estate |
|
13,316 |
|
13,155 |
|
23,446 |
|
23,899 |
|
7,591 |
|
1,249 |
|
||||||
Commercial business loans |
|
33 |
|
626 |
|
783 |
|
4,057 |
|
2,121 |
|
206 |
|
||||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
275 |
|
431 |
|
356 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Education |
|
162 |
|
203 |
|
234 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Automobile |
|
10 |
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Other consumer loans |
|
42 |
|
330 |
|
395 |
|
238 |
|
41 |
|
|
|
||||||
Total consumer loans |
|
489 |
|
977 |
|
985 |
|
238 |
|
41 |
|
|
|
||||||
Total nonaccrual loans |
|
13,838 |
|
14,758 |
|
25,214 |
|
28,194 |
|
9,753 |
|
1,455 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Loans greater than 90 days delinquent and still accruing: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
One- to four-family |
|
402 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Commercial |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309 |
|
351 |
|
||||||
Construction and land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
586 |
|
||||||
Total real estate |
|
402 |
|
|
|
|
|
367 |
|
309 |
|
937 |
|
||||||
Commercial business loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
354 |
|
300 |
|
97 |
|
||||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Other consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total consumer loans |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total delinquent loans accruing |
|
402 |
|
|
|
|
|
721 |
|
609 |
|
1,034 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total non-performing loans |
|
14,240 |
|
14,758 |
|
25,214 |
|
28,915 |
|
10,362 |
|
2,489 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Foreclosed assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
One- to four-family |
|
1,382 |
|
2,133 |
|
2,511 |
|
2,226 |
|
2,253 |
|
|
|
||||||
Multi-family |
|
559 |
|
559 |
|
1,580 |
|
3,078 |
|
721 |
|
1,133 |
|
||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
717 |
|
1,163 |
|
541 |
|
998 |
|
392 |
|
1,818 |
|
||||||
Construction and land |
|
685 |
|
445 |
|
657 |
|
819 |
|
1,236 |
|
|
|
||||||
Commercial assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Consumer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total foreclosed assets |
|
3,343 |
|
4,300 |
|
5,289 |
|
7,133 |
|
4,602 |
|
2,951 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total nonperforming assets |
|
$ |
17,583 |
|
$ |
19,058 |
|
$ |
30,503 |
|
$ |
36,048 |
|
$ |
14,964 |
|
$ |
5,440 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Performing troubled debt restructurings |
|
$ |
5,142 |
|
$ |
13,998 |
|
$ |
7,831 |
|
$ |
2,130 |
|
$ |
5,169 |
|
$ |
4,051 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Nonperforming loans to total loans |
|
3.66 |
% |
3.66 |
% |
5.54 |
% |
5.86 |
% |
2.12 |
% |
0.50 |
% |
||||||
Nonperforming assets to total assets |
|
3.22 |
% |
3.29 |
% |
4.76 |
% |
5.60 |
% |
2.21 |
% |
0.85 |
% |
||||||
Nonperforming assets and troubled debt restructurings to total assets |
|
4.16 |
% |
5.71 |
% |
6.01 |
% |
5.93 |
% |
2.97 |
% |
1.48 |
% |
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
Interest income that would have been recorded for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011, had non-accruing loans been current according to their original terms amounted to $294,000 and $473,000, respectively. Interest of approximately $141,000 and $622,000 related to these loans was included in interest income for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011, respectively.
Non-performing one- to four-family residential real estate loans totaled $4.4 million at June 30, 2012 and consisted of 36 loans of which the largest totaled $688,000. Non-performing commercial real estate and multi-family loans totaled $8.9 million at June 30, 2012 and consisted of 19 loans of which the largest totaled $1.3 million, and included 14 loans totaling $6.5 million that were originated by the former Continental Savings Bank. Other non-performing loans totaled $848,000 million at June 30, 2012.
Foreclosed real estate totaled $3.3 million at June 30, 2012, including $1.4 million of one- to four-family residential properties, $717,000 of commercial real estate properties and $559,000 of multi-family properties, $1.2 million and all $559,000 of which, respectively, was related to loans originated by the former Continental Savings Bank.
At June 30, 2012, our five largest non-performing loan relationships were a multi-family relationship totaling $4.1 million secured by apartment buildings and condominiums, a multi-family relationship totaling $2.8 million secured by apartment buildings, a commercial real estate loan totaling $1.0 million secured by a convenience store, a residential real estate loan of $600,000 secured by a personal residence, and a residential real estate loan of $490,000 secured by a personal residence. In August 2012, we foreclosed on property totaling $3.6 million securing our largest loan relationship.
Other Loans of Concern. There were no other loans at June 30, 2012 that are not already disclosed where there is information about possible credit problems of borrowers that caused management to have serious doubts about the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and that may result in disclosure of such loans in the future.
Allowance for Loan Losses
Analysis and Determination of the Allowance for Loan Losses . Our allowance for loan losses is the amount considered necessary to reflect probable incurred losses in our loan portfolio. We evaluate the need to establish allowances against losses on loans on a quarterly basis. When additional allowances are necessary, a provision for loan losses is charged to earnings.
Our methodology for assessing the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses consists of two key elements: (1) specific allowances for identified impaired loans; and (2) a general valuation allowance on the remainder of the loan portfolio. Although we determine the amount of each element of the allowance separately, the entire allowance for loan losses is available for the entire portfolio.
We identify loans that may need to be charged off as a loss by reviewing all delinquent loans, classified loans, and other loans about which management may have concerns about collectability. For individually reviewed loans, the borrowers inability to make payments under the terms of the loan as well as the shortfall in collateral value would result in our charging off the loan or the portion of the loan that was impaired.
Among other factors, we consider current general economic conditions, including current housing price depreciation, in determining the appropriateness of the allowance for loan losses for our residential real estate portfolio. We use evidence obtained from our own loan portfolio as well as published housing data on our local markets from third party sources we believe to be reliable as a basis for assumptions about the impact of housing depreciation. We have increased general and specific allowances for our
residential real estate loans over the past several quarters, in part, because the values of residential real estate in our local markets securing our portfolio have declined significantly and may continue to decline.
Substantially all of our loans are secured by collateral. Loans 90 days past due and other classified loans are evaluated for impairment and general or specific allowances are established. Typically for a nonperforming real estate loan in the process of collection, the value of the underlying collateral is estimated using the original independent appraisal, adjusted for current economic conditions and other factors, and related general or specific reserves are adjusted on a quarterly basis. If a nonperforming real estate loan is in the process of foreclosure and/or there are serious doubts about further collectability of principal or interest, and there is uncertainty about the value of the underlying collateral, we will order a new independent appraisal. Any shortfall would result in immediately charging off the portion of the loan that was impaired.
Specific Allowances for Identified Problem Loans . We establish a specific allowance when loans are determined to be impaired. Loss is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral less estimated selling expenses. Factors in identifying a specific problem loan include: (1) the strength of the customers personal or business cash flows; (2) the availability of other sources of repayment; (3) the amount due or past due; (4) the type and value of collateral; (5) the strength of our collateral position; (6) the estimated cost to sell the collateral; and (7) the borrowers effort to cure the delinquency. In addition, for loans secured by real estate, we consider the extent of any past due and unpaid property taxes applicable to the property serving as collateral on the mortgage.
General Valuation Allowance on the Remainder of the Loan Portfolio . We establish a general allowance for loans that are not classified as impaired to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, has not been allocated to particular problem assets. This general valuation allowance is determined by segregating the loans by loan category and assigning allowance percentages based on our historical loss experience, delinquency trends and managements evaluation of the collectability of the loan portfolio. The allowance may be adjusted for significant factors that, in managements judgment, affect the collectability of the portfolio as of the evaluation date. These significant factors may include changes in lending policies and procedures, changes in existing general economic and business conditions affecting our primary market area, credit quality trends, collateral value, loan volumes and concentrations, seasoning of the loan portfolio, recent loss experience in particular segments of the portfolio, duration of the current business cycle and bank regulatory examination results. The applied loss factors are re-evaluated quarterly to ensure their relevance in the current real estate environment.
Allowance for Loan Losses . The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
|
|
At or For the Six Months
|
|
At or For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
|||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
$ |
4,485 |
|
$ |
3,928 |
|
$ |
2,862 |
|
$ |
3,101 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Charge-offs: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
One- to four-family |
|
(294 |
) |
(372 |
) |
(1,133 |
) |
(625 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Multi-family |
|
(435 |
) |
|
|
(1,177 |
) |
(21 |
) |
|
|
(454 |
) |
(518 |
) |
|||||||
Commercial |
|
(1,191 |
) |
(292 |
) |
(1,324 |
) |
(1,815 |
) |
(1,048 |
) |
(176 |
) |
(800 |
) |
|||||||
Construction and land |
|
(482 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(3 |
) |
(107 |
) |
(4 |
) |
|
|
|||||||
Total real estate |
|
(2,402 |
) |
(664 |
) |
(3,634 |
) |
(2,464 |
) |
(1,155 |
) |
(634 |
) |
(1,318 |
) |
|||||||
Commercial business loans |
|
(363 |
) |
(735 |
) |
(1,863 |
) |
(303 |
) |
(543 |
) |
(21 |
) |
(145 |
) |
|||||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
(78 |
) |
|
|
(128 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Automobile |
|
(9 |
) |
|
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other consumer loans |
|
(261 |
) |
(1 |
) |
(21 |
) |
(1 |
) |
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total consumer loans |
|
(348 |
) |
(1 |
) |
(149 |
) |
(3 |
) |
(2 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total charge-offs |
|
(3,113 |
) |
(1,400 |
) |
(5,646 |
) |
(2,770 |
) |
(1,700 |
) |
(655 |
) |
(1,463 |
) |
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Recoveries: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
One- to four-family |
|
5 |
|
|
|
17 |
|
154 |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Multi-family |
|
|
|
|
|
131 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commercial |
|
105 |
|
2 |
|
73 |
|
40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Construction and land |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Total real estate |
|
110 |
|
2 |
|
221 |
|
194 |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commercial business loans |
|
43 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
15 |
|
3 |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|||||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Automobile |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other consumer loans |
|
1 |
|
1 |
|
12 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|||||||
Total consumer loans |
|
2 |
|
1 |
|
12 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
2 |
|
|||||||
Total recoveries |
|
155 |
|
3 |
|
246 |
|
211 |
|
17 |
|
|
|
2 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net (charge-offs) recoveries |
|
(2,958 |
) |
(1,397 |
) |
(5,400 |
) |
(2,559 |
) |
(1,683 |
) |
(655 |
) |
(1,461 |
) |
|||||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
2,040 |
|
1,890 |
|
7,533 |
|
3,057 |
|
2,240 |
|
1,721 |
|
1,222 |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Balance at end of period |
|
$ |
6,198 |
|
$ |
5,476 |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
$ |
4,485 |
|
$ |
3,928 |
|
$ |
2,862 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Ratios: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding(2) |
|
1.47 |
% |
0.63 |
% |
1.28 |
% |
0.55 |
% |
0.34 |
% |
0.13 |
% |
0.30 |
% |
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans at end of period |
|
43.53 |
% |
31.29 |
% |
48.21 |
% |
22.37 |
% |
15.51 |
% |
37.91 |
% |
14.99 |
% |
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses to total loans at end of period |
|
1.59 |
% |
1.37 |
% |
1.76 |
% |
1.13 |
% |
0.91 |
% |
0.80 |
% |
0.58 |
% |
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
(2) Annualized for six month periods ended June 30, 2012 and June 30, 2011.
Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following tables set forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category, the total loan balances by category, and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
At December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of Loans
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of Loans
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
1,354 |
|
21.85 |
% |
$ |
159,032 |
|
40.87 |
% |
$ |
1,437 |
|
20.19 |
% |
$ |
167,139 |
|
41.41 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
1,152 |
|
18.59 |
|
40,275 |
|
10.35 |
|
917 |
|
12.89 |
|
40,851 |
|
10.12 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
2,827 |
|
45.61 |
|
128,033 |
|
32.90 |
|
3,381 |
|
47.51 |
|
132,194 |
|
32.76 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
172 |
|
2.78 |
|
14,473 |
|
3.72 |
|
251 |
|
3.53 |
|
11,655 |
|
2.89 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
5,505 |
|
|
|
341,813 |
|
|
|
5,986 |
|
|
|
351,839 |
|
|
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
576 |
|
9.29 |
|
20,464 |
|
5.26 |
|
1,090 |
|
15.32 |
|
23,277 |
|
5.76 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
113 |
|
1.82 |
|
19,588 |
|
5.03 |
|
37 |
|
0.52 |
|
19,934 |
|
4.94 |
|
||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
4 |
|
0.06 |
|
7,274 |
|
1.87 |
|
3 |
|
0.04 |
|
8,574 |
|
2.12 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
117 |
|
|
|
26,862 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
28,508 |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total loans (excluding net deferred loan fees and costs) |
|
$ |
6,198 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
389,139 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
7,116 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
403,574 |
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
At December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
1,701 |
|
34.14 |
% |
$ |
174,276 |
|
39.44 |
% |
$ |
1,271 |
|
28.34 |
% |
$ |
195,165 |
|
39.53 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
533 |
|
10.70 |
|
40,206 |
|
9.10 |
|
214 |
|
4.77 |
|
41,186 |
|
8.34 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
1,524 |
|
30.58 |
|
135,902 |
|
30.76 |
|
1,548 |
|
34.52 |
|
150,853 |
|
30.56 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
483 |
|
9.69 |
|
32,192 |
|
7.29 |
|
213 |
|
4.75 |
|
39,933 |
|
8.09 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
4,241 |
|
|
|
382,576 |
|
|
|
3,246 |
|
|
|
427,137 |
|
|
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
710 |
|
14.25 |
|
29,594 |
|
6.70 |
|
897 |
|
20.00 |
|
36,090 |
|
7.31 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
30 |
|
0.60 |
|
19,895 |
|
4.50 |
|
278 |
|
6.20 |
|
20,394 |
|
4.13 |
|
||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
2 |
|
0.04 |
|
9,763 |
|
2.21 |
|
24 |
|
1.43 |
|
10,049 |
|
2.04 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
32 |
|
|
|
29,658 |
|
|
|
342 |
|
|
|
30,443 |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total loans (excluding net deferred loan fees and costs) |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
441,828 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
4,485 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
493,670 |
|
100.00 |
% |
|
|
At December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2008 |
|
2007(1) |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of Loans
|
|
Allowance for
|
|
As a Percentage of
|
|
Loan Balances
|
|
Percent of
|
|
||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Real estate loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
One- to four-family |
|
$ |
1,405 |
|
35.77 |
% |
$ |
218,889 |
|
44.84 |
% |
$ |
273 |
|
9.54 |
% |
$ |
227,534 |
|
46.15 |
% |
Multi-family |
|
78 |
|
1.99 |
|
39,083 |
|
8.01 |
|
154 |
|
5.38 |
|
35,062 |
|
7.11 |
|
||||
Commercial |
|
641 |
|
16.32 |
|
113,296 |
|
23.21 |
|
525 |
|
18.34 |
|
102,121 |
|
20.71 |
|
||||
Construction and land |
|
222 |
|
5.65 |
|
40,404 |
|
8.28 |
|
522 |
|
18.24 |
|
59,597 |
|
12.09 |
|
||||
Total real estate |
|
2,346 |
|
|
|
411,672 |
|
|
|
1,474 |
|
|
|
424,314 |
|
|
|
||||
Commercial business loans |
|
1,398 |
|
35.59 |
|
37,617 |
|
7.71 |
|
1,227 |
|
42.87 |
|
42,462 |
|
8.61 |
|
||||
Consumer loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
106 |
|
2.70 |
|
27,985 |
|
5.73 |
|
82 |
|
2.87 |
|
16,512 |
|
3.35 |
|
||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Automobile |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Other consumer loans |
|
78 |
|
1.99 |
|
10,839 |
|
2.22 |
|
79 |
|
2.76 |
|
9,710 |
|
1.97 |
|
||||
Total consumer loans |
|
184 |
|
|
|
38,824 |
|
|
|
161 |
|
|
|
26,222 |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total loans (excluding net deferred loan fees and costs) |
|
$ |
3,928 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
488,115 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
2,862 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
492,998 |
|
100.00 |
% |
(1) Because WBSB Bancorp, MHC utilized pooling accounting at the time of the merger with Continental Savings Bank in 2008, amounts for the year ended December 31, 2007 are adjusted to show the effects of the merger as if it had occurred January 1, 2007.
At June 30, 2012, our allowance for loan losses represented 1.59% of total loans and 43.53% of non-performing loans, at December 31, 2011, our allowance for loan losses represented 1.76% of total loans and 48.21% of non-performing loans, and at December 31, 2010, our allowance for loan losses represented 1.13% of total loans and 22.37% of non-performing loans. There were $3.0 million, $5.4 million and $2.6 million in net loan charge-offs during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the fiscal years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Although we believe that we use the best information available to establish the allowance for loan losses, future adjustments to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary and results of operations could be adversely affected if circumstances differ substantially from the assumptions used in making the determinations. Because future events affecting borrowers and collateral cannot be predicted with certainty, the existing allowance for loan losses may not be adequate and management may determine that increases in the allowance are necessary if the quality of any portion of our loan portfolio deteriorates as a result. Furthermore, as an integral part of its examination process, the OCC will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. The OCC may require that we increase our allowance based on its judgments of information available to it at the time of its examination. Any material increase in the allowance for loan losses may adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Investment Activities
General . The goals of our investment policy are to provide and maintain liquidity to meet deposit withdrawal and loan funding needs, to help mitigate interest rate and market risk, and to generate a reasonable rate of return on funds within the context of our interest rate and credit risk objectives. In recent years beginning with the recession which began in 2008 and the subsequent challenging economic environment, our strategy has been to reduce the maturities of our investment securities portfolio. Recently, we have reduced our investment portfolio to $63.2 million at June 30, 2012 from $99.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $70.3 million at December 31, 2010 as we took steps to improve our capital ratios by shrinking our assets. Subject to loan demand and our interest rate risk analysis, we will increase the balance of our investment securities portfolio when we have excess liquidity.
Our board of directors is responsible for adopting our investment policy. The investment policy is reviewed annually by management and any changes to the policy are recommended to and subject to the approval of the board of directors. Authority to make investments under the approved investment policy guidelines is delegated to our President and Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer. All investment transactions are reviewed at regularly scheduled monthly meetings of the board of directors.
Our current investment policy permits, with certain limitations, investments in United States Treasury securities with maturities up to 10 years; securities issued by the United States Government and its agencies or government sponsored enterprises with maturities up to 10 years; step-up coupon securities issued by government sponsored enterprises with maturities up to 15 years; pass-through mortgage-backed securities (MBS) issued by Fannie Mae, Ginnie Mae and Freddie Mac with an average life up to seven years; collateralized mortgage obligations (CMO) with an average life up to seven years that are secured by MBS issued by Fannie Mae, Ginne Mae or Freddie Mac; municipal tax, revenue, and bond anticipation notes issued by Wisconsin municipalities and general obligation municipal notes and bonds with maturities up to 20 years; AAA (insured) essential service municipal revenue notes and bonds issued by non-Wisconsin municipalities with maturities up to 20 years; corporate notes and bonds issued by U.S. corporations with maturities up to five years; reverse repurchase agreements with maturities up to one year; certificates of deposit issued in the U.S. by U.S. banks with maturities up to five years; bank notes and bankers acceptances with maturities up to one year; Fed funds sold to U.S. banks; and equity
investments in the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago and the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago or acquired in foreclosure, settlement or workout of debts previously contracted.
Prior to any investment, certain investment instruments must be subject to a price sensitivity test using either our internal interest rate simulation model or a model available from a reputable third party other than the broker or dealer selling the instrument. These instruments are fixed rate instruments (other than mortgage-related instruments) with maturities greater than 10 years; mortgage-related securities with maturities greater than two years; floating rate instruments with caps or floors; floating rate instruments with coupon rates tied to or inversely related to an index; and securities that are continuously callable or have more than one call date. None of these instruments maybe acquired if the change in price exceeds, generally, an increase of 10% to 25% resulting from changes in interest rates of -100 bp to -300 bp, or a decrease of -5% to -20% resulting from changes in interest rates of +100 bp to +300 bp.
Our current investment policy does not permit investment in stripped mortgage-backed securities; CMOs secured by mortgage assets not backed by the credit support of a U.S. government agency; floating rate derivatives; CMO residual or Z tranche bonds; long-term zero coupon bonds; complex securities and derivatives as defined in federal banking regulations; and other high-risk securities that do not pass the interest rate sensitivity tests set forth in our investment policy. Our current policy does not permit hedging activities, such as futures, options or swap transactions; coupon stripping; gains trading; short sales; securities lending; when issued securities trading; pair-offs; corporate or extended settlements other than in the normal course of business; repositioning repurchase agreements; purchasing securities on margin; or trading with the intent to capture changes in price over 60 days or less.
Our investment policy also requires that certain investment instruments be rated, and that our investment portfolio meet certain diversification requirements, with U.S. Treasury and U.S. government and agency securities permitted up to 100% of our portfolio, MBSs and CMOs issued by U.S. government agencies permitted up to 50% of our portfolio, rated general obligation bank-qualified municipal obligations permitted up to 40% of our portfolio, and other investments generally limited to 10% of our portfolio. At June 30, 2012, none of the collateral underlying our securities portfolio was considered subprime or Alt-A, and we did not hold any common or preferred stock issued by Freddie Mac or Fannie Mae as of that date.
U.S. Government and Agency Obligations. At June 30, 2012, we had U.S. government and agency securities with a carrying value of $1.0 million, which constituted 1.6% of our securities portfolio. While these securities generally provide lower yields than other investments in our securities investment portfolio, we maintain these investments, to the extent appropriate, for liquidity purposes, as collateral for borrowings and for prepayment protection.
Mortgage-Backed Securities . At June 30, 2012, we had mortgage-backed securities with a carrying value of $46.6 million, which constituted 73.7% of our securities portfolio, including CMOs with a carrying value of $9.6 million, which constituted 15.2% of our securities portfolio. This percentage currently exceeds the limit discussed above; however, this exception has been approve by our Board of Directors and reflects our desire to supplement our loan portfolio in order to maintain a significant investment in mortgage-related assets. Mortgage-backed securities are securities issued in the secondary market that are collateralized by pools of mortgages. Certain types of mortgage-backed securities are commonly referred to as pass-through certificates because the principal and interest of the underlying loans is passed through to investors, net of certain costs, including servicing and guarantee fees. Mortgage-backed securities typically are collateralized by pools of one- to four-family or multifamily mortgages, although we invest primarily in mortgage-backed securities backed by one- to four-family mortgages. The issuers of such securities pool and resell the participation interests in the form of securities to investors such as Westbury Bank. The interest rate of the security is lower than the
interest rates of the underlying loans to allow for payment of servicing and guaranty fees. All of our mortgage-backed securities are either backed by Ginnie Mae, a United States Government agency, or government-sponsored enterprises, such as Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac.
Residential mortgage-backed securities issued by United States Government agencies and government-sponsored enterprises are more liquid than individual mortgage loans because there is an active trading market for such securities. In addition, residential mortgage-backed securities may be used to collateralize our borrowings. Investments in residential mortgage-backed securities involve a risk that actual payments will be greater or less than the prepayment rate estimated at the time of purchase, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such interests, thereby affecting the net yield on our securities. Current prepayment speeds determine whether prepayment estimates require modification that could cause amortization or accretion adjustments.
Municipal Securities. At June 30, 2012, we had municipal securities with a carrying value of $15.6 million, which constituted 24.7% of our securities portfolio. Most of our current municipal securities are issued by Wisconsin municipalities and have maturities not in excess of 12 years. These securities generally provide slightly higher yields than U.S. government and agency securities and mortgage-backed securities, but are not as liquid as such other investments, so we typically maintain investments in municipal securities, to the extent appropriate, for generating returns in our investment portfolio.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock . We hold common stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago in connection with our borrowing activities totaling $3.1 million at June 30, 2012. The Federal Home Loan Bank common stock is carried at cost and classified as restricted equity securities. We may be required to purchase additional Federal Home Loan Bank stock if we increase borrowings in the future.
Bank-Owned Life Insurance . We invest in bank-owned life insurance to provide us with a funding source for our benefit plan obligations. Bank-owned life insurance also generally provides us non-interest income that is non-taxable. At June 30, 2012, our balance in bank-owned life insurance totaled $11.8 million and was issued by seven insurance companies.
Securities Portfolio Composition . The following table sets forth the amortized cost and fair value of our securities portfolio, all of which were available for sale, at the dates indicated. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value.
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized
|
|
Fair Value |
|
Amortized
|
|
Fair Value |
|
||||||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Securities available-for-sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Government sponsored enterprise securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Debentures |
|
$ |
994 |
|
$ |
1,013 |
|
$ |
2,989 |
|
$ |
3,013 |
|
$ |
999 |
|
$ |
1,005 |
|
$ |
2,009 |
|
$ |
2,031 |
|
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
45,465 |
|
46,572 |
|
77,426 |
|
78,714 |
|
43,862 |
|
44,462 |
|
30,209 |
|
31,235 |
|
||||||||
Municipal securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||
Taxable |
|
14,356 |
|
14,950 |
|
13,477 |
|
13,858 |
|
2,729 |
|
2,729 |
|
1,386 |
|
1,423 |
|
||||||||
Tax-exempt |
|
664 |
|
660 |
|
3,440 |
|
3,534 |
|
21,901 |
|
22,082 |
|
26,029 |
|
26,549 |
|
||||||||
Total |
|
$ |
61,479 |
|
$ |
63,195 |
|
$ |
97,332 |
|
$ |
99,119 |
|
$ |
69,491 |
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
59,633 |
|
$ |
61,238 |
|
At June 30, 2012, we had no investments in a single entity (other than United States government or agency sponsored securities) that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our total equity.
Securities Portfolio Maturities and Yields . The following table sets forth the stated maturities and weighted average yields of our securities at June 30, 2012. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Mortgage-backed securities, including collateralized mortgage obligations, are anticipated to be repaid in advance of their contractual maturities as a result of projected mortgage loan repayments. In addition, under the structure of some of our CMOs, the short- and intermediate-term tranche interests have repayment priority over the longer term tranche interests of the same underlying mortgage pool. Finally, some of our U.S. Treasury and other securities are callable at the option of the issuer. Certain securities have interest rates that are adjustable and will reprice annually within the various maturity ranges. These repricing schedules have not been reflected in the table below.
|
|
One Year or Less |
|
More than One Year
|
|
More than Five Years
|
|
More than Ten Years |
|
Total Securities |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Amortized
|
|
Weighted
|
|
Fair
|
|
||||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Securities available-for-sale: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Government sponsored enterprise securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Debentures |
|
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
994 |
|
2.07 |
% |
$ |
|
|
|
% |
$ |
994 |
|
2.07 |
% |
$ |
1,013 |
|
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
|
|
|
|
44,393 |
|
2.81 |
|
1,072 |
|
3.07 |
|
|
|
|
|
45,465 |
|
2.82 |
|
46,572 |
|
||||||
Municipal securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Taxable |
|
110 |
|
2.75 |
|
3,985 |
|
1.82 |
|
9,558 |
|
2.98 |
|
703 |
|
4.31 |
|
14,356 |
|
2.72 |
|
14,950 |
|
||||||
Tax-exempt |
|
198 |
|
2.70 |
|
466 |
|
6.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
664 |
|
5.12 |
|
660 |
|
||||||
Total |
|
$ |
308 |
|
2.72 |
% |
$ |
48,844 |
|
2.76 |
% |
$ |
11,624 |
|
2.91 |
% |
$ |
703 |
|
4.31 |
% |
$ |
61,479 |
|
2.81 |
% |
$ |
63,195 |
|
Securities portfolio activity. The following table sets forth the purchase, sale and repayment activity in our securities portfolio during the periods indicated.
|
|
For the Six Months Ended
|
|
For the years ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total at beginning of period |
|
$ |
99,119 |
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
61,238 |
|
$ |
107,203 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Purchases of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Government sponsored enterprise securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Debentures |
|
|
|
2,000 |
|
6,983 |
|
4,001 |
|
|
|
|||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
799 |
|
57,688 |
|
80,603 |
|
32,127 |
|
14,893 |
|
|||||
Municipal securities |
|
3,250 |
|
11,399 |
|
21,228 |
|
9,146 |
|
4,534 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Deduct: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Principal repayments |
|
(11,725 |
) |
(9,709 |
) |
(25,683 |
) |
(20,251 |
) |
(22,380 |
) |
|||||
Sales of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Government sponsored enterprise securities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Debentures |
|
|
|
(1,000 |
) |
(982 |
) |
|
|
(7,402 |
) |
|||||
Residential mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
(23,001 |
) |
(20,554 |
) |
(25,400 |
) |
(8,096 |
) |
(26,069 |
) |
|||||
Municipal securities |
|
(4,683 |
) |
(22,693 |
) |
(27,542 |
) |
(4,562 |
) |
(9,232 |
) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Amortization of discount |
|
(486 |
) |
(472 |
) |
(1,374 |
) |
(320 |
) |
(108 |
) |
|||||
Change in unrealized net gain |
|
(78 |
) |
598 |
|
998 |
|
(810 |
) |
(200 |
) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Net activity |
|
(35,924 |
) |
17,257 |
|
28,831 |
|
9,050 |
|
(45,965 |
) |
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total at end of period |
|
$ |
63,195 |
|
$ |
87,545 |
|
$ |
99,119 |
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
61,238 |
|
Sources of Funds
General. Deposits have traditionally been our primary source of funds for use in lending and investment activities. We also use borrowings, primarily Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago advances, to supplement cash flow needs, lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk purposes and to manage the cost of funds. In addition, we receive funds from scheduled loan payments, investment maturities, loan prepayments, retained earnings and income on earning assets. While scheduled loan payments and income on earning assets are relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition. To a lesser extent, we may utilize repurchase agreements or Fed funds sold as funding sources.
Deposits. Our deposits are generated primarily from residents within our primary market area. We offer a selection of deposit accounts, including non-interest-bearing and interest-bearing checking accounts, passbook and statement savings accounts, variable rate money market accounts, and certificates of deposit. Unlike most thrift institutions, a significant majority of our deposits are transaction accounts, which we believe are less susceptible than certificates of deposit to large-scale withdrawals as a result of changes in interest rates. Deposit account terms vary, with the principal differences being the minimum balance required, the amount of time the funds must remain on deposit and the interest rate. We have not in the past used, and currently do not hold any, brokered or Internet deposits. However, depending on our future needs, we expect to participate in the Certificate of Deposit Registry Service (CDARS) and the Qwickrate programs, pending approval by such programs, as alternative funding sources. At June 30, 2012, our core deposits, which are deposits other than time deposits and certificates of deposit, were $380.1 million, representing 76.9% of total deposits.
In recent years, we have relied for deposit generation on promotional programs and advertising efforts, our reputation in the community for superior customer service, the variety of deposit accounts that we offer, our competitive rates, customer referrals, and cross-marketing efforts with loan customers. We
may use promotional rates to meet asset/liability and market segment goals. We intend to continue to focus on increasing our core deposits by providing incentives on new transaction accounts, enhanced online services and remote deposit capture services, and by leveraging commercial lending relationships to increase transaction accounts.
Interest rates, maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are established on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on current operating strategies and market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts that we offer allows us to be competitive in generating deposits and to respond with flexibility to changes in our customers demands. Our ability to gather deposits is impacted by the competitive market in which we operate, which includes numerous financial institutions of varying sizes offering a wide range of products. We believe that deposits are a stable source of funds, but our ability to attract and maintain deposits at favorable rates will be affected by market conditions, including competition and prevailing interest rates as consumer become more conscious of interest rates.
The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposits by account type, for the periods indicated.
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
At December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Balance |
|
Percent |
|
Weighted
|
|
Balance |
|
Percent |
|
Weighted
|
|
||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||
Checking accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Noninterest-bearing |
|
$ |
70,759 |
|
14.46 |
% |
n/a |
|
$ |
58,339 |
|
11.13 |
% |
n/a |
|
Interest bearing |
|
158,549 |
|
32.41 |
|
0.43 |
% |
189,668 |
|
36.18 |
|
0.50 |
% |
||
Passbook and statement savings accounts |
|
117,146 |
|
23.94 |
|
0.22 |
|
113,501 |
|
21.65 |
|
0.27 |
|
||
Variable rate money market accounts |
|
28,866 |
|
5.90 |
|
0.27 |
|
33,005 |
|
6.30 |
|
0.27 |
|
||
Certificates of deposit |
|
113,915 |
|
23.28 |
|
1.42 |
|
129,764 |
|
24.75 |
|
1.64 |
|
||
Total deposits |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
100.00 |
% |
0.57 |
% |
$ |
524,277 |
|
100.00 |
% |
0.66 |
% |
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
Balance |
|
Percent |
|
Weighted
|
|
Balance |
|
Percent |
|
Weighted
|
|
||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
||||||||||||
Checking accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Noninterest-bearing |
|
$ |
53,474 |
|
9.61 |
% |
n/a |
|
$ |
54,672 |
|
9.74 |
% |
n/a |
|
Interest bearing |
|
200,779 |
|
32.41 |
|
1.29 |
% |
190,302 |
|
33.92 |
|
1.09 |
% |
||
Passbook and statement savings accounts |
|
111,105 |
|
19.97 |
|
0.52 |
|
101,203 |
|
18.04 |
|
0.78 |
|
||
Variable rate money market accounts |
|
38,447 |
|
6.91 |
|
0.46 |
|
38,151 |
|
6.80 |
|
0.53 |
|
||
Certificates of deposit |
|
152,520 |
|
27.42 |
|
2.15 |
|
176,751 |
|
31.50 |
|
2.73 |
|
||
Total deposits |
|
$ |
556,325 |
|
100.00 |
% |
1.19 |
% |
$ |
561,079 |
|
100.00 |
% |
1.41 |
% |
The following table sets forth our deposit activities for the periods indicated.
|
|
At or For the Six Months Ended June
|
|
At or For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
524,277 |
|
$ |
556,325 |
|
$ |
556,325 |
|
$ |
561,079 |
|
$ |
564,396 |
|
Net deposits (withdrawals) before interest credited |
|
(36,571 |
) |
(10,583 |
) |
(37,215 |
) |
(12,534 |
) |
(14,744 |
) |
|||||
Interest credited |
|
1,529 |
|
2,960 |
|
5,167 |
|
7,780 |
|
11,427 |
|
|||||
Net increase (decrease) in deposits |
|
(35,042 |
) |
(7,716 |
) |
(32,048 |
) |
(4,754 |
) |
(3,317 |
) |
|||||
Ending balance |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
548,702 |
|
$ |
524,277 |
|
$ |
556,325 |
|
$ |
561,079 |
|
The following table sets forth all our certificates of deposit classified by interest rate as of the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
At December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
||||
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
||||||||||
Interest Rate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Less than 2.00% |
|
$ |
81,194 |
|
$ |
87,304 |
|
$ |
88,301 |
|
$ |
66,036 |
|
2.00% - 2.99% |
|
18,512 |
|
25,395 |
|
28,212 |
|
31,718 |
|
||||
3.00% - 3.99% |
|
8,713 |
|
9,880 |
|
19,093 |
|
48,261 |
|
||||
4.00% - 4.99% |
|
4,566 |
|
5,895 |
|
13,440 |
|
26,864 |
|
||||
5.00% - 5.99% |
|
930 |
|
1,290 |
|
2,657 |
|
2,759 |
|
||||
6.00% and over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Total |
|
$ |
113,915 |
|
$ |
129,764 |
|
$ |
152,520 |
|
$ |
176,751 |
|
The following table sets forth the amount and maturities of all our certificates of deposit by interest rate at June 30, 2012.
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Less Than
|
|
Over One
|
|
Over Two
|
|
Over Three
|
|
Total |
|
Percentage of
|
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||||
Interest Rate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Less than 2.00% |
|
$ |
54,496 |
|
$ |
17,765 |
|
$ |
6,221 |
|
$ |
2,712 |
|
$ |
81,194 |
|
71.28 |
% |
2.00% - 2.99% |
|
4,753 |
|
3,011 |
|
5,527 |
|
5,221 |
|
18,512 |
|
16.25 |
|
|||||
3.00% - 3.99% |
|
2,645 |
|
5,068 |
|
772 |
|
228 |
|
8,713 |
|
7.65 |
|
|||||
4.00% - 4.99% |
|
2,436 |
|
2,126 |
|
4 |
|
|
|
4,566 |
|
4.01 |
|
|||||
5.00% - 5.99% |
|
813 |
|
117 |
|
|
|
|
|
930 |
|
0.82 |
|
|||||
6.00% and over |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
65,143 |
|
$ |
28,087 |
|
$ |
12,524 |
|
$ |
8,161 |
|
$ |
113,915 |
|
100.00 |
% |
As of June 30, 2012, the aggregate amount of all our certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 was approximately $28.9 million. The following table sets forth the maturity of these certificates as of June 30, 2012.
|
|
At June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months or less |
|
$ |
4,903 |
|
Over Six Months through six months |
|
4,766 |
|
|
Over six months through one year |
|
7,334 |
|
|
Over one year |
|
11,935 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
28,938 |
|
Borrowings. We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago upon the security of our capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago and certain of our mortgage loans. Such advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate and range of maturities. To the extent such borrowings have different terms to repricing than our deposits, they can change our interest rate risk profile. At June 30, 2012, we had no outstanding advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago as a result of our repayment of $7.0 million in advances during the year ended December 31, 2011. At June 30, 2012, based on available collateral and our ownership of FHLB stock, and based upon our internal policy, we had access to additional Federal Home Loan Bank advances of up to $97.2 million, and an additional $5.0 million in overnight advances
with our correspondent bank. See Note 10 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus.
From time to time, we have obtained advances with terms of more than one year to extend the term of our liabilities. Short-term borrowings are generally secured by the stock of Westbury Bank or by other assets, such as the mortgages on income-producing properties that we hold for investment. At June 30, 2012, we had short-term borrowings outstanding of $1.3 million, including approximately $954,000 on a note issued to an unaffiliated bank and $300,000 outstanding on a note issued to a limited liability company owned by certain of our executive officers and directors. We borrowed funds from this limited liability company in order to establish an escrow account to fund interest-only payments on the note issued to the unaffiliated bank because Westbury Bank has agreed with the OTS not to pay dividends to WBSB Bancorp, Inc. or WBSB Bancorp, MHC. This note bears interest at an annual rate of 9.50%, and principal and interest are due in March 2014, when the note issued to the unaffiliated bank for which the proceeds were escrowed matures. See Note 11 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus. We intend to use a portion of the proceeds of this offering to repay amounts outstanding on the notes to the unaffiliated bank and to the limited liability company owned by our executive officers and directors.
The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our borrowings at the date and for the periods indicated.
|
|
At or For the Six Months Ended
|
|
At or For the Years Ended December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
2009 |
|
|||||
|
|
(Dollars in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
Balance outstanding at end of period: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
FHLB advances |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
$ |
19,000 |
|
Mortgage loan payable |
|
|
|
2,287 |
|
2,185 |
|
2,389 |
|
2,601 |
|
|||||
Note payable unaffiliated bank |
|
954 |
|
954 |
|
954 |
|
954 |
|
1,097 |
|
|||||
Note payable other |
|
300 |
|
300 |
|
300 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average interest rate at end of period: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
FHLB advances |
|
|
% |
5.51 |
% |
|
% |
5.51 |
% |
5.10 |
% |
|||||
Mortgage loan payable |
|
|
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
|||||
Note payable unaffiliated bank |
|
5.24 |
|
5.19 |
|
5.27 |
|
8.26 |
|
5.24 |
|
|||||
Note payable other |
|
9.50 |
|
9.50 |
|
9.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Average amount outstanding during the period: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
FHLB advances |
|
$ |
2,148 |
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
$ |
6,083 |
|
$ |
13,375 |
|
$ |
28,056 |
|
Mortgage loan payable |
|
642 |
|
2,338 |
|
2,287 |
|
2,506 |
|
2,710 |
|
|||||
Note payable unaffiliated bank |
|
954 |
|
954 |
|
954 |
|
958 |
|
1,908 |
|
|||||
Note payable other |
|
300 |
|
150 |
|
225 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Weighted average interest rate during the period (annualized): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
FHLB advances |
|
0.28 |
% |
5.54 |
% |
6.00 |
% |
5.65 |
% |
4.48 |
% |
|||||
Mortgage loan payable |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
5.25 |
|
|||||
Note payable unaffiliated bank |
|
5.26 |
|
7.35 |
|
6.40 |
|
6.19 |
|
3.83 |
|
|||||
Note payable other |
|
9.50 |
|
9.50 |
|
9.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
Properties
The following table sets forth information regarding our office properties as of June 30, 2012.
Location |
|
Leased or Owned |
|
Year Acquired
|
|
Square Footage |
|
Net Book Value of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In thousands) |
|
|
Main Office (including land): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
200 South Main Street West Bend, Wisconsin 53095 |
|
Owned |
|
1953 |
|
27,000 |
|
$ |
3,589 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Full Service Branches (including land): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N112 W17171 Mequon Road Germantown, Wisconsin 53022 |
|
Owned |
|
1970 |
|
2,700 |
|
215 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1052 Fond du Lac Kewaskum, Wisconsin 53040 |
|
Owned |
|
1994 |
|
3,500 |
|
326 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N168 W21921 Main Street Jackson, Wisconsin 53037 |
|
Owned |
|
1990 |
|
1,590 |
|
165 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1616 South Main Street West Bend, Wisconsin 53095 |
|
Leased |
|
2011 |
|
2,065 |
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2501 West Washington Street West Bend, Wisconsin 53095 |
|
Owned |
|
1995 |
|
2,530 |
|
539 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1195 East Commerce Slinger, Wisconsin 53086 |
|
Leased |
|
2006 |
|
2,100 |
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25 South Wacker Drive Hartford, Wisconsin 53027 |
|
Owned |
|
2006 |
|
2,932 |
|
987 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
N5 W25901 County Line Road Colgate, Wisconsin 53017 |
|
Leased |
|
2007 |
|
2,402 |
|
69 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1717 Wolf Road Richfield, Wisconsin 53076 |
|
Owned |
|
2008 |
|
2,355 |
|
192 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4301 W. Brown Deer Road Brown Deer, Wisconsin 53223 |
|
Owned(1) |
|
2002 |
|
21,448 |
(1) |
1,733 |
(1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17160 W. North Avenue Brookfield, Wisconsin 53005 |
|
Owned |
|
1990 |
|
10,810 |
(2) |
746 |
(2) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Loan Centers (including land): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
143 South Main Street West Bend, Wisconsin 53095 |
|
Owned |
|
2005 |
|
20,400 |
(3) |
2,597 |
(3) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2512 West Lincoln Avenue Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53215 |
|
Owned |
|
2007 |
|
18,927 |
(4) |
2,602 |
(4) |
|
(1) Property owned by a subsidiary of Westbury Bank, which is classified as real estate held for investment. Westbury Bank occupies approximately 3,000 square feet pursuant to a lease with the subsidiary, and the remainder was recently vacated by an unaffiliated tenant and is being marketed for rental occupancy. Net book value presented represents net book value of the entire property.
(2) Westbury Bank occupies approximately 2,135 square feet, and the remainder is leased to unaffiliated tenants. Net book value presented represents net book value of the entire property.
(3) Westbury Bank occupies approximately 13,600 square feet, and the remainder is leased to an unaffiliated tenant. Net book value presented represents net book value of the entire property.
(4) Westbury Bank occupies approximately 4,163 square feet, and the remainder is leased to unaffiliated tenants. Net book value presented represents net book value of the entire property.
The net book value of our furniture, fixtures and equipment (including computer software) at June 30, 2012 was $1.3 million. We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our present and foreseeable needs.
Subsidiary and Other Activities
Upon completion of the conversion, Westbury Bank will become the wholly owned subsidiary of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Westbury Bank has three subsidiaries. CRH, Inc. is a Wisconsin corporation that is a former subsidiary of Continental Savings Bank formed to own and operate commercial real estate for investment purposes. Westbury Bank is currently divesting these properties in an orderly fashion. WBSB Real Estate LLC and New Westbury LLC are Wisconsin limited liability companies that were formed to own certain of Westbury Banks foreclosed properties.
Legal Proceedings
We are not involved in any pending legal proceedings as a plaintiff or defendant other than routine legal proceedings occurring in the ordinary course of business. At June 30, 2012, we were not involved in any legal proceedings, the outcome of which would be material to our financial condition or results of operations.
Expense and Tax Allocation
Westbury Bank will enter into an agreement with Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to provide it with certain administrative support services for compensation not less than the fair market value of the services provided. In addition, Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will enter into an agreement to establish a method for allocating and for reimbursing the payment of their consolidated tax liability.
Personnel
As of June 30, 2012, we had 156 full-time equivalent employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management believes that we have a good working relationship with our employees.
General
Westbury Bank is a federal savings bank supervised and examined by the OCC. It is also subject to examination by the FDIC as its deposit insurer. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which an institution may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the FDICs deposit insurance fund and depositors, and not for the protection of security holders. Under this system of federal regulation, financial institutions are periodically examined to ensure that they satisfy applicable standards with respect to their capital adequacy, assets, management, earnings, liquidity and sensitivity to market interest rates. Westbury Bank also is a member of and owns stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, which is one of the twelve regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System. Westbury Bank also is regulated to a lesser extent by the Federal Reserve Board, governing reserves to be maintained against deposits and other matters. The OCC examines Westbury Bank and prepares reports for the consideration of its Board of Directors on any operating deficiencies. Westbury Banks relationship with its depositors and borrowers also is regulated to a great extent by federal law and, to a much lesser extent, state law, especially in matters concerning the ownership of deposit accounts and the form and content of Westbury Banks loan documents.
As a savings and loan holding company following the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be required to file certain reports with, will be subject to examination by, and otherwise must comply with the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will also be subject to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws.
Certain of the regulatory requirements that are or will be applicable to Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. are described below. This description of statutes and regulations is not intended to be a complete description of such statutes and regulations and their effects on Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Any change in these laws or regulations, whether by the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board, the OCC or Congress, could have a material adverse impact on Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank and their operations.
New Federal Legislation
The Dodd-Frank Act is significantly changing the current bank regulatory structure and affecting the lending, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. Effective July 21, 2011, the Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the OTS, the former primary federal regulator of Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc., and required Westbury Bank to be regulated by the OCC (the primary federal regulator for national banks). The Dodd-Frank Act also authorized the Federal Reserve Board to supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies like Westbury Bancorp, Inc., in addition to bank holding companies that it regulates. The Dodd-Frank Act also requires the Federal Reserve Board to set minimum capital levels for bank holding companies and savings and loan holding companies that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries, and the components of tier 1 capital are restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, the proceeds of trust preferred securities are excluded from tier 1 capital unless such securities were issued prior to May 19, 2010 by bank or savings and loan holding companies with less than $15 billion of assets. The legislation also establishes a floor for capital of insured depository institutions that cannot be lower than the standards in effect today, and directs the federal banking regulators to implement new
leverage and capital requirements within 18 months that take into account off-balance sheet activities and other risks, including risks relating to securitized products and derivatives.
The Dodd-Frank Act also created a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions such as Westbury Bank, including the authority to prohibit unfair, deceptive or abusive acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks and savings institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks and savings institutions with $10 billion or less in assets will be examined by their applicable bank regulators. The new legislation also weakened the federal preemption available for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce applicable federal consumer protection laws.
The legislation also broadened the base for FDIC insurance assessments. Assessments are now based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The Dodd-Frank Act increased stockholder influence over boards of directors by requiring companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called golden parachute payments, and authorizing the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that would allow stockholders to nominate and solicit votes for their own candidates using a companys proxy materials. The legislation also directed the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives, regardless of whether the company is publicly traded or not. Further, the legislation required that originators of securitized loans retain a percentage of risk for transferred loans, directed the Federal Reserve Board to regulate the pricing of certain debit and interchange fees and contained a number of reforms related to mortgage origination.
Agreements with Regulators
In February 2010, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. agreed with their former regulator, the OTS that they will, among other things:
· submit a business and capital plan that provides for plans and strategies to (i) increase and maintain consolidated tangible capital at levels commensurate with the risk profile, (ii) achieve net income levels resulting in profitability and adequate debt service, (iii) reduce the debt to capital ratio, and (iv) review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance income to address such risks;
· not incur, issue, renew or rollover any debt or increase any lines of credit without prior written non-objection of the OTS; and
· not declare or pay any cash dividends or repurchase or redeem any capital stock without the written non-objection of the OTS.
In addition, Westbury Bank agreed with the OTS that it will, among other things:
· submit a business and capital plan that provides for plans and strategies to (i) strengthen and improve its operations, earnings and profitability, including the reduction of
operating expenses, (ii) achieve core earning and net income levels that will result in consistent profitability, (iii) review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance income to address such risks, and (iv) provide quarterly pro forma financial statements that include projections for tier 1 capital and total capital ratios after funding of an adequate allowance for loan losses;
· submit a remediation plan to resolve the basis of criticism of all classified, special mention and delinquent assets or credit relationships that exceed $500,000, including (i) an identification of the expected source of repayment, (ii) the fair value of collateral and the lien position on such collateral, (iii) an analysis of current and satisfactory credit information, (iv) strategies and time frame for resolution of the criticism;
· ensure periodic compliance reviews are conducted in accordance with applicable guidelines;
· not declare any dividend or capital distribution without the prior written approval of the OTS;
· not extend any additional credit to or for the benefit of any borrower who has a loan or other extension of credit that has been charged off or classified as loss and that is not collected, without prior written non-objection of the OTS; and
· not increase the dollar amount of brokered deposits.
Each of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank has submitted the required business and capital plans and the remediation plans, and such plans have been approved by our regulators. The capital plans provide for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. In addition, we must operate within the parameters of the business and capital plans, and any proposed material deviations from such plans will require prior regulatory approval prior to deviating from our business plans. We must also provide quarterly variance reports to our regulators. Effective July 21, 2011, the OCC assumed supervisory authority with respect to Westbury Bank (including enforcement of the agreement with the OTS), and the Federal Reserve Board assumed supervisory authority with respect to WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (including enforcement of the agreement with the OTS).
Federal Banking Regulation
Business Activities. A federal savings bank derives its lending and investment powers from the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and the regulations of the OCC. Under these laws and regulations, Westbury Bank may invest in mortgage loans secured by residential and commercial real estate, commercial business and consumer loans, certain types of debt securities and certain other assets, subject to applicable limits. Westbury Bank also may establish subsidiaries that may engage in activities not otherwise permissible for Westbury Bank, including real estate investment and securities and insurance brokerage.
Qualified Thrift Lender Test. As a federal savings bank, Westbury Bank must satisfy a qualified thrift lender or QTL, test. Under the QTL test, Westbury Bank must maintain at least 65% of its portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments (primarily residential mortgages and related investments, including mortgage-backed securities) in at least nine months of the most recent 12-month
period. Portfolio assets generally means total assets of a savings bank, less the sum of specified liquid assets up to 20% of total assets, goodwill and other intangible assets, and the value of property used in the conduct of the savings banks business. A savings institution that fails the qualified thrift lender test must operate under specified restrictions. The Dodd-Frank Act made noncompliance with the QTL test also subject to agency enforcement action for a violation of law. As of June 30, 2012, we maintained 71.4% of our portfolio assets in qualified thrift investments and, therefore, we met the qualified thrift lender test. We have met the qualified thrift lender test in each of the last 12 months.
Westbury Bank also may satisfy the QTL test by qualifying as a domestic building and loan association as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.
Loans-to-One Borrower. Generally, a federal savings bank may not make a loan or extend credit to a single or related group of borrowers in excess of 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. An additional amount may be loaned, equal to 10% of unimpaired capital and surplus, if the loan is secured by readily marketable collateral, which generally does not include real estate. As of June 30, 2012, Westbury Banks largest lending relationship with a single or related group of borrowers totaled $7.3 million, which represented 16.15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. Therefore, Westbury Bank was not in compliance with the loans-to-one borrower limitations. We exceeded regulatory limitations as a result of a reduction in capital caused by the loss incurred in the year ended December 31, 2011. We expect that additional capital raised in connection with the conversion and offering will result in our compliance with loans-to-one borrower requirements.
Transactions with Related Parties. A federal savings banks authority to engage in transactions with its affiliates is limited by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation W promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. An affiliate is generally a company that controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with an insured depository institution such as Westbury Bank. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is an affiliate of Westbury Bank. In general, transactions between an insured depository institution and its affiliates are subject to certain quantitative and collateral requirements. In addition, applicable regulations prohibit a savings bank from lending to any of its affiliates that are engaged in activities that are not permissible for bank holding companies and from purchasing the securities of any affiliate, other than a subsidiary. Finally, transactions with affiliates must be consistent with safe and sound banking practices, not involve low-quality assets and be on terms that are as favorable to the institution as comparable transactions with non-affiliates. Applicable regulators require savings banks to maintain detailed records of all transactions with affiliates.
Westbury Banks authority to extend credit to its directors, executive officers and 10% or greater stockholders, as well as to entities controlled by such persons, is governed by the requirements of Sections 22(g) and 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and Regulation O promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board. Among other things, these provisions require that extensions of credit to insiders:
(i) be made on terms that are substantially the same as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those prevailing for comparable transactions with unaffiliated persons and that do not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features, and
(ii) not exceed certain limitations on the amount of credit extended to such persons, individually and in the aggregate, which limits are based, in part, on the amount of Westbury Banks capital.
In addition, extensions of credit in excess of certain limits must be approved in advance by Westbury Banks Board of Directors. Extensions of credit to executive officers are subject to additional restrictions.
Capital Requirements. Federal regulations require savings banks to meet three minimum capital standards: a 1.5% tangible capital ratio, a 4% leverage ratio (3% for savings banks receiving the highest rating on the CAMELS rating system) and an 8% risk-based capital ratio.
The risk-based capital standard for savings banks requires the maintenance of tier 1 leverage and total capital (which is defined as core capital and supplementary capital) to risk-weighted assets of at least 4% and 8%, respectively. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet assets, are multiplied by a risk-weight factor of 0% to 100%, assigned by the OCC, based on the risks believed inherent in the type of asset. Core capital is defined as common stockholders equity (including retained earnings), certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related surplus and minority interests in equity accounts of consolidated subsidiaries, less intangibles other than certain mortgage servicing rights and credit card relationships. The components of supplementary capital include cumulative preferred stock, long-term perpetual preferred stock, mandatory convertible securities, subordinated debt and intermediate preferred stock, the allowance for loan and lease losses limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets and up to 45% of net unrealized gains on available-for-sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values. Overall, the amount of supplementary capital included as part of total capital cannot exceed 100% of core capital. Additionally, a savings bank that retains credit risk in connection with an asset sale may be required to maintain additional regulatory capital because of the purchasers recourse against the savings bank. In assessing an institutions capital adequacy, the OCC takes into consideration not only these numeric factors but also qualitative factors as well, and has the authority to establish higher capital requirements for individual institutions where necessary.
At June 30, 2012, Westbury Banks capital exceeded all applicable requirements. See Historical and Pro Forma Regulatory Capital Compliance. Westbury Bank has previously agreed with its regulators to submit a capital plan providing for the maintenance of capital at levels sufficient to support its risk profile. The plan submitted provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. The OCC has assumed supervisory authority with respect to this agreement. At June 30, 2012, Westbury Bank was not in compliance with the capital plan submitted to our regulators because its tier 1 leverage ratio was 7.32% and its total risk-based capital ratio was 11.16% at that date.
The federal banking regulators have recently issued proposed rules that, if adopted, will significantly increase regulatory capital requirements. Among other things, the proposed rules would introduce a new minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5% of risk-weighted assets and increase the minimum tier 1 capital ratio from 4.0% to 6.0% of risk-weighted assets. There would also be a new capital conservation buffer that would require an institution to hold an additional 2.5% of common equity tier 1 capital to risk-based assets in order to avoid restriction on dividends and executive compensation. The proposed rules would also impose stricter capital deduction requirements and revise the current risk-weighting categories. The new requirements would be phased in over a period of several years if the proposed rules are finalized and adopted.
Capital Distributions . Federal regulations restrict capital distributions by savings institutions, which include cash dividends, stock repurchases and other transactions charged to the capital account of a savings institution. A federal savings institution must file an application with the OCC for approval of the capital distribution if:
· the total capital distributions for the applicable calendar year exceeds the sum of the institutions net income for that year to date plus the institutions retained net income for the preceding two years that is still available for dividend;
· the institution would not be at least adequately capitalized following the distribution;
· the distribution would violate any applicable statute, regulation, agreement or written regulatory condition; or
· the institution is not eligible for expedited review of its filings ( i.e. , generally, institutions that do not have safety and soundness, compliance and Community Reinvestment Act ratings in the top two categories or fail a capital requirement).
A savings institution that is a subsidiary of a holding company, which is the case with Westbury Bank, must file a notice with the Federal Reserve Board at least 30 days before the board of directors declares a dividend or approves a capital distribution. In addition, Westbury Bank has agreed with its regulators not to make or declare any dividend or capital distribution without submitting appropriate regulatory applications.
Applications or notices may be denied if the institution will be undercapitalized after the dividend, the proposed dividend raises safety and soundness concerns or the proposed dividend would violate a law, regulation enforcement order or regulatory condition.
In the event that a savings institutions capital falls below its regulatory requirements or it is notified by the regulatory agency that it is in need of more than normal supervision, its ability to make capital distributions would be restricted. In addition, any proposed capital distribution could be prohibited if the regulatory agency determines that the distribution would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice.
Insurance of Deposit Accounts. The Dodd-Frank Act permanently increased the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2008. Also, under the Dodd-Frank Act, noninterest-bearing checking accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012.
Under the FDICs risk-based assessment system, insured institutions are assigned to one of four risk categories based on supervisory evaluations, regulatory capital levels and certain other risk factors. Rates are based on each institutions risk category and certain specified risk adjustments. Stronger institutions pay lower rates while riskier institutions pay higher rates.
In February 2011, the FDIC published a final rule under the Dodd-Frank Act to reform the deposit insurance assessment system. The rule redefined the assessment base used for calculating deposit insurance assessments effective April 1, 2011. Under the new rule, assessments are based on an institutions average consolidated total assets minus average tangible equity instead of total deposits. The proposed rule revised the assessment rate schedule to establish assessments ranging from 2.5 to 45 basis points. Deposit assessments were prepaid in December 2009 for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for calendar years 2010 through 2012. Estimated assessments were based on certain assumptions specified by the FDIC, including a 5% annual growth rate. Prepaid assessments are to be applied against actual assessments until the prepaid assessments are exhausted. Unused prepayments will be returned to the
institutions on June 30, 2013. We recorded the prepayment of assessments as a prepaid expense, which is being amortized to expense over three years. Our prepayments amount was $3.8 million.
In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (FICO) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended March 31, 2012, the annualized Financing Corporation assessment was equal to 0.66 basis points of total assets less tangible capital.
The Dodd-Frank Act increased the minimum target Deposit Insurance Fund ratio from 1.15% of estimated insured deposits to 1.35% of estimated insured deposits. The FDIC must seek to achieve the 1.35% ratio by September 30, 2020. Insured institutions with assets of $10 billion or more are supposed to fund the increase. The Dodd-Frank Act eliminated the 1.5% maximum fund ratio, instead leaving it to the discretion of the FDIC and the FDIC has exercised that discretion by establishing a long-term fund ratio of 2%.
The FDIC has authority to increase insurance assessments. Any significant increases would have an adverse effect on the operating expenses and results of operations of Westbury Bank. Management cannot predict what assessment rates will be in the future.
Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
Federal Home Loan Bank System. Westbury Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank System, which consists of 12 regional Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Bank System provides a central credit facility primarily for member institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, Westbury Bank is required to acquire and hold shares of capital stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank. As of June 30, 2012, Westbury Bank was in compliance with this requirement.
Community Reinvestment Act. Under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA), Westbury Bank has a continuing and affirmative obligation consistent with its safe and sound operation to help meet the credit needs of its entire community, including low and moderate income neighborhoods. The CRA does not establish specific lending requirements or programs for financial institutions nor does it limit an institutions discretion to develop the types of products and services that it believes are best suited to its particular community, consistent with the CRA. The CRA requires the OCC, in connection with its examination of Westbury Bank, to assess its record of meeting the credit needs of its community and to take that record into account in its evaluation of certain applications by Westbury Bank. For example, the regulations specify that a banks CRA performance will be considered in its expansion (e.g., branching) proposals and may be the basis for approving, denying or conditioning the approval of an application. As of the date of its most recent regulatory examination, Westbury Bank was rated satisfactory with respect to its CRA compliance.
Enforcement. The OCC has primary enforcement responsibility over federal savings institutions, including the authority to bring enforcement action against institution-related parties, including officers, directors, certain shareholders, and attorneys, appraisers and accountants who knowingly or recklessly participate in wrongful action likely to have an adverse effect on an insured institution. Formal
enforcement action may range from the issuance of a capital directive or cease and desist order to removal of officers and/or directors of the institution, receivership, conservatorship or the termination of deposit insurance. Civil penalties cover a wide range of violations and actions, and range up to $25,000 per day, unless a finding of reckless disregard is made, in which case penalties may be as high as $1.0 million per day.
Prompt Corrective Regulatory Action. The OCC is required to take supervisory actions against undercapitalized savings institutions under its jurisdiction, the severity of which depends upon the institutions level of capital. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital of less than 8% or a leverage ratio or a tier 1 risk-based capital ratio that generally is less than 4% is considered to be undercapitalized. A savings institution that has total risk-based capital less than 6%, a tier 1 core risk-based capital ratio of less than 3% or a leverage ratio that is less than 3% is considered to be significantly undercapitalized. A savings institution that has a tangible capital to assets ratio equal to or less than 2% is deemed to be critically undercapitalized.
Generally, the OCC is required to appoint a receiver or conservator for a savings institution that is critically undercapitalized within specific time frames. The regulations also provide that a capital restoration plan must be filed with the OCC within 45 days of the date a savings institution receives notice that it is undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized or critically undercapitalized. Any holding company for the savings institution required to submit a capital restoration plan must guarantee the lesser of an amount equal to 5% of the savings institutions assets at the time it was notified or deemed to be undercapitalized by the OCC, or the amount necessary to restore the savings institution to adequately capitalized status. This guarantee remains in place until the OCC notifies the savings institution that it has maintained adequately capitalized status for each of four consecutive calendar quarters, and the OCC has the authority to require payment and collect payment under the guarantee. Various restrictions, such as on capital distributions and growth, also apply to undercapitalized institutions. The OCC may also take any one of a number of discretionary supervisory actions against undercapitalized institutions, including the issuance of a capital directive and the replacement of senior executive officers and directors.
The recently proposed rules discussed under Capital Requirements that would increase regulatory capital requirements would, if adopted, adjust the prompt corrective action categories accordingly.
Other Regulations
Interest and other charges collected or contracted for by Westbury Bank are subject to state usury laws and federal laws concerning interest rates. Westbury Banks operations are also subject to federal laws applicable to credit transactions, such as the:
· Truth-In-Lending Act, governing disclosures of credit terms to consumer borrowers;
· Real Estate Settlement Procedures Act, requiring that borrowers for mortgage loans for one- to four-family residential real estate receive various disclosures, including good faith estimates of settlement costs, lender servicing and escrow account practices, and prohibiting certain practices that increase the cost of settlement services;
· Home Mortgage Disclosure Act, requiring financial institutions to provide information to enable the public and public officials to determine whether a financial institution is fulfilling its obligation to help meet the housing needs of the community it serves;
· Equal Credit Opportunity Act, prohibiting discrimination on the basis of race, creed or other prohibited factors in extending credit;
· Fair Credit Reporting Act, governing the use and provision of information to credit reporting agencies;
· Fair Debt Collection Act, governing the manner in which consumer debts may be collected by collection agencies;
· Truth in Savings Act; and
· Rules and regulations of the various federal agencies charged with the responsibility of implementing such federal laws.
The operations of Westbury Bank also are subject to the:
· Right to Financial Privacy Act, which imposes a duty to maintain confidentiality of consumer financial records and prescribes procedures for complying with administrative subpoenas of financial records;
· Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which govern automatic deposits to and withdrawals from deposit accounts and customers rights and liabilities arising from the use of automated teller machines and other electronic banking services;
· Check Clearing for the 21 st Century Act (also known as Check 21), which gives substitute checks, such as digital check images and copies made from that image, the same legal standing as the original paper check;
· The USA PATRIOT Act, which requires savings banks operating to, among other things, establish broadened anti-money laundering compliance programs, due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. Such required compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements, also applicable to financial institutions, under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control regulations; and
· The Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, which places limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information by financial institutions with unaffiliated third parties. Specifically, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act requires all financial institutions offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with the financial institutions privacy policy and provide such customers the opportunity to opt out of the sharing of certain personal financial information with unaffiliated third parties.
Holding Company Regulation
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, effective July 21, 2011, the Federal Reserve Board succeeded the OTS as the regulator for savings and loan holding companies, such as Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
General . Upon completion of the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be a non-diversified unitary savings and loan holding company within the meaning of HOLA. As such, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be registered with the Federal Reserve Board and subject to inspection and supervision by the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be subject to certain Federal Reserve Board regulations (including applicable regulations of the former OTS), and reporting requirements. In addition, the Federal Reserve Board will have enforcement authority over Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its non-insured subsidiaries. Among other things, this authority permits the Federal Reserve Board to restrict or prohibit activities that are determined to be a serious risk to the subsidiary savings institution.
Permissible Activities. As a savings and loan holding company, Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s activities will be limited to those activities permissible by law for financial holding companies or multiple savings and loan holding companies. A financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature, incidental to financial activities or complementary to a financial activity. Such activities include lending activities, insurance and underwriting equity securities. The Dodd-Frank Act added that any savings and loan holding company that engages in activities permissible for a financial holding company must meet the qualitative requirements for a bank holding company to be a financial holding company and conduct the activities in accordance with the requirements that would apply to a financial holding companys conduct of the activity. A multiple savings and loan holding company may generally engage in activities permitted for bank holding companies under Section 4(c)(8) of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, subject to regulatory approvals, and certain activities authorized by federal regulation.
Federal law prohibits a savings and loan holding company, directly or indirectly, or through one or more subsidiaries, from acquiring more than 5% of another savings institution or holding company thereof, without prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. It also prohibits the acquisition or retention of, with certain exceptions, more than 5% of a nonsubsidiary company engaged in activities that are not closely related to banking or financial in nature, or acquiring or retaining control of an institution that is not federally insured. In evaluating applications by holding companies to acquire savings institutions, the Federal Reserve Board must consider the financial and managerial resources, future prospects of the company and institution involved, the effect of the acquisition on the risk to the federal deposit insurance fund, the convenience and needs of the community and competitive factors.
The Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago is prohibited from approving any acquisition that would result in a multiple savings and loan holding company controlling savings institutions in more than one state, subject to two exceptions:
(i) the approval of interstate supervisory acquisitions by savings and loan holding companies; and
(ii) the acquisition of a savings institution in another state if the laws of the state of the target savings institution specifically permit such acquisition.
The states vary in the extent to which they permit interstate savings and loan holding company acquisitions.
Capital Requirements. Savings and loan holding companies have not historically been subjected to consolidated regulatory capital requirements. However, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to set for all depository institution holding companies minimum consolidated capital levels that are as stringent as those required for the insured depository subsidiaries. The components of tier 1 capital would be restricted to capital instruments that are currently considered to be tier 1 capital for insured depository institutions, which would exclude instruments such as trust preferred securities and cumulative preferred stock. Instruments issued before May 19, 2010 are grandfathered for companies of consolidated assets of $15 billion or less. Holding companies that were not regulated by the Federal Reserve Board as of May 19, 2010 receive a five year phase-in from the July 21, 2010 date of enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act. The recently proposed rules discussed under Federal Banking RegulationCapital Requirements that would increase regulatory capital requirements would, if adopted, apply regulatory capital requirements to savings and loan holding companies as required by the Dodd-Frank Act. In addition, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. each have previously agreed with the OTS to submit a capital plan providing for the maintenance of capital at levels sufficient to support its risk profile. The plan submitted provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. We expect that the Federal Reserve Board will impose these capital requirements on Westbury Bancorp, Inc. subsequent to the conversion until such time as the agreement is terminated.
Source of Strength. The Dodd-Frank Act extends the source of strength doctrine to savings and loan holding companies. The regulatory agencies must promulgate regulations implementing the source of strength policy that requires holding companies act as a source of strength to their subsidiary depository institutions by providing capital, liquidity and other support in times of financial stress.
Payment of Dividends. The Federal Reserve Board has issued policy guidance regarding the payment of dividends by bank holding companies that it has made applicable to savings and loan holding companies as well. In general, the Federal Reserve Boards policies provide that dividends should be paid only out of current earnings and only if the prospective rate of earnings retention by the holding company appears consistent with the organizations capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Federal Reserve Board guidance provides for prior regulatory review of capital distributions in certain circumstances such as where the companys net income for the past four quarters, net of dividends previously paid over that period, is insufficient to fully fund the dividend or the companys overall rate of earnings retention is inconsistent with the companys capital needs and overall financial condition. The ability of a holding company to pay dividends may be restricted if a subsidiary institution becomes undercapitalized. The policy statement also provides for regulatory review prior to a holding company redeeming or repurchasing regulatory capital instruments when the holding company is experiencing financial weaknesses or redeeming or repurchasing common stock or perpetual preferred stock that would result in a net reduction as of the end of a quarter in the amount of such equity instruments outstanding compared with the beginning of the quarter in which the redemption or repurchase occurred. These regulatory policies could affect the ability of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to pay dividends, repurchase shares of common stock or otherwise engage in capital distributions. In addition, WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. previously agreed with the OTS not to declare or pay any cash dividends without the written non-objection of the OTS, and we expect that the Federal Reserve Board will impose these restrictions on Westbury Bancorp, Inc. subsequent to the conversion until such time as the restrictions are lifted.
Acquisition. Under the Federal Change in Bank Control Act, a notice must be submitted to the Federal Reserve Board if any person (including a company), or group acting in concert, seeks to acquire direct or indirect control of a savings and loan holding company. Under certain circumstances, a
change of control may occur, and prior notice is required, upon the acquisition of 10% or more of the companys outstanding voting stock, unless the Federal Reserve Board has found that the acquisition will not result in control of the company. A change in control definitively occurs upon the acquisition of 25% or more of the companys outstanding voting stock. Under the Change in Bank Control Act, the Federal Reserve Board generally has 60 days from the filing of a complete notice to act, taking into consideration certain factors, including the financial and managerial resources of the acquirer and the competitive effects of the acquisition.
Federal Securities Laws
We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 for the registration of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the stock offering. Upon completion of the stock offering, our common stock will be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. We will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
The registration under the Securities Act of 1933 of shares of common stock to be issued in the stock offering does not cover the resale of those shares. Shares of common stock purchased by persons who are not our affiliates may be resold without registration. Shares purchased by our affiliates will be subject to the resale restrictions of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933. If we meet the current public information requirements of Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, each affiliate of ours that complies with the other conditions of Rule 144, including those that require the affiliates sale to be aggregated with those of other persons, would be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a number of shares not to exceed, in any three-month period, the greater of 1% of our outstanding shares, or the average weekly volume of trading in the shares during the preceding four calendar weeks. In the future, we may permit affiliates to have their shares registered for sale under the Securities Act of 1933.
On April 5, 2012, the JOBS Act was signed into law. The JOBS Act contains provisions that, among other things, reduce certain reporting requirements for qualifying public companies. As an emerging growth company we may delay adoption of new or revised accounting pronouncements applicable to public companies until such pronouncements are made applicable to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. Accordingly, our financial statements may not be comparable to companies that comply with such new or revised accounting standards.
Additionally, we are in the process of evaluating the benefits of relying on the other reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if, as an emerging growth company, we choose to rely on such exemptions we may not be required to, among other things, (i) provide an auditors attestation report on our system of internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404, (ii) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd-Frank Act, (iii) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditors report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis), and (iv) disclose certain executive compensation related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the chief executive officers compensation to median employee compensation. These exemptions will apply for a period of five years following the completion of our initial public offering or until we are no longer an emerging growth company, whichever is earlier.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 addresses, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer will be required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. The rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act have several requirements, including having these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal control over financial reporting; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been changes in our internal control over financial reporting or in other factors that could materially affect internal control over financial reporting. We will be subject to further reporting and audit requirements beginning with the year ending December 31, 2012 under the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We will prepare policies, procedures and systems designed to ensure compliance with these regulations.
Federal Taxation
General. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize material federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank.
Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, Westbury Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31st for filing its consolidated federal income tax returns. The Small Business Protection Act of 1996 eliminated the use of the reserve method of accounting for bad debt reserves by savings institutions, effective for taxable years beginning after 1995.
Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, referred to as alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of an exemption amount. Net operating losses can, in general, offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. At December 31, 2011, Westbury Bank had no minimum tax credit carryforward.
Corporate Dividends. We may exclude from our income 100% of dividends received from Westbury Bank as a member of the same affiliated group of corporations.
Audit of Tax Returns. Westbury Banks tax returns for tax years 2003 2007 were subject to an ordinary audit by the Internal Revenue Service. As a result, Westbury Bank amended its tax returns for those years to exclude as deductions from income certain business development and entertainment expenses for which Westbury Bank did not have sufficient documentation. In addition, the Internal Revenue Service took the position that Westbury Bank should have amortized the organizational costs of
the formation of WBSB Bancorp, MHC over five years instead of four years. As a result of this audit, Westbury Bank paid additional taxes for those tax years, as well as related penalties; however, the total amount was immaterial to our results of operations. Westbury Bank considers the matter fully resolved.
State Taxation
Westbury Bancorp, Inc., and Westbury Bank are subject to Wisconsins corporate income tax, which is imposed at a flat rate of 7.9% on apportioned adjusted gross income. Adjusted gross income, for purposes of the Wisconsin corporate income tax, begins with taxable income as defined by Section 62 of the Code, and thus, incorporates federal tax law to the extent that it affects the computation of taxable income. Federal taxable income is then adjusted by several modifications pursuant to Wisconsin tax regulation.
Other applicable state taxes include generally applicable sales and use taxes plus real and personal property taxes. Westbury Banks state income tax returns have not been audited in recent years.
MANAGEMENT OF WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
Shared Management Structure
The directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. are the same persons who are the directors of Westbury Bank. In addition, each executive officer of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is also an executive officer of Westbury Bank. We expect that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank will continue to have common executive officers until there is a business reason to establish separate management structures.
Executive Officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank
The following table sets forth information regarding the executive officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank and their ages as of June 30, 2012. The executive officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank are elected annually.
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
63 |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman |
Kirk J. Emerich |
|
49 |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
Greg T. Remus(1) |
|
42 |
|
Senior Vice President of Lending |
Nancie P. Heaps |
|
61 |
|
Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Marketing and Secretary |
Wendy L. Heather(1) |
|
57 |
|
Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending |
Sue E. Garman(1) |
|
57 |
|
Senior Vice President of Branch Operations |
(1) Not an officer of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has nine directors. Directors serve three-year staggered terms. Directors of Westbury Bank will be elected by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as its sole stockholder.
The following table states our directors names, their ages as of June 30, 2012, the years that they began serving as directors of Westbury Bank and when their current term as directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. expires:
Name |
|
Position(s) Held With
|
|
Age |
|
Director
|
|
Current Term
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
|
63 |
|
1992 |
|
2015 |
|
Russell E. Brandt |
|
Director |
|
59 |
|
1991 |
|
2016(1) |
|
William D. Gehl |
|
Director |
|
66 |
|
1995 |
|
2015 |
|
Gerald R. Guarnaccio |
|
Director |
|
62 |
|
2009 |
|
2014 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Director |
|
63 |
|
1991 |
|
2015 |
|
James L. Mohr |
|
Director |
|
62 |
|
2009 |
|
2016(1) |
|
James A. Spella |
|
Director |
|
67 |
|
1999 |
|
2014 |
|
Terry Wendorff |
|
Director |
|
53 |
|
2007 |
|
2014 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
Director |
|
56 |
|
2001 |
|
2016(1) |
|
(1) Each of Messrs. Brandt, Mohr and Ziegler are currently serving terms that expire at Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s 2013 annual meeting of shareholders. We anticipate that the 2013 annual meeting of shareholders will be held in January 2013 prior to the closing of the offering, and that WBSB Bancorp, Inc., the sole shareholder of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., will elect all three individuals for three-year terms expiring at the 2016 annual meeting of shareholders.
Director Qualifications
In considering and identifying individual candidates for director, our nominating and governance committee and our Board of Directors takes into account several factors which they believe are important to the operations of Westbury Bank as a community banking institution. With respect to specific candidates, the Board and Committee assess the specific qualities and experience that such individuals possess, including: (1) overall familiarity and experience with the market areas served by Westbury Bank and the community groups located in such communities; (2) knowledge of the local real estate markets and real estate professionals; (3) contacts with and knowledge of local businesses operating in our market area; (4) professional and educational experience, with particular emphasis on real estate, legal, accounting or financial services; (5) experience with the local governments and agencies and political activities; (6) any adverse regulatory or legal actions involving the individual or entity controlled by the individual; (7) the integrity, honesty and reputation of the individual; (8) experience or involvement with other local financial services companies and potential conflicts that may develop; (9) the past service with Westbury Bank or its subsidiaries and contributions to their operations; and (10) the independence of the individual. While the Board of Directors and the Committee do not maintain a written policy on diversity which specifies the qualities or factors the Board or Committee must consider when assessing Board members individually or in connection with assessing the overall composition of the Board, the Board and Committee take into account: (1) the effectiveness of the existing Board of Directors or additional qualifications that may be required when selecting new Board members; (2) the requisite expertise and sufficiently diverse backgrounds of the Board of Directors overall membership composition; and (3) the number of independent outside directors and other possible conflicts of interest of existing and potential members of the Board of Directors.
Board Independence
The Board of Directors has determined that each of our directors, with the exception of President and Chief Executive Officer Raymond F. Lipman and James A. Spella, is independent as defined in the listing standards of the Nasdaq Stock Market. Mr. Lipman is not independent because he is one of our executive officers, and Mr. Spella is not independent because payments by Westbury Bank of legal fees to the Schloemer Law Firm, of which Mr. Spella is a partner, exceeded limitations under applicable Nasdaq rules during 2010 and 2011.
In determining the independence of the other directors, the Board of Directors considered the following facts. During the year ended December 31, 2011, Westbury Bank paid $159,925 in rent for one of its branch offices to Ziegler-Bence Development, a real estate development and management company of which Director J.J. Ziegler is a partner; $48,379 in fees for various printing services to Brandt Printing, Inc., a printing company owned by Director Russell Brandt; $12,300 in fees for preparation and filing of tax returns to James Mohr & Associates LLP, an accounting firm of which Director James Mohr is a principal; and $142,790 in fees for property management and remodeling services to Gerald Nell Inc., a property management company with which Director Gerald Guarnaccio is employed as vice president of operations for the construction division. The Board of Directors determined that the payment of market rent for commercial space does not interfere with Mr. Zieglers exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities as a director; that the payment of market prices for printing services does not interfere with Mr. Brandts exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities as a director; that the payment of market prices for tax return preparation and filing, combined with our decision not to retain James Mohr & Associates LLP for tax preparation services for future periods, does not interfere with Mr. Mohrs exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities as a director; and that the payment of market prices for property management and remodeling services does not interfere with Mr. Guarnaccios exercise of independent judgment in carrying out his responsibilities as a director.
The Business Background of Our Directors and Executive Officers
The business experience for the past five years of each of our directors and executive officers is set forth below. With respect to directors, the biographies also contain information regarding the persons experience, qualifications, attributes or skills that caused the Nominating Committee and the Board of Directors to determine that the person should serve as a director. Unless otherwise indicated, directors and executive officers have held their positions for the past five years.
Directors:
Raymond F. Lipman is our President and Chief Executive Officer and serves as Chairman of our Board of Directors. He has been employed with Westbury Bank since 1976 in a variety of roles, including service as Chief Financial Officer for 15 years. He has served as President since 1991, Chief Executive Officer since 1994 and Chairman of the Board since 2005. Mr. Lipman has over 35 years of community banking experience. Mr. Lipman holds a degree in accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater. Mr. Lipman has extensive ties to the community that support our business generation, including service with the West Bend Economic Development Corporation, West Bend Rotary Club, the Museum of Wisconsin Art, and various greater West Bend area economic development efforts. Mr. Lipman was selected to serve as a director because his extensive experience in a variety of roles at Westbury Bank provides a broad and unique perspective on the challenges facing our organization and on our business strategies and operations.
Russell E. Brandt is President and majority owner of Brandt Printing, Inc., a commercial printer serving the Washington County and greater Milwaukee metropolitan area, where he has served since founding the company in 1974. Mr. Brandt served as a Trustee of the Village of Slinger, Wisconsin from 1987-1992, and has served its President since 2003. In this role, Mr. Brandt was instrumental in improving the villages finances and in forming a storm water utility to address flooding issues. Mr. Brandt has been a member of the Rotary Club since 1975, and, together with his wife, co-chaired a fund drive to improve local parks. Mr. Brandt was selected to serve as a director because his familiarity with the needs of business customers in our market area provide unique perspective on our business and operations, particularly with respect to our increased commercial business lending activities, and because his years of public service provide insight on economic and other conditions in our market area.
William D. Gehl is the Chairman of IBS of Southeastern Wisconsin, a distributor of portable power products, a position he has held since 2011. Previously, from 1992-2008, he served as President and Chief Executive Officer of Gehl Company, a publicly traded company that was engaged in the manufacturing of compact construction equipment. He serves on the boards of directors and audit committees of FreightCar America, Inc., a publicly traded company manufacturer of railroad freight cars, and Astec Industries, Inc., a publicly traded manufacturer of infrastructure development equipment. He also serves on the boards of directors of Oilgear, Inc., a privately held manufacturer of hydraulic pumps, Mason Wells, Inc., a private equity firm, and the West Bend Community Foundation. Mr. Gehl is a graduate of the University of Notre Dame, and holds an MBA from the Wharton School of Finance at the University of Pennsylvania and a juris doctor from the University of Wisconsin School of Law. He is a member of the Wisconsin and Florida State Bars. Mr. Gehl was selected to serve as a director because his business experience and educational background provides unique perspective on our business operations, and because his service on the board of directors and audit committees of publicly held companies provides insight with respect to issues that our organization will face as a public company, including oversight of financial controls and procedures and the preparation and review of financial statements.
Gerald R. Guarnaccio is the Vice President of Operations for Gerald Nell, Inc. a design and construction firm that has been operating in our market area for nearly 50 years. He holds a degree in building construction from the University of Wisconsin-Stout. Mr. Guarnaccio was selected to serve as a director because his experience in the local construction industry provides unique perspective on housing and real estate trends in our market area, and on the risks and opportunities related to our lending operation, particularly commercial real estate lending.
Andrew J. Gumm is the founder of AJG Consulting LLC, which provides consulting services to utility companies with an emphasis on regulatory approvals for utility projects. Prior to his retirement in 2012, he was employed by Wisconsin Energies for over 40 years in a variety of roles, including Senior Manager of Project Siting and Approvals. He holds a degree in business administration from Carthage College in Kenosha, Wisconsin. Mr. Gumm is a board member of the Museum of Wisconsin Art, Threshold, Inc., the West Bend Rotary Club, and the American Red Cross, and is current President of the West Bend Economic Development Corporation and a past President of the Washington County Economic Development Corporation. Mr. Gumm was selected to serve as a director because of his extensive management experience at a regulated entity, and because his service to the community in which we operated provides a unique perspective on economic and other conditions in our market area.
James L. Mohr is a certified public accountant and is the founder of James L. Mohr & Associates LLP, a certified public accounting firm serving businesses and individuals in our market area. Previously, Mr. Mohr spent 25 years at KPMG LLP, including 17 years as a partner in the tax department working with financial institutions. Mr. Mohr holds a bachelors degree in business from the Indiana University
School of Business and a juris doctor from the Indiana University School of Law. He has served as an adjunct professor in the University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee Masters in Taxation program, teaching courses in executive compensation and partnership taxation. Mr. Mohr is a member of the board of directors of several private foundations, and is a member of the Childrens Hospital Foundation Planned Giving Council and the Crossroads Presbyterian Church Foundation. He has previously served as president of the Silver Spring Neighborhood Center, Wiscraft, Inc., a business employing the blind, and Wisconsin Swimming Inc., and on the advisory board of The Salvation Army. Mr. Mohr was selected to serve as a director because his extensive experience as a certified public accountant, specifically working for financial institutions, provides unique perspective with respect to the preparation and review of our financial statements, the supervision of our independent auditors and the review and oversight of our financial controls and procedures and our accounting practices.
James A. Spella is a partner in The Schloemer Law Firm, S.C., where he has practiced real estate, business, tax and estate planning since 1973. Prior to joining the firm, he was a tax attorney with Arthur Andersen & Company. He holds a bachelors degree in accounting from Marquette University and a juris doctor from Marquette University Law School. Mr. Spella has served as legal advisor to or director of a number of community organizations, including the Rotary Club, the Threshold Foundation, the West Bend Community Foundation, Partners in Philanthropy, West Bend Economic Development Corporation and the St. Frances Cabrini School Board. Mr. Spella was selected to serve as a director because his extensive experience as a business and tax attorney provides a unique perspective on our business and operations, and because his client service and his community service provide insight into the needs of members of our community as well as economic and other trends developing in our market area.
Terry Wendorff is the President of Sno-Way International, Inc., a manufacturer of snow and ice control equipment, where he has served since 1993. From 1980 to 1993, he served as operations manager for Simone Engineering, Inc., a multi-state distributor of valves, instruments and controls. Mr. Wendorff is a board member of the Washington County Economic Development Corporation, president of the Kettle Moraine Lions Club, and is a member and past president of the Harford Area Chamber of Commerce. Mr. Wendorff was selected to serve as a director because his experience managing and overseeing a business provides perspective with respect to general business operations and experience reviewing financial statements.
J.J. Ziegler is the managing member of several real estate development companies. He holds a degree in landscape architecture from the University of Wisconsin. Mr. Ziegler serves on the board of directors of Proven Direct, Inc., a marketing and digital print company, and is a former board member of the Riveredge Nature Center, the Kettle Moraine YMCA, the Washington County Economic Development Corporation and a former member of the Rotary Club. Mr. Ziegler was selected to serve as a director because his experience managing his own business provides insight with respect to general business operations as well as experience reviewing financial statements, and his experience in the real estate industry provides unique perspective on the risks and opportunities related to our lending operations, particularly commercial real estate lending.
Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors:
Kirk J. Emerich has been employed by Westbury Bank since 1992, and is currently serving as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. He has over 26 years of experience in the financial services industry, having served as an accountant with Ernst & Young for six years prior to joining Westbury Bank. He served as a director of Westbury Bank for four years, stepping down in 2008 upon the completion of the merger with Continental Savings Bank. Mr. Emerich holds a degree in accounting from the University of Wisconsin-Whitewater, and is a certified public accountant. His responsibilities
include the management and supervision of the Accounting, Compliance, Information Technology and Operations Departments. Mr. Emerich oversees the preparation of financial statements and budgets, capital planning initiatives, and the asset/liability and investment management function. He is a member and past president of the West Bend Sunrise Rotary, treasurer of the West Bend Sunrise Rotary Foundation, and past president of the West Bend Area Chamber of Commerce.
Greg J. Remus has been employed by Westbury Bank since 2009, and is currently serving as Senior Vice President of Lending. Mr. Remus has over 20 years of experience in the financial services industry. He previously served as Vice President of Commercial Real Estate for M&I Bank from 2004-2009 and, before that, as Vice President Commercial Lending of ISB Community Bank. Mr. Remus holds a degree in mathematics from the University of Wisconsin. His responsibilities include general oversight of our commercial business, multi-family and commercial real estate loan portfolio, including credit quality, underwriting, administration, collections, loan yield pricing and portfolio growth.
Nancie P. Heaps has been employed by Westbury Bank since 1973, and is currently serving as Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Marketing, and Secretary. Her responsibilities include planning and administering policies relating to all phases of human resources activity and overseeing the design and implementation of our marketing initiatives. She also maintains records of the activities of the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors. Ms. Heaps holds a degree in education from the University of Wisconsin-Oshkosh. She has over 35 years of experience in the financial services industry, having spent her entire career in various positions at Westbury Bank.
Wendy L. Heather has been employed by Westbury Bank since 2000, and is currently serving as Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending. Ms. Heather has over 22 years of experience in the financial services industry, having previously served as Business Development Officer, Mortgage Loan Originator and Branch Manager of Westbury Bank. Her responsibilities include general oversight of our residential loan portfolio (including credit quality, loan yield pricing and portfolio growth), our retail loan operations (including processing, underwriting and closing), secondary market loan sales (including post-closing and servicing), and our consumer lending activities.
Sue E. Garman has been employed by Westbury Bank since 1985 in a variety of roles, and is currently serving as Senior Vice President of Branch Operations. Ms. Garman has over 38 years of experience in the financial services industry, having previously served in several positions at Chase Bank. Ms. Garmans responsibilities include general oversight of our retail operations, including deposit growth cost of funds and branch network operations.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors of Westbury Bank
We conduct business through meetings of our Board of Directors and its committees. During the year ended December 31, 2011, the Board of Directors Westbury Bank had 12 regular meetings and one annual meeting. Set forth below is a brief description of the standing committees of the Board of Directors of Westbury Bank and their current membership.
The audit committee is currently comprised of Directors Spella (Chairman), Mohr, Guarnaccio and Wendorff. The audit committee assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities with respect to (i) the integrity of the financial reporting process, the systems of internal control, the audit process, and the financial statements and reports of Westbury Bank, (ii) the performance of the internal audit function, and (iii) compliance with laws and regulatory requirements. The audit committee is also directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of Westbury Banks independent auditor.
The nominating and governance committee is currently comprised of Directors Ziegler (Chairman), Spella, Wendorff and Gumm. The nominating and governance committee is responsible for (i) implementing and evaluating the overall corporate governance policies for Westbury Bank; (ii) identifying, screening, recruiting and presenting director candidates to the Board of Directors; (iii) recommending directors for membership on the various committees of the Board of Directors; and (iv) reviewing and presenting changes to the bylaws of Westbury Bank for the Board of Directors consideration and approval. The nominating and governance committee met three times during the year ended December 31, 2011.
The personnel and compensation committee is currently comprised of Directors Gehl (Chairman), Gumm, Spella and Mohr. The personnel and compensation committee assists the Board of Directors in fulfilling its responsibilities related to employee compensation. The personnel and compensation committee is responsible for (i) establishing Westbury Banks general compensation philosophy, (ii) developing and implementing compensation, benefits and perquisite programs, (iii) approving and evaluating compensation plans with respect to officers having the title Senior Vice President or higher, (iv) ratifying compensation plans, policies and programs for all other employees, (v) recommending levels of compensation for directors, (vi) evaluating the performance of senior executive officers, (vii) recommending to the Board of Directors the discretionary contribution to be made under Westbury Banks 401(k) plan, and (viii) developing and monitoring a succession plan for senior management. The personnel and compensation committee met three times during the year ended December 31, 2011.
The directors loan committee is comprised of at least three independent directors, currently Directors Brandt (Chairman), Spella, Gumm and Ziegler. Our Chief Executive Officer, our Chief Financial Officer, our Senior Vice President of Lending and our Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending participate in directors loan committee meetings but are not voting members of the committee. When we fill the position of Chief Credit Officer, which we expect to occur during the third or fourth quarter of 2012, that person will also participate in directors loan committee meetings but will not be a voting member of the committee. The directors loan committee assists the Board of Directors in maintaining and monitoring the quality of loan portfolio and the supervision of the safe and sound operation of Westbury Banks lending operations. The directors loan committee is responsible for (i) reviewing and approving credit requests in excess of credit limits authorized for loan officers and senior management, (ii) reviewing and recommending to the Board of Directors loan requests from directors or other insiders in compliance with the Insider Loan Policy, and (iii) reviewing all loans in excess of a designated amount that were approved within the credit limits authorized for loan officers and senior management. The directors loan committee met 11 times during the year ended December 31, 2011.
The enterprise risk committee is currently comprised of Directors Mohr (Chairman), Brandt, Wendorff and Ziegler. The enterprise risk committee assists the Board of Directors in supervising the enterprise risk of Westbury Bank, reviews the risk tolerance of Westbury Bank, and advises the Board of Directors with respect to the enterprise risk management framework. The enterprise risk committee met two times during the year ended December 31, 2011.
Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The Board of Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has met one time since the incorporation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to address certain organizational matters, and has established the following standing committees: the Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance
Committee and the Audit Committee. Each of these committees will operate under a written charter, which governs their composition, responsibilities and operations.
The Audit Committee will be responsible for supervising Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s accounting, financial reporting and financial control processes. Generally, the Audit Committee will oversee managements efforts with respect to the quality and integrity of our financial information and reporting functions and the adequacy and effectiveness of our system of internal accounting and financial controls. The Audit Committee will also review the independent audit process and the qualifications of the independent registered public accounting firm.
The Audit Committee will be comprised of Directors Mohr (Chairman), Gumm, Guarnaccio and Wendorff. We intend that each member of the Audit Committee, except for Mr. Mohr, will be deemed to be independent as defined in the Nasdaq corporate governance listing standards and will satisfy the additional independence requirements of applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules. Mr. Mohr will serve on the Audit Committee pursuant to an exemption that permits one director who is not independent under the Nasdaq listing standards for a period of up to two years, and pursuant to a Securities and Exchange Commission rule that exempts the minority of the members of the Audit Committee from the independence requirements otherwise applicable to audit committees for a period of one year from the effective date of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s registration statement, which we expect to be approximately November 12, 2012. The Board of Directors has determined that the receipt by James Mohr & Associates LLP, an accounting firm of which Mr. Mohr is a principal, of fees for preparation and filing of tax returns in the amount of $13,100 in 2010 and $12,300 in 2011, and expected total fees of approximately $13,000 in 2012 (some of which have already been paid and all of which relate to preparation and filing of tax returns for tax year 2011) will not affect the ability of the Audit Committee to act independently of management or to satisfy applicable Securities and Exchange Commission requirements for audit committees of publicly held companies. Furthermore, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank do not intend to engage James Mohr & Associates LLP for purposes of preparing and filing tax returns or for any other services subsequent to the completion of the tax returns for tax year 2011. Accordingly, under applicable Nasdaq listing standards and Securities and Exchange Commission rules, Mr. Mohr will be independent for purposes of service on the Audit Committee beginning on or about January 1, 2013.
The Audit Committee will have sole responsibility for engaging our registered public accounting firm. Based on its review of the criteria of an audit committee financial expert under the rules adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, our board of directors believes that Mr. Mohr qualifies as an audit committee financial expert under applicable Securities and Exchange Commission rules.
The Nominating Committee will meet at least annually in order to nominate candidates for membership on our board of directors. The Nominating Committee will be comprised of Directors Ziegler (Chairman), Mohr, Gumm and Wendorff.
The Compensation Committee will establish Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s compensation policies and will review compensation matters. The Compensation Committee will be comprised of Directors Gehl (Chairman), Gumm and Wendorff.
Board Structure and Risk Oversight
Our Board of Directors is chaired by Raymond F. Lipman, who is also our President and Chief Executive Officer. We believe our governance structure is appropriate given the size, limited market area and relatively non-complex operating philosophy of our organization. In addition, we have never
engaged in a transaction with any affiliate of Mr. Lipman. As President and Chief Executive Officer of Westbury Bank, and having been employed by Westbury Bank in various roles for his entire 35 year career, Mr. Lipman is well positioned to understand the challenges faced by our organization. As a result, he can set our strategic direction, provide day-to-day leadership, and also set the agenda of the Board of Directors. We understand the risk that an inside Chairman could theoretically manage the Board of Directors agenda to limit the consideration of important issues relating to management.
To minimize the risk involved with having a joint Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, the independent directors will meet in executive sessions periodically to discuss certain matters such as the chief executive officers performance and his annual compensation as well as our independent audit and internal controls. In addition, we have appointed Andrew J. Gumm, who has served as a director of Westbury Bank since 1991, as our lead independent director. The lead independent director provides a source of leadership that is complimentary to that provided by the Chairman, but is independent of management. The lead independent director is responsible for providing input with respect to the preparation of agendas for meetings of the Board of Directors and committees, working with the Chairman and the corporate secretary to ensure that the Board of Directors has adequate resources and information to support its activities, serving as chair of Board of Directors meetings in the Chairmans absence, educating the Board of Directors as to its responsibilities, chairing meetings of the independent directors and serving as a liaison between the Board of Directors and management and among individual directors. We intend to rotate the position of lead independent director every three years.
The Board of Directors is actively involved in oversight of risks that could affect Westbury Bancorp, Inc. This oversight is conducted in part through committees of the Board of Directors, but the full Board of Directors has retained responsibility for general oversight of risks. The Board of Directors satisfies this responsibility through full reports by each committee regarding its considerations and actions, regular reports directly from officers responsible for oversight of particular risks within Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as well as through internal and external audits. Risks relating to the direct operations of Westbury Bank are further overseen by the Board of Directors of Westbury Bank, who are the same individuals who serve on the Board of Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The Board of Directors of Westbury Bank also has additional committees that conduct risk oversight separate from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Further, the Board of Directors oversees risks through the establishment of policies and procedures that are designed to guide daily operations in a manner consistent with applicable laws, regulations and risks acceptable to the organization.
Corporate Governance Policies and Procedures
In addition to establishing committees of our board of directors, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will adopt several policies to govern the activities of both Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank including corporate governance policies and a code of business conduct and ethics. The corporate governance policies are expected to involve such matters as the following:
· the composition, responsibilities and operation of our Board of Directors;
· the establishment and operation of board committees, including audit, nominating and compensation committees;
· convening executive sessions of independent directors; and
· our Board of Directors interaction with management and third parties.
The code of business conduct and ethics, which is expected to apply to all employees and directors, will address conflicts of interest, the treatment of confidential information, general employee conduct and compliance with applicable laws, rules and regulations. In addition, the code of business conduct and ethics will be designed to deter wrongdoing and to promote honest and ethical conduct, the avoidance of conflicts of interest, full and accurate disclosure and compliance with all applicable laws, rules and regulations.
Executive Officer Compensation
Summary Compensation Table. The table below summarizes for the year ended December 31, 2011 the total compensation paid to or earned by our President and Chief Executive Officer Raymond F. Lipman, and our two other most highly compensated executive officers. Each individual listed in the table below is referred to as a named executive officer.
Summary Compensation Table |
|
||||||||||
Name and principal position |
|
Year |
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
All other
|
|
Total
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman
|
|
2011 |
|
250,477 |
|
|
|
31,831 |
|
282,308 |
|
Kirk J. Emerich
|
|
2011 |
|
140,335 |
|
|
|
13,391 |
|
153,726 |
|
Greg Remus
|
|
2011 |
|
113,314 |
|
20,000 |
|
4,831 |
|
138,145 |
|
(1) The amounts in this column reflect what Westbury Bank paid for, or reimbursed, the applicable named executive officer for the various benefits and perquisites received. A break-down of the various elements of compensation in this column is set forth in the following table:
All Other Compensation |
|
||||||||||||||
Name |
|
Auto
|
|
Country
|
|
Board
|
|
Life Insurance
|
|
Long-Term Care
|
|
Employer
|
|
Total All Other
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
2,029 |
|
829 |
|
18,600 |
|
75 |
|
1,723 |
|
8,575 |
|
31,831 |
|
Kirk J. Emerich |
|
6,305 |
|
829 |
|
|
|
75 |
|
1,270 |
|
4,912 |
|
13,391 |
|
Greg Remus |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
165 |
|
|
|
4,666 |
|
4,831 |
|
Benefit Plans and Agreements
Current Employment Agreement. Westbury Bank entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Raymond Lipman in December 2008. The employment agreement originally had a three-year term and currently will expire in March 2014 unless renewed. The agreement provides for the payment of base salary which must be reviewed at least annually and which may be increased but not decreased, except for decreases applicable to all officers. The current base salary for the executive is $250,477. In addition to the base salary, the agreement provides the executive with an automobile and payment of reasonable costs related to such automobile. The agreement also provides for participation in bonus programs and other employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites applicable to senior officers. The executives employment may be terminated for cause at any time, in which event the executive would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination.
Certain events resulting in the executives termination or resignation entitle the executive to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment. In the event of the executives involuntary termination for reasons other than death, disability, retirement or a change in control, or in the event of termination for cause, or in the event the executive resigns during the term of the agreement following (i) Westbury Banks failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint the executive to the executive position, (ii) a material change in the nature or scope of the executives authority resulting in a reduction of the responsibility, scope, or importance of executives position, (iii) a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites paid to the executive unless such reduction is employer-wide, (iv) the failure of Westbury Banks officers, other than its internal audit staff, to report, directly or indirectly, to the executive, (v) liquidation or dissolution of Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. or WBSB Bancorp, MHC, or (v) a material breach of the employment agreement by Westbury Bank, then the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to two times his then current base salary and his average annualized bonus paid by Westbury Bank for the prior three years. In addition, the executive would be entitled to the continuation of life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage for the remaining unexpired term of the employment agreement.
In the event of a change in control of Westbury Bank, followed by executives involuntary termination or resignation for one of the reasons set forth above, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to the greater of (i) three times the sum of (a) the highest rate of base salary paid to the executive at any time, and (b) the greater of the average annualized cash bonus paid to the executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to termination of employment or the cash bonus paid to the executive with respect to the fiscal year ended prior to the termination, or (ii) 2.99 times the executives base amount as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G (the base amount is generally the five-year average of the executives taxable compensation). In addition, the executive would be entitled to the continuation of life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage for 36 months following the termination of employment. In the event payments made to the executive include an excess parachute payment as defined in Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code, such payments will be cutback by the minimum dollar amount necessary to avoid this result.
In the event the executive becomes disabled within the meaning of such term under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, the executive shall receive benefits under any disability plan maintained by Westbury Bank and other plans to which the executive is a party. In the event of executives death during the term of the employment agreement, Westbury Bank will provide continuing Westbury Bank-paid health coverage to the executives family for one year following the executives death. Upon termination of the executives employment following an event of termination as defined in the employment agreement, the executive agrees not to compete with Westbury Bank for a period of one year following termination.
Anticipated Future Employment Agreements. Following the conversion and subject to any required regulatory approval, Westbury Bank intends to enter into new employment agreements with Messrs. Lipman, Emerich and Remus, which will be effective no earlier than the date of the conversion. Each employment agreement will have substantially similar terms, except for the term of the agreements. Mr. Lipmans agreement will have a fixed three-year term. Messrs. Emerich and Remus agreements will have an initial two-year term, and commencing on the first anniversary of the agreements and on each subsequent anniversary thereafter, the agreements will be renewed for an additional year so that the remaining term will be two years, provided that the Board of Directors has approved the extension of the term. The agreement provides for the payment of base salary which must be reviewed at least annually
and which may be increased but not decreased except for decreases applicable to all employees. The current base salaries for Messrs. Lipman, Emerich and Remus are $250,477, $140,355 and $130,000 respectively. The executives employment may be terminated for cause at any time, in which event the executive would have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination.
Certain events resulting in the executives termination or resignation entitle the executive to payments of severance benefits following termination of employment. In the event the executives involuntary termination for reasons other than for cause, disability or retirement, or in the event the executive resigns during the term of the agreement following (i) a material change in the nature of the executives authority resulting in a reduction of the responsibility, or importance of executives position (and under Mr. Lipmans agreement only, a failure to elect or reelect the executive as Chief Executive Officer), (ii) a material reduction in the benefits or perquisites paid to the executive unless such reduction is employer-wide, or (iii) a material breach of the employment agreement by Westbury Bank, then the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to the base salary and bonus the executive would be entitled to receive for the remaining unexpired term of the employment agreement. For this purpose, the bonuses payable will be deemed to be equal to the average bonus paid during the prior three years. In addition, the executive would be entitled to receive a lump sum payment equal to the present value of the contributions that would reasonably have been expected to be made on executives behalf under Westbury Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, Employee Stock Ownership Plan) if the executive had continued working for the remaining unexpired term of the employment agreement earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. Internal Revenue Code Section 409A may require that a portion of the above payments cannot be made until six months after termination of employment, if the executive is a key employee under IRS rules. In addition, the executive would be entitled, at no expense to the executive, to the continuation of life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage for the remaining unexpired term of the employment agreement.
In the event of a change in control of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc., followed by executives involuntary termination or resignation for one of the reasons set forth above within 18 months thereafter, the executive would be entitled to a severance payment in the form of a cash lump sum equal to (a) two (2) times (three (3) times for Mr. Lipman) the executives base amount as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 280G (the base amount is generally the five-year average of the executives taxable compensation), plus (b) a lump sum equal to the present value of the contributions that would reasonably have been expected to be made on the executives behalf under Westbury Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, Employee Stock Ownership Plan) if the executive had continued working for an additional twenty-four (24) months (thirty-six (36) months for Mr. Lipman) after termination of employment, earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. In addition, the executive would be entitled, at no expense to the executive, to the continuation of life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage for twenty-four (24) months (thirty-six (36) months for Mr. Lipman) following the termination of employment. In the event payments made to the executive include an excess parachute payment as defined in Internal Revenue Code Section 280G, such payments will be cutback by the minimum dollar amount necessary to avoid this result.
Under each employment agreement, if an executive becomes disabled within the meaning of Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, the executive shall receive benefits under any short-term or long-term disability plans maintained by Westbury Bank in which he participates. In the event of executives death, the executives family will be entitled to continued non-taxable medical insurance for twelve months following the executives death, with the family member paying the employee share of the insurance premiums.
Upon termination of the executives employment, the executive shall be subject to certain restrictions on their ability to compete, or to solicit business or employees of Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for a period of one year following termination of employment.
Westbury Bank also anticipates entering into an employment agreement with another non-executive level officer, subject to any required approval, which will contain terms similar to those of the agreements for Messrs. Emerich and Remus, and into a two-year change in control agreement with another non-executive level officer, subject to any required approval.
Salary Continuation Agreements . Westbury Bank entered into non-qualified salary continuation agreements with each of Raymond Lipman and Kirk Emerich in 2004. The two agreements, which contain substantially identical terms, provide that Messrs. Lipman and Emerich, respectively, are entitled to receive a supplemental retirement benefit of $89,900 and $62,000 a year, respectively, payable over 20 years following a termination of employment on or after age 65, with the benefit paid in monthly installments. If Messrs. Lipman and Emerich terminate employment on or after age 62 but prior to age 65, the executive will be entitled to a reduced benefit, which will also be payable over 20 years following a termination of employment in monthly installments. The agreement also provides a benefit in the event of the executives death or disability.
401(k) Plan . In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bank adopted the Westbury Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan (401(k) Plan), effective October 15, 2012. The 401(k) Plan amends and supersedes the Westbury Bank 401(k) Profit Sharing Plan. Employees who have attained age 21 and completed six months of employment are eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan a participant may elect to defer, on a pre-tax basis, up to 100% of his or her salary in any plan year, subject to limits imposed by the Internal Revenue Code. For 2012, the salary deferral contribution limit is $17,000, provided, however, that a participant over age 50 may contribute an additional $5,500, for a total contribution of $22,500. In addition to salary deferral contributions, Westbury Bank may make matching contributions and profit sharing contributions. Generally, unless the participant elects otherwise, the participants account balance will be distributed as a result of his or her termination of employment with Westbury Bank.
Each participant has an individual account under the 401(k) Plan and may direct the investment of his or her account among a variety of investment options. In connection with the conversion, each participant will be allowed to invest his or her account balance in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. through the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Stock Fund.
Employee Stock Ownership Plan. In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bank adopted an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees. Eligible employees will begin participation in the employee stock ownership plan on the later of the effective date of the conversion or upon the first entry date commencing on or after the eligible employees completion of 1,000 hours of service during a continuous 12-month period.
The employee stock ownership plan trustee is expected to purchase, on behalf of the employee stock ownership plan, 8.0% (including shares issued to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation) of the total number of shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock issued in the conversion. We anticipate that the employee stock ownership plan will fund its stock purchase with a loan from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. equal to the aggregate purchase price of the common stock. The loan will be repaid principally through Westbury Banks contribution to the employee stock ownership plan and dividends payable on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan over the anticipated 20-year term of the loan.
The interest rate for the employee stock ownership plan loan is expected to be an adjustable rate equal to the prime rate, as published in The Wall Street Journal , on the closing date of the offering. Thereafter the interest rate will adjust annually and will be the prime rate on the first business day of the calendar year, retroactive to January 1 of such year. See Pro Forma Data.
The trustee will hold the shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan in an unallocated suspense account, and shares will be released from the suspense account on a pro-rata basis as we repay the loan. The trustee will allocate the shares released among participants on the basis of each participants proportional share of compensation relative to all participants. Each participant will vest in his or her benefit at a rate of 20% per year, beginning after the participants completion of his or her second year of service, such that the participant will be fully vested upon completion of six years of credited service. However, each participant who was employed by Westbury Bank prior to the offering will receive credit for vesting purposes for years of service prior to the adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. A participant also will become fully vested automatically in his or her benefit upon normal retirement, death or disability, a change in control, or termination of the employee stock ownership plan. Generally, a participant will receive a distribution from the employee stock ownership plan upon separation from service.
The employee stock ownership plan permits a participant to direct the trustee as to how to vote the shares of common stock allocated to his or her account. The trustee votes unallocated shares and allocated shares for which participants do not provide instructions on any matter in the same ratio as those shares for which participants provide instructions, subject to fulfillment of the trustees fiduciary responsibilities.
Under applicable accounting requirements, Westbury Bank will record a compensation expense for the employee stock ownership plan at the fair market value of the shares as they are committed to be released from the unallocated suspense account to each participants account. The compensation expense resulting from the release of the common stock from the suspense account and allocation to plan participants will result in a corresponding reduction in Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s earnings.
Director Compensation
The following table sets forth for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 certain information as to the total remuneration we paid to our directors other than to our named executive officers. Information with respect to director compensation paid to directors who are also named executive officers is included above in Executive Officer CompensationSummary Compensation Table.
Name |
|
Fees earned or
|
|
Non-qualified deferred
|
|
All other
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Russell E. Brandt |
|
21,150 |
|
|
|
1,514 |
|
22,664 |
|
Peter Bruce (1) |
|
21,175 |
|
|
|
|
|
21,175 |
|
William D. Gehl |
|
20,400 |
|
|
|
2,010 |
|
22,410 |
|
Gerald R. Guarnaccio |
|
20,275 |
|
49 |
|
|
|
20,324 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
31,075 |
|
|
|
1,723 |
|
32,798 |
|
James L. Mohr |
|
20,925 |
|
31 |
|
|
|
20,956 |
|
James Podewils (2) |
|
18,600 |
|
3 |
|
|
|
18,603 |
|
James A. Spella |
|
21,725 |
|
|
|
2,117 |
|
23,842 |
|
Terry Wendorff |
|
20,625 |
|
|
|
|
|
20,625 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
19,000 |
|
|
|
1,389 |
|
20,389 |
|
(1) Mr. Bruce retired from the board of directors of Westbury Bank on the last day of his term, which was March 31, 2012.
(2) Mr. Podewils retired from the board of directors of Westbury Bank on December 6, 2011.
(3) Amounts in this column include contributions by Messrs. Guarnaccio, Mohr and Podewils to the deferred compensation plan.
(4) Amounts in this column represent the above-market earnings (defined for purposes of this table as the amount that exceeds 120% of the applicable federal long-term rate) on Messrs. Guarnaccios, Mohrs and Podewils account balances.
(5) Amounts in this column reflect the cost of long-term care insurance premiums paid by Westbury Bank.
Director Fees
Each director of Westbury Bank is paid a monthly retainer of $1,550. The lead independent director receives an additional monthly retainer of $775. Each director is paid a fee of $800 for each special meeting attended during the fiscal year.
Additionally, each director is a paid a fee for his services on the audit committee, enterprise risk committee, nominating and governance committee, personnel and compensation committee and directors loan committee in the amount of $200 ($225 for the chairman of the committee), respectively, for each committee meeting attended.
Following the conversion, each individual who serves as a director of Westbury Bank will serve as a director of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. We expect that directors of Westbury Bank will receive directors fees equivalent to the fees paid prior to the conversion, except that, beginning January 1, 2013, the monthly retainer will increase to $1,750 and the committee meeting fee will increase to $300 ($500 for the chairman of the committee). We currently do not plan to separately compensate the directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Director Plan
Deferred Compensation Plan . Westbury Bank maintains a deferred compensation plan for selected directors. The only participants are Gerald Guarnaccio, James Mohr and James Podewils. Under the deferred compensation plan, participants are permitted to defer all or a portion of their compensation. The deferred compensation plan, which is an unfunded plan, provides that interest on the deferred amounts will be computed at a rate equal to the greater of (a) the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, on the first day of each calendar quarter, minus two hundred (200) basis points, or (b) three percent (3%). Each participant is always 100% vested in his account balance. Participants will receive a distribution in a single lump sum or in annual installments in accordance with a participants written elections. For 2011, Messrs. Guarnaccio, Mohr and Podewils deferred $19,200, $20,925 and $17,050, respectively, and received an interest credit of $10,208, $5,409 and $10,525, respectively. Mr. Mohr ceased to defer compensation to the plan effective January 1, 2012.
Future Stock Benefit Plans
Following the stock offering, we intend to adopt a new stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted common stock awards. In accordance with applicable regulations, we anticipate that the plan will authorize a number of stock options and a number of shares of restricted stock, not to exceed 10% and 4%, respectively, of the shares issued in the conversion (including shares contributed to our charitable foundation). These limitations will not apply if the plan is implemented more than one year after the conversion.
The stock-based incentive plan will not be established sooner than six months after the stock offering and, if adopted within one year after the stock offering, would require the approval by stockholders owning a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. If
the stock-based incentive plan is established after one year after the stock offering, it would require the approval of our stockholders by a majority of votes cast.
The following additional restrictions would apply to our stock-based incentive plan only if the plan is adopted within one year after the stock offering:
· non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
· any non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
· any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;
· the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and
· accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
These restrictions do not apply to plans adopted after one year following the completion of the stock offering.
We have not yet determined whether we will present the stock-based incentive plan for stockholder approval within one year following the completion of the conversion or whether we will present this plan for stockholder approval more than one year after the completion of the conversion. In the event the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.
We may obtain the shares needed for our stock-based benefit plans by issuing additional shares of common stock from authorized but unissued shares or through stock repurchases.
Transactions with Certain Related Persons
Loans and Extensions of Credit. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 generally prohibits publicly traded companies from making loans to their executive officers and directors, but it contains a specific exemption from such prohibition for loans made by federally insured financial institutions, such as Westbury Bank, to their executive officers and directors in compliance with federal banking regulations. Federal regulations permit executive officers and directors to receive the same terms that are widely available to other employees as long as the director or executive officer is not given preferential treatment compared to the other participating employees. Westbury Bank makes loans to its directors, executive officers and employees through an employee loan program pursuant to which such loans bear interest at a rate that is 0.25% lower than the market rate at the time of origination. The program applies only to adjustable-rate first mortgages and home equity lines of credit on a primary residence and is available to all employees of Westbury Bank.
The following tables sets forth loans made by Westbury Bank to its directors and executive officers where the largest amount of all indebtedness outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, and all amounts of interest payable during each year, respectively, exceeded $120,000, and where the borrowers received reduced interest rates pursuant to the employee loan program described above. Except for the reduced interest rates, all loans to directors and executive officers were made in the ordinary course of business, were made on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to persons not related to Westbury Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features.
Name |
|
Type of Loan |
|
Largest
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Principal
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
James A. Spella |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
103,716 |
|
4.000 |
% |
$ |
78,930 |
|
$ |
24,786 |
|
$ |
3,793 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
331,034 |
|
4.250 |
% |
$ |
327,161 |
|
$ |
3,873 |
|
$ |
13,994 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Home equity loan on primary |
|
$ |
23,704 |
|
6.125 |
% |
$ |
23,337 |
|
$ |
367 |
|
$ |
1,442 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
117,439 |
|
4.750 |
% |
$ |
72,171 |
|
$ |
23,212 |
|
$ |
4,095 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
Home equity loan on primary |
|
$ |
99,803 |
|
2.750 |
% |
$ |
91,275 |
|
$ |
15,519 |
|
$ |
1,917 |
|
Name |
|
Type of Loan |
|
Largest
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
Principal
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Amount of
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
James A. Spella |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
151,000 |
|
4.750 |
% |
$ |
103,716 |
|
$ |
47,284 |
|
$ |
1,425 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
632,684 |
|
4.250 |
% |
$ |
331,034 |
|
$ |
301,650 |
|
$ |
3,032 |
|
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Home equity loan on primary |
|
$ |
24,049 |
|
6.125 |
% |
$ |
23,704 |
|
$ |
345 |
|
$ |
1,463 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
Mortgage on primary home |
|
$ |
117,439 |
|
4.850 |
% |
$ |
95,383 |
|
$ |
22,057 |
|
$ |
5,316 |
|
J.J. Ziegler |
|
Home equity loan on primary |
|
$ |
99,999 |
|
2.750 |
% |
$ |
89,803 |
|
$ |
15,52 |
|
$ |
1,917 |
|
Other than as described above and except for directors and executive officers whose loans were made on preferential terms but for which the principal balance has been less than $120,000 since January 1, 2009, all loans made by Westbury Bank to executive officers, directors, immediate family members of executive officers and directors, or organizations with which executive officers and directors are affiliated, were made in the ordinary course of business, on substantially the same terms, including interest rates and collateral, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans to persons not related to Westbury Bank, and did not involve more than the normal risk of collectability or present other unfavorable features. Westbury Bank is in compliance with federal regulations with respect to its loans and extensions of credit to executive officers and directors.
In addition, loans made to a director or executive officer must be approved in advance by a majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors. The aggregate amount of our loans to our executive officers and directors and their related entities was $6.0 million at June 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, these loans were performing according to their original terms.
Other Transactions. In addition to loans to directors and executive officers, during the year ended December 31, 2012, Westbury Bank paid $260,689 in legal fees to the Schloemer Law Firm, of which Director James Spella is a partner; $159,925 in rent for one of its branch offices to Ziegler-Bence Development, a real estate development and management company of which Director J.J. Ziegler is a partner; and $142,790 in fees for property management and remodeling services to Gerald Nell Inc., a
property management company with which Director Gerald Guarnaccio is employed as vice president of operations for the construction division.
We also are party to a note in the principal amount of $300,000 issued to a limited liability company owned by certain of our executive officers and directors. See Business of Westbury BankSources of FundsBorrowings and Note 11 of the Notes to our Consolidated Financial Statements beginning on page F-1 of this prospectus for more information regarding this note.
SUBSCRIPTIONS BY DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following table sets forth information regarding intended common stock subscriptions by each of the directors and executive officers and their associates, and by all directors, officers and their associates as a group. However, there can be no assurance that any such person or group will purchase any specific number of shares of our common stock. In the event the individual maximum purchase limitation is increased, persons subscribing for the maximum amount may increase their purchase order. Directors and officers will purchase shares of common stock at the same $10.00 purchase price per share and on the same terms as other purchasers in the offering. This table excludes shares of common stock to be purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, as well as any stock awards or stock option grants that may be made no earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The directors and officers have indicated their intention to subscribe in the offering for an aggregate of 167,500 shares of common stock, equal to 5.6% of the number of shares of common stock to be sold in the offering at the minimum of the offering range (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), assuming shares are available. Purchases by directors, officers and their associates will be included in determining whether the required minimum number of shares has been subscribed for in the offering. The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. Subscriptions by management through our 401(k) Plan will be counted as part of the maximum number of shares such individuals may subscribe for in the offering.
Name and Title |
|
Number of
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
Percent at
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman, President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Board |
|
30,000 |
|
$ |
300,000 |
|
1.01 |
% |
Russell E. Brandt, Director |
|
10,000 |
|
100,000 |
|
* |
|
|
William D. Gehl, Director |
|
7,500 |
|
75,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Gerald R. Guarnaccio, Director |
|
10,000 |
|
100,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Andrew J. Gumm, Director |
|
15,000 |
|
150,000 |
|
* |
|
|
James L. Mohr, Director |
|
5,000 |
|
50,000 |
|
* |
|
|
James A. Spella, Director |
|
5,000 |
|
50,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Terry Wendorff, Director |
|
15,000 |
|
150,000 |
|
* |
|
|
J.J. Ziegler, Director |
|
20,000 |
|
200,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Kirk J. Emerich, Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
7,500 |
|
75,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Greg J. Remus, Senior Vice President of Lending |
|
20,000 |
|
200,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Nancie P. Heaps, Senior Vice President of Human Resources and Marketing and Secretary |
|
7,500 |
|
75,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Wendy L. Heather, Senior Vice President of Secondary Market and Retail Lending |
|
7,500 |
|
75,000 |
|
* |
|
|
Sue Garman, Senior Vice President of Branch Operations |
|
7,500 |
|
75,000 |
|
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All directors and officers as a group (14 persons) |
|
167,500 |
|
$ |
1,675,000 |
|
5.60 |
% |
* Less than 1%.
(1) Includes purchases by the named individuals spouse and other relatives of the named individual living in the same household. Other than as set forth above, the named individuals are not aware of any other purchases by a person who or entity that would be considered an associate of the named individuals under the plan of conversion and reorganization.
THE CONVERSION AND PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
The Board of Directors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC has approved the plan of conversion and reorganization. The plan of conversion and reorganization must also be approved by WBSB Bancorp, MHCs members. A special meeting of members has been called for this purpose. The Federal Reserve Board has conditionally approved the plan of conversion and reorganization; however, such approval does not constitute a recommendation or endorsement of the plan of conversion and reorganization by the Federal Reserve Board.
General
The Board of Directors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization on September 5, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, WBSB Bancorp, MHC will convert from the mutual form of organization to the fully stock form and we will sell shares of common stock to the public in our offering. In the conversion, we have organized a new Maryland stock holding company named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. When the conversion is completed, all of the capital stock of Westbury Bank will be owned by Westbury Bancorp, Inc., and all of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders.
We intend to retain between $5.4 million and $14.0 million of the net proceeds of the offering, or $16.7 million if the offering range is increased by 15%, and to contribute the balance of the net proceeds plus such additional amounts as may be necessary so that, upon completion of the offering, Westbury Bank will have a tangible capital to assets ratio of at least 10.00%. We expect that Westbury Bank will also be compliant with the terms of a capital plan submitted to our regulators, which provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. The conversion will be consummated only upon the issuance of at least 2,975,000 shares of our common stock offered pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization.
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will offer shares of common stock for sale in the subscription offering to eligible account holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and our 401(k) plan, supplemental eligible account holders and other members. If all shares are not subscribed for in the subscription offering, we may, in our discretion, offer common stock for sale in a community offering to members of the general public, with a preference given to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee.
We have the right to accept or reject, in whole or in part, any orders to purchase shares of the common stock received in the community offering. The community offering, if any, may begin at the same time as, during, or after the subscription offering, and must be completed within 45 days after the completion of the subscription offering unless otherwise extended by us with the approval, to the extent such approvals are required, of the Federal Reserve Board. See Community Offering.
We determined the number of shares of common stock to be offered in the offering based upon an independent valuation of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. All shares of common stock to be sold in the offering will be sold at $10.00 per share. Investors will not be charged a commission to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. The independent valuation
will be updated and the final number of the shares of common stock to be issued in the offering will be determined at the completion of the offering. See Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued for more information as to the determination of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock.
The following is a brief summary of the conversion. We recommend reading the plan of conversion and reorganization in its entirety for more information. A copy of the plan of conversion and reorganization is available for inspection at each branch office of Westbury Bank and at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago. See Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Reasons for the Conversion
Although our market area did not experience the extreme growth in 2003 through 2007 that characterized many bubble markets across the country, beginning in 2008 we were impacted by the steep economic downturn, including significant declines in real estate values in our market area, and experienced higher than normal levels of loan delinquencies and foreclosures. Additionally, the significant changes in the financial services industry that have occurred in recent years as a result of the collapse of the financial markets in 2008 and the severe nationwide economic recession that followed, have severely strained the financial and managerial resources of community banks and will continue to do so in the future. We believe that Westbury Bank will be better equipped to address these challenges by raising additional capital and adopting the stock holding company structure.
Our primary reasons for converting and raising additional capital through the offering are:
· to improve our capital position to support our growth and current risk profile during a period of economic uncertainty for the financial services industry and to assure compliance with regulatory capital requirements and additional requirements set forth in capital plans that we have submitted to our regulators;
· to support organic loan and deposit growth beyond levels possible utilizing retained earnings;
· to have greater flexibility to access the debt and equity capital markets;
· to invest in new technologies that will enable the expansion and enhancement of products and services we offer to our customers;
· to attract, retain and incentivize qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees;
· establish a charitable foundation to support charitable organizations operating in our communities and fund the foundation with cash and shares of our common stock;
· to provide customers and members of the community with the opportunity to acquire an ownership interest in Westbury Bank; and
· to have greater flexibility to structure and finance opportunities for expansion into new markets, including through de novo branching, branch acquisitions or acquisitions of
other financial institutions, although we have no current arrangements or agreements with respect to any such transactions.
In the stock holding company structure, we will have greater flexibility in structuring mergers and acquisitions. Our current mutual structure prevents us from offering shares of our common stock as consideration for a merger or acquisition. Potential sellers often want stock for at least part of the acquisition consideration. Our new stock holding company structure will enable us to offer stock or cash consideration, or a combination thereof, and will therefore enhance our ability to compete with other bidders when acquisition opportunities arise. We have no current arrangements or agreements to acquire other banks, thrifts, credit unions, financial services companies or branch offices, and there can be no assurance that we will be able to consummate any acquisitions or establish any new branches.
We believe that the additional capital raised in the offering will enable us to take advantage of business opportunities that may not otherwise be available to us, while remaining an independent community-oriented institution.
As of June 30, 2012, Westbury Bank was considered well capitalized for regulatory purposes; however, Westbury Bank was not in compliance with the capital plan, submitted to its regulators, that provides for us to maintain a tier 1 leverage capital ratio of at least 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 12.00% because Westbury Banks tier 1 leverage capital ratio at that date was 7.32% and its total risk-based capital ratio at that date was 11.16%. The proceeds from the stock offering will further improve our capital position during a period of significant economic, regulatory and political uncertainty.
Approvals Required
The affirmative vote of a majority of the total eligible votes of members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC at the special meeting of members is required to approve the plan of conversion and reorganization. The conversion also must be approved by the Federal Reserve Board, which has given its conditional approval to the plan of conversion and reorganization. Additionally, we must receive the approval of the OCC to operate the Stock Information Center on the Westbury Bank premises.
A special meeting of members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC to consider and vote upon the plan of conversion and reorganization has been set for [meeting date] .
Effects of Conversion on Depositors, Borrowers and Members
Continuity . While the conversion is being accomplished, our normal business of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. We will continue to be a federal savings bank and will continue to be regulated by the OCC after the conversion. After the conversion, we will continue to offer existing services to depositors, borrowers and other customers. The directors serving Westbury Bank at the time of the conversion will be the directors of Westbury Bank and of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion.
Effect on Deposit Accounts . Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, each depositor of Westbury Bank at the time of the conversion will automatically continue as a depositor after the conversion, and the deposit balance, interest rate and other terms of such deposit accounts will not change as a result of the conversion. Each such account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the conversion. Depositors will continue to hold their existing certificates, statement savings and other evidences of their accounts.
Effect on Loans . No loan outstanding from Westbury Bank will be affected by the conversion, and the amount, interest rate, maturity and security for each loan will remain as it was contractually fixed prior to the conversion.
Effect on Voting Rights of Members . At present, all of our depositors have voting rights in WBSB Bancorp, MHC as to all matters requiring membership action. Upon completion of the conversion, depositors will cease to be members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (which will cease to exist) and will no longer have voting rights. Upon completion of the conversion, all voting rights in Westbury Bank will be vested in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as the sole stockholder of Westbury Bank. The stockholders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will possess exclusive voting rights with respect to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
Tax Effects . We will receive an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with regard to federal and state income tax consequences of the conversion to the effect that the conversion will not be taxable for federal or state income tax purposes to Westbury Bank or its members. See The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMaterial Income Tax Consequences.
Effect on Liquidation Rights . Each depositor in Westbury Bank has both a deposit account in Westbury Bank and a pro rata ownership interest in the net worth of WBSB Bancorp, MHC based upon the deposit balance in his or her account. This ownership interest is tied to the depositors account and has no tangible market value separate from the deposit account. This interest may only be realized in the event of a complete liquidation of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Westbury Bank. Any depositor who opens a deposit account obtains a pro rata ownership interest in WBSB Bancorp, MHC without any additional payment beyond the amount of the deposit. A depositor who reduces or closes his or her account receives a portion or all, respectively, of the balance in the deposit account but nothing for his or her ownership interest in the net worth of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, which is lost to the extent that the balance in the account is reduced or closed.
Consequently, depositors in a savings bank that is a subsidiary of a mutual holding company normally have no way of realizing the value of their ownership interest in the mutual holding company, which has realizable value only in the unlikely event that the savings bank is completely liquidated. If this occurs, the depositors of record at that time, as owners, would share pro rata in any residual surplus and reserves of the mutual holding company after other claims, including claims of depositors to the amounts of their deposits, are paid.
Under the plan of conversion, depositors as of June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 will receive an interest in liquidation accounts maintained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank in an aggregate amount equal to WBSB Bancorp, MHCs total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank will hold the liquidation accounts for the benefit of depositors as of June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 who continue to maintain deposits in Westbury Bank after the conversion. The liquidation accounts would be distributed to depositors as of June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012 who maintain their deposit accounts in Westbury Bank only in the event of a liquidation of (a) Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank or (b) Westbury Bank. The liquidation account in Westbury Bank would be used only in the event that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under its liquidation account. The total obligation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank under their respective liquidation accounts will never exceed the dollar amount of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s liquidation account as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. See Liquidation Rights.
Determination of Share Price and Number of Shares to be Issued
The plan of conversion and reorganization and federal regulations require that the aggregate purchase price of the common stock sold in the offering be based on the appraised pro forma market value of the common stock, as determined by an independent valuation. We have retained RP Financial, LC to prepare an independent valuation appraisal. For its services in preparing the initial valuation, RP Financial, LC will receive a fee of $62,500, and will be reimbursed for its expenses. We have agreed to indemnify RP Financial, LC and its employees and affiliates against specified losses, including any losses in connection with claims under the federal securities laws, arising out of its services as independent appraiser, except where such liability results from its negligence or bad faith.
RP Financial, LC has estimated that, as of August 17, 2012, the estimated pro forma market value of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., assuming the establishment and funding of our new charitable foundation with a total of $1.0 million in stock and cash (consisting of 29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering and $702,500 in cash at the minimum offering and $597,500 in cash at the maximum offering, or $537,120 in cash at the adjusted maximum), ranged from $30.0 million to $40.7 million, with a midpoint of $35.4 million, subject to increase up to $46.8 million. Based on this valuation and a $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being offered for sale by us will range from 2,975,000 shares to 4,025,000 shares. The $10.00 per share price was selected primarily because it is the price most commonly used in mutual-to-stock conversions of financial institutions.
Consistent with applicable appraisal guidelines, the appraisal applied three primary methodologies: the pro forma price-to-book value approach applied to both reported book value and tangible book value; the pro forma price-to-earnings approach applied to reported and core earnings; and the pro forma price-to-assets approach.
RP Financial, LC also considered the following factors, among others:
· our present and projected results and financial condition;
· the economic and demographic conditions in our existing market area;
· certain historical, financial and other information relating to us;
· a comparative evaluation of our operating and financial characteristics with those of other similarly situated publicly traded savings institutions;
· the aggregate size of the offering of common stock;
· the impact of the conversion and the offering on our equity and earnings potential;
· our potential to pay cash dividends; and
· the trading market for securities of comparable institutions and general conditions in the market for such securities.
The appraisal is based in part on an analysis of a peer group of ten publicly traded savings institutions that RP Financial, LC considered comparable to us. The peer group consists of the following ten companies with assets between $218 million and $2.6 billion as of June 30, 2012 or March 31, 2012 (the latest date for which complete financial data is publicly available).
Company Name and Ticker Symbol |
|
Exchange |
|
Headquarters |
|
Total Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in millions) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bank Mutual Corp. (BKMU) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Milwaukee, WI |
|
$ |
2,635 |
|
United Community Financial Corp. (UCFC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Youngstown, OH |
|
$ |
2,042 |
|
CFS Bancorp, Inc. (CITZ) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Munster, IN |
|
$ |
1,132 |
|
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. (HFBC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Hopkinsville, KY |
|
$ |
1,026 |
|
PVF Capital Corp. (PVFC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Solon, OH |
|
$ |
807 |
|
HMN Financial, Inc. (HMNF) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Rochester, MN |
|
$ |
670 |
|
First Clover Leaf Financial Corp. (FCLF) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Edwardsville, IL |
|
$ |
556 |
|
Citizens Community Bancorp, Inc. (CZWI) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Eau Claire, WI |
|
$ |
529 |
|
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. (WBKC) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Midland, MI |
|
$ |
292 |
|
First Federal of Northern Michigan Bancorp, Inc. (FFNM) |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Alpena, MI |
|
$ |
218 |
|
The following are various averages for the peer group companies:
· average assets of $991.0 million;
· average non-performing assets of 4.79% of total assets;
· average loans of 67.96% of total assets;
· average equity of 11.6% of total assets; and
· average net loss of 0.08% of average assets.
The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and the peer group companies identified by RP Financial, LC. Ratios are based on earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012 (or the last 12 months for which data is available) and stock price information as of August 17, 2012. Compared to the median pricing of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 11.2% on a price-to-book value basis and a discount of 11.3% on a price-to-tangible book value basis. The price-to-earnings multiples were not meaningful for either Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or the peer group due to operating losses or low earnings. The price-to-book value and price-to-tangible book value ratios also took into account WBSB Bancorp, MHCs earnings history in relation to the peer group, including the losses reported by WBSB Bancorp, MHC in fiscal 2008, 2010 and 2011 and on trailing twelve month basis through June 30, 2012, as well as the earnings reported by WBSB Bancorp, MHC for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The valuation also considered the after-market pricing characteristics of recently converted savings institutions, both regionally and nationally. Westbury Bancorp, Incs pro forma pricing ratios also reflected recent volatile market conditions, particularly for the stock of financial institution holding companies, and the effect of such conditions on the trading market for recent mutual-to-stock conversions. Our Board of Directors, in reviewing and approving the valuation, considered the range of
price-to-book value ratios and price-to-tangible book value ratios at the different amounts of shares to be sold in the offering.
|
|
Price-to-book
|
|
Price-to-tangible
|
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (pro forma) |
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum, as adjusted |
|
54.79 |
% |
54.79 |
% |
Maximum |
|
50.81 |
% |
50.81 |
% |
Minimum |
|
42.43 |
% |
42.43 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Valuation of peer group companies using stock prices as of August 17, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
57.10 |
% |
58.33 |
% |
Medians |
|
57.07 |
% |
57.29 |
% |
Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a discount of 11.0% on a price-to-book basis and a discount of 12.9% on a price-to-tangible book basis. This means that, at the maximum of the offering range, a share of our common stock would be more expensive on an earnings basis but would be less expensive than the peer group on a book value and tangible book value basis.
RP Financial, LC advised the Board of Directors that the appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public companies whose stocks have traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date, and as a result of this analysis, RP Financial, LC determined that our pro forma price-to-book and price-to-tangible book ratios were lower than the peer group companies. See How We Determined the Offering Range.
Our Board of Directors carefully reviewed the information provided to it by RP Financial, LC through the appraisal process. We engaged RP Financial, LC to help us understand the regulatory process as it applies to the appraisal and to advise the Board of Directors as to how much capital Westbury Bancorp, Inc. would be required to raise under the regulatory appraisal guidelines.
The independent appraisal does not indicate per share market value. Do not assume or expect that the valuation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as indicated above means that, after the conversion and the offering, the shares of common stock will trade at or above the $10.00 offering price. Furthermore, the pricing ratios presented above were utilized by RP Financial, LC to estimate our market value and not to compare the relative value of shares of our common stock with the value of the capital stock of the peer group. The value of the capital stock of a particular company may be affected by a number of factors such as financial performance, asset size and market location.
The independent valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of our common stock. RP Financial, LC did not independently verify our consolidated financial statements and other information which we provided to them, nor did RP Financial, LC independently value our assets or liabilities. The independent valuation considers Westbury Bank as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of Westbury Bank. Moreover, because the valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which may change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing our
common stock in the offering will thereafter be able to sell their shares at prices at or above the $10.00 offering price per share.
Following commencement of the subscription offering, the maximum of the valuation range may be increased by up to 15%, or up to $6.1 million, without resoliciting subscribers, which would result in a corresponding increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the offering range to up to 4,628,750 shares, to reflect changes in the market and financial conditions or demand for the shares. We will not decrease the minimum of the valuation range and the minimum of the offering range without a resolicitation of subscribers. The subscription price of $10.00 per share will remain fixed. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the offering range to fill unfilled orders in the offering.
If the update to the independent valuation at the conclusion of the offering results in an increase in the maximum of the valuation range to more than $46.8 million and a corresponding increase in the offering range to more than 4,628,750 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), or a decrease in the minimum of the valuation range to less than $30.0 million and a corresponding decrease in the offering range to fewer than 2,975,000 shares (excluding shares issued to our charitable foundation), then we may promptly return with interest at our current statement savings rate of interest all funds previously delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock and cancel deposit account withdrawal authorizations, and, after consulting with the Federal Reserve Board, we may terminate the plan of conversion and reorganization. Alternatively, we may hold a new offering, establish a new offering range, extend the offering period and commence a resolicitation of subscribers or take other actions as permitted, to the extent that permission is required, by the Federal Reserve Board in order to complete the conversion and the offering. In the event that a resolicitation is commenced, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Any resolicitation following the conclusion of the subscription and community offerings would not exceed 45 days unless further extended with the approval, to the extent approval is required, of the Federal Reserve Board, for periods of up to 90 days.
An increase in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would decrease both a subscribers ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares to be issued in the offering would increase both a subscribers ownership interest and our pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on a per share basis, while decreasing pro forma earnings and stockholders equity on an aggregate basis. For a presentation of the effects of these changes, see Pro Forma Data.
Copies of the independent valuation appraisal report of RP Financial, LC and the detailed memorandum setting forth the method and assumptions used in the appraisal report are available for inspection at our main office and as specified under Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights
In accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority. The filling of all subscriptions that we receive will depend on the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to
the maximum, minimum and overall purchase limitations set forth in the plan of conversion and reorganization and as described below under Limitations on Common Stock Purchases.
Priority 1: Eligible Account Holders . Each depositor with aggregate deposit account balances of $50.00 or more (a Qualifying Deposit) as of the close of business on June 30, 2011 (an Eligible Account Holder) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase, subject to the overall purchase limitations, up to the greater of 15,000 shares of our common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will first be allocated so as to permit each Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
To ensure proper allocation of shares of our common stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his or her stock order and certification form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest on June 30, 2011. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. In the event of an oversubscription, the subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also our directors or executive officers or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits during the year preceding June 30, 2011.
Priority 2: Tax-Qualified Plans . Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan, will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock sold in the offering. Our employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 8% of our outstanding shares (including shares to be contributed to our charitable foundation). In the event the number of shares offered in the offering is increased above the maximum of the valuation range, our tax-qualified employee plans will have a priority right to purchase any shares exceeding that amount up to 10% of the common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation. If market conditions warrant, in the judgment of its trustees, our employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan may instead elect to purchase shares in the open market following the completion of the conversion, subject to the approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
Priority 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders . To the extent that there are sufficient shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, each depositor with a Qualifying Deposit as of the close of business on September 30, 2012 who is not an Eligible Account Holder (Supplemental Eligible Account Holder) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 15,000 shares of common stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, or 15 times the number of subscription shares offered multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of the Supplemental Eligible Account
Holder and the denominator is the aggregate Qualifying Deposit account balances of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares will be allocated so as to permit each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her Qualifying Deposit bears to the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. If an amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are not fully satisfied until all available shares have been allocated.
To ensure proper allocation of common stock, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder must list on the stock order and certification form all deposit accounts in which he or she had an ownership interest at September 30, 2012. In the event of oversubscription, failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed.
Priority 4: Other Members . To the extent that there are shares of common stock remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each depositor on the voting record date of [voting record date] who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder (Other Members) will receive, without payment therefor, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to the greater of 15,000 shares of common stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, available shares will be allocated so as to permit each Other Member to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation equal to the lesser of 100 shares of common stock or the number of shares for which he or she subscribed. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated to each Other Member whose subscription remains unfilled in the proportion that the amount of his or her subscription bears to the total amount of subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unfilled.
Expiration Date . The Subscription Offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] , unless extended by us for up to 45 days or such additional periods with the approval of the Federal Reserve Board, if necessary. Subscription rights will expire whether or not each eligible depositor can be located. We may decide to extend the expiration date of the subscription offering for any reason, whether or not subscriptions have been received for shares at the minimum, midpoint or maximum of the offering range. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the expiration date will become void.
We will not execute orders until we have received orders to purchase at least the minimum number of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase at least 2,975,000 shares within 45 days after the expiration date and the Federal Reserve Board has not consented, to the extent such consent is required, to an extension, all funds delivered to us to purchase shares of common stock in the offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest at our current statement savings rate and all deposit account withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will resolicit subscribers, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. We will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights of subscribers to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and
cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. Extensions may not go beyond [2 year extension] , which is two years after the special meeting of our members to vote on the conversion.
Community Offering
To the extent that shares of common stock remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of the Eligible Account Holders, our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we may offer shares pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization to members of the general public in a community offering. Shares may be offered with a preference to natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee.
Subscribers in the community offering may purchase up to 15,000 shares of common stock, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. The opportunity to purchase shares of common stock in the community offering category is subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering.
If we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee, whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order. If, after the allocation of shares to natural persons residing in such counties, we do not have sufficient shares of common stock available to fill the orders of other members of the general public, we will allocate the available shares among those persons in a manner that permits each of them, to the extent possible, to purchase the lesser of 100 shares, or the number of shares subscribed for by such person. Thereafter, unallocated shares will be allocated among members of the general public whose orders remain unsatisfied on an equal number of shares basis per order.
The term residing or resident as used in this prospectus means any person who occupies a dwelling within the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee, has a present intent to remain within the community for a period of time and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the community, together with an indication that this presence within the community is something other than merely transitory in nature. We may utilize deposit or loan records or other evidence provided to us to decide whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, the determination shall be in our sole discretion.
Expiration Date. The community offering may begin at the same time as, during or after the subscription offering. It is currently expected to terminate at the same time as the subscription offering, although it must terminate no more than 45 days following the subscription offering. We may decide to extend the community offering for any reason and are not required to give purchasers notice of any such extension unless such period extends beyond [extension date] . If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the required regulatory agencies, we will resolicit persons whose orders we accept in the community offering, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. If a person does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return purchase funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock.
These extensions may not go beyond [2 year extension] , which is two years after the special meeting of our members to vote on the conversion.
Syndicated Community Offering
Our Board of Directors may decide to offer for sale shares of common stock not subscribed for or purchased in the subscription and community offerings in a syndicated community offering, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as we may determine, in a manner that will achieve a widespread distribution of our shares of common stock. If a syndicated community offering is held, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will serve as sole manager and will assist us in selling our common stock on a best efforts basis. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers who are Financial Industry Regulatory Authority member firms. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of the common stock in the syndicated community offering.
In the syndicated community offering, any person may purchase up to 15,000 shares ($150,000) of common stock, subject to the overall purchase and ownership limitations. See Limitations on Common Stock Purchases. We retain the right to accept or reject in whole or in part any orders in the syndicated community offering. Unless the Federal Reserve Board permits otherwise, accepted orders for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the syndicated community offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2.0%) of the shares sold in the offering on a basis that will promote a widespread distribution of our common stock. Thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares per order basis until all shares have been allocated or orders have been filled, as the case may be. Unless the syndicated community offering begins during the subscription and/or community offering, the syndicated community offering will begin as soon as possible after the completion of the subscription and community offerings.
Order forms will be used to purchase shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering. Investors in the syndicated community offering will follow the same general procedures applicable to purchasing shares in the community offering except that investors in the syndicated community offering may also wire payment for the subscription director to Westbury Bank for deposit to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. stock purchase escrow account. See Procedure for Purchasing Shares.
The closing of the syndicated community offering is subject to conditions set forth in an agency agreement among Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank on the one hand and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. on the other hand. If and when all the conditions for the closing are met, funds for common stock sold in the syndicated community offering, less fees and commissions payable, will be delivered promptly to us.
If for any reason we cannot effect a syndicated community offering of shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription and community offerings, or in the event that there are a significant number of shares remaining unsold after such offerings, we will try to make other arrangements for the sale of unsubscribed shares, if possible. The Federal Reserve Board must approve any such arrangements.
The opportunity to order shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering is subject to our right to reject orders, in whole or in part, either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the expiration date of the offering. If your order is rejected in part, you will not have the right to cancel the remainder of your order.
Limitations on Common Stock Purchases
The plan of conversion and reorganization includes the following limitations on the number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in the offering:
· No person or entity may purchase more than 15,000 shares of common stock in the subscription offering, and no person or entity together with any associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 30,000 shares of common stock in all categories of the offering, except that our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan that we are establishing in connection with the conversion and 401(k) plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation (including shares issued in the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15%);
· The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be purchased in all categories of the offering by our executive officers and directors and their associates, in the aggregate, may not exceed 25% of the shares issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation; and
· The minimum purchase by each person purchasing shares in the offering is 25 shares, to the extent those shares are available.
Depending upon market or financial conditions, our Board of Directors, with any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board, and without further approval of our members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations. If a purchase limitation is increased, subscribers in the subscription offering who ordered the maximum amount will be, and, in our sole discretion, some other large subscribers may be, given the opportunity to increase their subscriptions up to the then-applicable limit. The effect of this type of resolicitation would be an increase in the number of shares of common stock owned by subscribers who choose to increase their subscriptions.
In the event of an increase in the offering range of up to 15% of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the offering, shares will be allocated in the following order of priority in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization:
(1) to fill our tax-qualified employee benefit plans subscriptions for up to 10% of the total number of shares of common stock issued in the offering and contributed to our charitable foundation;
(2) in the event that there is an oversubscription at the Eligible Account Holder, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder or Other Member levels, to fill unfulfilled subscriptions of these subscribers according to their respective priorities; and
(3) to fill unfulfilled subscriptions in the community offering, with preference given first to natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee.
The term associate of a person means:
(1) any corporation or organization, other than WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or a majority-owned subsidiary of these entities,
of which the person is a senior officer, partner or beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;
(2) any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a fiduciary capacity, excluding any employee stock benefit plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as trustee or in a fiduciary capacity; and
(3) any relative, by blood or marriage, of the person, who either lives in the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
The term acting in concert means:
(1) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement; or
(2) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise.
A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (other party) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether common stock held by the trustee and common stock held by the employee stock benefit plan will be aggregated.
Our directors are not treated as associates of each other solely because of their membership on the Board of Directors. We have the right to determine whether prospective purchasers are associates or acting in concert. Shares of common stock purchased in the offering will be freely transferable except for shares purchased by our executive officers and directors and except as described below. Any purchases made by any associate of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for the explicit purpose of meeting the minimum number of shares of common stock required to be sold in order to complete the offering shall be made for investment purposes only and not with a view toward redistribution. In addition, under the guidelines of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, members of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and their associates are subject to certain restrictions on transfer of securities purchased in accordance with subscription rights and to certain reporting requirements upon purchase of these securities. For a further discussion of limitations on purchases of shares of our common stock at the time of conversion and thereafter, see Certain Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares After Conversion and Restrictions on Acquisition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Marketing and Distribution; Compensation
Offering materials have been initially distributed to certain persons by mail, with additional copies made available through our Stock Information Center.
We have engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a broker-dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, as a financial
advisor in connection with the offering of our common stock. In its role as financial advisor, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., will:
· provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the plan of conversion and reorganization and related corporate documents, including our business plan;
· assist in structuring our stock offering, including developing and assisting in implementing a market strategy for the stock offering;
· review all offering documents, including this prospectus, stock order forms and related offering materials (we are responsible for the preparation and filing of such documents);
· assist us in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers, as necessary;
· assist us in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the stock offering, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
· assist us in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the stock offering;
· meet with the board of directors and management to discuss any of these services; and
· provide such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the stock offering as may be agreed upon by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. and us.
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments commencing in August 2012, and a success fee of 1.50% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the subscription offering and a 2.0% fee paid on any shares sold in the direct community offering, each if the conversion is consummated, excluding shares purchased by our directors, officers and employees and members of their immediate families (including any individual retirement accounts owned by such persons), our employee stock ownership plan and our tax-qualified or stock-based compensation or similar plans and shares contributed to or purchased by our charitable foundation. The management fee will be credited against the success fee payable upon the consummation of the conversion.
The plan of conversion provides that, if necessary, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and community offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a syndicated community offering to be managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. In such capacity, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. may form a syndicate of other broker-dealers. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. nor any registered broker-dealer will have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the syndicated community offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in any syndicated community offering. If there is a syndicated community offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a management fee not to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate dollar amount of the common stock sold in the syndicated community offering. Of this amount, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts
charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment.
We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its marketing effort up to a maximum of $15,000. In addition, we will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for fees and expenses of its counsel not to exceed $75,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the offering, the total out-of-pocket expense cap may be increased by an amount not to exceed $5,000 and the cap on the fees and expense of counsel may be increased by an amount not to exceed $25,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will only receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses and the portion of the management fee payable and will return any amounts paid or advanced by us in excess of these amounts. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement as our financial advisor and performance of services as our financial advisor.
We have also engaged Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to act as our conversion agent in connection with the stock offering. In its role as conversion agent, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will, among other things:
· consolidate and develop a central file of account holders;
· assist with the labeling of proxy materials and provide support for any follow-up mailings;
· tabulate proxies and ballots;
· assist the inspector of election at the special meeting of members;
· assist us in establishing and managing the Stock Information Center;
· assist in establishing record-keeping and reporting procedures;
· assist our financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials;
· process stock order and certification forms and produce daily reports and analysis;
· assist our transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates;
· advise us on interest and refund calculations; and
· create tax forms for interest reporting.
For these services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will receive a fee of $35,000, and we have made an advance payment of $10,000 to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. with respect to this fee. An additional $15,000 will be payable upon mailing of the subscription and proxy materials, and the balance will be payable upon completion of the offering. We also will reimburse Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses associated with its acting as conversion agent up to a maximum
of $25,000. In the event of unusual circumstances or delays or a re-solicitation in connection with the offering, the fee for its services may be increased by an amount not to exceed $5,000 and expeses may be increased by an amount not to exceed $10,000. In no event shall conversion agent fees exceed $40,000 or expenses exceed $35,000. If the plan of conversion is terminated or if Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement is terminated in accordance with the provisions of the agreement, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will be entitled to the advance payment and also receive reimbursement of its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses. We will indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. against liabilities and expenses (including legal fees) related to or arising out of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.s engagement as our conversion agent and performance of services as our conversion agent.
Our directors and executive officers may participate in the solicitation of offers to purchase common stock. These persons will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with the solicitation. Other trained employees of Westbury Bank or its affiliates may assist in the offering in ministerial capacities, providing clerical work in effecting a sales transaction or answering questions of a ministerial nature. No offers or sales may be made by tellers or at the teller counters. All sales activity will be conducted in a segregated or separately identifiable area of our main office facility apart from the area accessible to the general public. Other questions of prospective purchasers will be directed to executive officers or registered representatives of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Our other employees have been instructed not to solicit offers to purchase shares of common stock or provide advice regarding the purchase of common stock. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and sales of common stock will be conducted within the requirements of Rule 3a4-1, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of common stock. None of our officers, directors or employees will be compensated in connection with their participation in the offering by the payment of commissions or other remuneration based either directly or indirectly on the transactions in the shares of common stock.
The offering will comply with the requirements of Rule 10b-9 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Procedure for Purchasing Shares
Expiration Date . The offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] , unless we extend it for up to 45 days. This extension may be approved by us, in our sole discretion, without further approval or additional notice to purchasers in the offering. Any extension of the subscription and/or community offering beyond [extension date] would require the Federal Reserve Boards approval. If an extension beyond [extension date] is granted by the appropriate regulatory agencies, we will resolicit subscribers/persons who place orders, giving them an opportunity to change or cancel their orders. We will notify these subscribers of the extension of time and of the rights to place a new stock order for a specified period of time. If a subscriber does not respond, we will cancel his or her stock order and return his or her subscription funds, with interest, and cancel any authorization to withdraw funds from deposit accounts for the purchase of shares of common stock. If we have not received orders to purchase the minimum number of shares offered in the offering by the expiration date or any extension thereof, we may terminate the offering and promptly refund all funds received for shares of common stock. If the number of shares offered is reduced below the minimum of the offering range, or increased above the adjusted maximum of the offering range, subscribers may be resolicited with any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board.
To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before [expiration date] , the expiration date of the offering, in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to the expiration date or
hand delivered any later than two days prior to the expiration date. Execution of an order form will confirm receipt of delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms will be distributed only with a prospectus. Subscription funds will be maintained in a segregated account at Westbury Bank and will earn interest at our current statement savings rate from the date of receipt.
We reserve the right in our sole discretion to terminate the offering at any time and for any reason, in which case we will cancel any deposit account withdrawal orders and promptly return all funds delivered to us, with interest at our current statement savings rate from the date of receipt.
We have the right to reject any order submitted in the offering by a person who we believe is making false representations or who we otherwise believe, either alone or acting in concert with others, is violating, evading, circumventing, or intends to violate, evade or circumvent the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization.
Use of Order Forms . In order to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering and community offering, you must submit a completed order form and remit full payment. We will not be required to accept incomplete order forms, unsigned order forms, or orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms. We must receive all order forms prior to 12:00 noon, Central Time, on [expiration date] . We are not required to accept order forms that are not received by that time, are executed defectively or are received without full payment or without appropriate withdrawal instructions. A postmark prior to [expiration date] will not entitle you to purchase shares of common stock unless we receive the envelope by [expiration date] . We are not required to notify subscribers of incomplete or improperly executed order forms. We have the right to permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed order forms or waive immaterial irregularities. We do not represent, however, that we will do so and we have no affirmative duty to notify any prospective subscriber of any such defects. You may submit your order form and payment by overnight delivery to the indicated address on the order form, by bringing your order form to our Stock Information Center or to any branch office or by mail using the return envelope provided. Once tendered, an order form cannot be modified or revoked without our consent. We reserve the absolute right, in our sole discretion, to reject orders received in the community offering, in whole or in part, at the time of receipt or at any time prior to completion of the offering. If you are ordering shares, you must represent that you are purchasing shares for your own account and that you have no agreement or understanding with any person for the sale or transfer of the shares. Our interpretation of the terms and conditions of the plan of conversion and reorganization and of the acceptability of the order forms will be final, subject to any required approvals of the Federal Reserve Board.
By signing the order form, you will be acknowledging that the common stock is not a deposit or savings account and is not federally insured or otherwise guaranteed by Westbury Bank or any governmental agency, and that you received a copy of this prospectus. However, signing the order form will not result in you waiving your rights under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Payment for Shares . Payment for all shares of common stock will be required to accompany all completed order forms for the purchase to be valid. Payment for shares may be made by:
(1) personal check, bank check or money order, payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; or
(2) authorization of withdrawal from Westbury Bank deposit accounts designated on the order form.
Appropriate means for designating withdrawals from deposit accounts at Westbury Bank are provided in the order forms. The funds designated must be available in the account(s) at the time the order form is received. A hold will be placed on these funds, making them unavailable to the depositor. Funds authorized for withdrawal will continue to earn interest within the account at the contract rate until the offering is completed, at which time the designated withdrawal will be made. Interest penalties for early withdrawal applicable to certificate accounts will not apply to withdrawals authorized for the purchase of shares of common stock; however, if a withdrawal results in a certificate account with a balance less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate will be canceled at the time of withdrawal without penalty and the remaining balance will be transferred to a savings account and earn interest at our current statement savings rate subsequent to the withdrawal. In the case of payments made by check or money order, these funds must be available in the account(s) and will be immediately cashed and placed in a segregated account at Westbury Bank and will earn interest at our current statement savings rate from the date payment is received until the offering is completed or terminated.
You may not use cash, wires or a check drawn on a Westbury Bank line of credit, and we will not accept third-party checks (a check written by someone other than you) payable to you and endorsed over to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. If you request that we place a hold on your checking account for the subscription amount, we reserve the right to interpret that as your authorization to treat those funds as if we had received a check for the designated amount, and we will immediately withdraw the amount from your checking account. Once we receive your executed order form, it may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by the expiration date, in which event purchasers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.
We will have the right, in our sole discretion, to permit institutional investors to submit irrevocable orders together with the legally binding commitment for payment and to thereafter pay for the shares of common stock for which they subscribe in the community offering at any time prior to 48 hours before the completion of the offering. This payment may be made by wire transfer.
Our employee stock ownership plan will not be required to pay for any shares purchased in the offering until consummation of the offering, provided there is a loan commitment from an unrelated financial institution or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to lend to the employee stock ownership plan the necessary amount to fund the purchase.
Regulations prohibit Westbury Bank from knowingly lending funds or extending credit to any persons to purchase shares of common stock in the offering.
Using Retirement Account Funds. If you are interested in using your individual retirement account funds to purchase shares of common stock, you must do so through a self-directed individual retirement account such as a brokerage firm individual retirement account. By regulation, Westbury Banks individual retirement accounts are not self-directed, so they cannot be invested in shares of our common stock. Therefore, if you wish to use your funds that are currently in a Westbury Bank individual retirement account, you may not designate on the order form that you wish funds to be withdrawn from the account for the purchase of common stock. The funds you wish to use for the purchase of common stock will have to be transferred to a brokerage account. It may take several weeks to transfer your Westbury Bank individual retirement account to an independent trustee, so please allow yourself sufficient time to take this action. There will be no early withdrawal or Internal Revenue Service interest penalties for these transfers. Depositors interested in using funds in an individual retirement account or any other retirement account to purchase shares of common stock should contact our Stock Information Center as soon as possible, preferably at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period, because
processing such transactions takes additional time, and whether such funds can be used may depend on limitations imposed by the institutions where such funds are currently held. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use such funds.
Delivery of Stock Certificates . Certificates representing shares of common stock issued in the offering and Westbury Bank checks representing any applicable refund and/or interest paid on subscriptions made by check or money order will be mailed to the persons entitled thereto at the certificate registration address noted on the order form, as soon as practicable following consummation of the offering and receipt of all necessary regulatory approvals. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by the transfer agent until claimed by persons legally entitled thereto or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for the shares of common stock are available and delivered to purchasers, purchasers may not be able to sell the shares of common stock that they ordered, even though the common stock will have begun trading.
Other Restrictions . Notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of conversion and reorganization, no person is entitled to purchase any shares of common stock to the extent the purchase would be illegal under any federal or state law or regulation, including state blue sky regulations, or would violate regulations or policies of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, particularly those regarding free riding and withholding. We may ask for an acceptable legal opinion from any purchaser as to the legality of his or her purchase and we may refuse to honor any purchase order if an opinion is not timely furnished. In addition, we are not required to offer shares of common stock to any person who resides in a foreign country.
Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares
Applicable regulations prohibit any person with subscription rights, including the Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, from transferring or entering into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of conversion and reorganization or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. These rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for his or her account. Each person exercising subscription rights will be required to certify that he or she is purchasing shares solely for his or her own account and that he or she has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. The regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase subscription rights or shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise prior to completion of the offering.
We intend to pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights, and we will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of subscription rights.
Stock Information Center
Our branch office personnel may not, by law, assist with investment-related questions about the offering. If you have any questions regarding the conversion or offering, please call our information hotline at [ · ] to speak to a representative of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Representatives are available by telephone Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You may also meet in person with a representative by visiting our stock information center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The stock information center is open weekdays during the
offering, except for bank holidays, on Mondays from 12:00 noon to 5:00 p.m., on Tuesdays through Thursdays from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., and on Fridays from 9:00 a.m. to 12:00 noon, Central Time.
Liquidation Rights
Liquidation prior to the conversion . In the unlikely event that WBSB Bancorp, MHC is liquidated prior to the conversion, all claims of creditors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC would be paid first. Thereafter, if there were any assets of WBSB Bancorp, MHC remaining, these assets would first be distributed to certain depositors of Westbury Bank under such depositors liquidation rights. The amount received by such depositors would be equal to their pro rata interest in the remaining value of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, after the claims of creditors, based on the relative size of their deposit accounts.
Liquidation following the conversion . The plan of conversion provides for the establishment, upon the completion of the conversion, of a liquidation account by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in an amount equal to WBSB Bancorp, MHCs total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in this prospectus. The plan of conversion also provides for the establishment of a parallel bank liquidation account in Westbury Bank to support the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account in the event Westbury Bancorp, Inc. does not have sufficient assets to fund its obligations under the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account.
In the unlikely event that Westbury Bank were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Westbury Bank depositors, would be paid first. However, except with respect to the liquidation account established by Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a depositors claim would be solely for the principal amount of his or her deposit accounts plus accrued interest . Depositors generally would not have an interest in the value of the assets of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. above that amount.
The liquidation account established by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is designed to provide payments to qualifying depositors of their liquidation interest (exchanged for the liquidation rights such persons had in WBSB Bancorp, MHC) in the event of a liquidation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank or a liquidation solely of Westbury Bank. Specifically, in the unlikely event that either (i) Westbury Bank or (ii) Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank were to completely liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of Westbury Bank depositors, would be paid first, followed by a distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Westbury Bank only, when Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has insufficient assets to fund the distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Westbury Bank has positive net worth, Westbury Bank shall immediately make a distribution to fund Westbury Bancorp, Inc. s remaining obligations under the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account. In no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution that exceeds such holders interest in the liquidation account maintained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as adjusted from time to time pursuant to the plan of conversion and federal regulations. If Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is sold or liquidated apart from a sale or liquidation of Westbury Bank , then the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account will cease to exist and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will receive an equivalent interest in the Westbury Bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account maintained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Pursuant to the plan of conversion, after two years from the date of conversion and upon the written request of the Federal Reserve Board, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will eliminate or transfer the liquidation account (and the depositors interests in such account) to Westbury Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon subsumed into the liquidation account of Westbury Bank. Under the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, a post-conversion merger, consolidation, or similar combination or transaction with another depository institution or depository institution holding company in which Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or Westbury Bank is not the surviving institution would not be considered a liquidation. In such a transaction, the liquidation account would be assumed by the surviving institution.
Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder would have an initial pro rata interest in the liquidation account for each deposit account, including savings accounts, transaction accounts such as negotiable order of withdrawal accounts, money market deposit accounts, and certificates of deposit, with a balance of $50.00 or more held in Westbury Bank on June 30, 2011 or September 30, 2012 equal to the proportion that the balance of each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Account Holder deposit accounts on June 30, 2011 and September 30, 2012, respectively, bears to the balance of all Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Account Holder deposit accounts in Westbury Bank on such date.
If, however, on any December 31 annual liquidation account closing date commencing after the effective date of the conversion, the amount in any such deposit account is less than the amount in the deposit account on June 30, 2011 or September 30, 2012, respectively, or any other annual liquidation account closing date, then the interest in the liquidation account relating to such deposit account would be reduced from time to time by the proportion of any such reduction, and such interest will cease to exist if such deposit account is closed. In addition, no interest in the liquidation account would ever be increased despite any subsequent increase in the related deposit account. Payment pursuant to liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders would be separate and apart from the payment of any insured deposit accounts to such depositor. Any assets remaining after the above liquidation rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are satisfied would be available for distribution to stockholders.
Material Income Tax Consequences
Consummation of the conversion is subject to the prior receipt of an opinion of counsel or tax advisor with respect to federal and state income taxation that the conversion will not be a taxable transaction to WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc., Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members. Unlike private letter rulings, opinions of counsel or tax advisors are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state taxing authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. would prevail in a judicial proceeding.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has issued an opinion to WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. that for federal income tax purposes:
1. The merger of WBSB Bancorp, MHC with and into WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code.
2. The constructive exchange of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, MHC for liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
3. Neither WBSB Bancorp, MHC nor WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of the assets of WBSB Bancorp, MHC to WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and the assumption by WBSB Bancorp, Inc. of WBSB Bancorp, MHCs liabilities and none of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., the Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will recognize gain or loss on the constructive exchange of the liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, MHC for liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
4. The basis of the assets of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and the holding period of such assets to be received by WBSB Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in WBSB Bancorp, MHC immediately before the exchange.
5. The merger of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. with and into Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. Neither WBSB Bancorp, Inc. nor Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will recognize gain or loss as a result of such merger.
6. The basis of the assets of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and the holding period of such assets to be received by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be the same as the basis and holding period of such assets in WBSB Bancorp, Inc. immediately before the exchange.
7. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon the constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc. for interests in the liquidation account in Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
8. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in WBSB Bancorp, Inc. for interests in the liquidation account established in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Federal Income Tax Regulations.
9. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock is zero. Accordingly, no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights.
10. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the liquidation account of Westbury Bank supporting the payment of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account in the event Westbury Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Westbury Bank liquidation account as of the effective date of the merger of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. with and into Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
11. It is more likely than not that the basis of the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased in the offering by the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price. The holding period of the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of nontransferable subscription rights will commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised.
12. No gain or loss will be recognized by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. on the receipt of money in exchange for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock sold in the offering.
We believe that the tax opinions summarized above address all material federal income tax consequences that are generally applicable to WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and persons receiving subscription rights. The tax opinion as to item 9 above is based on the position that subscription rights to be received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or the time the subscription rights are exercised. In this regard, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. noted that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, are legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any community offering. The firm also noted that the Internal Revenue Service has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes that it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock have no value. However, the issue of whether or not the nontransferable subscription rights have value is based on all the facts and circumstances. If the subscription rights granted to Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights could result in taxable gain to those Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who exercise the subscription rights in an amount equal to the ascertainable value, and we could recognize gain on a distribution. Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value.
We also have received a letter from RP Financial, LC, stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any ascertainable fair market value and that the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the fair market value of the shares on the date of the exercise. This position is based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in any community offering.
The tax opinion as to item 10 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Westbury Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Westbury Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) no holder of an interest in a liquidation account has ever received a payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the liquidation accounts are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the liquidation account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in Westbury Bank are reduced; and (iv) the Westbury Bank liquidation account payment obligation arises only if Westbury Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient assets to fund the liquidation account.
In addition, we have received a letter from RP Financial, LC stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Westbury Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event Westbury Bancorp, Inc. lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the conversion. Based on the foregoing, Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. believes it is more likely than
not that such rights in the Westbury Bank liquidation account have no value. If such rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of such fair market value as of the date of the conversion.
We do not plan to apply for a private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service concerning the transactions described herein. Unlike private letter rulings issued by the Internal Revenue Service, opinions of counsel are not binding on the Internal Revenue Service or any state tax authority, and such authorities may disagree with such opinions. In the event of such disagreement, there can be no assurance that the conclusions reached in an opinion of counsel would be sustained by a court if contested by the Internal Revenue Service.
The federal tax opinion has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as an exhibit to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s registration statement. An opinion of McGladrey LLP regarding the Wisconsin state income tax consequences consistent with the federal tax opinion has also been filed as an exhibit to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s registration statement.
Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Our Shares after Conversion
The shares being acquired by the directors, executive officers and their associates are being acquired for investment purposes, and not with a view towards resale. All shares of common stock purchased in the offering by a director or an officer of Westbury Bank generally may not be sold for a period of one year following the closing of the conversion, except in the event of the death of the director or officer. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within this time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be similarly restricted. The directors and executive officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. also will be restricted by the insider trading rules promulgated pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
Purchases of shares of our common stock by any of our directors, officers and their associates, during the three-year period following the closing of the conversion may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission, except with the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of our outstanding common stock, to purchases of our common stock to fund stock options by one or more stock-based benefit plans or to any of our tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans or nontax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, including any stock-based benefit plans.
Applicable regulations and current agreements with our regulators prohibit Westbury Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock during the first year following conversion unless compelling business reasons exist for such repurchases. After one year, applicable regulations do not impose any repurchase restrictions; however, our agreements with our regulators may prohibit Westbury Bancorp, Inc. from repurchasing its shares of common stock for a significantly longer period of time.
WESTBURY BANK CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
General
In furtherance of our commitment to our local community, our plan of conversion and reorganization provides that we will establish a new charitable foundation, Westbury Bank Charitable
Foundation as a non-stock, nonprofit Delaware corporation in connection with the stock offering. The new charitable foundation will be funded with shares of our common stock and cash, as further described below.
By further enhancing our visibility and reputation in our local community, we believe that the charitable foundation will enhance the long-term value of Westbury Banks community banking franchise. The stock offering presents us with a unique opportunity to provide a substantial and continuing benefit to our communities through the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation.
Purpose of the Charitable Foundation
In connection with the closing of the stock offering, we intend to contribute a total of $1.0 million to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation, such contribution to consist of a number of shares of our common stock equal to 1.0% of the shares sold in the offering (29,750 shares or $297,500 in stock at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares or $402,500 in stock at the maximum offering, up to 46,288 shares or $462,880 in stock at the adjusted maximum offering) and the remainder in cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,120 at the adjusted maximum). Our expected aggregate contribution amount is not dependent upon the amount of stock that we sell in the stock offering. The purpose of the charitable foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which we operate and to enable our communities to share in our long-term growth. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to us. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will also support our ongoing obligations to the community under the Community Reinvestment Act. Westbury Bank received a satisfactory rating in its most recent Community Reinvestment Act examination by the FDIC.
Funding Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation with shares of our common stock in addition to cash is also intended to allow our communities to share in our potential growth and success after the stock offering is completed because Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will benefit directly from any increases in the value of our shares of common stock. In addition, Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will maintain close ties with Westbury Bank, thereby forming a partnership within the communities in which Westbury Bank operates.
Structure of the Charitable Foundation
Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be incorporated under Delaware law as a non-stock, nonprofit corporation. The certificate of incorporation of Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will provide that the corporation is organized exclusively for charitable purposes as set forth in Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundations certificate of incorporation will further provide that no part of the net earnings of the charitable foundation will inure to the benefit of, or be distributable to, its members, directors or officers or to private individuals.
The charitable foundation will be governed by a board of directors, initially consisting of Andrew J. Gumm and James A. Spella, both of whom are directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., and one individual who is not affiliated with us. Applicable regulations require that we select one person to serve on the initial board of directors who is not one of our officers or directors and who has experience with local charitable organizations and grant making, and we have selected Prudence P. Hway as a director to satisfy these requirements. For five years after the stock offering, one seat on the charitable foundations board of directors will be reserved for a person from our local community who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making and who is not one of our officers, directors or
employees, and at least one seat on the charitable foundations board of directors will be reserved for one of Westbury Banks directors. Except as described below in Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Charitable Foundation, on an annual basis, directors of the charitable foundation elect the board to serve for one-year terms.
The business experience of our current directors and executive officers who will serve as board members of the charitable foundation is described in Management of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. Prudence P. Hway, who will serve as our outside foundation director, is the President and Chief Executive Officer of Pick Heaters, Inc., a manufacturer of liquid heating equipment for processing industries, including the food, pharmaceutical and chemical industries, where she has been employed since 1991. Pick Heaters, Inc. is located in West Bend, Wisconsin, and has been operated by Ms. Hways family for three generations. Previously, Ms. Hway spent nearly 30 years in the management and executive search consulting industry. Ms. Hway holds a bachelors degree from Northwestern University and a Masters degree from the University of Wisconsin, and spent two years serving in the United States Peace Corps in Uganda. Ms. Hway is involved with numerous local charitable and civic organizations, including as board member of The Cedar Community Foundation, board member of the museum of Wisconsin Art, board member of The Threshold Foundation, board member and President of the West Bend Community and Alumni Scholarship Foundation, Inc., board member and Vice President of the West Bend Economic Development Corporation, board member of Economic Development of Washington County and board member of the West End Country Club. She is also a past board member and President of The Threshold Inc., a past board member and chair of the operations committee of The United Way of Washington County, and past board member and President of The Volunteer Center of Washington County.
The board of directors of Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be responsible for establishing its grant and donation policies, consistent with the purposes for which it was established. As directors of a nonprofit corporation, directors of Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will at all times be bound by their fiduciary duty to advance the charitable foundations charitable goals, to protect its assets and to act in a manner consistent with the charitable purposes for which the charitable foundation is established. The directors of Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation also will be responsible for directing the activities of the charitable foundation, including the management and voting of the shares of our common stock held by the charitable foundation. However, as required by applicable regulations, all shares of our common stock held by Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
Westbury Bank Charitable Foundations initial place of business will be located at our corporate headquarters. The board of directors of Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will appoint such officers and employees as may be necessary to manage its operations. To the extent applicable, we will comply with the affiliates restrictions set forth in Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board and of the Indiana Department of Financial Regulations, as applicable, governing transactions between Westbury Bank and the charitable foundation.
Capital for the charitable foundation will come from:
(1) any dividends that may be paid on our shares of common stock in the future;
(2) within the limits of applicable federal and state laws, loans collateralized by the shares of common stock; or
(3) the proceeds of the sale of any of the shares of common stock in the open market from time to time.
As a private foundation under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code, Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to distribute annually in grants or donations a minimum of 5% of the average fair market value of its net investment assets.
Tax Considerations
We believe that an organization created for the above purposes should qualify as a Section 501(c)(3) exempt organization under the Internal Revenue Code and should be classified as a private foundation. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will submit a timely request to the Internal Revenue Service to be recognized as an exempt organization. As long as Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation files its application for tax-exempt status within 27 months of the last day of the month in which it was organized, and provided the Internal Revenue Service approves the application, its effective date as a Section 501(c)(3) organization will be the date of its organization. We have not received a tax opinion as to whether Westbury Bank Charitable Foundations tax exempt status will be affected by the regulatory requirement that all shares of our common stock held by Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation must be voted in the same ratio as all other outstanding shares of our common stock on all proposals considered by our stockholders.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank are authorized by federal law to make charitable contributions. We believe that the stock offering presents a unique opportunity to establish and fund a charitable foundation given the substantial amount of additional capital being raised. In making such a determination, we considered the dilutive impact to our stockholders of the contribution of shares of common stock to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation.
We believe that our contribution of shares of our common stock to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation should not constitute an act of self-dealing and that we should be entitled to a federal tax deduction in the amount of the fair market value of the stock at the time of the contribution. We are permitted to deduct for charitable purposes only an amount equal to 10% of our annual taxable income in any one year. We are permitted under the Internal Revenue Code to carry the excess contribution over the five-year period following the contribution to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation. We estimate that at all levels of the offering range, the contribution should be deductible for federal tax purposes over the six-year period ( i.e. , the year in which the contribution is made and the succeeding five-year period). However, we do not have any assurance that the Internal Revenue Service will grant tax-exempt status to the charitable foundation. In such event, our contribution to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation would be expensed without a tax benefit, resulting in a reduction in earnings in the year in which the Internal Revenue Service makes such a determination. Furthermore, even if the contribution is deductible, we may not have sufficient earnings to be able to use the deduction in full. Any such decision to continue to make additional contributions to Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation in the future would be based on an assessment of, among other factors, our financial condition at that time, the interests of our stockholders and depositors, and the financial condition and operations of the foundation.
As a private foundation, earnings and gains, if any, from the sale of common stock or other assets are exempt from federal and state income taxation. However, investment income, such as interest, dividends and capital gains, is generally taxed at a rate of 2%, although we expect to qualify for the lower 1% special rate. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to file an annual return with the Internal Revenue Service within four and one-half months after the close of its fiscal year. Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation will be required to make its annual return available for public inspection. The annual return for a private foundation includes, among other things, an itemized list of all grants made or approved, showing the amount of each grant, the recipient, any relationship between a grant recipient and the foundations managers and a concise statement of the purpose of each grant.
Regulatory Requirements Imposed on the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation
Applicable regulations require that, before our board of directors adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, the board of directors had to identify its members that will serve on the charitable foundations board, and these directors could not participate in our boards discussions concerning contributions to the charitable foundation, and could not vote on the matter. Our board of directors complied with this regulation in adopting the plan of conversion and reorganization.
These regulations impose the following additional requirements on the establishment of the charitable foundation:
· the Federal Reserve Board may examine the charitable foundation at the charitable foundations expense;
· the charitable foundation must comply with all supervisory directives imposed by the Federal Reserve Board;
· the charitable foundation must provide annually to the Federal Reserve Board a copy of the annual report that the charitable foundation submits to the Internal Revenue Service;
· the charitable foundation must operate according to written policies adopted by its board of directors, including a conflict of interest policy;
· the charitable foundation may not engage in self-dealing and must comply with all laws necessary to maintain its tax-exempt status under the Internal Revenue Code; and
· the charitable foundation must vote its shares of our common stock in the same ratio as all of the other shares voted on each proposal considered by our stockholders.
Within six months of completing the stock offering, the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation must submit to the Federal Reserve Board a three-year operating plan, conflicts of interest policy, gift instrument, bylaws and certificate of incorporation.
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
Although the Board of Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is not aware of any effort that might be made to obtain control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. after the conversion, the Board of Directors believes that it is appropriate to include certain provisions as part of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation to protect the interests of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders from takeovers which our Board of Directors might conclude are not in the best interests of Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders.
The following discussion is a general summary of the material provisions of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws, Westbury Banks charter and bylaws, Maryland corporate law and certain other regulatory provisions that may be deemed to have an anti-takeover effect. The following description of certain of these provisions is necessarily general and, with respect to provisions contained in Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws and Westbury Banks charter and bylaws, reference should be made in each case to the document in question, each of which is part of Westbury Banks applications with the Federal Reserve Board and Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s registration
statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. See Where You Can Find Additional Information.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s articles of incorporation and bylaws contain a number of provisions relating to corporate governance and rights of stockholders that might discourage future takeover attempts. As a result, stockholders who might desire to participate in such transactions may not have an opportunity to do so. In addition, these provisions will also render the removal of the Board of Directors or management of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. more difficult.
Directors . The Board of Directors will be divided into three classes. The members of each class will be elected for a term of three years and only one class of directors will be elected annually. Thus, it would take at least two annual elections to replace a majority of our directors. The bylaws establish qualifications for board members, including:
· a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is a director, officer or a 10% shareholder of a competitor of Westbury Bank;
· a prohibition on service as a director by a person (i) who has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust that is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law, (ii) who is currently charged in an information, indictment or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime, or (iii) against whom a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency;
· a prohibition on service as a director by a person who is party to any agreement or understanding that (i) provides such person with material benefits that are contingent upon Westbury Bancorp, Inc. entering into a merger or similar transaction in which Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is not the surviving entity, (ii) materially limits such persons voting discretion with respect to Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s strategic direction, or (iii) materially impairs such persons ability to discharge his or her fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.;
· a prohibition on any person who has attained the age of 70 commencing a new term of service as a director; and
· a requirement that any person proposed to serve as director (other than the initial directors) have maintained his or her principal residence within ten miles of an office of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or Westbury Bank for a period of at least one year immediately before his or her nomination or appointment to the Board of Directors;
· a prohibition on service as a director by a person who has lost more than one election for service as a director of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; and
· a prohibition on service by nominees or representatives (as defined in applicable Federal Reserve Board regulations) of another person who would not be eligible for service or of an entity the partners or controlling persons of which would not be eligible for service.
Further, the bylaws impose notice and information requirements in connection with the nomination by stockholders of candidates for election to the Board of Directors or the proposal by stockholders of business to be acted upon at an annual meeting of stockholders. Such notice and information requirements are applicable to all stockholder business proposals and nominations, and are in addition to any requirements under the federal securities laws.
Evaluation of Offers. The articles of incorporation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. provide that its Board of Directors, when evaluating a transaction that would or may involve a change in control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (whether by purchases of its securities, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of its assets, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to:
· the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction;
· the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries operate or are located;
· whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.;
· whether a more favorable price could be obtained for Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stock or other securities in the future;
· the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries;
· the future value of the stock or any other securities of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction;
· any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal;
· the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and
· the ability of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. to fulfill its objectives as a savings and loan holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations.
If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction.
Restrictions on Call of Special Meetings . The bylaws provide that, unless approved by unaffiliated directors, special meetings of stockholders can be called by only the Chairman or Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors or by resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (the whole board), or the Secretary upon the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all votes entitled to vote at the meeting.
Prohibition of Cumulative Voting . The articles of incorporation prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors.
Limitation of Voting Rights . The articles of incorporation provide that in no event will any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of common stock, be entitled or permitted to vote any of the shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. The 10% limit shall not apply if, before the stockholder acquires shares in excess of the 10% limit, the acquisition is approved by a majority of the directors who are not affiliated with the holder and who were members of the Board of Directors prior to the time of the acquisition (or who were chosen to fill any vacancy of an otherwise unaffiliated director by a majority of the unaffiliated directors).
Restrictions on Removing Directors from Office . The articles of incorporation provide that directors may be removed only for cause, and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of our then-outstanding capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights), voting together as a single class.
Shareholder Nominations and Proposals. The bylaws provide that any shareholder desiring to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at an annual meeting of shareholders must submit written notice to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. at least 90 days prior and not earlier than 120 days prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the previous years annual meeting. However, if less than 90 days prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to shareholders and the date of the annual meeting is advanced by more than 30 days, or delayed by more than 30 days, from the anniversary date of the preceding years annual meeting then shareholders must submit written notice to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. no later than 10 days following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the meeting is first made in a press release, in a document filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission or on a website maintained by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Authorized but Unissued Shares . After the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will have authorized but unissued shares of common and preferred stock. See Description of Capital Stock. The articles of incorporation authorize 50,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is authorized to issue preferred stock from time to time in one or more series subject to applicable provisions of law, and the board of directors is authorized to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of such shares. In addition, the articles of incorporation provide that a majority of the whole board may, without action by the stockholders, amend the articles of incorporation to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock of any class or series that Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has the authority to issue. In the event of a proposed merger, tender offer or other attempt to gain control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. that the board of directors does not approve, it would be possible for the board of directors to authorize the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences that would impede the completion of the transaction. An effect of the possible issuance of preferred stock therefore may be to deter a future attempt to gain control of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The board of directors has no present plan or understanding to issue any preferred stock.
Amendments to Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws. Except as provided under Authorized but Unissued Shares, above, regarding the amendment of the articles of incorporation by the Board of Directors to increase or decrease the number of shares authorized for issuance, or as otherwise allowed by law, any amendment to the articles of incorporation must be approved by our Board of Directors and also by two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights); provided, however, that an amendment need only be approved by the vote of a majority of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights) if the amendment is approved by at least two-thirds of the whole board. Approval by at least 80% of the votes entitled to be cast (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights) is generally required to amend the following provisions:
(i) |
The limitation on voting rights of persons who directly or indirectly beneficially own more than 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock; |
|
|
(ii) |
The division of the board of directors into three staggered classes; |
|
|
(iii) |
The ability of the board of directors to fill vacancies on the board; |
|
|
(iv) |
The requirement that a majority of the voting power of stockholders must vote to remove directors, and can only remove directors for cause; |
|
|
(v) |
The ability of the board of directors to amend and repeal the bylaws and the required stockholder vote to amend or repeal the bylaws; |
|
|
(vi) |
The ability of the board of directors to evaluate a variety of factors in evaluating offers to purchase or otherwise acquire Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; |
|
|
(vii) |
The authority of the board of directors to provide for the issuance of preferred stock; |
|
|
(viii) |
The validity and effectiveness of any action lawfully authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of outstanding shares of common stock; |
|
|
(ix) |
The number of stockholders constituting a quorum or required for stockholder consent; |
|
|
(x) |
The provision regarding stockholder proposals and nominations; |
|
|
(xi) |
The indemnification of current and former directors and officers, as well as employees and other agents, by Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; |
|
|
(xii) |
The limitation of liability of officers and directors to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. for money damages; and |
|
|
(xiii) |
The provision of the articles of incorporation requiring approval of at least 80% of the outstanding voting stock to amend the provisions of the articles of incorporation provided in (i) through (xii) of this list. |
The articles of incorporation also provide that the bylaws may be amended by the affirmative vote of a majority of our directors or by the stockholders by the affirmative vote of at least 80% of the
votes entitled to be cast in the election of directors (after giving effect to the limitation on voting rights discussed above in Limitation of Voting Rights).
Maryland Corporate Law
Under Maryland law, business combinations between a Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder or an affiliate of an interested stockholder are prohibited for five years after the most recent date on which the interested stockholder becomes an interested stockholder. These business combinations include a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or, in circumstances specified in the statute, certain transfers of assets, certain stock issuances and transfers, liquidation plans and reclassifications involving interested stockholders and their affiliates or issuance or reclassification of equity securities. Maryland law defines an interested stockholder as: (i) any person who beneficially owns 10% or more of the voting power of a corporations voting stock after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock; or (ii) an affiliate or associate of the corporation at any time after the date on which the corporation had 100 or more beneficial owners of its stock who, within the two-year period prior to the date in question, was the beneficial owner of 10% or more of the voting power of the then-outstanding voting stock of the corporation. A person is not an interested stockholder under the statute if the board of directors approved in advance the transaction by which the person otherwise would have become an interested stockholder. However, in approving a transaction, the board of directors may provide that its approval is subject to compliance, at or after the time of approval, with any terms and conditions determined by the board.
After the five-year prohibition, any business combination between the Maryland corporation and an interested stockholder generally must be recommended by the board of directors of the corporation and approved by the affirmative vote of at least: (i) 80% of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of outstanding shares of voting stock of the corporation and (ii) two-thirds of the votes entitled to be cast by holders of voting stock of the corporation other than shares held by the interested stockholder with whom or with whose affiliate the business combination is to be effected or held by an affiliate or associate of the interested stockholder. These super-majority vote requirements do not apply if the corporations common stockholders receive a minimum price, as defined under Maryland law, for their shares in the form of cash or other consideration in the same form as previously paid by the interested stockholder for its shares.
Westbury Banks Charter
The charter of Westbury Bank provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the conversion and offering, no person (including a group acting in concert) other than Westbury Bancorp, Inc. may offer directly or indirectly to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of Westbury Bank. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of Westbury Bank or Westbury Bancorp, Inc., or to an underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving the public sale or resale of securities of Westbury Bank or any of its subsidiaries, so long as after the sale or resale, no underwriter or member of the selling group is a beneficial owner, directly or indirectly, of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of Westbury Bank. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted on any matter submitted to shareholders for a vote.
Conversion Regulations
Federal regulations prohibit any person from making an offer, announcing an intent to make an offer or participating in any other arrangement to purchase stock or acquire stock or subscription rights in a converting institution or its holding company from another person prior to completion of its conversion.
Further, without the prior written approval of the Federal Reserve Board, no person may make an offer or announcement of an offer to purchase shares or actually acquire shares of a converted institution or its holding company for a period of three years from the date of the completion of the conversion if, upon the completion of such offer, announcement or acquisition, the person would become the beneficial owner of more than 10% of the outstanding stock of the institution or its holding company. The Federal Reserve Board has defined person to include any individual, group acting in concert, corporation, partnership, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities of an insured institution. However, offers made exclusively to a bank or its holding company, or to an underwriter or member of a selling group acting on the converting institutions or its holding companys behalf for resale to the general public, are excepted. The regulation also provides civil penalties for willful violation or assistance in any such violation of the regulation by any person connected with the management of the converting institution or its holding company or who controls more than 10% of the outstanding shares or voting rights of a converted institution or its holding company.
Change in Control Regulations
Under the Change in Bank Control Act, no person may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company unless the Federal Reserve Board has been given 60 days prior written notice and has not issued a notice disapproving the proposed acquisition. In addition, Federal Reserve Board regulations provide that no company may acquire control of a savings and loan holding company without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
Control, as defined under federal law, means ownership, control of or holding irrevocable proxies representing more than 25% of any class of voting stock, control in any manner of the election of a majority of the institutions directors, or a determination by the Federal Reserve Board that the acquirer has the power to direct, or directly or indirectly to exercise a controlling influence over, the management or policies of the institution.
Acquisition of more than 10% of any class of a savings and loan holding companys voting stock, if the acquirer is also subject to any one of eight control factors, constitutes a rebuttable determination of control under Federal Reserve Board regulations. Such control factors include the acquirer being one of the two largest stockholders. The determination of control may be rebutted by submission to the Federal Reserve Board, prior to the acquisition of stock or the occurrence of any other circumstances giving rise to such determination, of a statement setting forth facts and circumstances which would support a finding that no control relationship will exist and containing certain undertakings. The regulations provide that persons or companies that acquire beneficial ownership exceeding 10% or more of any class of a savings and loan holding companys stock who do not intend to participate in or seek to exercise control over a savings and loan holding companys management or policies may qualify for a safe harbor by filing with the Federal Reserve Board a certification form that states, among other things, that the holder is not in control of such institution, is not subject to a rebuttable determination of control and will take no action which would result in a determination or rebuttable determination of control without prior notice to or approval of the Federal Reserve Board, as applicable. There are also rebuttable presumptions in the regulations concerning whether a group acting in concert exists, including presumed action in concert among members of an immediate family.
The Federal Reserve Board may prohibit an acquisition of control if it finds, among other things, that:
· the acquisition would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;
· the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution;
· the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person; or
· the acquisition would have an adverse effect on the FDICs Deposit Insurance Fund.
In addition, a savings and loan holding company must obtain the approval of the Federal Reserve Board prior to acquiring voting control of more than 5% of any class of voting stock of another savings association or another savings association holding company.
General
At the effective date, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, par value of $0.01 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. currently expects to issue in the offering up to 4,065,250 shares of common stock including shares issued to our charitable foundation. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will not issue shares of preferred stock in the conversion. Each share of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects to, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the subscription price for the common stock, in accordance with the plan of conversion and reorganization, all of the shares of common stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and non-assessable.
The shares of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC or any other government agency.
Common Stock
Dividends . Westbury Bancorp, Inc. can pay dividends on its common stock if, after giving effect to the distribution, it would be able to pay its indebtedness as the indebtedness comes due in the usual course of business and its total assets exceed the sum of its liabilities and the amount needed, if Westbury Bancorp, Inc. were to be dissolved at the time of the distribution, to satisfy the preferential rights upon dissolution of any holders of capital stock who have a preference in the event of dissolution. The holders of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be entitled to receive and share equally in dividends as may be declared by our Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor. If Westbury Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred stock, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends.
Voting Rights . Upon consummation of the conversion, the holders of common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will have exclusive voting rights in Westbury Bancorp, Inc. They will elect Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Board of Directors and act on other matters as are required to be presented to them under Maryland law or as are otherwise presented to them by the Board of Directors. Generally, each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors. Any person who beneficially owns more than 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock, however, will not be entitled or permitted to vote any shares of common stock held in excess of the 10% limit. If Westbury Bancorp, Inc. issues shares of preferred
stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights. Amendments to the articles of incorporation require a two-thirds stockholder vote in certain circumstances, and certain matters require an 80% stockholder vote.
As a stock savings bank, corporate powers and control of Westbury Bank are vested in its Board of Directors, who elect the officers of Westbury Bank and who fill any vacancies on the Board of Directors. Voting rights of Westbury Bank are vested exclusively in the owners of the shares of capital stock of Westbury Bank, which will be Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Shares of Westbury Banks stock will be voted at the direction of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Board of Directors. Consequently, the holders of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will not have direct control of Westbury Bank
Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc., as the holder of 100% of Westbury Banks capital stock, would be entitled to receive all assets of Westbury Bank available for distribution, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of Westbury Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon, and after distribution of the balance in the liquidation account to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. available for distribution, and Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be treated as surrendering their rights to the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. liquidation account and receiving an equivalent interest in the Westbury Bank liquidation account. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.
Preemptive Rights . Holders of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares that may be issued, unless such preemptive rights are approved by the Board of Directors. The common stock is not subject to redemption.
Preferred Stock
None of the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s authorized preferred stock will be issued as part of the offering or the conversion. Preferred stock may be issued with preferences and designations as our Board of Directors may from time to time determine. Our Board of Directors may, without stockholder approval, issue shares of preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and conversion rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and that could assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control.
The transfer agent and registrar for Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock is Registrar and Transfer Company, Cranford, New Jersey.
The consolidated financial statements of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and subsidiaries as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of McGladrey LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.
RP Financial, LC has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the shares
of common stock upon completion of the conversion and offering and its letter with respect to subscription rights.
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Washington, D.C., counsel to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank, will issue to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. its opinions regarding the legality of the common stock and the federal income tax consequences of the conversion. Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. has consented to the references in this prospectus to its opinions. McGladrey LLP will issue to WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank and Westbury Bancorp, Inc. its opinion regarding the Wisconsin income tax consequences of the conversion. McGladrey LLP, has consented to the reference in this prospectus to its opinion. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. by Kilpatrick Townsend & Stockton LLP, Washington, D.C.
WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the shares of common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. Such information, including the appraisal report which is an exhibit to the registration statement, can be examined without charge at the public reference facilities of the Securities and Exchange Commission located at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of such material can be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission at prescribed rates. The Securities and Exchange Commission telephone number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission, including Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions of the material terms of, and should be read in conjunction with, such contract or document.
Westbury Bank has filed with the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago an Application on Form AC with respect to the conversion. This prospectus omits certain information contained in the application. The application may be examined at the Federal Reserve Bank of Chicago, located at 230 South LaSalle Street, Chicago, Illinois 60604. Our plan of conversion and reorganization is available, upon request, at each of our branch offices.
In connection with the offering, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will register its common stock under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and, upon such registration, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and the holders of its common stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on common stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, subject to subsequent deregistration of such shares under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS OF
WBSB BANCORP, MHC AND SUBSIDIARY
Consolidated Financial Statements
F-2 |
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30, 2012 (Unaudited) and December 31, 2011 and 2010 |
F-3 |
|
|
F-5 |
|
|
|
F-6 |
|
|
|
F-7 |
|
|
|
F-8 |
***
Separate financial statements for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. have not been included in this prospectus because Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has not engaged in any significant activities, has no significant assets, and has no contingent liabilities, revenue or expenses.
All financial statement schedules have been omitted as the required information either is not applicable or is included in the financial statements or related notes.
All financial information as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 is unaudited.
Pursuant to Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is a smaller reporting company as it will have a public float of less than $75 million.
|
|
|
|
|
411 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1850 |
|
Milwaukee, WI 53202-4461 |
O 414.298.2800 F 414.298.2810 |
|
www.mcgladrey.com |
Report of Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
To the Board of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, changes in equity, and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
October 25, 2012
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
June 30, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands)
|
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Cash and due from banks |
|
$ |
31,646 |
|
$ |
11,206 |
|
$ |
34,827 |
|
Interest-bearing deposits and short-term notes |
|
13,408 |
|
10,291 |
|
15,366 |
|
|||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
45,054 |
|
21,497 |
|
50,193 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Securities available-for-sale |
|
63,195 |
|
99,119 |
|
70,288 |
|
|||
Loans held for sale, at lower of cost or market |
|
3,020 |
|
3,640 |
|
4,327 |
|
|||
Loans, net of allowance for loan losses of $6,198, $7,116 and $4,983 in 2012, 2011 and 2010, respectively |
|
382,923 |
|
396,439 |
|
436,820 |
|
|||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock, at cost |
|
3,091 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
|||
Foreclosed real estate |
|
3,343 |
|
4,300 |
|
5,289 |
|
|||
Real estate held for investment |
|
8,526 |
|
10,810 |
|
11,204 |
|
|||
Office properties and equipment, net |
|
14,385 |
|
14,874 |
|
17,066 |
|
|||
Cash surrender value of life insurance |
|
11,836 |
|
11,629 |
|
11,210 |
|
|||
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
2,067 |
|
2,387 |
|
2,832 |
|
|||
Prepaid FDIC assessment |
|
1,401 |
|
1,915 |
|
2,890 |
|
|||
Deferred tax asset |
|
4,126 |
|
4,440 |
|
2,971 |
|
|||
Other assets |
|
3,469 |
|
3,916 |
|
6,651 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total assets |
|
$ |
546,436 |
|
$ |
578,618 |
|
$ |
625,393 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Liabilities and Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deposits |
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
$ |
524,277 |
|
$ |
556,325 |
|
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
|||
Notes payable |
|
1,254 |
|
3,439 |
|
3,343 |
|
|||
Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance |
|
4,668 |
|
444 |
|
292 |
|
|||
Other liabilities |
|
4,546 |
|
4,344 |
|
5,210 |
|
|||
Total liabilities |
|
499,703 |
|
532,504 |
|
572,170 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 7, 16 and 18) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Equity |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Retained earnings |
|
45,691 |
|
45,112 |
|
52,732 |
|
|||
Accumulated other comprehensive income |
|
1,042 |
|
1,002 |
|
491 |
|
|||
Total equity |
|
46,733 |
|
46,114 |
|
53,223 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total liabilities and equity |
|
$ |
546,436 |
|
$ |
578,618 |
|
$ |
625,393 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Operations
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and
Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands)
|
|
Six months ended
|
|
Years ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(unaudited) |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Interest and dividend income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Loans |
|
$ |
10,066 |
|
$ |
11,470 |
|
$ |
22,138 |
|
$ |
24,712 |
|
Investments - nontaxable |
|
|
|
|
|
302 |
|
996 |
|
||||
Investments - taxable |
|
989 |
|
961 |
|
1,560 |
|
1,157 |
|
||||
Interest bearing deposits and short term notes |
|
44 |
|
1 |
|
39 |
|
3 |
|
||||
Total interest and dividend income |
|
11,099 |
|
12,432 |
|
24,039 |
|
26,868 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Interest expense: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Deposits |
|
1,529 |
|
2,960 |
|
5,167 |
|
7,780 |
|
||||
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
3 |
|
194 |
|
365 |
|
756 |
|
||||
Notes payable |
|
67 |
|
106 |
|
201 |
|
230 |
|
||||
Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance |
|
1 |
|
2 |
|
4 |
|
5 |
|
||||
Total interest expense |
|
1,600 |
|
3,262 |
|
5,737 |
|
8,771 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net interest income before provision for loan losses |
|
9,499 |
|
9,170 |
|
18,302 |
|
18,097 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
2,040 |
|
1,890 |
|
7,533 |
|
3,057 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net interest income after provision for loan losses |
|
7,459 |
|
7,280 |
|
10,769 |
|
15,040 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Noninterest income: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Service fees on deposit accounts |
|
2,388 |
|
2,157 |
|
4,656 |
|
5,411 |
|
||||
Gain on sales of loans, net |
|
1,187 |
|
389 |
|
874 |
|
2,408 |
|
||||
Servicing fee income, net of amortization and impairment |
|
(220 |
) |
217 |
|
86 |
|
(704 |
) |
||||
Insurance and securities sales commissions |
|
486 |
|
414 |
|
808 |
|
867 |
|
||||
Gain on sales of securities |
|
369 |
|
386 |
|
601 |
|
547 |
|
||||
Gain (loss) on sales of branches and other assets |
|
313 |
|
154 |
|
894 |
|
(14 |
) |
||||
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance |
|
207 |
|
208 |
|
419 |
|
424 |
|
||||
Rental income from real estate operations |
|
466 |
|
613 |
|
1,170 |
|
1,856 |
|
||||
Other income |
|
398 |
|
281 |
|
709 |
|
879 |
|
||||
Total noninterest income |
|
5,594 |
|
4,819 |
|
10,217 |
|
11,674 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Noninterest expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Salaries and employee benefits |
|
4,296 |
|
5,103 |
|
11,179 |
|
11,240 |
|
||||
Commissions |
|
746 |
|
457 |
|
1,169 |
|
1,795 |
|
||||
Occupancy |
|
948 |
|
1,145 |
|
2,543 |
|
2,352 |
|
||||
Furniture and equipment |
|
319 |
|
312 |
|
1,285 |
|
1,431 |
|
||||
Data processing |
|
1,638 |
|
1,615 |
|
2,967 |
|
2,968 |
|
||||
Advertising |
|
98 |
|
227 |
|
428 |
|
843 |
|
||||
Real estate held for investment |
|
441 |
|
531 |
|
677 |
|
950 |
|
||||
Net loss from operations and sale of foreclosed real estate |
|
1,382 |
|
1,486 |
|
5,210 |
|
3,670 |
|
||||
FDIC insurance premiums |
|
532 |
|
512 |
|
1,028 |
|
980 |
|
||||
Other expenses |
|
1,781 |
|
1,919 |
|
3,319 |
|
3,447 |
|
||||
Total noninterest expenses |
|
12,181 |
|
13,307 |
|
29,805 |
|
29,676 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
(Income) loss before income tax benefit |
|
872 |
|
(1,208 |
) |
(8,819 |
) |
(2,962 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Income tax expense (benefit) |
|
293 |
|
(564 |
) |
(1,199 |
) |
(1,544 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
(644 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and
Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands)
|
|
Six months ended
|
|
Years ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(unaudited) |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
(644 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
Other comprehensive income (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unrealized (depreciation) appreciation on available-for-sale securities, net of taxes |
|
263 |
|
35 |
|
820 |
|
(180 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses) included in net income, net of taxes |
|
(223 |
) |
(233 |
) |
(309 |
) |
(389 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
40 |
|
(198 |
) |
511 |
|
(569 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Comprehensive income (loss) |
|
$ |
619 |
|
$ |
(842 |
) |
$ |
(7,109 |
) |
$ |
(1,987 |
) |
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity
Six months ended June 30, 2012 (unaudited) and
Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands)
|
|
|
|
Accumulated |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
Other |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Retained |
|
Comprehensive |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Earnings |
|
Income |
|
Total |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance, December 31, 2009 |
|
$ |
54,150 |
|
$ |
1,060 |
|
$ |
55,210 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net loss |
|
(1,418 |
) |
|
|
(1,418 |
) |
|||
Other comprehensive loss |
|
|
|
(569 |
) |
(569 |
) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance, December 31, 2010 |
|
52,732 |
|
491 |
|
53,223 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net loss |
|
(7,620 |
) |
|
|
(7,620 |
) |
|||
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
511 |
|
511 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance, December 31, 2011 |
|
45,112 |
|
1,002 |
|
46,114 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net income (unaudited) |
|
579 |
|
|
|
579 |
|
|||
Other comprehensive income |
|
|
|
40 |
|
40 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Balance, June 30, 2012 (unaudited) |
|
$ |
45,691 |
|
$ |
1,042 |
|
$ |
46,733 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and
Years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(In thousands)
|
|
Six months ended
|
|
Years ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
(unaudited) |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash Flows From Operating Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
579 |
|
$ |
(644 |
) |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash provided by operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Provision for loan losses |
|
2,040 |
|
1,890 |
|
7,533 |
|
3,057 |
|
||||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
670 |
|
725 |
|
1,471 |
|
1,594 |
|
||||
Net amortization of securities premiums and discounts |
|
486 |
|
472 |
|
1,374 |
|
320 |
|
||||
Amortization and impairment of mortgage servicing rights |
|
551 |
|
128 |
|
1,136 |
|
1,331 |
|
||||
Capitalization of mortgage servicing rights |
|
(231 |
) |
(189 |
) |
(691 |
) |
(1,542 |
) |
||||
Gain on sales of available-for-sale securities |
|
(369 |
) |
(386 |
) |
(601 |
) |
(547 |
) |
||||
(Gain) loss on sales of branches and other assets |
|
(313 |
) |
(154 |
) |
(894 |
) |
14 |
|
||||
Loss on sale of foreclosed real estate |
|
172 |
|
131 |
|
297 |
|
372 |
|
||||
Write-down of foreclosed real estate |
|
1,039 |
|
810 |
|
2,769 |
|
1,181 |
|
||||
Loans originated for sale |
|
(68,201 |
) |
(26,931 |
) |
(98,820 |
) |
(156,439 |
) |
||||
Proceeds from sale of loans |
|
70,008 |
|
29,925 |
|
100,380 |
|
157,534 |
|
||||
Gain on sale of loans, net |
|
(1,187 |
) |
(389 |
) |
(874 |
) |
(2,408 |
) |
||||
Increase in cash surrender value of life insurance |
|
(207 |
) |
(208 |
) |
(419 |
) |
(424 |
) |
||||
Deferred income taxes |
|
(478 |
) |
(564 |
) |
(1,950 |
) |
(1,584 |
) |
||||
Net change in: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Prepaid FDIC insurance assessment |
|
514 |
|
478 |
|
975 |
|
912 |
|
||||
Other assets |
|
447 |
|
3,831 |
|
2,735 |
|
2,708 |
|
||||
Other liabilities |
|
4,427 |
|
3,615 |
|
(714 |
) |
981 |
|
||||
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
9,947 |
|
12,540 |
|
6,087 |
|
5,642 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash Flows From Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Purchases of securities available-for-sale |
|
(4,049 |
) |
(71,087 |
) |
(108,821 |
) |
(45,275 |
) |
||||
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale |
|
28,053 |
|
44,633 |
|
54,526 |
|
13,207 |
|
||||
Proceeds from maturities, prepayments, and calls of securities available-for-sale |
|
11,732 |
|
9,709 |
|
25,683 |
|
22,436 |
|
||||
Redemption of FHLB stock |
|
561 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net decrease in loans |
|
8,496 |
|
4,714 |
|
26,124 |
|
42,154 |
|
||||
Proceeds from sales of office properties and equipment |
|
3,641 |
|
612 |
|
2,358 |
|
|
|
||||
Purchases of office properties and equipment |
|
(322 |
) |
|
|
(349 |
) |
(639 |
) |
||||
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate |
|
2,726 |
|
3,390 |
|
4,647 |
|
3,617 |
|
||||
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities |
|
50,838 |
|
(8,029 |
) |
4,168 |
|
35,500 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash Flows From Financing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net decrease in deposits |
|
(35,042 |
) |
(12,542 |
) |
(32,048 |
) |
(4,754 |
) |
||||
Repayment of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
|
|
|
(7,000 |
) |
(12,000 |
) |
||||
Net change in notes payable |
|
(2,186 |
) |
189 |
|
97 |
|
(357 |
) |
||||
Net cash used in financing activities |
|
(37,228 |
) |
(12,353 |
) |
(38,951 |
) |
(17,111 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents |
|
23,557 |
|
(7,842 |
) |
(28,696 |
) |
24,031 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year |
|
21,497 |
|
50,193 |
|
50,193 |
|
26,162 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year |
|
$ |
45,054 |
|
$ |
42,351 |
|
$ |
21,497 |
|
$ |
50,193 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Supplemental Disclosures of Cash Flow Information |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Interest paid (including amounts credited to deposits) |
|
$ |
1,631 |
|
$ |
3,366 |
|
$ |
5,831 |
|
$ |
8,877 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Supplemental Schedules of Noncash Investing Activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Loans receivable transferred to foreclosed real estate |
|
2,980 |
|
4,533 |
|
6,724 |
|
3,326 |
|
||||
Loans receivable transferred to real estate held for investment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
211 |
|
See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of Operations : WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the Company) is a federal mutual holding company headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin and provides a variety of financial services to individuals and small businesses throughout Southeastern Wisconsin. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings and term certificate accounts and its primary lending products are consumer, commercial and residential mortgage loans. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and nonfinancial institutions providing financial products. Additionally, the Company and the Bank are subject to the regulations of certain regulatory agencies and undergo periodic examination by those regulatory agencies.
Organization and Principles of Consolidation : The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Mid-Tier Company, a mid-tier stock-holding company). The accounts of the Mid-Tier Company include its wholly-owned subsidiary, Westbury Bank, FSB (the Bank). The financial statements of the Bank include the accounts of its wholly-owned subsidiaries, WBSB Investments, Inc., a Nevada investment corporation, and Citizens Financial Service Corporation (CFSC), which is no longer active. The financial statements of the Bank also include three wholly-owned limited liability corporations (LLC). These have been formed to own certain of the Banks foreclosed properties. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates : In preparing the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (U.S. GAAP), management is required to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities as of the date of the balance sheet and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses, valuation of deferred tax assets, valuation of foreclosed real estate and valuation of mortgage servicing rights.
Unaudited Interim Financial Statements: The interim consolidated financial statements at June 30, 2012 and for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the related footnote information are unaudited. Such unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements for presentation of interim financial statements of Regulation S-X and are in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In the opinion of management, the accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements contain all adjustments (consisting only of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the results of operations for the interim periods. The results of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire year or any other interim period.
Cash and Cash Equivalents : For purposes of the consolidated statements of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents includes cash, due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and short-term notes, all of which mature within ninety days.
The Company maintains amounts due from banks that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. Management monitors these correspondent relationships and has experience no losses. Accordingly, in the opinion of management, no material risk of loss exists.
Securities : All securities are classified available-for-sale and recorded at fair value, with unrealized gains and losses excluded from earnings and reported in accumulated other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Purchase premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the terms of the securities. Declines in the fair value of individual available-for-sale securities below their amortized cost basis that are deemed to be other-than-temporary impairment losses are reflected as realized losses. In determining whether an other-than-temporary impairment exists, management considers many factors including (1) the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the intent or requirement of the Company to sell its investment in the issuer prior to any anticipated recovery in fair value.
If the Company intends to sell an impaired security, it records an other-than-temporary loss in an amount equal to the entire difference between the fair value and amortized cost of the security. If a security is determined to be other-than-temporarily impaired, but the Company does not intend to sell the security, only the credit portion of the estimated loss is recognized in earnings, with the other portion of the loss recognized in other comprehensive income. The credit loss component recognized in earnings is identified as the amount of principal cash flows not expected to be received over the remaining term of the security as estimated based on cash flow projections discounted at the applicable original yield of the security.
Gains and losses on the sale of securities are recorded on the trade date and are determined using the specific identification method.
Loans Held for Sale : Loans held for sale are recorded at the lower of cost or fair value as determined on an aggregate basis. Fees received from the borrower and the direct costs of loan originations are deferred and recorded as an adjustment to the sales price, when such loans are sold.
Loans : The Company grants commercial, mortgage and consumer loans to customers principally located in Southeastern Wisconsin. The ability of the Companys loan customers to meet the terms of their loans is dependent upon the general economic conditions in this area and real estate values.
Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or pay-off are generally reported at their outstanding unpaid principal balances adjusted for charge-offs, the allowance for loan losses, and deferred loan fees or costs on an originated basis. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination and commitment fees and certain direct loan origination costs on loans receivable are deferred, and the net amounts amortized as an adjustment of the related loans yield. These amounts are amortized, using the level-yield method, over the contractual life of the related loans. Unamortized deferred amounts are included in interest income upon repayment or sale of the related loan.
The accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is ninety days delinquent, unless the loan is well-secured and in the process of collection. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loan. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or charged-off is reversed against interest income. The interest on these loans is accounted for on the cash-basis or cost-recovery method, until qualifying for return to accrual. Loans are returned to accrual status when all the principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought current and future payments are reasonably assured.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
In July 2010, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) No. 2010-20, Disclosure about the Credit Quality of Financing Receivables and the Allowance for Credit Losses (Topic 310). ASU 2010-20 significantly expands the disclosures that the Company must make about the credit quality of loan receivables and the allowance for loan losses. The objectives of the enhanced disclosures are to provide financial statement users with additional information about the nature of credit risks inherent in the Companys loan receivables, how credit risk is analyzed and assessed when determining the allowance for loan losses, and the reasons for the change in the allowance for loan losses. This ASU is effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 31, 2010. Accordingly, the Company has included these disclosures throughout the consolidated financial statements (see following and Note 4).
Allowance for Loan Losses : For all portfolio segments, the allowance for loan losses is maintained at the level considered adequate by management of the Company to provide for losses that are probable. The allowance is increased by provisions charged to operating expense and reduced by net charge-offs. In determining the adequacy of the allowance balance, the Company makes continuous evaluations of the loan portfolio and related off-balance sheet commitments, considers current economic conditions and historical loss experience, and reviews specific problem loans and other factors.
When establishing the allowance for loan losses, management categorizes loans into risk categories generally based on the nature of the collateral and the basis of repayment. These risk categories and their relevant risk characteristics are as follows:
Single Family : Single family loans are real estate loans generally smaller in size and are homogeneous because they exhibit similar characteristics. Single family loans are underwritten by evaluating the credit history of the borrower, the ability of the borrower to meet the debt service requirements of the loan and total debt obligations, as well as the underlying collateral and the loan to collateral value. Also included in this category are junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties. These loans consist of closed-end loans secured by junior liens on 1-4 family residential properties. Underwriting standards for single family loans are heavily influenced by statutory requirements, which include, but are not limited to, loan-to-value and affordability ratios, risk-based pricing strategies, and documentation requirements.
Construction and Land Development: These loans are secured by vacant land and/or property that are in the process of improvement, including (a) land development preparatory to erecting vertical improvements or (b) the on-site construction of industrial, commercial, residential, or farm buildings. Repayment of these loans can be dependent on the sale of the property to third parties or the successful completion of the improvements by the builder for the end user. For purposes of this classification, construction includes not only construction of new structures, but any loans originated to finance additions or alterations to existing structures and the demolition of existing structures to make way for new structures. Until a permanent loan originates, or payoff occurs, all construction loans secured by real estate are reported in this loan pool. Loans to finance construction and land development that are not secured by real estate are segmented and reported separate from this pool. In the event a loan is made on property that is not yet improved for the planned development, there is the risk that necessary approvals will not be granted or will be delayed. Construction loans also run the risk that improvements will not be completed on time or in accordance with specifications and projected costs.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Commercial Business : Commercial business loans are extended primarily to middle market customers. Such credits typically comprise working capital loans, loans for physical asset expansion, asset acquisition loans and other business loans. Loans to closely held businesses will generally be guaranteed in full or for a meaningful amount by the owners of the business. Commercial business loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the borrower and secondarily on the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not behave as forecasted and collateral securing loans may fluctuate in value due to economic or individual performance factors. Minimum standards and underwriting guidelines have been established for all commercial and industrial loan types.
Multifamily : Multifamily loans include loans to finance non-farm properties with five or more units in structures primarily to accommodate households on a temporary or permanent basis. Such credits are typically originated to finance the acquisition of an apartment or condo building/complex. Multifamily loans are made based primarily on the historical and projected cash flow of the subject multifamily property, with assumptions made for vacancy rates. Cash flows and ultimate loan performance rely on the receipt of rental income from the tenants of the property who are themselves subject to fluctuations in national and local economic and unemployment trends.
Commercial Real Estate : These loans are primarily secured by office and industrial buildings, warehouses, small retail shopping facilities and various special purpose properties, including hotels and restaurants. These loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial business loans. These loans are viewed primarily as cash flow loans and the repayment of these loans is largely dependent on the successful operation of the property. Loan performance may be adversely affected by factors impacting the general economy or conditions specific to the real estate market such as geographic location and/or property type.
Consumer and Other : These loans may take the form of installment loans, demand loans, or single payment loans, and are extended to individuals for household, family, and other personal expenditures. These include direct consumer automobile loans extended by the Company for the purpose of purchasing a new or used vehicle for personal use. Consumer and installment loans are underwritten by evaluating the credit history of the borrower and the ability of the borrower to meet the debt service requirements of the loan and total debt obligations. Also included in this category are home equity lines of credit. These loans consist of revolving open-end lines of credit secured by 1-4 family residential properties extended to individuals for household, family or other personal expenditures. Underwriting standards for home equity loans are heavily influenced by statutory requirements, which include, but are not limited to, loan-to-value and affordability ratios, risk-based pricing strategies, and documentation requirements.
The allowance for loan losses is evaluated on a regular basis by management and is based upon managements periodic review of the collectability of the loans in light of historical experience, the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrowers ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral and prevailing economic conditions. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. In addition, regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination processes, periodically review the Companys allowance for loan losses, and may require the Company to recognize adjustments to its allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examinations.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired, and an allowance is established when the collateral value, discounted cash flows or observable market price of the impaired loan are lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-impaired loans and is based on the Companys own loss experience over the most recent two year period, adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative factors consider local economic trends, concentrations, management experience and other elements of the Companys lending operations.
A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining the impairment include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally are not classified as impaired.
Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrowers prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to the principal and interest owed. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis by either the fair value of collateral, if the loan is collateral dependent, the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans effective interest rate, or the loans obtainable market price.
Single family and consumer and other loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual homogeneous loans for impairment disclosures, unless such loans are the subject of a restructuring agreement due to the financial difficulties of the borrower, the loans are related with another commercial type loan or the loans experience significant payment delinquencies and are not insured.
Troubled Debt Restructurings : Loans are accounted for as troubled debt restructurings when a borrower is experiencing financial difficulties that lead to a restructuring of the loan, and the Company grants a concession to the borrower that they would not otherwise consider. These concessions include a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or loan balance, a reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at an interest rate lower than a current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or some combination thereof to facilitate repayment.
Troubled debt restructurings are classified as impaired loans. Payment performance prior and subsequent to the restructuring is taken into account in assessing whether it is likely that the borrower can meet the new terms. A period of sustained repayment, for at least six months subsequent to the modification, is generally required for return to accrual status. This may result in the loan being returned to accrual at the time of restructuring. A loan that is modified at a market rate of interest will not be classified as a troubled debt restructuring or impaired in the calendar year subsequent to the restructuring if it is in compliance with the modified terms.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock : Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) stock consists of the Companys required investment in the capital stock of the FHLB. No ready market exists for these securities and they have no quoted market value; as such the stock is carried at cost. Management reviews for impairment based on the ultimate recoverability of the cost basis in the FHLB stock, and no impairment has been identified as a result of these reviews.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Foreclosed Real Estate : Real estate acquired by foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value less cost to sell at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Costs relating to the development and improvement of property are capitalized; holding costs are charged to expense. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of their carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenues and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in net expenses from foreclosed real estate.
Real Estate Held for Investment : Real estate held for investment includes land, rental properties, and certain real estate development projects. Land and real estate development projects are carried at the lower of cost plus capitalized development period interest, or fair value less costs to sell, and are periodically evaluated for impairment. Rental properties are carried at cost less provisions for depreciation computed by the straight-line method over the estimated life of the property. Rental revenue is recognized on a straight-line basis over the term of the lease unless another systemic and rational basis is more representative of the time pattern in which the use benefit is derived from the leased property. The difference between rental income earned on a straight-line basis and the cash rent due under provisions of the lease agreements is recorded as deferred rent receivable and is included as a component of other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition.
The Company evaluates the carrying value of all real estate held when a indicator of impairment is deemed to exist. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. If the Company intends to dispose of its assets, the assets would be separately presented in the consolidated balance sheet and reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less costs to sell, and would no longer be depreciated.
A property is considered held for sale when a contract for sale is entered into or when management has committed to a plan to sell an asset, the asset is actively marketed, and sale is expected to occur within one year.
Office Properties and Equipment : Office properties including equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation, and include expenditures for new facilities and items that substantially increase the useful lives of existing buildings and equipment. Expenditures for normal repairs and maintenance are charged to expense as incurred. When properties are retired or otherwise disposed of, the related cost and accumulated depreciation are removed from the respective accounts and the resulting gain or loss is recorded.
Mortgage Servicing Rights : Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) are initially recognized at fair value when loans have been sold to investors and are amortized over the lives of the loans. Upon sale of loans with servicing retained, the servicing rights are recorded at fair value and remaining proceeds received are allocated to the loan. Amortization of MSRs is based on the ratio of net servicing income received in the current period, to total remaining net servicing income projected to be realized from the MSRs. MSRs are periodically assessed for impairment, which is calculated using estimated net cash flow analysis on a discounted basis. Impairment is recognized in the statement of income, during the period in which it occurs, as an adjustment to the corresponding valuation allowance. For purposes of performing an impairment evaluation, the serviced loan portfolio is stratified on the basis of certain risk characteristics including loan type (i.e., fixed or adjustable interest rates).
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales only when the control over the financial assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of the right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.
Income Taxes : The Company, the Mid-Tier Company, the Bank, and its subsidiaries file consolidated federal income tax returns and combined state income tax returns. Accordingly, amounts equal to tax benefits of those companies having taxable federal losses or credits are reimbursed by the other companies that incur tax liabilities.
Deferred income taxes are provided using the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of the changes in tax laws and rates as of the date of enactment.
The Company accounts for uncertainty in income taxes to determine whether tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return, should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. The Company may recognize the tax benefit for an uncertain tax position if it is more-likely-than-not that the tax position will be sustained upon examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being utilized upon ultimate settlement.
It is the Companys policy that interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as additional income taxes in the statement of income.
Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities : All derivatives are recognized in the consolidated balance sheets at their fair value. On the date the derivative contract is entered into, management designates the derivative, except for mortgage banking derivatives and derivatives related to certificates of deposit, for which changes in fair value of the derivative is recorded in earnings, as either a fair value hedge (i.e., a hedge of the fair value of a recognized asset or liability) or a cash flow hedge (i.e., a hedge of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability). The relationship between hedging instruments and hedging items, as well as its risk management objective and strategy for undertaking various hedge transactions is formerly documented by management. This process includes linking all derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges or cash flow hedges to specific assets or liabilities on the consolidated balance sheets. Hedge effectiveness is formally assessed, both at the hedges inception and on an ongoing basis, to determine whether the derivatives that are used in hedging transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of hedged items. If it is determined that a derivative is not highly effective as a hedge, or that it has ceased to be a highly effective hedge, hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
For a derivative designated as a fair value hedge, the changes in the fair value of the derivative and of the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in earnings. If the derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in other comprehensive income and are recognized in the income statement when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized in earnings.
Hedge accounting is discontinued prospectively when it is determined that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item; the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised; the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument; or management determines that designation of the derivative as a hedging instrument is no longer appropriate. When hedge accounting is discontinued because it is determined that the derivative no longer qualifies as an effective fair value hedge, the derivative is carried on the consolidated balance sheets at its fair value and no longer adjusts the hedged asset or liability for changes in fair value. The adjustment of the carrying amount of the hedged asset or liability is accounted for in the same manner as other components of the carrying amount of that asset or liability.
Derivative contracts are maintained related to commitments to fund residential mortgages (interest rate locks) in connection with residential mortgages intended for sale. Such commitments are recorded at fair value in other assets or liabilities, with changes in fair value recorded in net gain or loss on sale of mortgage loans. Fair value is based on fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, and for fixed rate commitments, also considers the committed rates and current levels of interest rates.
Comprehensive Income : Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available-for-sale, which are also recognized as separate components of equity.
Reclassification : Certain amounts in the 2010 and 2011 consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2012 presentation. These reclassifications had no effect on net income or loss.
Subsequent Events : The Company has considered subsequent events through the date of issuance of this Registration Statement, and has determined that no additional disclosure is necessary.
Segment Reporting: The Company views the Bank as one operating segment, therefore, separate reporting of financial segment information is not considered necessary. The Company approaches the Bank and its other subsidiaries as one business enterprise, which operates in a single economic environment, since the products and services, types of customers and regulatory environment all have similar characteristics.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements: In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-02, A Creditors Determination of Whether a Restructuring Is a Troubled Debt Restructuring. ASU 2011-02 amends ASC Topic 310, Receivables, by clarifying guidance for creditors in determining whether a concession has been granted and whether a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. ASU 2011-02 is effective for annual periods on or after December 15, 2012 and has been adopted with no impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 1. Nature of Operations and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)
In April 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-03, Transfers and Servicing (Topic 860) Reconsideration of Effective Control for Repurchase Agreements. ASU 2011-03 is intended to improve financial reporting of repurchase agreements and other agreements that both entitle and obligate a transferor to repurchase or redeem financial assets before their maturity. ASU 2011-03 removes from the assessments of effective control (i) the criteria requiring the transferor to have the ability to repurchase or redeem the financial asset on substantially the agreed terms, even in the event of default by the transferee, and (ii) the collateral maintenance guidance related to that criterion. ASU 2011-03 was effective for the Company on January 1, 2012 and has been adopted with no impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In May 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurements and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS. ASU 2011-04 amends Topic (820), Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, to converge the fair value measurement guidance U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 clarifies the application of existing fair value measurement requirements, changes certain principles in Topic 820 and requires additional fair value disclosures. ASU 2011-04 is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. The guidance primarily impacts fair value disclosures related to Level 3 fair value measurements, and has been adopted with no impact on the consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Comprehensive Income (Topic 220) Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 amends Topic 220, Comprehensive Income, to require that all non-owner changes in stockholders equity be presented either in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements. The amendments do not change the items that must be reported in other comprehensive income or when an item of other comprehensive income must be reclassified to net income. Additionally, ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present, on the face of the financial statement, reclassification adjustments for items that are reclassified from other comprehensive income to net income in the statement or statements where the components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income are presented. The option to present components of net income and the components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in stockholders equity was eliminated. ASU 2011-05 is effective for fiscal years ending after December 15, 2012 and has been adopted in these consolidated financial statements.
In December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-11, Balance Sheet (Topic 210) Disclosures about Offsetting Assets and Liabilities . The objective of the ASU is to provide enhanced disclosures that will enable users of the financial statements to evaluate the effect or potential effect of netting arrangement on the entitys financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of netting arrangements on an entitys financial position. This includes the effect or potential effect of rights of setoff associated with an entitys recognized assets and recognized liabilities within the scope of ASU. The amendments require enhanced disclosures by requiring improved financial information about the financial instruments and derivative instruments that are either (1) offset in accordance with the ASU or (2) subject to an enforceable master netting arrangement or similar agreement, irrespective of whether they are offset in accordance with the provisions of the ASU. ASU 2011-11 is effective for annual reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013, and interim periods within those annual periods. The adoption of ASU 2011-11 is not expected to have a material impact on the Companys financial statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 2. Cash and Due from Banks
The Companys subsidiary Bank is required to maintain average balances on hand or with the Federal Reserve Bank, based upon a percentage of certain deposits. These required reserve balances totaled approximately $25 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Note 3. Securities Available-for-Sale
The amortized costs and fair values of securities available-for-sale are summarized as follows:
|
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Amortized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
||||
|
|
Cost |
|
Gains |
|
(Losses) |
|
Value |
|
||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
994 |
|
$ |
19 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,013 |
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
35,897 |
|
1,047 |
|
|
|
36,944 |
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
9,568 |
|
109 |
|
(49 |
) |
9,628 |
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
15,020 |
|
676 |
|
(86 |
) |
15,610 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
$ |
61,479 |
|
$ |
1,851 |
|
$ |
(135 |
) |
$ |
63,195 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 3. Securities Available-for-Sale (Continued)
|
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Amortized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
||||
|
|
Cost |
|
Gains |
|
(Losses) |
|
Value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
2,989 |
|
$ |
24 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
3,013 |
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
56,606 |
|
1,179 |
|
(13 |
) |
57,772 |
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
20,820 |
|
163 |
|
(41 |
) |
20,942 |
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
16,917 |
|
486 |
|
(11 |
) |
17,392 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
$ |
97,332 |
|
$ |
1,852 |
|
$ |
(65 |
) |
$ |
99,119 |
|
|
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Gross |
|
Gross |
|
|
|
||||
|
|
Amortized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
||||
|
|
Cost |
|
Gains |
|
(Losses) |
|
Value |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
999 |
|
$ |
6 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,005 |
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
32,076 |
|
501 |
|
(109 |
) |
32,468 |
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
11,786 |
|
264 |
|
(56 |
) |
11,994 |
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
24,630 |
|
438 |
|
(247 |
) |
24,821 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
$ |
69,491 |
|
$ |
1,209 |
|
$ |
(412 |
) |
$ |
70,288 |
|
The amortized cost and fair value of securities available-for-sale, by contractual maturity at June 30, 2012, are shown in the following table. Actual maturities differ from contractual maturities for mortgage-backed securities because the mortgages underlying the securities may be called or repaid without penalty. Therefore, these securities are not presented in the maturity categories in the table below.
|
|
Amortized Cost |
|
Fair Value |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Due in one year or less |
|
$ |
308 |
|
$ |
312 |
|
Due after one year through five years |
|
4,451 |
|
4,541 |
|
||
Due after five years through ten years |
|
10,552 |
|
11,012 |
|
||
Due after ten years |
|
703 |
|
758 |
|
||
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
35,897 |
|
36,944 |
|
||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
9,568 |
|
9,628 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Totals |
|
$ |
61,479 |
|
$ |
63,195 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 3. Securities Available-for-Sale (Continued)
Proceeds from sales of securities available-for-sale during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010 were $28,053, $44,633, $54,526 and $13,207, respectively. Gross realized gains, during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, on these sales amounted to $475, $524, $763 and $547, respectively. Gross realized losses on these sales were $106, $138, $162 and $0 during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Securities with carrying values of $5,709, $6,173 and $7,987 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, were pledged to secure treasury, tax, and loan deposits and other purposes required or permitted by law.
Information pertaining to securities with gross unrealized losses, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are summarized as follows:
|
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 Months |
|
12 Months or Longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
||||||
|
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
2,123 |
|
(49 |
) |
|
|
|
|
2,123 |
|
(49 |
) |
||||||
Municipal securities |
|
2,483 |
|
(86 |
) |
|
|
|
|
2,483 |
|
(86 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
$ |
4,606 |
|
$ |
(135 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
4,606 |
|
$ |
(135 |
) |
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 3. Securities Available-for-Sale (Continued)
|
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 Months |
|
12 Months or Longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
||||||
|
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
$ |
2,103 |
|
$ |
(13 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
2,103 |
|
$ |
(13 |
) |
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
7,327 |
|
(41 |
) |
|
|
|
|
7,327 |
|
(41 |
) |
||||||
Municipal securities |
|
2,450 |
|
(8 |
) |
224 |
|
(3 |
) |
2,674 |
|
(11 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
$ |
11,880 |
|
$ |
(62 |
) |
$ |
224 |
|
$ |
(3 |
) |
$ |
12,104 |
|
$ |
(65 |
) |
|
|
December 31, 2010 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Less than 12 Months |
|
12 Months or Longer |
|
Total |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
Fair |
|
Unrealized |
|
||||||
|
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
Value |
|
Loss |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
$ |
16,267 |
|
$ |
(109 |
) |
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
16,267 |
|
$ |
(109 |
) |
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
2,217 |
|
(56 |
) |
|
|
|
|
2,217 |
|
(56 |
) |
||||||
Municipal securities |
|
7,679 |
|
(213 |
) |
442 |
|
(34 |
) |
8,121 |
|
(247 |
) |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
$ |
26,163 |
|
$ |
(378 |
) |
$ |
442 |
|
$ |
(34 |
) |
$ |
26,605 |
|
$ |
(412 |
) |
At June 30, 2012, the investment portfolio did not include any available-for-sale securities which had been in unrealized loss positions for greater than twelve months. At December 31, 2011, the investment portfolio included two securities available-for-sale which had been in unrealized loss portions for greater than twelve months. Both securities are considered to be acceptable credit risks. Based upon an evaluation of the available evidence, including recent changes in market rates, credit rating information and information obtained from regulatory filings, management believes the decline in fair value for these securities is temporary. In addition, the Company does not intend to sell these investment securities for a period of time sufficient to allow for anticipated recovery. The Company does not have any current requirement to sell its investment in the issuer prior to any anticipated recovery in fair value.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
( dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans
A summary of the balances of loans follows:
|
|
As of June 30, |
|
As of December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Single family |
|
$ |
159,032 |
|
$ |
167,013 |
|
$ |
174,276 |
|
Multifamily |
|
40,275 |
|
40,806 |
|
40,206 |
|
|||
Commercial real estate |
|
128,033 |
|
132,252 |
|
135,902 |
|
|||
Construction and land development |
|
14,473 |
|
11,653 |
|
32,192 |
|
|||
Commercial business |
|
20,464 |
|
23,383 |
|
29,594 |
|
|||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,588 |
|
19,934 |
|
19,895 |
|
|||
Education |
|
5,916 |
|
6,618 |
|
7,343 |
|
|||
Other |
|
1,358 |
|
1,915 |
|
2,420 |
|
|||
Total consumer and other |
|
26,862 |
|
28,467 |
|
29,658 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total loans |
|
389,139 |
|
403,574 |
|
441,828 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Less: Net deferred loan costs |
|
18 |
|
19 |
|
25 |
|
|||
Less: Allowance for loan losses |
|
6,198 |
|
7,116 |
|
4,983 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Loans, net |
|
$ |
382,923 |
|
$ |
396,439 |
|
$ |
436,820 |
|
The following tables present the contractual aging of the recorded investment in past due loans by class of loans as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans Past |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
30-59 Days |
|
60-89 Days |
|
Due 90 Days |
|
|
|
|||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
Current |
|
Past Due |
|
Past Due |
|
or More |
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
152,658 |
|
$ |
2,543 |
|
$ |
1,052 |
|
$ |
2,779 |
|
$ |
159,032 |
|
Multifamily |
|
36,964 |
|
188 |
|
|
|
3,123 |
|
40,275 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
124,877 |
|
842 |
|
|
|
2,314 |
|
128,033 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
14,165 |
|
200 |
|
|
|
108 |
|
14,473 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
20,383 |
|
55 |
|
|
|
26 |
|
20,464 |
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,057 |
|
169 |
|
87 |
|
275 |
|
19,588 |
|
|||||
Education |
|
5,697 |
|
57 |
|
64 |
|
98 |
|
5,916 |
|
|||||
Other |
|
1,296 |
|
52 |
|
|
|
10 |
|
1,358 |
|
|||||
Total loans |
|
$ |
375,097 |
|
$ |
4,106 |
|
$ |
1,203 |
|
$ |
8,733 |
|
$ |
389,139 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans Past |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
30-59 Days |
|
60-89 Days |
|
Due 90 Days |
|
|
|
|||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
Current |
|
Past Due |
|
Past Due |
|
or More |
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
159,231 |
|
$ |
2,468 |
|
$ |
848 |
|
$ |
4,466 |
|
$ |
167,013 |
|
Multifamily |
|
38,389 |
|
|
|
360 |
|
2,057 |
|
40,806 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
127,144 |
|
3,407 |
|
328 |
|
1,373 |
|
132,252 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
11,419 |
|
56 |
|
|
|
178 |
|
11,653 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
21,712 |
|
1,309 |
|
350 |
|
12 |
|
23,383 |
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,112 |
|
349 |
|
42 |
|
431 |
|
19,934 |
|
|||||
Education |
|
6,364 |
|
51 |
|
17 |
|
186 |
|
6,618 |
|
|||||
Other |
|
1,553 |
|
18 |
|
1 |
|
343 |
|
1,915 |
|
|||||
Total loans |
|
$ |
384,924 |
|
$ |
7,658 |
|
$ |
1,946 |
|
$ |
9,046 |
|
$ |
403,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans Past |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
30-59 Days |
|
60-89 Days |
|
Due 90 Days |
|
|
|
|||||
December 31, 2010 |
|
Current |
|
Past Due |
|
Past Due |
|
or More |
|
Total |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
159,503 |
|
$ |
6,187 |
|
$ |
2,054 |
|
$ |
6,532 |
|
$ |
174,276 |
|
Multifamily |
|
30,968 |
|
|
|
|
|
9,238 |
|
40,206 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
126,510 |
|
1,630 |
|
1,887 |
|
5,875 |
|
135,902 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
30,771 |
|
495 |
|
926 |
|
|
|
32,192 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
28,366 |
|
652 |
|
227 |
|
349 |
|
29,594 |
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity line of credit |
|
19,249 |
|
253 |
|
37 |
|
356 |
|
19,895 |
|
|||||
Education |
|
6,993 |
|
116 |
|
74 |
|
160 |
|
7,343 |
|
|||||
Other |
|
2,008 |
|
16 |
|
1 |
|
395 |
|
2,420 |
|
|||||
Total loans |
|
$ |
404,368 |
|
$ |
9,349 |
|
$ |
5,206 |
|
$ |
22,905 |
|
$ |
441,828 |
|
There were two single family loans past due ninety days and still accruing interest in the amount of $402 as of June 30, 2012. There were no loans past due ninety days or more still accruing interest as of December 31, 2011 and 2010.
The following table presents the recorded investment in nonaccrual loans by class of loans as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Single family |
|
$ |
4,030 |
|
$ |
5,318 |
|
$ |
7,018 |
|
Multifamily |
|
6,282 |
|
3,392 |
|
9,238 |
|
|||
Commercial real estate |
|
2,645 |
|
4,267 |
|
7,190 |
|
|||
Construction and land development |
|
359 |
|
178 |
|
|
|
|||
Commercial business |
|
33 |
|
626 |
|
783 |
|
|||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
275 |
|
431 |
|
356 |
|
|||
Education |
|
162 |
|
203 |
|
234 |
|
|||
Other |
|
52 |
|
343 |
|
395 |
|
|||
Total |
|
$ |
13,838 |
|
$ |
14,758 |
|
$ |
25,214 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
( dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
As part of the on-going monitoring of the credit quality of the Companys loan portfolio, management categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of the borrowers to service their debt and comply with various terms of their loan agreements. The Company considers current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends. Generally, all sizeable credits receive a financial review no less than annually to monitor and adjust, if necessary, the credits risk profile. Credits classified as watch and special mention generally receive a review more frequently than annually.
The Company categorizes loans into the following risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt:
Pass A pass asset is well protected by the current worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less costs to acquire and sell in a timely manner, of any underlying collateral.
Watch A watch asset has potential weaknesses that deserve managements close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the Companys credit position at some future date. Watch assets are not adversely classified and do not expose the Company to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Special Mention A special mention asset has characteristics of deterioration in quality exhibited by any number of well-defined weaknesses requiring significant corrective action. The repayment ability of the borrower has not been validated, or has become marginal or weak and the loan may have exhibited some overdue payments or payment extensions and/or renewals.
Substandard A substandard asset is an asset with a well-defined weakness that jeopardizes repayment in whole or in part, of the debt. These credits are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged. These assets are characterized by the distinct possibility that the Company will or has sustained some loss of principal and/or interest if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful A doubtful asset is an asset that has all the weaknesses inherent in the substandard classification with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full, on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. These credits have a high probability for loss, yet because certain important and reasonably specific pending factors may work toward the strengthening of the asset, its classification of loss is deferred until its more exact status can be determined.
Homogeneous loan types are assessed for credit quality based on the contractual aging status of the loan and payment activity. In certain cases, based upon payment performance, the loan being related with another commercial type loan or for other reasons, a loan may be categorized into one of the risk categories noted above. Such assessment is completed at the end of each reporting period.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
The following tables present the risk category of loans evaluated by internal asset classification based on the most recent analysis performed and the contractual aging as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:
June 30, 2012 |
|
Pass |
|
Watch |
|
Special Mention |
|
Substandard |
|
Doubtful |
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Single family |
|
$ |
9,629 |
|
$ |
159 |
|
$ |
341 |
|
$ |
3,416 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
13,545 |
|
Multifamily |
|
27,283 |
|
5,485 |
|
449 |
|
7,058 |
|
|
|
40,275 |
|
||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
109,798 |
|
4,753 |
|
2,607 |
|
10,875 |
|
|
|
128,033 |
|
||||||
Construction and land development |
|
12,774 |
|
75 |
|
180 |
|
1,444 |
|
|
|
14,473 |
|
||||||
Commercial business |
|
18,570 |
|
586 |
|
717 |
|
591 |
|
|
|
20,464 |
|
||||||
Total |
|
$ |
178,054 |
|
$ |
11,058 |
|
$ |
4,294 |
|
$ |
23,384 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
216,790 |
|
|
|
Performing |
|
Non-Performing |
|
Total |
|
|||
Single family |
|
$ |
141,784 |
|
$ |
3,703 |
|
$ |
145,487 |
|
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,313 |
|
275 |
|
19,588 |
|
|||
Education |
|
5,754 |
|
162 |
|
5,916 |
|
|||
Other |
|
1,306 |
|
52 |
|
1,358 |
|
|||
|
|
$ |
168,157 |
|
$ |
4,192 |
|
$ |
172,349 |
|
December 31, 2011 |
|
Pass |
|
Watch |
|
Special Mention |
|
Substandard |
|
Doubtful |
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Single family |
|
$ |
8,990 |
|
$ |
844 |
|
$ |
1,080 |
|
$ |
1,577 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
12,491 |
|
Multifamily |
|
27,690 |
|
6,351 |
|
3,373 |
|
3,392 |
|
|
|
40,806 |
|
||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
110,107 |
|
10,056 |
|
4,297 |
|
7,792 |
|
|
|
132,252 |
|
||||||
Construction and land development |
|
10,677 |
|
77 |
|
439 |
|
460 |
|
|
|
11,653 |
|
||||||
Commercial business |
|
21,150 |
|
937 |
|
120 |
|
1,176 |
|
|
|
23,383 |
|
||||||
Total |
|
$ |
178,614 |
|
$ |
18,265 |
|
$ |
9,309 |
|
$ |
14,397 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
220,585 |
|
|
|
Performing |
|
Non-Performing |
|
Total |
|
|||
Single family |
|
$ |
150,900 |
|
$ |
3,622 |
|
$ |
154,522 |
|
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
19,503 |
|
431 |
|
19,934 |
|
|||
Education |
|
6,415 |
|
203 |
|
6,618 |
|
|||
Other |
|
1,572 |
|
343 |
|
1,915 |
|
|||
|
|
$ |
178,390 |
|
$ |
4,599 |
|
$ |
182,989 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
December 31, 2010 |
|
Pass |
|
Watch |
|
Special Mention |
|
Substandard |
|
Doubtful |
|
Total |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Single family |
|
$ |
2,343 |
|
$ |
440 |
|
$ |
364 |
|
$ |
1,450 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
4,597 |
|
Multifamily |
|
23,862 |
|
5,796 |
|
1,310 |
|
9,238 |
|
|
|
40,206 |
|
||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
114,056 |
|
5,001 |
|
7,769 |
|
9,076 |
|
|
|
135,902 |
|
||||||
Construction and land development |
|
29,834 |
|
1,154 |
|
341 |
|
863 |
|
|
|
32,192 |
|
||||||
Commercial business |
|
24,209 |
|
1,173 |
|
1,789 |
|
2,423 |
|
|
|
29,594 |
|
||||||
Total |
|
$ |
194,304 |
|
$ |
13,564 |
|
$ |
11,573 |
|
$ |
23,050 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
242,491 |
|
|
|
Performing |
|
Non-Performing |
|
Total |
|
|||
Single family |
|
$ |
164,210 |
|
$ |
5,469 |
|
$ |
169,679 |
|
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity line of credit |
|
19,539 |
|
356 |
|
19,895 |
|
|||
Education |
|
7,109 |
|
234 |
|
7,343 |
|
|||
Other |
|
2,025 |
|
395 |
|
2,420 |
|
|||
|
|
$ |
192,883 |
|
$ |
6,454 |
|
$ |
199,337 |
|
The Company does not classify single family loans unless such loans are either related to an existing classified commercial or commercial real estate loan relationship, or have become more than ninety days delinquent and are not secured by private mortgage insurance. As of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, and 2010, approximately $3,416, $1,577, and $1,450, respectively, of single family loans meeting these criteria are included in the Substandard risk category above.
An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
|
|
Six months ended
|
|
Years ended
|
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance, beginning |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
$ |
4,485 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
2,040 |
|
1,890 |
|
7,533 |
|
3,057 |
|
||||
Loans charged-off |
|
(3,113 |
) |
(1,400 |
) |
(5,646 |
) |
(2,770 |
) |
||||
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off |
|
155 |
|
3 |
|
246 |
|
211 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance, ending |
|
$ |
6,198 |
|
$ |
5,476 |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
( dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
The following tables provide additional detail of the activity in the allowance for loan losses, by portfolio segment, for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
Construction and |
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|||||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
Single Family |
|
Multifamily |
|
Real Estate |
|
Land Development |
|
Commercial |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
1,437 |
|
$ |
917 |
|
$ |
3,381 |
|
$ |
251 |
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
$ |
40 |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
205 |
|
670 |
|
532 |
|
403 |
|
(194 |
) |
424 |
|
2,040 |
|
|||||||
Loans charged-off |
|
(293 |
) |
(435 |
) |
(1,191 |
) |
(482 |
) |
(363 |
) |
(349 |
) |
(3,113 |
) |
|||||||
Recoveries |
|
5 |
|
|
|
105 |
|
|
|
43 |
|
2 |
|
155 |
|
|||||||
Ending balance |
|
$ |
1,354 |
|
$ |
1,152 |
|
$ |
2,827 |
|
$ |
172 |
|
$ |
576 |
|
$ |
117 |
|
$ |
6,198 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Period-ended amount allocated for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
366 |
|
$ |
208 |
|
$ |
333 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
907 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
988 |
|
944 |
|
2,494 |
|
172 |
|
576 |
|
117 |
|
5,291 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
1,354 |
|
$ |
1,152 |
|
$ |
2,827 |
|
$ |
172 |
|
$ |
576 |
|
$ |
117 |
|
$ |
6,198 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
3,112 |
|
$ |
8,718 |
|
$ |
3,952 |
|
$ |
994 |
|
$ |
33 |
|
$ |
41 |
|
$ |
16,850 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
155,920 |
|
31,557 |
|
124,081 |
|
13,479 |
|
20,431 |
|
26,821 |
|
372,289 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
159,032 |
|
$ |
40,275 |
|
$ |
128,033 |
|
$ |
14,473 |
|
$ |
20,464 |
|
$ |
26,862 |
|
$ |
389,139 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
( dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
Construction and |
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
Single Family |
|
Multifamily |
|
Real Estate |
|
Land Development |
|
Commercial |
|
and Other |
|
Total |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
1,701 |
|
$ |
534 |
|
$ |
1,524 |
|
$ |
483 |
|
$ |
710 |
|
$ |
31 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
852 |
|
1,429 |
|
3,169 |
|
(232 |
) |
2,169 |
|
146 |
|
7,533 |
|
|||||||
Loans charged-off |
|
(1,133 |
) |
(1,177 |
) |
(1,385 |
) |
|
|
(1,802 |
) |
(149 |
) |
(5,646 |
) |
|||||||
Recoveries |
|
17 |
|
131 |
|
73 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
12 |
|
246 |
|
|||||||
Ending balance |
|
$ |
1,437 |
|
$ |
917 |
|
$ |
3,381 |
|
$ |
251 |
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
$ |
40 |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Period-ended amount allocated for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
52 |
|
$ |
522 |
|
$ |
1,125 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
284 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,983 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
1,385 |
|
395 |
|
2,256 |
|
251 |
|
806 |
|
40 |
|
5,133 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
1,437 |
|
$ |
917 |
|
$ |
3,381 |
|
$ |
251 |
|
$ |
1,090 |
|
$ |
40 |
|
$ |
7,116 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
4,275 |
|
$ |
7,867 |
|
$ |
7,157 |
|
$ |
650 |
|
$ |
812 |
|
$ |
122 |
|
$ |
20,883 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
162,738 |
|
32,939 |
|
125,095 |
|
11,003 |
|
22,571 |
|
28,345 |
|
382,691 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
167,013 |
|
$ |
40,806 |
|
$ |
132,252 |
|
$ |
11,653 |
|
$ |
23,383 |
|
$ |
28,467 |
|
$ |
403,574 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial |
|
Construction and |
|
|
|
Consumer |
|
|
|
|||||||
December 31, 2010 |
|
Single Family |
|
Multifamily |
|
Real Estate |
|
Land Development |
|
Commercial |
|
and other |
|
Total |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Allowance for loan losses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Beginning balance |
|
$ |
1,248 |
|
$ |
209 |
|
$ |
1,717 |
|
$ |
209 |
|
$ |
767 |
|
$ |
335 |
|
$ |
4,485 |
|
Provision for loan losses |
|
921 |
|
347 |
|
1,582 |
|
278 |
|
233 |
|
(304 |
) |
3,057 |
|
|||||||
Loans charged-off |
|
(624 |
) |
(22 |
) |
(1,815 |
) |
(4 |
) |
(303 |
) |
(2 |
) |
(2,770 |
) |
|||||||
Recoveries |
|
156 |
|
|
|
40 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
2 |
|
211 |
|
|||||||
Ending balance |
|
$ |
1,701 |
|
$ |
534 |
|
$ |
1,524 |
|
$ |
483 |
|
$ |
710 |
|
$ |
31 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Period-ended amount allocated for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
233 |
|
$ |
33 |
|
$ |
263 |
|
$ |
157 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
17 |
|
$ |
703 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
1,468 |
|
501 |
|
1,261 |
|
326 |
|
710 |
|
14 |
|
4,280 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
1,701 |
|
$ |
534 |
|
$ |
1,524 |
|
$ |
483 |
|
$ |
710 |
|
$ |
31 |
|
$ |
4,983 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Loans: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Individually evaluated for impairment |
|
$ |
8,991 |
|
$ |
9,238 |
|
$ |
13,140 |
|
$ |
899 |
|
$ |
997 |
|
$ |
752 |
|
$ |
34,017 |
|
Collectively evaluated for impairment |
|
165,285 |
|
30,968 |
|
122,762 |
|
31,293 |
|
28,597 |
|
28,906 |
|
407,811 |
|
|||||||
Ending Balance |
|
$ |
174,276 |
|
$ |
40,206 |
|
$ |
135,902 |
|
$ |
32,192 |
|
$ |
29,594 |
|
$ |
29,658 |
|
$ |
441,828 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
( dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
The following tables present additional detail of impaired loans, segregated by segment, as of and for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and as of and for the year ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. The unpaid principal balance represents the recorded balance prior to any partial charge-offs. The recorded investment represents customer balances net of any partial charge-offs recognized on the loans. The interest income recognized column represents all interest income reported on either a cash or accrual basis after the loan became impaired.
|
|
Unpaid |
|
|
|
Allowance for |
|
Average |
|
Interest |
|
|||||
|
|
Principal |
|
Recorded |
|
Loan Losses |
|
Recorded |
|
Income |
|
|||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
Balance |
|
Investment |
|
Allocated |
|
Investment |
|
Recognized |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With no related allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
2,327 |
|
$ |
2,327 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,693 |
|
$ |
20 |
|
Multifamily |
|
7,763 |
|
7,763 |
|
|
|
3,488 |
|
67 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
2,432 |
|
2,432 |
|
|
|
3,989 |
|
37 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
994 |
|
994 |
|
|
|
391 |
|
17 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
33 |
|
33 |
|
|
|
367 |
|
|
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
41 |
|
41 |
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With an allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
785 |
|
785 |
|
366 |
|
391 |
|
1 |
|
|||||
Multifamily |
|
955 |
|
955 |
|
208 |
|
1,645 |
|
82 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
1,520 |
|
1,520 |
|
333 |
|
2,884 |
|
1 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
311 |
|
|
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
16,850 |
|
$ |
16,850 |
|
$ |
907 |
|
$ |
15,179 |
|
$ |
225 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
|
|
Unpaid |
|
|
|
Allowance for |
|
Average |
|
Interest |
|
|||||
|
|
Principal |
|
Recorded |
|
Loan Losses |
|
Recorded |
|
Income |
|
|||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
Balance |
|
Investment |
|
Allocated |
|
Investment |
|
Recognized |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With no related allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
3,526 |
|
$ |
3,526 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
2,137 |
|
$ |
|
|
Multifamily |
|
5,362 |
|
5,362 |
|
|
|
5,503 |
|
115 |
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
4,372 |
|
4,104 |
|
|
|
8,077 |
|
481 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
650 |
|
650 |
|
|
|
144 |
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
444 |
|
386 |
|
|
|
2,445 |
|
26 |
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
122 |
|
122 |
|
|
|
71 |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With an allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
749 |
|
749 |
|
52 |
|
747 |
|
|
|
|||||
Multifamily |
|
2,505 |
|
2,505 |
|
522 |
|
3,051 |
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
3,053 |
|
3,053 |
|
1,125 |
|
1,904 |
|
|
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
691 |
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
426 |
|
426 |
|
284 |
|
403 |
|
|
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
21,209 |
|
$ |
20,883 |
|
$ |
1,983 |
|
$ |
25,184 |
|
$ |
622 |
|
|
|
Unpaid |
|
|
|
Allowance for |
|
Average |
|
Interest |
|
|||||
|
|
Principal |
|
Recorded |
|
Loan Losses |
|
Recorded |
|
Income |
|
|||||
December 31, 2010 |
|
Balance |
|
Investment |
|
Allocated |
|
Investment |
|
Recognized |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With no related allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
$ |
8,146 |
|
$ |
8,136 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
2,843 |
|
$ |
109 |
|
Multifamily |
|
9,378 |
|
9,188 |
|
|
|
7,530 |
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
12,886 |
|
12,126 |
|
|
|
5,104 |
|
375 |
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
36 |
|
36 |
|
|
|
477 |
|
2 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
1,043 |
|
997 |
|
|
|
875 |
|
12 |
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity line of credit |
|
356 |
|
356 |
|
|
|
356 |
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
400 |
|
379 |
|
|
|
289 |
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
With an allowance recorded: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Single family |
|
855 |
|
855 |
|
233 |
|
490 |
|
1 |
|
|||||
Multifamily |
|
50 |
|
50 |
|
33 |
|
2,141 |
|
|
|
|||||
Commercial real estate |
|
1,942 |
|
1,014 |
|
263 |
|
4,520 |
|
|
|
|||||
Construction and land development |
|
863 |
|
863 |
|
157 |
|
587 |
|
43 |
|
|||||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
|||||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Home equity line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
Other |
|
17 |
|
17 |
|
17 |
|
17 |
|
|
|
|||||
Total |
|
$ |
35,972 |
|
$ |
34,017 |
|
$ |
703 |
|
$ |
25,287 |
|
$ |
542 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
The following is a summary of troubled debt restructured loans (TDRs) at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
Troubled debt restructuings - accrual |
|
$ |
5,142 |
|
$ |
8,900 |
|
$ |
8,148 |
|
Troubled debt restructurings - nonaccrual |
|
3,501 |
|
1,035 |
|
4,692 |
|
|||
Modifications of loan terms in a troubled debt restructuring (TDR) are generally in the form of an extension of payment terms or lowering of the interest rate, although occasionally the Bank has reduced the outstanding principal balance.
The following table presents information related to loans modified in a TDR, by class, during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2011:
|
|
Six months ended June 30, 2012 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
Unpaid principal |
|
Balance in the ALLL |
|
|||||
|
|
Number of
|
|
Balance
|
|
Prior to
|
|
At period
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Single family |
|
3 |
|
$ |
494 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
Multifamily |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commercial real estate |
|
2 |
|
670 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Construction and land development |
|
1 |
|
635 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other |
|
10 |
|
42 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
16 |
|
$ |
1,841 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
81 |
|
|
|
Year ended December 31, 2011 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
|
|
Unpaid Principal |
|
Balance in the ALLL |
|
|||||
|
|
Number of
|
|
Balance
|
|
Prior to
|
|
At Period
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Single family |
|
10 |
|
$ |
319 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
36 |
|
Multifamily |
|
1 |
|
1,881 |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commercial real estate |
|
12 |
|
2,727 |
|
329 |
|
329 |
|
|||
Construction and land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Consumer and other: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Home equity lines of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
23 |
|
$ |
4,927 |
|
$ |
329 |
|
$ |
365 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 4. Loans (Continued)
The following table presents a summary of loans modified in a TDR during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and year ended December 31, 2011 by class and by type of modification:
|
|
Principal and |
|
Interest Rate Reduction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
Interest to Interest
|
|
To below market
|
|
To interest
|
|
Reduced
|
|
Reduced
|
|
Other (1) |
|
Total |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Single family |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
463 |
|
$ |
31 |
|
$ |
494 |
|
Multifamily |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218 |
|
452 |
|
670 |
|
|||||||
Construction and land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
635 |
|
|
|
|
|
635 |
|
|||||||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Home equity line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
42 |
|
|
|
42 |
|
|||||||
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
635 |
|
$ |
723 |
|
$ |
483 |
|
$ |
1,841 |
|
|
|
Principal and |
|
Interest Rate Reduction |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
Interest to Interest
|
|
To below market
|
|
To interest
|
|
Reduced
|
|
Reduced
|
|
Other (1) |
|
Total |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Single family |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
319 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
319 |
|
Multifamily |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,881 |
|
1,881 |
|
|||||||
Commercial real estate |
|
409 |
|
1,196 |
|
|
|
|
|
928 |
|
194 |
|
2,727 |
|
|||||||
Construction and land development |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Commercial business |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Home equity line of credit |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Education |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Other |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
|
|
$ |
409 |
|
$ |
1,196 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,247 |
|
$ |
2,075 |
|
$ |
4,927 |
|
(1) Other modifications primarily include capitalization of property taxes.
There were no re-defaults of TDR loans that occurred during the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the year ended December 31, 2011.
Certain of the Banks officers, employees, directors, and their associates are loan customers of the Bank. As of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, loans of approximately $5,960, $4,892 and $6,402, respectively, were outstanding to such parties. These loans were made on substantially the same terms as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectability.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 5. Foreclosed Real Estate
An analysis of foreclosed real estate is as follows:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance, beginning |
|
$ |
4,300 |
|
$ |
5,289 |
|
$ |
5,289 |
|
$ |
7,133 |
|
Transfer of loans |
|
2,980 |
|
4,533 |
|
6,724 |
|
3,326 |
|
||||
Writedown to realizable value |
|
(1,039 |
) |
(810 |
) |
(2,769 |
) |
(1,181 |
) |
||||
Proceeds on sale |
|
(2,726 |
) |
(3,390 |
) |
(4,647 |
) |
(3,617 |
) |
||||
Loss on sale |
|
(172 |
) |
(131 |
) |
(297 |
) |
(372 |
) |
||||
Balance, ending |
|
$ |
3,343 |
|
$ |
5,491 |
|
$ |
4,300 |
|
$ |
5,289 |
|
Note 6. Mortgage Servicing Rights
Loans serviced for others approximated $282,412, $284,188 and $285,264 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively. These loans are not reflected in the accompanying consolidated financial statements and were sold without recourse, with the exception of approximately $52,395, $61,313, and $82,788 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, and 2010, respectively, which were sold to the FHLB with limited recourse (see Note 15).
The fair value of mortgage servicing rights was $2,067, $2,387, and $2,832 as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The fair value of servicing rights was determined using the following assumptions as of:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Discount rates |
|
10.5 to 11.0% |
|
10% to 11% |
|
10% to 15% |
|
Prepayment speeds range |
|
16.1 to 24.3 |
|
9.4 to 26.8 |
|
6.5 to 23.9 |
|
Weighted average default rate |
|
1.18% |
|
1.32% |
|
1.31% |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 6. Mortgage Servicing Rights (Continued)
The following is a summary of changes in the balance of mortgage servicing rights for:
|
|
Six Months Ended |
|
Years Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Mortgage servicing rights: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
$ |
3,077 |
|
$ |
3,182 |
|
$ |
3,182 |
|
$ |
2,621 |
|
Additions |
|
231 |
|
189 |
|
691 |
|
1,542 |
|
||||
Disposals |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Amortization |
|
(479 |
) |
(248 |
) |
(796 |
) |
(981 |
) |
||||
Balance at end of period |
|
2,829 |
|
3,123 |
|
3,077 |
|
3,182 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Valuation Allowances: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at beginning of period |
|
690 |
|
350 |
|
350 |
|
|
|
||||
Additions |
|
72 |
|
|
|
500 |
|
350 |
|
||||
Reductions |
|
|
|
(120 |
) |
(160 |
) |
|
|
||||
Write-downs |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Balance at end of period |
|
762 |
|
230 |
|
690 |
|
350 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Mortgage servicing rights, net |
|
$ |
2,067 |
|
$ |
2,893 |
|
$ |
2,387 |
|
$ |
2,832 |
|
A valuation allowance of $762, $690 and $350 was necessary to adjust the aggregate cost basis of mortgage servicing rights to fair value as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 7. Office Properties and Equipment
The components of office properties and equipment are as follows:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Land and land improvements |
|
$ |
4,631 |
|
$ |
4,538 |
|
$ |
4,937 |
|
Office buildings and improvements |
|
14,943 |
|
14,943 |
|
16,330 |
|
|||
Furniture and equipment |
|
4,711 |
|
4,893 |
|
5,821 |
|
|||
Leasehold improvements |
|
336 |
|
568 |
|
1,137 |
|
|||
Future expansion sites |
|
310 |
|
417 |
|
417 |
|
|||
|
|
24,931 |
|
25,359 |
|
28,642 |
|
|||
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
(10,546 |
) |
(10,485 |
) |
(11,576 |
) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
$ |
14,385 |
|
$ |
14,874 |
|
$ |
17,066 |
|
Depreciation and amortization expense of approximately $491, $499, $1,051 and $1,156 on office properties and equipment is included in furniture and equipment and occupancy expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company and certain subsidiaries are obligated under noncancelable operating leases for other facilities and equipment, certain of which provide for increased rentals based upon increases in cost of living adjustments and other operating costs. Total rent expense was approximately $213, $736 and $643 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The approximate minimum annual rentals and commitments under noncancelable agreements and leases with remaining terms in excess of one year are as follows:
Years Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 (six remaining months) |
|
$ |
181 |
|
2013 |
|
367 |
|
|
2014 |
|
372 |
|
|
2015 |
|
378 |
|
|
2016 |
|
385 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,683 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 7. Office Properties and Equipment (Continued)
In September of 2011, the Company closed and sold one of its branch office locations for a gain of approximately $875. In July of 2012, the Company closed and sold two more of its branch office locations for a combined loss of approximately $71. In the future, the Company may close and/or sell additional branch office locations as determined to be prudent and/or necessary by the Companys management.
Note 8. Real Estate Held for Investment
The following table presents real estate held for investment as of:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Office properties and improvements |
|
$ |
11,567 |
|
$ |
14,655 |
|
$ |
14,629 |
|
Less - accumulated depreciation and amortization |
|
(3,041 |
) |
(3,845 |
) |
(3,425 |
) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Totals |
|
$ |
8,526 |
|
$ |
10,810 |
|
$ |
11,204 |
|
Depreciation expense of $179, $226, $420 and $438 on real estate held for investment is included in real estate held for investment expense for the six months ending June 30, 2012 and 2011, and the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Company leases, to various tenants, office properties classified as real estate held for investment, under noncancelable operating leases. Lease terms range from 3 to 50 years. Gross rental income was $466, $857 and $1,554 for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Minimum future rental income under the terms of noncancelable leases is as follows:
Years Ending December 31, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 (six remaining months) |
|
$ |
311 |
|
2013 |
|
459 |
|
|
2014 |
|
314 |
|
|
2015 |
|
254 |
|
|
2016 |
|
194 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,532 |
|
In March and April of 2012, the Company sold two commercial real estate properties, previously classified as real estate held for investment, for a combined gain of $362. In the future, the Company may sell additional real estate held for investment as determined to be prudent and/or necessary by the Companys management.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 9. Deposits
The following table presents the composition of deposits as of:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
Amount |
|
Percent |
|
|||
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Negotiable order for withdrawal accounts: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Noninterest bearing |
|
$ |
70,759 |
|
14.46 |
% |
$ |
58,339 |
|
11.13 |
% |
$ |
53,474 |
|
9.61 |
% |
Interest bearing |
|
158,549 |
|
32.41 |
% |
189,668 |
|
36.18 |
% |
200,779 |
|
36.09 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
229,308 |
|
46.87 |
% |
248,007 |
|
47.31 |
% |
254,253 |
|
45.70 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Passbook and statement savings |
|
117,146 |
|
23.95 |
% |
113,501 |
|
21.64 |
% |
111,105 |
|
19.97 |
% |
|||
Variable rate money market accounts |
|
28,866 |
|
5.90 |
% |
33,005 |
|
6.30 |
% |
38,447 |
|
6.91 |
% |
|||
Certificate accounts |
|
113,915 |
|
23.28 |
% |
129,764 |
|
24.75 |
% |
152,520 |
|
27.42 |
% |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
$ |
489,235 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
524,277 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
556,325 |
|
100.00 |
% |
Certificate accounts over $100 totaled $28,938, $32,692 and $27,498 as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
A summary of certificate accounts by scheduled maturity as of June 30, 2012 is as follows:
|
|
June 30, |
|
|
|
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2012 |
|
$ |
37,209 |
|
2013 |
|
44,346 |
|
|
2014 |
|
17,739 |
|
|
2015 |
|
9,907 |
|
|
2016 |
|
3,651 |
|
|
Thereafter |
|
1,063 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
113,915 |
|
Certain of the Banks officers, employees, directors, and their associates are deposit customers of the Bank. As of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, such deposits totaled approximately $1,525, $1,647 and $4,585, respectively. These deposits were entered into on substantially the same terms as those prevailing for comparable transactions with other persons.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 10. Advances From the Federal Home Loan Bank
The Bank maintains a master contract agreement with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago (FHLB) that provides for borrowing up to the maximum of 75 percent of the book value of the Banks first lien 1-4 family real estate loans. The FHLB provides both fixed and floating rate advances. Floating rates are tied to short-term market rates of interest, such as LIBOR, Federal Funds or Treasury Bill rates. Fixed rate advances are priced in reference to market rates of interest at the time of the advance, namely the rates that the FHLB pays to borrowers at various maturities. Interest is payable monthly with principal payable at maturity.
There were no advances outstanding with the FHLB as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011. Advances are generally secured by a security agreement pledging a portion of the Banks real estate mortgages. Pledged real estate mortgages had a carrying value of $158,529, $143,580 and $176,739 as of June 30, 2012, and December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Details of FHLB advances are as follows:
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
Weighted |
|
|
|
|||
|
|
Average |
|
June 30, |
|
Average |
|
Decmeber 31, |
|
Average |
|
December 31, |
|
|||
Maturity Date |
|
Interest Rate |
|
2012 |
|
Interest Rate |
|
2011 |
|
Interest Rate |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
2011 |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
5.98 |
% |
$ |
3,000 |
|
2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5.15 |
% |
4,000 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
$ |
7,000 |
|
Note 11. Notes Payable
The Company maintains a note payable with an unaffiliated bank which matures in March 2014. The note currently bears interest at the rate of 3-month LIBOR plus 5.00 percent. (As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, 3-month LIBOR was 0.5557 percent and 0.30281 percent, respectively). Payments are interest only through maturity. This note is collateralized by 100 percent of the stock of the Bank. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010, the note payable balance is $954. As of June 30, 2012 the note payable balance is $953. The loan agreement also requires certain capital ratio covenants. The Company is in compliance with these covenants as of the balance sheet date.
On March 31, 2011, the Company entered into an unsecured note payable with a limited liability company consisting of certain of the Companys officers and directors which matures March 31, 2014. The note bears interest at a rate of 9.50 percent and was originated with a balance of $300. Principal and accrued interest are due in a single payment at the notes maturity. Repayment of this note is subordinated to the aforementioned loan agreement. Proceeds from this new note payable were used to establish an escrow account to fund interest-only payments due under the aforementioned loan agreement through its maturity on March 31, 2014 as the Banks primary regulator has curtailed dividends from the Bank to the Company.
The Company also entered into a note payable with an unaffiliated bank which matured in February 2012. The note payable bore interest at a rate of 5.25 percent. The note payable was collateralized by mortgages on income producing real estate properties classified as real estate held for investment. As of December 31, 2011 and 2010 the note payable balance was $2,183 and $2,387, respectively. The note payable was paid in full on February 24, 2012.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 12. Regulatory Capital
The Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory, and possibly additional discretionary, actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Banks financial statements.
Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Banks assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The Banks capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors. Prompt corrective action provisions are not applicable to bank holdings companies.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the table below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets (as defined), and Tier 1 capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of June 30, 2012 (unaudited) and December 31, 2011 the Bank meets all capital adequacy requirements to which it is subject.
As of June 30, 2012, the most recent notification from the Banks primary regulator categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Banks category. As of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010 the Bank was restricted from paying dividends to the Company without the prior consent of their primary regulator.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 12. Regulatory Capital (Continued)
The Banks actual capital amounts and ratios and those required by the above regulatory standards are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To be Well Capitalized Under |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Capital Adequacy |
|
Prompt Corrective Action |
|
|||||||
|
|
Actual |
|
Purposes |
|
Provisions |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
|||
|
|
(Amounts in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
At June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk weighted assets) |
|
$ |
43,916 |
|
11.16 |
% |
$ |
31,472 |
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
39,340 |
|
10.00 |
% |
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk-weighted assets) |
|
38,983 |
|
9.91 |
% |
$ |
15,736 |
|
4.00 |
% |
23,604 |
|
6.00 |
% |
||
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to adjusted total assets) |
|
38,983 |
|
7.32 |
% |
$ |
21,292 |
|
4.00 |
% |
26,616 |
|
5.00 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To be Well Capitalized Under |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Capital Adequacy |
|
Prompt Corrective Action |
|
|||||||
|
|
Actual |
|
Purposes |
|
Provisions |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
|||
|
|
(Amounts in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
At December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk weighted assets) |
|
$ |
42,475 |
|
10.65 |
% |
$ |
31,905 |
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
39,882 |
|
10.00 |
% |
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk-weighted assets) |
|
38,134 |
|
9.56 |
% |
$ |
15,953 |
|
4.00 |
% |
23,929 |
|
6.00 |
% |
||
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to average assets) |
|
38,134 |
|
6.45 |
% |
$ |
23,641 |
|
4.00 |
% |
29,552 |
|
5.00 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
To be Well Capitalized Under |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
For Capital Adequacy |
|
Prompt Corrective Action |
|
|||||||
|
|
Actual |
|
Purposes |
|
Provisions |
|
|||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
Amount |
|
Ratio |
|
|||
|
|
(Amounts in thousands) |
|
|||||||||||||
At December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Total capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk weighted assets) |
|
$ |
49,638 |
|
11.64 |
% |
$ |
34,102 |
|
8.00 |
% |
$ |
42,628 |
|
10.00 |
% |
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to risk-weighted assets) |
|
46,308 |
|
10.86 |
% |
$ |
17,051 |
|
4.00 |
% |
25,577 |
|
6.00 |
% |
||
Tier 1 capital |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
(to adjusted total assets) |
|
46,308 |
|
7.44 |
% |
$ |
24,907 |
|
4.00 |
% |
31,134 |
|
5.00 |
% |
||
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 12. Regulatory Capital (Continued)
The following table reconciles the Banks stockholders equity to regulatory capital as of June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 and 2010:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Stockholders equity of the Bank |
|
$ |
47,205 |
|
$ |
46,547 |
|
$ |
53,581 |
|
Less: Disallowed servicing assets |
|
(207 |
) |
(239 |
) |
(283 |
) |
|||
Unrealized gain on securities |
|
(1,043 |
) |
(1,001 |
) |
(491 |
) |
|||
Disallowed investment in subsidiary |
|
(3,296 |
) |
(3,296 |
) |
(3,296 |
) |
|||
Disallowed deferred tax assets |
|
(3,676 |
) |
(3,877 |
) |
(3,203 |
) |
|||
Tier 1 capital |
|
38,983 |
|
38,134 |
|
46,308 |
|
|||
Plus: Allowable general valuation allowances |
|
4,933 |
|
4,341 |
|
3,330 |
|
|||
Risk-based capital |
|
$ |
43,916 |
|
$ |
42,475 |
|
$ |
49,638 |
|
The Company and the Bank are subject to certain restrictions on the amount of dividends that may be declared without regulatory approval. At June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, the Company and the Bank would be required to obtain regulatory approval prior to issuing dividends from retained earnings. Regardless of formal regulatory restrictions, the Bank would not be allowed to pay dividends in amounts that would result in its capital levels being reduced below the minimum requirements to be adequately capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.
In connection with the challenging economic environment and the Banks elevated levels of non-performing assets, management instituted a business and capital plan to maintain the stability of the Bank. This business and capital plan requires the Bank to maintain a Tier 1 (leverage) capital ratio of 8.00% and a total risk-based capital ratio of 12.00%. The Bank did not achieve these capital targets at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011, but continues to exceed the minimum capital levels required to be categorized as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. Management plans to meet the capital targets prescribed by the business and capital plan through the disposition of problem assets, reduction of non-interest expenses, retention of earnings and completion of a plan of conversion (see Note 21).
As a result of a recently completed regularly scheduled examination of the Bank by the Office of the Controller of the Currency (OCC), the OCC criticized various components of the Banks operations. The Bank is developing policies and procedures to address the issues identified by the OCC. The Bank expects to receive a formal agreement concerning these components of its operations.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 13. Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)
|
|
Six months ended |
|
Years ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Unrealized appreciation (depreciation) on available-for-sale securities |
|
298 |
|
58 |
|
1,592 |
|
(263 |
) |
||||
Taxes |
|
(35 |
) |
(23 |
) |
(772 |
) |
83 |
|
||||
|
|
263 |
|
35 |
|
820 |
|
(180 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Less: reclassification adjustment for realized gains (losses) included in net income |
|
(369 |
) |
(386 |
) |
(601 |
) |
(547 |
) |
||||
Taxes |
|
146 |
|
153 |
|
292 |
|
158 |
|
||||
|
|
(223 |
) |
(233 |
) |
(309 |
) |
(389 |
) |
||||
Other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
$ |
40 |
|
$ |
(198 |
) |
$ |
511 |
|
$ |
(569 |
) |
Note 14. Employee Benefit Plans
Westbury Bank maintains a contributory, defined-contribution profit-sharing plan (the Plan) for all employees meeting certain minimum age and service requirements. The Plan qualifies under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. Participants may elect to defer a portion of their compensation (between 2 percent and 10 percent) and contribute this amount to the Plan. A discretionary contribution is made each year as determined annually by the Board of Directors. The contribution is allocated to each participant based on his or her compensation. The aggregate benefit payable to any employee is dependent upon his or her rate of contribution, the earnings of the Plan assets, and the length of time such employee has been a participant in the Plan. The expense related to this Plan was $116, $199, and $259 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively
Note 15. Deferred Compensation
Certain key employees of Westbury Bank hold nonqualified salary continuation plans. These plans provide for payments of specific amounts over 10 to 15 year periods subsequent to each participants retirement. The related deferred compensation liabilities are being accrued ratably to the respective normal retirement dates of each participant. As of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, approximately $2,171, $2,128 and $1,804 is accrued related to these plans. The expense for compensation under these plans was approximately $72, $324 and $346 for the six months ended June 30, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Although not part of the plans, the Company has purchased life insurance on the lives of certain employees electing to participate in the plans, which could provide funding for the payment of benefits. At June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, the cash surrender value of such life insurance policies totaled $11,836, $11,629 and $11,210, respectively.
The Company currently defers its Directors fees at the discretion of the Director, with payments made at the request of each Director. The balances of deferred directors fees were $594, $768 and $900 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 16. Guarantees
The Company is the guarantor of debt held by a Bank customer. The Bank receives compensation from this customer in return for its guaranty. The balance of the guaranteed debt was $3,710, $3,710 and $3,860 as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
The Bank has executed commitments under the Mortgage Partnership Finance (MPF) program with the FHLB to guarantee the payment of any realized losses that exceed the FHLBs first loss account for mortgages delivered under the commitments. The Bank receives credit enhancement fees from the FHLB for providing this guarantee and continuing to manage the credit risk of the MPF program mortgage loans. The liability representing the present value of the credit enhancement fees less any expected losses in the mortgages delivered under the commitments was not material. The maximum potential amount of future payments that the Bank could be required to make under the limited recourse guarantee was approximately $318, $644 and $1,254 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. Under the commitments, the Bank agrees to service the loans and therefore, is responsible for any necessary foreclosure proceedings. Any future recoveries on any losses would not be paid by the FHLB under the commitments. Historically, the Bank has not incurred a loss on loans sold to the FHLB with these recourse provisions and management has determined there are no probable losses related to these loans at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011, or 2010.
Note 17. Income Taxes
The following table presents the provision for income taxes as of:
|
|
Six Month Ended |
|
Years Ended |
|
||||||||
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Current expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
771 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
751 |
|
$ |
40 |
|
Deferred income benefit |
|
(478 |
) |
(564 |
) |
(1,950 |
) |
(1,584 |
) |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
$ |
293 |
|
$ |
(564 |
) |
$ |
(1,199 |
) |
$ |
(1,544 |
) |
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 17. Income Taxes (Continued)
A reconciliation of expected income tax expense to the income tax expense included in the consolidated statements of income is as follows:
|
|
Six months ended June 30, |
|
Years ended December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
% of Pretax |
|
|
|
% of Pretax |
|
|
|
% of Pretax |
|
|
|
% of Pretax |
|
||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Income |
|
Amount |
|
Loss |
|
Amount |
|
Loss |
|
Amount |
|
Loss |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Computed expected tax expense (benefit) |
|
$ |
297 |
|
34.00 |
% |
$ |
(411 |
) |
(34.00 |
)% |
$ |
(2,998 |
) |
(34.00 |
)% |
$ |
(1,007 |
) |
(34.00 |
)% |
Net increase in cash surrender of life insurance |
|
(81 |
) |
(9.29 |
)% |
(81 |
) |
(6.71 |
)% |
(164 |
) |
(1.86 |
)% |
(144 |
) |
(4.90 |
)% |
||||
Tax-exempt interest, net |
|
(5 |
) |
(0.57 |
)% |
(77 |
) |
(6.37 |
)% |
(103 |
) |
(1.17 |
)% |
(336 |
) |
(11.30 |
)% |
||||
State income tax expense (benefit) |
|
45 |
|
5.16 |
% |
(63 |
) |
(5.22 |
)% |
(460 |
) |
(5.22 |
)% |
(198 |
) |
(6.70 |
)% |
||||
Increase in valuation allowance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,346 |
|
26.60 |
% |
|
|
|
|
||||
Other, net |
|
37 |
|
4.24 |
% |
68 |
|
5.63 |
% |
180 |
|
2.04 |
% |
141 |
|
4.80 |
% |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
$ |
293 |
|
33.60 |
% |
$ |
(564 |
) |
46.69 |
% |
$ |
(1,199 |
) |
(13.60 |
)% |
$ |
(1,544 |
) |
(52.10 |
)% |
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 17. Income Taxes (Continued)
The net deferred tax asset or liability included within other assets or other liabilities, as appropriate, includes the following amounts of deferred tax assets and liabilities as of:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Allowance for loan losses |
|
$ |
2,074 |
|
$ |
2,790 |
|
$ |
1,678 |
|
Deferred compensation |
|
851 |
|
834 |
|
708 |
|
|||
Deferred directors fees |
|
233 |
|
301 |
|
353 |
|
|||
Loss carryforward |
|
6,098 |
|
5,358 |
|
2,560 |
|
|||
Non accrual interest |
|
509 |
|
185 |
|
660 |
|
|||
Foreclosed real estate writedowns |
|
817 |
|
894 |
|
379 |
|
|||
Other |
|
87 |
|
266 |
|
99 |
|
|||
Total deferred tax assets |
|
10,669 |
|
10,628 |
|
6,437 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Prepaid expenses |
|
(82 |
) |
(82 |
) |
(146 |
) |
|||
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
(810 |
) |
(936 |
) |
(1,110 |
) |
|||
Office properties and equipment basis difference |
|
(2,189 |
) |
(1,534 |
) |
(1,400 |
) |
|||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock basis difference |
|
(342 |
) |
(404 |
) |
(404 |
) |
|||
Unrealized gain on securities available for sale |
|
(673 |
) |
(785 |
) |
(305 |
) |
|||
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
(4,096 |
) |
(3,741 |
) |
(3,365 |
) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Valuation allowance |
|
(2,447 |
) |
(2,447 |
) |
(101 |
) |
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Net deferred tax asset (liability) |
|
$ |
4,126 |
|
$ |
4,440 |
|
$ |
2,971 |
|
In assessing the reliability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible.
The Company has State of Wisconsin net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $20,954, $19,290 and $13,249 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which can be used to offset its future state taxable income. The carryforwards start to expire in 2017. Prior to 2009, each legal entity in the consolidated group filed separately in the State of Wisconsin. A total of $11,013 of the net operating loss carryforward at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 represents the Wisconsin net operating loss from separate company returns (Separate Return Loss Year or SRLY losses). A valuation allowance of $101 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, has been established for the future benefits attributed to the SRLY state net operating losses for the two Holding Company entities for tax years prior to 2009, since it is unlikely that the two Holding Company entities will generate taxable income on a separate basis to utilize these benefits.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 17. Income Taxes (Continued)
The Company has federal net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $13,564, $11,680 and $5,337 at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, which can be used to offset its future federal taxable income. The carryforwards start to expire in 2027. A valuation allowance of $2,346 has been established at June 30, 2012 and December 31, 2011 to reflect managements evaluation of the Companys realizability of its net deferred tax assets.
Under the Internal Revenue Code and Wisconsin Statutes, the Bank is permitted to deduct, for tax years beginning before 1997, an annual addition to a reserve for bad debts. The amount differs from the provision for loan losses recorded for financial accounting purposes. Under prior law, bad debt deductions for income tax purposes were included in taxable income of later years only if the bad debt reserves were used for purposes other than to absorb bad debt losses. Because the Company did not intend to use the reserve for purposes other than to absorb losses, no deferred income taxes were provided. Retained earnings as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010 include approximately $3,227 for which no deferred federal or state income taxes were provided. If in the future the Company no longer qualifies as a bank for tax purposes, an income tax expense of $1,266 would be incurred.
The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and the state of Wisconsin. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2009 and state tax examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.
Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies
Financial Instruments with Off-Balance Sheet Risk
The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of its customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amount recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. The contractual amounts of those instruments reflect the extent of involvement the Company has in particular classes of financial instruments.
The Companys exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial instruments for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same credit policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet instruments.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 18. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)
The following instruments were outstanding whose contract amounts represent credit risk:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Commitments to extend mortgage credit: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Fixed rate |
|
$ |
3,028 |
|
$ |
3,985 |
|
$ |
2,244 |
|
Adjustable rate |
|
20 |
|
682 |
|
1,398 |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Unused commercial loan and home equity lines of credit |
|
$ |
43,655 |
|
$ |
45,751 |
|
$ |
45,068 |
|
Standy letters of credit |
|
4,208 |
|
4,266 |
|
4,711 |
|
|||
Commitment to sell loans |
|
3,020 |
|
3,640 |
|
4,327 |
|
Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend funds to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. As some such commitments expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customers creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The Company generally extends credit only on a secured basis. Collateral obtained varies but consists primarily of one-to-four family residences.
Unfunded commitments under lines of credit are commitments for possible future extensions of credit to existing customers. These lines of credit may be uncollateralized and ultimately may not be drawn upon to the total extent to which the Company is committed.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Those letters of credit are primarily issued to support public and private borrowing arrangements, and, generally, have terms of one year or less. The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially the same as that involved in extending loan facilities to customers. The Company holds collateral supporting those commitments if deemed necessary. In the event the customer does not perform in accordance with the terms of the agreement with the third party, the Company would be required to fund the commitment. The maximum potential amount of future payments the Company could be required to make is represented by the contractual amount shown in the summary above. If the commitment is funded, the Company would be entitled to seek recovery from the customer. At June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2010, no amounts have been recorded as liabilities for the Companys potential obligations under these guarantees.
Litigation
In the normal course of business, the Company is involved in various legal proceedings. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from such proceedings would not have a material adverse effect on the Companys consolidated financial statements.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 19. Derivative Activities
The Company invests in, and has on deposit, certain certificates of deposit with embedded derivatives where the related interest income or expense is calculated based on changes in the S&P 500. The Company also enters into interest rate swaps and options to offset the variability in interest income and expense related to these certificates of deposits. At June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, the Company had approximately $1,912, $1,902 and $1,764, respectively in notional amount of swaps where the Company pays a fixed or LIBOR-based interest rate and receives a variable rate based on the S&P 500. The fair values of the embedded derivatives, swaps and options are reported in the consolidated balance sheets, and the changes in fair value of the embedded derivatives, swaps and options are reported as gains or losses in the consolidated statements of operations. The fair value of the derivative liability was $395, $312 and $323 as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, and the related derivative asset was $395, $312 and $323 as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The change in fair value was not significant as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Commitments to originate residential mortgage loans held for sale and forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans are defined as derivatives. The fair value related to these commitments was not material as of June 30, 2012 and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements
ASC Topic 820, Fair value Measurements and Disclosures , defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. ASC Topic 820 requires the use of valuation techniques that are consistent with the market approach, the income approach and/or the cost approach. Inputs to valuation techniques refer to the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Inputs may be observable, meaning those that reflect the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on market data obtained from independent sources, or unobservable, meaning those that reflect the reporting entitys own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability developed based on the best information available in the circumstances. In that regard, ASC Topic 820 establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs. The fair value hierarchy is as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date.
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data.
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a reporting entitys own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
A description of the valuation methodologies used for instruments measured at fair value, as well as the general classification of such instruments pursuant to the valuation hierarchy, is set forth below.
Securities Available-for-Sale : The fair value of the Companys securities available-for-sale are determined using Level 2 inputs, which are derived from readily available pricing sources and third-party pricing services for comparable instruments. The fair value measurements consider observable data that may include dealer quotes, market spreads, cash flows, treasury yield curves, trading levels, credit information and credit terms, among other factors. In certain cases where level 1 or level 2 are not available, securities are classified within level 3 of the hierarchy.
Derivatives : The fair values of the Companys embedded derivatives related to certain certificates of deposit are determined using inputs that are observable or that can be corroborated by observable market data (such as the S&P 500 index and the 10-year U.S. Treasury rate) and, therefore, are classified within Level 2 of the valuation hierarchy.
Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis : The following table summarizes assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis, segregated by the level of the valuation inputs within the fair value hierarchy utilized to measure fair value as of:
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
Significant
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Securities available-for-sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
1,013 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,013 |
|
$ |
|
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
36,944 |
|
|
|
36,944 |
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
9,628 |
|
|
|
9,628 |
|
|
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
15,610 |
|
|
|
15,610 |
|
|
|
||||
Total securities available-for-sale |
|
$ |
63,195 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
63,195 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
395 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
395 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
395 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
395 |
|
$ |
|
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
Significant
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Securities available-for-sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
3,013 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
3,013 |
|
$ |
|
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
57,772 |
|
|
|
57,772 |
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
20,942 |
|
|
|
20,942 |
|
|
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
17,392 |
|
|
|
17,392 |
|
|
|
||||
Total securities available-for-sale |
|
$ |
99,119 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
99,119 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
312 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
312 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
312 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
312 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices
|
|
Significant Other Observable Inputs |
|
Significant
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Securities available-for-sale |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government and agency securities |
|
$ |
1,005 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
1,005 |
|
$ |
|
|
U.S. Government agency residential mortgage-backed securities |
|
32,468 |
|
|
|
32,468 |
|
|
|
||||
U.S. Government agency collateralized mortgage obligations |
|
11,994 |
|
|
|
11,994 |
|
|
|
||||
Municipal securities |
|
24,821 |
|
|
|
24,821 |
|
|
|
||||
Total securities available-for-sale |
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
70,288 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
323 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
323 |
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Derivatives |
|
$ |
323 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
323 |
|
$ |
|
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
Assets Recorded at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis : The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain instruments at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
Impaired Loans : The Company does not record loans at fair value on a recurring basis. The specific reserves for collateral dependent impaired loans are based on the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. The fair value of collateral is determined based on appraisals. In some cases, adjustments were made to the appraised values due to various factors including age of the appraisal, age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in the collateral. When significant adjustments were based on unobservable inputs, the resulting fair value measurement has been categorized as a Level 3 measurement. Impaired loans with a carrying amount of $3,259, $6,733 and $2,800 have a valuation allowance of $907, $1,983 and $703 included in the allowance for loan losses as of June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.
Foreclosed Real Estate : The Company does not record foreclosed real estate owned at a fair value on a recurring basis. The fair value of foreclosed real estate was determined using Level 3 inputs based on appraisals or broker pricing opinions. In some cases, adjustments were made to these values due to various factors including the age of the appraisal, age of comparables included in the appraisal, and known changes in the market and in collateral. Foreclosed real estate is measured at fair value less estimated costs to sell at the date of foreclosure. Subsequent to foreclosure, additional writedowns may be recorded based on changes to the fair value of the assets.
Mortgage Servicing Rights : Mortgage servicing rights (MSRs) do not trade in an active, open market with readily observable prices. While sales of MSRs do occur, the precise terms and conditions typically are not readily available. Accordingly, the Company estimates the fair value of MSRs using discounted cash flow models incorporating numerous assumptions from the perspective of market participants including serving income, servicing costs, market discount rates, prepayments speeds, and default rates. Due to the nature of the valuation inputs, MSRs are classified within level 3 of the valuation hierarchy. As of June 30, 2012, mortgage servicing rights with a carrying amount of $2,829 have a valuation allowance of $762 to reflect their fair value of $2,067. As of December 31, 2011, mortgage servicing rights with a carrying amount of $3,077 have a valuation allowance of $690 to reflect their fair value of $2,387. As of December 31, 2010, mortgage servicing rights with a carrying amount of $3,182 have a valuation allowance of $350 to reflect their fair value of $2,832.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
June 30, 2012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Impaired loans |
|
$ |
2,352 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
2,352 |
|
Foreclosed real estate |
|
3,343 |
|
|
|
|
|
3,343 |
|
||||
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
2,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,067 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
December 31, 2011 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Impaired loans |
|
$ |
4,750 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
4,750 |
|
Foreclosed real estate |
|
4,300 |
|
|
|
|
|
4,300 |
|
||||
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
2,387 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,387 |
|
||||
|
|
|
|
Fair Value Measurements |
|
||||||||
|
|
|
|
Quoted Prices in
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
Significant Other
|
|
||||
|
|
Total |
|
(Level 1) |
|
(Level 2) |
|
(Level 3) |
|
||||
December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Impaired loans |
|
$ |
2,097 |
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
|
|
$ |
2,097 |
|
Foreclosed real estate |
|
5,289 |
|
|
|
|
|
5,289 |
|
||||
Mortgage Servicing Rights |
|
2,832 |
|
|
|
|
|
2,832 |
|
||||
Disclosure of fair value information about financial instruments, for which it is practicable to estimate that value, is required whether or not recognized in the consolidated balance sheets. In cases where quoted market prices are not available, fair values are based on estimates using present value or other valuation techniques. Those techniques are significantly affected by the assumptions used, including the discount rate and estimates of future cash flows. In that regard, the derived fair value estimates cannot substantiated by comparison to independent markets and, in many cases, could not be realized in immediate settlement of the instruments. Certain financial instruments with a fair value that is not practicable to estimate and all non-financial instruments are excluded from the disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts presented do not necessarily represent the underlying value of the Company for assets and liabilities not previously described. The Company, in estimating its fair value disclosures for financial instruments not described above, used the following methods and assumptions:
Cash and Cash Equivalents : The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents reported in the consolidated balance sheets approximate those assets fair values.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
Loans : For variable-rate mortgage loans that re-price frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values. The fair values for fixed rate residential mortgage loans are based on quoted market prices for similar loans sold in conjunction with sale transactions, adjusted for differences in loan characteristics. The fair values for commercial real estate loans, rental property mortgage loans, and consumer and other loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses and using interest rates currently being offered for loans with similar terms to borrowers of similar credit quality.
Loans Held for Sale : Fair value of loans held for sale are based on commitments on hand from investors or prevailing market prices.
Federal Home Loan Bank Stock : The carrying amount of FHLB stock approximates its fair value based on the redemption provisions of the FHLB.
Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable : The carrying amounts of accrued interest receivable and payable approximate their fair values.
Deposits : The fair value disclosed for interest-bearing and non-interest-bearing checking accounts, savings accounts, and money market accounts are equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts). The fair values of fixed rate certificates of deposit are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities of the outstanding certificates of deposit.
Advances From the Federal Home Loan Bank and Notes Payable : The fair values of FHLB advances and notes payable are estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Companys current incremental borrowing rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements.
Advance Payments by Borrowers for Property Taxes and Insurance : The carrying amounts of the advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance approximate their fair values.
Mortgage Banking Derivatives : The fair value of commitments to originate mortgage loans held for sale is estimated by comparing the Companys cost to acquire mortgages and the current price for similar mortgage loans, taking into account the terms of the commitments and the credit worthiness of the counterparties. The fair value of forward commitments to sell residential mortgage loans is the estimated amount that the Bank would receive or pay to terminate the forward delivery contract at the reporting date based on market prices for similar financial instruments. The fair value of these derivative financial instruments was not material at June 30, 2012, December 31, 2011 or 2010.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 20. Fair Value Measurements (Continued)
The estimated fair values and related carrying amounts of the Companys financial instruments are as follows:
|
|
June 30, |
|
December 31, |
|
||||||||||||||
|
|
2012 |
|
2011 |
|
2010 |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
Carrying
|
|
Estimated
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Financial assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
45,054 |
|
$ |
45,054 |
|
$ |
21,497 |
|
$ |
21,497 |
|
$ |
50,193 |
|
$ |
50,193 |
|
Securities |
|
63,195 |
|
63,195 |
|
99,119 |
|
99,119 |
|
70,288 |
|
70,288 |
|
||||||
Loans, net |
|
382,923 |
|
388,617 |
|
396,439 |
|
400,667 |
|
436,820 |
|
438,917 |
|
||||||
Loans held for sale |
|
3,020 |
|
3,020 |
|
3,640 |
|
3,640 |
|
4,327 |
|
4,327 |
|
||||||
Federal Home Loan Bank stock |
|
3,091 |
|
3,091 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
3,652 |
|
||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
2,067 |
|
2,067 |
|
2,387 |
|
2,387 |
|
2,832 |
|
2,832 |
|
||||||
Accrued interest receivable |
|
1,907 |
|
1,907 |
|
2,188 |
|
2,188 |
|
2,360 |
|
2,360 |
|
||||||
Derivative asset |
|
395 |
|
395 |
|
312 |
|
312 |
|
323 |
|
323 |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Financial liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Deposits |
|
489,235 |
|
487,630 |
|
524,277 |
|
521,221 |
|
556,325 |
|
551,979 |
|
||||||
Advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,000 |
|
7,298 |
|
||||||
Notes payable |
|
1,253 |
|
1,253 |
|
3,439 |
|
3,439 |
|
3,343 |
|
3,343 |
|
||||||
Advance payments by borrowers for property taxes and insurance |
|
4,668 |
|
4,668 |
|
444 |
|
444 |
|
292 |
|
292 |
|
||||||
Accrued interest payable |
|
38 |
|
38 |
|
69 |
|
69 |
|
163 |
|
163 |
|
||||||
Derivative liability |
|
395 |
|
395 |
|
312 |
|
312 |
|
323 |
|
323 |
|
||||||
Note 21. Plan of Conversion and Change in Corporate Form
On September 5, 2012, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted a plan of conversion (the Plan). The Plan is subject to the approval of the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. The Plan sets forth that the Company proposes to convert into a federally-chartered stock savings bank structure with the establishment of a new holding company, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. as parent of the Bank. The Company (WBSB Bancorp, MHC) and its wholly-owned mid-tier stock holding company subsidiary (WBSB Bancorp, Inc.) will collapse into the newly formed Westbury Bancorp, Inc., which will then issue its outstanding stock.
Pursuant to the Plan, the Company will determine the total offering value and number of shares of common stock based upon a valuation by an independent appraiser. The stock will be priced at $10.00 per share. The Companys Board of Directors will adopt an employee stock ownership plan which will subscribe eight percent of the common stock sold in the offering. The newly formed holding company is being organized as a corporation incorporated under federal law in the United States of America and will own all of the outstanding common stock of the Bank upon completion of the conversion.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
As of June 30, 2012 (unaudited), December 31, 2011 and 2012 and
Six months ended June 30, 2012 and 2011 (unaudited) and years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010
(dollars in thousands)
Note 21. Plan of Conversion and Change in Corporate Form (Continued)
The costs of issuing the common stock will be deferred and deducted from the sales proceeds of the offering. If the conversion is unsuccessful, all deferred costs will be charged to operations. There were no conversion costs incurred and/or deferred as of December 31, 2011 or 2010. The transaction is subject to approval by regulatory authorities. At the completion of the conversion to stock form, the Company will establish a liquidation account in the amount of retained earnings contained in the final prospectus. The liquidation account will be maintained for the benefits of eligible account holders who maintain deposit accounts in the Bank subsequent to conversion.
The conversion will be accounted for as a change in corporate form with the historic basis of the Banks assets, liabilities and equity unchanged as a result.
You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation other than as contained in this prospectus and, if given or made, such other information or representation must not be relied upon as having been authorized by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or Westbury Bank This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation is not authorized or in which the person making such offer or solicitation is not qualified to do so, or to any person to whom it is unlawful to make such offer or solicitation in such jurisdiction. Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale hereunder shall under any circumstances create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or Westbury Bank since any of the dates as of which information is furnished herein or since the date hereof.
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
(Proposed Holding Company for
Westbury Bank)
Up to 4,025,000 Shares of
Common Stock
Par value $0.01 per share
(Subject to Increase to up to 4,628,750 Shares)
PROSPECTUS
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS
, 2012
Until [ · ], 2012, all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers obligation to deliver the prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.
PART II: INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution
|
|
|
Amount (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
Registrants Legal Fees and Expenses |
|
$ |
500,000 |
|
* |
Registrants Accounting Fees and Expenses |
|
125,000 |
|
|
* |
Marketing Agent Fees and Expenses (1) |
|
703,087 |
|
|
* |
Conversion Agent Fees and Expenses |
|
60,000 |
|
|
* |
Appraisal Fees and Expenses |
|
65,000 |
|
|
* |
Printing, Postage, Mailing and EDGAR Fees |
|
245,000 |
|
|
* |
Filing Fees (Nasdaq, FINRA and SEC) |
|
61,600 |
|
|
* |
Transfer Agent Fees and Expenses |
|
15,000 |
|
|
* |
Business Plan Fees and Expenses |
|
62,500 |
|
|
* |
Proxy Solicitor Fees and Expenses |
|
40,000 |
|
|
* |
Other |
|
85,900 |
|
|
* |
Total |
|
$ |
1,963,087 |
|
* Estimated
(1) Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. to assist in the sale of common stock on a best efforts basis in the offerings. Fees are estimated at the adjusted maximum of the offering range, assuming all of the shares are sold in the subscription offering.
Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers
Articles 10 and 11 of the Articles of Incorporation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation) sets forth circumstances under which directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation may be insured or indemnified against liability which they incur in their capacities as such:
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors,
independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporations Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Persons action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities
Not Applicable.
Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules:
The exhibits and financial statement schedules filed as part of this registration statement are as follows:
(a) List of Exhibits
1.1 Engagement Letter between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
1.2 Form of Agency Agreement between WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.*
2 Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
3.2 Bylaws of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
4 Form of Common Stock Certificate of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
5 Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered
8.1 Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C.
8.2 Form of State Tax Opinion of McGladrey LLP
10.1 Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan
10.2 Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman
10.3 Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Kirk J. Emerich
10.4 Employment Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman
10.5 Form of Employment Agreement between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman
10.6 Form of Employment Agreement between Westbury Bank and certain executive officers
10.7 Form of Change and Control Agreement
10.8 Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Management Employees of Westbury Bank
21 Subsidiaries of Registrant
23.1 Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1)
23.2 Consent of McGladrey LLP
23.3 Consent of RP Financial, LC.
24 Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page)
99.1 Appraisal Agreement between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., WBSB Bancorp, MHC and RP Financial, LC.
99.2 Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights
99.3 Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.**
99.4 Marketing Materials
99.5 Stock Order and Certification Form
99.6 Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Accounts
99.7 Conversion agent agreement between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
* To be filed supplementally.
** Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
No financial statement schedules are filed because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements or related notes.
Item 17. Undertakings
The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:
(1) To file, during any period in which it offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:
(i) To include any prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;
(ii) To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than a 20 percent change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the Calculation of Registration Fee table in the effective registration statement;
(iii) To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement.
(2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.
(4) That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities:
The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:
(i) Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 (§230.424 of this chapter);
(ii) Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;
(iii) The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and
(iv) Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.
(5) That, for purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and
contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.
(6) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.
(7) The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriter at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
(8) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act, and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized in the City of West Bend, State of Wisconsin on October 25, 2012.
|
|
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman |
|
|
|
(Duly Authorized Representative) |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned directors and officers of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) hereby severally constitute and appoint Raymond F. Lipman as our true and lawful attorney and agent, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Raymond F. Lipman may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with the registration statement on Form S-1 relating to the offering of the Companys common stock, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated below the registration statement and any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Raymond F. Lipman shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this registration statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signatures |
|
Title |
|
Date |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman (Principal Executive Officer) |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Raymond F. Lipman |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Kirk J. Emerich |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Russell E. Brandt |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Russell E. Brandt |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ William D. Gehl |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
William D. Gehl |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Gerald R. Guarnaccio |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Gerald R. Guarnaccio |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Andrew J. Gumm |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
|
|
|
/s/ James L. Mohr |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
James L. Mohr |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ James A. Spella |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
James A. Spella |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Terry Wendorff |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
Terry Wendorff |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ J.J. Ziegler |
|
Director |
|
October 25, 2012 |
J.J. Ziegler |
|
|
|
|
As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 25 , 2012
Registration No. 333-
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
EXHIBITS
TO
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
ON
FORM S-1
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
West Bend, Wisconsin
EXHIBIT INDEX
1.1 |
|
Engagement Letter between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
1.2 |
|
Form of Agency Agreement between WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bank, Westbury Bancorp, Inc., and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.* |
2 |
|
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization |
3.1 |
|
Articles of Incorporation of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
3.2 |
|
Bylaws of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
4 |
|
Form of Common Stock Certificate of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
5 |
|
Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. regarding legality of securities being registered |
8.1 |
|
Form of Federal Tax Opinion of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. |
8.2 |
|
Form of State Tax Opinion of McGladrey LLP |
10.1 |
|
Form of Employee Stock Ownership Plan |
10.2 |
|
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman |
10.3 |
|
Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Kirk J. Emerich |
10.4 |
|
Employment Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman |
10.5 |
|
Form of Employment Agreement between Westbury Bank and Raymond F. Lipman |
10.6 |
|
Form of Employment Agreement between Westbury Bank and certain executive officers |
10.7 |
|
Form of Change and Control Agreement |
10.8 |
|
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Management Employees of Westbury Bank |
21 |
|
Subsidiaries of Registrant |
23.1 |
|
Consent of Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. (contained in Opinions included as Exhibits 5 and 8.1) |
23.2 |
|
Consent of McGladrey LLP |
23.3 |
|
Consent of RP Financial, LC. |
24 |
|
Power of Attorney (set forth on signature page) |
99.1 |
|
Appraisal Agreement between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., WBSB Bancorp, MHC and RP Financial, LC. |
99.2 |
|
Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Subscription Rights |
99.3 |
|
Appraisal Report of RP Financial, LC.** |
99.4 |
|
Marketing Materials |
99.5 |
|
Stock Order and Certification Form |
99.6 |
|
Letter of RP Financial, LC. with respect to Liquidation Accounts |
99.7 |
|
Conversion agent agreement between Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. |
* |
|
To be filed supplementally. |
** |
|
Supporting financial schedules filed in paper format only pursuant to Rule 202 of Regulation S-T. Available for inspection during business hours at the principal offices of the Securities and Exchange Commission in Washington, D.C. |
Exhibit 1.1
|
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS |
|
August 8, 2012
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
Attention: |
Mr. Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Chairman and CEO |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (KBW) to act as the exclusive financial advisor to WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC), WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation), and Westbury Bank (the Bank) in connection with the proposed conversion and reorganization from the mutual holding company form of organization to a stock holding company form of organization pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization to be adopted by the MHC, the Corporation, and the Bank (the Reorganization). In order to effect the Reorganization, it is contemplated that the MHC will merge into the Corporation and the Corporation will merge into a new stock holding company (the Holding Company) and that the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the Common Stock) to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, the direct Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the Offerings). In addition, KBW will act as Conversion Agent in connection with the Offerings pursuant to the terms of a separate agreement between the MHC, the Corporation, the Bank and KBW. The MHC, the Corporation, the Bank and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the Company. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement as financial advisor to the Company.
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods · 10 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 3400 · Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 · Toll Free: 800.929.6113 · Fax: 312.423.8232
1. Advisory/Offering Services
As the Companys financial advisor, KBW will provide financial advice to the Company and will assist the Companys management, legal counsel, accountants and other advisors in connection with the Reorganization and related issues. We anticipate our services will include the following, each as may be necessary and as the Company may reasonably request:
a) Provide advice on the financial and securities market implications of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and any related corporate documents, including the Companys Business Plan;
b) Assist in structuring the Offerings, including developing and assisting in implementing a marketing strategy for the Offerings;
c) Review all offering documents, including the Prospectus, stock order forms, letters, brochures and other related offering materials (it being understood that preparation and filing of such documents will be the responsibility of the Company and its counsel);
d) Assist the Company in preparing for and scheduling meetings with potential investors and broker-dealers and participate in the meetings, as necessary;
e) Assist the Company in analyzing proposals from outside vendors retained in connection with the Offerings, including printers, transfer agents and appraisal firms;
f) Assist the Company in the drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate in connection with the Offerings;
g) Meet with the Board of Directors and/or management of the Company to discuss any of the above services; and
h) Such other financial advisory and investment banking services in connection with the Offerings as may be agreed upon by KBW and the Company.
2. Due Diligence Review
The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBWs obligation to perform the services contemplated by this agreement shall be subject to the satisfactory completion of such investigations and inquiries relating to the Company, and its directors, officers, agents and employees, as KBW and their counsel in their sole discretion may deem appropriate under the circumstances. The Company agrees it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with the board of directors and management the operations and prospects of the Company. KBW will treat all material non-public information as confidential. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent
verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets. KBW will assume that all financial forecasts have been reasonably prepared and reflect the best then currently available estimates and judgments of the Companys management as to the expected future financial performance of the Company.
3. Regulatory Filings
If the Company proceeds with the Offerings, the Company will cause appropriate Offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (FINRA), and the appropriate federal and/or state bank regulatory agencies. In addition, the Company and KBW agree that the Companys counsel shall serve as counsel with respect to blue sky matters in connection with the Offerings, and that the Company shall cause such counsel to prepare a Blue Sky Memorandum related to the Offerings including KBWs participation therein and shall furnish KBW a copy thereof addressed to KBW or upon which counsel shall state KBW may rely.
4. Fees
For the services hereunder, the Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:
a) Management Fee : A Management Fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $12,500 commencing with the first month following the execution of this engagement letter. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offerings be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.
b) Success Fee : A Success Fee of 1.50% shall be paid based on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering, excluding shares purchased by the Companys officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family), any IRA owned by such person, any ESOP, tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans or similar plan created by the Company for some or all of their directors or employees, or any charitable foundation established by the Company (or any shares contributed to such a foundation). In addition, a Success Fee of 2.00% shall be paid on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Direct Community Offering (with the exception of any shares purchased by the individuals listed in the subscription offering exclusion). The Management Fee described in 4(a) will be credited against any Success Fee paid pursuant to this paragraph.
c) Syndicated Community Offering : If any shares of the Companys stock remain available after the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering, at the request of the Company, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-
dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in a selected dealers agreement to be entered into between the Company and KBW. KBW will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Company and the Plan. KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 6.0% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold in the Syndicated Community Offering. From this fee, KBW will pass onto selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated community, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer. (The decision to utilize selected broker dealers will be made by mutual agreement of the Company and KBW.)
5. Expenses
The Company will bear those expenses of the proposed Offerings customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, Blue Sky and FINRA filing and registration fees, and DTC Eligibility fees; the fees of the Companys accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offerings; the fees set forth in Section 4; and fees for Blue Sky legal work. If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Company, the Company will reimburse KBW for such expenses.
KBW shall be reimbursed for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses related to the Offerings, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile, couriers, etc., which will not exceed $15,000. KBW will also be reimbursed for fees and expenses of its legal counsel not to exceed $75,000. These expenses assume no unusual circumstances or delays, or a re-solicitation in connection with the Offerings. Should unusual circumstances, delay or a re-solicitation occur, KBW and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent in amounts not to exceed $5,000 for additional out-of-pocket expenses of KBW and $25,000 for additional fees and expenses of legal counsel. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair or limit the indemnification provisions contained herein.
6. Limitations
The Company acknowledges that all opinions and advice (written or oral) given by KBW to the Company in connection with KBWs engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Company for the purposes of its evaluation of the proposed Offerings. Unless otherwise expressly stated in an opinion letter issued by KBW or otherwise expressly agreed, no one other than the Company is authorized to rely upon this engagement of KBW or any
statements or conduct by KBW. The Company agrees that no such opinion or advice shall be used, reproduced, disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner, or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to KBW be made by the Company or any of its representatives without the prior written consent of KBW.
The Company acknowledges and agrees that KBW has been retained to act solely as financial advisor to the Company and not as an advisor to or agent of any other person, and the Companys engagement of KBW is not intended to confer rights upon any person not a party to this Agreement (including shareholders, employees or creditors of the Company) as against KBW or its affiliates, or their respective directors, officers, employees or agents. In such capacity, KBW shall act as an independent contractor, and any duties arising out of its engagement shall be owed solely to the Company. It is understood that KBWs responsibility to the Company is solely contractual in nature and KBW does not owe the Company, or any other party, any fiduciary duty as a result of this Agreement.
7. Benefit
This letter agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors.
8. Confidentiality
KBW acknowledges that a portion of the Information may contain confidential and proprietary business information concerning the Company. KBW agrees that, except as contemplated in connection with the performance of its services under this agreement, as authorized by the Company or as required by law, regulation or legal process, KBW agrees that it will treat as confidential all material, non-public information relating to the Company obtained in connection with its engagement hereunder (the Confidential Information); provided, however, that KBW may disclose such Confidential Information to its agents and advisors who are assisting or advising KBW in performing its services hereunder and who have agreed to be bound by the terms and conditions of this paragraph. As used in this paragraph, the term Confidential Information shall not include information which (a) is or becomes generally available to the public other than as a result of a disclosure by KBW, (b) was available to KBW on a non-confidential basis prior to its disclosure to KBW by the Company, or (c) becomes available to KBW on a non-confidential basis from a person other than the Company who is not otherwise known to KBW to be bound not to disclose such information pursuant to a contractual, legal or fiduciary obligation.
The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that the presentation materials and financial models used by KBW in performing its services hereunder have been developed by and are proprietary to KBW. The Company agrees that it will not reproduce or distribute all or any portion of such models or presentations without the prior consent from KBW in writing.
9. Indemnification
The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an Indemnified Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise related to or arising out of the Offerings or the engagement of KBW pursuant to, or the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including legal fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with the investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a party; provided, however, that the Company will not be liable in any such case to the extent that any such loss, claim, damage, liability or expense (a) arises out of or is based upon any untrue statement of a material fact or the omission of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make not misleading any statements contained in any final prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto, made in reliance on and in conformity with written information with respect to KBW furnished to the Company by KBW expressly for use therein or (b) to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBWs gross negligence or bad faith of KBW.
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBWs aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the
engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
10. Definitive Agreement
This letter agreement reflects KBWs present intention of proceeding to work with the Company on its proposed Offerings. No legal and binding obligation is created on the part of the Company or KBW with respect to the subject matter hereof, except as to (i) the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of Confidential Information set forth in Section 8, (ii) the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 4, (iii) the payment of expenses as set forth in Section 5, (iv) the limitations set forth in Section 6, (v) the indemnification and contribution provisions set forth in Section 9 and (iv) those terms set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the Offerings, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this letter agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect.
KBWs execution of such Agency Agreement shall also be subject to (a) KBWs satisfaction with its due diligence Review, (b) preparation of offering materials that are satisfactory to KBW, (c) compliance by the Company with all relevant legal and regulatory requirements to the reasonable satisfaction of KBW and its counsel, (d) agreement that the price established by the independent appraiser is reasonable, and (e) market conditions at the time of the proposed Offerings.
This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without regard to the conflicts of laws principles thereof. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
Very truly yours,
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
By: |
/s/ Harold T. Hanley III |
|
|
Harold T. Hanley III |
|
|
Managing Director |
|
Westbury Bank
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
By: |
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Date: |
8/14/2012 |
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and CEO |
|
|
|
Exhibit 2
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
OF
WBSB BANCORP, MHC
TABLE OF CONTENTS
EXHIBIT A |
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN WBSB BANCORP, MHC, AND WBSB BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
EXHIBIT B |
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN WBSB BANCORP, INC. AND WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. |
PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION OF
WBSB BANCORP, MHC
1. INTRODUCTION
This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (this Plan) provides for the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the Mutual Holding Company), into the capital stock form of organization. The Mutual Holding Company currently owns 100% of the common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal stock corporation (the Mid-Tier Holding Company), which owns 100% of the common stock of Westbury Bank (the Bank), a federal stock savings bank that is headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. A new stock holding company (the Holding Company) will be established as part of the Conversion and will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will issue Common Stock in the Conversion. The purpose of the Conversion is to convert the Mutual Holding Company to the capital stock form of organization and to raise capital in the Offering. The Holding Company will offer its Common Stock in the Offering upon the terms and conditions set forth herein. The subscription rights granted to Participants in the Subscription Offering are set forth in Sections 8 through 11 hereof. All sales of Common Stock in the Community Offering or the Syndicated Community Offering will be at the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company.
The Conversion will have no impact on depositors, borrowers or customers of the Bank. After the Conversion, the Banks insured deposits will continue to be insured by the FDIC to the extent provided by applicable law.
In furtherance of the Banks commitment to its community, this Plan provides for the establishment of a charitable foundation as part of the Conversion. The Foundation is intended to complement the Banks existing community reinvestment activities in a manner that will allow the Banks local communities to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the Bank over the long term. The Holding Company intends to donate to the Foundation shares of Common Stock and/or cash in an aggregate amount up to $1,000,000.
This Plan has been adopted by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and will be approved by the Board of the Holding Company. This Plan also must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company at a Special Meeting of Members to be called for that purpose. The FRB must approve this Plan before it is presented to Voting Members for their approval.
2. DEFINITIONS
For the purposes of this Plan, the following terms have the following meanings:
Account Holder Any Person holding a Deposit Account in the Bank.
Acting in Concert The term Acting in Concert means (i) knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not
pursuant to an express agreement; or (ii) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company (other party) shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Tax-qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan will not be deemed to be Acting in Concert with its trustee or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by the plan will be aggregated.
Affiliate Any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with another Person.
Appraised Value Range The range of the estimated consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company, which shall also be equal to the estimated pro forma market value of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Conversion, as determined by the Independent Appraiser prior to the Subscription Offering and as it may be amended from time to time thereafter. The maximum and minimum of the Appraised Value Range may vary as much as 15% above and 15% below, respectively, the midpoint of the Appraised Value Range. The maximum of the Appraisal Value Range may be adjusted by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market or financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock.
Associate The term Associate when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, Holding Company, the Bank or a majority-owned subsidiary of any such party) if the Person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization, (ii) any trust or other estate, if the Person has a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or is a trustee or fiduciary of the trust or estate except that for the purposes of this Plan relating to subscriptions in the Offering and the sale of Subscription Shares following the Conversion, a Person who has a substantial beneficial interest in any Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an Associate of such plan, and except that, for purposes of aggregating total shares that may be held by Officers and Directors the term Associate does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan, and (iii) any Person who is related by blood or marriage to such Person and who lives in the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, the Bank or the Holding Company, or any of their parents or subsidiaries.
Bank Westbury Bank, West Bend, Wisconsin.
Bank Liquidation Account The account established in the Bank representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion.
Code The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Common Stock The common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Holding Company. The Common Stock is not insured by the FDIC.
Community The Wisconsin counties of Washington, Milwaukee and Waukesha.
Community Offering The offering for sale to certain members of the general public directly by the Holding Company of shares not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering.
Control Including the terms controlling, controlled by, and under common control with, means the direct or indirect power to direct or exercise a controlling influence over the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise as described in 12 C.F.R. Part 238.
Conversion The conversion and reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company to stock form pursuant to this Plan, and all steps incident or necessary thereto, including the Offering.
Conversion Shares The Subscription Shares and Foundation Shares.
Deposit Account Any withdrawable account, including, without limitation, savings, time, demand, NOW accounts, money market, certificate and passbook accounts.
Director A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company, as appropriate in the context.
Eligible Account Holder Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Eligibility Record Date for purposes of determining subscription rights and establishing subaccount balances in the Liquidation Account.
Eligibility Record Date The date for determining Eligible Account Holders of the Bank, which is June 30, 2011.
Employees All Persons who are employed by the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company.
Employee Plans Any one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans of the Bank or the Holding Company, including any ESOP and 401(k) Plan.
ESOP The Banks Employee Stock Ownership Plan and related trust.
FDIC The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
Foundation Any new and/or existing charitable foundation intended to qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, that will receive Common Stock and/or cash in connection with the Offering.
Foundation Shares Shares of Common Stock issued to the Foundation in connection with the Conversion.
FRB The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System.
Holding Company The corporation formed for the purpose of acquiring all of the shares of capital stock of the Bank in connection with the Conversion. Shares of Common Stock will be issued in the Conversion to Participants and others in the Offering.
Independent Appraiser The independent appraiser retained by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Subscription Shares.
Liquidation Account The account established by the Holding Company representing the liquidation interests received by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in connection with the Conversion in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion.
Member Any Person or entity who qualifies as a member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
MHC Merger The merger of the Mutual Holding Company with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company, which shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.
Mid-Tier Holding Company WBSB Bancorp, Inc., the federal corporation that owns 100% of the Banks Common Stock and any successor thereto.
Mid-Tier Merger The merger of the Mid-Tier Holding Company with and into the Holding Company, which shall occur immediately prior to completion of the Conversion, as set forth in this Plan.
Mutual Holding Company WBSB Bancorp, MHC, the mutual holding company of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
OCC The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, a bureau of the United States Department of Treasury.
Offering The offering and issuance, pursuant to this Plan, of Common Stock in a Subscription Offering, Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, as the case may be.
Offering Range The range of the number of shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering. The Offering Range shall be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.
Officer The president, any vice-president (but not an assistant vice-president, second vice-president, or other vice president having authority similar to an assistant or second vice-president), the secretary, the treasurer, the comptroller, and any other person performing similar functions with respect to any organization whether incorporated or unincorporated. The term Officer also includes the chairman of the Board of Directors if the chairman is authorized by the
charter or bylaws of the organization to participate in its operating management or if the chairman in fact participates in such management.
Order Form Any form (together with any cover letter and acknowledgments) sent to any Participant or Person containing among other things a description of the alternatives available to such Person under this Plan and by which any such Person may make elections regarding subscriptions for Subscription Shares.
Other Member Any person holding a Deposit Account with a positive balance on the Voting Record Date who is not an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.
Participant Any Eligible Account Holder, Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or Other Member.
Person An individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a limited liability company, a trust, an unincorporated organization, or a government or political subdivision of a government.
Plan This Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of the Mutual Holding Company as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.
Prospectus The one or more documents used in offering the Subscription Shares.
Qualifying Deposit The aggregate balance of all Deposit Accounts in the Bank of (i) an Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50, and (ii) a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder at the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, provided such aggregate balance is not less than $50.
Resident Any Person who occupies a dwelling within the Community, has a present intent to remain within the Community for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within the Community together with an indication that such presence within the Community is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the person is a corporation or other business entity, to be a Resident, the principal place of business or headquarters must be in the Community. To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan or trust, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans or trusts, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company may utilize deposit or loan records of the Bank or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company. A Participant must be a Resident for purposes of determining whether such person resides in the Community as such term is used in this Plan.
SEC The Securities and Exchange Commission.
Special Meeting of Members The special meeting of Voting Members, and any adjournments thereof, held to consider and vote upon this Plan.
Subscription Offering The offering of Subscription Shares to Participants.
Subscription Price The price per Subscription Share to be paid by Participants and others in the Offering. The Subscription Price will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Holding Company and fixed prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering.
Subscription Shares Shares of Common Stock offered for sale in the Offering.
Supplemental Eligible Account Holder Any Person, other than Directors and Officers of the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and their Associates, holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Eligible Account Holder.
Supplemental Eligibility Record Date The date for determining Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, which shall be the last day of the calendar quarter preceding FRB approval of the application for conversion.
Syndicated Community Offering The offering of Subscription Shares, at the sole discretion of the Holding Company, following commencement of the Subscription Offering through a syndicate of broker-dealers.
Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which, with its related trust, meets the requirements to be qualified under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions to a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan, provided such contributions do not cause the Bank to fail to meet its regulatory capital requirements. A Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan is any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan that is not so qualified.
Voting Member Any Person who at the close of business on the Voting Record Date is entitled to vote as a Member of the Mutual Holding Company pursuant to its charter and bylaws.
Voting Record Date The date fixed by the Directors for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.
3. PROCEDURES FOR CONVERSION
A. After approval of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, this Plan together with all other requisite materials shall be submitted to the FRB for approval. Notice of the adoption of this Plan by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and the submission of this Plan to the FRB for approval will, as required by applicable regulation, be published in a newspaper having general circulation in each community in which an office of the Bank is located, and copies of this Plan will be made
available at each office of the Bank for inspection by Members. The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank also will publish all required notices related to the filing with the FRB of an application for conversion and holding company application in accordance with the provisions of this Plan, and as required by applicable regulations.
B. Following approval of this Plan by the FRB, this Plan will be submitted to a vote of the Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Mutual Holding Company will mail to all Voting Members, at their last known address appearing on the records of the Bank, a proxy statement in either long or summary form describing this Plan, which will be submitted to a vote of Voting Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Holding Company also will mail to all Participants a Prospectus and Order Form for the purchase of Subscription Shares, subject to the other provisions of this Plan. Upon approval of this Plan by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, the Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank will take all other necessary steps pursuant to applicable laws and regulations to consummate the Conversion and Offering. The Conversion must be completed within 24 months of the approval of this Plan by Voting Members, unless a longer time period is permitted by governing laws and regulations.
C. The Conversion will be effected as follows, or in any other manner that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations. The choice of which method to use to effect the Conversion will be made by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank immediately prior to the closing of the Conversion. Each of the steps set forth below shall be deemed to occur in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion pursuant to this Plan, the intent of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Bank, and applicable federal and state regulations and policy. Approval of this Plan by Voting Members also shall constitute approval of each of the transactions necessary to implement this Plan.
(1) The Mid-Tier Holding Company will establish the Holding Company as a subsidiary.
(2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the MHC Merger), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A, whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
(3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the resulting entity (the Mid-Tier Merger), pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation
interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
(4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale the Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
(5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and in exchange for the Bank Liquidation Account.
D. The Holding Company shall register the issuance of the Subscription Shares with the SEC and any appropriate state securities authorities.
E. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company shall be automatically transferred to and vested in the Holding Company by virtue of the Conversion without any deed or other document of transfer. The Holding Company, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company. The Holding Company shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company.
F. The home office and branch offices of the Bank shall be unaffected by the Conversion. The executive offices of the Holding Company shall be located at the current offices of the Mutual Holding Company and Mid-Tier Holding Company.
4. HOLDING COMPANY APPLICATIONS AND APPROVALS
The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Holding Company and the Bank will take all necessary steps to convert the Mutual Holding Company to stock form, form the Holding Company and complete the Offering. The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company shall make timely applications to the FRB and filings with the SEC for any requisite regulatory approvals to complete the Conversion.
In addition, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and the Bank intend to take all necessary steps to establish the Foundation and to fund the Foundation in the manner set forth in Section 20.
5. SALE OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
The Subscription Shares will be offered simultaneously in the Subscription Offering to the Participants in the respective priorities set forth in this Plan. The Subscription Offering may begin as early as the mailing of the Proxy Statement for the Special Meeting of Members. The Bank will not extend credit to any Person for the purpose of purchasing shares of Common Stock.
Any Common Stock for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be offered and sold in the Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering. The Community Offering and Syndicated Community Offering may begin at any time after commencement of or concurrent with the Subscription Offering, and the Community Offering must be completed within 45 days after completion of the Subscription Offering unless extended by the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company with any required regulatory approval.
Any shares of Common Stock sold in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering, or in any other manner permitted by the FRB, shall be sold in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock. The Syndicated Community Offering may be conducted in addition to, or instead of, a Community Offering. The issuance of Common Stock in any Subscription Offering and any Community Offering will be consummated simultaneously on the date the sale of Common Stock in the Syndicated Community Offering is consummated and only if the required minimum number of shares of Common Stock has been issued.
6. PURCHASE PRICE AND NUMBER OF SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
The total number of shares, or a range thereof, of Subscription Shares to be offered for sale in the Offering will be determined jointly by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering, and will be based on the Appraised Value Range, the number of Foundation Shares and the Subscription Price. The Offering Range will be equal to the Appraised Value Range divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares. The estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company will be subject to adjustment within the Appraised Value Range if necessitated by market or financial conditions, with the receipt of any required approvals of the FRB, and the maximum of the Appraised Value Range may be increased by up to 15% subsequent to the commencement of the Subscription Offering to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or demand for the Common Stock. The number of Subscription Shares issued in the Offering will be equal to the estimated pro forma consolidated market value of the Holding Company, as may be amended, divided by the Subscription Price, adjusted for the Foundation Shares.
In the event that the Subscription Price multiplied by the number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation is below the minimum of the Appraised Value Range, or materially above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range, a resolicitation of purchasers may be required, provided that up to a 15% increase above the maximum of the Appraised Value Range will not be deemed material so as to require a resolicitation. Any such resolicitation shall be effected in such manner and within such time as the Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall establish, if all required regulatory approvals are obtained.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Subscription Shares will not be issued unless, prior to the consummation of the Offering, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Bank, the Mutual Holding Company, the Holding Company and the FRB, that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the number of Subscription Shares to be issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation multiplied by the Subscription Price is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Holding Company. If such confirmation is not received, the Holding Company may cancel the Offering, extend the Offering and establish a new Subscription Price and/or Appraised Value Range, extend, reopen or hold a new Offering, or take such other action as the FRB may permit.
The Common Stock to be issued in the Offering shall be fully paid and non-assessable.
7. RETENTION OF OFFERING PROCEEDS BY THE HOLDING COMPANY
The Holding Company may retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering. The Holding Company believes that the Offering proceeds will provide economic strength to the Holding Company and the Bank for the future in a highly competitive and regulated financial services environment and would facilitate the continued expansion through acquisitions of financial service organizations, continued diversification into other related businesses and for other business and investment purposes, including the possible payment of dividends and possible future repurchases of the Common Stock as permitted by applicable federal and state regulations and policy.
8. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (FIRST PRIORITY)
A. Each Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 15,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Eligible Account Holders Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the provisions of Section 14.
B. In the event that Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which such Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each Eligible Account Holder whose subscription remains unsatisfied bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.
C. Subscription rights as Eligible Account Holders received by Directors and Officers and their Associates that are based on increased deposits during the year before the Eligibility Record Date shall be subordinated to the subscription rights of all other Eligible Account Holders, except as permitted by the FRB.
9. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEE PLANS (SECOND PRIORITY)
The Employee Plans of the Holding Company and the Bank shall have subscription rights to purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the Subscription Shares issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation, including any Subscription Shares to be issued as a result of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range after commencement of the Subscription Offering and prior to completion of the Offering. Consistent with applicable laws and regulations and practices and policies, the Employee Plans may use funds contributed by the Holding Company or the Bank and/or borrowed from an independent financial institution to exercise such subscription rights, and the Holding Company and the Bank may make scheduled discretionary contributions thereto, provided that such contributions do not cause the Holding Company or the Bank to fail to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements. The Employee Plans shall not be deemed to be Associates or Affiliates of or Persons Acting in Concert with any Director or Officer of the Mutual Holding Company, Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank or a majority owned subsidiary of any such entity. Alternatively, if permitted by the FRB, the Employee Plans may purchase all or a portion of such shares in the open market.
10. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF SUPPLEMENTAL ELIGIBLE ACCOUNT HOLDERS (THIRD PRIORITY)
A. Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 15,000 shares of Common Stock, 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, or fifteen times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the number of Subscription Shares offered in the Offering by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders Qualifying Deposit and the denominator is the
total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of the Eligible Account Holders and Employee Plans and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
B. In the event that Supplemental Eligible Account Holders exercise subscription rights for a number of Subscription Shares in excess of the total number of such shares eligible for subscription, the Subscription Shares shall be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder bears to the total amount of the Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied. If the amount so allocated exceeds the amount subscribed for by any one or more Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, the excess shall be reallocated (one or more times as necessary) among those Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions are still not fully satisfied on the same principle until all available shares have been allocated.
11. SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS OF OTHER MEMBERS (FOURTH PRIORITY)
A. Each Other Member shall have nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for in the Subscription Offering up to the greater of 15,000 shares of Common Stock or 0.10% of the total number of shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering, subject to the availability of sufficient shares after filling in full all subscription orders of Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
B. In the event that such Other Members subscribe for a number of Subscription Shares which, when added to the Subscription Shares subscribed for by the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of Subscription Shares to be issued, the available shares will be allocated to Other Members so as to permit each such subscribing Other Member, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his or her total allocation of Subscription Shares equal to the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares for which each such Other Member has subscribed. Any remaining shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied in the proportion that the amount of the subscription of each such Other Member bears to the total amount of the subscriptions of all Other Members whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.
12. COMMUNITY OFFERING
Shares for which subscriptions have not been received in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in the Community Offering through a direct community marketing program, which may use a broker, dealer, consultant or investment banking firm experienced and expert in
the sale of savings institutions securities. Such entities may be compensated on a fixed fee basis or on a commission basis, or a combination thereof. In the event orders for Common Stock in the Community Offering exceed the number of shares available for sale, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to satisfy orders of natural persons (including trusts of natural persons) residing in the Community, and thereafter to satisfy orders of other members of the general public, so that each Person in such category of the Community Offering may receive the lesser of 100 shares or the number of shares they ordered. In addition, orders received for shares in the Community Offering will be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order. The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company shall use their best efforts consistent with this Plan to distribute Common Stock sold in the Community Offering in such a manner as to promote the widest distribution practicable of such stock. The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company reserve the right to reject any or all orders, in whole or in part, which are received in the Community Offering. Any Person may purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock in the Community Offering, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14.
13. SYNDICATED COMMUNITY OFFERING
If feasible, the Board of Directors may determine to offer Subscription Shares not issued in the Subscription Offering or the Community Offering, if any, in a Syndicated Community, subject to such terms, conditions and procedures as may be determined by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, in a manner that will achieve the widest distribution of the Common Stock, subject to the right of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company to accept or reject in whole or in part any subscriptions in the Syndicated Community Offering. In the Syndicated Community Offering, any Person may purchase up to 15,000 shares of Common Stock, subject to the purchase limitations specified in Section 14. Unless otherwise allowed by the FRB, orders received for shares in a Syndicated Community Offering will first be filled up to a maximum of two percent (2%) of the shares sold in the Offering, and thereafter any remaining shares will be allocated on an equal number of shares basis per order.
Provided that the Subscription Offering has commenced, the Holding Company may commence the Syndicated Community Offering at any time, provided that the completion of the offer and sale of the Common Stock will be conditioned upon the approval of this Plan by Voting Members.
If for any reason a Syndicated Community Offering of shares of Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering if any, cannot be effected, or in the event that any insignificant residue of shares of Common Stock is not sold in the Subscription Offering or Community Offering or in the Syndicated Community Offering, if possible, the Holding Company will make other arrangements for the disposition of unsubscribed shares aggregating at least the minimum of the Offering Range. Such other purchase arrangements will be subject to receipt of any required approval of the FRB.
14. LIMITATIONS ON PURCHASES
The following limitations shall apply to all purchases and issuances of shares of Subscription Shares:
A. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be subscribed for or purchased in all categories in the Offering by any Person or Participant together with any Associate or group of Persons Acting in Concert shall not exceed 30,000 shares of Common Stock, except that the Employee Plans may subscribe for up to 10% of the Common Stock sold in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation (including shares sold in the event of an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of 15%).
B. The maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to or purchased in all categories of the Offering by Officers and Directors and their Associates in the aggregate, shall not exceed 25% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering and contributed to the Foundation.
C. A minimum of 25 shares of Common Stock must be purchased by each Person purchasing shares in the Offering to the extent those shares are available; provided, however , that in the event the minimum number of shares of Common Stock purchased times the price per share exceeds $500, then such minimum purchase requirement shall be reduced to such number of shares which when multiplied by the price per share shall not exceed $500, as determined by the Board.
If the number of shares of Common Stock otherwise allocable pursuant to Sections 8 through 13, inclusive, to any Person or that Persons Associates would be in excess of the maximum number of shares permitted as set forth above, the number of shares of Common Stock allocated to each such person shall be reduced to the lowest limitation applicable to that Person, and then the number of shares allocated to each group consisting of a Person and that Persons Associates shall be reduced so that the aggregate allocation to that Person and his or her Associates complies with the above limits.
Depending upon market or financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company, with the receipt of any required approvals of the FRB and without further approval of Voting Members, may decrease or increase the purchase limitations in this Plan; provided, that the maximum purchase limitations may not be increased to a percentage in excess of 5% of the shares issued in the Offering except as provided below. If the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company increases the maximum purchase limitations, the Holding Company is only required to resolicit Persons who subscribed for the maximum purchase amount in the Subscription Offering and may, in the sole discretion of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, resolicit certain other large subscribers. In the event that the maximum purchase limitation is increased to 5% of the shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering, such limitation may be further increased to 9.99% of shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering; provided, that orders for Common Stock exceeding 5% of the shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering shall not exceed in the aggregate 10% of the total shares of Common Stock issued in the Offering. Requests to purchase additional Subscription
Shares in the event that the purchase limitation is so increased will be determined by the Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company in their sole discretion.
In the event of an increase in the total number of shares offered in the Subscription Offering due to an increase in the maximum of the Offering Range of up to 15% (the Adjusted Maximum), the additional shares may be used to fill the Employee Plans orders before all other orders and then will be allocated in accordance with the priorities set forth in this Plan.
For purposes of this Section 14, (i) Directors, Officers and employees of the Bank, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Mutual Holding Company and the Holding Company or any of their subsidiaries shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group affiliated with each other or otherwise Acting in Concert solely as a result of their capacities as such, (ii) shares purchased by Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans shall not be attributable to the individual trustees or beneficiaries of any such plan for purposes of determining compliance with the limitations set forth in paragraphs A. and B. of this Section 14, and (iii) shares purchased by a Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan pursuant to instructions of an individual in an account in such plan in which the individual has the right to direct the investment, including any plan of the Bank qualified under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, shall be aggregated and included in that individuals purchases and not attributed to the Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan.
Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations contained in this Plan.
15. PAYMENT FOR SUBSCRIPTION SHARES
All payments for Common Stock subscribed for in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering must be delivered in full to the Bank or Holding Company, together with a properly completed and executed Order Form, on or prior to the expiration date of the Offering; provided, however , that if the Employee Plans subscribe for shares in the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares at the time they subscribe but rather may pay for such shares of Common Stock subscribed for by such plans at the Subscription Price upon consummation of the Offering. Subscription funds will be held in a segregated account at the Bank.
Payment for Common Stock subscribed for shall be made by check, money order or bank draft, provided that, if permitted by the FRB, in the event of a resolicitation required as a result of an increase in the purchase limitations as described in Section 14.C., personal checks may not be used for payment for Common Stock. Alternatively, subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings may pay for the shares for which they have subscribed by authorizing the Bank on the Order Form to make a withdrawal from the designated types of Deposit Accounts at the Bank in an amount equal to the aggregate Subscription Price of such shares. Such authorized withdrawal shall be without penalty as to premature withdrawal. If the authorized withdrawal is from a certificate account, and the remaining balance does not meet the applicable minimum balance requirement, the certificate shall be canceled at the time of withdrawal, without penalty, and the remaining balance will earn interest at the passbook rate. Funds for which a withdrawal is authorized will remain in the subscribers Deposit Account but may not be used by the
subscriber during the Subscription and Community Offerings. Thereafter, the withdrawal will be given effect only to the extent necessary to satisfy the subscription (to the extent it can be filled) at the Subscription Price per share. Interest will continue to be earned on any amounts authorized for withdrawal until such withdrawal is given effect. Interest on funds received by check, money order or bank draft will be paid by the Bank at not less than the passbook rate on payments for Common Stock. Such interest will be paid from the date payment is received by the Bank until consummation or termination of the Offering. If for any reason the Offering is not consummated, all payments made by subscribers in the Subscription and Community Offerings will be refunded to them with interest. In case of amounts authorized for withdrawal from Deposit Accounts, refunds will be made by canceling the authorization for withdrawal. The Bank is prohibited by regulation from knowingly making any loans or granting any lines of credit for the purchase of stock in the Offering, and therefore, will not do so.
16. MANNER OF EXERCISING SUBSCRIPTION RIGHTS THROUGH ORDER FORMS
As soon as practicable after the registration statement prepared by the Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company has been declared effective by the SEC and the stock offering materials have been approved by the FRB, Order Forms will be distributed to the Eligible Account Holders, Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members at their last known addresses appearing on the records of the Bank for the purpose of subscribing for shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering and will be made available for use by those Persons to whom a Prospectus is delivered.
Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a Prospectus describing the Holding Company, Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Bank, the Common Stock and the Offering. Each Order Form will contain, among other things, the following:
A. A specified date by which all Order Forms must be received by the Holding Company, which date shall be not less than 20 days, nor more than 45 days, following the date on which the Order Forms are first mailed by the Holding Company, and which date will constitute the termination of the Subscription Offering unless extended;
B. The Subscription Price per share for shares of Common Stock to be sold in the Offering;
C. A description of the minimum and maximum number of Subscription Shares that may be subscribed for pursuant to the exercise of subscription rights or otherwise purchased in the Subscription and Community Offering;
D. Instructions as to how the recipient of the Order Form is to indicate thereon the number of Subscription Shares for which such person elects to subscribe and the available alternative methods of payment therefor;
E. An acknowledgment that the recipient of the Order Form has received a final copy of the prospectus prior to execution of the Order Form;
F. A statement to the effect that all subscription rights are nontransferable, will be void at the end of the Subscription Offering, and can only be exercised by delivering to the Holding Company within the subscription period such properly completed and executed Order Form, together with payment in the full amount of the aggregate purchase price as specified in the Order Form for the shares of Common Stock for which the recipient elects to subscribe in the Subscription Offering (or by authorizing on the Order Form that the Bank withdraw said amount from the subscribers Deposit Account at the Bank); and
G. A statement to the effect that the executed Order Form, once received by the Holding Company, may not be modified or amended by the subscriber without the consent of the Holding Company.
Notwithstanding the above, the Holding Company reserves the right in its sole discretion to accept or reject orders received on photocopied or facsimilied order forms.
17. UNDELIVERED, DEFECTIVE OR LATE ORDER FORM; INSUFFICIENT PAYMENT
In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered by the United States Postal Service, (b) are not received back by the Holding Company or are received by the Holding Company after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment, unless waived by the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company, for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which deposit accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a no mail order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the completed Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, however , that the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Holding Company may specify. The interpretation of the Mutual Holding Company or Holding Company of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the FRB.
18. RESIDENTS OF FOREIGN COUNTRIES AND CERTAIN STATES
The Mutual Holding Company and Holding Company will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all States in the United States in which Persons entitled to subscribe for shares of Common Stock pursuant to this Plan reside. However, no such Person will be issued subscription rights or be permitted to purchase shares of Common Stock in the Subscription Offering if such Person resides in a foreign country, or in a State of the United States with respect to which any of the following apply: (A) a small number of Persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under this Plan reside in such state; (B) the issuance of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of Common Stock to such Persons would require the Holding Company under the securities laws of such state, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or agent or to register or otherwise qualify its securities for sale in such state; or (C) such registration or qualification would be impracticable for reasons of cost or otherwise.
19. ESTABLISHMENT OF LIQUIDATION ACCOUNTS
A Liquidation Account shall be established by the Holding Company at the time of the Conversion in an amount equal to the Mutual Holding Companys total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the Offering. Following the Conversion, the Liquidation Account will be maintained for the benefit of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall, with respect to his Deposit Account, hold a related inchoate interest in a portion of the Liquidation Account balance, in relation to his Deposit Account balance at the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, respectively, or to such balance as it may be subsequently reduced, as hereinafter provided. The Holding Company shall cause the Bank to establish and maintain the Bank Liquidation Account for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their Deposit Accounts at the Bank.
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event), following all liquidation payments to creditors (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts) each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a liquidating distribution from the Liquidation Account, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for such Account Holders Deposit Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Companys capital stock. A merger, consolidation or similar combination with another depository institution, in which the Holding Company and/or the Bank is not the surviving entity, shall not be deemed to be a complete liquidation for this purpose. In such transactions, the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the surviving holding company or institution.
In the unlikely event of a complete liquidation of (i) the Bank or (ii) the Bank and the Holding Company (and only in such event) following all liquidation payments to creditors of the Bank (including those to Account Holders to the extent of their Deposit Accounts), at a time when the Bank has a positive net worth and the Holding Company does not have sufficient assets (other than the stock of the Bank) at the time of liquidation to fund the obligations under the Liquidation Account, the Bank with respect to the Bank Liquidation Account shall immediately pay directly to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder an amount necessary to fund the Holding Companys remaining obligation under the Liquidation Account, before any liquidation distribution may be made to any holders of the Banks capital stock and without making such amount subject to the Holding Companys creditors. Each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive a distribution from the Liquidation Account with respect to the Holding Company, in the amount of the then adjusted subaccount balance for his Deposit Account then held, before any distribution may be made to any holders of the Holding Companys capital stock.
In the event of a complete liquidation of the Holding Company where the Bank is not also completely liquidating, or in the event of a sale or other disposition of the Holding Company apart from the Bank, each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be treated as surrendering such Persons rights to the Liquidation Account and receiving
from the Holding Company an equivalent interest in the Bank Liquidation Account. Each such holders interest in the Bank Liquidation Account shall be subject to the same rights and terms as if the Bank Liquidation Account were the Liquidation Account (except that the Holding Company shall cease to exist).
The initial subaccount balance for a Deposit Account held by an Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be determined by multiplying the opening balance in the Liquidation Account by a fraction, the numerator of which is the amount of the Qualifying Deposits of such Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of all Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Account Holders. For Deposit Accounts in existence at both the Eligibility Record Date and the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, separate initial subaccount balances shall be determined on the basis of the Qualifying Deposits in such Deposit Account on each such record date. Such initial subaccount balance shall not be increased, but shall be subject to downward adjustment as described below.
If, at the close of business on any annual closing date, commencing on or after the effective date of the Conversion, the deposit balance in the Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder is less than the lesser of (i) the balance in the Deposit Account at the close of business on any other annual closing date subsequent to the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, or (ii) the amount of the Qualifying Deposit in such Deposit Account as of the Eligibility Record Date or Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, the subaccount balance for such Deposit Account shall be adjusted by reducing such subaccount balance in an amount proportionate to the reduction in such deposit balance. In the event of such downward adjustment, the subaccount balance shall not be subsequently increased, notwithstanding any subsequent increase in the deposit balance of the related Deposit Account. If any such Deposit Account is closed, the related subaccount shall be reduced to zero.
The creation and maintenance of the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account shall not operate to restrict the use or application of any of the equity accounts of the Holding Company or the Bank. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its equity to be reduced below: (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, as applicable; or (ii) the regulatory capital requirements of the Holding Company (to the extent applicable) or the Bank. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders do not retain any voting rights in either the Holding Company or the Bank based on their liquidation subaccounts. Neither the Holding Company nor the Bank shall be required to set aside funds in connection with its obligations hereunder relating to the Liquidation Account and the Bank Liquidation Account, respectively.
The amount of the Bank Liquidation Account shall equal at all times the amount of the Liquidation Account, and in no event will any Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder be entitled to a distribution exceeding such holders subaccount balance in the Liquidation Account.
For the three-year period following the completion of the Conversion, the Holding Company will not without prior FRB approval: (i) sell or liquidate the Holding Company, or (ii) cause the Bank to be sold or liquidated. The Holding Company shall eliminate or transfer the Liquidation Account to the Bank and the Liquidation Account shall be assumed by the Bank, at which time the interests of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will be solely and exclusively established in the Bank Liquidation Account. In the event such transfer occurs, the Holding Company shall be deemed to have transferred the Liquidation Account to the Bank and such Liquidation Account shall be subsumed into the liquidation account of the Bank and shall not be subject in any manner or amount to the claims of the Holding Companys creditors. Approval of the Plan of Conversion by the Members shall constitute approval of the transactions described therein.
20. ESTABLISHMENT AND FUNDING OF CHARITABLE FOUNDATION
As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company and the Bank intend to establish the Foundation, which will qualify as an exempt organization under Section 501(c)(3) of the Code, as amended, and to donate to the Foundation cash and/or shares of Common Stock in an aggregate amount up to $1,000,000. The Foundation is being formed in connection with the Conversion in order to complement the Banks existing community reinvestment activities and to share with the communities in which the Bank conducts its business a part of the Banks financial success as a community minded, financial services institution. The funding of the Foundation with Common Stock and/or cash accomplishes this goal as it enables the community to share in the growth and profitability of the Holding Company and the bank over the long term.
The Foundation will be dedicated to the promotion of charitable purposes including community development, grants or donations to support housing assistance, not-for-profit community groups and other types of organizations or civic-minded projects. The Foundation will annually distribute total grants to assist charitable organizations or to fund projects within its local community of not less than 5% of the average fair market value of Foundation assets each year, less certain expenses. In order to serve the purposes for which it was formed and maintain its Section 501(c)(3) qualification, the Foundation may sell, on an annual basis, a limited portion of the Foundation Shares.
The board of directors of the Foundation generally will be comprised of individuals who are Officers and/or Directors of the Holding Company or the Bank, except that, for a period of five years after the organization of the Foundation, except for temporary periods resulting from death, resignation, removal or disqualification, (i) at least one director of the Foundation will be an independent director who is unaffiliated with the Holding Company and the Bank who is from the Banks local community and who has experience with local community charitable organizations and grant making, and (ii) at least one director shall be a person who is also a member of the Board of Directors of the Bank. The board of directors of the Foundation will be responsible for establishing the policies of the Foundation with respect to grants or donations, consistent with the stated purposes of the Foundation.
Establishment of the Foundation must be approved by a majority of the total number of votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members.
21. VOTING RIGHTS OF STOCKHOLDERS
Following consummation of the Conversion, the holders of the voting capital stock of the Holding Company shall have the exclusive voting rights with respect to the Holding Company.
22. RESTRICTIONS ON RESALE OR SUBSEQUENT DISPOSITION
A. All shares of Common Stock purchased by Directors or Officers of the Holding Company Bank, Mid-Tier Holding Company and Mutual Holding Company in the Offering shall be subject to the restriction that, except as provided in this Section 21 or as may be approved by the FRB, no interest in such shares may be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year following the date of purchase in the Offering.
B. The restriction on disposition of Subscription Shares set forth above in this Section 21 shall not apply to the following:
(1) Any exchange of such shares in connection with a merger or acquisition involving the Bank or the Holding Company, as the case may be, which has been approved by the appropriate federal regulatory agency; and
(2) Any disposition of such shares following the death of the person to whom such shares were initially sold under the terms of this Plan.
C. With respect to all Subscription Shares subject to restrictions on resale or subsequent disposition, each of the following provisions shall apply:
(1) Each certificate representing shares restricted by this section shall bear a legend prominently stamped on its face giving notice of the restriction;
(2) Instructions shall be issued to the stock transfer agent for the Holding Company not to recognize or effect any transfer of any certificate or record of ownership of any such shares in violation of the restriction on transfer; and
(3) Any shares of capital stock of the Holding Company issued with respect to a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise with respect to ownership of outstanding Subscription Shares subject to the restriction on transfer hereunder shall be subject to the same restriction as is applicable to such Subscription Shares.
23. REQUIREMENTS FOR STOCK PURCHASES BY DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS FOLLOWING THE CONVERSION
For a period of three years following the Conversion, no Officer, Director or their Associates shall purchase, without the prior written approval of the FRB, any outstanding shares of Common Stock except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC. This provision shall not
apply to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, the exercise of any options pursuant to a stock option plan or purchases of Common Stock made by or held by any Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plan of the Bank or the Holding Company (including the Employee Plans) which may be attributable to any Officer or Director. As used herein, the term negotiated transaction means a transaction in which the securities are offered and the terms and arrangements relating to any sale are arrived at through direct communications between the seller or any person acting on its behalf and the purchaser or his investment representative. The term investment representative shall mean a professional investment advisor acting as agent for the purchaser and independent of the seller and not acting on behalf of the seller in connection with the transaction.
24. TRANSFER OF DEPOSIT ACCOUNTS
Each person holding a Deposit Account at the Bank at the time of Conversion shall retain an identical Deposit Account at the Bank following Conversion in the same amount and subject to the same terms and conditions (except as to voting and liquidation rights).
25. REGISTRATION AND MARKETING
Within the time period required by applicable laws and regulations, the Holding Company will register the securities issued in connection with the Offering pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and will not deregister such securities for a period of at least three years thereafter, except that the requirement that registration be maintained for three years may be fulfilled by any successor to the Holding Company. In addition, the Holding Company will use its best efforts to encourage and assist a market-maker to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock and to list those securities on a national or regional securities exchange or the Nasdaq Stock Market.
26. RULINGS OR TAX OPINIONS
Consummation of the Conversion is expressly conditioned upon prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, Holding Company or Bank of either a ruling or an opinion of counsel with respect to federal tax laws, and either a ruling, an opinion of counsel, or a letter of advice from their tax advisor with respect to applicable state tax laws, to the effect that consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Conversion and this Plan will not result in a taxable reorganization under the provisions of the applicable codes or otherwise result in any adverse tax consequences to the Mutual Holding Company, Mid-Tier Holding Company, Holding Company or Bank, or the account holders receiving subscription rights before or after the Conversion, except in each case to the extent, if any, that subscription rights are deemed to have value on the date such rights are issued.
27. STOCK BENEFIT PLANS AND EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENTS
A. The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to adopt Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans in connection with the Offering, including without limitation, an ESOP. Existing as well as any newly created Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans may
purchase shares of Common Stock in the Offering, to the extent permitted by the terms of such benefit plans and this Plan.
B. The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to enter into employment agreements and change in control agreements with their executive officers.
C. The Holding Company and Bank are authorized to adopt stock option plans, restricted stock grant plans and other Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans, provided that such plans conform to any applicable requirements of federal regulations.
28. RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF BANK AND HOLDING COMPANY
A. (1) The charter of the Bank may contain a provision stipulating that no person, except the Holding Company, for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, may directly or indirectly acquire or offer to acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank, without the prior written approval of the OCC. In addition, such charter may also provide that for a period of five years following the closing date of the Conversion, shares beneficially owned in violation of the above-described charter provision shall not be entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting stock in connection with any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. In addition, special meetings of the stockholders relating to changes in control or amendment of the charter may only be called by the Board of Directors, and shareholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes for the election of Directors.
(2) For a period of three years from the date of consummation of the Conversion, no person, other than the Holding Company, may directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of an equity security of the Bank without the prior written consent of the FRB.
B. The Articles of Incorporation of the Holding Company may contain a provision stipulating that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding shares of Common Stock that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who, as of any record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock, be entitled or permitted to any vote with respect to any shares held in excess of the limit. In addition, the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Holding Company may contain provisions which prohibit cumulative voting for the election of directors and provide for staggered terms of the directors, impose certain requirements for directors, limitations on the calling of special meetings, a fair price provision for certain business combinations and certain notice requirements.
C. For the purposes of this section:
(1) The term person includes an individual, a firm, a corporation or other entity;
(2) The term offer includes every offer to buy or acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value;
(3) The term acquire includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise; and
(4) The term security includes non-transferable subscription rights issued pursuant to a plan of conversion as well as a security as defined in 15 U.S.C. § 77b(a)1.
29. PAYMENT OF DIVIDENDS AND REPURCHASE OF STOCK
A. The Holding Company shall comply with any applicable law or regulation in the repurchase of any shares of its capital stock following consummation of the Conversion.
B. The Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its capital stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for the Liquidation Account, or (ii) the federal or state regulatory capital requirements.
30. CONSUMMATION OF CONVERSION AND EFFECTIVE DATE
The Effective Date of the Conversion shall be the date upon which the Articles of Combination (or similar documents) shall be filed with FRB with respect to the MHC Merger and the Mid-Tier Merger. The Articles of Combination shall be filed after all requisite regulatory and depositor approvals have been obtained, all applicable waiting periods have expired, and sufficient subscriptions and orders for Subscription Shares have been received. The Closing of the sale of all shares of Common Stock sold in the Offering shall occur simultaneously on the effective date of the Closing.
31. EXPENSES OF CONVERSION
The Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, the Bank and the Holding Company may retain and pay for the services of legal, financial and other advisors to assist in connection with any or all aspects of the Conversion, including the Offering and the establishment and contribution of shares to the Foundation, and such parties shall use their best efforts to assure that such expenses are reasonable.
32. AMENDMENT OR TERMINATION OF PLAN
If deemed necessary or desirable, this Plan may be substantively amended as a result of comments from the FRB or otherwise at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on this Plan by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, and at any time thereafter by the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company with the concurrence of the FRB. Any amendment to this Plan made after approval by Voting Members with the approval of the FRB shall not require further approval by Voting Members unless otherwise required by the FRB. The Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company may
terminate this Plan at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members to vote on this Plan, and at any time thereafter with the concurrence of the FRB.
By adopting this Plan, Voting Members of the Mutual Holding Company authorize the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company to amend or terminate this Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section 31.
33. CONDITIONS TO CONVERSION
Consummation of the Conversion pursuant to this Plan is expressly conditioned upon the following:
A. Prior receipt by the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, or the Bank of rulings of the United States Internal Revenue Service and the state taxing authorities, or opinions of counsel or tax advisers as described in Section 25 hereof;
B. The issuance of the Subscription Shares offered in the Offering; and
C. The completion of the Conversion within the time period specified in Section 3 of this Plan.
34. INTERPRETATION
All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company shall be final, subject to the authority of the FRB.
Adopted: September 5, 2012
EXHIBIT A
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
WBSB BANCORP, MHC
AND WBSB BANCORP, INC.
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
WBSB BANCORP, MHC
AND WBSB BANCORP, INC.
THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the MHC Merger Agreement) dated as of , 2012, is made by and between WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the Mutual Holding Company) and WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the Mid-Tier Holding Company). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the Plan), unless otherwise defined herein.
R E C I T A L S:
1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Westbury Bank, a federal stock savings bank (the Bank).
2. The Mutual Holding Company is a federal mutual holding company that owns 100% of the common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company.
3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have approved this MHC Merger Agreement whereby the Mutual Holding Company shall merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the surviving or resulting corporation (the MHC Merger), and have authorized the execution and delivery thereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the MHC Merger, the Mutual Holding Company will merge with the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (Resulting Corporation) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action, constructively receive liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
2. Effective Date . The MHC Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the FRB) after approval by at least (i) two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and (ii) a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members, and the Articles of Combination shall have been filed with the FRB with respect to the MHC Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by the Voting Members. Approval of the Plan by the sole stockholder of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall constitute approval of the MHC Merger Agreement by such stockholder.
3. Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095.
5. Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.
6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mutual Holding Company shall be merged with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Federally-chartered corporation as provided in its Charter. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the MHC Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the MHC Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Mutual Holding Company. The stockholders of the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mutual Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.
7. Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company common stock held by the Mutual Holding Company will be canceled and members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
8. Other Terms . The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this MHC Merger Agreement and the Conversion.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company have caused this MHC Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
EXHIBIT B
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
WBSB BANCORP, INC. AND
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
AGREEMENT OF MERGER BETWEEN
WBSB BANCORP, INC. AND
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
THIS AGREEMENT OF MERGER (the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement), dated as of , 2012, is made by and between WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation (the Mid-Tier Holding Company) and Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland corporation (the Holding Company). Capitalized terms have the respective meanings given them in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the Plan) unless otherwise defined herein.
R E C I T A L S:
1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company is a federal corporation that owns 100% of the common stock of Westbury Bank, a federal stock savings bank (the Bank).
2. The Holding Company has been organized as the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to succeed to the operations of the Mid-Tier Holding Company at the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, as such tem is defined below.
3. At least two-thirds of the members of the boards of directors of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have approved this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement whereby the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be merged with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the Mid-Tier Merger), and authorized the execution and delivery thereof.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual agreements contained herein, the parties hereto have agreed as follows:
1. Merger . At and on the Effective Date of the Mid-Tier Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company with the Holding Company as the resulting corporation (the Resulting Corporation), whereby the Bank will become the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC) who constructively received liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company will exchange those liquidation interests automatically, without further action, for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
2. Effective Date . The Mid-Tier Merger shall not be effective until and unless the Plan is approved by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the FRB) after (i) approval by at least two-thirds of the outstanding common stock of the Mid-Tier Holding Company, (ii) approval by at least a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by the Voting Members, and (iii) the filing of the Articles of Combination with the FRB and filing of the articles of merger with the [Secretary of State of the Holding Companys state of incorporation] with respect to the Mid-Tier Merger. Approval of the Plan by the Voting Members shall constitute approval of the Mid-Tier Merger Agreement by the Voting Members in their capacity as members of the MHC.
3. Name . The name of the Resulting Corporation shall be Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
4. Offices . The main office of the Resulting Corporation shall be 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095.
5. Directors and Officers . The directors and officers of the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the Effective Date shall be the directors and officers of the Resulting Corporation after the Effective Date.
6. Rights and Duties of the Resulting Corporation . At the Effective Date, the Mid-Tier Holding Company shall merge with the Holding Company, with the Holding Company as the Resulting Corporation. The business of the Resulting Corporation shall be that of a Maryland corporation as provided in its Articles of Incorporation. All assets, rights, interests, privileges, powers, franchises and property (real, personal and mixed) of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be transferred automatically to and vested in the Resulting Corporation by virtue of the Mid-Tier Merger without any deed or other document of transfer. The Resulting Corporation, without any order or action on the part of any court or otherwise and without any documents of assumption or assignment, shall hold and enjoy all of the properties, franchises and interests, including appointments, powers, designations, nominations and all other rights and interests as the agent or other fiduciary in the same manner and to the same extent as such rights, franchises, and interests and powers were held or enjoyed by the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company. The Resulting Corporation shall be responsible for all of the liabilities, restrictions and duties of every kind and description of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company immediately prior to the Mid-Tier Merger, including liabilities for all debts, obligations and contracts of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company, matured or unmatured, whether accrued, absolute, contingent or otherwise and whether or not reflected or reserved against on balance sheets, books of accounts or records of the Mid-Tier Holding Company or the Holding Company. The stockholders of the Holding Company shall possess all voting rights with respect to the shares of stock of the Resulting Corporation. All rights of creditors and other obligees and all liens on property of the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company shall be preserved and shall not be released or impaired.
7. Rights of Stockholders . At the Effective Date, the members of the MHC will automatically exchange their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company that they received in the MHC Merger for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
8. Other Terms . The Plan is incorporated herein by this reference and made a part hereof to the extent necessary or appropriate to effect and consummate the terms of this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement and the Conversion.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Holding Company have caused this Mid-Tier Merger Agreement to be executed as of the date first above written.
Exhibit 3.1
ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
The undersigned, Adam P. Wheeler, whose address is 5335 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Suite 780, Washington, DC 20015, being at least eighteen years of age, acting as incorporator, does hereby form a corporation under the general laws of the State of Maryland, having the following Articles of Incorporation (the Articles):
ARTICLE 1. Name. The name of the corporation is Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (herein the Corporation).
ARTICLE 2. Principal Office. The address of the principal office of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is c/o CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202.
ARTICLE 3. Purpose. The purpose for which the Corporation is formed is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the general laws of the State of Maryland as now or hereafter in force.
ARTICLE 4. Resident Agent. The name and address of the registered agent of the Corporation in the State of Maryland is CSC-Lawyers Incorporating Service Company, 7 St. Paul Street, Suite 1660, Baltimore, Maryland 21202. Said resident agent is a Maryland corporation.
ARTICLE 5. Capital Stock
A. Authorized Stock. The total number of shares of capital stock of all classes that the Corporation has authority to issue is one-hundred fifty million (150,000,000) shares, consisting of:
1. fifty million (50,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the Preferred Stock); and
2. one-hundred million (100,000,000) shares of common stock, par value one cent ($0.01) per share (the Common Stock).
The aggregate par value of all the authorized shares of capital stock is one million, five-hundred thousand dollars ($1,500,000). Except to the extent required by governing law, rule or regulation, the shares of capital stock may be issued from time to time by the Board of Directors without further approval of the stockholders of the Corporation. The Corporation shall have the authority to purchase its capital stock out of funds lawfully available therefor, which funds shall include, without limitation, the Corporations unreserved and unrestricted capital surplus. The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue. For the purposes of these Articles, the term Whole Board shall mean the total number of directors that the
Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors at the time any such resolution is presented to the Board of Directors for adoption.
B. Common Stock. Except as provided under the terms of any series of Preferred Stock and as limited by Section D of this Article 5, the exclusive voting power shall be vested in the Common Stock. Except as otherwise provided in these Articles, each holder of the Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock standing in the holders name on the books of the Corporation. Subject to any rights and preferences of any series of Preferred Stock, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to such dividends as may be declared by the Board of Directors out of funds lawfully available therefor. Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive all the remaining assets of the Corporation available for distribution to its stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares held by them, respectively, after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Corporations debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of the Liquidation Account established by the Corporation as described in Section G of this Article 5; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having a preference over the Common Stock in the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
C. Preferred Stock. The Board of Directors is hereby expressly authorized, subject to any limitations prescribed by law, to provide for the issuance of the shares of Preferred Stock in series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, and to fix the preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications and terms and conditions of redemption of the shares of each such series. The number of authorized shares of the Preferred Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the Common Stock, without a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock, or of any series thereof, unless a vote of any such holders is required by law or pursuant to the terms of such Preferred Stock.
D. Restrictions on Voting Rights of the Corporations Equity Securities.
1. Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles, in no event shall the record owner (or if more than one record owner, all such record owners taken as a group) of any outstanding Common Stock that is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a Person who, as of any record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote on any matter, beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the then-outstanding shares of Common Stock (the Limit), be entitled, or permitted to any vote in respect of the shares held in excess of the Limit. The number of votes that may be cast by any particular record owner by virtue of the provisions hereof in respect of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Person owning shares in excess of the Limit (a Holder in Excess) shall be a number equal to the total number of votes that a single record owner of all Common Stock owned by such Holder in Excess would be entitled to cast after giving effect to the provisions hereof, multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of such class or series that are both (i) beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess and (ii) owned of record by such particular record owner and the denominator of which is the total number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess. The provisions of this Section D of this Article 5 shall not be applicable if, before the Holder in
Excess acquired beneficial ownership of such shares in excess of the Limit, such acquisition was approved by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors. For this purpose, the term Unaffiliated Director means any member of the Board of Directors who is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and was a member of the Board of Directors prior to the time that the Holder in Excess became such, and any director who is thereafter chosen to fill any vacancy on the Board of Directors and who is elected and who, in either event, is unaffiliated with the Holder in Excess and in connection with his or her initial assumption of office is recommended for appointment or election by a majority of the Unaffiliated Directors then serving on the Board of Directors.
2. The following definitions shall apply to this Section D of this Article 5.
(a) An affiliate of a specified Person shall mean a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by, or is under common control with, the Person specified.
(b) Beneficial ownership shall be determined pursuant to Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (or any successor rule or statutory provision), or, if said Rule 13d-3 shall be rescinded and there shall be no successor rule or statutory provision thereto, pursuant to said Rule 13d-3 as in effect on March 31, 2012; provided, however, that a Person shall, in any event, also be deemed the beneficial owner of any Common Stock:
(1) that such Person or any of its affiliates beneficially owns, directly or indirectly; or
(2) that such Person or any of its affiliates has (i) the right to acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of an agreement, contract, or other arrangement with the Corporation to effect any transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Article 9 hereof) or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights, warrants, or options or otherwise, or (ii) sole or shared voting or investment power with respect thereto pursuant to any agreement, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise (but shall not be deemed to be the beneficial owner of any voting shares solely by reason of a revocable proxy granted for a particular meeting of stockholders, pursuant to a public solicitation of proxies for such meeting, with respect to shares of which neither such Person nor any such affiliate is otherwise deemed the beneficial owner); or
(3) that are beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person with which such first mentioned Person or any of its affiliates acts as a partnership, limited partnership, syndicate or other group pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or understanding for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting or disposing of any shares of capital stock of the Corporation; and provided further, however, that (i) no director or officer of the Corporation (or any affiliate of any such director or officer) shall, solely by reason of any or all of such directors or officers acting in their capacities as such, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock beneficially owned by any other such director or officer (or any affiliate thereof), and (ii) neither any employee stock ownership or similar plan of the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation nor any trustee with respect thereto (or any affiliate of such trustee) shall, solely by reason of such capacity of such trustee, be deemed, for any purposes hereof, to beneficially own any Common Stock held under any such plan. For purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of Common Stock of a Person, the outstanding Common Stock shall include shares deemed owned by such Person through application of this subsection but shall not include any other shares of Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise. For all other purposes, the outstanding Common Stock shall include only Common Stock then outstanding and shall not include any Common Stock that may be issuable by the Corporation pursuant to any agreement, or upon the exercise of conversion rights, warrants or options, or otherwise.
(c) A Person shall mean any individual, firm, corporation, or other entity.
(d) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section D and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions including, but not limited to, matters with respect to (i) the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Person, (ii) whether a Person is an affiliate of another, (iii) whether a Person has an agreement, arrangement, or understanding with another as to the matters referred to in the definition of beneficial ownership, (iv) the application of any other definition or operative provision of this Section D to the given facts, or (v) any other matter relating to the applicability or effect of this Section D.
3. The Board of Directors shall have the right to demand that any Person reasonably believed by the Board of Directors to be a Holder in Excess (or holder of record of Common Stock beneficially owned by any Holder in Excess) supply the Corporation with complete information as to (i) the record owner(s) of all shares beneficially owned by such Holder in Excess, and (ii) any other factual matter relating to the applicability or effect of this section as may reasonably be requested of such Holder in Excess. The Board of Directors shall further have the right to receive from any Holder in Excess reimbursement for all expenses incurred by the Board in connection with its investigation of any matters relating to the applicability or effect of this section on such Holder in Excess, to the extent such investigation is deemed appropriate
by the Board of Directors as a result of the Holder in Excess refusing to supply the Corporation with the information described in the previous sentence.
4. Any constructions, applications, or determinations made by the Board of Directors pursuant to this Section D in good faith and on the basis of such information and assistance as was then reasonably available for such purpose, shall be conclusive and binding upon the Corporation and its stockholders.
5. In the event any provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D shall be found to be invalid, prohibited or unenforceable for any reason, the remaining provisions (or portions thereof) of this Section D shall remain in full force and effect, and shall be construed as if such invalid, prohibited or unenforceable provision had been stricken herefrom or otherwise rendered inapplicable, it being the intent of the Corporation and its stockholders that each such remaining provision (or portion thereof) of this Section D remain, to the fullest extent permitted by law, applicable and enforceable as to all stockholders, including Holders in Excess, notwithstanding any such finding.
E. Majority Vote. Pursuant to Section 2-104(b)(5) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (MGCL), notwithstanding any provision of the MGCL requiring stockholder authorization of an action by a greater proportion than a majority of the total number of shares of all classes of capital stock or of the total number of shares of any class of capital stock, such action shall be valid and effective if authorized by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the total number of shares of all classes outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, except as otherwise provided in these Articles and except for the election of directors.
F. Quorum . Except as otherwise provided by law or expressly provided in these Articles, the presence, in person or by proxy, of the holders of record of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitling the holders thereof to cast a majority of the votes (after giving effect, if required, to the provisions of Article 5, Section D) entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders, and every reference in these Articles to a majority or other proportion of capital stock (or the holders thereof) for purposes of determining any quorum requirement or any requirement for stockholder consent or approval shall be deemed to refer to such majority or other proportion of the votes (or the holders thereof) then entitled to be cast in respect of such capital stock.
G. Liquidation Account. Under regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Corporation must establish and maintain a liquidation account (the Liquidation Account) for the benefit of certain Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders as defined in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the Plan of Conversion). In the event of a complete liquidation involving (i) the Corporation or (ii) Westbury Bank, an federally chartered savings association that will be a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Corporation, the Corporation must comply with the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and the provisions of the Plan of Conversion with respect to the amount and priorities of each Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders interests in the Liquidation Account. The interest of an
Eligible Account Holder or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the Liquidation Account does not entitle such account holders to voting rights.
ARTICLE 6. Preemptive Rights and Appraisal Rights.
A. Preemptive Rights. Except for preemptive rights approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, no holder of the capital stock of the Corporation or series of stock or of options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class or series of stock or of other securities of the Corporation shall have any preemptive right to purchase or subscribe for any unissued capital stock of any class or series, or any unissued bonds, certificates of indebtedness, debentures or other securities convertible into or exchangeable for capital stock of any class or series or carrying any right to purchase stock of any class or series.
B. Appraisal Rights. Holders of shares of stock shall not be entitled to exercise any rights of an objecting stockholder provided for under Title 3, Subtitle 2 of the MGCL or any successor statute unless the Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the directors then in office, shall determine that such rights apply with respect to all or any classes or series of stock, to one or more transactions occurring after the date of such determination in connection with which holders of such shares would otherwise be entitled to exercise such rights.
ARTICLE 7. Directors. The following provisions are made a part of these Articles for the management of the business and the conduct of the affairs of the Corporation, and for further definition, limitation and regulation of the powers of the Corporation and of its directors and stockholders:
A. Management of the Corporation. The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors, except as conferred on or as reserved to the stockholders by law or by these Articles or the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that any limitations on the Board of Directors management or direction of the affairs of the Corporation shall reserve the directors full power to discharge their fiduciary duties.
B. Number, Class and Terms of Directors; No Cumulative Voting. The number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall initially be nine (9), which number may be increased or decreased in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of Preferred Stock, shall be divided into three classes, with the term of office of the first class (Class I) to expire at the conclusion of the first annual meeting of stockholders, the term of office of the second class (Class II) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class (Class III) to expire at the conclusion of the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, directors elected to succeed those
directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
The names of the individuals who will serve as directors of the Corporation until their successors are elected and qualify are as follows:
Class I Directors: |
|
Term to Expire in |
Russell E. Brandt |
|
2013 |
James L. Mohr |
|
2013 |
J.J. Ziegler |
|
2013 |
Class II Directors : |
|
Term to Expire in |
Gerald R. Guarnaccio |
|
2014 |
James A. Spella |
|
2014 |
Terry Wendorff |
|
2014 |
Class III Directors : |
|
Term to Expire in |
William D. Gehl |
|
2015 |
Andrew J. Gumm |
|
2015 |
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
2015 |
Stockholders shall not be permitted to cumulate their votes in the election of directors.
C. Vacancies. Any vacancies in the Board of Directors may be filled in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.
D. Removal. Subject to the rights of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock then outstanding, any director, or the entire Board of Directors, may be removed from office at any time, but only for cause and only by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof) voting together as a single class.
E. Stockholder Proposals and Nominations of Directors. Advance notice of stockholder nominations for the election of directors and of business to be brought by stockholders before any meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation shall be given in the manner provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Stockholder proposals to be presented in connection with a special meeting of stockholders shall be presented by the Corporation only to the extent required by Section 2-502 of the MGCL and the Bylaws of the Corporation.
ARTICLE 8. Bylaws. The Board of Directors is expressly empowered to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. Any adoption, amendment or repeal of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the Board of Directors shall require the approval of a majority of the Whole Board. The stockholders shall also have power to adopt, amend or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation. In addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5 hereof), voting together as a single class, shall be required for the adoption, amendment or repeal of any provisions of the Bylaws of the Corporation by the stockholders.
ARTICLE 9. Evaluation of Certain Offers. The Board of Directors, when evaluating (i) any offer of another Person (as defined below) to (A) make a tender or exchange offer for any equity security of the Corporation, (B) merge or consolidate the Corporation with another corporation or entity, or (C) purchase or otherwise acquire all or substantially all of the properties and assets of the Corporation or (ii) any other actual or proposed transaction that would or may involve a change in control of the Corporation (whether by purchases of shares of stock or any other securities of the Corporation in the open market or otherwise, tender offer, merger, consolidation, share exchange, dissolution, liquidation, sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, proxy solicitation or otherwise), may, in connection with the exercise of its business judgment in determining what is in the best interests of the Corporation and its stockholders and in making any recommendation to the Corporations stockholders, give due consideration to all relevant factors, including, but not limited to: (A) the economic effect, both immediate and long-term, upon the Corporations stockholders, including stockholders, if any, who do not participate in the transaction; (B) the social and economic effect on the present and future employees, creditors and customers of, and others dealing with, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and on the communities in which the Corporation and its subsidiaries operate or are located; (C) whether the proposal is acceptable based on the historical, current or projected future operating results or financial condition of the Corporation; (D) whether a more favorable price could be obtained for the Corporations stock or other securities in the future; (E) the reputation and business practices of the other entity to be involved in the transaction and its management and affiliates as they would affect the employees of the Corporation and its subsidiaries; (F) the future value of the stock or any other securities of the Corporation or the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; (G) any antitrust or other legal and regulatory issues that are raised by the proposal; (H) the business and historical, current or expected future financial condition or operating results of the other entity to be involved in the transaction, including, but not limited to, debt service and other existing financial obligations, financial obligations to be incurred in connection with the proposed transaction, and other likely financial obligations of the other entity to be involved in the proposed transaction; and (I) the ability of the Corporation to fulfill its objectives as a financial institution holding company and on the ability of its subsidiary financial institution(s) to fulfill the objectives of a federally insured financial institution under applicable statutes and regulations. If the Board of Directors determines that any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately preceding sentence should be rejected, it may take any lawful action to defeat such transaction, including, but not limited to, any or all of the following: advising stockholders not to accept the proposal; instituting litigation against the party making the proposal; filing complaints
with governmental and regulatory authorities; acquiring the stock or any of the securities of the Corporation; selling or otherwise issuing authorized but unissued stock or other securities or granting options or rights with respect thereto; and obtaining a more favorable offer from another individual or entity. This Article 9 does not create any implication concerning factors that may be considered by the Board of Directors regarding any proposed transaction of the type described in clause (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of this Article 9.
For purposes of this Article 9, a Person shall include an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint venture, a pool, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group or entity formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of securities.
ARTICLE 10. Indemnification, etc. of Directors and Officers.
A. Indemnification. The Corporation shall indemnify (1) its current and former directors and officers, whether serving the Corporation or at its request any other entity, to the fullest extent required or permitted by the MGCL now or hereafter in force, including the advancement of expenses under the procedures and to the fullest extent permitted by law, and (2) other employees and agents to such extent as shall be authorized by the Board of Directors and permitted by law; provided, however, that, except as provided in Section B of this Article 10 with respect to proceedings to enforce rights to indemnification, the Corporation shall indemnify any such indemnitee in connection with a proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such indemnitee only if such proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.
B. Procedure. If a claim under Section A of this Article 10 is not paid in full by the Corporation within sixty (60) days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, except in the case of a claim for an advancement of expenses, in which case the applicable period shall be twenty (20) days, the indemnitee may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim. If successful in whole or in part in any such suit, or in a suit brought by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the indemnitee shall also be entitled to be reimbursed the expense of prosecuting or defending such suit. It shall be a defense to any action for advancement of expenses that the Corporation has not received both (i) an undertaking as required by law to repay such advances in the event it shall ultimately be determined that the standard of conduct has not been met and (ii) a written affirmation by the indemnitee of his good faith belief that the standard of conduct necessary for indemnification by the Corporation has been met. In (i) any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification hereunder (but not in a suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to an advancement of expenses) it shall be a defense that, and (ii) any suit by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking the Corporation shall be entitled to recover such expenses upon a final adjudication that, the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard for indemnification set forth in the MGCL. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such suit that indemnification of the indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because the indemnitee has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the MGCL, nor an actual determination by the Corporation
(including its Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that the indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that the indemnitee has not met the applicable standard of conduct or, in the case of such a suit brought by the indemnitee, be a defense to such suit. In any suit brought by the indemnitee to enforce a right to indemnification or to an advancement of expenses hereunder, or by the Corporation to recover an advancement of expenses pursuant to the terms of an undertaking, the burden of proving that the indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified, or to such advancement of expenses, under this Article 10 or otherwise shall be on the Corporation.
C. Non-Exclusivity. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in this Article 10 shall not be exclusive of any other right that any Person may have or hereafter acquire under any statute, these Articles, the Corporations Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or the Board of Directors, or otherwise.
D. Insurance. The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, to insure itself and any director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any expense, liability or loss, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such Person against such expense, liability or loss under the MGCL.
E. Miscellaneous. The Corporation shall not be liable for any payment under this Article 10 in connection with a claim made by any indemnitee to the extent such indemnitee has otherwise actually received payment under any insurance policy, agreement, or otherwise, of the amounts otherwise indemnifiable hereunder. The rights to indemnification and to the advancement of expenses conferred in Sections A and B of this Article 10 shall be contract rights and such rights shall continue as to an indemnitee who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the indemnitees heirs, executors and administrators.
F. Limitations Imposed by Federal Law . Notwithstanding any other provision set forth in this Article 10, in no event shall any payments made by the Corporation pursuant to this Article 10 exceed the amount permissible under applicable federal law, including, without limitation, Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder.
Any repeal or modification of this Article 10 shall not in any way diminish any rights to indemnification or advancement of expenses of such director or officer or the obligations of the Corporation arising hereunder with respect to events occurring, or claims made, while this Article 10 is in force.
ARTICLE 11. Limitation of Liability. An officer or director of the Corporation, as such, shall not be liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for money damages, except (A) to the extent that it is proved that the Person actually received an improper benefit or profit in money, property or services, for the amount of the benefit or profit in money, property or services actually received; or (B) to the extent that a judgment or other final adjudication adverse to the Person is entered in a proceeding based on a finding in the proceeding that the Persons action, or failure to act, was the result of active and deliberate dishonesty and was material to the cause of action adjudicated in the proceeding; or (C) to the extent otherwise provided by the
MGCL. If the MGCL is amended to further eliminate or limit the personal liability of officers and directors, then the liability of officers and directors of the Corporation shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL, as so amended.
Any repeal or modification of the foregoing paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall not adversely affect any right or protection of a director or officer of the Corporation existing at the time of such repeal or modification.
ARTICLE 12. Amendment of the Articles of Incorporation. The Corporation reserves the right to amend or repeal any provision contained in these Articles in the manner prescribed by the MGCL, including any amendment altering the terms or contract rights, as expressly set forth in these Articles, of any of the Corporations outstanding stock by classification, reclassification or otherwise, and no stockholder approval shall be required if the approval of stockholders is not required for the proposed amendment or repeal by the MGCL, and all rights conferred upon stockholders are granted subject to this reservation.
The Board of Directors, pursuant to a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number), and without action by the stockholders, may amend these Articles to increase or decrease the aggregate number of shares of stock or the number of shares of stock of any class or series that the Corporation has authority to issue.
No proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be submitted to a stockholder vote unless the Board of Directors shall have (1) approved the proposed amendment or repeal, (2) determined that it is advisable, and (3) directed that it be submitted for consideration at either an annual or special meeting of the stockholders pursuant to a resolution approved by the Board of Directors. Any proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles may be abandoned by the Board of Directors at any time before its effective time upon the adoption of a resolution approved by a majority of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
The amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles shall be approved by at least two-thirds of all votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles), except that the proposed amendment or repeal of any provision of these Articles need only be approved by the vote of a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast by the holders of shares of capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote on the matter (after giving due effect to the provisions of Article 5 of these Articles) if the amendment or repeal of such provision is approved by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution approved by at least two-thirds of the Whole Board (rounded up to the nearest whole number).
Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles or any provision of law that might otherwise permit a lesser vote or no vote, but in addition to any vote of the holders of any class or series of the stock of the Corporation required by law or by these Articles, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least 80% of the voting power of all of the then-outstanding shares of the capital stock of the Corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (after giving effect to the provisions of Article 5), voting together as a single class, shall be required to amend
or repeal this Article 12, Section C, D, E or F of Article 5, Article 7, Article 8, Article 9, Article 10 or Article 11.
ARTICLE 13. Name and Address of Incorporator. The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator are as follows:
Adam P. Wheeler
5335 Wisconsin Ave., N.W., Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
I, THE UNDERSIGNED, being the incorporator, for the purpose of forming a corporation under the laws of the State of Maryland, do make, file and record this Charter, do certify that the facts herein stated are true, and, accordingly, have hereto set my hand this 9 th day of August, 2012.
|
/s/ Adam P. Wheeler |
|
Adam P. Wheeler, Incorporator |
Exhibit 3.2
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
BYLAWS
ARTICLE I
STOCKHOLDERS
Section 1. Annual Meeting.
The Corporation shall hold an annual meeting of its stockholders to elect directors and to transact any other business within its powers, at such place, on such date and at such time as the Board of Directors shall fix. Failure to hold an annual meeting does not invalidate the Corporations existence or affect any otherwise valid corporate act.
Section 2. Special Meetings.
Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may be called by the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board or by the Board of Directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that the Corporation would have if there were no vacancies on the Board of Directors (hereinafter the Whole Board). Special meetings of the stockholders shall be called by the Secretary at the request of stockholders only on the written request of stockholders entitled to cast at least a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and the matters proposed to be acted upon at the meeting, and shall be delivered at the principal office of the Corporation addressed to the President or the Secretary. The Secretary shall inform the stockholders who make the request of the reasonably estimated cost of preparing and mailing a notice of the meeting and, upon payment of these costs to the Corporation, notify each stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The Board of Directors shall have the sole power to fix (i) the record date for determining stockholders entitled to request a special meeting of stockholders and the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of and to vote at the special meeting and (ii) the date, time and place of the special meeting and the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be considered present in person and may vote at the special meeting.
Section 3. Notice of Meetings; Adjournment.
Not less than 10 nor more than 90 days before each stockholders meeting, the Secretary shall give notice of the meeting in writing or by electronic transmission to each stockholder entitled to vote at the meeting and to each other stockholder entitled to notice of the meeting. The notice shall state the time and place of the meeting, the means of remote communication, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and may vote at the meeting, and, if the meeting is a special meeting or notice of the purpose is required by statute, the purpose of the meeting. Notice is given to a stockholder when it is personally delivered to the stockholder, left at the stockholders residence or usual place of business, mailed to the stockholder at his or her address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, or transmitted to the stockholder by an electronic transmission to any address or number of the stockholder at which the stockholder receives electronic transmissions. If the Corporation has
received a request from a stockholder that notice not be sent by electronic transmission, the Corporation may not provide notice to the stockholder by electronic transmission. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, each person who is entitled to notice waives notice if such person, before or after the meeting, delivers a written waiver or waiver by electronic transmission which is filed with the records of the stockholders meetings, or is present at the meeting in person or by proxy.
A meeting of stockholders convened on the date for which it was called may be adjourned from time to time without further notice to a date not more than 120 days after the original record date. At any adjourned meeting, any business may be transacted that might have been transacted at the original meeting.
As used in these Bylaws, the term electronic transmission shall have the meaning given to such term by Section 1-101( l ) of the Maryland General Corporation Law (the MGCL) or any successor provision.
Section 4. Quorum.
Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide otherwise, where a separate vote by a class or classes is required, a majority of the shares of such class or classes, present in person or represented by proxy, shall constitute a quorum entitled to take action with respect to that vote on that matter.
If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, the chairperson of the meeting or the holders of a majority of the shares of stock who are present at the meeting, in person or by proxy, may, in accordance with Section 3 of this Article I, adjourn the meeting to another place, date or time.
Section 5. Organization and Conduct of Business.
The Chairperson of the Board of the Corporation or Vice Chairperson of the Board, or in his or her absence, the Chief Executive Officer, or in his or her absence, such other person as may be designated by a majority of the Whole Board, shall call to order any meeting of the stockholders and act as chairperson of the meeting. In the absence of the Secretary, the secretary of the meeting shall be such person as the chairperson appoints. The chairperson of any meeting of stockholders shall determine the order of business and the procedure at the meeting, including such regulation of the manner of voting and the conduct of discussion as seem to him or her to be in order.
Section 6. Advance Notice Provisions for Business to be Transacted at Annual Meetings and Elections of Directors.
(a) At any annual meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting (i) as specified in the Corporations notice of the meeting, (ii) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (iii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(a) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such annual meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(a). For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder
pursuant to clause (iii) of the immediately preceding sentence, the stockholder must have given timely notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation and such business must otherwise be a proper matter for action by stockholders.
To be timely, a stockholders notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding years annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding years annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than 90 days prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.
A stockholders notice to the Secretary must set forth as to each matter such stockholder proposes to bring before the annual meeting: (i) a brief description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting and the reasons for conducting such business at the annual meeting; (ii) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporations books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the proposal is made; (iii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iv) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and any other person or persons (including their names) in connection with the proposal of such business by such stockholder and any material interest of such stockholder in such business; and (v) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the annual meeting to bring such business before the meeting.
Notwithstanding anything in these Bylaws to the contrary, no business shall be brought before or conducted at an annual meeting except in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a). The officer of the Corporation or other person presiding over the annual meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine and declare to the meeting that business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(a) and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and any such business so determined to be not properly brought before the meeting shall not be transacted.
At any special meeting of the stockholders, only such business shall be conducted as shall have been brought before the meeting pursuant to the Corporations notice of the meeting.
(b) Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the following procedures shall be eligible for election as directors of the Corporation. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made at a meeting of stockholders at which directors are to be elected only (i) by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (ii) by any stockholder of the Corporation who (1) is a stockholder of record on the date such stockholder gives the notice provided for in this Section 6(b) and on the record date for the determination of stockholders entitled to vote at such meeting, and (2) complies with the notice procedures set forth in this Section 6(b). Such nominations, other than those made by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, shall be made by timely notice in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation. To be timely, a stockholders notice must be delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary at the principal executive office of the Corporation by not later than the close of business on the 90th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding years annual meeting and not earlier than the close of business on the 120 th day prior to the anniversary date of the proxy statement relating to the preceding years annual meeting; provided, that if (A) less than 90 days prior public disclosure of the date of the meeting is given to stockholders and (B) the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to or delayed more than 30 days after the anniversary of the preceding years annual meeting, such written notice shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation at the principal executive office of the Corporation not later than the tenth day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of such meeting is first made. With respect to the first annual meeting of stockholders of the Corporation, notice by the stockholder shall be timely if delivered or mailed to and received by the Secretary of the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of (i) the 120 th day prior to the date of the annual meeting and (ii) the 10 th day following the day on which public disclosure of the date of the annual meeting is first made. No adjournment or postponement of a meeting of stockholders shall commence a new period for the giving of notice hereunder.
A stockholders notice must be in writing and set forth (a) as to each person whom the stockholder proposes to nominate for election as a director, (i) all information relating to such person that would indicate such persons qualification to serve on the Board of Directors of the Corporation; (ii) an affidavit that such person would not be disqualified under the provisions of Article II, Section 12 of these Bylaws; (iii) such information relating to such person that is required to be disclosed in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors, or is otherwise required, in each case pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), or any successor rule or regulation and (iv) a written consent of each proposed nominee to be named as a nominee and to serve as a director if elected; and (b) as to the stockholder giving the notice: (i) the name and address of such stockholder as they appear on the Corporations books and of the beneficial owner, if any, on whose behalf the nomination is made; (ii) the class or series and number of shares of capital stock of the Corporation which are owned beneficially or of record by such stockholder and such beneficial owner; (iii) a description of all arrangements or understandings between such stockholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by such stockholder; (iv) a representation that such stockholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate the persons named in its notice; and (v) any other information relating to such stockholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitations of proxies for election of directors pursuant to Regulation 14A under the
Exchange Act or any successor rule or regulation. No person shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless nominated in accordance with the provisions of this Section 6(b). The chairperson of the meeting shall, if the facts so warrant, determine that a nomination was not made in accordance with such provisions and, if he or she should so determine, he or she shall so declare to the meeting and the defective nomination shall be disregarded.
(c) For purposes of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6, the term public disclosure shall mean disclosure (i) in a press release issued through a nationally recognized news service, (ii) in a document publicly filed or furnished by the Corporation with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission or (iii) on a website maintained by the Corporation. The timely notice requirements provided in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 6 shall apply to all stockholder nominations for election as a director and all stockholder proposals for business to be conducted at an annual meeting regardless of whether such proposal is submitted for inclusion in the Corporations proxy materials pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of Regulation 14A under the Exchange Act.
Section 7. Proxies and Voting.
Unless the Articles of the Corporation provide for a greater or lesser number of votes per share or limits or denies voting rights, each outstanding share of stock, regardless of class, is entitled to one vote on each matter submitted to a vote at a meeting of stockholders; however, a share is not entitled to be voted if any installment payable on it is overdue and unpaid. In all elections for directors, directors shall be determined by a plurality of the votes cast, and except as otherwise required by law or as provided in the Articles of the Corporation, all other matters voted on by stockholders shall be determined by a majority of the votes cast on the matter.
A stockholder may vote the stock the stockholder owns of record either in person or by proxy. A stockholder may sign a writing authorizing another person to act as proxy. Signing may be accomplished by the stockholder or the stockholders authorized agent signing the writing or causing the stockholders signature to be affixed to the writing by any reasonable means, including facsimile signature. A stockholder may authorize another person to act as proxy by transmitting, or authorizing the transmission of, an authorization for the person to act as the proxy to the person authorized to act as proxy or to any other person authorized to receive the proxy authorization on behalf of the person authorized to act as the proxy, including a proxy solicitation firm or proxy support service organization. The authorization may be transmitted by a telegram, cablegram, datagram, electronic mail or any other electronic or telephonic means. Unless a proxy provides otherwise, it is not valid more than 11 months after its date. A proxy is revocable by a stockholder at any time without condition or qualification unless the proxy states that it is irrevocable and the proxy is coupled with an interest. A proxy may be made irrevocable for as long as it is coupled with an interest. The interest with which a proxy may be coupled includes an interest in the stock to be voted under the proxy or another general interest in the Corporation or its assets or liabilities.
Section 8. Conduct of Voting
The Board of Directors shall, in advance of any meeting of stockholders, appoint one or more persons as inspectors of election, to act at the meeting or any adjournment thereof and make a written report thereof, in accordance with applicable law. If one or more inspectors are not so elected, the Chairperson of the Board or the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall make such appointment at the meeting of stockholders. At all meetings of stockholders, the proxies and ballots shall be received, and all questions relating to the qualification of voters and the validity of proxies and the acceptance or rejection of votes shall be decided or determined by the inspector of election. All voting, including on the election of directors but excepting where otherwise required by law, may be by a voice vote; provided, however, that upon demand therefor by a stockholder entitled to vote or his or her proxy or the chairperson of the meeting, a written vote shall be taken. Every written vote shall be taken by ballot, each of which shall state the name of the stockholder or proxy voting and such other information as may be required under the procedure established for the meeting. No candidate for election as a director at a meeting shall serve as an inspector at such meeting.
Section 9. Control Share Acquisition Act.
Notwithstanding any other provision of the Articles of the Corporation or these Bylaws, Title 3, Subtitle 7 of the MGCL (or any successor statute) shall not apply to any acquisition by any person of shares of stock of the Corporation. This Section 9 may be repealed by a majority of the Whole Board, in whole or in part, at any time, whether before or after an acquisition of Control Shares (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision) and, upon such repeal, may, to the extent provided by any successor bylaw, apply to any prior or subsequent Control Share Acquisition (as defined in Section 3-701(d) of the MGCL, or any successor provision).
ARTICLE II
BOARD OF DIRECTORS
Section 1. General Powers, Number and Term of Office.
The business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed under the direction of the Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Corporation shall, by virtue of the Corporations election made hereby to be governed by Section 3-804(b) of the MGCL, be fixed from time to time exclusively by vote of the Board of Directors; provided, however, that such number shall never be less than the minimum number of directors required by the MGCL now or hereafter in force. The Board of Directors shall annually elect a Chairperson of the Board from among its members and shall designate the Chairperson of the Board or his designee to preside at its meetings. The Board of Directors may also annually elect a Vice Chairperson. In the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, the Vice Chairperson of the Board shall preside at the meetings of the Board of Directors.
The directors, other than those who may be elected by the holders of any series of preferred stock, shall be divided into three classes, as nearly equal in number as reasonably possible, with the term of office of the first class to expire at the first annual meeting of
stockholders, the term of office of the second class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders one year thereafter and the term of office of the third class to expire at the annual meeting of stockholders two years thereafter, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified. At each annual meeting of stockholders, commencing with the first annual meeting, directors elected to succeed those directors whose terms expire shall be elected for a term of office to expire at the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election or for such shorter period of time as the Board of Directors may determine, with each director to hold office until his or her successor shall have been duly elected and qualified.
Section 2. Vacancies and Newly Created Directorships.
By virtue of the Corporations election made hereby to be subject to Section 3-804(c) of the MGCL, any vacancies in the Board of Directors resulting from an increase in the size of the Board of Directors or the death, resignation or removal of a director may be filled only by the affirmative vote of two-thirds of the remaining directors in office, even if the remaining directors do not constitute a quorum, and any director elected to fill a vacancy shall hold office for the remainder of the full term of the class of directors in which the vacancy occurred and until a successor is elected and qualifies. No decrease in the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall shorten the term of any incumbent director.
Section 3. Regular Meetings.
Regular meetings of the Board of Directors shall be held at such place or places or by means of remote communication, on such date or dates, and at such time or times as shall have been established by the Board of Directors and publicized among all directors. A notice of each regular meeting shall not be required. Any regular meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 4. Special Meetings.
Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by one-third (1/3) of the directors then in office (rounded up to the nearest whole number), the Chairperson of the Board, or by the Vice Chairperson of the Board, and shall be held at such place or by means of remote communication, on such date, and at such time as they or he or she shall fix. Notice of the place, date, and time of each such special meeting shall be given to each director who has not waived notice by mailing and post-marking written notice not less than five days before the meeting, or by facsimile or other electronic transmission of the same not less than 24 hours before the meeting. Any director may waive notice of any special meeting, either before or after such meeting, by delivering a written waiver or a waiver by electronic transmission that is filed with the records of the meeting. Attendance of a director at a special meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where the director attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted nor the purpose of any special meeting of the Board of Directors need be specified in the notice of such meeting. Any special meeting of the Board of Directors may adjourn from time to time to reconvene at the
same or some other place, and no notice need be given of any such adjourned meeting other than by announcement.
Section 5. Quorum.
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, a majority of the Whole Board shall constitute a quorum for all purposes. If a quorum shall fail to attend any meeting, a majority of those present may adjourn the meeting to another place, date, or time, without further notice or waiver thereof.
Section 6. Participation in Meetings By Conference Telephone.
Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee thereof, may participate in a meeting of such Board or committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment if all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time. Such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
Section 7. Conduct of Business.
At any meeting of the Board of Directors, business shall be transacted in such order and manner as the Board may from time to time determine, and all matters shall be determined by the vote of a majority of the directors present, except as otherwise provided in these Bylaws or the Corporations Articles or required by law. Action may be taken by the Board of Directors without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the Board of Directors and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of proceedings of the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Powers.
All powers of the Corporation may be exercised by or under the authority of the Board of Directors except as provided by the Articles of the Corporation. Consistent with the foregoing, the Board of Directors shall have, among other powers, the unqualified power:
(i) To declare dividends from time to time in accordance with law;
(ii) To purchase or otherwise acquire any property, rights or privileges on such terms as it shall determine;
(iii) To authorize the creation, making and issuance, in such form as it may determine, of written obligations of every kind, negotiable or non-negotiable, secured or unsecured, and to do all things necessary in connection therewith;
(iv) To remove any officer of the Corporation with or without cause, and from time to time to devolve the powers and duties of any officer upon any other person for the time being;
(v) To confer upon any officer of the Corporation the power to appoint, remove and suspend subordinate officers, employees and agents;
(vi) To adopt from time to time such stock, option, stock purchase, bonus or other compensation plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine;
(vii) To adopt from time to time such insurance, retirement, and other benefit plans for directors, officers, employees and agents of the Corporation and its subsidiaries as it may determine; and
(viii) To adopt from time to time regulations, not inconsistent with these Bylaws, for the management of the Corporations business and affairs.
Section 9. Compensation of Directors.
Directors, as such, may receive, pursuant to resolution of the Board of Directors, fixed fees and other compensation for their services as directors, including, without limitation, their services as members of committees of the Board of Directors.
Section 10. Resignation.
Any director may resign at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the President or the Secretary at the principal office of the Corporation. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
Section 11. Presumption of Assent.
A director of the Corporation who is present at a meeting of the Board of Directors at which action on any corporate matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to such action unless such director announces his dissent at the meeting and (a) such directors dissent is entered in the minutes of the meeting, (b) such director files his written dissent to such action with the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof, or (c) such director forwards his written dissent within 24 hours after the meeting is adjourned, by certified mail, return receipt requested, bearing a postmark from the United States Postal Service, to the secretary of the meeting or the Secretary of the Corporation. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action or failed to make his dissent known at the meeting.
Section 12. Director Qualifications
(a) No person shall be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors: (i) if a financial or securities regulatory agency has issued a cease and desist, consent or other formal order, other than a civil money penalty, against such person, which order is subject to public disclosure by such agency; (ii) if such person has been convicted of a crime involving dishonesty or breach of trust which is punishable by imprisonment for a term exceeding one year under state or federal law; (iii) if such person is currently charged in any information, indictment, or other complaint with the commission of or participation in such a crime; or (iv) other than the initial directors appointed in connection with the formation of the Corporation, if such person did not, at the time of his first election or appointment to the Board of Directors, maintain his principal residence within ten miles of an office of the Corporation or any subsidiary thereof for a period of at least one year prior to the date of his purported election or appointment to the
Board of Directors. No person may serve on the Board of Directors if such person (i) is at the same time, a director, officer, employee or 10% or more stockholder of a bank, savings institution, credit union, mortgage banking company, consumer loan company or similar organization, other than a subsidiary of the Corporation, that engages in business activities or solicits customers, whether through a physical presence or electronically, in the same market area as the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) does not agree in writing to comply with all of the Corporations policies applicable to directors including but not limited to its confidentiality policy, and confirm in writing his qualifications hereunder, (iii) is a party to any agreement or understanding with a party other than the Corporation or a subsidiary that (x) provides him with material benefits which are tied to or contingent on the Corporation entering into a merger, sale of control or similar transaction in which it is not the surviving institution, (y) materially limits his voting discretion with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation, or (z) materially impairs his ability to discharge his fiduciary duties with respect to the fundamental strategic direction of the Corporation, (iv) has lost more than one election for service as a director of the Corporation, or (v) is the nominee or representative, as those terms are defined in the regulations of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, 12 C.F.R §212.2(n), of a company the directors, partners, trustees or 10% stockholders of which would not be eligible for election or appointment to the Board of Directors under this Section 12(a).
(b) No person shall be eligible for election, reelection, appointment or reappointment to the Board of Directors if, at the time of such election, reelection, appointment or reappointment, such person shall have attained the age of 70. Nothing in this provision shall prohibit a director from serving the entirety of any term to which he was elected, regardless of whether such director attains the age of 70 during that term.
(c) The Board of Directors shall have the power to construe and apply the provisions of this Section 12 and to make all determinations necessary or desirable to implement such provisions.
Section 13. Attendance at Board Meetings.
The Board of Directors shall have the right to remove any director from the board upon a directors unexcused absence from (i) three consecutive regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors or (ii) five regularly scheduled meetings of the Board of Directors in any fiscal year of the Corporation.
ARTICLE III
COMMITTEES
Section 1. Committees of the Board of Directors.
(a) General Provisions. The Board of Directors may appoint from among its members an Audit Committee, a Compensation Committee, a Nominating/Governance Committee, and such other committees as the Board of Directors deems necessary or desirable. The Board of Directors may delegate to any committee so appointed any of the powers and
authorities of the Board of Directors to the fullest extent permitted by the MGCL and any other applicable law.
(b) Composition. Each committee shall be composed of one or more directors or any other number of members specified in these Bylaws. The Chairperson of the Board may recommend committees, committee memberships, and committee chairs to the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors shall have the power at any time to appoint the chairperson and the members of any committee, change the membership of any committee, to fill all vacancies on committees, to designate alternate members to replace or act in the place of any absent or disqualified member of a committee, or to dissolve any committee. A member of a committee may resign from that committee at any time by giving written notice of such resignation to the Chairperson of the Board. Unless otherwise specified therein, such resignation from the committee shall take effect upon receipt thereof.
(c) Issuance of Stock. If the Board of Directors has given general authorization for the issuance of stock providing for or establishing a method or procedure for determining the maximum number of shares to be issued, a committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with that general authorization or any stock option or other plan or program adopted by the Board of Directors, may authorize or fix the terms of stock subject to classification or reclassification and the terms on which any stock may be issued, including all terms and conditions required or permitted to be established or authorized by the Board of Directors. Any committee so designated may exercise the power and authority of the Board of Directors if the resolution that designated the committee or a supplemental resolution of the Board of Directors shall so provide.
Section 2. Conduct of Business.
Each committee may determine the procedural rules for meeting and conducting its business and shall act in accordance therewith, except as otherwise provided herein or required by law. Adequate provision shall be made for notice to members of all meetings; one-third of the members shall constitute a quorum unless the committee shall consist of one or two members, in which event one member shall constitute a quorum; and all matters shall be determined by a majority vote of the members present. Action may be taken by any committee without a meeting if a unanimous consent which sets forth the action is given in writing or by electronic transmission by each member of the committee and filed in paper or electronic form with the minutes of the proceedings of such committee. The members of any committee may conduct any meeting thereof by conference telephone or other communications equipment in accordance with the provisions of Section 6 of Article II.
ARTICLE IV
OFFICERS
Section 1. Generally.
(a) The Board of Directors as soon as may be practicable after the annual meeting of stockholders shall choose a Chairperson of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, President, one or
more Vice Presidents, a Secretary and a Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer and from time to time may choose such other officers as it may deem proper. Any number of offices may be held by the same person, except that no person may concurrently serve as both President and Vice President of the Corporation.
(b) The term of office of all officers shall be until the next annual election of officers and until their respective successors are chosen, but any officer may be removed from office at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Whole Board.
(c) All officers chosen by the Board of Directors shall each have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices, subject to the specific provisions of this Article IV. Such officers shall also have such powers and duties as from time to time may be conferred by the Board of Directors or by any committee thereof.
Section 2. Chairperson of the Board of Directors.
The Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors. He or she shall have power to sign all stock certificates, contracts and other instruments of the Corporation that are authorized.
Section 3. Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors.
If appointed, the Vice Chairperson of the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall perform all duties and have all powers which are commonly incident to the office of Chairperson of the Board, with such duties to be performed and powers to be held in the absence of the Chairperson of the Board, or which are delegated to him or her by the Board of Directors.
Section 4. Chief Executive Officer.
The Chief Executive Officer, subject to the control of the Board of Directors, shall serve in general executive capacity and have general power over the management and oversight of the administration and operation of the Corporations business and general supervisory power and authority over its policies and affairs. The Chief Executive Officer shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors and of any committee thereof are carried into effect.
Section 5. President.
The President shall perform the duties of the Chief Executive Officer in the Chief Executive Officers absence or during his or her disability to act. In addition, the President shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the President from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 6. Vice President.
The Vice President or Vice Presidents (including Executive Vice Presidents or other levels of Vice President designated by the Board of Directors), if any, shall perform the duties of
the Chief Executive Officer in the absence of both the Chief Executive Officer and the President, or during their disability to act. In addition, the Vice Presidents shall perform the duties and exercise the powers usually incident to their respective office and/or such other duties and powers as may be properly assigned to the Vice Presidents from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 7. Secretary.
The Secretary or an Assistant Secretary shall issue notices of meetings, shall keep the minutes of meetings, shall have charge of the seal and the corporate books, shall perform such other duties and exercise such other powers as are usually incident to such offices and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned thereto by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer.
Section 8. Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer.
The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall have charge of all monies and securities of the Corporation, other than monies and securities of any division of the Corporation that has a treasurer or financial officer appointed by the Board of Directors, and shall keep regular books of account. The funds of the Corporation shall be deposited in the name of the Corporation by the Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer with such banks or trust companies or other entities as the Board of Directors from time to time shall designate. The Chief Financial Officer/Treasurer shall sign or countersign such instruments as require his or her signature, shall perform all such duties and have all such powers as are usually incident to such office and/or such other duties and powers as are properly assigned to him or her by the Board of Directors, the Chairperson of the Board or the Chief Executive Officer, and may be required to give bond for the faithful performance of his or her duties in such sum and with such surety as may be required by the Board of Directors.
Section 9. Other Officers.
The Board of Directors may designate and fill such other offices in its discretion and the persons holding such other offices shall have such powers and shall perform such duties as the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer may from time to time assign.
Section 10. Action with Respect to Securities of Other Corporations
Stock of other corporations or associations, registered in the name of the Corporation, may be voted by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, a Vice President, or a proxy appointed by either of them. The Board of Directors, however, may by resolution appoint some other person to vote such shares, in which case such person shall be entitled to vote such shares upon the production of a certified copy of such resolution.
ARTICLE V
STOCK
Section 1. Certificates of Stock.
The Board of Directors may determine to issue certificated or uncertificated shares of capital stock and other securities of the Corporation. For certificated stock, each stockholder is entitled to certificates which represent and certify the shares of stock he or she holds in the Corporation. Each stock certificate shall include on its face the name of the Corporation, the name of the stockholder or other person to whom it is issued, and the class of stock and number of shares it represents. It shall also include on its face or back (a) a statement of any restrictions on transferability and a statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of preferred stock which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of preferred stock or (b) a statement which provides in substance that the Corporation will furnish a full statement of such information to any stockholder on request and without charge. Such request may be made to the Secretary or to the Corporations transfer agent. Upon the issuance of uncertificated shares of capital stock, the Corporation shall send the stockholder a written statement of the same information required above with respect to stock certificates. Each stock certificate shall be in such form, not inconsistent with law or with the Corporations Articles, as shall be approved by the Board of Directors or any officer or officers designated for such purpose by resolution of the Board of Directors. Each stock certificate shall be signed by the Chairperson of the Board, the President, or a Vice President, and countersigned by the Secretary, an Assistant Secretary, the Treasurer, or an Assistant Treasurer. Each certificate may be sealed with the actual corporate seal or a facsimile of it or in any other form and the signatures may be either manual or facsimile signatures. A certificate is valid and may be issued whether or not an officer who signed it is still an officer when it is issued. A certificate may not be issued until the stock represented by it is fully paid.
Section 2. Transfers of Stock.
Transfers of stock shall be made only upon the transfer books of the Corporation kept at an office of the Corporation or by transfer agents designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. Except where a certificate is issued in accordance with Section 4 of Article V of these Bylaws, an outstanding certificate for the number of shares involved shall be surrendered for cancellation before a new certificate is issued therefor.
Section 3. Record Dates or Closing of Transfer Books.
The Board of Directors may, and shall have the power to, set a record date or direct that the stock transfer books be closed for a stated period for the purpose of making any proper determination with respect to stockholders, including which stockholders are entitled to notice of a meeting, vote at a meeting, receive a dividend, or be allotted other rights. The record date may not be prior to the close of business on the day the record date is fixed nor, subject to Section 3
of Article I of these Bylaws, more than 90 days before the date on which the action requiring the determination will be taken; the transfer books may not be closed for a period longer than 20 days; and, in the case of a meeting of stockholders, the record date or the closing of the transfer books shall be at least ten days before the date of the meeting. Any shares of the Corporations own stock acquired by the Corporation between the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders and the time of the meeting may be voted at the meeting by the holder of record as of the record date and shall be counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares entitled to be voted at the meeting.
Section 4. Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates.
The Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine the conditions for issuing a new stock certificate in place of one which is alleged to have been lost, stolen, or destroyed, or the Board of Directors may delegate such power to any officer or officers of the Corporation or to the transfer agent designated to transfer shares of the stock of the Corporation. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may require the owner of the certificate to give a bond, with sufficient surety, to indemnify the Corporation against any loss or claim arising as a result of the issuance of a new certificate. In their discretion, the Board of Directors or such officer or officers may refuse to issue such new certificate without the order of a court having jurisdiction over the matter.
Section 5. Stock Ledger.
The Corporation shall maintain a stock ledger which contains the name and address of each stockholder and the number of shares of stock of each class which the stockholder holds. The stock ledger may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. The original or a duplicate of the stock ledger shall be kept at the offices of a transfer agent for the particular class of stock or, if none, at the principal executive office of the Corporation.
Section 6. Regulations.
The issue, transfer, conversion and registration of certificates of stock shall be governed by such other regulations as the Board of Directors may establish.
ARTICLE VI
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 1. Facsimile Signatures.
In addition to the provisions for use of facsimile signatures elsewhere specifically authorized in these Bylaws, facsimile signatures of any officer or officers of the Corporation may be used whenever and as authorized by the Board of Directors or a committee thereof.
Section 2. Corporate Seal.
The Board of Directors may provide a suitable seal, bearing the name of the Corporation, which shall be in the charge of the Secretary. The Board of Directors may authorize one or more
duplicate seals and provide for the custody thereof. If the Corporation is required to place its corporate seal to a document, it is sufficient to meet the requirement of any law, rule, or regulation relating to a corporate seal to place the word (seal) adjacent to the signature of the person authorized to sign the document on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 3. Books and Records.
The Corporation shall keep correct and complete books and records of its accounts and transactions and minutes of the proceedings of its stockholders and Board of Directors and of any committee when exercising any of the powers of the Board of Directors. The books and records of the Corporation may be in written form or in any other form which can be converted within a reasonable time into written form for visual inspection. Minutes shall be recorded in written form but may be maintained in the form of a reproduction. The original or a certified copy of these Bylaws shall be kept at the principal office of the Corporation.
Section 4. Reliance upon Books, Reports and Records.
Each director, each member of any committee designated by the Board of Directors, and each officer and agent of the Corporation shall, in the performance of his or her duties, in addition to any protections conferred upon him or her by law, be fully protected in relying in good faith upon the books of account or other records of the Corporation and upon such information, opinions, reports or statements presented to the Corporation by any of its officers or employees, or committees of the Board of Directors so designated, or by any other person as to matters which such director, committee member, officer or agent reasonably believes are within such other persons professional or expert competence and who has been selected with reasonable care by or on behalf of the Corporation.
Section 5. Fiscal Year.
The fiscal year of the Corporation shall commence on the first day of January and end on the last day of December in each year.
Section 6. Time Periods.
In applying any provision of these Bylaws that requires that an act be done or not be done a specified number of days prior to an event or that an act be done during a period of a specified number of days prior to an event, calendar days shall be used, the day of the doing of the act shall be excluded and the day of the event shall be included.
Section 7. Checks, Drafts, Etc.
All checks, drafts and orders for the payment of money, notes and other evidences of indebtedness, issued in the name of the Corporation, shall be signed by any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation that is authorized by the Board of Directors.
Section 8. Mail.
Any notice or other document that is required by these Bylaws to be mailed shall be deposited in the United States mail, postage prepaid.
Section 9. Contracts and Agreements.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, and except as otherwise prescribed by the Articles or these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may authorize any officer, employee or agent of the Corporation to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Corporation. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances. A person who holds more than one office in the Corporation may not act in more than one capacity to execute, acknowledge, or verify an instrument required by law to be executed, acknowledged, or verified by more than one officer.
ARTICLE VIII
AMENDMENTS
These Bylaws may be adopted, amended or repealed as provided in the Articles of the Corporation.
Exhibit 4
INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF MARYLAND
No. |
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. |
Shares |
FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE
PAR VALUE $0.01 PER SHARE
|
CUSIP: |
|
THE SHARES REPRESENTED BY THIS CERTIFICATE ARE SUBJECT TO RESTRICTIONS, SEE REVERSE SIDE |
|
|
|
THIS CERTIFIES that |
is the owner of |
SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
of
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
a Maryland corporation
The shares evidenced by this certificate are transferable only on the books of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. by the holder hereof, in person or by attorney, upon surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. The capital stock evidenced hereby is not an account of an insurable type and is not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other Federal or state governmental agency.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has caused this certificate to be executed by the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile of its seal to be hereunto affixed.
By |
|
|
[SEAL] |
|
By |
|
|
Nancie P. Heaps |
|
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Corporate Secretary |
|
|
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
The Board of Directors of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Company) is authorized by resolution or resolutions, from time to time adopted, to provide for the issuance of more than one class of stock, including preferred stock in series, and to fix and state the voting powers, designations, preferences, limitations and restrictions thereof. The Company will furnish to any stockholder upon request and without charge a full description of each class of stock and any series thereof.
The shares evidenced by this certificate are subject to a limitation contained in the Articles of Incorporation to the effect that in no event shall any record owner of any outstanding common stock which is beneficially owned, directly or indirectly, by a person who beneficially owns in excess of 10% of the outstanding shares of common stock (the Limit) be entitled or permitted to any vote in respect of shares held in excess of the Limit.
The shares represented by this certificate may not be cumulatively voted on any matter. The Articles of Incorporation require that, with limited exceptions, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of the Articles of Incorporation shall be made, unless such is first approved by the Board of Directors of the Company and approved by the stockholders by a majority of the total shares entitled to vote, or in certain circumstances approved by the affirmative vote of up to eighty percent (80%) of the shares entitled to vote.
The following abbreviations when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations.
TEN COM |
- as tenants in common |
UNIF GIFT MIN ACT - |
|
Custodian |
|
|
|
|
(Cust) |
|
(Minor) |
TEN ENT |
- as tenants by the entireties |
|
|
||
|
|
|
Under Uniform Gifts to Minors Act |
||
JT TEN |
- as joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|||
|
|
(State) |
Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list
For value received, hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
(please print or typewrite name and address including postal zip code of assignee)
Shares of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint Attorney to transfer the said shares on the books of the within named corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
Dated, |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In the presence of |
|
Signature: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NOTE: THE SIGNATURE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME OF THE STOCKHOLDER(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE, IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT, OR ANY CHANGE WHATSOEVER.
Exhibit 5
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
ATTORNEYS AT LAW
5335 Wisconsin Avenue, NW, Suite 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
Telephone (202) 274-2000
Facsimile (202) 362-2902
www.luselaw.com
WRITERS DIRECT DIAL NUMBER
(202) 274-2000
October 25, 2012
The Board of Directors
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Re: Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Common Stock, Par Value $0.01 Per Share
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested the opinion of this firm as to certain matters in connection with the offer and sale (the Offering) of the shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share (Common Stock) of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). We have reviewed the Companys Articles of Incorporation, Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the Form S-1), as well as applicable statutes and regulations governing the Company and the offer and sale of the Common Stock. The opinion expressed below is limited to the laws of the State of Maryland (which includes applicable provisions of the Maryland General Corporation Law, the Maryland Constitution and reported judicial decisions interpreting the Maryland General Corporation Law and the Maryland Constitution).
We are of the opinion that upon the declaration of effectiveness of the Form S-1, the Common Stock, when sold, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.
We hereby consent to our firm being referenced under the caption Legal Matters and to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Form S-1.
|
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick |
|
|
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK |
|
|
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION |
Exhibit 8.1
LUSE GORMAN POMERENK & SCHICK
A PROFESSIONAL CORPORATION
Attorneys at Law
5335 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W., SUITE 780
Washington, D.C. 20015
TELEPHONE (202) 274-2000
Facsimile (202) 362-2902
www.luselaw.com
writers direct dial number
(202) 274-2000
, 2012
Boards of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
Ladies and Gentlemen:
You have requested this firms opinion regarding the material federal income tax consequences that will result from the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the Mutual Holding Company) into the capital stock form of organization (the Conversion), pursuant to the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, dated September 5, 2012 (the Plan) and the integrated transactions described below.
In rendering our opinion, we have made such investigations as we have deemed relevant or necessary for the purpose of this opinion. In our examination, we have assumed the authenticity of original documents, the accuracy of copies and the genuineness of signatures. We have further assumed the absence of adverse facts not apparent from the face of the instruments and documents we examined and we have relied upon the accuracy of the factual matters set forth in the Plan and the Registration Statement filed by Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a Maryland stock corporation (the Holding Company) with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the Application for Conversion on Form AC filed by the Mutual Holding Company with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (the FRB). In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you, dated , 2012, stating its belief as to certain valuation matters described below. Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meaning as set forth in the Plan. Furthermore, we assume that each of the parties to the Conversion will comply with all reporting obligations with respect to the Conversion required under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), and the regulations thereunder (the Treasury Regulations).
Our opinion is based upon the existing provisions of the Code, and the Treasury Regulations, and upon current Internal Revenue Service (IRS) published rulings and existing
court decisions (collectively, the Current Tax Law), any of which could be changed at any time. Any such changes may be retroactive and could significantly modify the statements and opinions expressed herein. Similarly, any change in the facts and assumptions stated below, upon which this opinion is based, could modify the conclusions herein. This opinion is as of the date hereof, and as of the effective date of the Registration Statement filed by the Holding Company with the SEC, assuming there is no change in the Current Tax Law or in any of the facts and assumptions set forth in this opinion. We assume no obligation to advise you of any change in any matter considered herein after the date hereof.
We opine only as to the matters we expressly set forth herein, and no opinions should be inferred as to any other matters or as to the tax treatment of the transactions that we do not specifically address. We express no opinion as to other federal laws and regulations, or as to laws and regulations of other jurisdictions, or as to factual or legal matters other than as set forth herein.
For purposes of this opinion, we are relying on the representations as to factual matters provided to us by the Mutual Holding Company, Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and the Holding Company, as set forth in the certificates for each of those aforementioned entities and signed by authorized officers of each of the aforementioned entities, incorporated herein by reference.
Description of Proposed Transactions
Based upon our review of the documents described above, and in reliance upon such documents, we understand that the relevant facts are as follows. Westbury Bank (the Bank) is a federally-chartered savings bank headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. Westbury Bank was organized as a state-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1926 under the name West Bend Savings and Loan Association. In 1993, West Bend Savings and Loan Association converted to a state-chartered savings bank and changed its name to West Bend Savings Bank. West Bend Savings Bank reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2001 by forming WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company, and converting West Bend Savings Bank to a federally-chartered savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank.
The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Mid-Tier Holding Company), and the Bank adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the
rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to depositors and members of the general public in the Offering.
Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows and in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:
(1) The Mid-Tier Holding Company will organize the Holding Company as a Maryland-chartered stock holding company subsidiary.
(2) The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the MHC Merger) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
(3) Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company (the Mid-Tier Merger), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity and the Bank becoming the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
(4) Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
(5) The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.
Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the Mutual Holding Companys total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the
offering. In turn, the Holding Company will hold the Bank Liquidation Account. The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account, which supports the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets, are described in Section 19 of the Plan.
As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly held corporation, will have registered the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC. The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.
The stockholders of the Holding Company will be those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Banks tax-qualified employee plans (Employee Plans), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (Other Members). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public.
Opinions
Based on the foregoing description of the Conversion, including the MHC Merger, and the Mid-Tier Merger, and subject to the qualifications and limitations set forth in this letter, we are of the opinion that:
1. The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code.)
2. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)
3. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Companys assumption of
its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
5. Persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
6. The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
7. The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
8. The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)
9. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Companys assumption of its liabilities in exchange for interests in the Liquidation Accounts for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
10. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
11. The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
12. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the Liquidation Accounts in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code.)
13. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations ( cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54).
14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)
15. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code.)
16. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)
17. The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)
18. No gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)
Our opinions under paragraphs 14 and 16 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account
Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the subscription offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.
If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.
Our opinion under paragraph 15 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) there is no history of any holder of a liquidation account receiving any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:
The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point. Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).
In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you dated April 30, 2012, stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net
assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.
If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion.
CONSENT
We hereby consent to the filing of the opinion as an exhibit to the Mutual Holding Companys Application for Conversion filed with the FRB and to the Holding Companys Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC. We also consent to the references to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and Form S-1 under the captions The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMaterial Income Tax Consequences and Legal and Tax Matters. We further consent to the use of this opinion by McGladrey LLP who may rely on it for the sole purpose of rendering their opinion to the Bank with respect to the state tax consequences of the transactions set forth herein.
|
Very truly yours, |
|
|
|
|
|
Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. |
|
A Professional Corporation |
Exhibit 8.2
Date
Board of Directors
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
201 West Fifth Avenue
West Bend, Wisconsin
Re: Wisconsin Tax Consequences Relating to Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
Board of Directors:
You have requested our opinion concerning certain Wisconsin income and franchise tax issues relating to Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company, into the capital stock form of organization. This letter sets forth our understanding of the relevant facts and certain assumptions relating to the transaction, our analysis of the application of these facts to relevant provisions of Wisconsin income tax law and our conclusions regarding the enumerated Wisconsin income and franchise tax issues. This letter is subject to the general conditions set forth below.
The opinions contained in this letter are based on facts, assumptions, and representations issued by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. in their letter to Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. on and Federal Opinion issued by Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C. on the federal income tax consequences of the Plan dated (the Federal Opinion).
Please review this letter and contact us if you have any questions.
Facts and Assumptions
We have relied on the Federal Opinion and on the Plan in issuing our opinion:
Westbury Bank is a federally-chartered savings bank headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin. Westbury Bank was organized as a state-chartered mutual savings and loan association in 1926 under the name West Bend Savings and Loan Association. In 1993, West Bend Savings and Loan Association converted to a state-chartered savings bank and changed its name to West Bend Savings Bank. The company was further reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2001 by forming WBSB Bancorp, MHC, federally chartered mutual holding company, and converted West Bend Savings Bank to a federally-chartered savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federal corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank.
The Boards of Directors of the Mutual Holding Company, the Mid-Tier Holding Company, and the Bank adopted the Plan providing for the Conversion of the Mutual Holding Company from
a federally chartered mutual holding company to the capital stock form of organization. As part of the Conversion, the Holding Company will succeed to all the rights and obligations of the Mutual Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Company and will offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock to depositors and members of the general public in the Offering.
Pursuant to the Plan, the Conversion will be effected as follows and in such order as is necessary to consummate the Conversion:
1. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will organize the Holding Company as a Maryland-chartered stock holding company subsidiary.
2. The Mutual Holding Company will merge with and into the Mid-Tier Holding Company with the Mid-Tier Holding Company as the resulting entity (the MHC Merger) whereby the shares of Mid-Tier Holding Company held by the Mutual Holding Company will be cancelled and the members of the Mutual Holding Company will constructively receive liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their ownership interests in the Mutual Holding Company.
3. Immediately after the MHC Merger, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will merge with the Holding Company (the Mid-Tier Merger), with the Holding Company as the resulting entity and the Bank becoming the wholly-owned subsidiary of the Holding Company. As part of the Mid-Tier Merger, the liquidation interests in Mid-Tier Holding Company constructively received by the members of Mutual Holding Company will automatically, without further action on the part of the holders thereof, be exchanged for an interest in the Liquidation Account.
4. Immediately after the Mid-Tier Merger, the Holding Company will offer for sale Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering.
5. The Holding Company will contribute at least 50% of the net proceeds of the Offering to the Bank in constructive exchange for additional shares of common stock of the Bank and the Bank Liquidation Account.
Following the Conversion, a Liquidation Account will be maintained by the Holding Company for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who continue to maintain their deposit accounts with the Bank. Pursuant to Section 19 of the Plan, the Liquidation Account will be equal to the Mutual Holding Companys total equity as reflected in the latest statement of financial condition contained in the final Prospectus used in the offering. In turn, the Holding Company will hold the Bank Liquidation Account. The terms of the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account, which supports the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets, are described in Section 19 of the Plan.
As a result of the Conversion and Offering, the Holding Company will be a publicly held corporation, will have registered the Holding Company Common Stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), and will become subject to the rules and regulations thereunder and file periodic reports and proxy statements with the SEC.
The Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Holding Company and will continue to carry on its business and activities as conducted immediately prior to the Conversion.
The stockholders of the Holding Company will be those persons who purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock in the Offering. Nontransferable rights to subscribe for the Holding Company Common Stock have been granted, in order of priority, to Eligible Account Holders, the Banks tax-qualified employee plans (Employee Plans), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, and depositors of the Bank as of the Voting Record Date (Other Members). Subscription rights are nontransferable. The Holding Company will also offer shares of Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, if any, for sale in a Community Offering or Syndicated Community Offering to certain members of the general public.
Except as expressly described above, we have not undertaken any investigation to confirm or verify any of the facts or representations described in this letter, and we have relied on the assumptions described in this letter. Any change or addition to these facts, representations and assumptions could materially and adversely affect our analysis and conclusions, so you should contact us immediately if you believe that any of these facts, representations or assumptions are inaccurate. If there is any change in the underlying facts, representations or assumptions, or you become aware of any additional facts prior to the implementation of the transaction described above, you should contact us prior to implementation to discuss the impact on our analysis and conclusions.
Issue
What are the Wisconsin income tax consequences as they relate to the Plan of Conversion?
We have relied on the following from the attached Federal Opinion:
1. The MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code (the Code). (Section 368(a)(l)(A) of the Code.)
2. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations. (cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54.)
3. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Companys assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding
Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
4. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
5. Persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
6. The basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
7. The holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
8. The Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)
9. The Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Companys assumption of its liabilities in exchange for interests in the Liquidation Accounts for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
10. No gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
11. The basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
12. Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the Liquidation Accounts in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code.)
13. The constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest
requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations (cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54).
14. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)
15. It is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code.)
16. It is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)
17. The holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)
18. No gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)
Additionally, the Federal Opinion noted the following:
Our opinions under paragraphs 14 and 16 are based on the position that the subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock received by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members have a fair market value of zero. We understand that the subscription rights will be granted at no cost to the recipients, will be legally nontransferable and of short duration, and will provide the recipient with the right only to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock at the same price to be paid by members of the general public in any Community Offering. We also note that the IRS has not in the past concluded that subscription rights have value. In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC. to you stating its belief that subscription rights do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the subscription offering. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock have no value.
If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or
not the rights are exercised) and the Holding Company and/or the Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights.
Our opinion under paragraph 15 above is based on the position that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets has a fair market value of zero. We understand that: (i) there is no history of any holder of a liquidation account receiving any payment attributable to a liquidation account; (ii) the interests in the Liquidation Account and Bank Liquidation Account are not transferable; (iii) the amounts due under the Liquidation Account with respect to each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder will be reduced as their deposits in the Bank are reduced as described in the Plan; and (iv) the Bank Liquidation Account payment obligation arises only if the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets to fund the Liquidation Account. We also note that the U.S. Supreme Court in Paulsen v. Commissioner, 469 U.S. 131 (1985) stated the following:
The right to participate in the net proceeds of a solvent liquidation is also not a significant part of the value of the shares. Referring to the possibility of a solvent liquidation of a mutual savings association, this Court observed: It stretches the imagination very far to attribute any real value to such a remote contingency, and when coupled with the fact that it represents nothing which the depositor can readily transfer, any theoretical value reduces almost to the vanishing point. Society for the Savings v. Bowers, 349 U.S. 143, 150 (1955).
In addition, we are relying on a letter from RP Financial, LC.,dated April 30, 2012, stating its belief that the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the Conversion. Based on the foregoing, we believe it is more likely than not that such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account have no value.
If such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account are subsequently found to have an economic value, income may be recognized by each Eligible Account Holder and Supplemental Eligible Account Holder in the amount of the fair market value of their interest in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Conversion.
Conclusions
Based upon the facts, assumptions and analysis below, but subject to the general conditions below, we believe that:
Wisconsin substantially conforms to Code sections dealing with corporate reorganizations. Additionally, the Wisconsin starting point for calculating Wisconsin taxable income is federal taxable income with certain modifications. Wisconsin income tax treatment of the Plan will conform to with the federal income tax treatment as provided in the Federal Opinion.
Our conclusions are based on our good faith belief that they should stand a seventy percent or greater likelihood of success if litigated on the merits.
Analysis
Wisconsin taxes banks and financial institutions organized as corporations like any other corporation. Wisconsin Statute Section 71.22(1k) Therefore, both the Wisconsin corporation income tax and the corporation franchise tax are imposed on the Wisconsin net incomes of taxable corporations . Wisconsin Statute Section 71.27
Wisconsin Statute Section 71.26(2)(a) provides that the net income of a corporation means the gross income as computed under the Internal Revenue Code as modified under subsection (3).
For taxable years that begin after December 31, 2010, Wisconsins conformity with the Internal Revenue Codes definition of federal taxable income, means the federal Internal Revenue Code as amended to December 31, 2010.
Wisconsin substantially conforms to Code Sections 351, 354358, 361, 362, 367, 368, 381, 382, dealing with corporate reorganizations, with some state-specific modifications as provided in Wisconsin Statute Section 71.26(3). The Code sections listed above are not modified in Wisconsin Statute Section 71.26(3.)
1. Federal Opinion provided that, the MHC Merger will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code.
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statute or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 368(a)(1)(A) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
2. Federal Opinion provided that, the constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the MHC Merger will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations.
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 368 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
3. Federal Opinion provided that, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Mutual Holding Company on the transfer of its assets to the Mid-Tier Holding Company and the Mid-Tier Holding Companys assumption of its liabilities, if any, in constructive exchange for liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company or on the constructive distribution of such liquidation interests to members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 361(a)(1), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
4. Federal Opinion provided that, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Mid-Tier Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company in the MHC Merger in exchange for the constructive transfer of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company to the members of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1032(a) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
5. Federal Opinion provided that, persons who have liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company will recognize no gain or loss upon the constructive receipt of liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company in exchange for their liquidation interests in the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 354(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1032(a) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
6. Federal Opinion provided that, the basis of the assets of Mutual Holding Company (other than stock in the Mid-Tier Holding Company) to be received by the Mid-Tier Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 362(b) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction. Note that pursuant to Section 71.26(2)(6), Wisconsin basis in any asset sold, exchanged, abandoned, or otherwise disposed in a taxable transaction during the taxable year can be different than the federal basis resulting in an addition or
subtraction to federal taxable income. However, if the basis of the assets received by Mid-Tier Holding Company is the same as the basis of such assets in the hands of Mutual Holding Company immediately prior to the transaction described above under IRC Section 362(b) for federal income tax purposes, IRC Section 362(b) will also apply to their Wisconsin tax bases.
7. Federal Opinion provided that, the holding period of the assets of the Mutual Holding Company transferred to the Mid-Tier Holding Company will include the holding period of those assets of the Mutual Holding Company. (Section 1223(2) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1223(2) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
8. Federal Opinion provided that, the Mid-Tier Merger will constitute a mere change in identity, form or place of organization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code and therefore will qualify as a tax-free reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code. (Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
9. Federal Opinion provided that, the Mid-Tier Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on the transfer of its assets to the Holding Company and the Holding Companys assumption of its liabilities in exchange for interests in the Liquidation Accounts for the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. (Sections 361(a), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 361(a)(1), 361(c) and 357(a) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
10. Federal Opinion provided that, no gain or loss will be recognized by the Holding Company upon the receipt of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company in the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 1032(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1032(a) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
11. Federal Opinion provided that, the basis of the assets of the Mid-Tier Holding Company to be received by the Holding Company will be the same as the basis of such assets in the Mid-Tier Holding Company immediately prior to the transfer. (Section 362(b) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 362(b) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
12. Federal Opinion provided that, eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders will not recognize any gain or loss upon their constructive exchange of their liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for the Liquidation Accounts in the Holding Company. (Section 354 of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 354 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
13. Federal Opinion provided that, the constructive exchange of the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders liquidation interests in the Mid-Tier Holding Company for interests in a Liquidation Account established in the Holding Company will satisfy the continuity of interest requirement of Section 1.368-1(b) of the Income Tax Regulations (cf. Rev. Rul. 69-3, 1969-1 C.B. 103, and Rev. Rul. 69-646, 1969-2 C.B. 54).
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 368 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
14. Federal Opinion provided that, it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the nontransferable subscription rights to purchase Holding Company Common Stock is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members upon distribution to them of nontransferable subscription rights to purchase shares of Holding Company Common Stock. (Section 356(a) of the Code.) Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members will not realize any taxable income as the result of the exercise by them of the nontransferable subscriptions rights. (Rev. Rul. 56-572, 1956-2 C.B. 182.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 356 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin
income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
15. Federal Opinion provided that, it is more likely than not that the fair market value of the benefit provided by the Bank Liquidation Account supporting the payment of the Liquidation Account in the event the Holding Company lacks sufficient net assets is zero. Accordingly, it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders upon the constructive distribution to them of such rights in the Bank Liquidation Account as of the effective date of the Mid-Tier Merger. (Section 356(a) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 356 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
16. Federal Opinion provided that, it is more likely than not that the basis of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased in the Offering by the exercise of the nontransferable subscription rights will be the purchase price thereof. (Section 1012 of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1012 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
17. Federal Opinion provided that, the holding period of the Holding Company Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of subscriptions rights shall commence on the date on which the right to acquire such stock was exercised. (Section 1223(5) of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1223(5) of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
18. Federal Opinion provided that, no gain or loss will be recognized by Holding Company on the receipt of money in exchange for Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Offering. (Section 1032 of the Code.)
Wisconsin: The Wisconsin Statute Sections 71.26(2), 71.26(3), or any other sections of Wisconsins statutes or rules do not provide for any modifications dealing with corporate organizations including Section 1032 of the Code . As such, Wisconsin income tax treatment will conform to the federal income tax consequences of the transaction.
General Conditions
The analysis and conclusions expressed in this letter are subject to the following general conditions:
Applicable law . Our analysis and conclusions relate solely to income tax consequences under the laws of Wisconsin, all as of the date of this letter, and we have not addressed the tax consequences to you under any other Federal, state, local or foreign tax law.
Changes in law . Subsequent changes in the Code or applicable Treasury Regulations, or the issuance of new case or ruling authority, could materially and adversely affect our analysis and conclusions. Delivery of this letter is not an undertaking on our part to update this letter or advise you of any changes in law.
Issues addressed . This letter is limited to advice concerning the tax issues enumerated above and it does not consider all of the issues that may arise in connection with the transactions. Our analysis and conclusions are limited to discussing the enumerated tax consequences to the addressee(s) arising from the transaction described in this letter. It is possible that there may be alternative transactions that offer more favorable tax consequences. This letter is not an endorsement of any particular transaction nor is it a recommendation that any addressee proceed with any transaction described in this letter.
Reportable transactions . The Code requires that you disclose on your Federal tax return certain reportable transactions or listed transactions. There are significant financial penalties for failure to disclose these transactions and these penalties apply even if the transaction does not lead to an understatement of tax. Certain states require similar disclosures on your state tax returns. Except as expressly provided in this letter, we have not reviewed any transaction to determine whether it is a reportable transaction or a listed transaction.
No guarantee . Our analysis and conclusions are based upon our interpretation of the applicable law, regulations, and certain case and ruling authority as of the date of this letter. Some of these matters are not free from doubt, and our analysis and conclusions are not binding on the IRS, any state, local or foreign tax authority, or on any court. Our analysis and conclusions are based upon our professional judgment and are not a guarantee of the ultimate tax consequences described in this letter.
Possibility of litigation . If the IRS or another tax authority adopts a position contrary to the analysis and conclusions in our Tax Advice, it might be necessary to pursue administrative appeals or litigation. Decisions of whether and how to pursue administrative appeals or litigation may be based on considerations of cost, publicity and other matters unrelated to the technical merits of a tax position.
Reliance . This letter is rendered only for the benefit of the named addressee(s) and does not address the tax consequences to any other person or entity that is not an addressee. No person or entity other than the named addressee(s) may rely on this letter.
Disclaimer of legal and investment advice . This letter represents our conclusions and analysis concerning tax issues. It does not constitute legal or investment advice. We recommend that you retain competent legal counsel and investment advisers to address legal and investment issues.
Consent
We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to WBSB Bancorp, MHCs Application for Conversion filed with the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System and Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also consent to the reference to our firm in the Prospectus contained in the Application for Conversion and the Form S-1 under the captions The Conversion and Plan of DistributionMaterial Income Tax Consequences and Legal and Tax Matters.
Sincerely,
Exhibit 10.1
WESTBURY BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
(adopted effective January 1, 2013)
WESTBURY BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
The Westbury Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the Plan) has been executed on , 2012, effective as of the 1 st day of January, 2013, by Westbury Bank, a federally chartered savings bank (the Bank).
W I T N E S S E T H T H A T
WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has resolved to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for eligible employees of the Bank and subsidiaries of the Bank, if any, in accordance with the terms and conditions set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, the Bank hereby adopts the Plan setting forth the terms and conditions pertaining to contributions by the Bank and the payment of benefits to Participants and Beneficiaries.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has adopted this Plan and caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officers as of the above date.
ATTEST: |
|
|
WESTBURY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
Secretary |
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
C O N T E N T S
|
|
|
Page No. |
|
|
|
|
Section 1. |
Plan Identity |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
Name |
|
1 |
1.2 |
Purpose |
|
1 |
1.3 |
Effective Date |
|
1 |
1.4 |
Fiscal Period |
|
1 |
1.5 |
Single Plan for All Employers |
|
1 |
1.6 |
Interpretation of Provisions |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Section 2. |
Definitions |
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
Section 3. |
Eligibility for Participation |
|
9 |
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
Initial Eligibility |
|
9 |
3.2 |
Definition of Eligibility Year |
|
9 |
3.3 |
Terminated Employees |
|
10 |
3.4 |
Certain Employees Ineligible |
|
10 |
3.5 |
Participation and Reparticipation |
|
10 |
3.6 |
Omission of Eligible Employee |
|
10 |
3.7 |
Inclusion of Ineligible Employee |
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
Section 4. |
Contributions and Credits |
|
10 |
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
Discretionary Contributions |
|
10 |
4.2 |
Contributions for Exempt Loans |
|
11 |
4.3 |
Conditions as to Contributions |
|
11 |
4.4 |
Rollover Contributions |
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
Section 5. |
Limitations on Contributions and Allocations |
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
5.1 |
Limitation on Annual Additions |
|
11 |
5.2 |
Effect of Limitations |
|
13 |
5.3 |
Limitations as to Certain Participants |
|
13 |
5.4 |
Erroneous Allocations |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
Section 6. |
Trust Fund and Its Investment |
|
14 |
|
|
|
|
6.1 |
Creation of Trust Fund |
|
14 |
6.2 |
Stock Fund and Investment Fund |
|
14 |
6.3 |
Acquisition of Stock |
|
14 |
6.4 |
Participants Option to Diversify |
|
15 |
|
|
|
|
Section 7. |
Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock |
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
7.1 |
Voting and Tendering of Stock |
|
16 |
7.2 |
Application of Dividends |
|
16 |
|
|
|
|
Section 8. |
Adjustments to Accounts |
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
8.1 |
ESOP Allocations |
|
18 |
8.2 |
Charges to Accounts |
|
18 |
8.3 |
Stock Fund Account |
|
18 |
8.4 |
Investment Fund Account |
|
18 |
14.2 |
Nonassignability of Benefits |
|
30 |
14.3 |
Limit of Employer Liability |
|
30 |
14.4 |
Treatment of Expenses |
|
30 |
14.5 |
Number and Gender |
|
30 |
14.6 |
Nondiversion of Assets |
|
30 |
14.7 |
Separability of Provisions |
|
30 |
14.8 |
Service of Process |
|
30 |
14.9 |
Governing State Law |
|
30 |
14.10 |
Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility |
|
30 |
14.11 |
Unclaimed Accounts |
|
31 |
14.12 |
Qualified Domestic Relations Order |
|
31 |
14.13 |
Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections |
|
32 |
14.14 |
Acquisition of Securities |
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
Section 15. |
Top-Heavy Provisions |
|
32 |
|
|
|
|
15.1 |
Top-Heavy Plan |
|
32 |
15.2 |
Definitions |
|
32 |
15.3 |
Top-Heavy Rules of Application |
|
33 |
15.4 |
Minimum Contributions |
|
34 |
15.5 |
Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan |
|
34 |
WESTBURY BANK
EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN
Section 1. Plan Identity .
1.1 Name . The name of this Plan is Westbury Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
1.2 Purpose . The purpose of this Plan is to describe the terms and conditions under which contributions made pursuant to the Plan will be credited and paid to the Participants and their Beneficiaries.
1.3 Effective Date . The Effective Date of this Plan is January 1, 2013.
1.4 Fiscal Period . This Plan shall be operated on the basis of a January 1 to December 31 fiscal year for the purpose of keeping the Plans books and records and distributing or filing any reports or returns required by law.
1.5 Single Plan for All Employers . This Plan shall be treated as a single plan with respect to all participating Employers for the purpose of crediting contributions and forfeitures and distributing benefits, determining whether there has been any termination of Service, and applying the limitations set forth in Section 5.
1.6 Interpretation of Provisions . The Employers intend this Plan and the Trust Agreement to be a qualified stock bonus plan under Section 401(a) of the Code and an employee stock ownership plan within the meaning of Section 407(d)(6) of ERISA and Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code. The Plan is intended to have its assets invested primarily in qualifying employer securities of one or more Employers within the meaning of Section 407(d)(3) of ERISA, and to satisfy any requirement under ERISA or the Code applicable to such a plan.
Accordingly, the Plan and Trust Agreement shall be interpreted and applied in a manner consistent with this intent and shall be administered at all times and in all respects in a nondiscriminatory manner.
Section 2. Definitions .
The following capitalized words and phrases shall have the meanings specified when used in this Plan and in the Trust Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise:
Account means a Participants interest in the assets accumulated under this Plan as expressed in terms of a separate account balance which is periodically adjusted to reflect his Employers contributions, the Plans investment experience, and distributions and forfeitures.
Active Participant means a Participant who has satisfied the eligibility requirements under Section 3 of this Plan and who has at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the current Plan Year. However, a Participant shall not qualify as an Active Participant unless (i) he is in active Service with an Employer as of the last day of the Plan Year (except this requirement shall not apply if the Participant terminated employment during the Plan Year due to Disability, death or Normal Retirement), or (ii) he is on a Recognized Absence as of that date.
Bank means Westbury Bank and any entity which succeeds to the business of Westbury Bank and adopts this Plan as its own pursuant to Section 13.1 of the Plan.
Beneficiary means the person or persons who are designated by a Participant to receive benefits payable under the Plan on the Participants death. In the absence of any designation or if all the designated Beneficiaries shall die before the Participant dies or shall die before all benefits have been paid, the Participants Beneficiary shall be his surviving Spouse, if any, or his estate if he is not survived by a Spouse. The Committee may rely upon the advice of the Participants executor or administrator as to the identity of the Participants Spouse.
Break in Service means any Plan Year, or, for the initial eligibility computation period under Section 3.2, the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day of which an Employee has an Hour of Service, in which an Employee has 500 or fewer Hours of Service. Solely for this purpose, an Employee shall be considered employed for his normal hours of paid employment during a Recognized Absence (said Employee shall not be credited with more than 501 Hours of Service to avoid a Break in Service), unless he does not resume his Service at the end of the Recognized Absence. Further, if an Employee is absent for any period (i) by reason of the Employees pregnancy, (ii) by reason of the birth of the Employees child, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the Employee in connection with the Employees adoption of the child, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a period beginning immediately after such birth or placement, the Employee shall be credited with the Hours of Service which would normally have been credited but for such absence, up to a maximum of 501 Hours of Service.
Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
Committee means the committee responsible for the administration of this Plan in accordance with Section 12.
Company means Westbury Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank, and any successor entity which succeeds to the business of the Company.
Compensation means Form W-2, Box 1 income.
For purposes of this Section, the determination of Compensation shall be made by including amounts which are contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement and which are not includible in the gross income of the Participant under Sections 125, 132(f)(4), 402(g)(3), or 457 of the Code, and Employee contributions described in Section 414(h)(2) of the Code that are treated as Employer contributions.
A Participants Compensation shall exclude any portion of the Plan Year in which the Participant had not yet entered the Plan (e.g., the period before the Participants Entry Date).
Compensation in excess of $250,000 (or such other amount provided in the Code) shall be disregarded. Such amount shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 40l(a)(17)(B) of the Code, except that the dollar increase in effect on January 1 of any calendar year shall be effective for the Plan Year beginning with or within such calendar year. For any short Plan Year, the Compensation limit shall be an amount equal to the Compensation limit for the calendar year in which the Plan Year begins multiplied by the ratio obtained by dividing the number of full months in the short Plan Year by twelve (12).
Disability means the inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or which has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months. An individual shall not be considered to be permanently and totally disabled unless he furnishes proof of the existence thereof in such form and manner, and at such times, as the Committee may require.
Eligible Employee means an Employee, other than an Employee identified in Section 3.4, who has both (i) satisfied the age requirement of Section 3.1(ii) and (ii) has performed 1,000 Hours of Service in the applicable Eligibility Year in accordance with Section 3.2.
Employee means any individual who is or has been employed by an Employer. Employee also means an individual employed by a leasing organization who, pursuant to an agreement between an Employer and the leasing organization, has performed services for the Employer and any related persons (within the meaning of Section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full-time basis for more than one year, if such services are performed under the primary direction or control of the Employer. However, such a leased employee shall not be considered an Employee if (i) he participates in a money purchase pension plan sponsored by the leasing organization which provides for immediate participation, immediate full vesting, and an annual contribution of at least 10 percent of the Employees 415 Compensation, and (ii) leased employees do not constitute more than 20 percent of the Employers total work force (including leased employees, but excluding Highly Paid Employees and any other Employees who have not performed services for the Employer on a substantially full-time basis for at least one year).
Employer means the Bank or any affiliate within the purview of section 414(b), (c) or (m) and 415(h) of the Code, any other corporation, partnership, or proprietorship which adopts this Plan with the Banks consent pursuant to Section 13.1, and any entity which succeeds to the business of any Employer and adopts the Plan pursuant to Section 13.2.
Entry Date means the Effective Date and each January 1 and July 1 coincident with or next following the Effective Date.
ERISA means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (P.L. 93-406, as amended).
Exempt Loan means an indebtedness arising from any extension of credit to the Plan or the Trust which satisfies the requirements set forth in Section 6.3 and which was obtained for any or all of the following purposes:
(i) to acquire qualifying Employer securities as defined in Treasury Regulations §54.4975-12;
(ii) to repay such Exempt Loan; or
(iii) to repay a prior exempt loan.
415 Compensation
(a) shall mean wages within the meaning of Code Section 3401(a) and all other payments of compensation to an Employee by the Employer (in the course of the Employers trade or business) for which the Employer is required to furnish the Employee a written statement under Code Sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3), and 6052. Compensation must be determined without regard to any rules under Code Section 3401(a) that limit the remuneration included in wages based on the nature or location of the employment or the services performed (such as the exception for agricultural labor in Code Section 3401(a)(2)).
(b) 415 Compensation shall include elective contributions. For this purpose, elective contributions are elective deferrals (as defined in Code Section 402(g)(3)) and amounts contributed or deferred by the Employer at the election of the Employee which are not includible in the gross income
of the Employee by reason of Code Section 125 (including any deemed Code Section 125 compensation), 132(f)(4), or 457.
(d) Taxable post-severance payments from a non-qualified, unfunded deferred compensation plan shall be included in the definition of Section 415 Compensation, but only if such amounts are paid within the later of (i) 2 ½ months after severance from employment or (ii) the end of the limitation year that includes the date of severance that are payments that, absent a severance from employment, would have been paid to the Participant as regular compensation for services, or payments from accrued bona-fide sick, vacation, or other leave. To the extent permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.415-1 et seq ., such limitations shall not apply to disabled Participants and to Participants who severed employment due to qualified military service. Severance from employment shall be interpreted as set forth in Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(k)-1 et seq .
(d) 415 Compensation shall include amounts that are includible in income under Code Section 409A or Code Section 457(f)(1)(A).
(e) 415 Compensation in excess of $250,000 (as indexed) shall be disregarded for all Participants. For purposes of this sub-section, the $250,000 limit shall be referred to as the applicable limit for the Plan Year in question. The $250,000 limit shall be adjusted for increases in the cost of living in accordance with Section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code, effective for the Plan Year which begins within the applicable calendar year. For purposes of the applicable limit, 415 Compensation shall be prorated over short Plan Years and only compensation for the portion of the Plan Year during which the individual was a Participant shall be taken into account.
(f) 415 Compensation shall also include the following types of compensation paid after a Participants severance from employment with the Employer, provided that amounts described in paragraphs (i) or (ii) below shall only be included as 415 Compensation to the extent such amounts are paid by the later of 2½ months after severance from employment, or by the end of the limitation year that includes the date of such severance from employment.
(i) Regular Pay. 415 Compensation shall include regular pay after severance from employment if (a) the payment is for regular compensation for services during the Participants regular working hours, or compensation for services outside of the Participants regular working hours (such as overtime or shift differential), commissions, bonuses, or other similar payments, and (b) the payment would have been paid to the Participant prior to severance from employment if the Participant had continued in employment with the Employer.
(ii) Leave Cashouts. 415 Compensation shall include leave cashouts if those amounts would have been included in the definition of 415 Compensation if they were earned prior to the Participants severance from employment, and the amounts are payment for unused accrued bona fide sick, vacation or other leave, but only if the Participant would have been able to use the leave if his employment had continued.
(g) 415 Compensation shall also include differential wage payments (as defined in Code Section 3401(h)) paid by the Employer to a former Employee who is performing qualified military services (as defined in Code Section 414(u)(1)) but only to the extent that those differential wage payments do not exceed the amounts the individual would have received if the individual had continued to perform services for the Employer rather than entering qualified military service.
Highly Paid Employee for any Plan Year means an Employee who, during either that or the immediately preceding Plan Year was at any time a five percent owner of the Employer (as defined in Code Section 416(i)(1)) or, during the immediately preceding Plan Year, had 415 Compensation exceeding $115,000 and was among the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees (the $115,000 amount is adjusted at the same time and in the same manner as under Code Section 415(d)). For these purposes, the most highly compensated one-fifth of all Employees shall be determined by taking into account all individuals working for all related Employer entities described in the definition of Service, but excluding any individual who has not completed six months of Service, who normally works fewer than 17-1/2 hours per week or in fewer than six months per year, who has not reached age 21, whose employment is covered by a collective bargaining agreement, or who is a nonresident alien who receives no earned income from United States sources. The applicable year for which a determination is being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year.
Hours of Service means hours to be credited to an Employee under the following rules:
(a) Each hour for which an Employee is paid or is entitled to be paid for services to an Employer is an Hour of Service.
(b) Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid or is entitled to be paid for a period of vacation, holidays, illness, disability, lay-off, jury duty, temporary military duty, or leave of absence is an Hour of Service. However, except as otherwise specifically provided, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period which an Employee performs no duties. No more than 501 Hours of Service will be credited under this paragraph for any single continuous period (whether or not such period occurs in a single computation period). Further, no Hours of Service shall be credited on account of payments made solely under a plan maintained to comply with workers compensation, unemployment compensation, or disability insurance laws, or to reimburse an Employee for medical expenses.
(c) Each hour for which back pay (ignoring any mitigation of damages) is either awarded or agreed to by an Employer is an Hour of Service. However, no more than 501 Hours of Service shall be credited for any single continuous period during which an Employee would not have performed any duties. The same Hours of Service will not be credited both under paragraph (a) or (b) as the case may be, and under this paragraph (c). These hours will be credited to the employee for the computation period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather than the computation period in which the award agreement or payment is made.
(d) Hours of Service shall be credited in any one period only under one of the foregoing paragraphs (a), (b) and (c); an Employee may not get double credit for the same period.
(e) If an Employer finds it impractical to count the actual Hours of Service for any class or group of non-hourly Employees, each Employee in that class or group shall be credited with 45 Hours of Service for each weekly pay period in which he has at least one Hour of Service. However, an Employee shall be credited only for his normal working hours during a paid absence.
(f) Hours of Service to be credited on account of a payment to an Employee (including back pay) shall be recorded in the period of Service for which the payment was made. If the period overlaps two or more Plan Years, the Hours of Service credit shall be allocated in proportion to the respective portions of the period included in the several Plan Years. However, in the case of periods of 31 days or less, the Administrator may apply a uniform policy of crediting the Hours of Service to either the first Plan Year or the second.
(g) In all respects an Employees Hours of Service shall be counted as required by Section 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) of the Department of Labors regulations under Title I of ERISA.
Investment Fund means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of assets other than Stock. Notwithstanding the above, assets from the Investment Fund may be used to purchase Stock in the open market or otherwise, or used to pay on the Exempt Loan, and shares so purchased will be allocated to a Participants Stock Fund.
Normal Retirement means retirement on or after the Participants Normal Retirement Date.
Normal Retirement Date means the first day of the month coincident with or next following the Participants 65 th birthday.
Participant means any Eligible Employee who is an Active Participant participating in the Plan, or Eligible Employee or former Employee who was previously an Active Participant and still has a balance credited to his Account.
Period of Uniformed Service means the length of time that an Employee serves in the Uniformed Services.
Plan Year means the twelve-month period commencing January 1, 2013 and ending December 31, 2013 and each period of 12 consecutive months beginning on January 1 of each succeeding year.
Recognized Absence means a period for which
(a) an Employer grants an Employee a leave of absence for a limited period, but only if an Employer grants such leave on a nondiscriminatory basis; or
(b) an Employee is temporarily laid off by an Employer because of a change in business conditions; or
(c) an Employee is on active military duty, but only to the extent that his employment rights are protected by the Military Selective Service Act of 1967 (38 U.S.C. Sec. 2021).
Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service
(a) Reemployment (or Reemployed) After a Period of Uniformed Service means that an Employee returned to employment with a Participating Employer, within the time frame set forth in subparagraph (b) below, after a Period of Uniformed Service in the Uniformed Services and the following rules corresponding to provisions of the Uniformed Services Employment and Reemployment Rights Act of 1994 (USERRA) apply: (i) he or she gives sufficient notice of leave to the Participating Employer prior to commencing a Period of Uniformed Service, or is excused from providing such notice; (ii) his or her employment with the Participating Employer prior to a Period of Uniformed Service was not of a brief, nonrecurrent nature that would preclude a reasonable expectation that such employment would continue indefinitely or for a significant period; (iii) the Participating Employers circumstances have not changed so that reemployment is unreasonable or an undue hardship to the Participating Employer; and (iv) the applicable cumulative Periods of Uniformed Service under USERRA equals five years or less, unless service in the Uniformed Services:
(1) in excess of five years is required to complete an initial Period of Uniformed Service;
(2) prevents the Participant from obtaining orders releasing him or her from such Period of Uniformed Service prior to the expiration of a five-year period (through no fault of the Participant);
(3) is required in the National Guard for drill and instruction, field exercises or active duty training, or to fulfill necessary additional training, or to fulfill necessary additional training requirements certified in writing by the Secretary of the branch of Uniformed Services concerned; or
(4) for a Participant is
(A) required other than for training under any provisions of law during a war or national agency declared by the President or Congress;
(B) required (other than for training) in support of an operational mission for which personnel have been ordered to active duty other than during war or national emergency;
(C) required in support of a critical mission or requirement of the Uniformed Services; or
(D) the result of being called into service as a member of the National Guard by the President in the case of rebellion or danger of rebellion against the authority of the United States Government or if the President is unable to execute the laws of the United States with the regular forces.
(b) The applicable statutory time frames within which an Employee must report to a Participating Employer after a Period of Uniformed Service are as follows:
(1) If the Period of Uniformed Service was less than 31 days,
(A) not later than the beginning of the first full regularly scheduled work period on the first full calendar day following the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service and the expiration of eight hours after a period of time allowing for the safe transportation of the Employee from the place of service in the Uniformed Services to the Employees residence; or
(B) as soon as possible after the expiration of the eight-hour period of time referred to in Clause (A), if reporting within the period referred to in such clause is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee.
(2) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 30 days but less than 181 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 14 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service or, if submitting such application within such period is impossible or unreasonable through no fault of the Employee, the next first full calendar day when submission of such application becomes reasonable.
(3) In the case of an Employee whose Period of Uniformed Service was for more than 180 days, by submitting an application for reemployment with a Participating Employer not later than 90 days after the completion of the Period of Uniformed Service.
(4) In the case of an Employee who is hospitalized for, or convalescing from, an illness or injury related to the Period of Uniformed Service the Employee shall apply for reemployment with a Participating Employer at the end of the period that is necessary for the Employee to recover. Such period of recovery shall not exceed two years, unless circumstances beyond the Employees control make reporting as above unreasonable or impossible.
(c) Notwithstanding subparagraph (a), Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service terminates upon the occurrence of any of the following:
(1) a dishonorable or bad conduct discharge from the Uniformed Services;
(2) any other discharge from the Uniformed Services under circumstances other than an honorable condition;
(3) a discharge of a commissioned officer from the Uniformed Services by court martial, by commutation of sentence by court martial, or, in time of war, by the President; or
(4) a demotion of a commissioned officer in the Uniformed Services for absence without authorized leave of at least 3 months confinement under a sentence by court martial, or confinement in a federal or state penitentiary after being found guilty of a crime under a final sentence.
Service means an Employees period(s) of employment with an Employer, excluding for initial eligibility purposes any period in which the individual was a nonresident alien and did not receive from an Employer any earned income which constituted income from sources within the United States. An Employees Service shall include any Service which constitutes Service with a predecessor Employer within the meaning of Section 414(a) of the Code, provided, however, that Service with an acquired entity shall not be considered Service under the Plan unless required by applicable law or agreed to by the parties to such transaction. An Employees Service shall also include any Service with an entity which is not an Employer, but only either (i) in which the other entity is a member of a controlled group of corporations or is under common control with other trades and businesses within the meaning of Section 414(b) or 414(c) of the Code, and a member of the controlled group or one of the trades and businesses is an Employer, (ii) for a period in which the other entity is a member of an affiliated service group within the meaning of Section 414(m) of the Code, and a member of the affiliated service group is an Employer, or (iii) all Employers aggregated with the Employer under Section 414(o) of the Code (but not until the Proposed Regulations under Section 414(o) become effective). Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
Spouse means the individual, if any, to whom a Participant is lawfully married on the date benefit payments to the Participant are to begin, or on the date of the Participants death, if earlier. A former Spouse shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code.
Stock means common stock issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) which is readily tradable on an established securities market. In the event there is no common stock which meets the requirements of the preceding sentence, then Stock means common stock
issued by the Employer (or by a corporation which is a member of the same controlled group) having a combined voting power and dividend rights equal to or in excess of (A) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest voting power; and (B) that class of common stock of the Employer (or of any other such corporation) having the greatest dividend rights.
Stock Fund means that portion of the Trust Fund consisting of Stock.
Trust or Trust Fund means the trust fund created under this Plan.
Trust Agreement means the agreement between the Bank and the Trustee concerning the Trust Fund. If any assets of the Trust Fund are held in a co-mingled trust fund with assets of other qualified retirement plans, Trust Agreement shall be deemed to include the trust agreement governing that co-mingled trust fund. With respect to the allocation of investment responsibility for the assets of the Trust Fund, the provisions of Article II of the Trust Agreement are incorporated herein by reference.
Trustee means one or more corporate persons or individuals selected from time to time by the Bank to serve as trustee or co-trustees of the Trust Fund.
Unallocated Stock Fund means that portion of the Stock Fund consisting of the Plans holding of Stock which have been acquired in exchange for one or more Exempt Loans and which have not yet been allocated to the Participants Accounts in accordance with Section 4.2.
Uniformed Service means the performance of duty on a voluntary or involuntary basis in the uniformed service of the United States, including the U.S. Public Health Services, under competent authority and includes active duty, active duty for training, initial activity duty for training, inactive duty training, full-time National Guard duty, and the period for which a person is absent from a position of employment for purposes of an examination to determine the fitness of the person to perform any such duty.
Valuation Date means each business day provided the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market. If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, then Valuation Date shall mean the last day of the Plan Year and each other date as of which the Committee shall determine the investment experience of the Investment Fund and adjust the Participants Accounts accordingly.
Valuation Period means the period following a Valuation Date and ending with the next Valuation Date.
Vesting Year means a unit of Service credited to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.2 for purposes of determining his vested interest in his Account.
Section 3. Eligibility for Participation .
3.1 Initial Eligibility . All Eligible Employees employed on the Effective Date shall enter the Plan as of the Plans Effective Date. Thereafter, an Eligible Employee shall enter the Plan as of the Entry Date coincident with or next following the later of the following dates:
(i) the last day of the Eligible Employees Eligibility Year, and
(ii) the Eligible Employees 21st birthday.
3.2 Definition of Eligibility Year . Eligibility Year means an applicable eligibility period (as defined below) in which the Eligible Employee has completed 1,000 Hours of Service for the Employer. For
this purpose, an Eligible Employees first eligibility period is the 12-consecutive month period beginning on the first day on which he has an Hour of Service, and subsequent eligibility periods shall commence on the first anniversary of the date on which the Employee first completed an Hour of Service for the Employer.
3.3 Terminated Employees . No Employee shall have any interest or rights under this Plan if he is never in active Service with an Employer on or after the Effective Date.
3.4 Certain Employees Ineligible .
3.4-1 No Employee shall participate in the Plan while his Service is covered by a collective bargaining agreement between an Employer and the Employees collective bargaining representative if (i) retirement benefits have been the subject of good faith bargaining between the Employer and the representative and (ii) the collective bargaining agreement does not provide for the Employees participation in the Plan.
3.4-2 Leased Employees are not eligible to participate in the Plan.
3.4-3 Employees who are nonresident aliens with no earned income (within the meaning of Code Section 911(d)(2)) from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the United States (within the meaning of Code Section 861(a)(3)).
3.5 Participation and Reparticipation . Subject to the satisfaction of the foregoing requirements, an Eligible Employee shall participate in the Plan during each period of his Service from the date on which he first becomes eligible until his termination. For this purpose, an Eligible Employee who returns before five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service who previously satisfied the initial eligibility requirements or who returns after five (5) consecutive one year Breaks in Service with a vested Account balance in the Plan shall re-enter the Plan as of the date of his return to Service with an Employer.
3.6 Omission of Eligible Employee . If, in any Plan Year, any Eligible Employee who should be included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously omitted and discovery of such omission is not made until after a contribution by his Employer for the year has been made, the Employer shall make a subsequent contribution with respect to the omitted Eligible Employee in the amount which the said Employer would have contributed regardless of whether or not it is deductible in whole or in part in any taxable year under applicable provisions of the Code.
3.7 Inclusion of Ineligible Employee . If, in any fiscal year, any person who should not have been included as a Participant in the Plan is erroneously included and discovery of such incorrect inclusion is not made until after a contribution for the year has been made, the Employer shall not be entitled to recover the contribution made with respect to the ineligible person regardless of whether or not a deduction is allowable with respect to such contribution. In such event, the amount contributed with respect to the ineligible person shall constitute a forfeiture for the fiscal year in which the discovery is made.
Section 4. Contributions and Credits .
4.1 Discretionary Contributions .
4.1-1 The Employer shall from time to time contribute, with respect to a Plan Year, such amounts as it may determine from time to time. The Employer shall have no obligation to contribute any amount under this Plan except as so determined in its sole discretion. The Employers contributions and available forfeitures for a Plan Year shall be credited as of the last day of the year to the Accounts of the Active Participants in the manner set forth in Section 8.1-2.
4.1-2 Upon a Participants Reemployment After a Period of Uniformed Service, the Employer shall make an additional contribution on behalf of such Participant that would have been made on his or her behalf during the Plan Year or Years corresponding to the Participants Period of Uniformed Service.
4.2 Contributions for Exempt Loans . If the Trustee, upon instructions from the Committee, incurs any Exempt Loan upon the purchase of Stock, the Employer may contribute for each Plan Year an amount sufficient to cover all payments of principal and interest as they come due under the terms of the Exempt Loan. If there is more than one Exempt Loan, the Employer shall designate the one to which any contribution is to be applied. Investment earnings realized on Employer contributions and any dividends paid by the Employer on Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Account, shall be applied to the Exempt Loan related to that Stock, subject to Section 7.2.
In each Plan Year in which Employer contributions, earnings on contributions, or dividends on Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund are used as payments under an Exempt Loan, a certain number of shares of the Stock acquired with that Exempt Loan which is then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be released for allocation among the Participants. The number of shares released shall bear the same ratio to the total number of those shares then held in the Unallocated Stock Fund (prior to the release) as (i) the principal and interest payments made on the Exempt Loan in the current Plan Year bears to (ii) the sum of (i) above, and the remaining principal and interest payments required (or projected to be required on the basis of the interest rate in effect at the end of the Plan Year) to satisfy the Exempt Loan.
At the direction of the Committee, the current and projected payments of interest under an Exempt Loan may be ignored in calculating the number of shares to be released in each year if (i) the Exempt Loan provides for annual payments of principal and interest at a cumulative rate that is not less rapid at any time than level annual payments of such amounts for 10 years, (ii) the interest included in any payment is ignored only to the extent that it would be determined to be interest under standard loan amortization tables, and (iii) the term of the Exempt Loan, by reason of renewal, extension, or refinancing, has not exceeded 10 years from the original acquisition of the Stock.
4.3 Conditions as to Contributions . Employers contributions shall in all events be subject to the limitations set forth in Section 5. Contributions may be made in the form of cash, or securities and other property to the extent permissible under ERISA, including Stock, and shall be held by the Trustee in accordance with the Trust Agreement. In addition to the provisions of Section 13.3 for the return of an Employers contributions in connection with a failure of the Plan to qualify initially under the Code, any amount contributed by an Employer due to a good faith mistake of fact, or based upon a good faith but erroneous determination of its deductibility under Section 404 of the Code, shall be returned to the Employer within one year after the date on which the contribution was originally made, or within one year after its nondeductibility has been finally determined. However, the amount to be returned shall be reduced to take account of any adverse investment experience within the Trust Fund in order that the balance credited to each Participants Account is not less that it would have been if the contribution had never been made.
4.4 Rollover Contributions . This Plan shall not accept a direct rollover or rollover contribution of an eligible rollover distribution as such term is defined in Section 10.9-1 of the Plan.
Section 5. Limitations on Contributions and Allocations .
5.1 Limitation on Annual Additions . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, allocation of Employer contributions for any Plan Year shall be subject to the following:
5.1-1 No more than one-third of the Employer contributions used for repayment of any Exempt Loan in accordance with Section 4.2 shall be allocated to the accounts of Highly Paid Employees (within the meaning of Code Section 414(q)), with the remaining Employer contributions to be made to Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the manner specified under Section 8.1. Such adjustments shall be made before any allocations occur.
5.1-2 After adjustment, if any, required by the preceding paragraph, the annual additions during any Plan Year to any Participants Account under this and any other defined contribution plans maintained by the Employer or an affiliate (within the purview of Section 414(b), (c) and (m) and Section 415(h) of the Code, which affiliate shall be deemed the Employer for this purpose) shall not exceed the lesser of $50,000 (or such other dollar amount which results from cost-of-living adjustments under Section 415(d) of the Code) (the dollar limitation) or 100 percent of the Participants 415 Compensation for such limitation year (the percentage limitation). The percentage limitation shall not apply to any contribution for medical benefits after separation from service (within the meaning of Section 401(h) or Section 419A(f)(2) of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition. In the event the annual additions exceed the limits of Code Section 415 described above, the annual additions for such year shall be reduced and reallocated in accordance with the Employee Plans Compliance Resolution System (EPCRS) as set forth in Rev. Proc. 2008-50 or any subsequent guidance issued by the Internal Revenue Service.
5.1-3 For purposes of this Section 5.1, the annual addition to a Participants Accounts means the sum of (i) Employer contributions, (ii) Employee contributions, if any, and (iii) forfeitures. Annual additions to a defined contribution plan also include amounts allocated to an individual medical account, as defined in Section 415(l)(2) of the Internal Revenue Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan maintained by the Employer, amounts derived from contributions paid or accrued in taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable to post-retirement medical benefits allocated to the separate account of a Key Employee under a welfare benefit fund, as defined in Section 419A(d) of the Internal Revenue Code, maintained by the Employer.
Annual additions to the Participants Account shall not include a restorative payment in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.415(c)-1(b)(2)(C) that is made to restore losses to the Plan resulting from actions by a fiduciary for which there is a reasonable risk of liability for breach of fiduciary duty under ERISA or other applicable federal and state law.
In the event Stock is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund and allocated to a Participants Account for a particular Plan Year, the Employer may determine for such year that an annual addition shall be calculated on the basis of the fair market value of the Stock so released and allocated (such fair market value to be based on the valuation as of the Valuation Date immediately preceding the Plan Year in respect of which the release and allocation are made) if the annual addition, as so calculated, is lower than the annual addition calculated on the basis of Employer contributions.
5.1-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, if no more than one-third of the Employer contributions to the Plan for a year which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9) of the Code are allocated to Highly Paid Employees (within the meaning of Section 414(q) of the Internal Revenue Code), the limitations imposed herein shall not apply to:
(i) forfeitures of Employer securities (within the meaning of Section 409 of the Code) under the Plan if such securities were acquired with the proceeds of a loan described in Section 404(a)(9)(A) of the Code), or
(ii) Employer contributions to the Plan which are deductible under Section 404(a)(9)(B) and charged against a Participants Account.
5.1-5 If the Employer contributes amounts, on behalf of Eligible Employees covered by this Plan, to other defined contribution plans as defined in Section 3(34) of ERISA, the limitation on annual additions provided in this Section shall be applied to annual additions in the aggregate to this Plan and to such other plans. Reduction of annual additions, where required, shall be accomplished first by reductions under such other plan pursuant to the directions of the named fiduciary for administration of such other plans or under priorities, if any, established under the terms of such other plans and then by allocating any remaining excess for this Plan in the manner and priority set out above with respect to this Plan.
5.1-6 A limitation year shall mean each 12 consecutive month period ending on December 31 within the Plan Year.
5.2 Effect of Limitations . The Committee shall take whatever action may be necessary from time to time to assure compliance with the limitations set forth in Section 5.1. Specifically, the Committee shall see that each Employer restrict its contributions for any Plan Year to an amount which, taking into account the amount of available forfeitures, may be completely allocated to the Participants consistent with those limitations. Where the limitations would otherwise be exceeded by any Participant, further allocations to the Participant shall be curtailed to the extent necessary to satisfy the limitations. Where an excessive amount is contributed on account of a mistake as to one or more Participants compensation, or there is an amount of forfeitures which may not be credited in the Plan Year in which it becomes available, the amount shall be corrected in accordance with Section 5.1-2 of the Plan. If it is determined at any time that the Committee and/or Trustee has erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating net gain or loss pursuant to Sections 8.2 and 8.3, then the Committee, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
5.3 Limitations as to Certain Participants . Aside from the limitations set forth in Section 5.1, if the Plan acquires any Stock in a transaction as to which a selling shareholder or the estate of a deceased shareholder is claiming the benefit of Section 1042 of the Code, the Committee shall see that none of such Stock, and no other assets in lieu of such Stock, are allocated to the Accounts of certain Participants in this Plan or be allocated directly or indirectly under any plan of the Employer meeting the requirements of Code Section 401(a) during the non-allocation period, in order to comply with Code Section 409(n).
This restriction shall apply at all times to a Participant who owns (taking into account the attribution rules under Section 318(a) of the Code, without regard to the exception for employee plan trusts in Section 318(a)(2)(B)(i)) more than 25 percent of (i) any class of outstanding stock of a corporation and (ii) the total value of any class of outstanding stock of a corporation which issued the Stock acquired by the Plan, or another corporation within the same controlled group, as defined in Section 409(l)(4) of the Code (any such class of stock hereafter called a Related Class). For this purpose, a Participant who owns more than 25 percent of Related Class at any time within the one year preceding the Plans purchase of the Stock shall be subject to the restriction as to all allocations of the Stock, but any other Participant shall be subject to the restriction only as to allocations which occur at a time when he owns more than 25 percent of any Related Class.
Further, this restriction shall apply to the selling shareholder claiming the benefit of Section 1042 and any other Participant who is related to such a shareholder within the meaning of Section 267(b) of the Code, during the period beginning on the date of sale and ending on the later of (1) the date that is ten years after the
date of sale, or (2) the date of the Plan allocation attributable to the final payment of acquisition indebtedness incurred in connection with the sale.
This restriction shall not apply to any Participant who is a lineal descendant of a selling shareholder if the aggregate amounts allocated under the Plan for the benefit of all such descendants do not exceed five percent of the Stock acquired from the shareholder.
5.4 Erroneous Allocations . No Participant shall be entitled to any annual additions or other allocations to his Account in excess of those permitted under Section 5. If it is determined at any time that the administrator and/or Trustee have erred in accepting and allocating any contributions or forfeitures under this Plan, or in allocating investment adjustments, or in excluding or including any person as a Participant, then the administrator, in a uniform and nondiscriminatory manner, shall determine the manner in which such error shall be corrected, after taking into consideration Sections 3.6 and 3.7, if applicable, and shall promptly advise the Trustee in writing of such error and of the method for correcting such error. The Accounts of any or all Participants may be revised, if necessary, in order to correct such error.
Section 6. Trust Fund and Its Investment .
6.1 Creation of Trust Fund . All amounts received under the Plan from Employers and investments shall be held as the Trust Fund pursuant to the terms of this Plan and of the Trust Agreement between the Bank and the Trustee. The benefits described in this Plan shall be payable only from the assets of the Trust Fund, and none of the Bank, any other Employer, its board of directors or trustees, its stockholders, its officers, its employees, the Committee, and the Trustee shall be liable for payment of any benefit under this Plan except from the Trust Fund.
6.2 Stock Fund and Investment Fund . The Trust Fund held by the Trustee shall be divided into the Stock Fund, consisting entirely of Stock, and the Investment Fund, consisting of all assets of the Trust other than Stock. The Trustee shall have no investment responsibility for the Stock Fund, but shall accept any Employer contributions made in the form of Stock, and shall acquire, sell, exchange, distribute, and otherwise deal with and dispose of Stock in accordance with the instructions of the Committee. The Trustee shall have full responsibility for the investment of the Investment Fund, except to the extent such responsibility may be delegated from time to time to one or more investment managers pursuant to Section 2.3 of the Trust Agreement, or to the extent the Committee directs the Trustee to purchase Stock with the assets in the Investment Fund.
6.3 Acquisition of Stock . From time to time the Committee may, in its sole discretion, direct the Trustee to acquire Stock from the issuing Employer or from shareholders, including shareholders who are or have been Employees, Participants, or fiduciaries with respect to the Plan. The Trustee shall pay for such Stock no more than its fair market value, which shall be determined conclusively by the Committee pursuant to Section 12.4. The Committee may direct the Trustee to finance the acquisition of Stock by incurring or assuming indebtedness to the seller or another party which indebtedness shall be called an Exempt Loan. The term Exempt Loan shall refer to a loan made to the Plan by a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975(e)(2) of the Code, or a loan to the Plan which is guaranteed by a disqualified person. An Exempt Loan includes a direct loan of cash, a purchase-money transaction, and an assumption of an obligation of a tax-qualified employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code (ESOP). For these purposes, the term guarantee shall include an unsecured guarantee and the use of assets of a disqualified person as collateral for a loan, even though the use of assets may not be a guarantee under applicable state law. An amendment of an Exempt Loan in order to qualify as an exempt loan is not a refinancing of the Exempt Loan or the making of another Exempt Loan. The term exempt loan refers to a loan that satisfies the provisions of
this paragraph. A non-exempt loan fails to satisfy this paragraph. Any Exempt Loan shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
6.3-1 An Exempt Loan shall primarily be for the benefit of Plan Participants and Beneficiaries, shall be for a specific term, shall not be payable on demand except in the event of default, and shall bear a reasonable rate of interest, such that the interest rate and the price of the securities to be acquired with the Exempt Loan will not cause the Plans assets to be drained off in violation of Treasury Regulation Section 54.4975-7(b)(3).
6.3-2 An Exempt Loan may, but need not, be secured by a collateral pledge of either the Stock acquired in exchange for the Exempt Loan, or the Stock previously pledged in connection with a prior Exempt Loan which is being repaid with the proceeds of the current Exempt Loan. No other assets of the Plan and Trust may be used as collateral for an Exempt Loan, and no creditor under an Exempt Loan shall have any right or recourse to any Plan and Trust assets other than Stock remaining subject to a collateral pledge.
6.3-3 Any pledge of Stock to secure an Exempt Loan must provide for the release of pledged Stock in connection with payments on the Exempt Loan in the ratio prescribed in Section 4.2.
6.3-4 Repayments of principal and interest on any Exempt Loan during any Plan Year must not exceed an amount equal to the sum of contributions and earnings received during or prior to such Plan Year, less such payments in prior Plan Years and from cash dividends received on Stock, in the last case, however, subject to the further requirements of Section 7.2. All contributions and earnings shall be separately accounted for in the Plans records until the Exempt Loan is repaid.
6.3-5 In the event of default of an Exempt Loan, the value of Plan assets transferred in satisfaction of the Exempt Loan must not exceed the amount of the default. If the lender is a disqualified person within the meaning of Section 4975 of the Code, an Exempt Loan must provide for a transfer of Plan assets upon default only upon and to the extent of the failure of the Plan to meet the payment schedule of said Exempt Loan. For purposes of this paragraph, the making of a guarantee does not make a person a lender.
6.4 Participants Option to Diversify . The Committee shall provide for a procedure under which each Participant may, during the qualified election period, elect to diversify a portion of the Employer Stock allocated to his Account, as provided in Section 401(a)(28)(B) of the Code. An election to diversify must be made on the prescribed form and filed with the Committee within the period specified herein. For each of the first five (5) Plan years in the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to diversify an amount which does not exceed 25% of the number of shares allocated to his Account since the inception of the Plan, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. For the last year of the qualified election period, the Participant may elect to have up to 50 percent of the value of his Account committed to other investments, less all shares with respect to which an election under this Section has already been made. The term qualified election period shall mean the six (6) Plan Year period beginning with the first Plan Year in which a Participant has both attained age 55 and completed 10 years of participation in the Plan. A Participants election to diversify his Account may be made within each year of the qualified election period and shall continue for the 90-day period immediately following the last day of each year in the qualified election period. Once a Participant makes such election, the Plan must complete diversification in accordance with such election within 90 days after the end of the period during which the election could be made for the Plan Year. In the discretion of the Committee, the Plan may satisfy the diversification requirement by any of the following methods:
6.4-1 The Plan may distribute all or part of the amount subject to the diversification election.
6.4-2 The Plan may offer the Participant at least three other distinct investment options, if available under the Plan. The other investment options shall satisfy the requirements of Regulations under Section 404(c) of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA).
6.4-3 The Plan may transfer the portion of the Participants Account subject to the diversification election to another qualified defined contribution plan of the Employer that offers at least three investment options satisfying the requirements of the Regulations under Section 404(c) of ERISA.
Section 7. Voting Rights and Dividends on Stock .
7.1 Voting and Tendering of Stock .
7.1-1 The Trustee generally shall vote all shares of Stock held under the Plan in accordance with the written instructions of the Committee. However, if any Employer has registration-type class of securities within the meaning of Section 409(e)(4) of the Code, or if a matter submitted to the holders of the Stock involves a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification, liquidation, dissolution, or sale of substantially all assets of an entity, then (i) the shares of Stock which have been allocated to Participants Accounts shall be voted by the Trustee in accordance with the Participants written instructions, and (ii) the Trustee shall vote any unallocated Stock and allocated Stock for which it has received no voting instructions in the same proportions as it votes the allocated Stock for which it has received instructions from Participants. In the event no shares of Stock have been allocated to Participants Accounts at the time Stock is to be voted, each Participant shall be deemed to have one share of Stock allocated to his or her Account for the sole purpose of providing the Trustee with voting instructions.
Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, all unallocated shares of Stock must be voted by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries. Whenever such voting rights are to be exercised, the Employers shall provide the Trustee, in a timely manner, with the same notices and other materials as are provided to other holders of the Stock, which the Trustee shall distribute to the Participants. The Participants shall be provided with adequate opportunity to deliver their instructions to the Trustee regarding the voting of Stock allocated to their Accounts. The instructions of the Participants with respect to the voting of allocated shares hereunder shall be confidential.
7.1-2 In the event of a tender offer, Stock shall be tendered by the Trustee in the same manner as set forth above with respect to the voting of Stock. Notwithstanding any provision hereunder to the contrary, Stock must be tendered by the Trustee in a manner determined by the Trustee to be for the exclusive benefit of the Participants and Beneficiaries.
7.2 Application of Dividends .
7.2-1 Stock Dividends . Dividends on Stock which are received by the Trustee in the form of additional Stock shall be retained in the Stock Fund, and shall be allocated among the Participants Accounts and the Unallocated Stock Fund in accordance with their holdings of the Stock on which the dividends are paid.
7.2-2 Cash Dividends . The treatment of dividends paid in cash shall be determined after consideration to whether the cash dividends are paid on Stock held in Participants Accounts or the Unallocated Stock Fund.
(i) On Stock in Participants Accounts .
(A) Employer Exercises Discretion . Dividends on Stock credited to Participants Accounts which are received by the Trustee in the form of cash shall, at the direction of the Employer paying the dividends, either (i) be credited to the Accounts in accordance with Section 8.4(c) and invested as part of the Investment Fund, (ii) be distributed immediately to the Participants in proportion with the Participants Stock Fund Account balance (iii) be distributed to the Participants within 90 days of the close of the Plan Year in which paid in proportion with the Participants Stock Fund Account balance or (iv) be used to make payments on the Exempt Loan. If dividends on Stock allocated to a Participants Account are used to repay the Exempt Loan, Stock with a fair market value equal to the dividends so used must be allocated to such Participants Account in lieu of the dividends.
(B) Participant Exercises Discretion over Dividend . In addition, in the sole discretion of the Employer, the Employer may grant Participants the right to elect: (I) to have cash dividends paid on shares of Stock credited to such Participants Stock Fund Accounts distributed to the Participant, or (II) to leave the cash dividends allocated to the Participants Account in the Plan, to be credited to the Stock Fund Account and invested in shares of Stock. Dividends on which such election may be made will be fully vested in the Participant (even if not otherwise vested, absent the ability to make such election). Accordingly, the Employer may choose to offer this election only to Participants who are fully vested in their Account. In the event the Employer elects to give Participants the right to determine the treatment of such dividends, the Participants election shall be made by filing with the Committee the appropriate written direction as provided by the Committee at such time and in accordance with such procedures and limitations which the Committee may from time to time establish; provided, however, that the procedures established by the Committee shall provide a reasonable opportunity to change the election at least annually, may establish a default election if a Participant fails to make an affirmative election within the time established for making elections, may provide that the election is applicable for the Plan Year and cannot be revoked with respect to such Plan Year, shall otherwise be implemented in a manner such that the dividends paid or reinvested will constitute applicable dividends which may be deducted under Code Section 404(k), and are in accordance with applicable guidance issued or to be issued by the Secretary of the Treasury. If the Employer elects to give Participants the right to exercise the discretion in this Paragraph 7.2-2(i)(B), the ability to make such election shall be available to the Participant with respect to dividends paid for the entire Plan Year.
(ii) On Stock in the Unallocated Stock Fund . Dividends received on shares of Stock held in the Unallocated Stock Fund shall be applied to the repayment of principal and interest then due on the Exempt Loan used to acquire such shares. Notwithstanding the foregoing dividends paid on a share of Stock may not be used to make payments on a particular Exempt Loan unless the share was acquired with the proceeds of such loan or a refinancing of such loan.
Section 8. Adjustments to Accounts .
8.1 ESOP Allocations . Amounts available for allocation for a particular Plan Year will be divided into two categories. The first category relates to shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund attributable to using cash dividends to make Exempt Loan payments. The second category relates to contributions made by the Employer and shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of such Employer contributions and amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts pursuant to Section 9.5.
8.1-1 Shares of Stock attributable to the first category will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts of eligible Participants as follows:
(i) first, if dividends paid on shares of Stock held in Participants Stock Fund Accounts are used to make payments on an Exempt Loan, there shall be allocated to each such account a number of shares of Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund with a fair market value (determined as of the Valuation Date coincident with or immediately preceding the loan payment date) that at least equals the amount of dividends so used,
(ii) second, if necessary, any remaining shares of Stock shall be applied to reinstate amounts forfeited from Stock Fund Accounts of former employees who are entitled to a reinstatement under Section 9.5, and
(iii) finally, any remaining shares of Stock shall be allocated as a general investment gain in proportion to the number of shares held in the Active Participants Stock Fund Accounts as of the last Valuation Date of the Plan Year for which they are allocated in the same manner as described in Section 7.2-2(i).
8.1-2 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to the second category (i.e., Employer contributions, Stock released from the Unallocated Stock Fund on the basis of Employer contributions, and amounts forfeited) will be allocated to the Stock Fund Accounts or Investment Fund Accounts, as the case may be, pro rata, in proportion to the Compensation of each Active Participant that was earned by such Participant for the Plan Year during which he or she was a Participant compared to Compensation for all Active Participants.
8.1-3 Shares of Stock or cash attributable to contributions made under Section 4.1-2 shall be allocated specifically to the Participants on whose behalf such contributions were made.
8.2 Charges to Accounts . When a Valuation Date occurs, any distributions made to or on behalf of any Participant or Beneficiary since the last preceding Valuation Date shall be charged to the proper Accounts maintained for that Participant or Beneficiary.
8.3 Stock Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1, as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participants Stock Fund Account: (a) the Participants allocable share of Stock purchased by the Trustee or contributed by the Employer to the Trust Fund for that year; (b) the Participants allocable share of the Stock that is released from the Unallocated Stock Fund for that year; (c) the Participants allocable share of any forfeitures of Stock arising under the Plan during that year; and (d) any stock dividends declared and paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participants Stock Fund Account.
8.4 Investment Fund Account . Subject to the provisions of Sections 5 and 8.1 as of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall credit to each Participants Investment Fund Account: (a) the Participants allocable share of any contribution for that year made by the Employer in cash or in property other than Stock
that is not used by the Trustee to purchase Employer Stock or to make payments due under an Exempt Loan; (b) the Participants allocable share of any forfeitures from the Investment Fund Accounts of other Participants arising under the Plan during that year; (c) any cash dividends paid during that year on Stock credited to the Participants Stock Fund Account, other than dividends which are paid directly to the Participant and other than dividends which are used to repay Exempt Loan; and (d) the share of the net income or loss of the Trust Fund properly allocable to that Participants Investment Fund Account, as provided in Section 8.5.
8.5 Adjustment to Value of Trust Fund . As of the last day of each Plan Year, the Trustee shall determine: (i) the net worth of that portion of the Trust Fund which consists of properties other than Stock (the Investment Fund); and (ii) the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund since the last day of the preceding Plan Year. The net worth of the Investment Fund shall be the fair market value of all properties held by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement other than Stock, net of liabilities other than liabilities to Participants and their beneficiaries. The Trustee shall allocate to the Investment Fund Account of each Participant that percentage of the increase or decrease in the net worth of the Investment Fund equal to the ratio which the balances credited to the Participants Investment Fund Account bear to the total amount credited to all Participants Investments Fund Accounts. This allocation shall be made after application of Section 7.2, but before application of Sections 8.1, 8.4 and 5.1.
8.6 Participant Statements . Each Plan Year, the Trustee will provide each Participant with a statement of his or her Account balances as of the last day of the Plan Year.
Section 9. Vesting of Participants Interests .
9.1 Deferred Vesting in Accounts . A Participants vested interest in his Account shall be based on his Vesting Years in accordance with the following table, subject to the balance of this Section 9:
Vesting Years |
|
Percentage of Interest Vested |
|
Fewer than 2 |
|
0 |
% |
2 |
|
20 |
% |
3 |
|
40 |
% |
4 |
|
60 |
% |
5 |
|
80 |
% |
6 or more |
|
100 |
% |
9.2 Computation of Vesting Years . For purposes of this Plan, a Vesting Year means generally a Plan Year in which an Employee has performed at least 1,000 Hours of Service, beginning with the first Plan Year in which the Employee has completed an Hour of Service with the Employer, and including Service with other Employers as provided in the definition of Service. Notwithstanding the above, an Employee employed with the Bank shall receive credit for vesting purposes for each calendar year of continuous employment with the Bank, prior to the adoption of the Plan, in which such Employee completed at least 1,000 Hours of Service (such years shall also be referred to as Vesting Years). However, a Participants Vesting Years shall be computed subject to the following conditions and qualifications:
9.2-1 A Participants Vesting Years shall not include any Service prior to the date on which an Eligible Employee attains age 18.
9.2-2 To the extent applicable, a Participants vested interest in his Account accumulated before five (5) consecutive one year Break in Service shall be determined without regard to any Service after such five consecutive Breaks in Service. Further, if a Participant has five (5) consecutive one year Break in Service before his interest in his Account has become vested to some extent, pre-
Break in Service years of Service shall not be required to be taken into account for purposes of determining his post-Break in Service vested percentage.
9.2-3 To the extent applicable, in the case of a Participant who has 5 or more consecutive one year Break in Service, the Participants pre-Break in Service will count in vesting of the Employer-derived post-Break in Service accrued benefit only if either:
(i) such Participant has any nonforfeitable interest in the accrued benefit attributable to Employer contributions at the time of separation from Service, or
(ii) upon returning to Service the number of consecutive one year Breaks in Service is less than the number of years of Service.
9.2-4 Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the contrary, calculation of service for determining Vesting Years with respect to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with Section 414(u) of the Code.
9.2-5 To the extent applicable, if any amendment changes the vesting schedule, including an automatic change to or from a top-heavy vesting schedule, any Participant with three (3) or more Vesting Years may, by filing a written request with the Employer, elect to have his vested percentage computed under the vesting schedule in effect prior to the amendment. The election period must begin not later than the later of sixty (60) days after the amendment is adopted, the amendment becomes effective, or the Participant is issued written notice of the amendment by the Employer or the Committee.
9.3 Full Vesting Upon Certain Events .
9.3-1 Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participants interest in his Account shall fully vest on the Participants Normal Retirement Date. The Participants interest shall also fully vest in the event that his Service is terminated by Disability or by death.
9.3-2 The Participants interest in his Account shall also fully vest in the event of a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company. For these purposes, Change in Control shall mean a change in control of a nature that: (i) would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01 of the Current Report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act); or (ii) results in a Change in Control of the Bank or the Company within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or (iii) without limitation such a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred at such time as (a) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner(as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of Companys outstanding securities except for any securities purchased by the Banks employee stock ownership plan or trust; or (b) individuals who constitute the Board on the date hereof (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Companys stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (b), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; or (c) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially
all the assets of the Bank or the Company or similar transaction in which the Bank or Company is not the surviving institution occurs; or (d) a proxy statement soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Company, by someone other than the current management of the Company, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the Plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Company; or (e) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Company and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the reorganization of the Bank from the mutual to stock form shall not be considered a Change in Control.
9.3-3 Upon a Change in Control described in 9.3-2, the Plan shall be terminated.
9.3-4 Notwithstanding the foregoing, Participants who die or suffer a Disability while performing qualified military service (as defined in accordance with Code Section 414(u)(1)) shall be deemed to be fully vested, in accordance with the HEART Act of 2008.
9.4 Full Vesting Upon Plan Termination . Notwithstanding Section 9.1, a Participants interest in his Account shall fully vest upon termination of this Plan or upon the permanent and complete discontinuance of contributions by his Employer. In the event of a partial termination, the interest of each affected Participant shall fully vest with respect to that part of the Plan which is terminated.
9.5 Forfeiture, Repayment, and Restoral . If a Participants Service terminates before his interest in his Account is fully vested, that portion which has not vested shall be forfeited if he either (i) receives a distribution of his entire vested interest pursuant to Section 10.1, or (ii) incurs five consecutive one-year Breaks in Service. If a Participants Service terminates prior to having any portion of his Account become vested, such Participant shall be deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest immediately upon his termination of Service.
If a Participant who has suffered a forfeiture of the nonvested portion of his Account returns to Service before he has five (5) consecutive one-year Break in Service, the nonvested portion shall be restored, provided that, if the Participant had received a distribution of his vested Account balance, the amount distributed shall be repaid prior to such restoral. The Participant may repay such amount at any time within five years after he has returned to Service. The amount repaid shall be credited to his Account at the time it is repaid; an additional amount equal to that portion of his Account which was previously forfeited shall be restored to his Account at the same time from other Employees forfeitures and, if such forfeitures are insufficient, then from amounts allocated in accordance with Section 8.1-1(ii), and if insufficient, then from a special contribution by his Employer for that year. A Participant who was deemed to have received a distribution of his vested interest in the Plan shall have his Account restored as of the first day on which he performs an Hour of Service after his return.
For purposes of this Section and Section 5.1 of the Plan, if a portion of a Participants account is forfeited, Stock allocated from an Exempt Loan will be forfeited only after other assets. If interests in more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participants Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each such class.
9.6 Accounting for Forfeitures . If a portion of a Participants Account is forfeited, Stock allocated to said Participants Account shall be forfeited only after other assets are forfeited. If interests in
more than one class of Stock have been allocated to a Participants Account, the Participant must be treated as forfeiting the same proportion of each class of Stock. A forfeiture shall be charged to the Participants Account as of the first day of the first Valuation Period in which the forfeiture becomes certain pursuant to Section 9.5. Except as otherwise provided in that Section, a forfeiture shall be added to the contributions of the terminated Participants Employer which are to be credited to other Participants pursuant to Section 4.1 as of the last day of the Plan Year in which the forfeiture becomes certain.
9.7 Vesting and Nonforfeitability . A Participants interest in his Account which has become vested shall be nonforfeitable for any reason.
Section 10. Payment of Benefits .
10.1 Benefits for Participants . For a Participant whose Service ends for any reason, distribution will be made to or for the benefit of the Participant or, in the case of the Participants death, his Beneficiary, by payment in a lump sum, in accordance with Section 10.2. Notice to the Participant with regard to having the right to elect the manner in which his vested Account balance will be distributed to him may be given up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable. A Participant may modify such an election at any time, provided any new benefit payment date is at least 30 days after a modified election is delivered to the Committee. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary, if the value of a Participants vested Account balance at the time of any distribution does not exceed $1,000, then such Participants vested Account shall be distributed in a lump sum within 60 days (or as soon as administratively feasible) after the end of the Plan Year in which employment terminates. If the value of a Participants vested Account balance is in excess of $5,000, then his benefits shall not be paid prior to the later of the time he has attained Normal Retirement or age 62, unless he elects an early payment date in a written election filed with the Committee. Failure of a Participant to consent to a distribution prior to the later of Normal Retirement or age 62 shall be deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any benefit under this section. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event a distribution of more than $1,000 but not exceeding $5,000 is made in accordance with the above without the Participants consent, then the Plan administrator shall pay the distribution in a direct rollover to an individual retirement plan designated by the Plan administrator in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(31)(B) and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All distributions of $5,000 or less that are made pursuant to this Section without the Participants consent shall be made in cash.
10.2 Time for Distribution .
10.2-1 If the Participant and, if applicable, with the consent of the Participants spouse, elects the distribution of the Participants Account balance in the Plan, distribution shall commence as soon as practicable following his termination of Service, but no later than (i) one year after the close of the Plan Year in which the Participant separates from service by reason of attainment of Normal Retirement Age under the Plan, Disability, or death, or (ii) which is the fifth (5 th ) Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Participant otherwise separates from service, except that this clause shall not apply if the Participant is reemployed by the Employer before distribution is required to begin under this Section 10.2-1.
10.2-2 Unless the Participant elects otherwise, the distribution of the balance of a Participants Account shall commence not later than the 60th day after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in which -
(i) the Participant attains the age of 65;
(ii) occurs the tenth anniversary of the year in which the Participant commenced participation in the Plan; or
(iii) the Participant terminates his Service with the Employer.
10.2-3 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, (1) with respect to a 5-percent owner (as defined in Code Section 416), distribution of a Participants Account shall commence (whether or not he remains in the employ of the Employer) not later than the April 1 of the calendar year next following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½ , and (2) with respect to all other Participants, payment of a Participants benefit will commence not later than April 1 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Participant attains age 70½, or, if later, the year in which the Participant retires. A Participants benefit from that portion of his Account committed to the Investment Fund shall be calculated on the basis of the most recent Valuation Date before the date of payment.
10.2-4 Distribution of a Participants Account balance after his death shall comply with the following requirements:
(i) If a Participant dies before his distributions have commenced, distribution of his Account to his Beneficiary shall commence not later than one year after the end of the Plan Year in which the Participant died; however, if the Participants Beneficiary is his surviving Spouse, distributions may commence on the date on which the Participant would have attained age 70½. In either case, distributions shall be completed within five years after they commence.
(ii) If the Participant dies after distribution has commenced pursuant to Section 10.1 but before his entire interest in the Plan has been distributed to him, then the remaining portion of that interest shall, in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, be distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution being used under Section 10.1 at the date of his death.
(iii) If a married Participant dies before his benefit payments begin, then unless he has specifically elected otherwise, the Committee shall cause the balance in his Account to be paid to his Spouse. No election by a married Participant of a different Beneficiary shall be valid unless the election is accompanied by the Spouses written consent, which (i) must acknowledge the effect of the election, (ii) must explicitly provide either that the designated Beneficiary may not subsequently be changed by the Participant without the Spouses further consent, or that it may be changed without such consent, and (iii) must be witnessed by the Committee, its representative, or a notary public. (This requirement shall not apply if the Participant establishes to the Committees satisfaction that the Spouse may not be located.)
10.2-5 All distributions under this section shall be determined and made in accordance with Code Section 401(a)(9) and final Treasury Regulations Sections 1.401(a)(9)-1 through 1.401(a)(9)-9, including the minimum distribution incidental benefit requirements of Code Section 401(a)(9)(G). These provisions override any distribution options in the Plan inconsistent with Code Section 401(a)(9).
10.3 Marital Status . The Committee, the Plan, the Trustee, and the Employers shall be fully protected and discharged from any liability to the extent of any benefit payments made as a result of the
Committees good faith and reasonable reliance upon information obtained from a Participant and his Employer as to his marital status.
10.4 Delay in Benefit Determination . If the Committee is unable to determine the benefits payable to a Participant or Beneficiary on or before the latest date prescribed for payment pursuant to Section 10.1 or 10.2, the benefits shall in any event be paid within 60 days after they can first be determined, with whatever makeup payments may be appropriate in view of the delay.
10.5 Accounting for Benefit Payments . Any benefit payment shall be charged to the Participants Account as of the first day of the Valuation Period in which the payment is made.
10.6 Options to Receive Stock . Unless ownership of virtually all Stock is restricted to active Employees and qualified retirement plans for the benefit of Employees pursuant to the certificates of incorporation or by-laws of the Employers issuing Stock, a terminated Participant or the Beneficiary of a deceased Participant may instruct the Committee to distribute the Participants entire vested interest in his Account in the form of Stock. In the event the Participant elects to receive all Stock, the Committee shall apply the Participants vested interest in the Investment Fund to purchase sufficient Stock from the Stock Fund or from any owner of Stock to make the required distribution. In all other cases, other than as specifically set forth in Section 10.1, the Participants vested interest in the Stock Fund shall be distributed in shares of Stock, and his vested interest in the Investment Fund shall be distributed in cash.
Any Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participants death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall have the right to require the Employer which issued the Stock to purchase the Stock for its current fair market value (hereinafter referred to as the put right). The put right shall be exercisable by written notice to the Committee during the first 60 days after the Stock is distributed by the Plan, and, if not exercised in that period, during the first 60 days in the following Plan Year after the Committee has communicated to the Participant its determination as to the Stocks current fair market value. However, the put right shall not apply to the extent that the Stock, at the time the put right would otherwise be exercisable, may be sold on an established market in accordance with federal and state securities laws and regulations. Similarly, the put option shall not apply with respect to the portion of a Participants Account which the Employee elected to have reinvested under Code Section 401(a)(28)(B). If the put right is exercised, the Trustee may, if so directed by the Committee in its sole discretion, assume the Employers rights and obligations with respect to purchasing the Stock. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of a plan established by a bank (as defined in Code Section 581), the put option shall not apply if prohibited by a federal or state law and Participants are entitled to elect their benefits be distributed in cash.
The Employer or the Trustee, as the case may be, may elect to pay for the Stock in equal periodic installments, not less frequently than annually, over a period beginning not later than 30 days after the exercise of the put right and not exceeding five years, with adequate security and interest at a reasonable rate on the unpaid balance, all such terms to be set forth in a promissory note delivered to the seller with normal terms as to acceleration upon any uncured default.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to obligate any Employer to register any Stock under any federal or state securities law or to create or maintain a public market to facilitate the transfer or disposition of any Stock. The put right described herein may only be exercised by a person described in the second preceding paragraph, and may not be transferred with any Stock to any other person. As to all Stock purchased by the Plan in exchange for any Exempt Loan, the put right shall be nonterminable. The put right for Stock acquired through an Exempt Loan shall continue with respect to such Stock after the Exempt Loan is repaid or the Plan
ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, if securities acquired with the proceeds of an Exempt Loan available for distribution consist of more than one class, a distributee must receive substantially the same proportion of each such class, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(f)(2).
10.7 Restrictions on Disposition of Stock . Except in the case of Stock which is traded on an established market, a Participant who receives Stock pursuant to Section 10.1, and any person who has received Stock from the Plan or from such a Participant by reason of the Participants death or incompetence, by reason of divorce or separation from the Participant, or by reason of a rollover contribution described in Section 402(a)(5) of the Code, shall, prior to any sale or other transfer of the Stock to any other person, first offer the Stock to the issuing Employer and to the Plan at the greater of (i) its current fair market value, or (ii) the purchase price offered in good faith by an independent third party purchaser. This restriction shall apply to any transfer, whether voluntary, involuntary, or by operation of law, and whether for consideration or gratuitous. Either the Employer or the Trustee may accept the offer within 14 days after it is delivered. Any Stock distributed by the Plan shall bear a conspicuous legend describing the right of first refusal under this Section 10.7, as well as any other restrictions upon the transfer of the Stock imposed by federal and state securities laws and regulations.
10.8 Continuing Loan Provisions; Creations of Protections and Rights . Except as otherwise provided in Sections 10.6 and 10.7 and this Section, no shares of Employer Stock held or distributed by the Trustee may be subject to a put, call or other option, or buy-sell arrangement. The provisions of this Section shall continue to be applicable to such Stock even if the Plan ceases to be an employee stock ownership plan under Section 4975(e)(7) of the Code.
10.9 Direct Rollover of Eligible Distribution . A Participant or distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner prescribed by the Trustee or the Committee, to have any portion of an eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by the Participant or distributee in a direct rollover.
10.9-1 An eligible rollover is any distribution that does not include: any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint life expectancies) of the Participant and the Participants Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such distribution is required under Code Section 401(a)(9); any hardship distribution described in Section 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code; and the portion of any distribution that is not included in gross income (determined without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation with respect to employer securities). A portion of a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax employee contributions which are not includible in gross income. However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b) of the Code, or to a qualified defined contribution plan described in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately accounting for the portion of such distribution which is includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution which is not so includible.
10.9-2 An eligible retirement plan is an individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(a), an individual retirement annuity described in Code Section 408(b), an annuity plan described in Code Section 403(a), or a qualified trust described in Code Section 401(a), that accepts the distributees eligible rollover distribution. An eligible retirement plan shall also include an annuity contract described in Section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible plan under Section 457(b) of the Code which is maintained by a state, or any agency or instrumentality of a state or political subdivision
of a state and which agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into such plan from this Plan. Effective on the first day of the Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 2009, an eligible retirement plan shall also include a deemed individual retirement account described in Code Section 408(q) and a Roth individual retirement account in accordance with Code Section 408A(e).
10.9-3 A direct rollover is a payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.
10.9-4 The term distributee shall refer to a deceased Participants Spouse or a Participants former Spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Code Section 414(p), and shall include non-spouse Beneficiaries pursuant to Code Section 402(c)(11).
10.9-5 The Administrator shall provide Participants or other distributes of eligible rollover distributions with a written notice designed to comply with the requirements of Code Section 402(f). Such notice shall be provided within a reasonable period of time before making an eligible rollover distribution. Such notice may be provided up to 180 days before the first day of the first period for which an amount is payable.
10.10 Waiver of 30-Day Period After Notice of Distribution . If a distribution is one to which Sections 402(f) and 411(a)(11) of the Code apply, such distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice required under Section 1.402(f)-1 or 1.411(a)-11(c) of the Treasury Regulations is given, provided that:
(i) the Trustee or Committee, as applicable, clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to elect a rollover or a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular option), and
(ii) the Participant, after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.
Section 11. Rules Governing Benefit Claims and Review of Appeals .
11.1 Claim for Benefits . Any Participant or Beneficiary who qualifies for the payment of benefits shall file a claim for his benefits with the Committee on a form provided by the Committee. The claim, including any election of an alternative benefit form, shall be filed at least 30 days before the date on which the benefits are to begin. If a Participant or Beneficiary fails to file a claim by the day before the date on which benefits become payable, he shall be presumed to have filed a claim for payment for the Participants benefits in the standard form prescribed by Sections 10.1 or 10.2.
11.2 Notification by Committee . Within 90 days after receiving a claim for benefits (or within 180 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary within 90 days after receiving the claim for benefits), the Committee shall notify the Participant or Beneficiary whether the claim has been approved or denied. If the Committee denies a claim in any respect, the Committee shall set forth in a written notice to the Participant or Beneficiary:
(i) each specific reason for the denial;
(ii) specific references to the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial is based;
(iii) a description of any additional material or information which could be submitted by the Participant or Beneficiary to support his claim, with an explanation of the relevance of such information; and
(iv) an explanation of the claims review procedures set forth in Section 11.3.
11.3 Claims Review Procedure . Within 60 days after a Participant or Beneficiary receives notice from the Committee that his claim for benefits has been denied in any respect, he may file with the Committee a written notice of appeal setting forth his reasons for disputing the Committees determination. In connection with his appeal the Participant or Beneficiary or his representative may inspect or purchase copies of pertinent documents and records to the extent not inconsistent with other Participants and Beneficiaries rights of privacy. Within 60 days after receiving a notice of appeal from a prior determination (or within 120 days, if special circumstances require an extension of time and written notice of the extension is given to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative within 60 days after receiving the notice of appeal), the Committee shall furnish to the Participant or Beneficiary and his representative, if any, a written statement of the Committees final decision with respect to his claim, including the reasons for such decision and the particular Plan provisions upon which it is based.
Section 12. The Committee and its Functions .
12.1 Authority of Committee . The Committee shall be the plan administrator within the meaning of ERISA and shall have exclusive responsibility and authority to control and manage the operation and administration of the Plan, including the interpretation and application of its provisions, except to the extent such responsibility and authority are otherwise specifically (i) allocated to the Bank, the Employers, or the Trustee under the Plan and Trust Agreement, (ii) delegated in writing to other persons by the Bank, the Employers, the Committee, or the Trustee, or (iii) allocated to other parties by operation of law. The Committee shall have exclusive responsibility regarding decisions concerning the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall have no investment responsibility with respect to the Investment Fund except to the extent, if any, specifically provided in the Trust Agreement. In the discharge of its duties, the Committee may employ accountants, actuaries, legal counsel, and other agents (who also may be employed by an Employer or the Trustee in the same or some other capacity) and may pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.2 Identity of Committee . The Committee shall consist of three or more individuals selected by the Bank. Any individual, including a director, trustee, shareholder, officer, or Employee of an Employer, shall be eligible to serve as a member of the Committee. The Bank shall have the power to remove any individual serving on the Committee at any time without cause upon 10 days written notice, and any individual may resign from the Committee at any time upon 10 days written notice to the Bank. The Bank shall notify the Trustee of any change in membership of the Committee.
12.3 Duties of Committee . The Committee shall keep whatever records may be necessary to implement the Plan and shall furnish whatever reports may be required from time to time by the Bank. The Committee shall furnish to the Trustee whatever information may be necessary to properly administer the Trust. The Committee shall see to the filing with the appropriate government agencies of all reports and returns required of the Plan under ERISA and other laws.
Further, the Committee shall have exclusive responsibility and authority with respect to the Plans holdings of Stock and shall direct the Trustee in all respects regarding the purchase, retention, sale, exchange, and pledge of Stock and the creation and satisfaction of Exempt Loans. The Committee shall at all times act consistently with the Banks long-term intention that the Plan, as an employee stock ownership plan, be invested primarily in Stock. In determining the proper extent of the Trusts investment in Stock, the Committee shall be authorized to employ investment counsel, legal counsel, appraisers, and other agents and to pay their reasonable expenses and compensation.
12.4 Valuation of Stock . If the Stock is not readily tradable on an established securities market, the valuation of such Stock shall be determined by an independent appraiser. For purposes of the preceding sentence, the term independent appraiser means any appraiser meeting requirements similar to the requirements of the regulations prescribed under Code Section 170(a)(1). The Valuation Date for all Plan transactions, including transactions between the Plan and a disqualified person, shall be the date of the transaction, in accordance with Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(d)(5).
12.5 Compliance with ERISA . The Committee shall perform all acts necessary to comply with ERISA. Each individual member or employee of the Committee shall discharge his duties in good faith and in accordance with the applicable requirements of ERISA.
12.6 Action by Committee . All actions of the Committee shall be governed by the affirmative vote of a number of members which is a majority of the total number of members currently appointed, including vacancies.
12.7 Execution of Documents . Any instrument executed by the Committee shall be signed by any member or employee of the Committee.
12.8 Adoption of Rules . The Committee shall adopt such rules and regulations of uniform applicability as it deems necessary or appropriate for the proper administration and interpretation of the Plan.
12.9 Responsibilities to Participants . The Committee shall determine which Employees qualify to enter the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each Eligible Employee whatever summary plan descriptions, summary annual reports, and other notices and information may be required under ERISA. The Committee also shall determine when a Participant or his Beneficiary qualifies for the payment of benefits under the Plan. The Committee shall furnish to each such Participant or Beneficiary whatever information is required under ERISA (or is otherwise appropriate) to enable the Participant or Beneficiary to make whatever elections may be available pursuant to Sections 6 and 10, and the Committee shall provide for the payment of benefits in the proper form and amount from the assets of the Trust Fund. The Committee may decide in its sole discretion to permit modifications of elections and to defer or accelerate benefits to the extent consistent with applicable law and the Plan document and the best interests of all Participants and Beneficiaries in a non-discriminatory manner.
12.10 Alternative Payees in Event of Incapacity . If the Committee finds at any time that an individual qualifying for benefits under this Plan is a minor or is incompetent, the Committee may direct the benefits to be paid, in the case of a minor, to his parents, his legal guardian, or a custodian for him under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act, or, in the case of an incompetent, to his spouse, or his legal guardian, the payments to be used for the individuals benefit. The Committee and the Trustee shall not be obligated to inquire as to the actual use of the funds by the person receiving them under this Section 12.10, and any such payment shall completely discharge the obligations of the Plan, the Trustee, the Committee, and the Employers to the extent of the payment.
12.11 Indemnification by Employers . Except as separately agreed in writing, the Committee, and any member or employee of the Committee, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer, jointly and severally, to the fullest extent permitted by ERISA, and subject to and conditioned upon compliance with 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121, to the extent applicable, against any and all costs, damages, expenses, and liabilities reasonably incurred by or imposed upon it or him in connection with any claim made against it or him or in which it or he may be involved by reason of its or his being, or having been, the Committee, or a member or employee of the Committee, to the extent such amounts are not paid by insurance.
12.12 Nonparticipation by Interested Member . Any member of the Committee who also is a Participant in the Plan shall take no part in any determination specifically relating to his own participation or benefits, unless his abstention would leave the Committee incapable of acting on the matter.
Section 13. Adoption, Amendment, or Termination of the Plan .
13.1 Adoption of Plan by Other Employers . With the consent of the Bank, any entity may become a participating Employer under the Plan by (i) taking such action as shall be necessary to adopt the Plan, (ii) becoming a party to the Trust Agreement establishing the Trust Fund, and (iii) executing and delivering such instruments and taking such other action as may be necessary or desirable to put the Plan into effect with respect to the entitys Employees.
13.2 Plan Adoption Subject to Qualification . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the adoption of the Plan and the execution of the Trust Agreement are conditioned upon their being determined initially by the Internal Revenue Service to meet the qualification requirements of Section 401(a) of the Code, so that the Employers may deduct currently for federal income tax purposes their contributions to the Trust and so that the Participants may exclude the contributions from their gross income and recognize income only when they receive benefits. In the event that this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a), the Plan may be amended retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure qualification under Section 401(a). If this Plan is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify initially under Section 401(a) either as originally adopted or as amended, each Employers contributions to the Trust under this Plan (including any earnings thereon) shall be returned to it and this Plan shall be terminated. In the event that this Plan is amended after its initial qualification and the Plan as amended is held by the Internal Revenue Service not to qualify under Section 401(a), the amendment may be modified retroactively to the earliest date permitted by U.S. Treasury Regulations in order to secure approval of the amendment under Section 401(a). In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact.
13.3 Right to Amend or Terminate . The Bank intends to continue this Plan as a permanent program. However, each participating Employer separately reserves the right to suspend, supersede, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to that Employers Employees, and the Bank reserves the right to amend, suspend, supersede, merge, consolidate, or terminate the Plan at any time and for any reason, as it applies to the Employees of each Employer. No amendment, suspension, supersession, merger, consolidation, or termination of the Plan shall (i) reduce any Participants or Beneficiarys proportionate interest in the Trust Fund, (ii) reduce or restrict, either directly or indirectly, the benefit provided any Participant prior to the amendment, or (iii) divert any portion of the Trust Fund to purposes other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan. Moreover, there shall not be any transfer of assets to a successor plan or merger or consolidation with another plan unless, in the event of the termination of the successor plan or the surviving plan immediately following such transfer, merger, or consolidation, each participant or beneficiary would be entitled to a benefit equal to or greater than the benefit he would have been entitled to if the plan in which he was previously a participant or beneficiary had terminated immediately prior to such transfer, merger, or consolidation. Following a termination of this Plan by the Bank, the Trustee shall continue to administer the Trust and pay benefits in accordance with the Plan as amended from time to time and the Committees instructions.
Section 14. Miscellaneous Provisions .
14.1 Plan Creates No Employment Rights . Nothing in this Plan shall be interpreted as giving any Employee the right to be retained as an Employee by an Employer, or as limiting or affecting the rights of
an Employer to control its Employees or to terminate the Service of any Employee at any time and for any reason, subject to any applicable employment or collective bargaining agreements.
14.2 Nonassignability of Benefits . No assignment, pledge, or other anticipation of benefits from the Plan will be permitted or recognized by the Employer, the Committee, or the Trustee. Moreover, benefits from the Plan shall not be subject to attachment, garnishment, or other legal process for debts or liabilities of any Participant or Beneficiary, to the extent permitted by law. This prohibition on assignment or alienation shall apply to any judgment, decree, or order (including approval of a property settlement agreement) which relates to the provision of child support, alimony, or property rights to a present or former spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant pursuant to a state domestic relations or community property law, unless the judgment, decree, or order is determined by the Committee to be a qualified domestic relations order within the meaning of Section 414(p) of the Code, as more fully set forth in Section 14.12 hereof.
14.3 Limit of Employer Liability . The liability of the Employer with respect to Participants under this Plan shall be limited to making contributions to the Trust from time to time, in accordance with Section 4.
14.4 Treatment of Expenses . All expenses incurred by the Committee and the Trustee in connection with administering this Plan and Trust Fund shall be paid by the Trustee from the Trust Fund to the extent the expenses have not been paid or assumed by the Employer or by the Trustee. The Committee may determine that, and shall inform the Trustee when, reasonable expenses may be charged directly to the Account or Accounts of a Participant or group of Participants to whom or for whose benefit such expenses are allocable, subject to the guidelines set forth in Field Assistance Bulletin 2003-03, to the extent not superseded, or any successor directive issued by the Department of Labor.
14.5 Number and Gender . Any use of the singular shall be interpreted to include the plural, and the plural the singular. Any use of the masculine, feminine, or neuter shall be interpreted to include the masculine, feminine, or neuter, as the context shall require.
14.6 Nondiversion of Assets . Except as provided in Sections 5.2 and 14.12, under no circumstances shall any portion of the Trust Fund be diverted to or used for any purpose other than the exclusive benefit of the Participants and their Beneficiaries prior to the satisfaction of all liabilities under the Plan.
14.7 Separability of Provisions . If any provision of this Plan is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the other provisions of the Plan shall not be affected but shall be applied as if the invalid or unenforceable provision had not been included in the Plan.
14.8 Service of Process . The agent for the service of process upon the Plan shall be the president of the Bank, or such other person as may be designated from time to time by the Bank.
14.9 Governing State Law . This Plan shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Wisconsin to the extent those laws are applicable under the provisions of ERISA.
14.10 Employer Contributions Conditioned on Deductibility . Employer Contributions to the Plan are conditioned on deductibility under Code Section 404. In the event that the Internal Revenue Service shall determine that all or any portion of an Employer Contribution is not deductible under that Section, the nondeductible portion shall be returned to the Employer within one year of the disallowance of the deduction. In addition, reversions of Employer contributions (including earnings or losses attributable thereto) are permitted within one year after the applicable determination date, if the reversion is due to a good faith mistake of fact. The maximum amount that may be returned to the Employer in the case of a mistake of fact or the
disallowance of a deduction is the excess of (1) the amount contributed, over, as relevant, (2) (A) the amount that would have been contributed had no mistake of fact occurred, or (B) the amount that would have been contributed had the contribution been limited to the amount that is deductible after any disallowance by the Internal Revenue Service.
14.11 Unclaimed Accounts . Neither the Employer nor the Trustees shall be under any obligation to search for, or ascertain the whereabouts of, any Participant or Beneficiary. The Employer or the Trustees, by certified or registered mail addressed to his last known address of record with the Employer, shall notify any Participant or Beneficiary that he is entitled to a distribution under this Plan, and the notice shall quote the provisions of this Section. If the Participant or Beneficiary fails to claim his benefits or make his whereabouts known in writing to the Employer or the Trustees within seven (7) calendar years after the date of notification, the benefits of the Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan will be disposed of as follows:
(i) If the whereabouts of the Participant is unknown but the whereabouts of the Participants Beneficiary is known to the Trustees, distribution will be made to the Beneficiary.
(ii) If the whereabouts of the Participant and his Beneficiary are unknown to the Trustees, the Plan will forfeit the benefit, provided that the benefit is subject to a claim for reinstatement if the Participant or Beneficiary make a claim for the forfeited benefit.
Any payment made pursuant to the power herein conferred upon the Trustees shall operate as a complete discharge of all obligations of the Trustees, to the extent of the distributions so made.
14.12 Qualified Domestic Relations Order . Section 14.2 shall not apply to a qualified domestic relations order defined in Code Section 414(p), and such other domestic relations orders permitted to be so treated under the provisions of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984. Further, to the extent provided under a qualified domestic relations order, a former Spouse of a Participant shall be treated as the Spouse or surviving Spouse for all purposes under the Plan.
In the case of any domestic relations order received by the Plan:
(i) The Employer or the Committee shall promptly notify the Participant and any other alternate payee of the receipt of such order and the Plans procedures for determining the qualified status of domestic relations orders, and
(ii) Within a reasonable period after receipt of such order, the Employer or the Committee shall determine whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order and notify the Participant and each alternate payee of such determination. The Employer or the Committee shall establish reasonable procedures to determine the qualified status of domestic relations orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
During any period in which the issue of whether a domestic relations order is a qualified domestic relations order is being determined (by the Employer or Committee, by a court of competent jurisdiction, or otherwise), the Employer or the Committee shall segregate in a separate account in the Plan or in an escrow account the amounts which would have been payable to the alternate payee during such period if the order had been determined to be a qualified domestic relations order. If within eighteen (18) months the order (or modification thereof) is determined to be a qualified domestic relations order, the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons entitled thereto. If within eighteen (18) months it is determined that the order is not a qualified domestic relations order, or the issue as to whether such order is a qualified domestic relations order is not resolved, then the Employer or the Committee shall pay the segregated amounts (plus any interest thereon) to the person or persons who would have been
entitled to such amounts if there had been no order. Any determination that an order is a qualified domestic relations order which is made after the close of the eighteen (18) month period shall be applied prospectively only. The term alternate payee means any Spouse, former Spouse, child or other dependent of a Participant who is recognized by a domestic relations order as having a right to receive all, or a portion of, the benefit payable under a Plan with respect to such Participant.
14.13 Use of Electronic Media to Provide Notices and Make Participant Elections . Pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 1.401(a)-21, the Plan may elect to use electronic media to provide notices required to be provided to Participants under the Plan and will accept elections from Participants communicated to the Plan using such electronic media.
14.14 Acquisition of Securities . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, at no time shall the Plan be obligated to acquire securities from a particular security holder at an indefinite time determined upon the happening of an event such as the death of the security holder, pursuant to Treasury Regulations Section 54.4975-11(a)(7)(i).
Section 15. Top-Heavy Provisions .
15.1 Top-Heavy Plan . This Plan is top-heavy if any of the following conditions exist:
(i) If the top-heavy ratio for this Plan exceeds sixty percent (60%) and this Plan is not part of any required aggregation group or permissive aggregation group;
(ii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group (but is not part of a permissive aggregation group) and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the group of Plans exceeds sixty percent (60%); or
(iii) If this Plan is a part of a required aggregation group and part of a permissive aggregation group and the aggregate top-heavy ratio for the permissive aggregation group exceeds sixty percent (60%).
15.2 Definitions . In making this determination, the Committee shall use the following definitions and principles:
15.2-1 The Determination Date, with respect to the first Plan Year of any plan, means the last day of that Plan Year, and with respect to each subsequent Plan Year, means the last day of the preceding Plan Year. If any other plan has a Determination Date which differs from this Plans Determination Date, the top-heaviness of this Plan shall be determined on the basis of the other plans Determination Date falling within the same calendar years as this Plans Determination Date.
15.2-2 A Key Employee means any employee or former employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan year that includes the determination date was an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater than $165,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code), a 5-percent owner of the employer, or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000. For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation within the meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the applicable regulations and other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.
15.2-3 A Non-key Employee means an Employee who at any time during the five years ending on the top-heavy Determination Date for the Plan Year has received compensation from an Employer and who has never been a Key Employee, and the Beneficiary of any such Employee.
15.2-4 A required aggregation group includes (a) each qualified Plan of the Employer in which at least one Key Employee participates in the Plan Year containing the Determination Date and (b) any other qualified Plan of the Employer which enables a Plan described in (a) to meet the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) or 410. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a qualified Plan of the Employer includes a terminated Plan maintained by the Employer within the period ending on the Determination Date. In the case of a required aggregation group, each Plan in the group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is a top-heavy group. No Plan in the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the required aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. All Employers aggregated under Code Sections 414(b), (c) or (m) or (o) (but only after the Code Section 414(o) regulations become effective) are considered a single Employer.
15.2-5 A permissive aggregation group includes the required aggregation group of Plans plus any other qualified Plan(s) of the Employer that are not required to be aggregated but which, when considered as a group with the required aggregation group, satisfy the requirements of Code Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 and are comparable to the Plans in the required aggregation group. No Plan in the permissive aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is not a top-heavy group. Only a Plan that is part of the required aggregation group will be considered a top-heavy Plan if the permissive aggregation group is top-heavy.
15.3 Top-Heavy Rules of Application . For purposes of determining the value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits the following provisions shall apply:
15.3-1 The value of Account balances and the present value of accrued benefits will be determined as of the most recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with the twelve (12) month period ending on the Determination Date.
15.3-2 For purposes of testing whether this Plan is top-heavy, the present value of an individuals accrued benefits and an individuals Account balances is counted only once each year.
15.3-3 The Account balances and accrued benefits of a Participant who is not presently a Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1984 will be disregarded.
15.3-4 Employer contributions attributable to a salary reduction or similar arrangement will be taken into account. Employer matching contributions also shall be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum contribution requirements of Section 416(c)(2) of the Code and the Plan.
15.3-5 When aggregating Plans, the value of Account balances and accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to the Determination Dates that fall within the same calendar year.
15.3-6 The present values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account balances of an employee as of the determination date shall be increased by the distributions made with respect to the employee under the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period ending on the determination date. The preceding sentence shall also apply to distributions under a terminated plan which, had it not been terminated, would have been aggregated with the plan under Section 416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a distribution made for a
reason other than separation from service, death, or disability, this provision shall be applied by substituting five (5) year period for one (1) year period.
15.3-7 Accrued benefits and Account balances of an individual shall not be taken into account for purposes of determining the top-heavy ratios if the individual has performed no services for the Employer during the one (1) year period ending on the applicable Determination Date. Compensation for purposes of this subparagraph shall not include any payments made to an individual by the Employer pursuant to a qualified or non-qualified deferred compensation plan.
15.3-8 The present value of the accrued benefits or the amount of the Account balances of any Employee participating in this Plan shall not include any rollover contributions or other transfers voluntarily initiated by the Employee except as described below. If this Plan transfers or rolls over funds to another Plan in a transaction voluntarily initiated by the Employee, then this Plan shall count the distribution for purposes of determining Account balances or the present value of accrued benefits. A transfer incident to a merger or consolidation of two or more Plans of the Employer (including Plans of related Employers treated as a single Employer under Code Section 414), or a transfer or rollover between Plans of the Employer, shall not be considered as voluntarily initiated by the Employee.
15.4 Minimum Contributions . For any Top-Heavy Year, each Employer shall make a special contribution on behalf of each Participant to the extent that the total allocations to his Account pursuant to Section 4 is less than the lesser of:
(i) three percent of his 415 Compensation for that year, or
(ii) the highest ratio of such allocation to 415 Compensation received by any Key Employee for that year. For purposes of the special contribution of this Section, a Key Employees 415 Compensation shall include amounts the Key Employee elected to defer under a qualified 401(k) arrangement. Such a special contribution shall be made on behalf of each Participant who is employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan Year, regardless of the number of his Hours of Service, and shall be allocated to his Account.
If the Employer maintains a qualified plan in addition to this Plan and more than one such plan is determined to be Top-Heavy, a minimum contribution or a minimum benefit shall be provided in one of such other plans, including a plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets the requirements of Section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching contributions with respect to which the requirements of Section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met.
15.5 Top-Heavy Provisions Control in Top-Heavy Plan . In the event this Plan becomes top-heavy and a conflict arises between the top-heavy provisions herein set forth and the remaining provisions set forth in this Plan, the top-heavy provisions shall control.
Exhibit 10.2
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
Salary Continuation Agreement
Raymond F. Lipman
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is adopted this 14 th day of May, 2004, by and between WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK, a federal mutual savings bank located in West Bend, Wisconsin (the Company), and RAYMOND F. LIPMAN (the Executive).
The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended from time to time. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets. This Agreement replaces all other plans between the Company and the Executive.
The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.
Article 1
Definitions
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
1.1 Accrual Balance means the liability that should be accrued by the Company, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), for the Companys obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 12 (APB 12) as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Number 106 (FAS 106) and the Discount Rate. Any one of a variety of amortization methods may be used to determine the Accrual Balance. However, once chosen, the method must be consistently applied. The Accrual Balance shall be reported by the Company to the Executive on Schedule A.
1.2 Beneficiary means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.
1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.4 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.5 Disability means the Executives suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance earners or Social Security Administrations determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.
1.6 Discount Rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The initial Discount Rate is 6.0 percent (6%). However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the Discount Rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
1.7 Early Retirement Age means the Executives 62nd birthday,
1.8 Effective Date means March 1, 2004.
1.9 Normal Retirement Age means the Executives 65th birthday.
1.10 Normal Retirement Date means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.
1.11 Plan Administrator means the plan administrator described in Article 8.
1.12 Plan Year means each twelve-month period commencing on the Effective Date.
1.13 Termination of Employment means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.
Article 2
Benefits During Lifetime
2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is EIGHTY-SIX THOUSAND FOUR HUNDRED Dollars ($86,400).
2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executives Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for Twenty (20) years.
2.2 Early Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment at Early Retirement Age for reasons other than death or Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Retirement Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which the Termination of Employment occurs. This benefit is determined by vesting the Executive in one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance.
2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in two hundred forty (240) consecutive equal installments commencing with the first of the month following the Executives Termination of Employment due to Early Retirement.
2.3 Disability Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which the Termination of Employment occurs. This benefit is determined by vesting the Executive in one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance.
2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in two hundred forty (240) consecutive equal installments commencing with the first of the month following the Executives Termination of Employment due to Disability.
Article 3
Death Benefits
3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.
3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . For the first four years of the Plan, the annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is 85% of the Normal Retirement Benefit as stated in Section 2.1. Beginning in the Fifth Year of the Plan, the annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is the Normal Retirement Benefit as stated in Section 2.1.
3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executives death. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary for a period of Twenty (20) years.
3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.
3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences . If the Executive is entitled to any benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Beneficiary that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Executives death.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
4.1 Beneficiary Designation . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary(ies) to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.
4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executives Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrators rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executives death.
4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executives spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executives estate.
4.5 Facility of Payment . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that persons property, the Plan Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Executive and the Executives Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such payment amount.
Article 5
General Limitations
5.1 Termination of Employment . Termination of employment of the Executive shall result in no benefit to be paid under this Agreement.
5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance owned by the Company on the Executives life.
5.3 Requirement of Non-Competition . The Company shall not pay to a Participant any benefit under this Plan if, within two (2) years following such Participants Termination of Employment, the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Company engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted within twenty-five (25) miles of any office of the Company existing as of the date of the Participants Termination of Employment, which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by an Employer as of the date of the Participants Termination of Employment.
Article 6
Claims And Review Procedures
6.1 Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (claimant) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits.
6.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.
6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of the Agreements review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
6.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows:
6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Plan Administrators notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.
6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits.
6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
6.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.
6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
Article 7
Amendments and Termination
This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. Provided, however, if the Companys Board of Directors determines that the Executive is no longer a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as that phrase applies to ERISA, for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company may amend or terminate this Agreement.
Article 8
Administration of Agreement
8.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
8.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the Discount Rate.
8.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
8.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
8.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits payable under this Agreement.
Article 9
Miscellaneous
9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.
9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Companys right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executives right to terminate employment at any time,
9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
9.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that, in its reasonable judgment, are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Companys sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies).
9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executives life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term Company as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.
9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.
9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.
9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company.
9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
9.12 Validity . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.
9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
West Bend Savings Bank
201 S Fifth Avenue
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Bend Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
Raymond F. Lipman |
By |
|
Kirk J. Emerich |
|
Title |
|
Senior Vice President and |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
DATED MAY 14, 2004
FOR
RAYMOND F. LIPMAN
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 22 nd day of September, 2006, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between West Bend Savings Bank, a federal mutual savings bank located in West Bend, Wisconsin (the Company), and Raymond F. Lipman (the Executive).
The Company and the executive executed the Salary Continuation Agreement on May 14, 2004 effective as of March 1, 2004 (the Agreement).
The undersigned hereby amend the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
The following Sections 1.12a and 1.12b shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 1.12:
1.12a Specified Employee means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
1.12b Termination for Cause means Termination of Employment for:
(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank; or
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executives employment with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executives employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.
Section 1.13 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.13 Termination of Employment means the termination of the Executives employment with the Company for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executives employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A change in the Executives employment status will not be considered a Termination of Employment if:
(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or
(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).
Section 2.2.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Termination of Employment. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for twenty (20) years.
Section 2.3.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Termination of Employment. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for twenty (20) years.
The following Sections 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.3.2:
2.4 Restriction on Timing of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Termination of Employment under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.4 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
2.5 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executives income as a result of the failure of this nonqualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Accrual Balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.
2.6 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements. The changes:
(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled to be made; and
(c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
Section 5.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
5.1 Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause of the Executive shall result in no benefit being paid under this Agreement.
The following Section 5.4 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 5.3:
5.4 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Article 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
Article 7
Amendments and Termination
7.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
7.2 Plan Termination Generally . The Company and Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time. The benefit hereunder shall be the Accrual Balance as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 7.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.
7.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:
(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as described in Section 409A(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Companys arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;
(b) Upon the Companys dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executives gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (iii) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Companys termination of this and all other non-account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new non-account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;
the Company may distribute the vested Accrual Balance as shown on Schedule A, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
Section 9.10 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by the Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company. Any alternative acts shall be restricted to actions which do not violate Section 409A of the Code.
The following Section 9.14 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 9.13:
9.14 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Company and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Bend Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
Raymond F. Lipman |
By |
|
Kirk J. Emerich |
|
Title |
|
Senior Vice President and |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
DATED MAY 14, 2004
AND AMENDED AUGUST 7, 2007
FOR
RAYMOND F. LIPMAN
THIS SECOND AMENDMENT is adopted this 7 th day of August, 2007, by and between West Bend Savings Bank, a federal savings association located in West Bend, Wisconsin (the Company), and Raymond F. Lipman (the Executive).
The Company and the executive executed the Salary Continuation Agreement on May 14, 2004 effective as of March 1, 2004 and executed a First Amendment on June 1, 2004 (the Agreement).
The undersigned hereby amend the Agreement for the purpose of increasing the Normal Retirement Benefit. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
Section 2.1.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is EIGHTY NINE THOUSAND NINE HUNDRED DOLLARS ($89,900).
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Company and the Executive hereby consent to this Second Amendment.
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Bend Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
Raymond F. Lipman |
By |
|
Kirk J. Emerich |
|
Title |
|
Senior Vice President and |
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Exhibit 10.3
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
Salary Continuation Agreement
Kirk Emerich
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
THIS SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT (the Agreement) is adopted this 14 th day of May, 2004, by and between WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK, a federal mutual savings bank located in West Bend, Wisconsin (the Company), and KIRK EMERICH (the Executive).
The purpose of this Agreement is to provide specified benefits to the Executive, a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of the Company. This Agreement shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (ERISA), as amended from time to time. The Company will pay the benefits from its general assets. This Agreement replaces all other plans between the Company and the Executive.
The Company and the Executive agree as provided herein.
Article I
Definitions
Whenever used in this Agreement, the following words and phrases shall have the meanings specified:
1.1 Accrual Balance means the liability that should be accrued by the Company, under Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP), for the Companys obligation to the Executive under this Agreement, by applying Accounting Principles Board Opinion Number 12 (APB 12) as amended by Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Number 106 (FAS 106) and the Discount Rate. Any one of a variety of amortization methods may be used to determine the Accrual Balance. However, once chosen, the method must be consistently applied. The Accrual Balance shall be reported by the Company to the Executive on Schedule A.
1.2 Beneficiary means each designated person, or the estate of the deceased Executive, entitled to benefits, if any, upon the death of the Executive determined pursuant to Article 4.
1.3 Beneficiary Designation Form means the form established from time to time by the Plan Administrator that the Executive completes, signs and returns to the Plan Administrator to designate one or more Beneficiaries.
1.4 Code means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
1.5 Disability means the Executives suffering a sickness, accident or injury which has been determined by the insurance carrier of any individual or group disability insurance policy covering the Executive, or by the Social Security Administration, to be a disability rendering the Executive totally and permanently disabled. The Executive must submit proof to the Plan Administrator of the insurance carriers or Social Security Administrations determination upon the request of the Plan Administrator.
1.6 Discount Rate means the rate used by the Plan Administrator for determining the Accrual Balance. The initial Discount Rate is 6.0 percent (6%). However, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may adjust the Discount Rate to maintain the rate within reasonable standards according to GAAP.
1.7 Early Retirement Age means the Executives 62nd birthday.
1.8 Effective Date means March 1, 2004.
1.9 Normal Retirement Age means the Executives 65th birthday.
1.10 Normal Retirement Date means the later of the Normal Retirement Age or Termination of Employment.
1.11 Plan Administrator means the plan administrator described in Article 8.
1.12 Plan Year means each twelve-month period commencing on the Effective Date.
1.13 Termination of Employment means that the Executive ceases to be employed by the Company for any reason, voluntary or involuntary, other than by reason of a leave of absence approved by the Company.
Article 2
Benefits During Lifetime
2.1 Normal Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment on or after the Normal Retirement Age for reasons other than death, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.1 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.1 is SIXTY-TWO THOUSAND Dollars ($62,000).
2.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following the Executives Normal Retirement Date. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for Twenty (20) years.
2.2 Early Retirement Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment at Early Retirement Age for reasons other than death or Disability, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.2 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.2.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.2 is the Early Retirement Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which the Termination of Employment occurs. This benefit is determined by vesting the Executive in one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance.
2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in two hundred forty (240) consecutive equal installments commencing with the first of the month following the Executives Termination of Employment due to Early Retirement.
2.3 Disability Benefit . Upon Termination of Employment due to Disability prior to Normal Retirement Age, the Company shall pay to the Executive the benefit described in this Section 2.3 in lieu of any other benefit under this Article.
2.3.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 2.3 is the Disability Benefit set forth on Schedule A for the Plan Year during which the Termination of Employment occurs. This benefit is determined by vesting the Executive in one hundred percent (100%) of the Accrual Balance.
2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the benefit to the Executive in two hundred forty (240) consecutive equal installments commencing with the first of the month following the Executives Termination of Employment due to Disability.
Article 3
Death Benefits
3.1 Death During Active Service . If the Executive dies while in the active service of the Company, the Company shall pay to the Beneficiary the benefit described in this Section 3.1. This benefit shall be paid in lieu of the benefits under Article 2.
3.1.1 Amount of Benefit . The annual benefit under this Section 3.1 is SIXTY-TWO THOUSAND Dollars ($62,000).
3.1.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Beneficiary in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing with the month following the Executives death. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Beneficiary for a period of Twenty (20) years.
3.2 Death During Payment of a Benefit . If the Executive dies after any benefit payments have commenced under Article 2 of this Agreement but before receiving all such payments, the Company shall pay the remaining benefits to the Beneficiary at the same time and in the same amounts they would have been paid to the Executive had the Executive survived.
3.3 Death After Termination of Employment But Before Payment of a Benefit Commences . If the Executive is entitled to any benefit payments under Article 2 of this Agreement, but dies prior to the commencement of said benefit payments, the Company shall pay the same benefit payments to the Beneficiary that the Executive was entitled to prior to death except that the benefit payments shall commence on the first day of the month following the date of the Executives death.
Article 4
Beneficiaries
4.1 Beneficiary Designation . The Executive shall have the right, at any time, to designate a Beneficiary(ies) to receive any benefits payable under this Agreement upon the death of the Executive. The Beneficiary designated under this Agreement may be the same as or different from the beneficiary designation under any other benefit plan of the Company in which the Executive participates.
4.2 Beneficiary Designation: Change . The Executive shall designate a Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form, and delivering it to the Plan Administrator or its designated agent. The Executives Beneficiary designation shall be deemed automatically revoked if the Beneficiary predeceases the Executive or if the Executive names a spouse as Beneficiary and the marriage is subsequently dissolved. The Executive shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Plan Administrators rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Plan Administrator of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be cancelled. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Executive and accepted by the Plan Administrator prior to the Executives death.
4.3 Acknowledgment . No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received, accepted and acknowledged in writing by the Plan Administrator or its designated agent.
4.4 No Beneficiary Designation . If the Executive dies without a valid beneficiary designation, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Executive, then the Executives spouse shall be the designated Beneficiary. If the Executive has no surviving spouse, the benefits shall be made to the personal representative of the Executives estate.
4.5 Facility of Payment . If the Plan Administrator determines in its discretion that a benefit is to be paid to a minor, to a person declared incompetent, or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that persons property, the Plan Administrator may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care or custody of such minor, incompetent person or incapable person. The Plan Administrator may require proof of incompetence, minority or guardianship as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Executive and the Executives Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Agreement for such payment amount.
Article 5
General Limitations
5.1 Termination of Employment . Termination of employment of the Executive shall result in no benefit to be paid under this Agreement.
5.2 Suicide or Misstatement . The Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive commits suicide within two years after the Effective Date. In addition, the Company shall not pay any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive has made any material misstatement of fact on any application for life insurance owned by the Company on the Executives life.
5.3 Requirement of Non-Competition . The Company shall not pay to a Participant any benefit under this Plan if, within two (2) years following such Participants Termination of Employment, the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Company engages in, becomes interested in, directly or indirectly, as a sole proprietor, as a partner in a partnership, or as a substantial shareholder in a corporation, or becomes associated with, in the capacity of employee, director, officer, principal, agent, trustee or in any other capacity whatsoever, any enterprise conducted within twenty-five (25) miles of any office of the Company existing as of the date of the Participants Termination of Employment, which enterprise is, or may deemed to be, competitive with any business carried on by an Employer as of the date of the Participants Termination of Employment.
Article 6
Claims And Review Procedures
6.1 Claims Procedure . An Executive or Beneficiary (claimant) who has not received benefits under the Agreement that he or she believes should be paid shall make a claim for such benefits as follows:
6.1.1 Initiation - Written Claim . The claimant initiates a claim by submitting to the Plan Administrator a written claim for the benefits.
6.1.2 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond to such claimant within 90 days after receiving the claim. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 90 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 90-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.
6.1.3 Notice of Decision . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of such denial. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A description of any additional information or material necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why it is needed;
(d) An explanation of the Agreements review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures; and
(e) A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a) following an adverse benefit determination on review.
6.2 Review Procedure . If the Plan Administrator denies part or all of the claim, the claimant shall have the opportunity for a full and fair review by the Plan Administrator of the denial, as follows:
6.2.1 Initiation - Written Request . To initiate the review, the claimant, within 60 days after receiving the Plan Administrators notice of denial, must file with the Plan Administrator a written request for review.
6.2.2 Additional Submissions - Information Access . The claimant shall then have the opportunity to submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall also provide the claimant, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits.
6.2.3 Considerations on Review . In considering the review, the Plan Administrator shall take into account all materials and information the claimant submits relating to the claim, without regard to whether such information was submitted or considered in the initial benefit determination.
6.2.4 Timing of Plan Administrator Response . The Plan Administrator shall respond in writing to such claimant within 60 days after receiving the request for review. If the Plan Administrator determines that special circumstances require additional time for processing the claim, the Plan Administrator can extend the response period by an additional 60 days by notifying the claimant in writing, prior to the end of the initial 60-day period, that an additional period is required. The notice of extension must set forth the special circumstances and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render its decision.
6.2.5 Notice of Decision . The Plan Administrator shall notify the claimant in writing of its decision on review. The Plan Administrator shall write the notification in a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant. The notification shall set forth:
(a) The specific reasons for the denial;
(b) A reference to the specific provisions of the Agreement on which the denial is based;
(c) A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to, and copies of, all documents, records and other information relevant (as defined in applicable ERISA regulations) to the claimants claim for benefits; and
(d) A statement of the claimants right to bring a civil action under ERISA Section 502(a).
Article 7
Amendments and Termination
This Agreement may be amended or terminated only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. Provided, however, if the Companys Board of Directors determines that the Executive is no longer a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as that phrase applies to ERISA, for reasons other than death, Disability or retirement, the Company may amend or terminate this Agreement.
Article 8
Administration of Agreement
8.1 Plan Administrator Duties . This Agreement shall be administered by a Plan Administrator which shall consist of the Board, or such committee or person(s) as the Board shall appoint. The Executive may be a member of the Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Agreement and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Agreement, as may arise in connection with the Agreement.
8.2 Agents . In the administration of this Agreement, the Plan Administrator may employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit, (including acting through a duly appointed representative), and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Company.
8.3 Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Plan Administrator with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Agreement and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Agreement. No Executive or Beneficiary shall be deemed to have any right, vested or nonvested, regarding the continued use of any previously adopted assumptions, including but not limited to the Discount Rate.
8.4 Indemnity of Plan Administrator . The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Plan Administrator against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Agreement, except in the case of willful misconduct by the Plan Administrator or any of its members.
8.5 Company Information . To enable the Plan Administrator to perform its functions, the Company shall supply full and timely information to the Plan Administrator on all matters relating to the date and circumstances of the retirement, Disability, death, or Termination of Employment of the Executive, and such other pertinent information as the Plan Administrator may reasonably require.
8.6 Annual Statement . The Plan Administrator shall provide to the Executive, within 120 days after the end of each Plan Year, a statement setting forth the benefits payable under this Agreement.
Article 9
Miscellaneous
9.1 Binding Effect . This Agreement shall bind the Executive and the Company, and their beneficiaries, survivors, executors, successors, administrators and transferees.
9.2 No Guarantee of Employment . This Agreement is not an employment policy or contract. It does not give the Executive the right to remain an employee of the Company, nor does it interfere with the Companys right to discharge the Executive. It also does not require the Executive to remain an employee nor interfere with the Executives right to terminate employment at any time.
9.3 Non-Transferability . Benefits under this Agreement cannot be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged, attached or encumbered in any manner.
9.4 Tax Withholding . The Company shall withhold any taxes that, in its reasonable judgment, are required to be withheld from the benefits provided under this Agreement. The Executive acknowledges that the Companys sole liability regarding taxes is to forward any amounts withheld to the appropriate taxing authority(ies).
9.5 Applicable Law . The Agreement and all rights hereunder shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, except to the extent preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
9.6 Unfunded Arrangement . The Executive and Beneficiary are general unsecured creditors of the Company for the payment of benefits under this Agreement. The benefits represent the mere promise by the Company to pay such benefits. The rights to benefits are not subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, attachment, or garnishment by creditors. Any insurance on the Executives life is a general asset of the Company to which the Executive and Beneficiary have no preferred or secured claim.
9.7 Reorganization . The Company shall not merge or consolidate into or with another company, or reorganize, or sell substantially all of its assets to another company, firm, or person unless such succeeding or continuing company, firm, or person agrees to assume and discharge the obligations of the Company under this Agreement. Upon the occurrence of such event, the term Company as used in this Agreement shall be deemed to refer to the successor or survivor company.
9.8 Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the Company and the Executive as to the subject matter hereof. No rights are granted to the Executive by virtue of this Agreement other than those specifically set forth herein.
9.9 Interpretation . Wherever the fulfillment of the intent and purpose of this Agreement requires, and the context will permit, the use of the masculine gender includes the feminine and use of the singular includes the plural.
9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act required by this Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company.
9.11 Headings . Article and section headings are for convenient reference only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.
9.12 Validity . In case any provision of this Agreement shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Agreement shall be construed and enforced as if such illegal and invalid provision has never been inserted herein.
9.13 Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Company or Plan Administrator under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the address below:
West Bend Savings Bank
201 S Fifth Avenue
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification.
Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Executive under this Agreement shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Executive.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Executive and a duly authorized representative of the Company have signed this Agreement.
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Bend Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
Kirk J. Emerich |
By |
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Title |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK
SALARY CONTINUATION AGREEMENT
DATED MAY 14, 2004
FOR
KIRK EMERICH
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT is adopted this 22 nd day of September, 2006, effective as of January 1, 2005, by and between West Bend Savings Bank, a federal mutual savings bank located in West Bend, Wisconsin (the Company), and Kirk Emerich (the Executive).
The Company and the executive executed the Salary Continuation Agreement on May 14, 2004 effective as of March 1, 2004 (the Agreement).
The undersigned hereby amend the Agreement for the purpose of bringing the Agreement into compliance with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. Therefore, the following changes shall be made:
The following Sections 1.12a and 1.12b shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 1.12:
1.12a Specified Employee means a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code without regard to paragraph 5 thereof) of the Company if any stock of the Company is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
1.12b Termination for Cause means Termination of Employment for:
(a) Gross negligence or gross neglect of duties to the Bank; or
(b) Conviction of a felony or of a gross misdemeanor involving moral turpitude in connection with the Executives employment with the Bank; or
(c) Fraud, disloyalty, dishonesty or willful violation of any law or significant Bank policy committed in connection with the Executives employment and resulting in a material adverse effect on the Bank.
Section 1.13 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
1.13 Termination of Employment means the termination of the Executives employment with the Company for reasons other than death or Disability. Whether a Termination of Employment takes place is determined based on the facts and circumstances surrounding the termination of the Executives employment and whether the Company and the Executive intended for the Executive to provide significant services for the Company following such termination. A change in the Executives employment status will not be considered a Termination of Employment if:
(a) the Executive continues to provide services as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is twenty percent (20%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or, if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is twenty percent (20%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or, if less, such lesser period), or
(b) the Executive continues to provide services to the Company in a capacity other than as an employee of the Company at an annual rate that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the services rendered, on average, during the immediately preceding three full calendar years of employment (or if employed less than three years, such lesser period) and the annual remuneration for such services is fifty percent (50%) or more of the average annual remuneration earned during the final three full calendar years of employment (or if less, such lesser period).
Section 2.2.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.2.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Termination of Employment. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for twenty (20) years.
Section 2.3.2 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
2.3.2 Payment of Benefit . The Company shall pay the annual benefit to the Executive in twelve (12) equal monthly installments commencing on the first day of the month following Termination of Employment. The annual benefit shall be paid to the Executive for twenty (20) years.
The following Sections 2.4, 2.5 and 2.6 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 2.3.2:
2.4 Restriction on Timing of Distributions . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, if the Executive is considered a Specified Employee at Termination of Employment under such procedures as established by the Company in accordance with Section 409A of the Code, benefit distributions that are made upon Termination of Employment may not commence earlier than six (6) months after the date of such Termination of Employment. Therefore, in the event this Section 2.4 is applicable to the Executive, any distribution which would otherwise be paid to the Executive within the first six months following the Termination of Employment shall be accumulated and paid to the Executive in a lump sum on the first day of the seventh month following the Termination of Employment. All subsequent distributions shall be paid in the manner specified.
2.5 Distributions Upon Income Inclusion Under Section 409A of the Code . Upon the inclusion of any amount into the Executives income as a result of the failure of this nonqualified deferred compensation plan to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, to the extent such tax liability can be covered by the Accrual Balance, a distribution shall be made as soon as is administratively practicable following the discovery of the plan failure.
2.6 Change in Form or Timing of Distributions . All changes in the form or timing of distributions hereunder must comply with the following requirements. The changes:
(a) may not accelerate the time or schedule of any distribution, except as provided in Section 409A of the Code and the regulations thereunder;
(b) must, for benefits distributable under Sections 2.1, 2.2 and 2.3, delay the commencement of distributions for a minimum of five (5) years from the date the first distribution was originally scheduled, to be made; and
(c) must take effect not less than twelve (12) months after the election is made.
Section 5.1 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
5.1 Termination for Cause . Termination for Cause of the Executive shall result in no benefit being paid under this Agreement.
The following Section 5.4 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 5.3:
5.4 Removal . Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company shall not distribute any benefit under this Agreement if the Executive is subject to a final removal or prohibition order issued by an appropriate federal banking agency pursuant to Section 8(e) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act.
Article 7 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
Article 7
Amendments and Termination
7.1 Amendments . This Agreement may be amended only by a written agreement signed by the Company and the Executive. However, the Company may unilaterally amend this Agreement to conform with written directives to the Company from its auditors or banking regulators or to comply with legislative changes or tax law, including without limitation Section 409A of the Code and any and all Treasury regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder.
7.2 Plan Termination Generally . The Company and Executive may terminate this Agreement at any time. The benefit hereunder shall be the Accrual Balance as of the date the Agreement is terminated. Except as provided in Section 7.3, the termination of this Agreement shall not cause a distribution of benefits under this Agreement. Rather, after such termination benefit distributions will be made at the earliest distribution event permitted under Article 2 or Article 3.
7.3 Plan Terminations Under Section 409A . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 7.2, if the Company terminates this Agreement in the following circumstances:
(a) Within thirty (30) days before, or twelve (12) months after a change in the ownership or effective control of the Company, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Company as described in Section 409A(2)(A)(v) of the Code, provided that all distributions are made no later than twelve (12) months following such termination of the Agreement and further provided that all the Companys arrangements which are substantially similar to the Agreement are terminated so the Executive and all participants in the similar arrangements are required to receive all amounts of compensation deferred under the terminated arrangements within twelve (12) months of the termination of the arrangements;
(b) Upon the Companys dissolution or with the approval of a bankruptcy court provided that the amounts deferred under the Agreement are included in the Executives gross income in the latest of (i) the calendar year in which the Agreement terminates; (ii) the calendar year in which the amount is no longer subject to a substantial risk of forfeiture; or (hi) the first calendar year in which the distribution is administratively practical; or
(c) Upon the Companys termination of this and all other non-account balance plans (as referenced in Section 409A of the Code or the regulations thereunder), provided that all distributions are made no earlier than twelve (12) months and no later than twenty-four (24) months following such termination, and the Company does not adopt any new non-account balance plans for a minimum of five (5) years following the date of such termination;
the Company may distribute the vested Accrual Balance as shown on Schedule A, determined as of the date of the termination of the Agreement, to the Executive in a lump sum subject to the above terms.
Section 9.10 of the Agreement shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following:
9.10 Alternative Action . In the event it shall become impossible for the Company or the Plan Administrator to perform any act requited by the Agreement, the Company or Plan Administrator may in its discretion perform such alternative act as most nearly carries out the intent and purpose of this Agreement and is in the best interests of the Company. Any alternative acts shall be restricted to actions which do not violate Section 409A of the Code.
The following Section 9.14 shall be added to the Agreement immediately following Section 9.13:
9.14 Compliance with Section 409A . This Agreement shall at all times be administered and the provisions of this Agreement shall be interpreted consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any and all regulations thereunder, including such regulations as may be promulgated after the Effective Date, of this Agreement.
IN WITNESS OF THE ABOVE , the Company and the Executive hereby consent to this First Amendment.
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
COMPANY: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
West Bend Savings Bank |
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
|
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
Kirk J. Emerich |
By |
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Title |
|
President and Chief Executive Officer |
Exhibit 10.4
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
This Agreement is entered into as of the 29th day of December, 2008, and effective as of the closing date (the Effective Date) of the Merger, as defined below, by and between West Bend Savings Bank (the Bank), a federally chartered stock savings bank, with its principal administrative office at 201 South Fifth Avenue, West Bend, Wisconsin 53095, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., a federally chartered corporation and the holding company of the Bank (the Holding Company), WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company (WBSB MHC), and Raymond F. Lipman (Executive).
WHEREAS , Executive currently serves as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC; and
WHEREAS , pursuant to a Partnership Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Bank, Holding Company, WBSB MHC and Continental Savings Bank, FSB (Continental FSB) dated as of June 27, 2008, Continental FSB will merge with and into the Bank (the Merger) and thereafter Continental FSB will cease to exist as a separate legal entity; and
WHEREAS , the Bank, the Holding Company and WBSB MHC wish to retain the services of Executive for the period provided in this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , Executive is willing to serve in the employ of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC on a full-time basis for said period; and
WHEREAS , certain severance payments and other benefits to Executive herein must comply with the terms of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), or the Executive shall be subject to additional taxes and penalties.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES
During the period of his employment hereunder, Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC, respectively. Executive also agrees to serve as a director of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC. During said period, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer and director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank.
2. TERMS AND DUTIES
(a) The period of Executives employment under this Agreement shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for a period of thirty-six (36) full calendar months thereafter. Within ninety (90) days prior to December 31 st of each year, and each December 31 st thereafter, (each an Anniversary Date), the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board) will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of the Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend the Agreement for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be thirty-six (36) months, and the results thereof shall be included in the
minutes of the Boards meeting. Should the disinterested members of the Board determine not to renew the Agreement for an additional year, the Board shall provide written notice to Executive of such determination as soon as practicable but in no event later than ten (10) days following such determination Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Agreement shall not renew commencing on the Anniversary Date next following the Executives attainment of age 62.
(b) During the period of his employment hereunder, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence, Executive shall devote substantially all his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder; provided, however, that, with the approval of the Board, as evidenced by a resolution of such Board, from time to time, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, companies or organizations, which, in such Boards judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement. Nothing in this Section shall be construed as preventing the Executive from serving from time to time on boards, committees, or holding positions in non-profit or governmental organizations, including religious and civic groups, without the need for Board approval.
3. COMPENSATION AND REIMBURSEMENT
(a) The compensation specified under this Agreement shall constitute the salary and benefits paid for the duties described in Section 2(b). The Bank shall pay Executive as compensation an initial salary of not less than $255,000 per year (Base Salary). Such Base Salary shall be payable twice monthly, or with such other frequency in accordance with the Banks normal payroll practices. During the period of this Agreement, Executives Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually. The Board may increase, but not decrease, Executives Base Salary, other than a decrease that occurs pursuant to an employer-wide reduction of compensation of all officers of the Bank and provided that the reduction of Executives Base Salary is not in excess of the average percentage of the employer-wide reduction. Any increase in Executives Base Salary shall become the Base Salary for purposes of this Agreement.
(b) The Bank will provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those generally provided to the Banks senior officers immediately prior to the beginning of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank will not, without Executives prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executives rights or benefits thereunder, other than a change that similarly affects all senior officers of the Bank. Executive will be entitled to participate in all bonus and similar programs available to the Banks senior officers as provided in any plan of the Bank in which Executive is eligible to participate, with participation for any partial year being appropriately pro-rated. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Subsection (b), Executive will be entitled to participate in or receive benefits under any employee benefit plan, including but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank in the future to its senior executives and key management employees, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements. In addition to the Base Salary provided in Section 3(a), the Bank will
provide Executive with an automobile (whether Bank-owned or leased) suitable to Executives position with the Bank, which automobile shall be for Executives business and personal use, and the Bank will pay the reasonable cost of such automobile, including insurance, repairs and fuel. The Bank also shall provide Executive at no cost to Executive with all such other benefits as are provided uniformly to permanent full-time employees of the Bank
(c) Executive shall be entitled to a minimum of five (5) weeks of paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement, as well as sick leave, holidays, other paid absences and additional paid vacation in accordance with the Banks policies and procedures for senior officers. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Banks personnel policies as in effect from time to time.
(d) The Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive performing his obligations under this Agreement and may provide such additional compensation in such form and such amounts as the Board may from time to time determine.
(e) During the term of this Agreement, Executives target bonus under the Banks annual bonus plan shall be equal to 30% of his Base Salary. Notwithstanding anything else herein to the contrary, (i) the Bank may pay its Chief Operating Officer a higher bonus to the extent justified under its bonus plan, and (ii) the Board of Directors shall have full authority to change the terms and funding of the Banks bonus plan at any time in its discretion.
4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION
The provisions of this Section shall in all respects be subject to the terms and conditions stated in Sections 8 and 15.
(a) The provisions of this Section shall apply upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the Executives term of employment under this Agreement. As used in this Agreement, an Event of Termination shall mean and include any one or more of the following:
(i) the involuntary termination by the Bank of Executives full-time employment hereunder for any reason other than, (A) death, Disability or Retirement as defined in Section 6 below, (B) a Change in Control, as defined in Section 5(a), or (C) Termination for Cause as defined in Section 7 hereof; or
(ii) Executives resignation from the Banks employ, upon any
(A) failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC, or failure to nominate or re-nominate Executive as a director of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC or any removal of Executive from such director positions without cause, or
(B) material change in Executives function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and attributes thereof described in Section 1, above, or
(C) a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites to the Executive taken as a whole from those being provided as of the Effective Date of this Agreement, other than as a part of a reduction which is equitably applied to all of the Banks officers, or
(D) the failure of all of the Banks officers, other than its internal audit staff, to report, directly or indirectly, to the Executive, or
(E) liquidation or dissolution of the Bank, Holding Company or WBSB MHC, other than liquidations or dissolutions that are caused by reorganizations that do not affect the overall status of Executive within the Bank and any organization that owns a majority of its stock, or
(F) any other material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in clauses (ii) (A), (B), (C), (D), or (F) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation upon not less than 30 nor more than 90 days prior written notice after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event Termination. The Bank shall have at least 30 days to remedy any condition set forth in clause (ii), provided, however, the Bank shall be entitled to waive such 30 day period. In the event of Executives resignation for any reason other than as specifically set forth in this Section 4(a) Executive shall not be entitled to any benefits under this Agreement.
(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, on the Date of Termination, as defined in Section 8, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a sum equal to three times (or, if he reaches age 63 prior to the Date of Termination, two times) (i) his then current Base Salary and (ii) his average annualized bonus paid by the Bank for the prior three (3) full years or such lesser time as he has been employed by the Bank; provided , however , that if the Bank is not in compliance with its minimum capital requirements or if such payments would cause the Banks capital to be reduced below its minimum capital requirements, such payments shall be deferred until such time as the Bank is in capital compliance. All amounts payable hereunder shall be made in a lump sum without reduction in the event the Executive obtains employment following an Event of Termination, and shall commence within thirty (30) days following the Executives Date of Termination, or if the Executive is a Specified Employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(i)), and only to the extent required to avoid penalty under Code Section 409A, such payments shall commence on the first business day of the seventh month following the Executives Separation from Service.
(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank will cause to be continued life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his termination, provided that such benefits shall not be provided in the event they should constitute an unsafe or unsound banking practice relating to executive compensation and employment contracts pursuant to applicable regulations, as is now or hereafter in effect. Such coverage shall cease upon the expiration of the remaining term of this Agreement as calculated immediately prior to the Date of Termination.
(d) The Executives involuntary termination by the Bank and resignation from the Banks employ in accordance with Sections 4(a)(i) and 4(a)(ii), respectively, shall be construed to mean a Separation from Service as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period.
(e) Notwithstanding any statement herein to the contrary, to the extent required by the regulations, interpretations or policy of the Office of Thrift Supervision, the aggregate amount of all severance payments under the Agreement shall not exceed three (3) times the Executives average annual compensation (as defined in such regulations or interpretations) over the most recent five (5) taxable years.
5. CHANGE IN CONTROL
(a) No benefit shall be payable under this Section 5 unless there shall have been a Change in Control of the Bank as set forth below. For these purposes, a Change in Control of the Bank shall be deemed to occur if: (i) a Change in Control of the Bank within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended, and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder (collectively, the HOLA) as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; (ii) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or any holding company thereof representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of the Banks or any of its holding companies outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by the Banks tax-qualified retirement plans or trust; (iii) individuals who constitute the Board on the Closing Date hereof (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Closing Date whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by the Banks stockholders was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this clause (iii), considered as though he were a member of the Incumbent Board; (iv) a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or similar transaction in which the Bank is not the surviving institution occurs or is effected; or (v) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank and the shareholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been
accepted by the tender offeror. Notwithstanding anything in this subsection to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of the Banks mutual holding company parent to stock form, or in connection with any reorganization used to effect such a conversion.
(b) If a Change in Control has occurred, Executive shall be entitled to the benefits provided in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this Section 5 upon his subsequent termination of employment at any time during the term of this Agreement, regardless of whether such termination results from (i) his resignation for the reasons provided in Section 4(a)(ii), or (ii) his dismissal upon the Change in Control, unless such termination is because of his death, Retirement or Disability.
(c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by the Executives termination of employment, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death (subsequent to such termination), his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, an amount equal to the greater of (i) three times the sum of: (A) the highest annual rate of Base Salary paid to Executive at any time under this Agreement, and (B) the greater of (x) the average annual cash bonus paid to Executive with respect to the three completed fiscal years prior to the termination, or (y) the cash bonus paid to Executive with respect to the fiscal year ended prior to the termination, or (ii) 299% of the Executives base amount as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code. All payments made hereunder to the Executive shall be paid in a lump sum and shall commence within thirty (30) days after the Date of Termination or if the Executive is a Specified Employee (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations §1.409A-1(i)), on the first day of the seventh month after Executives Separation from Service.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed by an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide to Executive life insurance and non-taxable medical and dental insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably or customarily available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his severance, except to the extent such coverage is changed in its application to all employees of the Bank or not available on an individual basis to a terminated employee. Such coverage shall cease thirty-six (36) months from the date of Executives termination of employment.
(e) For Purposes of this Section 5, termination of employment shall be construed to mean Separation from Service as defined in Code Section 409A and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, provided, however, that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services the Executive would perform after termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 50% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or independent contractor) over the immediately preceding 36-month period.
(f) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5: (i) in no event shall the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive under said paragraphs (the Termination Benefits) constitute an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, the Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with said Section
280G. The allocation of the reduction in Termination Benefits provided by the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5 shall be determined by the Executive, provided, however, that if such election by the Executive violates Code Section 409A, such allocation shall be made pro-rata.
6. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT, DISABILITY, OR DEATH
(a) Termination by the Bank of Executive based on Retirement shall mean termination of service as an employee on or after the attainment of age 65 or in accordance with any retirement arrangement established with Executives consent with respect to him. Upon termination of employment upon retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due to Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
(b) Termination by the Bank of Executives employment based on Disability shall be construed to comply with Code Section 409A and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank; or (iii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. Upon termination of employment due to Disability, Executive shall be entitled to all disability benefits under any disability plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
(c) In the event of Executives death during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall provide continuing Bank-paid health coverage to Executives family for one year following the Executives death.
7. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
The Board may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than Termination for Cause, shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. The term Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of the Executives personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, any breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. In determining incompetence, the acts or omissions shall be measured against standards generally prevailing in the savings institutions industry. For purposes of this paragraph, no act or failure to act on the part of Executive shall be considered willful unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith and without reasonable belief that the Executives action or omission was in the best interest of the Bank. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be deemed to have been Terminated for Cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the members of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for that purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an
opportunity for him, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive was guilty of conduct justifying Termination for Cause and specifying the particulars thereof in detail. The Executive shall not have the right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after Termination for Cause.
8. NOTICE
(a) Any termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
(b) Date of Termination shall mean: (A) if his employment is terminated due to the occurrence of an Event of Termination set forth under Section 4(a)(ii)(A)-(D) and (F), thirty (30) days after a Notice of Termination is given unless the Bank waives its right to cure and agrees to the Event of Termination, and (B) if his employment is terminated for any other reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination.
(c) If the party receiving a Notice of Termination desires to dispute or contest the basis or reasons for termination, the party receiving the Notice of Termination must notify the other party within thirty (30) days after receiving the Notice of Termination that such a dispute exists, and shall pursue the resolution of such dispute in good faith and with reasonable diligence pursuant to Section 20 of this Agreement. During the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall not be obligated to pay Executive compensation or other payments beyond the Date of Termination.
9. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS
(a) All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executives compliance with paragraph (b) of this Section 9 during the term of this Agreement and for one full year following the expiration or termination thereof.
(b) Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party.
10. NON-COMPETITION
(a) Upon any termination of Executives employment hereunder pursuant to Section 4 hereof, Executive agrees not to compete with the Bank for a period of one (1) year following such termination within 15 miles of any office of the Bank (the non-competition area), determined as of the effective date of such termination, except as agreed to pursuant to a resolution duly adopted by the Board. Executive agrees that during such period and within the non-competition area, Executive shall not work for or advise, consult or otherwise serve with, directly or indirectly, any entity whose business materially competes with the depository, lending or other business activities of the Bank. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executives breach of this Subsection 10(a) agree that in the event of any
such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive, Executives partners, agents, servants, employers, employees and all persons acting for or with Executive. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
(b) Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates thereof, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank, and Executive may disclose any information regarding the Bank which is otherwise publicly available. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 10, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
11. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION
Executive recognizes and acknowledges that the knowledge of the business activities and plans for business activities of the Bank and affiliates thereof, as it may exist from time to time, is a valuable, special and unique asset of the business of the Bank. Executive will not, except in his capacity, and in furtherance of his duties, as an officer of the Bank, during or after the term of his employment, disclose any knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof to any person, firm, corporation, or other entity for any reason or purpose whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive may disclose any knowledge of banking, financial and/or economic principles, concepts or ideas which are not solely and exclusively derived from the business plans and activities of the Bank, and Executive may disclose any information regarding the Bank which is otherwise publicly available. In the event of a breach or threatened breach by the Executive of the provisions of this Section 10, the Bank will be entitled to an injunction restraining Executive from disclosing, in whole or in part, the knowledge of the past, present, planned or considered business activities of the Bank or affiliates thereof, or from rendering any services to any person, firm, corporation, other entity to whom such knowledge, in whole or in part, has been disclosed or is threatened to be disclosed. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank from pursuing any other remedies available to the Bank for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. However, within 10 days following any payment by the Bank under this Agreement, such payment shall be allocated among the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC. Immediately following such allocation, Holding Company and WBSB MHC shall reimburse the Bank for their respective share of such payment.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to the Executive of a kind elsewhere provided, and provided further that this Agreement shall not supersede the Salary Continuation Agreement by at between West Bank Savings Bank and Raymond Lipman as most recently amended on August 7, 2007 and as it may be further amended by the parties thereof in the future. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to affect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS
(a) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(3)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. § 1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA), the Banks
obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) (12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. § 1818(g)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(c) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) (12 U.S.C. § 1813(x)(1)) of the FDIA, all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(d) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by the Director of OTS or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. § 1823(c)) of the FDIA; or (ii) by the Director of OTS or his or her designee at the time the Director of OTS or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director of OTS or his or her designee to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(e) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
17. SEVERABILITY
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin, except to the extent superseded by federal law.
20. ARBITRATION
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction; provided, however, that Executive shall be entitled to seek specific performance of his right to be paid until the Date of Termination during the pendency of any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.
21. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES
All reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC, provided that the dispute or interpretation has been settled or resolved by the parties hereto in the Executives favor with respect to Executives material claims. To the extent necessary to avoid taxes and penalties under Code Section 409A, such reimbursement shall occur no later than two and one-half months after the dispute is settled or resolved in the Executives favor.
22. INDEMNIFICATION
The Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC shall each provide Executive (including his heirs, executors and administrators) with coverage under a standard directors and officers liability insurance policy at their expense, or in lieu thereof, shall indemnify Executive (and his heirs, executors and administrators) to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of such entity (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board of Directors of the applicable entity). If such action, suit or proceeding is brought against Executive in his capacity as an officer or director of the Bank, Holding Company or WBSB MHC, however, such indemnification shall not extend to matters as to which Executive is finally adjudged to be liable for willful misconduct in the performance of his duties. No indemnification shall be paid that would violate 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) or any regulations promulgated thereunder.
23. SUCCESSORS
The Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC, respectively, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Banks, Holding Companys and WBSB MHCs obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank, Holding Company and WBSB MHC would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Bank has caused this Agreement to be executed and its seal to be affixed hereunto by its duly authorized officer, and Executive has signed this Agreement, as of the day and date first above written.
ATTEST: |
|
WEST BEND SAVINGS BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nancie P. Heaps |
|
By: |
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
|
Its: |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST: |
|
WBSB BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nancie P. Heaps |
|
By: |
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
|
Its: |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ATTEST: |
|
WBSB BANCORP, MHC |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nancie P. Heaps |
|
By: |
/s/ Kirk J. Emerich |
|
|
Its: |
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WITNESS: |
|
EXECUTIVE |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Nancie P. Heaps |
|
By: |
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
Exhibit 10.5
EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
FOR
RAYMOND F. LIPMAN
This Employment Agreement (this Agreement) is made effective as of , 2012 (the Effective Date), by and between Westbury Bank (the Bank) and Raymond F. Lipman (Executive). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the parties. Any reference to the Company shall mean Westbury Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Banks performance hereunder.
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS , Executive is currently employed as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Bank;
WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time; and
WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
During the term of this Agreement Executive agrees to serve as Chief Executive Officer of the Bank, and will perform all duties and will have all powers that are generally incident to the office of the President and Chief Executive Officer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Executive will be responsible for the overall management of the Bank, and will be responsible for establishing the business objectives, policies and strategic plans of the Bank in conjunction with the Board of Directors (the Board) of the Bank. Executive also will be responsible for providing leadership and direction to all departments or divisions of the Bank, and will be the primary contact between the Board and other officers and employees of the Bank. As President and Chief Executive Officer, Executive will report directly to the Board.
2. TERM AND DUTIES.
(a) Three Year Contract . The term of this Agreement will begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue thereafter for a period of three (3) years.
(b) Termination of Agreement . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executives employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(c) Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executives employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.
(d) Duties; Membership on Other Boards . Executive agrees to serve as an officer and/or director of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank or the Company if appointed by the Board. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Boards judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.
3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.
(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executives performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $250,477 per year (Base Salary). The Base Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all employees) Executives Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become Base Salary for purposes of this Agreement.
(b) Bonus and Incentive Compensation . Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
(c) Employee Benefits . The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or from which he was deriving benefit immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank shall not, without Executives prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executives rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.
(d) Paid Time Off . Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Banks usual practices), as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Banks policies and procedures for senior executives. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Banks personnel policies as in effect from time to time.
(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.
4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an Event of Termination shall mean and include any one or more of the following:
(i) the involuntary termination of Executives employment under Section 1 hereof by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (Code); or
(ii) Executives resignation from the Banks employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:
(A) failure to appoint Executive to the executive position with the Bank set forth in Section 1, or a material change in Executives function, duties, or responsibilities, which change would cause Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance, or scope from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);
(B) a relocation of Executives principal place of employment to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Banks principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;
(C) a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);
(D) a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or
(E) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation for Good Reason upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period.
(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonuses that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be (i) equal to the average annualized bonus paid at any time during the prior three years or such lesser time as he has been employed by the Bank, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment
relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement.
(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a lump sum cash payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the present value of the contributions that would have been made on the Executives behalf under the Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, ESOP, and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Bank), as if Executive had continued working for the Bank for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement following such Event of Termination, earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Banks expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this Section 4(d) because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executives date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
(e) For purposes of this Agreement, a Separation from Service shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the 12 months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executives Separation from Service.
5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.
(a) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4,
such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term Change in Control shall mean:
(i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01(a) of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act); or
(ii) a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or
(iii) any of the following events, upon which a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred:
(A) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of such outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Bank or the Company; or
(B) individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by stockholders of the Bank or the Company was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this subsection (B), considered as though they were members of the Incumbent Board; or
(C) a sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, or similar transaction occurs in which the security holders of the Bank or the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction do not own at least 50.1% of the securities of the surviving entity to be outstanding upon consummation of the transaction; or
(D) a proxy statement is issued soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Bank or the Company by someone other than the current management of the Bank or the Company of the Bank, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are
to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company; or
(E) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank or the Company, and stockholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank or the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
(F) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company, into the capital stock form of organization.
(c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive, shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to three (3) times Executives base amount as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a lump sum cash payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the present value of the contributions that would have been made on Executives behalf under the Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, ESOP, and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Bank), as if Executive had continued working for the Bank for thirty-six (36) months after the effective date of such termination of employment, earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under this sub-paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section 5 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executives Separation from Service.
(e) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Banks (or its successors) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease thirty-
six (36) months following the termination of Executives employment. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this Section 5(e) because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executives date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
(f) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5, in the event that the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive in the event of a Change in Control would be deemed to include an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor thereto, then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code. In the event a reduction is necessary, then the cash severance payable by the Bank pursuant to Section 5 shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to result in no portion of the payments and benefits payable by the Bank under Section 5 being non-deductible to the Bank pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and subject to excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.
6. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
(a) Termination of Executives employment based on Disability shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (iii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(a) shall apply upon the termination of the Executives employment based on Disability. Upon termination of employment due to Disability, Executive shall be entitled to all disability benefits under any disability plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
(b) In the event of Executives death during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall provide continuing Bank health coverage to Executives family (i.e., the individuals covered on the health plan prior to the date of death) for one year following Executives death, with Executives family paying the employee share of the insurance premium. If the Bank cannot provide the benefits set forth in this Section 6(d) because applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executives spouse a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the
later of Executives date of death or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
7. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.
Termination of Executives employment based on Retirement shall mean termination of Executives employment at any time after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executives consent with respect to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
8. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for Cause, as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause. The term Cause as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:
(1) personal dishonesty;
(2) incompetence;
(3) willful misconduct;
(4) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;
(5) material breach of the Banks Code of Ethics;
(6) material violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley requirements for officers of public companies that in the reasonable opinion of the Board will likely cause substantial financial harm or substantial injury to the reputation of the Bank;
(7) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;
(8) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or
(9) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less
than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 10 below.
(b) For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executives action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.
9. RESIGNATION FROM BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
In the event of Executives termination of employment due to an Event of Termination, Executives service as a director of the Bank, the Company, and any affiliate of the Bank or the Company shall immediately terminate. This Section 9 shall constitute a resignation notice for such purposes.
10. NOTICE.
(a) Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executives compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).
(b) Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 10(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary, and
other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the date that is 36 months from the date the Notice of Termination is given. In the event the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, he shall return all cash payments made to him pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executives voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for his voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 10 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.
(c) For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
11. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
(a) Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within fifty (50) miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;
(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within fifty (50) miles of West Bend, Wisconsin; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply if Executives employment is terminated following a Change in Control or if Executive does not have any right to or waives (or returns to the Bank) any payments under Section 4 hereof; or
(b) As used in this Agreement, Confidential Information means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executives employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executives employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executives employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executives employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executives duties to the Bank.
(c) Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
(d) All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executives compliance with this Section 11. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executives breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executives experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided, and provided further that this Agreement shall not supersede the Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Executive as most recently amended on August 7, 2007, and as it may be further amended by the parties thereof in the future. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.
(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Banks obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract
obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(e) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the Regulator) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(f) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
17. SEVERABILITY.
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.
20. ARBITRATION.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Associations National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (National Rules) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors and officers liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(b) Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
22. NOTICE.
For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:
|
To the Bank: |
Westbury Bank 200 South Main Street West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
|
|
|
To Executive: |
|
|
|
|
At the address last appearing on the personnel records of the Bank |
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.
|
WESTBURY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.6
FORM OF EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT
FOR
KIRK J. EMERICH, GREG T. REMUS AND NANCIE HEAPS
This Employment Agreement (this Agreement) is made effective as of , 2012 (the Effective Date), by and between Westbury Bank (the Bank) and (Executive). The Bank and Executive are sometimes collectively referred to herein as the parties. Any reference to the Company shall mean Westbury Bancorp, Inc., the holding company of the Bank. The Company is a signatory to this Agreement for the purpose of guaranteeing the Banks performance hereunder.
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS , Executive is currently employed as of the Bank;
WHEREAS , in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and to provide further incentive for Executive to achieve the financial and performance objectives of the Bank, the parties desire to enter into this Agreement; and
WHEREAS , the Bank desires to set forth the rights and responsibilities of Executive and the compensation payable to Executive, as modified from time to time; and
WHEREAS , the Executive is willing to serve the Bank on the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, and upon the terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. POSITION AND RESPONSIBILITIES.
During the term of this Agreement Executive agrees to serve as , and will perform the duties and will have all powers associated with such position as set forth in any job description provided to Executive by the Bank, and as may be set forth in the bylaws of the Bank.
2. TERM AND DUTIES.
(a) Two Year Contract; Annual Renewal . The term of this Agreement and the period of Executives employment hereunder shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months thereafter. Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing on each anniversary date thereafter (the Anniversary Date), this Agreement shall renew for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months, provided, however, that in order for this Agreement to renew, the disinterested members of the Board of Directors of the Bank (the Board) must take the following actions prior to each
Anniversary Date: (i) at least ninety (90) days prior to the Anniversary Date, conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement; and (ii) affirmatively approve the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, which such decision shall be included in the minutes of the Boards meeting. Failure of the disinterested members of the Board to take the actions set forth above will result in the non-renewal of this Agreement. If the decision of such disinterested members of the Board is not to renew this Agreement, then the Board shall provide Executive with a written notice of non-renewal (Non-Renewal Notice) at least thirty (30) days prior to any Anniversary Date, such that this Agreement shall terminate at the end of twelve (12) months following such Anniversary Date. The failure of the Board to affirmatively issue the Non-Renewal Notice shall not be construed as the renewal of this Agreement. If the Board fails to inform the Executive of its determination regarding the renewal or non-renewal of this Agreement, the Executive may request, in writing, the results of the Boards action (or non-action) and the Board shall, within thirty (30) days of the receipt of such request, provide a written response to Executive. Reference herein to the term of this Agreement shall refer to both such initial term and such extended terms.
(b) Termination of Agreement . Notwithstanding anything contained in this Agreement to the contrary, either Executive or the Bank may terminate Executives employment with the Bank at any time during the term of this Agreement, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.
(c) Continued Employment Following Expiration of Term . Nothing in this Agreement shall mandate or prohibit a continuation of Executives employment following the expiration of the term of this Agreement, upon such terms and conditions as the Bank and Executive may mutually agree.
(d) Duties; Membership on Other Boards . During the period provided in this Agreement, Executive also agrees to serve, if elected, as an officer of any subsidiary or affiliate of the Bank and in such capacity carry out such duties and responsibilities reasonably appropriate to that office. During the term of this Agreement, except for periods of absence occasioned by illness, reasonable vacation periods, and reasonable leaves of absence approved by the Board, Executive shall devote substantially all of his business time, attention, skill, and efforts to the faithful performance of his duties hereunder, including activities and services related to the organization, operation and management of the Bank; provided, however, that, Executive may serve, or continue to serve, on the boards of directors of, and hold any other offices or positions in, business companies or business or civic organizations, which, in the Boards judgment, will not present any conflict of interest with the Bank, or materially affect the performance of Executives duties pursuant to this Agreement. Executive shall provide the Board of Directors annually for its approval a list of organizations for which the Executive acts as a director or officer.
3. COMPENSATION, BENEFITS AND REIMBURSEMENT.
(a) Base Salary . In consideration of Executives performance of the duties set forth in Section 2, the Bank shall provide Executive the compensation specified in this Agreement. The Bank shall pay Executive a salary of $ per year (Base Salary). The Base
Salary shall be payable biweekly, or with such other frequency as officers of the Bank are generally paid. During the term of this Agreement, the Base Salary shall be reviewed at least annually by the Board or by a committee designated by the Board, and the Bank may increase, but not decrease (except for a decrease that is generally applicable to all employees) Executives Base Salary. Any increase in Base Salary shall become Base Salary for purposes of this Agreement.
(b) Bonus and Incentive Compensation . Executive shall be entitled to equitable participation in incentive compensation and bonuses in any plan or arrangement of the Bank or the Company in which Executive is eligible to participate. Nothing paid to Executive under any such plan or arrangement will be deemed to be in lieu of other compensation to which Executive is entitled under this Agreement.
(c) Employee Benefits . The Bank shall provide Executive with employee benefit plans, arrangements and perquisites substantially equivalent to those in which Executive was participating or from which he was deriving benefit immediately prior to the commencement of the term of this Agreement, and the Bank shall not, without Executives prior written consent, make any changes in such plans, arrangements or perquisites that would adversely affect Executives rights or benefits thereunder, except as to any changes that are applicable to all participating employees. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing provisions of this Section 3(c), Executive will be entitled to participate in and receive benefits under any employee benefit plans including, but not limited to, retirement plans, supplemental retirement plans, pension plans, profit-sharing plans, health-and-accident insurance plans, medical coverage or any other employee benefit plan or arrangement made available by the Bank and/or the Company in the future to its senior executives, including any stock benefit plans, subject to and on a basis consistent with the terms, conditions and overall administration of such plans and arrangements.
(d) Paid Time Off . Executive shall be entitled to paid vacation time each year during the term of this Agreement (measured on a fiscal or calendar year basis, in accordance with the Banks usual practices), as well as sick leave, holidays and other paid absences in accordance with the Banks policies and procedures for senior executives. Any unused paid time off during an annual period shall be treated in accordance with the Banks personnel policies as in effect from time to time.
(e) Expense Reimbursements . The Bank shall also pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable travel, entertainment and other reasonable expenses incurred by Executive during the course of performing his obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, fees for memberships in such clubs and organizations as Executive and the Board shall mutually agree are necessary and appropriate in connection with the performance of his duties under this Agreement, upon presentation to the Bank of an itemized account of such expenses in such form as the Bank may reasonably require, provided that such payment or reimbursement shall be made as soon as practicable but in no event later than March 15 of the year following the year in which such right to such payment or reimbursement occurred.
4. PAYMENTS TO EXECUTIVE UPON AN EVENT OF TERMINATION.
(a) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination (as herein defined) during the term of this Agreement, the provisions of this Section 4 shall apply; provided, however, that in the event such Event of Termination occurs within eighteen (18) months following a Change in Control (as defined in Section 5 hereof), Section 5 shall apply instead. As used in this Agreement, an Event of Termination shall mean and include any one or more of the following:
(i) the involuntary termination of Executives employment hereunder by the Bank for any reason other than termination governed by Section 5 (in connection with or following a Change in Control), Section 6 (due to Disability or death), Section 7 (due to Retirement), or Section 8 (for Cause), provided that such termination constitutes a Separation from Service within the meaning of Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code (Code); or
(ii) Executives resignation from the Banks employ upon any of the following, unless consented to by Executive:
(A) a material change in Executives function, duties, or responsibilities, which, on an overall basis, would cause Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility or importance, from the position and responsibilities described in Section 1, to which Executive has not agreed in writing (and any such material change shall be deemed a continuing breach of this Agreement by the Bank);
(B) a relocation of Executives principal place of employment to a location that is more than fifty (50) miles from the location of the Banks principal executive offices as of the date of this Agreement;
(C) a material reduction in the benefits and perquisites, including Base Salary, to Executive from those being provided as of the Effective Date (except for any reduction that is part of a reduction in pay or benefits that is generally applicable to officers or employees of the Bank);
(D) a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank; or
(E) a material breach of this Agreement by the Bank.
Upon the occurrence of any event described in clause (ii) above, Executive shall have the right to elect to terminate his employment under this Agreement by resignation for Good Reason upon not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice given within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed ninety (90) days) after the event giving rise to the right to elect, which termination by Executive shall be an Event of Termination. The Bank shall have thirty (30) days to cure the condition giving rise to the Event of Termination, provided that the Bank may elect to waive said thirty (30) day period.
(b) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or, in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, the Base Salary and bonuses that Executive would be entitled to for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement. For purposes of determining the bonus(es) payable hereunder, the bonus(es) will be deemed to be (i) equal to the average annualized bonus paid at any time during the prior three years or such lesser time as he has been employed by the Bank, and (ii) otherwise paid at such time as such bonus would have been paid absent an Event of Termination. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Executive shall not be entitled to any payments or benefits under this Section 4 unless and until Executive executes a release of his claims against the Bank, the Company and any affiliate, and their officers, directors, successors and assigns, releasing said persons from any and all claims, rights, demands, causes of action, suits, arbitrations or grievances relating to the employment relationship, including claims under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act, but not including claims for benefits under tax-qualified plans or other benefit plans in which Executive is vested, claims for benefits required by applicable law or claims with respect to obligations set forth in this Agreement that survive the termination of this Agreement.
(c) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a lump sum cash payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the present value of the contributions that would have been made on the Executives behalf under the Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, ESOP, and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Bank), as if Executive had continued working for the Bank for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement following such Event of Termination, earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of an Event of Termination, the Bank shall provide, at the Banks expense, for the remaining unexpired term of the Agreement, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to the Event of Termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this Section 4(d) because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executives date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
(e) For purposes of this Agreement, a Separation from Service shall have occurred if the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that either no further services will be performed by the Executive after the date of the Event of Termination (whether as an employee or as an
independent contractor) or the level of further services performed will not exceed 49% of the average level of bona fide services in the 12 months immediately preceding the Event of Termination. For all purposes hereunder, the definition of Separation from Service shall be interpreted consistent with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(ii). If Executive is a Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under sub-paragraph (b) or (c) of this Section 4 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executives Separation from Service.
5. CHANGE IN CONTROL.
(a) Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Section 5 are in lieu of any payments that may otherwise be owed to Executive pursuant to this Agreement under Section 4, such that Executive shall either receive payments pursuant to Section 4 or pursuant to Section 5, but not pursuant to both Sections.
(b) For purposes of this Agreement, the term Change in Control shall mean:
(i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01(a) of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act); or
(ii) a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or
(iii) any of the following events, upon which a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred:
(A) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of such outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Bank or the Company; or
(B) individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by stockholders of the Bank or the Company was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this subsection (B), considered as though they were members of the Incumbent Board; or
(C) a sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, or similar transaction occurs in which the security holders of the Bank or the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction do not own at least 50.1% of the securities of the surviving entity to be outstanding upon consummation of the transaction; or
(D) a proxy statement is issued soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Bank or the Company by someone other than the current management of the Bank or the Company of the Bank, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company; or
(E) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank or the Company, and stockholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank or the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
(F) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company, into the capital stock form of organization.
(c) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), Executive, shall receive as severance pay or liquidated damages, or both, a lump sum cash payment equal to two (2) times Executives base amount as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. Such payment shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service (within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code) and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination.
(d) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank shall pay Executive, or in the event of his subsequent death, his beneficiary or beneficiaries, or his estate, as the case may be, a lump sum cash payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the present value of the contributions that would have been made on Executives behalf under the Banks defined contribution plans (e.g., 401(k) Plan, ESOP, and any other defined contribution plan maintained by the Bank), as if Executive had continued working for the Bank for twenty-four (24) months after the effective date of such termination of employment, earning the salary that would have been achieved during such period. Such payments shall be paid in a lump sum within ten (10) days of the Executives Separation from Service and shall not be reduced in the event Executive obtains other employment following the Event of Termination. If Executive is a
Specified Employee, as defined in Code Section 409A and any payment to be made under this sub-paragraph (c) or (d) of this Section 5 shall be determined to be subject to Code Section 409A, then if required by Code Section 409A, such payment or a portion of such payment (to the minimum extent possible) shall be delayed and shall be paid on the first day of the seventh month following Executives Separation from Service.
(e) Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control followed within eighteen (18) months by an Event of Termination (as defined in Section 4 hereof), the Bank (or its successor) shall provide at the Banks (or its successors) expense, nontaxable medical and dental coverage and life insurance coverage substantially comparable, as reasonably available, to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to his termination, except to the extent such coverage may be changed in its application to all Bank employees and then the coverage provided to Executive shall be commensurate with such changed coverage. Such coverage shall cease twenty-four (24) months following the termination of Executives employment. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this Section 5(e) because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executives date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
(f) Notwithstanding the preceding paragraphs of this Section 5, in the event that the aggregate payments or benefits to be made or afforded to Executive in the event of a Change in Control would be deemed to include an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code or any successor thereto, then such payments or benefits shall be reduced to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code. In the event a reduction is necessary, then the cash severance payable by the Bank pursuant to Section 5 shall be reduced by the minimum amount necessary to result in no portion of the payments and benefits payable by the Bank under Section 5 being non-deductible to the Bank pursuant to Section 280G of the Code and subject to excise tax imposed under Section 4999 of the Code.
6. TERMINATION FOR DISABILITY OR DEATH.
(a) Termination of Executives employment based on Disability shall be construed to comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and shall be deemed to have occurred if: (i) Executive is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months; (ii) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death, or last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, Executive is receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than three months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Bank or the Company; or (iii) Executive is determined to be totally disabled by the Social Security Administration. The provisions of Sections 6(a) shall apply upon the termination of the Executives employment based on Disability. Upon termination of
employment due to Disability, Executive shall be entitled to all disability benefits under any disability plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
(b) In the event of Executives death during the term of this Agreement, the Bank shall provide continuing Bank health coverage to Executives family (i.e., the individuals covered on the health plan prior to the date of death) for one year following Executives death, with Executives family paying the employee share of the insurance premium. If the Bank cannot provide the benefits set forth in this Section 6(d) because applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executives spouse a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within thirty (30) days after the later of Executives date of death or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
7. TERMINATION UPON RETIREMENT.
Termination of Executives employment based on Retirement shall mean termination of Executives employment at any time after Executive reaches age 65 or in accordance with any retirement policy established by the Board with Executives consent with respect to him. Upon termination of Executive based on Retirement, no amounts or benefits shall be due Executive under this Agreement, and Executive shall be entitled to all benefits under any retirement plan of the Bank and other plans to which Executive is a party.
8. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE.
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination other than termination for Cause, as defined herein, shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause. The term Cause as used herein, shall exist when there has been a good faith determination by the Board that there shall have occurred one or more of the following events with respect to the Executive:
(1) personal dishonesty;
(2) incompetence;
(3) willful misconduct;
(4) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;
(5) material breach of the Banks Code of Ethics;
(6) material violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley requirements for officers of public companies that in the reasonable opinion of the Board will likely cause substantial financial harm or substantial injury to the reputation of the Bank;
(7) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;
(8) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or
(9) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Cause shall not be deemed to exist unless there shall have been delivered to the Executive a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board at a meeting of the Board called and held for the purpose (after reasonable notice to the Executive and an opportunity for the Executive to be heard before the Board), finding that in the good faith opinion of the Board the Executive was guilty of conduct described above and specifying the particulars thereof. Prior to holding a meeting at which the Board is to make a final determination whether Cause exists, if the Board determines in good faith at a meeting of the Board, by not less than a majority of its entire membership, that there is probable cause for it to find that the Executive was guilty of conduct constituting Cause as described above, the Board may suspend the Executive from his duties hereunder for a reasonable period of time not to exceed fourteen (14) days pending a further meeting at which the Executive shall be given the opportunity to be heard before the Board. Upon a finding of Cause, the Board shall deliver to the Executive a Notice of Termination, as more fully described in Section 10 below.
(b) For purposes of this Section 8, no act or failure to act, on the part of Executive, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in bad faith or without reasonable belief that Executives action or omission was in the best interests of the Bank. Any act, or failure to act, based upon the direction of the Board or based upon the advice of counsel for the Bank shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Executive in good faith and in the best interests of the Bank.
9. RESIGNATION FROM BOARDS OF DIRECTORS
In the event of Executives termination of employment due to an Event of Termination, Executives service as a director of the Bank, the Company, and any affiliate of the Bank or the Company shall immediately terminate. This Section 9 shall constitute a resignation notice for such purposes.
10. NOTICE.
(a) Any purported termination by the Bank for Cause shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to Executive. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination for Cause is given, Executive notifies the Bank that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration, as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall discontinue paying Executives compensation until the dispute is finally resolved in accordance with this Agreement. If it is determined that
Executive is entitled to compensation and benefits under Section 4 or 5, the payment of such compensation and benefits by the Bank shall commence immediately following the date of resolution by arbitration, with interest due Executive on the cash amount that would have been paid pending arbitration (at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time).
(b) Any other purported termination by the Bank or by Executive shall be communicated by a Notice of Termination (as defined in Section 10(c)) to the other party. If, within thirty (30) days after any Notice of Termination is given, the party receiving such Notice of Termination notifies the other party that a dispute exists concerning the termination, the parties shall promptly proceed to arbitration as provided in Section 20. Notwithstanding the pendency of any such dispute, the Bank shall continue to pay Executive his Base Salary, and other compensation and benefits in effect when the notice giving rise to the dispute was given (except as to termination of Executive for Cause); provided, however, that such payments and benefits shall not continue beyond the date that is 36 months from the date the Notice of Termination is given. In the event the voluntary termination by Executive of his employment is disputed by the Bank, and if it is determined in arbitration that Executive is not entitled to termination benefits pursuant to this Agreement, he shall return all cash payments made to him pending resolution by arbitration, with interest thereon at the prime rate as published in The Wall Street Journal from time to time, if it is determined in arbitration that Executives voluntary termination of employment was not taken in good faith and not in the reasonable belief that grounds existed for his voluntary termination. If it is determined that Executive is entitled to receive severance benefits under this Agreement, then any continuation of Base Salary and other compensation and benefits made to Executive under this Section 10 shall offset the amount of any severance benefits that are due to Executive under this Agreement.
(c) For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice that shall indicate the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated.
11. POST-TERMINATION OBLIGATIONS.
(a) Executive hereby covenants and agrees that, for a period of one year following his termination of employment with the Bank, he shall not, without the written consent of the Bank, either directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit, offer employment to, or take any other action intended (or that a reasonable person acting in like circumstances would expect) to have the effect of causing any officer or employee of the Bank or the Company, or any of their respective subsidiaries or affiliates, to terminate his or her employment and accept employment or become affiliated with, or provide services for compensation in any capacity whatsoever to, any business whatsoever that competes with the business of the Bank or the Company, or any of their direct or indirect subsidiaries or affiliates or has headquarters or offices within fifty (50) miles of the locations in which the Bank or the Company has business operations or has filed an application for regulatory approval to establish an office;
(ii) become an officer, employee, consultant, director, independent contractor, agent, sole proprietor, joint venturer, greater than 5% equity owner or stockholder, partner or trustee of any savings bank, savings and loan association, savings and loan holding company, credit union, bank or bank holding company, insurance company or agency, any mortgage or loan broker or any other financial services entity or business that competes with the business of the Bank or its affiliates or has headquarters or offices within fifty (50) miles of West Bend, Wisconsin; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply if Executives employment is terminated following a Change in Control or if Executive does not have any right to or waives (or returns to the Bank) any payments under Section 4 hereof; or
(b) As used in this Agreement, Confidential Information means information belonging to the Bank which is of value to the Bank in the course of conducting its business and the disclosure of which could result in a competitive or other disadvantage to the Bank. Confidential Information includes, without limitation, financial information, reports, and forecasts; inventions, improvements and other intellectual property; trade secrets; know-how; designs, processes or formulae; software; market or sales information or plans; customer lists; and business plans, prospects and opportunities (such as possible acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or facilities) which have been discussed or considered by the management of the Bank. Confidential Information includes information developed by the Executive in the course of the Executives employment by the Bank, as well as other information to which the Executive may have access in connection with the Executives employment. Confidential Information also includes the confidential information of others with which the Bank has a business relationship. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Confidential Information does not include information in the public domain. The Executive understands and agrees that the Executives employment creates a relationship of confidence and trust between the Executive and the Bank with respect to all Confidential Information. At all times, both during the Executives employment with the Bank and after its termination, the Executive will keep in confidence and trust all such Confidential Information, and will not use or disclose any such Confidential Information without the written consent of the Bank, except as may be necessary in the ordinary course of performing the Executives duties to the Bank.
(c) Executive shall, upon reasonable notice, furnish such information and assistance to the Bank as may reasonably be required by the Bank, in connection with any litigation in which it or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates is, or may become, a party; provided, however, that Executive shall not be required to provide information or assistance with respect to any litigation between the Executive and the Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.
(d) All payments and benefits to Executive under this Agreement shall be subject to Executives compliance with this Section 11. The parties hereto, recognizing that irreparable injury will result to the Bank, its business and property in the event of Executives breach of this Section 11, agree that, in the event of any such breach by Executive, the Bank will be entitled, in addition to any other remedies and damages available, to an injunction to restrain the violation hereof by Executive and all persons acting for or with Executive. Executive represents and admits that Executives experience and capabilities are such that Executive can obtain employment in a business engaged in other lines and/or of a different nature than the Bank, and that the enforcement of a remedy by way of injunction will not prevent Executive from earning a
livelihood. Nothing herein will be construed as prohibiting the Bank or the Company from pursuing any other remedies available to them for such breach or threatened breach, including the recovery of damages from Executive.
12. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS.
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank. The Company may accede to this Agreement but only for the purposed of guaranteeing payment and provision of all amounts and benefits due hereunder to Executive.
13. EFFECT ON PRIOR AGREEMENTS AND EXISTING BENEFITS PLANS.
This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior employment agreement between the Bank or any predecessor of the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided, [and provided further that this Agreement shall not supersede the Salary Continuation Agreement by and between Westbury Bank and Kirk J. Emerich as most recently amended on August 7, 2007, and as it may be further amended by the parties thereof in the future]. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to him without reference to this Agreement.
14. NO ATTACHMENT; BINDING ON SUCCESSORS.
(a) Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
(b) This Agreement shall be binding upon, and inure to the benefit of, Executive and the Bank and their respective successors and assigns.
15. MODIFICATION AND WAIVER.
(a) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(b) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future as to any act other than that specifically waived.
16. REQUIRED PROVISIONS.
(a) The Bank may terminate Executives employment at any time, but any termination by the Board other than termination for Cause shall not prejudice Executives right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. Executive shall have no right to receive compensation or other benefits for any period after termination for Cause.
(b) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) [12 USC §1818(e)(3)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, the Banks obligations under this contract shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
(c) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) [12 USC §1818(e)(4)] or 8(g)(1) [12 USC §1818(g)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(d) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) [12 USC §1813(x)(1)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(e) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of the contract is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the Regulator) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) [12 USC §1823(c)] of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(f) Notwithstanding anything herein contained to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Bank or the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
17. SEVERABILITY.
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such
provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
18. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY.
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
19. GOVERNING LAW.
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin except to the extent superseded by federal law.
20. ARBITRATION.
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a panel of three arbitrators sitting in a location selected by Executive within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Associations National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes (National Rules) then in effect. One arbitrator shall be selected by Executive, one arbitrator shall be selected by the Bank and the third arbitrator shall be selected by the arbitrators selected by the parties. If the arbitrators are unable to agree within fifteen (15) days upon a third arbitrator, the arbitrator shall be appointed for them from a panel of arbitrators selected in accordance with the National Rules. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
21. INDEMNIFICATION.
(a) Executive shall be provided with coverage under a standard directors and officers liability insurance policy, and shall be indemnified for the term of this Agreement and for a period of six years thereafter to the fullest extent permitted under applicable law against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by him in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which he may be involved by reason of his having been a director or officer of the Bank or any affiliate (whether or not he continues to be a director or officer at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities), such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys fees and the cost of reasonable settlements (such settlements must be approved by the Board), provided, however, Executive shall not be indemnified or reimbursed for legal expenses or liabilities incurred in connection with an action, suit or proceeding arising from any illegal or fraudulent act committed by Executive. Any such indemnification shall be made consistent with Section 18(k) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, 12 U.S.C. §1828(k), and the regulations issued thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
(b) Any indemnification by the Bank shall be subject to compliance with any applicable regulations of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.
22. NOTICE.
For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when delivered or mailed by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses set forth below:
To the Bank: |
Westbury Bank |
|
200 South Main Street |
|
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095 |
|
|
To Executive: |
|
|
At the address last appearing on the personnel records of the Bank |
SIGNATURES
IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Bank and the Company have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly authorized representatives, and Executive has signed this Agreement, on the date first above written.
|
WESTBURY BANK |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXECUTIVE: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit 10.7
FORM OF TWO-YEAR CHANGE IN CONTROL AGREEMENT
This Change in Control Agreement (the Agreement) is made effective as of the day of , 2012 (the Effective Date), by and between Westbury Bank (the Bank) and (Executive).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, the Bank is a wholly owned subsidiary of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Maryland (the Company);
WHEREAS, Executive is currently employed as of the Bank;
WHEREAS, the Company and the Bank desire to be ensured of Executives continued active participation in the business of the Bank;
WHEREAS, in order to induce Executive to remain in the employ of the Bank and in consideration of Executives agreeing to remain in the employ of the Bank, the parties desire to specify the severance benefits which shall be due Executive in the event that her employment with the Bank is terminated under specified circumstances.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual agreements herein contained, and upon the other terms and conditions hereinafter provided, the parties hereby agree as follows:
1. TERM OF AGREEMENT
(a) The term of this Agreement shall begin as of the Effective Date and shall continue for twenty-four (24) full calendar months hereafter.
(b) Commencing on the Effective Date and continuing on each Anniversary Date thereafter, the term of this Agreement shall be extended for an additional year such that the remaining term shall be twenty-four (24) months (Renewal Term), until such time as the board of directors of the Bank (the Board) or Executive elects not to extend the term of the Agreement by giving written notice to the other party at least ninety (90) days prior to the last day of the Renewal Term, in which case the term of this Agreement shall be fixed and shall terminate at the end of the twenty-four (24) months following such Anniversary Date. Prior to each Anniversary Date, the disinterested members of the Board will conduct a comprehensive performance evaluation and review of Executive for purposes of determining whether to extend this Agreement, and the results thereof will be included in the minutes of the Boards meeting.
2. DEFINITIONS
(a) Change in Control . For purposes of this Agreement, a Change in Control shall mean:
(i) a change in control of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 5.01(a) of the current report on Form 8-K, as in effect on the date hereof, pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act); or
(ii) a change in control of the Bank within the meaning of the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended (HOLA), and applicable rules and regulations promulgated thereunder, as in effect at the time of the Change in Control; or
(iii) any of the following events, upon which a Change in Control shall be deemed to have occurred:
(A) any person (as the term is used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act) is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Bank or the Company representing 25% or more of the combined voting power of such outstanding securities, except for any securities purchased by any employee stock ownership plan or trust established by the Bank or the Company; or
(B) individuals who constitute the Board on the Effective Date (the Incumbent Board) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority thereof, provided that any person becoming a director subsequent to the Effective Date whose election was approved by a vote of at least three-quarters of the directors comprising the Incumbent Board, or whose nomination for election by stockholders of the Bank or the Company was approved by the same Nominating Committee serving under an Incumbent Board, shall be, for purposes of this subsection (B), considered as though they were members of the Incumbent Board; or
(C) a sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Bank or the Company, or a plan of reorganization, merger, consolidation, or similar transaction occurs in which the security holders of the Bank or the Company immediately prior to the consummation of the transaction do not own at least 50.1% of the securities of the surviving entity to be outstanding upon consummation of the transaction; or
(D) a proxy statement is issued soliciting proxies from stockholders of the Bank or the Company by someone other than the current management of the Bank or the Company of the Bank, seeking stockholder approval of a plan of reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Bank or the Company, or similar transaction with one or more corporations as a result
of which the outstanding shares of the class of securities then subject to the plan are to be exchanged for or converted into cash or property or securities not issued by the Bank or the Company; or
(E) a tender offer is made for 25% or more of the voting securities of the Bank or the Company, and stockholders owning beneficially or of record 25% or more of the outstanding securities of the Bank or the Company have tendered or offered to sell their shares pursuant to such tender offer and such tendered shares have been accepted by the tender offeror.
(F) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, a Change in Control shall not be deemed to have occurred upon the conversion of WBSB Bancorp, MHC, a federal mutual holding company, into the capital stock form of organization.
(b) Good Reason shall mean a termination by Executive following a Change in Control if, without Executives express written consent, any of the following occurs :
(1) failure to elect or reelect or to appoint or reappoint Executive as ;
(2) a material change in Executives position to become one of lesser responsibility, importance or scope then the position Executive held immediately prior to the Change in Control;
(3) a liquidation or dissolution of the Bank other than liquidations or dissolutions that are caused by reorganizations that do not affect the status of Executive;
(4) a material reduction in Executives base salary and benefits; or
(5) a relocation of Executives principal place of employment by more than fifty (50) from its location as of the date of this Agreement;
provided, however, that prior to any termination of employment for Good Reason, Executive must first provide written notice to the Bank (or its successor) within ninety (90) days following the initial existence of the condition, describing the existence of such condition, and the Bank shall thereafter have the right to remedy the condition within thirty (30) days of the date the Bank received the written notice from Executive. If the Bank remedies the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then no Good Reason shall be deemed to exist with respect to such condition. If the Bank does not remedy the condition within such thirty (30) day cure period, then Executive may deliver a Notice of Termination for Good Reason at any time within sixty (60) days following the expiration of such cure period.
(c) Termination for Cause shall mean termination because of, in the good faith determination of the Board, Executives:
(1) personal dishonesty;
(2) incompetence;
(3) willful misconduct;
(4) breach of fiduciary duty involving personal profit;
(5) material breach of the Banks Code of Ethics;
(6) material violation of the Sarbanes-Oxley requirements for officers of public companies that in the reasonable opinion of the Board will likely cause substantial financial harm or substantial injury to the reputation of the Bank;
(7) intentional failure to perform stated duties under this Agreement after written notice thereof from the Board;
(8) willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) that reflect adversely on the reputation of the Bank, any felony conviction, any violation of law involving moral turpitude, or any violation of a final cease-and-desist order; or
(9) material breach by Executive of any provision of this Agreement.
A determination of whether Executives employment shall be terminated for Cause shall be made at a meeting of the Board called and held for such purpose, at which the Board makes a finding that in good faith opinion of the Board an event set forth in clauses (1), (2), (3), (4), (5), (6), (7), (8), or (9) above has occurred and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.
(d) For purposes of this Agreement, any termination of Executives employment shall be construed to require a Separation from Service in accordance with Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, such that the Bank and Executive reasonably anticipate that the level of bona fide services Executive would perform after termination of employment would permanently decrease to a level that is less than 20% of the average level of bona fide services performed (whether as an employee or an independent contractor) over the immediately preceding thirty-six (36)-month period.
3. BENEFITS UPON TERMINATION
(a) If Executives employment by the Bank shall be terminated subsequent to a Change in Control and during the term of this Agreement by (i) the Bank for other than Cause, or (ii) Executive for Good Reason, then the Bank shall:
(1) pay Executive, or in the event of Executives subsequent death, Executives beneficiary or beneficiaries or estate, as applicable, a cash severance amount equal to:
(i) two (2) times Executives base salary in effect as of the Date of Termination,
(ii) the highest rate of bonus earned by Executive from the Bank in any one of the three calendar years immediately preceding the year in which the termination occurs, and
(iii) payable by lump sum within ten (10) business days of the Date of Termination.
(2) cause to be continued at no cost to Executive, non-taxable medical and dental coverage substantially identical to the coverage maintained by the Bank for Executive prior to Executives termination for twenty-four (24) months. If the Bank cannot provide one or more of the benefits set forth in this Section 3(a)(2) because Executive is no longer an employee, applicable rules and regulations prohibit such benefits or the payment of such benefits in the manner contemplated, or it would subject the Bank to penalties, then the Bank shall pay Executive a cash lump sum payment reasonably estimated to be equal to the value of such benefits or the value of the remaining benefits at the time of such determination. Such cash payment shall be made in a lump sum within ten (10) days after the later of Executives date of termination or the effective date of the rules or regulations prohibiting such benefits or subjecting the Bank to penalties.
(b) In no event shall the payments or benefits to be made or provided to Executive under Section 3 hereof (the Termination Benefits) constitute an excess parachute payment under Section 280G of the Code or any successor thereto, and in order to avoid such a result, Termination Benefits will be reduced, if necessary, to an amount, the value of which is one dollar ($1.00) less than an amount equal to three (3) times Executives base amount, as determined in accordance with Section 280G of the Code. The reduction of the Termination Benefits provided by this Section 3 shall be applied to the cash severance benefits otherwise payable under Section 3(a) hereof.
4. NOTICE OF TERMINATION
Any purported termination by the Bank or by Executive in connection with or following a Change in Control shall be communicated by Notice of Termination to the other party hereto. For purposes of this Agreement, a Notice of Termination shall mean a written notice which shall indicate the Date of Termination and, in the event of termination by Executive, the specific termination provision in this Agreement relied upon and shall set forth in reasonable detail the facts and circumstances claimed to provide a basis for termination of Executives employment under the provision so indicated. Date of Termination shall mean the date specified in the Notice of Termination (which, in the case of a termination for Cause, shall be immediate). In no
event shall the Date of Termination exceed thirty (30) days from the date the Notice of Termination is given.
5. SOURCE OF PAYMENTS
All payments provided in this Agreement shall be timely paid in cash or check from the general funds of the Bank.
6. REQUIRED REGULATORY PROVISIONS
(a) If Executive is suspended from office and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) (12 USC §1818(e)(3)) or 8(g)(1) (12 USC §1818(g)(1)) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (FDIA), the Banks obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its contract obligations were suspended and (ii) reinstate (in whole or in part) any of its obligations which were suspended.
(b) If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Banks affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) (12 U.S.C. §1818(e)(4)) or 8(g)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1818(g)(1)) of FDIA, all obligations of the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.
(c) If the Bank is in default as defined in Section 3(x)(1) (12 U.S.C. §1813(x)(1)) of FDIA, all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this paragraph shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.
(d) All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank, (i) by either the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (collectively, the Regulator) or his or her designee, at the time the FDIC enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) (12 U.S.C. §1823(c)) of FDIA; or (ii) by the Regulator or his or her designee at the time the Regulator or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operations of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Regulator or his or her designee to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by such action.
(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any payments to Executive by the Company, whether pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with Section 18(k) of FDIA, 12 U.S.C. Section 1828(k), and the regulations promulgated thereunder in 12 C.F.R. Part 359.
7. NO ATTACHMENT
Except as required by law, no right to receive payments under this Agreement shall be subject to anticipation, commutation, alienation, sale, assignment, encumbrance, charge, pledge, or hypothecation, or to execution, attachment, levy, or similar process or assignment by operation of law, and any attempt, voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void, and of no effect.
8. ENTIRE AGREEMENT; MODIFICATION AND WAIVER
(a) This Agreement contains the entire understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes any prior agreement between the Bank and Executive, except that this Agreement shall not affect or operate to reduce any benefit or compensation inuring to Executive of a kind elsewhere provided. No provision of this Agreement shall be interpreted to mean that Executive is subject to receiving fewer benefits than those available to her without reference to this Agreement.
(b) This Agreement may not be modified or amended except by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.
(c) No term or condition of this Agreement shall be deemed to have been waived, nor shall there be any estoppel against the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, except by written instrument of the party charged with such waiver or estoppel. No such written waiver shall be deemed a continuing waiver unless specifically stated therein, and each such waiver shall operate only as to the specific term or condition waived and shall not constitute a waiver of such term or condition for the future or as to any act other than that specifically waived.
9. SEVERABILITY
If, for any reason, any provision of this Agreement, or any part of any provision, is held invalid, such invalidity shall not affect any other provision of this Agreement or any part of such provision not held so invalid, and each such other provision and part thereof shall to the full extent consistent with law continue in full force and effect.
10. HEADINGS FOR REFERENCE ONLY
The headings of sections and paragraphs herein are included solely for convenience of reference and shall not control the meaning or interpretation of any of the provisions of this Agreement.
11. GOVERNING LAW
This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of Wisconsin but only to the extent not superseded by federal law.
12. ARBITRATION
Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement shall be settled exclusively by binding arbitration, as an alternative to civil litigation and without any trial by jury to resolve such claims, conducted by a single arbitrator, mutually acceptable to the Bank and Executive, sitting in a location selected by the Bank within fifty (50) miles from the main office of the Bank, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Associations National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrators award in any court having jurisdiction.
13. PAYMENT OF LEGAL FEES
To the extent that such payment(s) may be made without triggering penalty under Code Section 409A, all reasonable legal fees paid or incurred by Executive pursuant to any dispute or question of interpretation relating to this Agreement shall be paid or reimbursed by the Bank, provided that the dispute or interpretation has been resolved in Executives favor, and such reimbursement shall occur no later than sixty (60) days after the end of the year in which the dispute is settled or resolved in Executives favor.
14. OBLIGATIONS OF BANK
The termination of Executives employment, other than following a Change in Control, shall not result in any obligation of the Bank under this Agreement.
15. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS
The Bank shall require any successor or assignee, whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, to all or substantially all the business or assets of the Bank, expressly and unconditionally to assume and agree to perform the Banks obligations under this Agreement, in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank would be required to perform if no such succession or assignment had taken place.
[Signature Page Follows]
Exhibit 10.8
UNFUNDED DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN
FOR THE DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGEMENT EMPLOYEES OF
WESTBURY BANK
This document represents the Unfunded Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors and Key Management Employees of Westbury Bank (the Plan). The Plan has been adopted by Westbury Bank (the Bank), effective for all fees and compensation that have been earned on or after January 1, 2009.
1. The Bank has adopted this Plan to allow its directors and selected key management employees to elect to defer the receipt of certain taxable compensation.
2. A director or an eligible non-director may elect on or before December 31 of any year to defer all or a portion of his or her compensation or annual fees for the succeeding calendar year. Such election shall continue in effect for future compensation and fees until terminated by written request by such individual for a subsequent calendar year.
3. Non-directors shall only be eligible to participate in the Plan if selected by the Banks Board of Directors (the Board) and if an authorized representative of the Board signs a valid Deferral and Distribution Election form with the employee.
4. Any person elected to fill a vacancy on the Board and who was not a director on the preceding December 31 may elect, before his or her term begins, to defer all or a part of his or her annual fees for the balance of the calendar year following such election and for succeeding calendar years. Such election shall continue in effect until terminated by written request by such director. Non-directors may only enter the Plan on January 1.
5. Interest on the deferred amounts will be computed at a rate equal to the greater of: (a) the prime rate, as published in the Wall Street Journal, on the first day of each calendar quarter, minus two hundred (200) basis points; or (b) three percent (3%).
6. Amounts deferred under the Plan, together with accumulated interest, will be distributed in a single lump sum or in annual or more frequent installments over such period of time as elected by the individual Plan participant, provided that such election must be made at the same time that the individual elects to defer fees or compensation under the Plan and further provided that neither the individual nor the Bank may elect to accelerate any payments under the Plan. Paragraph 8 shall apply following the death of a Plan participant.
7. In the event an individual elects to no longer defer fees or compensation, the amount already deferred cannot be paid to him or her until the earlier of the date that the individual previously elected to receive such amount, or the date when the individual experiences a separation from all service with the Bank, consistent with the standards imposed under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i). Paragraph 8 shall apply following the death of a Plan participant.
8. Upon the death of a Plan participant or former participant before the payment of the deferred amounts have commenced or prior to the expiration of the period during which the deferred amounts are payable, the balance of the deferred fees, compensation and interest in the participants account shall be distributed to the participants estate or designated beneficiary in a single lump sum or in annual or more frequent installments over such period of time elected by the individual participant. Neither the beneficiaries nor the Bank shall have the right to accelerate or delay any payments under this Section. Such distribution(s) shall be made or shall commence in the calendar month following the month in which the participant dies.
9. To the extent permitted under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A, an individual participant may elect to further defer the receipt of any amounts previously deferred under this Plan, together with accumulated interest, provided that any such election must be made at least twelve (12) months before the first scheduled payment date for the amount previously deferred, and further provided that the distribution must be deferred for a minimum of five (5) additional years.
10. All amounts which become payable hereunder are general unsecured obligations of the Bank. The Board has the power to amend or terminate this Plan at any time, provided that no such action shall reduce or eliminate the amounts deferred and accumulated interest thereon prior to the date that such action is taken.
11. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan document or any accompanying forms or related material, the Plan is designed and intended to operate in compliance with the requirements set forth in Internal Revenue Code § 409A and any regulations or guidance issued thereunder. Any provisions of this Plan, document, or any related material which conflict with or would be deemed to violate Internal Revenue Code § 409A shall be deemed limited, as determined by the Board in order to comply with such requirements.
Exhibit 23.2
|
411 East Wisconsin Avenue, Suite 1850 Milwaukee, WI 53202-4461 O 414.289.2800 F 414.298.2810 www.mcgladrey.com |
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the use in this Registration Statement of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. on Form S-1 of our report on the consolidated financial statements of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Subsidiary dated October 25, 2012, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement.
We also consent to the reference to our firm under the captions The Conversion and Plan of Distribution, Experts and Legal and Tax Matters in such Prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Milwaukee, Wisconsin
October 25, 2012
Exhibit 23.3
|
|
|
October 24, 2012 |
Boards of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Members of the Boards of Directors:
We hereby consent to the use of our firms name in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 and any amendments thereto to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. We also hereby consent to the inclusion of, summary of and references to our Pro Forma Valuation Report and any Valuation Appraisal Report Updates in such filings including the prospectus of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and to the reference to our firm under the heading Experts in the prospectus.
|
Sincerely, |
|
|
|
RP Financial, LC. |
|
RP FINANCIAL, LC. |
Washington Headquarters |
|
|
Three Ballston Plaza |
|
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 |
|
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
|
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
www.rpfinancial.com |
|
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
Exhibit 99.1
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC.
Advisory | Planning | Valuation
June 14, 2012
Mr. Kirk Emerich
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
WBSB Bancorp, Inc. / Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Dear Mr. Lipman:
This letter sets forth the agreement between Westbury Bank, West Bend, Wisconsin (the Bank), the wholly-owned subsidiary of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Company), which in turn is the wholly-owned subsidiary of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC), and RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial), whereby RP Financial will provide the independent conversion appraisal services in conjunction with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction. The scope, timing and fee structure for these appraisal services are described below. These services will be conducted by our senior consulting staff and will be directed by the undersigned.
Description of Appraisal Services
In conjunction with these appraisal services, RP Financial will conduct a financial due diligence, including on-site interviews of senior management and reviews of historical and pro forma financial information and other documents and records, to gain insight into the operations, financial condition, profitability, market area, risks and various internal and external factors of the Company, all of which will be considered in estimating the pro forma market value of the Company in accordance with the applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines. RP Financial will prepare a detailed written valuation report of the Company that will be fully consistent with applicable regulatory appraisal guidelines and standard pro forma valuation practices. The appraisal report will include an analysis of the Companys financial condition and operating results, as well as an assessment of the Companys interest rate risk, credit risk and liquidity risk. The appraisal report will incorporate an evaluation of the Companys business strategies, market area, prospects for the future and the intended use of proceeds. A peer group analysis relative to certain relatively comparable publicly-traded banking companies will be conducted for the purpose of determining appropriate valuation adjustments for the Company relative to the peer groups pricing ratios.
We will review pertinent sections of the Companys prospectus and conduct discussions with representatives of the Company to obtain necessary data and information for the appraisal report, including key deal elements such as dividend policy, use of proceeds, reinvestment rate, tax rate, offering expenses, and characteristics of stock plans.
Washington Headquarters Three Ballston Plaza 1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 Arlington, VA 22201 E-Mail: jhennessey@rpfinancial.com |
|
Direct: (703) 647-6544
|
The original appraisal report will establish a midpoint pro forma market value in accordance with the applicable regulatory requirements. The appraisal report may be periodically updated throughout the conversion process, and there will be at least one updated appraisal that would be prepared at the time of the closing of the stock offering to determine the number of shares to be issued in accordance with the conversion regulations.
RP Financial agrees to deliver the original appraisal report and subsequent updates, in writing, to the Company at the above address in conjunction with the filing of the regulatory conversion applications and amendments thereto. Subsequent updates will be filed promptly as certain events occur which would warrant the preparation and filing of such appraisal updates pursuant to regulatory guidelines. Under the conversion regulations a closing appraisal update is required in conjunction with the completion of the offering. In addition, there may appraisal updates required prior to commencement of the offering if interim changes in market conditions or financial results dictate. Also, if there is a syndicated offering phase, it will be necessary to prepare an update immediately upon completion of the subscription/ community offering and prior to the commencement of the syndicated phase of the offering.
Further, RP Financial agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required in connection with the regulatory review of the appraisal and respond to the regulatory comments, if any, regarding the valuation original appraisal and subsequent updates. In the event of a syndicated community offering phase, RP Financial will participate in the various all hands calls regarding the offering results, pricing discussions and timing.
RP Financial expects to formally present the appraisal report, including the appraisal methodology, peer group selection and assumptions, to the Board of Directors for review and consideration. If appropriate, RP Financial will present subsequent updates to the Board. It is understood that this appraisal may be presented either in person or telephonically.
Fee Structure and Payment Schedule
The Company agrees to pay RP Financial fees for preparation and delivery of the original appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates as shown in the detail below, plus reimbursable expenses. Payment of these fees shall be made according to the following schedule:
· $5,000 upon execution of this letter of agreement engaging RP Financials appraisal services;
· $50,000 upon delivery of the completed original appraisal report; and
· $7,500 upon delivery of each subsequent appraisal update report required in conjunction with the regulatory application and stock offering.
The Company will reimburse RP Financial for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in preparation of the original appraisal and subsequent updates. Such out-of-pocket expenses will likely include travel, printing, telephone, facsimile, shipping, reasonable counsel fees, computer and data services.
In the event the Company shall, for any reason, discontinue the proposed transaction prior to delivery of the completed original appraisal report or subsequent updates and payment of the corresponding fees, the Company agrees to compensate RP Financial according to RP Financials standard billing rates for consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expenses, not to exceed the respective fee caps noted above, after applying full credit to the initial retainer fee towards such payment, together with reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, subject to the cap on such expenses as set forth above. RP Financials standard billing rates range from $75 per hour for research associates to $450 per hour for managing directors.
If during the course of the proposed transaction, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature or the work content of the services described in this contract, the terms of said contract shall be subject to renegotiation by the Company and RP Financial. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, material changes to the structure of the transaction such as inclusion of a simultaneous business combination transaction, material changes in the conversion regulations, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to conversion appraisals, material changes in management or procedures, operating policies or philosophies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of conversion applications by the regulators such that completion of the conversion transaction requires the preparation by RP Financial of a new appraisal.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Company and RP Financial agree to the following:
1. The Company agrees to make available or to supply to RP Financial such information with respect to its business and financial condition as RP Financial may reasonably request in order to provide the aforesaid valuation. Such information heretofore or hereafter supplied or made available to RP Financial shall include: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, debt instruments, off balance sheet assets or liabilities, commitments and contingencies, unrealized gains or losses and corporate books and records. All information provided by the Company to RP Financial shall remain strictly confidential (unless such information is otherwise made available to the public), and if the conversion is not consummated or the services of RP Financial are terminated hereunder, RP Financial shall promptly return to the Company the original and any copies of such information.
2. The Company represents and warrants to RP Financial that any information provided to RP Financial does not and will not, to the best of the Companys knowledge, at the times it is provided to RP Financial, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or in response to informational requests by RP Financial fail to state a material fact necessary to make the statements therein not false or misleading in light of the circumstances under which they were made.
3. (a) The Company agrees that it will indemnify and hold harmless RP Financial, any affiliates of RP Financial, the respective members, officers, agents and employees of RP Financial or their successors and assigns who act for or on behalf of RP Financial in connection with the services called for under this agreement (hereinafter referred to as RP Financial), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys fees, and all losses and expenses in connection with claims under the
federal securities laws) attributable to (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise provided by the Company to RP Financial, either orally or in writing; (ii) the omission or alleged omission of a material fact from the financial statements or other information furnished or otherwise made available by the Company to RP Financial; or (iii) any action or omission to act by the Company, or the Companys respective officers, directors, employees or agents, which action or omission is undertaken in bad faith or is negligent. The Company will be under no obligation to indemnify RP Financial hereunder if a court determines that RP Financial was negligent or acted in bad faith with respect to any actions or omissions of RP Financial related to a matter for which indemnification is sought hereunder. Reasonable time devoted by RP Financial to situations for which RP Financial is deemed entitled to indemnification hereunder, shall be an indemnifiable cost payable by the Company at the normal hourly professional rate chargeable by such employee.
(b) RP Financial shall give written notice to the Company of such claim or facts within thirty days of the assertion of any claim or discovery of material facts upon which RP Financial intends to base a claim for indemnification hereunder, including the name of counsel that RP Financial intends to engage in connection with any indemnification related matter. In the event the Company elects, within seven days of the receipt of the original notice thereof, to contest such claim by written notice to RP Financial, the Company shall not be obligated to make payments under Section 3(c), but RP Financial will be entitled to be paid any amounts payable by the Company hereunder within five days after the final non-appealable determination of such contest either by written acknowledgement of the Company or a decision of a court of competent jurisdiction or alternative adjudication forum, unless it is determined in accordance with Section 3(c) hereof that RP Financial is not entitled to indemnity hereunder. If the Company does not so elect to contest a claim for indemnification by RP Financial hereunder, RP Financial shall (subject to the Companys receipt of the written statement and undertaking under Section 3(c) hereof) be paid promptly and in any event within thirty days after receipt by the Company of detailed billing statements or invoices for which RP Financial is entitled to reimbursement under Section 3(c) hereof.
(c) Subject to the Companys right to contest under Section 3(b) hereof, the Company shall pay for or reimburse the reasonable expenses, including reasonable attorneys fees, incurred by RP Financial in advance of the final disposition of any proceeding within thirty days of the receipt of such request if RP Financial furnishes the Company: (1) a written statement of RP Financials good faith belief that it is entitled to indemnification hereunder; (2) a written undertaking to repay the advance if it ultimately is determined in a final, non-appealable adjudication of such proceeding that it or he is not entitled to such indemnification; and (3) a detailed invoice of the expenses for which reimbursement is sought.
(d) In the event the Company does not pay any indemnified loss or make advance reimbursements of expenses in accordance with the terms of this agreement, RP Financial shall have all remedies available at law or in equity to enforce such obligation.
This agreement constitutes the entire understanding of the Company and RP Financial concerning the subject matter addressed herein, and such contract shall be governed and construed in accordance with the Commonwealth of Virginia. This agreement may not be modified, supplemented or amended except by written agreement executed by both parties.
The Company and RP Financial are not affiliated, and neither the Company nor RP Financial has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. RP Financial represents and warrants that it is not aware of any fact or circumstance that would cause it not to be independent within the meaning of the conversion regulations of the federal banking agencies or otherwise prohibit or restrict in anyway RP Financial from serving in the role of independent appraiser for the Company.
* * * * * * * * * * *
Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to RP Financial a signed copy of this letter, together with the initial retainer fee of $5,000.
|
|
Sincerely, |
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
/s/ James P. Hennessey |
|||||
|
|
James P. Hennessey |
|||||
|
|
Director |
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
Agreed To and Accepted By: |
Kirk Emerich |
/s/ Kirk Emerich |
|
||||
|
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|||||
For: Westbury Bank, subsidiary of WBSB Bancorp, Inc., West Bend, Wisconsin |
|||||||
|
|
||||||
|
|
||||||
Date Executed: |
7/12/12 |
|
|||||
Exhibit 99.2
|
|
|
August 17, 2012 |
Boards of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Re: |
Plan of Conversion |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC |
|
WBSB Bancorp, Inc. |
|
Westbury Bank |
Members of the Boards of Directors:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion (the Plan) adopted by the Boards of Directors of WBSB Bancorp , MHC, (the MHC), WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank, West Bend, Wisconsin , (collectively referred to as Westbury or the Bank) . Pursuant to the plan of conversion , the Bank will convert from mutual to stock form and issue all of the Banks outstanding capital stock to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). Simultaneously, the Company will offer shares of its common stock for sale in a public offering .
We understand that in accordance with the Plan, subscription rights to purchase shares of common stock in the Company are to be issued to: (1) Eligible Account Holders; (2) Tax-Qualified Plans Employee Stock Benefit Plans; (3) Supplemental Eligible Account Holders; and (4) Other Members. Based solely upon our observation that the subscription rights will be available to such parties without cost, will be legally non-transferable and of short duration, and will afford such parties the right only to purchase shares of common stock at the same price as will be paid by members of the general public in the community offering, but without undertaking any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue, we are of the belief that, as a factual matter:
(1) the subscription rights will have no ascertainable market value; and,
(2) the price at which the subscription rights are exercisable will not be more or less than the pro forma market value of the shares upon issuance.
Changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Companys value alone. Accordingly, no assurance can be given that persons who subscribe to shares of common stock in the subscription offering will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at the same price paid in the subscription offering.
|
Sincerely, |
|
RP Financial, LC. |
|
|
Washington Headquarters |
|
|
Three Ballston Plaza |
|
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 |
|
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
|
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
www.rpfinancial.com |
|
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
Exhibit 99.3
PRO FORMA VALUATION REPORT
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
West Bend, Wisconsin
PROPOSED HOLDING COMPANY FOR:
WESTBURY BANK
West Bend, Wisconsin
Dated As Of:
August 17, 2012
Prepared By:
RP
®
Financial, LC.
1100 North Glebe Road
Suite 600
Arlington, Virginia 22201
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
Advisory | Planning | Valuation
|
August 17 , 2012 |
Boards of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Members of the Boards of Directors:
At your request, we have completed and hereby provide an independent appraisal (Appraisal) of the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock which is to be issued in connection with the mutual-to-stock conversion transaction described below.
This Appraisal is furnished pursuant to the requirements stipulated in the Code of Federal Regulations and has been prepared in accordance with the Guidelines for Appraisal Reports for the Valuation of Savings and Loan Associations Converting from Mutual to Stock Form of Organization of the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) and reissued by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), and applicable regulatory interpretations thereof. Such Valuation Guidelines are relied upon by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB) in the absence of separate written valuation guidelines.
Description of Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
On August 5, 2012, the Board of Directors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC), a mutual holding company that owns all of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation), adopted the plan of conversion and reorganization, whereby the MHC will convert to stock form. As a result of the conversion, the Corporation, which currently owns all of the issued and outstanding common stock of Westbury Bank, will be succeeded by a Maryland corporation with the name of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (Westbury Bancorp or the Company). Following the conversion, the MHC will no longer exist. For purposes of this document, the existing consolidated entity will hereinafter be referred to as Westbury Bancorp or the Company.
Westbury Bancorp will offer its common stock in a subscription offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Stock Benefit Plans including Westbury Banks employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP), Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, as such terms are defined for purposes of applicable federal regulatory guidelines governing mutual-to-stock conversions. To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions received in the subscription offering, the shares may be offered for sale to members of the general public in a community offering and/or a syndicated community offering. A portion of the net proceeds received from the sale of the common stock
Washington Headquarters |
|
|
Three Ballston Plaza |
|
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 |
|
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
|
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
www.rpfinancial.com |
|
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
will be used to purchase all of the then to be issued and outstanding capital stock of Westbury Bank and the balance of the net proceeds will be retained by the Company and utilized to retire $1.254 million of outstanding debt of the Corporation.
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, a loan to the newly-formed ESOP, and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Company. In the future, Westbury Bancorp may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends, or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
The plan of conversion provides for the Company to contribute common stock and cash to the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation, a charitable foundation to be established as part of the conversion and stock offering (the Foundation). The Foundation will be funded with a total contribution value of $1,000,000, with a variable cash and stock component. In this regard, the stock component will be equal to 1% of the stock sold in the Conversion with the balance of the Foundation contribution in the form of cash. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which the Company operates and to enable the communities the Bank and Company serve to share in their long term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes, and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to the Bank.
RP ® Financial, LC.
RP ® Financial, LC. (RP Financial) is a financial consulting firm serving the financial services industry nationwide that, among other things, specializes in financial valuations and analyses of business enterprises and securities, including the pro forma valuation for savings institutions converting from mutual-to-stock form. The background and experience of RP Financial is detailed in Exhibit V-1. For its appraisal services, RP Financial is being compensated on a fixed fee basis for the original appraisal and for any subsequent updates, and such fees are payable regardless of the valuation conclusion or the completion of the conversion offering transaction. We believe that we are independent of the Company, Westbury Bank, the MHC and the other parties engaged by Westbury Bank or the Company to assist in the stock conversion process.
Valuation Methodology
In preparing our Appraisal, we have reviewed the regulatory applications of Westbury Bancorp, Westbury Bank and the MHC, including the prospectus as filed with the FRB, OCC and the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). We have conducted a financial analysis of the Company that has included a review of audited financial information for the past two years through the year ended December 31, 2011 and a review of various unaudited information and internal financial reports through June 30, 2012. We have also conducted due diligence related discussions with Westbury Bancorps management; McGladrey LLP, Westbury Bancorps independent auditor; Luse Gorman Pomerenk & Schick, P.C., Westbury Bancorps conversion counsel; and Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., the Companys financial and
marketing advisor in connection with the stock offering. All assumptions and conclusions set forth in the Appraisal were reached independently from such discussions. In addition, where appropriate, we have considered information based on other available published sources that we believe are reliable. While we believe the information and data gathered from all these sources are reliable, we cannot guarantee the accuracy and completeness of such information.
We have investigated the competitive environment within which Westbury Bancorp operates and have assessed the Companys relative strengths and weaknesses. We have monitored all material regulatory and legislative actions affecting financial institutions generally and analyzed the potential impact of such developments on Westbury Bancorp and the industry as a whole, to the extent we were aware of such matters. We have analyzed the potential effects of the stock conversion on the Companys operating characteristics and financial performance as they relate to the pro forma market value of Westbury Bancorp. We have reviewed the economy and demographic characteristics of the primary market area in which the Company currently operates. We have compared the Companys financial performance and condition with publicly-traded thrift institutions evaluated and selected in accordance with the Valuation Guidelines, as well as all publicly-traded thrifts and thrift holding companies. We have reviewed conditions in the securities markets, in general, and the market for thrifts and thrift holding companies, including the market for new issues.
The Appraisal is based on Westbury Bancorps representation that the information contained in the regulatory applications and additional information furnished to us by the Company and its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers, and other authorized agents are truthful, accurate, and complete. We did not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by the Company, or its independent auditors, legal counsel, investment bankers, and other authorized agents, nor did we independently value the assets or liabilities of Westbury Bancorp. The valuation considers Westbury Bancorp only as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the Companys liquidation value.
Our appraised value is predicated on a continuation of the current operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts and their holding companies. Changes in the local and national economy, the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or significant world events) may occur from time to time, often with great unpredictability, and may materially impact the value of thrift stocks as a whole or the Companys value alone. It is our understanding that Westbury Bancorp intends to remain an independent institution and there are no current plans for selling control of the Company as a converted institution. To the extent that such factors can be foreseen, they have been factored into our analysis.
The estimated pro forma market value is defined as the price at which the Companys stock, immediately upon completion of the offering, would change hands between a willing buyer and a willing seller, neither being under any compulsion to buy or sell and both having reasonable knowledge of relevant facts.
Valuation Conclusion
It is our opinion that, as of August 17, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be
issued to the Foundation, equaled $35,350,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,535,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $30,047,500 and a maximum value of $40,652,500. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,004,750 at the minimum and 4,065,250 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $46,750,380 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,675,038. Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows: $29,750,000 at the minimum, $35,000,000 at the midpoint, $40,250,000 at the maximum and $46,287,500 at the supermaximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 2,975,000 at the minimum, 3,500,000 at the midpoint, 4,025,000 at the maximum and 4,628,750 at the supermaximum.
Limiting Factors and Considerations
The valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of the common stock. Moreover, because such valuation is determined in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines and is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the conversion will thereafter be able to buy or sell such shares at prices related to the foregoing valuation of the estimated pro forma market value thereof. The appraisal reflects only a valuation range as of this date for the pro forma market value of Westbury Bancorp immediately upon issuance of the stock and does not take into account any trading activity with respect to the purchase and sale of common stock in the secondary market on the date of issuance of such securities or at anytime thereafter following the completion of the public stock offering.
The valuation prepared by RP Financial, in accordance with applicable regulatory guidelines, was based on the financial condition and operations of Westbury Bancorp as of June 30, 2012, the date of the financial data included in the prospectus.
RP Financial is not a seller of securities within the meaning of any federal and state securities laws and any report prepared by RP Financial shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any securities. RP Financial maintains a policy which prohibits RP Financial, its principals or employees from purchasing stock of its financial institution clients.
The valuation will be updated as provided for in the conversion regulations and guidelines. These updates will consider, among other things, any developments or changes in the financial performance and condition of Westbury Bancorp, management policies, and current conditions in the equity markets for thrift stocks, both existing issues and new issues. These updates may also consider changes in other external factors which impact value including, but not limited to: various changes in the federal and state legislative and regulatory environments for financial institutions, the stock market in general, the market for thrift stocks and interest rates. Should any such new developments or changes be material, in our opinion, to the valuation of the shares, appropriate adjustments to the estimated pro forma market value
will be made. The reasons for any such adjustments will be explained in the update at the date of the release of the update.
|
Respectfully submitted, |
|
RP ® FINANCIAL, LC. |
|
|
|
|
|
James P. Hennessey |
|
Director |
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
TABLE OF CONTENTS |
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
WESTBURY BANK
West Bend, Wisconsin
|
|
PAGE |
||
DESCRIPTION |
|
NUMBER |
||
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER ONE |
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduction |
|
I.1 |
||
Plan of Conversion |
|
I.2 |
||
Use of Conversion Proceeds |
|
I.3 |
||
Strategic Overview |
|
I.4 |
||
Regulatory Agreement |
|
I.8 |
||
Balance Sheet Trends |
|
I.9 |
||
Income and Expense Trends |
|
I.14 |
||
Interest Rate Risk Management |
|
I.20 |
||
Lending Activities and Strategy |
|
I.21 |
||
Asset Quality |
|
I.24 |
||
Funding Composition and Strategy |
|
I.25 |
||
Legal Proceedings |
|
I.26 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER TWO |
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Introduction |
|
II.1 |
||
National Economic Factors |
|
II.2 |
||
Interest Rate Environment |
|
II.4 |
||
Market Area Demographics |
|
II.5 |
||
Regional Economy |
|
II.7 |
||
Unemployment Trends |
|
II.9 |
||
Real Estate Trends |
|
II.10 |
||
Market Area Deposit Characteristics |
|
II.11 |
||
Deposit Competition |
|
II.12 |
||
|
|
|
|
|
CHAPTER THREE |
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Peer Group Selection |
|
III.1 |
||
Financial Condition |
|
III.8 |
||
Income and Expense Components |
|
III.12 |
||
Loan Composition |
|
III.15 |
||
Credit Risk |
|
III.16 |
||
Interest Rate Risk |
|
III.18 |
||
Summary |
|
III.20 |
||
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
WESTBURY BANK
West Bend, Wisconsin
(continued)
|
|
|
PAGE |
||
DESCRIPTION |
|
NUMBER |
|||
|
|
|
|
||
CHAPTER FOUR |
VALUATION ANALYSIS |
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
Introduction |
|
IV.1 |
|||
Appraisal Guidelines |
|
IV.1 |
|||
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation |
|
IV.1 |
|||
Valuation Analysis |
|
IV.2 |
|||
1. |
Financial Condition |
|
IV.3 |
||
2. |
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
|
IV.4 |
||
3. |
Asset Growth |
|
IV.5 |
||
4. |
Primary Market Area |
|
IV.6 |
||
5. |
Dividends |
|
IV.7 |
||
6. |
Liquidity of the Shares |
|
IV.7 |
||
7. |
Marketing of the Issue |
|
IV.8 |
||
|
A. |
The Public Market |
|
IV.8 |
|
|
B. |
The New Issue Market |
|
IV.12 |
|
|
C. |
The Acquisition Market |
|
IV.15 |
|
8. |
Management |
|
IV.16 |
||
9. |
Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform |
|
IV.16 |
||
Summary of Adjustments |
|
IV.17 |
|||
Valuation Approaches |
|
IV.17 |
|||
1. |
Price-to-Earnings (P/E) |
|
IV.18 |
||
2. |
Price-to-Book (P/B) |
|
IV.19 |
||
3. |
Price-to-Assets (P/A) |
|
IV.19 |
||
Valuation Conclusion |
|
IV.20 |
|||
RP® Financial, LC. |
LIST OF TABLES |
LIST OF TABLES
WESTBURY BANCORP, INC.
WESTBURY BANK
West Bend, Wisconsin
TABLE |
|
|
|
|
NUMBER |
|
DESCRIPTION |
|
PAGE |
|
|
|
|
|
1.1 |
|
Historical Balance Sheets |
|
I.10 |
1.2 |
|
Historical Income Statements |
|
I.15 |
|
|
|
|
|
2.1 |
|
Summary Demographic/Economic Information |
|
II.6 |
2.2 |
|
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors |
|
II.8 |
2.3 |
|
Major Employers in the Metro Milwaukee Area |
|
II.9 |
2.4 |
|
Market Area Unemployment Trends |
|
II.10 |
2.5 |
|
Deposit Summary |
|
II.12 |
2.6 |
|
Market Area Deposit Competitors |
|
II.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts |
|
III.4 |
3.2 |
|
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates |
|
III.9 |
3.3 |
|
Income as a % of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads |
|
III.13 |
3.4 |
|
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information |
|
III.16 |
3.5 |
|
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information |
|
III.17 |
3.6 |
|
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility |
|
III.19 |
|
|
|
|
|
4.1 |
|
Recent Conversions Completed in Last Three Months |
|
IV.14 |
4.2 |
|
Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group |
|
IV.21 |
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS |
I. OVERVIEW AND FINANCIAL ANALYSIS
Introduction
Westbury Bank (the Bank) is a federally chartered savings bank organized in 1926 under the name West Bend Savings and Loan Association and has operated continuously in Washington County, Wisconsin, and other nearby contiguous counties in eastern Wisconsin, since its founding. In 1993, West Bend Savings and Loan Association converted to a state-chartered savings bank and changed its name to West Bend Savings Bank.
Westbury reorganized into the mutual holding company structure in 2001 by forming WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC), a federally chartered mutual holding company, and converting Westbury Bank to a federally-chartered stock savings bank. WBSB Bancorp, MHC owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (WBSB or the Mid-Tier), a federal corporation, which in turn owns 100% of the outstanding shares of common stock of Westbury Bank. Pursuant to the conversion transaction (the Conversion), a new holding company will be formed called Westbury Bancorp, Inc., which will own all the shares of the Bank. Hereinafter, unless otherwise noted, the discussion contained herein reflects the assets and liabilities of the Bank, inclusive of the MHC and the Mid-Tier, which will be consolidated into the Bank as part of the standard mutual-to-stock conversion transaction and the consolidated entity will be referred to as Westbury or the Company, unless specifically indicated otherwise.
In 2008, Westbury Bank and Continental Savings Bank (Continental), which was headquartered in Milwaukee and which maintained a branch office network in Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties, completed a mutual-to-mutual merger transaction and the merged institution changed its name to Westbury Bank. Importantly, as will be described in a section to follow, the Bank has largely retrenched from Continentals markets and has closed all but two of Continentals former branch offices and currently operates one office in both Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties, respectively. Moreover, the transaction was completed in 2008 and the majority of Westburys recent asset quality problems and operating losses have arisen as a result of Continentals loan portfolio.
Westbury provides financial services to individuals, families and businesses through a total of 12 banking offices located in Washington County, eastern Waukesha County and northern Milwaukee County, as well as two home loan centers from which the bank originates residential mortgages. Westbury also operates three ATMs at separate locations, offers online
and mobile banking services, participation in a nationwide ATM network, and wealth management services. The majority of the Banks retail banking and depository a ctivities are conducted within the three county market area, although the Banks market for lending operations in particular, extends across a broader area, including markets in east-central Wisconsin.
Westbury is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) system and its deposits are insured up to the regulatory maximums by the Deposit Insurance Fund of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). At June 30, 2012, Westbury had $546.4 million in assets, $489.2 million in deposits and total equity of $46.7 million, equal to 8.55% of total assets. The discussion contained herein reflects the assets and liabilities of the Bank, inclusive of the MHC and the Mid-Tier, which will be consolidated into the Bank as part of the full stock conversion transaction. The Companys audited financial statements are included by reference as Exhibit I-1 and key operating ratios are shown in Exhibit I-2.
Plan of Conversion
Westbury has operated in the three-tiered MHC form of organization since 2001, with Westbury Bank, regulated by the Office of Comptroller of the Currency (OCC), while the MHC and Mid-Tier are regulated by the Federal Reserve Board (FRB). No shares were publicly issued at the time of the MHC reorganization. The respective Boards of Directors of the MHC, the Mid-Tier, and the Bank, adopted a plan of conversion and reorganization on August 5, 2012. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, the organization will convert from the mutual holding company form of organization to the full stock form and will sell shares of common stock to the public in a stock offering. The plan of conversion and reorganization will result in the elimination of the MHC and Mid-Tier and the creation of a new stock holding company called Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (the Company). The Company will own all of the outstanding shares of the Bank. Pursuant to the plan of conversion and reorganization, the Company will offer shares of common stock to depositors of Westbury, to certain newly-formed stock benefit plans for officers, directors, and employees, supplemental eligible account holders, and other members.
The plan of conversion and reorganization provides for the Company to contribute common stock and cash to the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation (the Foundation), a charitable foundation to be established as part of the Conversion and stock offering. The Foundation will be funded with a total contribution value of $1,000,000, with a variable cash and
stock component. In this regard, the stock component will be equal to 1% of the stock sold in the Conversion with the balance of the Foundation contribution in the form of cash. The purpose of the Foundation is to provide financial support to charitable organizations in the communities in which the Company operates and also enable the communities the Bank and Company serve to share in their long term growth. The Foundation will be dedicated completely to community activities and the promotion of charitable causes and may be able to support such activities in ways that are not presently available to the Bank.
At this time, no other activities are contemplated for the Company other than the ownership of the Bank, extending a loan to the newly-formed employee stock ownership plan (the ESOP) and reinvestment of the proceeds that are retained by the Bank. In the future, the Company may acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, diversify into other banking-related activities, pay dividends or repurchase its stock, although there are no specific plans to undertake such activities at the present time.
Use of Conversion Proceeds
Management has indicated that both the increased capital from the Conversion as well as being in the stock form of organization will facilitate the Banks compliance with its capital requirements as required by regulations and certain agreements with the regulatory authorities. Over the longer term, the capital will facilitate the Companys ability to expand the balance sheet and achieve other key corporate objectives. The projected uses of proceeds from the Conversion are highlighted below.
· Westbury Bancorp, Inc. The Company is expected to retain up to 50% of the net offering proceeds or an amount sufficient to increase the Banks Tier 1 capital ratio to a minimum of 10% of assets. At present, funds at the Company level, net of the loan to the ESOP, are expected to be utilized to: (1) repay outstanding borrowings of WBSB Bancorp, Inc. totaling $1.254 million with the balance invested into short-term investment grade securities and liquid funds. Over time, the funds may be utilized for various corporate purposes, possibly including acquisitions, infusing additional equity into the Company, repurchases of common stock, and the payment of cash dividends.
· Westbury Bank. Approximately 50% of the net stock proceeds will be infused into the Bank in exchange for all of the Banks stock (subject to the Bank meeting a 10% Tier 1 capital ratio). Cash proceeds (i.e., net proceeds less deposits withdrawn to fund stock purchases) infused into the Bank are anticipated to become part of general operating funds.
Over the near term, the Company expects to continue to preserve its capital position, limiting growth and focusing on resolving problem assets with the objective of minimizing the
Companys credit risk exposure. Over the intermediate to longer term, the Company will seek to undertake moderate loan and deposit growth and other strategies to enhance Westburys long term earnings potential and shareholder returns.
Strategic Overview
Throughout much of its corporate history, the Companys strategic focus has been that of a community oriented financial institution with a primary focus on meeting the borrowing, savings and other financial needs of its local customers in Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee Counties as well as other nearby areas of eastern Wisconsin. In this regard, the Company has historically pursued a portfolio residential lending strategy typical of a thrift institution, with a moderate level of diversification into commercial real estate lending. Moreover, most of the Banks funding was through either certificates of deposits (CDs) or savings accounts.
However, in the mid-to-latter part of the decade of the 1990s, the Company commenced a gradual evolution of its strategy designed to simultaneously stabilize its earnings through a variety of interest rate and economic environments. From a funding perspective, the Company focused on increasing the balance of low-cost interest-bearing and non-interest bearing checking accounts through a variety of marketing initiatives, including offering a totally free checking account product which was supported through targeted advertising, promotional and branding campaigns. From a lending perspective, the Company sought to build a commercial loan portfolio (primarily mortgage loans), commencing in 1999, by employing a group of commercial loan officers and support personnel with commercial lending experience in the local market. The loan portfolio, including the balance of commercial loans, was expanded with the completion of the acquisition of Continental at the end of 2008.
The Companys operating strategy through fiscal 2008 was designed to take advantage of Westburys cohesive geographic footprint in Washington County. With the acquisition of Continental, Westburys markets were expanded into Milwaukee and the northern suburban areas of Milwaukee, which were healthy growing markets until the onset of the worldwide financial crisis and the subsequent deep economic recession. Over the fiscal 2005 to 2007 timeframe, the Company realized moderate loan and asset growth which was constrained in part, by the Companys regulatory capital position. The level of key balance sheet aggregates such as assets, loans, deposits, and equity increased significantly in fiscal 2008 with the completion of the acquisition of Continental such that the balance of Westburys total assets on
a standalone basis increased from a level of $441.5 million at the end of fiscal 2007 to $677.0 million as of the end of fiscal 2008, or by 53%.
As noted above, the Companys growth oriented business plan was in place through the end of fiscal 2008 and culminated with the acquisition of Continental at the end of 2008. Subsequently, total assets have diminished from the 2008 peak level, decreasing by a total of 19.3% through June 30, 2012, to equal $546.4 million. The asset shrinkage reflects the Companys response to the recessionary economic environment which resulted in operating losses and reduction in Westburys regulatory capital ratios. In response, the Company has sold or closed more than one-half of its branch offices, including 10 stand-alone full service branches and 5 supermarket branches, to reduce the total branch count from 27 following the completion of the Continental acquisition in 2008, to a total of 12 following the closing of the Hales Corner office in July 2012. The objective of the balance sheet shrinkage and branch sales/closures was to reduce assets and preserve its regulatory capital ratios in face of operating losses. Moreover, the Company has sought to improve core earnings by closing smaller non-critical branches and realizing the related cost savings by reducing staffing and other overhead costs .
The economic recession experienced nationally has impacted the Companys markets, both in terms of job losses and increasing rates of unemployment which in turn, has resulted in increased loan delinquency rates and loan foreclosures. Additionally, real estate prices, including the prices of residential and income producing/commercial properties, have diminished, eroding the collateral value of the properties securing the Companys mortgage loans. While substantially all financial institutions in the Companys markets have experienced increases in non-performing assets (NPAs) since 2008, a relatively high proportion of the Companys asset quality problem loans were originated by Continental. Management attributes Continental-originated losses to both the relatively depressed real estate environment in the markets served by Continental (i.e., Milwaukee and nearby suburban areas) and Continentals loan underwriting policies and procedures, particularly for commercial and income producing properties.
As a result of the foregoing, while the Company has historically maintained very strong credit quality ratios, the level of NPAs have increased from less than 1% of assets as of the end of fiscal 2007, to a fiscal year end peak level of 6.01% of assets as of December 31, 2010, including performing troubled debt restructurings (TDRs). The adverse asset quality trends
have also impacted the Companys operating condition as a result of increasing levels of loan loss provisions.
Reduction of NPAs has become a strategic priority for the Companys senior management and loan administration function have been focused on improving credit quality by establishing appropriate levels of valuation allowances and resolving non-performing assets as quickly as possible. As a result, NPAs including TDRs have diminished to 4.16% as of June 30, 2012, from the fiscal year end peak level of 6.01% as of December 31, 2010. However, loan loss provisions have continued to impact profitability having increased from $1.7 million in fiscal 2008, to $7.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
The Company has reported operating losses over the last two fiscal years and in three of the last four fiscal years with fiscal 2009 being the only profitable year over this period. The recent losses, in contrast to the Companys long-term track record for profitable operations, are the result of the higher loan loss provisions referenced above. Additionally, the high level of NPAs has adversely impacted the Companys net interest margin (i.e., the high level of NPAs has increased non- interest earning assets) while expenses related to problem asset resolution have increased the Companys operating costs.
The capital raised in the Conversion will enhance the Companys earnings with the reinvestment of the net proceeds and will provide an additional capital cushion to address the NPAs over the near term and capital for growth over the longer term. The post-offering business plan of the Company is expected to focus on near-term problem asset resolution and growth of core deposits. The capital infusion will bolster the Banks regulatory capital ratios and ability to address problem assets resolution. Importantly, the Company believes that its status as a well-capitalized publicly traded company will enhance the ability to expand business lines and grow the balance sheet over the long term relative to the many local competitors which have been similarly impacted by asset quality problems, as well as weakened capital positions but which have been unable to tap the equity markets to increase their capitalization.
Key elements of the post-conversion business plan include the following:
· Reduce Loan Delinquencies and Lower the Companys Risk Profile. The resolution of NPAs and improvement of asset quality is the highest priority of management over the near term. The Company has put into place policies and procedures which facilitate managements efforts to proactively identify and mitigate credit risks within the loan portfolio, particularly with respect to larger commercial and multi-family mortgages. In addition, the Company has implemented more stringent loan underwriting policies and procedures, including
increased emphasis on lower debt to income ratios, higher credit scores, lower loan to value ratios, and with respect to commercial business, commercial real estate and multi-family lending, enhanced information with respect to a borrowers business prospects. In recent periods, the Company has limited commercial lending as the commercial lending staff focused on resolving problem credits within the portfolio. Westbury is committed to employing additional resources towards strengthening asset quality as necessary and anticipates bifurcating the loan origination and credit administration functions shortly by employing a chief credit officer over the near term future.
· Increase Commercial Business, Commercial Real Estate and Multi-Family Lending. With market demand focused on longer term single family residential mortgage loans (i.e., maturities of up to 30 years), the Company will be seeking to expand the organic origination of commercial business, commercial real estate, and multi-family loans as a means to deploying investable funds profitably. Westbury has employed experienced commercial lending personnel in key management and staff positions and believes it is well postured to be a competitive force in the local commercial lending market, particularly if NPAs continue to diminish, as targeted, and as Westburys capital base is enhanced through the successful completion of the Conversion.
· Expand the Base of Low-Cost Deposits. Westbury commenced focusing on building its transaction deposit base more than 20 years ago and continues to maintain a relatively large base of core savings and transaction accounts as CDs comprise only 23% of total deposits. The Company will continue to seek to expand the base of savings and transaction accounts by continuing existing and/or implementing marketing and promotional programs, offering remote deposit capture services to business customers, and broadening banking relationships with lending customers. In this regard, the effort to expand commercial loan relationships, as described above, is expected to facilitate the growth of commercial deposit relationships, as well.
· Maintaining a Portfolio of Residential Loans. Although Westbury has reduced the percentage of the loan portfolio consisting of residential loans over time, the Bank will continue to maintain this business line. In the future, the Company will continue to allocate a portion of its portfolio to residential mortgage lending and the balance of residential loans may increase if demand for shorter term and/or adjustable rate loans, which the Company is willing to place into portfolio, increases (likely predicated on a higher interest rate environment). Consistent with its recent practice, Westbury intends to sell the majority of the long-term, fixed-rate residential mortgage loans in the secondary market to increase servicing fee income, recognizing gains on sale.
· Leverage Westburys Competitive Strengths to Attract and Retain Customers. Management believes that Westburys competitive strengths are superior customer service, extensive knowledge of the local market, and high visibility community activities. The Company will seek to leverage these strengths to attract and retain customers from an increasing population of potential customers dislocated as a result of large bank consolidations in the market area and individuals seeking personalized, customer service and technology-driven financial products, designed to enhance the customer experience. These
products include debit cards, online banking, direct deposits, online bill payment, mobile banking, and remote deposit capture. The Companys status as a locally headquartered institution with a broad array of loan and depository services, coupled with the employment of experienced management and staff experienced in managing commercial account relationships will facilitate growth in commercial accounts, as well.
· Managed Growth. The Companys management believes that it can be helpful to increase loans and deposits, if possible and subject to market constraints, in order to help cover the costs of operating in a highly competitive and regulated marketplace. In the future, the Company will continue, subject to market and economic conditions, to explore ways to grow the banking franchise both through internal growth and potentially external acquisitions.
Regulatory Agreement
Primarily as a result of the aforementioned operating losses and adverse trends with respect to the Companys asset quality, the MHC, WBSB Bancorp and the Bank have become subject to increased regulatory scrutiny and oversight. In February 2010, the MHC, WBSB Bancorp and the Bank each entered into agreements (the Agreement) with the Office of Thrift Supervision requiring the Company to address certain areas of operations. Under the Agreement, the Company and/or Bank is required to:
(1) Submit a business and capital plan that provides for plans and strategies to (i) strengthen and improve its operations, earnings and profitability, including the reduction of operating expenses, (ii) achieve core earnings and net income levels that will result in consistent profitability, (iii) review all risks associated with business activities on a monthly basis and enhance income to address such risks, and (iv) provide quarterly pro forma financial statements that include projections for Tier 1 Capital and Total Capital ratios, after funding of an adequate allowance for loan losses;
(2) Submit a remediation plan to resolve the basis of criticism of all classified, special mention, and delinquent assets or credit relationships that exceed $500,000, including (i) an identification of the expected source of repayment, (ii) the fair value of collateral and the lien position on such collateral, (iii) an analysis of current and satisfactory credit information, and (iv) strategies and time frame for resolution of the criticism;
(3) Not declare any dividend or capital distribution without submitting appropriate application to the OTS;
(4) Change certain compliance-related policies and procedures to comply with applicable regulations;
(5) Ensure periodic compliance reviews are conducted in accordance with applicable guidelines; and,
(6) Not to increase the dollar amount of brokered deposits.
WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank have each submitted the required business and capital plans and the remediation plans. Effective July 21, 2011, the OCC assumed supervisory authority with respect to Westbury Bank, and the Federal Reserve Board assumed supervisory authority with respect to WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. The OCC and Federal Reserve Board have continued to enforce the Agreement, the Company expects that the terms of the Agreement will be enforced prospectively.
Balance Sheet Trends
Growth Trends
Table 1.1 shows the Companys historical balance sheet data for the past five and one-half years through June 30, 2012. Data for fiscal 2007 reflects the combination of Continental and West Bend Savings Bank prior to the merger, pursuant to the application of pooling accounting which requires the respective balance sheets to be added together.
Balance sheet growth trends for the Company are presented in Table 1.1, highlighting the trends noted previously. Through fiscal 2008, the Company continued to realize asset growth, supported by the relatively favorable economic environment which prevailed through most of 2008. In this regard, total assets reflecting the pooling merger of Continental and West Bend Savings Bank increased by 5.7% in fiscal 2008 to equal $677.0 million. Subsequently, the Companys total assets have diminished at a 6.0% compounded annual rate or by 19.3% in aggregate over the three and one-half years ended June 30, 2012, to equal $546.4 million. Over the four and one-half year timeframe reflected in Table 1.1, the asset composition in terms of loans and investments has changed modestly as the proportion of loans-to-assets has diminished as the Company limited the origination of commercial loans in the recessionary economic environment. Moreover, the substantial majority of residential loans originated during this timeframe were longer term fixed rate loans, which the Company typically sells. At the same time, the reduction in the proportion of loans/assets was mitigated by balance sheet shrinkage funded in part, by a reduction in the balance of investments.
The Companys assets are funded through a combination of deposits, borrowings and retained earnings. Deposits have always comprised the majority of funding liabilities and decreased at a modest 1.45% compounded annual rate since fiscal 2007 as the majority of balance sheet shrinkage was the result of the retirement of outstanding borrowed funds. Importantly, the rate of deposit shrinkage has been relatively modest, notwithstanding the
Table 1.1
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Balance Sheet Data
|
|
At Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
June 30, |
|
Annual |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2009 |
|
2010 |
|
2011 |
|
2012 |
|
Growth Rate |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Pct |
|
||||||
|
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total Amount of: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Total assets |
|
$ |
640,684 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
676,996 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
643,508 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
625,393 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
578,618 |
|
100.00 |
% |
$ |
546,436 |
|
100.00 |
% |
-3.47 |
% |
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
20,026 |
|
3.13 |
% |
25,084 |
|
3.71 |
% |
26,162 |
|
4.07 |
% |
50,193 |
|
8.03 |
% |
21,497 |
|
3.72 |
% |
45,054 |
|
8.25 |
% |
19.74 |
% |
||||||
Investment securities-AFS |
|
73,442 |
|
11.46 |
% |
107,203 |
|
15.84 |
% |
61,238 |
|
9.52 |
% |
70,288 |
|
11.24 |
% |
99,119 |
|
17.13 |
% |
63,195 |
|
11.56 |
% |
-3.28 |
% |
||||||
Loans receivable, net |
|
490,283 |
|
76.52 |
% |
484,151 |
|
71.51 |
% |
489,424 |
|
76.06 |
% |
436,820 |
|
69.85 |
% |
396,439 |
|
68.51 |
% |
382,923 |
|
70.08 |
% |
-5.34 |
% |
||||||
Loans held for sale |
|
2,257 |
|
0.35 |
% |
4,920 |
|
0.73 |
% |
3,014 |
|
0.47 |
% |
4,327 |
|
0.69 |
% |
3,640 |
|
0.63 |
% |
3,020 |
|
0.55 |
% |
6.69 |
% |
||||||
Fixed assets |
|
19,731 |
|
3.08 |
% |
19,177 |
|
2.83 |
% |
17,889 |
|
2.78 |
% |
17,066 |
|
2.73 |
% |
14,874 |
|
2.57 |
% |
14,385 |
|
2.63 |
% |
-6.78 |
% |
||||||
FHLB stock |
|
3,652 |
|
0.57 |
% |
3,652 |
|
0.54 |
% |
3,652 |
|
0.57 |
% |
3,652 |
|
0.58 |
% |
3,652 |
|
0.63 |
% |
3,091 |
|
0.57 |
% |
-3.64 |
% |
||||||
BOLI |
|
8,334 |
|
1.30 |
% |
10,382 |
|
1.53 |
% |
10,786 |
|
1.68 |
% |
11,210 |
|
1.79 |
% |
11,629 |
|
2.01 |
% |
11,836 |
|
2.17 |
% |
8.11 |
% |
||||||
Real estate held for investment |
|
10,343 |
|
1.61 |
% |
11,834 |
|
1.75 |
% |
11,431 |
|
1.78 |
% |
11,204 |
|
1.79 |
% |
10,810 |
|
1.87 |
% |
8,526 |
|
1.56 |
% |
-4.20 |
% |
||||||
Foreclosed real estate |
|
2,951 |
|
0.46 |
% |
2,091 |
|
0.31 |
% |
6,881 |
|
1.07 |
% |
5,289 |
|
0.85 |
% |
4,300 |
|
0.74 |
% |
3,343 |
|
0.61 |
% |
2.81 |
% |
||||||
Mortgage servicing rights |
|
1,548 |
|
0.24 |
% |
2,099 |
|
0.31 |
% |
2,621 |
|
0.41 |
% |
2,832 |
|
0.45 |
% |
2,387 |
|
0.41 |
% |
2,067 |
|
0.38 |
% |
6.64 |
% |
||||||
Deposits |
|
522,550 |
|
81.56 |
% |
564,093 |
|
83.32 |
% |
561,079 |
|
87.19 |
% |
556,325 |
|
88.96 |
% |
524,277 |
|
90.61 |
% |
489,235 |
|
89.53 |
% |
-1.45 |
% |
||||||
FHLB Advances |
|
55,329 |
|
8.64 |
% |
47,000 |
|
6.94 |
% |
19,000 |
|
2.95 |
% |
7,000 |
|
1.12 |
% |
0 |
|
0.00 |
% |
0 |
|
0.00 |
% |
-100.00 |
% |
||||||
Notes Payable |
|
3,442 |
|
0.54 |
% |
5,681 |
|
0.84 |
% |
3,699 |
|
0.57 |
% |
3,343 |
|
0.53 |
% |
3,439 |
|
0.59 |
% |
1,253 |
|
0.23 |
% |
-20.11 |
% |
||||||
Other liabilities |
|
1,645 |
|
0.26 |
% |
4,578 |
|
0.68 |
% |
4,174 |
|
0.65 |
% |
5,502 |
|
0.88 |
% |
4,788 |
|
0.83 |
% |
9,215 |
|
1.69 |
% |
46.65 |
% |
||||||
Total stockholders equity |
|
57,718 |
|
9.01 |
% |
55,340 |
|
8.17 |
% |
55,210 |
|
8.58 |
% |
53,223 |
|
8.51 |
% |
46,114 |
|
7.97 |
% |
46,733 |
|
8.55 |
% |
-4.58 |
% |
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Loans/Deposits |
|
|
|
93.83 |
% |
|
|
85.83 |
% |
|
|
87.23 |
% |
|
|
78.52 |
% |
|
|
75.62 |
% |
|
|
78.27 |
% |
|
|
||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Banking offices |
|
25 |
|
|
|
25 |
|
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
15 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
(1) Ratios are as a percent of ending assets.
Sources: Westbury Bancorps prospectus and audited and unaudited financial statements.
closure or sale of 15 of the Companys branches since fiscal 2008, to a remaining total of 12 branch offices as of early July 2012. In this regard, most of the branches were either small and/or supermarket branches and the Company has retained many of the deposit relationships associated with offices that were sold or closed.
Borrowed funds, primarily consisting of FHLB advances, have decreased at a comparatively faster pace and have been the most significant contributor to balance sheet shrinkage on the liability side of the balance sheet. Specifically, FHLB advances which had a balance of $55.3 million as of December 31, 2007, were fully repaid as of the end of fiscal 2011, and the Company has not employed FHLB advances since that time.
Equity has diminished at a 4.6% compounded annual pace since the end of fiscal 2007 or by 19.0% in aggregate, reflecting the impact of operating losses incurred in three of the four fiscal years since the end of 2007. Going forward, equity will be increased with the completion of the Conversion. The post-offering equity growth rate will largely be a function of the Companys ability to improve asset quality and stem the level of loan loss provisions. Moreover, the Companys operating expenses ratio remains relatively high, notwithstanding recent cost cutting, and the Company will be seeking to leverage the existing infrastructure through growth and redeployment of funds into higher yielding loans.
Loans Receivable
The Companys loan portfolio balance has been diminishing since the end of fiscal 2009, as Westbury has retrenched from portfolio lending as the level of classified assets and NPAs were high. However, reflecting the Companys recent emphasis on commercial lending, the balance of multi-family and commercial mortgage loans have remained substantially unchanged since the end of fiscal 2008, while the majority of the loan portfolio shrinkage has been realized in the residential, construction/land and commercial non-mortgage loan portfolios. Westburys loan portfolio composition as of June 30, 2012, underscores the commercial lending emphasis as multi-family and commercial real estate loans, together, totaled $168.3 million, equal to approximately 43.3% of gross loans, while permanent first mortgage loans secured by 1-4 family residential properties totaled $159.0 million, equal to 40.9% of gross loans.
Shrinkage in the residential loan portfolio has resulted, in part, from low interest rates, which has increased demand for loans with maturities in excess of 15 years which the Company typically sells into the secondary market. Commercial non-mortgage loans have
diminished from $42.4 million (8.6% of loans) as of the fiscal year end 2007, to $20.5 million (5.3% of loans) as of June 30, 2012, reflecting the impact of low market demand in a recessionary environment and internal factors related to the Company, including the application of more stringent underwriting standards and the internal focus on resolving classified loans versus originating new loans to commercial borrowers.
Cash, Investments and Mortgage-Backed Securities
Westburys preference is to deploy the majority of assets into loans while maintaining required liquidity. The Company anticipates initially reinvesting the net offering proceeds into investments with short-to-intermediate maturities, pending longer-term deployment primarily into loans.
As of June 30, 2012, the Companys portfolio of cash and cash equivalents totaled $45.1 million, equal to 8.3% of assets. It is the Companys current practice to classify all investment securities, including mortgage-backed securities (MBS), as available for sale (AFS). As of June 30, 2012, the investment portfolio totaled $63.2 million, equal to 11.6% of total assets (see Exhibit I-3 for the investment portfolio composition). MBS comprised the largest segment of the investment portfolio, totaling $46.6 million, or 8.5% of assets and 73.7% of investment securities, as of June 30, 2012. The balance of the investment portfolio was comprised of U.S. Government and agency securities ($1.0 million) and municipal securities ($15.6 million).
No major changes to the composition and practices with respect to the management of the investment portfolio are anticipated over the near term. The level of cash and investments is anticipated to increase initially following the Conversion.
Bank Owned Life Insurance
As of June 30, 2012, the balance of bank owned life insurance (BOLI) totaled $11.8 million, which reflects a modest increase over the last five fiscal years owing to increases in the cash surrender value of the policies. The balance of the BOLI reflects the value of life insurance contracts on selected members of the Companys management and has been purchased with the intent to offset various benefit program expenses on a tax advantaged basis. The increase in the cash surrender value of the BOLI is recognized as an addition to non-interest income on an annual basis.
Real Estate Held for Investment
As of June 30, 2012, the Company maintained real estate investments with a book value of $8.5 million. The original investment, totaling $3.3 million, is a non-qualifying investment for regulatory capital purposes. Westbury is seeking to orderly divest of its real estate investments and the real estate investment balance has diminished from a peak level of $11.8 million in fiscal 2008.
Funding Structure
Retail deposits have generally met the substantial portion of the Companys funding needs supplemented with a modest amount of borrowed funds from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Chicago, but all of Westburys outstanding FHLB advances have been retired, as the need for funds outside of deposits has diminished with the recent asset shrinkage realized by the Company.
The composition has changed modestly, as all the core accounts have increased and time deposits have declined. Specifically, money market, savings and checking accounts (both interest and non-interest) have been increasing in proportion to total deposits while CDs have been shrinking. Since the end of fiscal 2009, the proportion of transaction and savings accounts has increased from 68.5% to 76.7%, while conversely, the proportion of CDs to total deposits has diminished from 31.5% to 23.3%. At the same time, the dollar balance of savings and transaction accounts has remained substantially unchanged since 2009 and the growth measured, in percentage terms, is the result of moderate deposit shrinkage resulting from the runoff of CDs. With regard to this latter factor, the acquired deposit base of Continental was heavily weighted toward CDs and the majority of the recent branch closures were in the geographic footprint acquired with Continental.
Equity
Stockholders equity totaled $46.7 million, equal to 8.55% of assets on a reported basis as of June 30, 2012. As noted previously, Westburys capital base has diminished at a 4.6% compounded annual pace since the end of fiscal 2007, reflecting the impact of recent operating losses which have primarily resulted from deteriorating asset quality resulting in relatively high loan loss provisions and loan chargeoffs. The offering proceeds will serve to further strengthen the Companys regulatory capital position and ability to address the weak economy in its markets as well as the recent increase in the level of non-performing assets.
At June 30, 2012, the Banks core capital equaled $39.0 million, or 7.32% of adjusted total assets, which is above the level of 5.00% which is the statutorily defined minimum level to be well-capitalized but below the internally targeted levels of the Bank. The significant disparity between the Companys reported GAAP capital balance ($46.7 million) and the Tier 1 capital level is primarily attributable to three elements, including unrealized gains on securities ($1.0 million), disallowed deferred tax assets ($3.7 million), and non-permissible real estate investments ($3.3 million). Additionally, the Company has approximately $1.3 million of borrowed funds, which have been infused into the Bank as capital. The Company expects to repay these borrowed funds out of the net conversion offering proceeds.
Income and Expense Trends
Table 1.2 shows the Companys historical income statements for the past five fiscal years, and for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. The Company reported positive earnings in fiscal 2007 ($642,000 or 0.10% of average assets) while operating at near breakeven level in fiscal 2008 and 2009. Thereafter, the Companys posted material operating losses from fiscal 2010, to the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. Specifically, Westbury reported a loss equal to $1.4 million (0.22% of average assets) in fiscal 2010 which increased to $7.6 million (1.25% of average assets) in fiscal 2011. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, Westbury reported a loss equal to $6.4 million, or 1.07% of average assets. Earnings for the most recent twelve month period reflect improvement relative to the fiscal 2011 loss, as a result of modest earnings reported over the six months ended June 30, 2012, equal to $579,000, or 0.21% of average assets on an annualized basis.
The significant losses reported for the several years through fiscal 2011, were primarily the result of impaired credit quality in the loan portfolio which was evidenced by higher NPAs and which resulted in the establishment of loan loss provisions well above the historical average. Additionally, the Company recorded significant net non-operating expenses, many of which were related to the deteriorating economic and credit environment. The trends and characteristics with respect to the Companys earnings are described more fully below.
Table 1.2
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Historical Income Statements
|
|
As of the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, |
|
12 Months Ended |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
2007 |
|
2008 |
|
2009 |
|
2010 |
|
2011 |
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
Amount |
|
Pct(1) |
|
||||||
|
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
$(000) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||
Interest Income |
|
$ |
35,370 |
|
5.51 |
% |
$ |
34,362 |
|
5.22 |
% |
$ |
30,765 |
|
4.66 |
% |
$ |
26,868 |
|
4.23 |
% |
$ |
24,039 |
|
3.94 |
% |
$ |
22,706 |
|
3.81 |
% |
Interest Expense |
|
$ |
(19,231 |
) |
-3.00 |
% |
$ |
(17,161 |
) |
-2.60 |
% |
$ |
(12,993 |
) |
-1.97 |
% |
$ |
(8,771 |
) |
-1.38 |
% |
$ |
(5,737 |
) |
-0.94 |
% |
$ |
(4,075 |
) |
-0.68 |
% |
Net Interest Income |
|
$ |
16,139 |
|
2.51 |
% |
$ |
17,201 |
|
2.61 |
% |
$ |
17,772 |
|
2.69 |
% |
$ |
18,097 |
|
2.85 |
% |
$ |
18,302 |
|
3.00 |
% |
$ |
18,631 |
|
3.13 |
% |
Provision for Loan Losses |
|
$ |
(1,222 |
) |
-0.19 |
% |
$ |
(1,721 |
) |
-0.26 |
% |
$ |
(2,240 |
) |
-0.34 |
% |
$ |
(3,057 |
) |
-0.48 |
% |
$ |
(7,533 |
) |
-1.24 |
% |
$ |
(7,683 |
) |
-1.29 |
% |
Net Interest Income after Provisions |
|
$ |
14,917 |
|
2.32 |
% |
$ |
15,480 |
|
2.35 |
% |
$ |
15,532 |
|
2.35 |
% |
$ |
15,040 |
|
2.37 |
% |
$ |
10,769 |
|
1.77 |
% |
$ |
10,948 |
|
1.84 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Other Operating Income |
|
$ |
5,978 |
|
0.93 |
% |
$ |
7,141 |
|
1.08 |
% |
$ |
7,309 |
|
1.11 |
% |
$ |
6,312 |
|
0.99 |
% |
$ |
5,870 |
|
0.96 |
% |
$ |
5,780 |
|
0.97 |
% |
Net Gain(Loss) on Sale of Loans |
|
$ |
721 |
|
0.11 |
% |
1,197 |
|
0.18 |
% |
2,265 |
|
0.34 |
% |
2,408 |
|
0.38 |
% |
874 |
|
0.14 |
% |
$ |
1,672 |
|
0.28 |
% |
||||
Insurance and Securities Sales Commisions |
|
$ |
1,168 |
|
0.18 |
% |
1,108 |
|
0.17 |
% |
1,028 |
|
0.16 |
% |
867 |
|
0.14 |
% |
808 |
|
0.13 |
% |
$ |
880 |
|
0.15 |
% |
||||
Rental Income from Real Estate Operations |
|
$ |
1,573 |
|
0.25 |
% |
1,704 |
|
0.26 |
% |
1,559 |
|
0.24 |
% |
1,554 |
|
0.24 |
% |
1,170 |
|
0.19 |
% |
$ |
1,023 |
|
0.17 |
% |
||||
Operating Expense |
|
$ |
(24,293 |
) |
-3.78 |
% |
$ |
(28,716 |
) |
-4.36 |
% |
$ |
(30,068 |
) |
-4.55 |
% |
$ |
(29,676 |
) |
-4.68 |
% |
$ |
(29,805 |
) |
-4.89 |
% |
$ |
(28,679 |
) |
-4.81 |
% |
Net Operating Income |
|
$ |
64 |
|
0.01 |
% |
$ |
(2,086 |
) |
-0.32 |
% |
$ |
(2,375 |
) |
-0.36 |
% |
$ |
(3,495 |
) |
-0.55 |
% |
$ |
(10,314 |
) |
-1.69 |
% |
$ |
(8,376 |
) |
-1.41 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net Gain(Loss) on Sale of Securities |
|
$ |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
42 |
|
0.01 |
% |
$ |
1,207 |
|
0.18 |
% |
$ |
547 |
|
0.09 |
% |
$ |
601 |
|
0.10 |
% |
$ |
584 |
|
0.10 |
% |
Net Gain(Loss) on Sale of Branches |
|
$ |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
358 |
|
0.05 |
% |
$ |
386 |
|
0.06 |
% |
$ |
(14 |
) |
0.00 |
% |
$ |
894 |
|
0.15 |
% |
$ |
1,053 |
|
0.18 |
% |
Total Non-Operating Income/(Expense) |
|
$ |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
400 |
|
0.06 |
% |
$ |
1,593 |
|
0.24 |
% |
$ |
533 |
|
0.08 |
% |
$ |
1,495 |
|
0.25 |
% |
$ |
1,637 |
|
0.27 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net Income Before Tax |
|
$ |
64 |
|
0.01 |
% |
$ |
(1,686 |
) |
-0.26 |
% |
$ |
(782 |
) |
-0.12 |
% |
$ |
(2,962 |
) |
-0.47 |
% |
$ |
(8,819 |
) |
-1.45 |
% |
$ |
(6,739 |
) |
-1.13 |
% |
Income Taxes |
|
$ |
578 |
|
0.09 |
% |
$ |
1,154 |
|
0.18 |
% |
$ |
823 |
|
0.12 |
% |
$ |
1,544 |
|
0.24 |
% |
$ |
1,199 |
|
0.20 |
% |
$ |
342 |
|
0.06 |
% |
Net Income (Loss) Before Extraord. Items |
|
$ |
642 |
|
0.10 |
% |
$ |
(532 |
) |
-0.08 |
% |
$ |
41 |
|
0.01 |
% |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
-0.22 |
% |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
-1.25 |
% |
$ |
(6,397 |
) |
-1.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Net Income |
|
$ |
642 |
|
0.10 |
% |
$ |
(532 |
) |
-0.08 |
% |
$ |
41 |
|
0.01 |
% |
$ |
(1,418 |
) |
-0.22 |
% |
$ |
(7,620 |
) |
-1.25 |
% |
$ |
(6,397 |
) |
-1.07 |
% |
Addback(Deduct): Non-Recurring (Inc)/Exp |
|
$ |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
(400 |
) |
-0.06 |
% |
$ |
(1,593 |
) |
-0.24 |
% |
$ |
(533 |
) |
-0.08 |
% |
$ |
(1,495 |
) |
-0.25 |
% |
$ |
(1,637 |
) |
-0.27 |
% |
Tax Effect (2) |
|
$ |
|
|
0.00 |
% |
$ |
157 |
|
0.02 |
% |
$ |
625 |
|
0.09 |
% |
$ |
209 |
|
0.03 |
% |
$ |
586 |
|
0.10 |
% |
$ |
642 |
|
0.11 |
% |
Estimated Core Net Income |
|
$ |
642 |
|
0.10 |
% |
$ |
(775 |
) |
-0.12 |
% |
$ |
(927 |
) |
-0.14 |
% |
$ |
(1,742 |
) |
-0.27 |
% |
$ |
(8,529 |
) |
-1.40 |
% |
$ |
(7,392 |
) |
-1.24 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Memo: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
Expense Coverage Ratio |
|
66.43 |
% |
|
|
59.90 |
% |
|
|
59.11 |
% |
|
|
60.98 |
% |
|
|
61.41 |
% |
|
|
64.96 |
% |
|
|
||||||
Efficiency Ratio |
|
94.97 |
% |
|
|
101.29 |
% |
|
|
100.45 |
% |
|
|
101.50 |
% |
|
|
110.29 |
% |
|
|
102.48 |
% |
|
|
||||||
Effective Tax Rate |
|
-903.13 |
% |
|
|
68.47 |
% |
|
|
105.27 |
% |
|
|
52.13 |
% |
|
|
13.60 |
% |
|
|
5.07 |
% |
|
|
(1) Ratios are a Percent of Average Assets.
(2) Applies the Companys estimated effective tax rate of 39.21%.
Source: Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s audited financial statements and the conversion prospectus.
Net Interest Income
Over the period from fiscal 2007 to the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, net interest income has increased modestly in dollar terms, notwithstanding the aforementioned balance sheet shrinkage, as the Companys spreads have been improving as funding costs have diminished more rapidly than asset yields in response to historically low interest rates which have prevailed over the last several years. In this regard, interest income decreased, reflecting the impact of balance sheet shrinkage and declining asset yields, while interest expense also decreased owing to the same factors, more than offsetting the diminished interest income revenues from a net earnings perspective.
The impact of declining interest rates is more fully evidenced in the detailed financial data shown in Table 1.2, as interest income diminished from $35.4 million (5.51% of average assets) in fiscal 2007, to $22.7 million (3.81% of average assets) for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. Over the corresponding timeframe, the annual interest expense diminished by a greater amount, from $19.2 million (3.00% of average assets) to $4.1 million (0.68% of average assets) for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. As a result of the foregoing trends with regard to interest income and expense, net interest income has increased from $16.1 million (2.51% of average assets) reported in fiscal 2007, to $18.6 million (3.13% of average assets) reported for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
The Companys improving yield-cost spread was the primary factor leading to the increase in net interest income as Westburys spreads increased from 2.80% in fiscal 2009 to 3.46% in fiscal 2011 (see Exhibit I-4). Moreover, the Companys spreads have continued to increase in fiscal 2012, as the net interest rate spread equaled 3.61% for the six months ended June 30, 2012.
Several factors may impact the Companys future spreads and net interest income. First, the benefit of declining funding costs appears to be diminishing as the overall cost of funds equaled 0.73% for the six months ended June 30, 2012, and the potential for further improvement is limited as deposit costs approach zero. At the same time, the reduction of NPAs is a key strategy of management over the long term and the ratio of NPAs has recently reflected an improving trend to the extent non-performing assets can be returned to an earning form, interest income may realize improvement. Last, the completion of the Conversion will have a dual benefit of providing Westbury with additional interest-free funds to reinvest while over the longer term, the Company has indicated the intent to use the additional capital to
support balance sheet growth including expansion of interest-earning assets at a positive spread.
Loan Loss Provisions
Provisions for loan losses have typically been limited, reflecting the Companys relatively strong asset quality historically and the secured nature of the loan portfolio. The majority of the loan portfolio is secured by real estate collateral in the Companys market area. However, since fiscal 2008, the Company has increased the level of loan loss provisions in response to deteriorating asset quality and significant loan chargeoffs. Specifically, loan loss provisions reported by the Company increased from $1.7 million or 0.26% of average assets in fiscal 2008, to a peak level of $7.7 million or 1.29% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
At June 30, 2012, the Company maintained valuation allowances of $6.2 million, equal to 1.59% of total loans and 32.7% of non-performing loans (includes nonaccrual loans and performing TDRs). Exhibit I-5 sets forth the Companys loan loss allowance activity during the review period. Going forward, the Company will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the level of general valuation allowances (GVAs) on a regular basis and establish additional loan loss provisions in accordance with the Companys asset classification and loss reserve policies.
Non-Interest Income
Non-interest operating income is a relatively significant contributor to the Companys total revenues and aggregate non-interest operating revenues (fee income, gains on the sale of loans, insurance and securities sales commissions and rental income) reflected growth from $9.4 million in aggregate in fiscal 2007 to $12.2 million in fiscal 2009. Total non-interest operating income has subsequently diminished and equaled $9.4 million or 1.57% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
The Companys non-interest income as a percent of assets is relatively high in comparison to industry averages owing to several factors. First, the nature of the Companys deposit base including the large proportion of checking accounts has supported the level of fee income generated by Westbury. In this regard, in fiscal 2011, deposit fee income totaled $4.7 million, equal to 53.4% of total non-interest operating income. Other significant components of non-interest income include rental income from the Companys real estate operations as well as
commission income on insurance and securities and returns on the investment in BOLI, and from other financial services including debit card interchange income and safe deposit box rentals.
Importantly, while the Company generates a high level of non-interest income, Westbury incurs relatively high expenses diminishing the resulting benefit to net earnings. In this regard, the benefit of the Companys high deposit fee income is partially offset by the cost of servicing the high balance of checking accounts including the expense of operating 12 full service branches. Similarly, while Westburys total non-interest revenues have benefited from insurance and securities sales commissions as well as rental income on real estate operations, there have been significant offsetting costs, including commission expenses and real estate operations costs.
Gains on the Sale of Loans
Gains on the sale of loans have been a fluctuating contributor to the Companys earnings with the level of income generated primarily based on loan volumes and competitive market conditions. It has been the Companys practice to sell substantially all fixed rate residential loans with maturities in excess of 15 years into the secondary market. From fiscal 2008 to fiscal 2010, gains on the sale of loans increased from $1.2 million to $2.4 million, while totaling only $874,000 in fiscal 2011. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, gains on sale totaled $1.7 million, equal to 0.28% of average assets. Important from a valuation perspective, while we have considered gains on sale to be a recurring revenue source for valuation purposes, they can be a relatively volatile source of revenues dependent upon various factors including loan demand, market interest rates, and competitive factors among other considerations.
Operating Expenses
The Companys operating expenses have fluctuated in a relatively narrow range from fiscal 2008 through the twelve months ended June 30, 2012. Over this time period, the Company has undertaken several cost cutting initiatives including the reduction of the number of branch offices from a total of 25 in 2008 to 12 as of early July 2012 and reducing the total number of employees from 235 to 156 full-time equivalent employees at present. Offsetting the benefit of the branch closures and reduction in the total number of employees, the Companys recent expenses have been impacted by the cost of branch closures (i.e., chargeoff of fixed
assets), as well as the cost of upgrading various aspects of Westburys operations to meet regulatory requirements. Additionally, real estate operations expenses primarily related to the resolution of other real estate owned (OREO) properties have represented a significant cost in recent periods ($3.7 million in fiscal 2010 and $5.2 million in fiscal 2011).
Importantly, while operating expenses have fluctuated in a relatively narrow range, from $30.1 million in fiscal 2009 to $28.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, the modest increase in expenses coupled with the impact of a shrinking asset base has resulted in an increasing operating expense ratio. Specifically, the Companys operating expense ratio as a percent of average assets increased from 3.78% of average assets in fiscal 2007 to 4.81% of average assets for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-offering basis as a result of the expense of the stock-related benefit plans. At the same time, expenses are expected to diminish relative to historical levels as the Company fully realizes cost savings from recent branch closures and sales into trailing twelve month earnings. In this regard, operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2012, equaled $24.4 million on an annualized basis versus $28.7 million on a trailing twelve month basis.
Non-Operating Income/Expense
Net non-operating gains have partially mitigated the Companys recent operating losses over the past five and one-half fiscal years and have typically had a fairly modest impact on the Companys earnings, consisting of gains on the sale of investment of securities and gains on the sale of branches. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, non-operating gains amounted to $1.6 million, or 0.27% of average assets. In general, the gains and losses recorded by the Company are not viewed as part of the Companys core or recurring earnings.
Taxes
The Company has been in a fully taxable position for most of its operating history. In fiscal 2011, Westbury reported a tax benefit of $1.2 million on operating losses equal to $8.8 million the Company could not realize the full tax benefit of the losses for financial reporting purposes as a result of the establishment of a valuation reserve on deferred tax assets of $2.4 million at the end of fiscal 2011. Likewise, the Company recorded a modest tax benefit of $342,000 on a net pre-tax loss of $6.7 million for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012.
As of June 30, 2012, the Companys deferred tax asset totaled $6.6 million and there was a valuation allowance equal to $2.3 million against this asset resulting in a net deferred tax asset equal to $4.3 million. For regulatory capital purposes, the net deferred tax asset balance is excluded from Tier 1 capital. As of June 30, 2012, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards (NOLs) to offset $11.7 million for federal purposes and $12.9 million for state income tax purposes. Accordingly, to the extent Westbury reports earnings in the future, the substantial NOLs will be available to offset future taxable income and earnings could potentially result in the reversal of the valuation allowance on the deferred tax asset balance, positively impacting capital. At the same time, as described in the conversion prospectus, the full benefit of the NOLs and realization of the deferred tax asset benefit may be dependent upon participation of depositors in the conversion and the post-conversion ownership structure of the Company, both immediately following the Conversion and subsequently in the future.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The primary aspects of the Companys interest rate risk management include:
· Emphasizing the origination of adjustable rate residential mortgage loans or hybrid ARMS with repricing frequencies of up to five years when market conditions permit (limited in the recent rate environment);
· Selling the majority of longer term (maturities greater than 15 years) of the Companys residential mortgage originations;
· Utilizing a short-to-intermediate term investment portfolio which more closely matches the duration of funding liabilities;
· Maintaining a large base of savings and transaction accounts which have relatively low interest costs and generate non-interest fee income;
· Maintaining stable depositor relationships by providing quality service and multiple delivery channels so as to diminish the need to price funds on a highly competitive basis;
· Maintaining an acceptable level of capital which provides a favorable level of interest-earning assets relative to interest-bearing liabilities; and,
· Limiting investment in fixed assets and other non-earning assets and seeking to resolve existing non-performing assets as quickly as possible.
The rate shock analysis as of June 30, 2012 (see Exhibit I-6) reflects that in the event of a further decline in interest rates from the current low levels, Westburys economic value of
equity (EVE) would diminish. Conversely, rising interest rates are estimated to have a modestly favorable impact on Westburys EVE. A 100 basis point and 200 basis point increase in interest rates increase EVE by $3.7 million and $6.4 million, respectively. Importantly, while the data suggest that rising interest rates would favorably impact Westburys EVE, there are numerous limitations inherent in such analyses, such as the credit risk of the Companys adjustable rate loans in a rising interest rate environment.
Lending Activities and Strategy
Over the last five fiscal years, the Company has been primarily emphasizing real estate lending, including 1-4 family residential mortgage loans with a significant proportion of residential mortgage loans sold into the secondary market, as well as commercial and multi-family mortgage loans. The majority of the Companys 1-4 family residential mortgage loans consist of loans that are conforming to agency standards, and the non-conforming residential loans are conforming, except for the loan amount (i.e., jumbo loans). To a lesser extent, the Company extends consumer loans. Details regarding the Companys loan portfolio composition are included in Exhibits I-7 and I-8.
Residential Lending
As of June 30, 2012, residential mortgage loans approximated $159.0 million, or 40.9% of total loans. Westbury originates both fixed rate and adjustable rate 1-4 family mortgage loans. The Companys general philosophy is to seek to originate adjustable rate loans and/or shorter-term fixed rate mortgage loans for portfolio (generally with maturities of 15 years or less) when competitive and market conditions permit. The Company also originates longer term fixed rate loans and typically with maturities in excess of 15 years.
Adjustable-rate loans are tied to a variety of indices including rates based on U. S. Treasury securities. The majority of adjustable-rate loans carry an initial fixed rate of interest for either the first one, three, five or seven years which then convert to an interest rate that is adjusted based upon the applicable index and in accordance with the note. As of June 30, 2012, Westburys adjustable residential mortgage loans equaled $123.1 million, or approximately 77% of total residential loans in the portfolio. Westbury does not currently originate or purchase interest only one-to four-family residential mortgage loans.
Westbury originates one-to-four family loans up to a loan-to-value (LTV) ratio of 95%, with private mortgage insurance (PMI) being required for loans in excess of an 80% LTV
ratio. The majority of the 1-4 family mortgage loans which have been originated or purchased by the Company are secured by residences in the Companys markets in Wisconsin.
As a complement to 1-4 family permanent mortgage lending, the Company also has offered home equity loans including fixed rate amortizing term loans and variable rate lines of credit tied to the Prime rate. Home equity loans are primarily adjustable with repricing characteristics similar to portfolio ARM loans, but with a shorter amortization period and higher interest yield. As of June 30, 2012, home equity loans totaled $19.6 million, equal to 5.0% of total loans.
Commercial Mortgage and Multi-Family Mortgage Lending
Commercial real estate loans totaled $128.0 million, equal to 32.9% of total loans, while multi-family mortgage loans totaled $40.3 million, equal to 10.4% of total loans. Commercial real estate and multi-family loans originated by Westbury are extended up to a LTV ratio between 75% to 80% and debt service coverage ratios of 1.2x or more. Fixed rate loans generally have amortization periods ranging up to 20 years, with a balloon maturity after a three to five year period at which time the borrower frequently renegotiates the loan terms with the Company. Adjustable rate loans will have amortization terms of up to 20 years with rate adjustment frequencies typically ranging from three to five years.
Westburys commercial real estate loans are typically secured by retail, industrial, warehouse, service, medical or other commercial properties, and the Companys multi-family loans are typically secured by apartment buildings. The schedule on the following page indicates that the majority of the multi-family and commercial loan portfolio is to real estate investors, but that the smaller balance of owner-occupied loans are originated to businesses in a wide variety of industries and businesses as of June 30, 2012.
Industry Type |
|
Number of
|
|
Balance |
|
|
|
|
|
|
($000) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-owner occupied real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commercial real estate development and rental |
|
142 |
|
$ |
93,598 |
|
Multi-family |
|
84 |
|
40,275 |
|
|
Owner-occupied real estate: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Retail trade |
|
26 |
|
8,179 |
|
|
Manufacturing |
|
18 |
|
5,313 |
|
|
Other services |
|
19 |
|
5,021 |
|
|
Accommodation and food |
|
23 |
|
4,229 |
|
|
Health care and social |
|
9 |
|
3,062 |
|
|
Construction |
|
10 |
|
2,301 |
|
|
Transportation and warehousing |
|
4 |
|
2,212 |
|
|
Other miscellaneous |
|
16 |
|
4,118 |
|
|
Total |
|
351 |
|
$ |
163,308 |
|
The typical commercial or multi-family loans that the Company seeks to originate or purchase has a principal balance in the range of $500,000 to $2.0 million, but may be larger, particularly if the loan is well-collateralized or extended to a very credit-worthy borrower. The Company has limited the origination of commercial and multi-family mortgage loans in recent periods as it seeks to minimize its risk exposure and focuses on reducing NPAs.
Construction and Land Loans
Construction loans comprised the balance of the Companys mortgage loan portfolio, amounting to $14.5 million (3.7% of total loans) at June 30, 2012. The Companys construction loan balance has diminished from a peak level of $59.6 million at the end of fiscal 2007, as new construction has been limited in Westburys market. The majority of the Companys construction loans are for either commercial construction or mostly residential land loans ($13.7 million) while residential construction loans totaled only $799,000 as of June 30, 2012.
Non-Mortgage Loans
Westbury originates non-mortgage loans, including consumer loans, which in the aggregate, totaled $7.3 million as of June 30, 2012 (1.9% of total loans), which excludes mortgage-based home equity loans which totaled $19.6 million. The Companys consumer loans are typically secured by deposits, automobiles, boats, motorcycles or recreational
vehicles, and loans of up to $3,000 may be unsecured. Education loans are all insured by Sallie Mae.
Loan Originations, Purchases and Sales
Exhibit I-9 provides a summary of the Companys lending activities over the past three and one-half fiscal years. Total loans originated decreased from $260.3 million in fiscal year 2009 to $146.1 million in fiscal year 2011, and totaled $93.3 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. The loan origination data indicates that 1-4 family mortgage loans comprised the largest portion of the Companys overall loan volumes. In this regard, the origination of 1-4 family loans accounted for approximately 83% of total loans originated since the beginning of fiscal 2009, reflecting the impact of Westburys secondary market operations, coupled with an interest rate environment which has led to consumer demand for longer term fixed rate mortgage loans, which the Company does not retain for portfolio investment.
Commercial and multi-family mortgage loan origination volume declined from $48.3 million in fiscal 2009, to $22.6 million in fiscal 2011 and $22.7 million on an annualized basis for the first six months of fiscal 2012, with the weak economy being a factor in the reduction. Additionally, over the last several years, the Company has retrenched from originating new loans as the lending staff and management was actively focused on improving Westburys credit quality.
Asset Quality
The Companys asset quality has historically been strong and the level of NPAs has been modest, generally well below a level of 1% of assets. However, Westbury has recently realized an increase in the level of NPAs, primarily related to the recessionary economic environment. Specifically, the Companys non-performing assets increased from fiscal 2007 to the end of fiscal 2009 as a result of growing unemployment in its markets and the slack economy which has depressed the collateral value of many of the Companys security properties.
While substantially all financial institutions in the Companys markets have experienced increases in NPAs since 2008, a relatively high proportion of the Companys asset quality problems were originated by Continental. Management attributes this to both the relatively depressed real estate environment in the markets served by Continental (i.e., Milwaukee and
nearby suburban areas) and Continentals loan underwriting policies and procedures, particularly on loans secured by commercial and income producing properties.
As reflected in Exhibit I-10, the total NPA balance (i.e., loans 90 days or more past due and OREO) as of June 30, 2012, was $17.6 million, equal to 3.22% of assets, consisting primarily of non-accruing loans and a small balance of other real estate owned. In contrast, the ratio of NPAs/Assets was below 1% as recently as the end of fiscal 2007. In addition, the Company has a significant balance of restructured loans, such that the ratio of NPAs and 90+ day accruing delinquent loans/Assets (ratio includes performing TDRs) totaled $22.7 million, equal to 4.16% of assets. The ratio of allowances to total loans equaled 1.59%, while reserve coverage in relation to NPAs and 90+ day accruing delinquent loans (excluding performing TDRs) equaled 35.25% (see Exhibit I-5) and reserve coverage in relation to NPAs and 90+ days accruing delinquent loans (including performing TDRs) equaled 27.27%.
The Company has taken several steps to address the deterioration in asset quality which is largely the result of: (1) erosion of real estate values which has impacted the collateral value of the Companys loans; and (2) the recession, which has resulted in job losses and lower personal income levels, both of which have adversely impacted borrowers ability to repay their loans with the Company. Management has instituted a proactive strategy to aggressively reduce non-performing assets through accelerated charge-offs, loan work out programs, and the employment of enhanced collection practices. Additionally, the Company believes it has enhanced its internal risk management processes. In this regard, Westbury has bolstered staffing in the servicing and collections area to in an effort to quickly identify potential loan delinquencies as they occur and to develop resolutions strategies with respect to problem borrowers. Other steps taken by the Company to improve asset quality have been to tighten underwriting and limit high risk-weight lending in the current environment until real estate prices appear to have stabilized and the economy shows signs of firming.
Funding Composition and Strategy
Deposits have consistently served as the Companys primary funding source. Exhibit I-11 sets forth the Companys deposit composition for the past three and one-quarter fiscal years and Exhibit I-12 provides the interest rate and maturity composition of the CD portfolio at June 30, 2012. The Companys prior efforts in increasing the balances of checking and transaction accounts are apparent. As of June 30, 2012, the balance of the Companys savings and
transaction accounts was $375.3 million or 76.7% of total deposits. Comparatively, the balance of savings and transaction accounts was $384.3 million or 68.5% of total deposits for fiscal year 2009. Thus, shrinkage in the balance of deposits was primarily realized in CDs reflecting the stated objectives of management. CD runoff was facilitated by the closure of many of Continentals former offices which had a large proportion of the Companys CDs.
As noted above, CDs represent a shrinking portion of the deposit base, having diminished from $176.8 million (31.5% of deposits) as of December 31, 2009, to $113.9 million (23.3% of deposits) as of June 30, 2012. As of June 30, 2012, jumbo CDs (CD accounts with balances of $100,000 or more) amounted to $28.9 million or 25.4% of total CDs as of June 30, 2012.
Borrowings serve as an alternative funding source for the Company to facilitate management of funding costs and interest rate risk. However, the balance of Westburys outstanding borrowed funds has been diminishing in recent periods as the Company has retrenched from lending. As a result, the Company has retired its outstanding FHLB advances and the only remaining borrowed funds consist of notes payable issued by the Company, totaling $1.254 million which will be retired concurrent with the completion of the Conversion. Exhibit I-13 provides further detail of the Companys borrowings activities during the past three and one-half fiscal years.
Legal Proceedings
The Company is not currently party to any pending legal proceedings that the Companys management believes would have a material adverse effect on the Companys financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
MARKET AREA ANALYSIS |
II. MARKET AREA ANALYSIS
Introduction
Founded in 1926, Westbury is headquartered in West Bend, Wisconsin and serves southeastern Wisconsin through a total of 12 full service branch offices and two home loan centers. The main office and nine branch offices are located in Washington County, while the Company operates a single branch office in both Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties. The current retail branch banking footprint reflects the combination of West Bend Savings Bank and Continental Savings Bank which merged on December 31, 2008. The Merger expanded the Companys branch network in the Greater Milwaukee area, within Waukesha and Milwaukee Counties with the addition of seven branches. Since then, Westbury has largely retrenched from Continentals markets having closed all but two of Continentals former branch offices. Moreover, the Company has sold or closed more than half of its branch offices since 2008, including 10 stand-alone full service branches and five supermarket branches, reducing the total branch count from 27 to a total of 12, following the closing of the Hales Corner office in July 2012. A map showing the Companys office coverage is set forth below and details regarding the Companys offices and recent trends with respect to market interest rate levels are set forth in Exhibit II-1 and II-2, respectively.
The primary market area, including Milwaukee, Waukesha, and Washington Counties, is part of the Greater Milwaukee metropolitan area which also includes Ozaukee County, where Westbury currently does not have a branch. The regional economy has a strong manufacturing history that remains one of the largest employment sectors of the areas economy, while services and wholesale/retail trade, as well as the government sector play a prominent role. The regional banking environment is highly competitive and includes a wide range of thrifts, commercial banks, credit unions, and other financial services companies, some of which have a national presence.
Washington County, home to approximately 75% of Westburys deposits and 10 of the 12 branches, is within the Milwaukee metropolitan area, but may be characterized as an outer suburban to rural market. In contrast to many similar areas across the United States, Washington County has been experiencing moderate population growth due to its relatively easy access to the Milwaukee area, lower land prices, and the perceived quality of life. Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties, where the Company operates two branches, are more densely populated urban markets with limited growth characteristics.
Future business and growth opportunities will be partially influenced by economic and demographic characteristics of the markets served by the Company, particularly the future growth and stability of the regional economy, demographic growth trends, and the nature and intensity of the competitive environment for financial institutions. These factors have been examined to help determine the growth potential that exists for the Company and the relative economic health of Westburys market area.
National Economic Factors
The business potential of a financial institution is partially dependent on the future operating environment and growth opportunities for the banking industry and the economy as a whole. The national economy experienced a severe downturn during 2008 and 2009, as the fallout of the financial crisis caused the broader economy to falter, with most significant indicators of economic activity declining by substantial amounts. The economic recession was the deepest since the great depression of the 1930s. Approximately 8 million jobs were lost as consumers cut back on spending, leading to weak performance in most economic sectors. Total personal wealth declined notably with real estate being particularly impacted, as evidenced by a drop in real estate values within many regions. As measured by the nations gross domestic product (GDP), the recession officially ended in the fourth quarter of 2009,
after the national GDP expanded for two consecutive quarters (1.7% annualized growth in the third quarter of 2009 and 3.8% annualized growth in fourth quarter of 2009). The economic expansion has continued since that date, with GDP growth of 3.0% for calendar year 2010, 1.7% for calendar year 2011 and 2.2% for the first calendar quarter of 2012. Notably, a large portion of GDP growth during 2009 through 2011 was generated through federal stimulus programs, bringing into question the sustainability of the recovery without government support. Moreover, the rate of expansion was insufficient to make significant progress in reducing the stubbornly high unemployment rate.
The economic recession caused the inflation rate to diminish during 2009. Inflation averaged 3.85% for all of 2008, while nominal deflation was reported in 2009. There was a decline in prices during eight of the 12 months during 2009. Reflecting a measure of recovery of the economy, the national annualized inflation rate was 1.64% for 2010 and a somewhat higher 3.16% for 2011. For the first seven months of 2012, the national inflation rate averaged an annual rate of 2.22%. The national unemployment rate recorded a recovery over the past 12 months. The reduction in employment during the recession led to fears of a prolonged period of economic stagnation, as consumers were unwilling or unable to increase spending. Indicating a level of improvement, the national unemployment rate equaled 8.3% as of July 2012, a decline from 9.4% as of December 2010 and a decline from 8.5% as of December 2011, but still high compared to recent historical levels. There remains significant uncertainty about the near term future, particularly in terms of the speed at which the economy will recover, the impact of the housing crisis on longer term economic growth, and the near-term future performance of the real estate industry, including both residential and commercial real estate prices, all of which have the potential to impact future economic growth. The current and projected size of government spending and deficits also has the ability to impact the longer-term economic performance of the country.
The major stock exchange indices have reflected little improvement over the last 12 months, and there has been significant period-to-period volatility. As an indication of the changes in the nations stock markets over the last 12 months, as of August 17, 2012, the Dow Jones Industrial Average closed at 13,275.20, an increase of 16.35% from August 17, 2011, while the NASDAQ Composite Index stood at 3,076.59, an increase of 22.50% over the same time period. The Standard & Poors 500 Index totaled 1,418.16 as of August 17, 2012, an increase of 18.79% from August 17, 2011.
Regarding factors that most directly impact the banking and financial services industries, in the past year the number of housing foreclosures have reached historical highs, median home values remained well below historical highs in many areas of the country, and the housing construction industry has been severely limited. These factors have led to substantial losses at many financial institutions, and subsequent financial institution failures. Despite efforts by the federal and state governments to limit the impact of the housing crisis, there remain concerns about a double-dip housing recession, whereby another wave of foreclosures occurs.
Based on the consensus outlook of 54 economists surveyed by The Wall Street Journal in April 2012, economic growth is expected to improve from an annualized growth rate of 1.6% in 2011 to 3.0% in 2014. Most of the economists expect that the unemployment rate will decrease from 2012 through 2014, but the pace of job growth will only serve to bring the unemployment rate down slowly. On average, the economists expect that the unemployment rate will be 6.8% by the end of 2014, with the economy adding around 2.3 million jobs from March 2012 to March 2013. On average, the economists did not expect the Federal Reserve to begin raising its target rate until the middle of 2013 and the yield on the 10-year Treasury would increase to 3.81% by the end of 2014. Inflation pressures were forecasted to remain in the range of 2.3% to 2.6% through the end of 2014, and that the price of oil was expected to settle around $100 a barrel. The economists also forecasted home prices would increase by a modest 0.6% in 2012, as measured by the Federal Housing Finance Agency index. Housing starts were forecasted to increase modestly in 2012, but remain at historically depressed levels.
The 2012 housing forecast from the Mortgage Bankers Association (the MBA) was for existing home sales to increase by approximately 6.3% from 2011 levels and new home sales were expected to increase by 11.8% in 2012 from were relatively depressed levels in 2011. The MBA forecast showed decreases in the median sale price for new and existing homes in 2012. Total mortgage production is forecasted to be down in 2012 to $1.1 trillion compared to $1.3 trillion in 2011. The reduction in 2012 originations is largely due to a 34% reduction in refinancing volume, with refinancing volume forecasted to total $566 billion in 2012. Comparatively, house purchase mortgage originations are predicted to increase by 3.9% in 2012, with purchase lending forecasted to total $483 billion in 2012.
Interest Rate Environment
Reflecting a strengthening economy which could lead to inflation, the Fed increased interest rates a total of 17 times from 2004 to 2006, with the Federal Funds rate and discount
rate peaking at 5.25% and 6.25% in 2006. The Fed then held these two interest rates steady until mid-2007, at which time the downturn in the economy was evident, and the Fed began reacting to the increasingly negative economic news. Beginning in August 2007 and through December 2008, the Fed decreased market interest rates a total of 12 times in an effort to stimulate the economy.
As of January 2009, the Discount Rate had been lowered to 0.50%, and the Federal Funds rate target was 0.00% to 0.25%. This low interest rate environment has been maintained through the appraisal date, as part of a strategy to stimulate the economy by keeping both personal and business borrowing costs as low as possible. The strategy has achieved its goals, as key borrowing cost indices for residential housing and the Prime Rate are at their historical lows. As of August 17, 2012, one- and ten-year U.S. government bonds were yielding 0.20% and 1.81%, respectively, compared to 0.12% and 2.17%, respectively, as of August 17, 2011. Data on historical interest rate trends is presented in Exhibit II-2.
Market Area Demographics
Demographic and economic growth trends, measured by changes in population, number of households, and median household income, provide key insights into the characteristics of the Companys market area. Trends in these key measures are summarized by the data presented in Table 2.1 from 2010 to 2011 and projected through 2016. Data for the nation as well as for Wisconsin and the Milwaukee MSA are included for comparative purposes.
The market area consists of suburban communities within the Milwaukee metropolitan area and as of 2011, the respective populations of the Companys market area counties ranged from a high of 949,000 in Milwaukee County to a low of 133,000 in Washington County, while Waukesha County reported a population of 391,000, together totaling 1.2 million. The population of the Milwaukee MSA totaled 1.6 million. During 2011, Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties reported a modest annual growth rate of 0.2%, which equaled the rate exhibited by the Milwaukee MSA. By comparison, Washington County reported a comparably higher population growth rate equal to 0.6%, which exceeded the state average and approximated the national average.
Table 2.1
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Summary Demographic/Economic Information
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Growth |
|
Growth |
|
||
|
|
Year |
|
Rate |
|
Rate |
|
||||||
|
|
2010 |
|
2011 |
|
2016 |
|
2010-2011 |
|
2011-2016 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
||
Population(000) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
United States |
|
308,746 |
|
310,704 |
|
321,315 |
|
0.6 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
||
Wisconsin |
|
5,687 |
|
5,709 |
|
5,839 |
|
0.4 |
% |
0.4 |
% |
||
Milwaukee MSA |
|
1,556 |
|
1,560 |
|
1,581 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
||
Milwaukee County |
|
948 |
|
949 |
|
955 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.1 |
% |
||
Washington County |
|
132 |
|
133 |
|
138 |
|
0.6 |
% |
0.8 |
% |
||
Waukesha County |
|
390 |
|
391 |
|
400 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.5 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Households(000) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
United States |
|
116,716 |
|
117,458 |
|
121,713 |
|
0.6 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
||
Wisconsin |
|
2,280 |
|
2,289 |
|
2,359 |
|
0.4 |
% |
0.6 |
% |
||
Milwaukee MSA |
|
622 |
|
624 |
|
636 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.4 |
% |
||
Milwaukee County |
|
384 |
|
384 |
|
387 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
||
Washington County |
|
52 |
|
52 |
|
55 |
|
0.6 |
% |
1.1 |
% |
||
Waukesha County |
|
153 |
|
153 |
|
158 |
|
0.2 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Median Household Income($) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
United States |
|
NA |
|
$ |
50,227 |
|
$ |
57,536 |
|
NA |
|
2.8 |
% |
Wisconsin |
|
NA |
|
50,026 |
|
57,861 |
|
NA |
|
3.0 |
% |
||
Milwaukee MSA |
|
NA |
|
51,278 |
|
61,722 |
|
NA |
|
3.8 |
% |
||
Milwaukee County |
|
NA |
|
40,812 |
|
50,325 |
|
NA |
|
4.3 |
% |
||
Washington County |
|
NA |
|
63,641 |
|
76,887 |
|
NA |
|
3.9 |
% |
||
Waukesha County |
|
NA |
|
73,444 |
|
83,746 |
|
NA |
|
2.7 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Per Capita Income($) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
United States |
|
NA |
|
$ |
26,391 |
|
$ |
30,027 |
|
NA |
|
2.6 |
% |
Wisconsin |
|
NA |
|
25,532 |
|
29,387 |
|
NA |
|
2.9 |
% |
||
Milwaukee MSA |
|
NA |
|
27,151 |
|
31,699 |
|
NA |
|
3.1 |
% |
||
Milwaukee County |
|
NA |
|
22,856 |
|
26,570 |
|
NA |
|
3.1 |
% |
||
Washington County |
|
NA |
|
30,125 |
|
34,811 |
|
NA |
|
2.9 |
% |
||
Waukesha County |
|
NA |
|
34,680 |
|
40,471 |
|
NA |
|
3.1 |
% |
|
|
|
|
$25,001- |
|
$50,001 |
|
|
|
|
|
<$25,000 |
|
$50,000 |
|
$100,000 |
|
>$100,000+ |
|
2011 HH Income Dist.(%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
24.7 |
% |
25.1 |
% |
30.4 |
% |
19.9 |
% |
Wisconsin |
|
23.5 |
% |
26.5 |
% |
33.8 |
% |
16.2 |
% |
Milwaukee MSA |
|
24.0 |
% |
24.6 |
% |
31.6 |
% |
19.8 |
% |
Milwaukee County |
|
30.5 |
% |
28.0 |
% |
28.3 |
% |
13.2 |
% |
Washington County |
|
15.0 |
% |
20.7 |
% |
40.0 |
% |
24.4 |
% |
Waukesha County |
|
13.1 |
% |
18.4 |
% |
36.4 |
% |
32.1 |
% |
|
|
0-14 Yrs. |
|
15-34 Yrs. |
|
35-54 Yrs. |
|
55+ Yrs. |
|
2011 Age Distribution (%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
19.7 |
% |
27.5 |
% |
27.7 |
% |
25.2 |
% |
Wisconsin |
|
19.3 |
% |
26.5 |
% |
27.9 |
% |
26.3 |
% |
Milwaukee MSA |
|
20.2 |
% |
27.5 |
% |
27.7 |
% |
24.7 |
% |
Milwaukee County |
|
20.6 |
% |
31.1 |
% |
25.8 |
% |
22.5 |
% |
Washington County |
|
20.1 |
% |
22.1 |
% |
31.1 |
% |
26.6 |
% |
Waukesha County |
|
19.3 |
% |
21.8 |
% |
30.6 |
% |
28.3 |
% |
Source: SNL Financial, LC.
Growth in households generally mirrored the population growth rates from 2010 to 2011, and is projected to grow at a faster pace over the next five years for the Companys market area counties, as well as the MSA. Specifically, the number of households in Milwaukee, Washington, and Waukesha Counties are projected to increase at a 0.2%, 1.1%, and 0.7% annual rate, respectively.
Income characteristics for the Companys markets are also reflected in the data set forth in Table 2.1. Income levels in the market area tend to reflect the nature of the markets served, with the Milwaukee MSA displaying a higher median household income level on average of $51,278, as compared to the state and national aggregates of $50,026 and $50,227, respectively. Similarly, the average per capita income for the Companys markets is also above the state and national averages. Waukesha County residents generally had the highest income levels in the Companys markets while Milwaukee County residents had the lowest income levels. Over the next five years, data provided by SNL Financial indicates that median household and per capita income levels in the Companys market area has been projected to grow at rates that approximate or are slightly above the state and national aggregates. Income levels in the market area tend to reflect the nature of the markets served, with the highest income levels prevailing in the faster growing suburban markets where high income white collar workers are concentrated.
Regional Economy
The market area economy is based on a variety of sectors (see Table 2.2) including a large manufacturing sector and a high proportion of service industries such as law, health, advertising, banking, and insurance. While historically known as a manufacturing center, the service, technology, and health care sectors in the Companys markets have experienced the most rapid growth in recent years.
Similar to national trends, services and wholesale/retail trade industries represent the largest employment sectors in the state of Wisconsin and the Milwaukee MSA. Services and wholesale/retail trade jobs accounted for over 50% of the jobs in Wisconsin and the Milwaukee MSA in 2010, as shown in the table on the following page. Additionally, the Milwaukee area has long been one of the nations premier manufacturing centers. Overall, manufacturing accounts for 13.0% and 12.1% of the Wisconsin and Milwaukee MSA labor force. The region is especially noted for engine and equipment manufacturing, automation and advanced manufacturing, and medical technology. A variety of high technology industries also maintain a
manufacturing presence in the Milwaukee MSA, producing durable goods such as computers, industrial robots and avionics. The Milwaukee MSA is also headquarters to a number of Fortune 1000 industrial companies, including Briggs & Stratton, Harley-Davidson, Johnson Controls, and Rockwell Automation Corporation.
Table 2.2
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Primary Market Area Employment Sectors
(Percent of Labor Force)
|
|
|
|
Milwaukee |
|
Employment Sector |
|
Wisconsin |
|
MSA |
|
|
|
(% of Total Employment) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
||
Services |
|
38.3 |
% |
45.0 |
% |
Wholesale/Retail Trade |
|
14.3 |
% |
13.7 |
% |
Manufacturing |
|
13.0 |
% |
12.1 |
% |
Government |
|
12.7 |
% |
9.9 |
% |
Finance/Insurance/Real Estate |
|
8.9 |
% |
9.9 |
% |
Transportation/Utility |
|
3.6 |
% |
3.1 |
% |
Construction |
|
4.6 |
% |
3.8 |
% |
Information |
|
1.6 |
% |
1.9 |
% |
Agriculture |
|
2.7 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
Other |
|
0.6 |
% |
0.4 |
% |
Total |
|
100.0 |
% |
100.0 |
% |
Source: US Bureau of Economic Analysis, 2010.
The Milwaukee regions top employers come from a wide range of industries as shown in Table 2.3, on the following page, including health care, technology, banking, and insurance. Notably, six of the top 25 employers are within the health care industry, which has been the fastest growing employment sector over the last ten years in the Milwaukee MSA. Aurora Health Care is the largest employer and operates nine acute-care hospitals in the region and the Childrens Hospital is ranked the third best childrens hospital in the nation and is internationally recognized for its cardiac, neurology, and bone marrow programs.
Table 2.3
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Major Employers in the Metro Milwaukee Area
Company |
|
Business Description |
|
County |
|
Employment |
|
Aurora Health Care |
|
Health care system |
|
Milwaukee |
|
21,100 |
|
Wheaton Franciscan Healthcare |
|
Health care system |
|
Milwaukee |
|
12,000 |
|
Froedtert & Community Health |
|
Health care services |
|
Milwaukee |
|
8,600 |
|
Kohls Corp. |
|
Department stores |
|
Waukesha |
|
7,700 |
|
Roundys |
|
Food distributor & retailer |
|
Milwaukee |
|
6,800 |
|
GE Healthcare Technologies |
|
Medical imaging & information systems |
|
Waukesha |
|
6,000 |
|
Quad/Graphics Inc. |
|
Commercial printer |
|
Waukesha |
|
5,600 |
|
Columbia-St. Marys |
|
Health care system |
|
Milwaukee |
|
5,400 |
|
Medical College of Wisconsin |
|
Medical school |
|
Milwaukee |
|
5,200 |
|
ProHealth Care Inc. |
|
Health care system |
|
Waukesha |
|
5,000 |
|
Northwestern Mutual |
|
Life insurance & investment services |
|
Milwaukee |
|
5,000 |
|
Wisconsin Energy Corp. |
|
Electric & natural gas utility |
|
Milwaukee |
|
4,700 |
|
Marshall & Ilsley Corp. |
|
Bank holding company |
|
Milwaukee |
|
4,500 |
|
Childrens Hospital & Health System |
|
Pediatric health care services |
|
Milwaukee |
|
4,400 |
|
Rockwell Automation |
|
Industrial automation products & systems |
|
Milwaukee |
|
4,300 |
|
AT&T Wisconsin |
|
Telecommunication services |
|
Milwaukee |
|
3,700 |
|
Wells Fargo |
|
Bank holding company |
|
Milwaukee |
|
3,500 |
|
US Bank |
|
Bank holding company |
|
Milwaukee |
|
3,300 |
|
FIS |
|
Financial data & processing services |
|
Milwaukee |
|
3,100 |
|
Harley-Davidson Inc. |
|
Motorcycles & accessories |
|
Milwaukee |
|
2,800 |
|
Johnson Controls |
|
Control systems, batteries & auto interiors |
|
Milwaukee |
|
2,800 |
|
Marquette University |
|
University |
|
Milwaukee |
|
2,800 |
|
Potawatomi Bingo Casino |
|
Casino |
|
Milwaukee |
|
2,500 |
|
Bon-Ton Department Stores |
|
Department stores |
|
Milwaukee |
|
2,500 |
|
Briggs & Stratton Corp. |
|
Small gasoline engines |
|
Milwaukee |
|
3,000 |
|
Source: 2012 MMAC Business Resource Guide, & The Business Journal, December 9, 2011
Unemployment Trends
Comparative unemployment rates for Milwaukee, Washington, and Waukesha Counties, as well as for the U.S., Wisconsin, and the Milwaukee MSA are shown in Table 2.4. As of June 2012, unemployment rates for the market area counties ranged from a low of 6.8% in Waukesha County to a high of 9.4% in Milwaukee County versus comparable Wisconsin and U.S. unemployment rates of 7.0% and 8.2%, respectively. The June 2012 unemployment rate for the Milwaukee MSA was 8.3%, which was above the state and national aggregates.
The June 2012 unemployment rates for the market area counties were lower compared to a year ago, which was consistent with the national, state, and MSA unemployment rate trends. At the same time, unemployment rates remain high by historical standards and are indicative of ongoing economic weakness in the Companys markets, particularly within Milwaukee County.
Table 2.4
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Unemployment Trends
|
|
June 2011 |
|
June 2012 |
|
Region |
|
Unemployment |
|
Unemployment |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States |
|
9.1 |
% |
8.2 |
% |
Wisconsin |
|
7.6 |
|
7.0 |
|
Milwaukee MSA |
|
8.6 |
|
8.3 |
|
Milwaukee County |
|
9.7 |
|
9.4 |
|
Washington County |
|
7.6 |
|
7.1 |
|
Waukesha County |
|
7.3 |
|
6.8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Source: SNL Financial, LC. |
|
|
|
|
|
Real Estate Trends
As described below, home sales activity in the Companys markets has generally been higher than the year ago period and foreclosure activity has been diminishing. However, the increased activity has not translated into stabilization of prices, as transaction prices have continued to trend lower.
1. Home Sales
Home sales activity across Wisconsin during the six months ended June 2012 surpassed the mark posted during the same period in 2011, a positive indicator for an industry that has been severely impacted by the recession that commenced in 2008. An improving job market is helping the housing sector in Wisconsin and according to statistics provided to the Wisconsin Realtors Association (WRA), home sales during the first six months of 2012 totaled 29,090, a 19.8% increase from the same period posted in 2011 (when the market recorded 24,276 sales). In addition, statewide home sales increased by 21.1% over the last twelve months ended June 2012, relative to the level for the last twelve months ended June 2011 (increase from 46,815 to 56,713). On the other hand, home prices are reflecting a slight worsening trend, as the median sales price declined by 0.9% (to $125,350) for the first six months of 2012, from the level for the first six months of 2011 ($126,500). The same trend was exhibited in the last twelve months ended June 2012, whereby the median sales price declined by 4.0% to $131,050 from $136,438 during the same time period ended June 2011.
Similarly, home sales in the Companys market area reflect a moderate increasing trend. As of June 2012, year-to-date home sales in the Milwaukee region totaled 7,778, up 25.9% from the 6,176 homes sold during the same period a year prior. Home prices on the
other hand, continued to trend downward in the Companys market area over the first six months of 2012, versus for the same period in 2011. Specifically, the median sales price for existing homes in the Milwaukee MSA was $140,000 during the six months ended June 2012, down 4.0% from $145,750 for the same period a year ago. Similarly, over the last twelve months ended June 2012, the median sales price in the Milwaukee MSA was $146,250, down 8.3% from $159,500 over the last twelve months ended June 2011.
2. Foreclosure Trends
Single family foreclosures statewide have been trending downward over the last five months, according to RealtyTrac, a company specializing in real estate foreclosure data. In May 2012, Wisconsin experienced 3,912 homes in the process of foreclosure (versus 4,124 homes in the process of foreclosure in December 2011) with one in every 671 housing units with a foreclosure filing. Comparably, as of April 2012, Milwaukee County reported 9,862 foreclosure filings, Washington County reported 850 foreclosure filings, and Waukesha County reported 1,902 foreclosure filings with one in every 481 housing units, one in every 629 housing units, and one in every 754 housing units with a foreclosure filing, respectively.
Market Area Deposit Characteristics
Table 2.5 displays deposit market trends from June 30, 2008 through June 30, 2011 for the Companys markets, as well as for the state of Wisconsin. Consistent with the state of Wisconsin, commercial banks maintained a larger market share of deposits than savings institutions in Washington, Milwaukee, and Waukesha Counties.
For the three year period covered in Table 2.5, savings institutions experienced an increase in deposit market share in Washington and Waukesha Counties, but lost market share in Milwaukee County, as well as statewide. The Companys $404.6 million of deposits in Washington County represented a 15.3% market share of thrift and bank deposits at June 30, 2011, while the Companys deposit share in Milwaukee and Waukesha Counties were below 1% of deposits, respectively. Although the Companys branch network decreased in Washington County, the Companys deposit market share still increased by 5% during the three year period.
Table 2.5
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Deposit Summary
|
|
As of June 30, |
|
|
|
||||||||||||
|
|
2008 |
|
2011 |
|
Deposit |
|
||||||||||
|
|
|
|
Market |
|
No. of |
|
|
|
Market |
|
No. of |
|
Growth Rate |
|
||
|
|
Deposits |
|
Share |
|
Branches |
|
Deposits |
|
Share |
|
Branches |
|
2008-2011 |
|
||
|
|
(Dollars in Thousands) |
|
(%) |
|
||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Wisconsin |
|
$ |
114,838,000 |
|
100.0 |
% |
2,389 |
|
$ |
128,628,000 |
|
100.0 |
% |
2,320 |
|
3.9 |
% |
Commercial Banks |
|
99,920,000 |
|
87.0 |
% |
1,982 |
|
114,612,000 |
|
89.1 |
% |
1,944 |
|
4.7 |
% |
||
Savings Institutions |
|
14,918,000 |
|
13.0 |
% |
407 |
|
14,016,000 |
|
10.9 |
% |
376 |
|
-2.1 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Washington County |
|
$ |
2,347,324 |
|
100.0 |
% |
61 |
|
$ |
2,639,901 |
|
100.0 |
% |
58 |
|
4.0 |
% |
Commercial Banks |
|
1,645,501 |
|
70.1 |
% |
34 |
|
1,842,767 |
|
69.8 |
% |
34 |
|
3.8 |
% |
||
Savings Institutions |
|
701,823 |
|
29.9 |
% |
27 |
|
797,134 |
|
30.2 |
% |
24 |
|
4.3 |
% |
||
Westbury Bank (West Bend) |
|
349,250 |
|
14.9 |
% |
14 |
|
404,578 |
|
15.3 |
% |
11 |
|
5.0 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Milwaukee County |
|
$ |
31,112,436 |
|
100.0 |
% |
302 |
|
$ |
39,264,367 |
|
100.0 |
% |
282 |
|
8.1 |
% |
Commercial Banks |
|
27,297,798 |
|
87.7 |
% |
212 |
|
35,687,514 |
|
90.9 |
% |
200 |
|
9.3 |
% |
||
Savings Institutions |
|
3,814,638 |
|
12.3 |
% |
90 |
|
3,576,853 |
|
9.1 |
% |
82 |
|
-2.1 |
% |
||
Westbury Bank (CSB) |
|
117,284 |
|
0.4 |
% |
6 |
|
105,391 |
|
0.3 |
% |
3 |
|
-3.5 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Waukesha County |
|
$ |
9,190,377 |
|
100.0 |
% |
203 |
|
$ |
10,476,805 |
|
100.0 |
% |
197 |
|
4.5 |
% |
Commercial Banks |
|
7,550,354 |
|
82.2 |
% |
152 |
|
8,789,130 |
|
83.9 |
% |
151 |
|
5.2 |
% |
||
Savings Institutions |
|
1,640,023 |
|
17.8 |
% |
51 |
|
1,687,675 |
|
16.1 |
% |
46 |
|
1.0 |
% |
||
Westbury Bank (CSB) |
|
43,658 |
|
0.5 |
% |
2 |
|
38,733 |
|
0.4 |
% |
2 |
|
-3.9 |
% |
Note: June 30, 2008 deposits are prior to merger, parentheses indicate the specified institutions deposits.
Source: FDIC.
Deposit Competition
Table 2.6, on the following page, lists the Companys largest competitors within a 5 mile radius of any Westbury branch office. Competition among financial institutions in the Companys market area is significant and includes a wide range of thrifts, commercial banks, credit unions, and other financial services companies, several of which have a national presence.
Among the Companys competitors are a few much larger and more diversified institutions which have greater resources than maintained by the Company. Financial institution competitors in the Companys primary market area include other locally based thrifts and banks, credit unions, as well as regional, super regional and money center banks. The Company is ranked 8 th in deposit market share (Table 2.6) at 3.4% of deposits. Notably, all but one of the competitors in the table holds a market share of under 10% and includes several large credit unions. BMO Financial holds approximately 23.5% of deposits within a 5 mile radius of any Westbury branch office as of June 30, 2011.
Table 2.6
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Market Area Deposit Competitors
(within a 5 mile radius of any Westbury branch location)
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2011 |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
Competing |
|
Deposits in |
|
Market |
|
|
Rank |
|
Company |
|
Branches |
|
Branches |
|
Share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(000) |
|
(%) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
BMO Financial Group |
|
43 |
|
$ |
3,814,453 |
|
23.5 |
% |
2 |
|
Corporate Central Credit Union |
|
1 |
|
$ |
1,586,480 |
|
9.8 |
% |
3 |
|
Landmark Credit Union |
|
8 |
|
$ |
1,474,070 |
|
9.1 |
% |
4 |
|
U.S. Bancorp |
|
25 |
|
$ |
1,318,591 |
|
8.1 |
% |
5 |
|
JPMorgan Chase & Co. |
. |
14 |
|
$ |
894,179 |
|
5.5 |
% |
6 |
|
Associated Banc-Corp |
|
19 |
|
$ |
858,848 |
|
5.3 |
% |
7 |
|
PNC Financial Services Group |
|
16 |
|
$ |
688,501 |
|
4.2 |
% |
8 |
|
WBSB Bancorp, Inc. |
|
13 |
|
$ |
548,702 |
|
3.4 |
% |
9 |
|
Bank Mutual Corp. |
|
5 |
|
$ |
544,687 |
|
3.4 |
% |
10 |
|
North Shore Bank FSB |
|
14 |
|
$ |
535,079 |
|
3.3 |
% |
11 |
|
Guaranty Financial Corp. (MHC) |
|
13 |
|
$ |
517,791 |
|
3.2 |
% |
12 |
|
Tri City Bankshares Corp. |
|
22 |
|
$ |
423,964 |
|
2.6 |
% |
13 |
|
Waterstone Financial Inc (MHC) |
|
18 |
|
$ |
399,937 |
|
2.5 |
% |
14 |
|
Oconomowoc Bancshares Inc. |
|
5 |
|
$ |
285,610 |
|
1.8 |
% |
15 |
|
Great Midwest Bank SSB |
|
6 |
|
$ |
281,929 |
|
1.7 |
% |
16 |
|
Wells Fargo & Co. |
. |
5 |
|
$ |
279,784 |
|
1.7 |
% |
17 |
|
Ridgestone Financial Svcs Inc. |
|
5 |
|
$ |
266,238 |
|
1.6 |
% |
18 |
|
Commerce Financial Hldgs Inc. |
|
1 |
|
$ |
235,084 |
|
1.4 |
% |
19 |
|
Pyramax Bank FSB |
|
1 |
|
$ |
220,978 |
|
1.4 |
% |
20 |
|
Anchor BanCorp Wisconsin |
|
5 |
|
$ |
220,683 |
|
1.4 |
% |
21 |
|
Bankmanagers Corp. |
|
6 |
|
$ |
215,676 |
|
1.3 |
% |
22 |
|
TCF Financial Corp. |
|
1 |
|
$ |
178,598 |
|
1.1 |
% |
23 |
|
Equitable Bank SSB |
|
7 |
|
$ |
157,484 |
|
1.0 |
% |
24 |
|
FNB Hartford Bancorp. Inc. |
|
3 |
|
$ |
137,692 |
|
0.8 |
% |
25 |
|
Hartford Savings Bank |
|
2 |
|
$ |
135,502 |
|
0.8 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market Totals |
|
258 |
|
$ |
16,220,540 |
|
100.0 |
% |
Source: SNL Financial, Inc.
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
PEER GROUP ANALYSIS |
III. PEER GROUP ANALYSIS
This chapter presents an analysis of Westburys operations versus a group of comparable savings institutions (the Peer Group) selected from the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions in a manner consistent with the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The basis of the pro forma market valuation of Westbury is derived from the pricing ratios of the Peer Group institutions, incorporating valuation adjustments to account for key differences in relation to the Peer Group. Since no Peer Group can be exactly comparable to Westbury, individually or as a whole, key areas examined for differences to determine if valuation adjustments are appropriate were in the following areas: financial condition; profitability, growth and viability of earnings; asset growth; primary market area; dividends; liquidity of the shares; marketing of the issue; management; and, effect of government regulations and regulatory reform.
Peer Group Selection
The Peer Group selection process is governed by the general parameters set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines and other regulatory guidance. The Peer Group is comprised of only those publicly-traded thrifts whose common stock is either listed on a national exchange (NYSE or AMEX) or is NASDAQ listed, since their stock trading activity is regularly reported and generally more frequent than non-listed thrifts i.e., those listed on the Over-the-Counter Bulletin Board or Pink Sheets, as well as those that are non-publicly traded and closely-held. Non-listed institutions are inappropriate since the trading activity for thinly-traded or closely-held stocks is typically highly irregular in terms of frequency and price and thus may not be a reliable indicator of market value. We have also excluded from the Peer Group those companies under acquisition or subject to rumored acquisition, mutual holding companies, and recent conversions, since their pricing ratios are subject to unusual distortion and/or have limited trading history. We typically exclude those that were converted less than one year as their financial results do not reflect a full year of reinvestment benefit and since the stock trading activity is not seasoned. A recent listing of the universe of all publicly-traded savings institutions is included as Exhibit III-1.
Ideally, the Peer Group should be comprised of locally or regionally-based institutions with relatively comparable resources, strategies and financial characteristics. There are 135 publicly-traded thrift institutions nationally, which includes 23 publicly-traded MHCs. Given the
limited number of public full stock thrifts, it is typically the case that the Peer Group will be comprised of institutions which are not directly comparable, but the overall group will still be the best fit group. To the extent that key differences exist between the converting institution and the Peer Group, valuation adjustments will be applied to account for such key differences. Since Westbury will be a full stock public company upon completion of the offering, we considered only full stock companies to be viable candidates for inclusion in the Peer Group.
From the universe of publicly-traded thrifts, we selected ten institutions with characteristics similar to those of Westbury. In the selection process, we applied three screens to the universe of all public companies that were eligible for consideration:
· Screen #1 : All Wisconsin institutions. Given the impact of the regional market on investors perception of a financial institutions value, we first looked to the Wisconsin regional market. There are two publicly-traded full stock savings institutions based in Wisconsin and both were included in the Peer Group. While Bank Mutual based in Milwaukee is substantially larger than the Company in terms of its total assets and market capitalization, we nonetheless included Bank Mutual in the Peer Group owing to its similar level of capitalization, asset quality and recent earnings history (Bank Mutual reported operating losses in fiscal 2010 and 2011 and only modest earnings on a trailing twelve month basis through June 30, 2012).
· Screen #2. Thrift i nstitutions with assets between $200 million and $2.1 billion based in other states in the Midwest region of the US. Other considerations incorporated into the Peer Group selection criteria include the following:
· Core Return on Assets (ROA) less than 0.30% for the trailing twelve months. Given the Companys recent operating losses, our Peer Group selection was focused on selecting comparable public thrifts with weak operating returns or losses. No Peer Group company had a core ROA in excess of 25 basis points and five of the ten companies included in the Peer Group were reporting losses on a core basis.
· NPA/Assets ratios between 2% and 7.5%. Asset quality is an important consideration in investors perception of value in the current environment. As of June 30, 2012, the Companys ratio of NPAs/assets equaled 3.26% and NPAs including accruing TDRs equaled 4.20% of assets. Accordingly, in selecting the Peer Group, we were seeking to select comparable thrifts with similar asset quality ratios in the aggregate, such that the perceived investment risks and returns were captured in their respective pricing ratios.
· Other Considerations. The MHC, WBSB Bancorp and Westbury are all subject to regulatory agreements with their respective primary regulators which will continue to be in effect following the Conversion. Likewise, seven of the ten Peer Group institutions have also indicated in their public disclosures that they are subject to various forms of agreements with their primary regulators (see the rightmost columns in Table 3.1). While no two regulatory agreements are the same in terms of their requirements and impact on the subject financial institution, they typically limit the operating
flexibility of a financial institution and can result in greater regulatory sanctions if the terms of the agreements are not met. Moreover, regulatory agreements can impact shareholder value as a result of the costs of compliance and the reduced operating flexibility and more limited ability to grow.
Table 3.1 shows the general characteristics of each of the 10 Peer Group companies and Exhibit III-2 provides summary demographic and deposit market share data for the primary market areas served by each of the Peer Group companies. While there are expectedly some differences between the Peer Group companies and Westbury, we believe that the Peer Group companies, on average, provide a good basis for valuation subject to valuation adjustments. The following sections present a comparison of Westburys financial condition, income and expense trends, loan composition, interest rate risk and credit risk versus the Peer Group as of the most recent publicly available date.
In addition to the selection criteria used to identify the Peer Group companies, a summary description of the key comparable characteristics of each of the Peer Group companies relative to Westburys characteristics is detailed below.
Table 3.1
Peer Group of Publicly-Traded Thrifts
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Status of |
|
|||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of |
|
Regulatory Agreements |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
August 17, 2012 |
|
With Primary Regulator |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating |
|
Total |
|
|
|
Fiscal |
|
Conv. |
|
Stock |
|
Market |
|
Type of |
|
Date of |
|
|||
Ticker |
|
Financial Institution |
|
Exchange |
|
Primary Market |
|
Strategy (1) |
|
Assets (2) |
|
Offices |
|
Year |
|
Date |
|
Price |
|
Value |
|
Agreement (3) |
|
Action |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
($) |
|
($Mil) |
|
|
|
|
|
|||
BKMU |
|
Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Milwaukee, WI |
|
Thrift |
|
$ |
2,635 |
|
80 |
|
12-31 |
|
10/03 |
|
$ |
4.38 |
|
$ |
203 |
|
MOU |
|
05/11 |
|
UCFC |
|
United Community Fin. of OH |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Youngstown, OH |
|
Thrift |
|
2,042 |
|
38 |
|
12-31 |
|
07/98 |
|
3.05 |
|
100 |
|
Consent Order |
|
03/12 |
|
|||
CITZ |
|
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Munster, IN |
|
Thrift |
|
1,132 |
|
22 |
|
12-31 |
|
07/98 |
|
5.46 |
|
59 |
|
MOU |
|
03/09 |
|
|||
HFBC |
|
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Hopkinsville, KY |
|
Thrift |
|
1,026 |
|
18 |
|
12-31 |
|
02/98 |
|
7.39 |
|
55 |
|
MOU |
|
04/10 |
|
|||
PVFC |
|
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Solon, OH |
|
R.E. |
|
807 |
|
18 |
|
06-30 |
|
12/92 |
|
1.97 |
|
51 |
|
Cease & Desist |
|
10/09 |
|
|||
HMNF |
|
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Rochester, MN |
|
Thrift |
|
670 |
|
15 |
|
12-31 |
|
06/94 |
|
2.80 |
|
12 |
|
Supervisory Agmt |
|
02/10 |
|
|||
FCLF |
|
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Edwardsville, IL |
|
Thrift |
|
556 |
|
4 |
|
12-31 |
|
07/06 |
|
6.10 |
|
47 |
|
None Disclosed |
|
|
|
|||
CZWI |
|
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Eau Claire, WI |
|
Thrift |
|
529 |
|
27 |
|
09-30 |
|
11/06 |
|
5.95 |
|
31 |
|
MOU |
|
12/09 |
|
|||
WBKC |
|
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Midland, MI |
|
Thrift |
|
292 |
|
5 |
|
12-31 |
|
01/11 |
|
17.35 |
|
43 |
|
None Disclosed |
|
|
|
|||
FFNM |
|
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
NASDAQ |
|
Alpena, MI |
|
Thrift |
|
218 |
|
8 |
|
12-31 |
|
04/05 |
|
3.47 |
|
10 |
|
None Disclosed |
|
|
|
|||
NOTES: |
(1) Operating Strategies are: Thrift=Traditional Thrift, M.B.=Mortgage Banker, R.E.+Real Estate Developer, Div.=Diversifield, and Ret.=Retail Banking. |
|
(2) Most recent quarter end available. |
|
(3) MOU reflects abbreviation for a Memorandum of Understanding. |
|
|
Source: |
SNL Financial, LC. |
· Bank Mutual Corp of WI (BKMU) is the largest company, in terms of asset size, in the Peer Group and operates through 80 retail banking offices throughout Wisconsin and Minnesota. The asset structure reflects a relatively lower proportion of loans/assets which was offset by a higher percentage of cash and investments. The majority of loans are invested in 1-4 family loans (inclusive of an investment in MBS), which results in a lower risk-weighted assets to assets ratio than the Peer Group. In comparison to the Peer Group, borrowings comprised a slightly higher proportion of the funding mix, while deposits were slightly lower than the Peer Group median. BKMU reported a lower level of NPAs/Assets in comparison to the Peer Group average, which accounted for the lower provisions (lowest of the Peer Group), but reserve coverage ratios were less favorable in comparison to the Peer Group. BKMU currently operates under an MOU executed in May 2011. At June 30, 2012, BKMU had total assets of $2.6 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.3%. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, BKMU reported net income equal to 0.20% of average assets. BKMU had a market capitalization of $203 million at August 17, 2012.
· United Community Fin. of OH (UCFC) operates through a total of 38 offices and eight loan production offices throughout Ohio and western Pennsylvania. UCFCs asset mixture reflects a similar level of cash and investments and loans in comparison to the Peer Group average. Lending is oriented toward mortgage secured collateral (residential and commercial) and funding is primarily reliant on deposit liabilities with the level of borrowed funds above the Peer Group average. UCFC also has the largest portfolio of loans serviced for others among the Peer Group companies. Asset quality ratios, in terms of NPAs and reserve coverage, were less favorable than the Peer Group and UCFC currently operates under a consent order executed in March 2012, which was issued after a cease and desist order with its primary regulators was terminated. At March 31, 2012, UCFC had total assets of $2.0 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 9.3%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, UCFC reported a ROAA of 0.05% which fell within the range indicated by the Peer Group average and median. UCFC had a market capitalization of $100 million at August 17, 2012.
· CFS Bancorp, Inc. of Munster, IN (CITZ) is a savings and loan holding company operating 22 banking offices in northern Indiana and Illinois. CITZ maintains a diversified loan portfolio with levels of commercial mortgage loans, as well as commercial business loans, exceeding the Peer Group aggregates. CITZ reported a significant operating loss for the most recent twelve month period as the NPAs/assets ratio was high and CITZ established significant loan loss provisions in comparison to the Peer Group averages and medians. CITZ currently operates under an MOU with its primary regulator executed in March 2009. A t June 30, 2012, CITZ had total assets of $1.1 billion and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 9.2%. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, CITZ reported a net loss equal to 0.90% of average assets. CITZ had a market capitalization of $59 million at August 17, 2012.
· HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY (HFBC) operates through a total of 18 offices in western Kentucky and central Tennessee. HFBC maintains a broadly diversified asset base funded primarily by deposits and, to a lesser extent, borrowed funds. Loan portfolio investment activities are concentrated in mortgage loans (primarily 1-4 family and commercial mortgage loans) and HFBC has the highest risk weighted assets as a percent of assets out of all the Peer Group companies. Asset quality ratios were more favorable than the Peer Group average and median, both in terms of the level of NPAs and the reserve coverage ratios. HFBC currently operates under an MOU issued in April 2010. At June 30, 2012, HFBC had total assets of $1.0 billion and a tangible equity-to-
assets ratio of 11.8%. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, HFBC reported positive earnings of 0.56% of average assets but only 0.24% on a core basis after excluding gains on sale. HFBC had a market capitalization of $55 million at August 17, 2012.
· PVF Capital Corp. of Solon, OH (PVFC) operates out of 18 offices located throughout the Greater Cleveland area of Ohio. PVFCs asset composition reflected a broadly similar asset composition relative to the Peer Group as a whole which was funded with a higher level of deposits and lower level of borrowed funds. PVFCs tangible equity ratio is the most highly leveraged of the Peer Group companies at 8.7% which is above the statutory minimums to be well capitalized. PVFC reported operating losses on a trailing twelve month basis (ROA equal to 0.60%) primarily reflecting the impact of loan loss provisions equal to 1.22% of average assets. The loan portfolio had more loan diversification than the Peer Group, resulting in a higher than average risk weighted assets as a percent of assets . PVFC reported less favorable asset quality ratios as compared to the Peer Group, although with reserve coverage ratios that was in line with the Peer Group average. PVFC currently operates pursuant to a cease and desist order with its primary regulator. At March 31, 2012, PVFC had total assets of $807 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.7%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, PVFC reported a net loss of 0.60% of average assets. PVFC had a market capitalization of $51 million at August 17, 2012.
· HMN Financial, Inc. of MN (HMNF) operates from 14 offices and one loan production office in Minnesota, as well as one branch office in Iowa. HMNFs asset composition reflects a relatively high proportion of loans, which are funded with a slightly higher level of deposits, but comparable borrowed funds, as compared to the Peer Group. HMNF operates with a comparatively leveraged tangible capital ratio (8.9% of assets) which has been eroded as a result of recent operating losses. HMNFs diversified loan portfolio primarily focused on commercial loans and maintained the highest level of construction and land loans among the Peer Group deteriorating credit quality has resulted in a relatively high ratio of NPAs/Assets and significant loan loss provisions. HMNF currently operates pursuant to a supervisory agreement executed with its primary regulator which was executed in February 2010. At June 30, 2012, HMNF reported total assets of $670 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 8.9%. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, HMNF reported a net loss of 0.85% of average assets. HMNF had a market capitalization of $12 million at August 17, 2012.
· First Clover Leaf Financial Corp of IL (FCLF) operates through four retail banking offices and one loan production office in western Illinois, in markets adjacent to St. Louis, Missouri. The loan portfolio reflects slightly greater diversification into non-residential mortgage loans in relation to the Peer Group, which accounts for the lower ratio of residential mortgage loans and MBS. Asset quality ratios for FCLF were less favorable to the Peer Group in terms of the coverage ratios and high amount of net loan chargeoffs, however FCLF reported slightly lower NPAs/Assets in comparison to the Peer Group average and median values. At June 30, 2012, FCLF had total assets of $556 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 11.8%, which was in between the Peer Group average and median. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, FCLF reported earnings of 0.34% of average assets. FCLF had a market capitalization of $47 million at August 17, 2012.
· Citizens Community Bancorp, Inc, of WI (CZWI) operates through a total of 27 offices in Wisconsin and Minnesota. Reflecting its status as a former credit union,
CZWIs loan portfolio has the largest proportion of consumer loans in comparison to the Peer Group companies although permanent 1-4 family mortgage loans comprise the largest segment of lending. Asset quality ratios are more favorable in relation to the Peer Group, both in terms of NPAs and reserve coverage ratios. CZWI executed an MOU with its primary regulator in December 2009. At March 31, 2012, CZWI had total assets of $529 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 10.0%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, CZWI reported a breakeven level of operations. CZWI had a market capitalization of $31 million at August 17, 2012.
· Wolverine Bancorp, Inc of MI (WBKC) operates out of five offices in Central Michigan. WBKC reported the highest loans/assets ratio and the highest equity/assets ratio of all Peer Group companies, while also reporting the highest amount of borrowed funds. WBKC was more profitable than the Peer Group, on average, reporting a higher net interest income ratio and lower provisions than the Peer Group averages and medians. WBKCs loan portfolio reflects a high proportion of 1-4 family mortgage loans and had the highest concentration of commercial real estate/multi-family mortgage loans of any Peer Group company, contributing to the high risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio. WBKCs NPA/Assets ratios fell between the averages and medians of the Peer Group, but reported reserve coverage ratios modestly above the Peer Group average. As of March 31, 2012, WBKC had total assets of $292 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 22.4%. For the twelve months ended March 31, 2012, WBKC reported earnings of 0.40% of average assets. WBKC had a market capitalization of $43 million at August 17, 2012.
· First Federal of N. Michigan of MI (FFNM) operates eight offices in northern Michigan and is the smallest of the Peer Group companies in terms of asset size. The asset base was funded with a higher level of borrowed funds than the Peer Group, but reported an equity/assets ratio between the average and median of the Peer Group. FFNM reported earnings slightly above the Peer Group median, notwithstanding one of the highest operating expense ratios of the Peer Group companies. The loan portfolio was concentrated in 1-4 family loans (inclusive of MBS), resulting in a lower than average risk-weighted assets-to-assets ratio. Asset quality measures were generally comparable to the Peer Group, although FFNM has less favorable reserve coverage ratios. As of June 30, 2012, FFNM had total assets of $218 million and a tangible equity-to-assets ratio of 11.4%. For the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, FFNM reported net income of 0.30%. FFNM had a market capitalization of $10 million at August 17, 2012, the lowest among the Peer Group companies.
In the aggregate, the Peer Group companies maintain a slightly lower tangible equity level, in comparison to the industry median (10.20% of assets versus 11.13% for all non-MHC public companies) and generate a lower level of core profitability (loss of 0.04% of average assets for the Peer Group versus 0.30% for all non-MHC public companies). The Peer Group companies reported a slightly negative core ROE based on the median, whereas all non-MHC public companies have a higher median core ROE than the Peer Group (-0.33% for the Peer Group versus 2.17% for all non-MHC public companies). Overall, the Peer Groups pricing ratios were at a relative discount to all full stock publicly traded thrift institutions on a P/TB basis, but were slightly higher on a P/E core basis. In evaluating the Peer Groups earnings multiple
however, we note that only two companies reporting a meaningful P/E ratio based on core earnings owing to operating losses or very low earnings.
|
|
All Non-MHC |
|
Valuation |
|
||
|
|
Public-Thrifts |
|
Peer Group |
|
||
Financial Characteristics (Medians) |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Assets ($Mil) |
|
$ |
923 |
|
$ |
739 |
|
Market Capitalization ($Mil) |
|
$ |
81 |
|
$ |
49 |
|
Tangible Equity/Assets (%) |
|
11.13 |
% |
10.20 |
% |
||
Core Return on Average Assets (%) |
|
0.30 |
% |
-0.04 |
% |
||
Core Return on Average Equity (%) |
|
2.17 |
% |
-0.33 |
% |
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Pricing Ratios (Medians) (1) |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Price/Core Earnings (x) |
|
18.92 |
x |
22.44 |
x |
||
Price/Tangible Book (%) |
|
90.75 |
% |
57.29 |
% |
||
Price/Assets (%) |
|
10.60 |
% |
5.59 |
% |
(1) Based on market prices as of August 17, 2012.
The thrifts selected for the Peer Group were relatively comparable to Westbury in terms of all of the selection criteria and are considered the best fit group. While there are many similarities between Westbury and the Peer Group on average, there are some notable differences that lead to valuation adjustments. The following comparative analysis highlights key similarities and differences between Westbury and the Peer Group.
Financial Condition
Table 3.2 shows comparative balance sheet measures for Westbury and the Peer Group, reflecting balances as of June 30, 2012 for the Company while the Peer Group financial data is based on the most recent date for which complete information is publicly available (i.e., as of either March 31, or June 30, 2012). Westburys equity-to-assets ratio of 8.6% was below the Peer Groups average equity/assets ratio of 11.6%. Tangible equity-to-assets ratios for the Company and the Peer Group equaled 8.6% and 11.4%, respectively, with the Peer Group reported a limited intangible assets balance while the Company did not have any intangible assets.
The Companys pro forma capital position will increase with the addition of stock proceeds, providing the Company with an equity and tangible equity ratio that is expected to be above the Peer Groups ratios (i.e., in a range of 12.5% to 14.6%). The increase in Westburys pro forma equity position following the completion of the Conversion will enhance the ability to
Table 3.2
Balance Sheet Composition and Growth Rates
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of June 30, 2012
|
|
Balance Sheet as a Percent of Assets |
|
Balance Sheet Annual Growth Rates |
|
Regulatory Capital |
|
||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
Cash & |
|
MBS & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Borrowed |
|
Subd. |
|
Net |
|
Goodwill |
|
Tng Net |
|
|
|
MBS, Cash & |
|
|
|
|
|
Borrows. |
|
Net |
|
Tng Net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equivalents |
|
Invest |
|
BOLI |
|
Loans |
|
Deposits |
|
Funds |
|
Debt |
|
Worth |
|
& Intang |
|
Worth |
|
Assets |
|
Investments |
|
Loans |
|
Deposits |
|
&Subdebt |
|
Worth |
|
Worth |
|
Tangible |
|
Core |
|
Reg.Cap. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2012 |
|
8.3 |
% |
12.1 |
% |
2.2 |
% |
70.6 |
% |
89.5 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.6 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.6 |
% |
-8.67 |
% |
-6.99 |
% |
-8.59 |
% |
-8.27 |
% |
-79.84 |
% |
-8.36 |
% |
-8.36 |
% |
7.32 |
% |
7.32 |
% |
11.16 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
6.6 |
% |
21.8 |
% |
1.6 |
% |
65.3 |
% |
74.1 |
% |
11.5 |
% |
0.4 |
% |
12.8 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
12.0 |
% |
4.00 |
% |
7.72 |
% |
3.59 |
% |
4.48 |
% |
-6.04 |
% |
1.90 |
% |
1.87 |
% |
12.13 |
% |
12.07 |
% |
20.48 |
% |
Medians |
|
5.4 |
% |
18.9 |
% |
1.7 |
% |
67.9 |
% |
75.0 |
% |
10.0 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
12.1 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
11.2 |
% |
2.17 |
% |
5.56 |
% |
0.97 |
% |
2.66 |
% |
-7.39 |
% |
2.08 |
% |
2.22 |
% |
11.20 |
% |
11.20 |
% |
18.79 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
State of WI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
5.2 |
% |
20.1 |
% |
1.5 |
% |
68.7 |
% |
72.1 |
% |
15.7 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.3 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.2 |
% |
-2.39 |
% |
-8.13 |
% |
-0.43 |
% |
-6.57 |
% |
-3.97 |
% |
1.74 |
% |
2.01 |
% |
9.72 |
% |
9.72 |
% |
16.69 |
% |
Medians |
|
4.0 |
% |
13.9 |
% |
2.2 |
% |
74.8 |
% |
75.3 |
% |
11.8 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.3 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.3 |
% |
-2.45 |
% |
-8.83 |
% |
-0.56 |
% |
-8.87 |
% |
-3.97 |
% |
1.19 |
% |
1.82 |
% |
9.72 |
% |
9.72 |
% |
16.69 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Averages |
|
7.1 |
% |
19.7 |
% |
1.2 |
% |
67.6 |
% |
76.2 |
% |
10.7 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
11.6 |
% |
0.2 |
% |
11.4 |
% |
-3.53 |
% |
2.32 |
% |
-4.37 |
% |
-5.26 |
% |
2.59 |
% |
-0.34 |
% |
-0.06 |
% |
9.33 |
% |
9.33 |
% |
17.29 |
% |
Medians |
|
6.8 |
% |
19.2 |
% |
0.9 |
% |
67.8 |
% |
76.8 |
% |
10.2 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.2 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.2 |
% |
-3.40 |
% |
3.86 |
% |
-2.20 |
% |
-5.26 |
% |
-1.38 |
% |
1.18 |
% |
1.58 |
% |
9.14 |
% |
9.14 |
% |
15.92 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BKMU Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
7.8 |
% |
33.0 |
% |
2.2 |
% |
51.6 |
% |
75.3 |
% |
11.8 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.3 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.3 |
% |
4.43 |
% |
12.78 |
% |
2.44 |
% |
-1.24 |
% |
NM |
|
1.19 |
% |
1.34 |
% |
9.23 |
% |
9.23 |
% |
18.27 |
% |
CITZ CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
7.6 |
% |
21.8 |
% |
3.2 |
% |
62.0 |
% |
85.4 |
% |
4.5 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
9.2 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
9.2 |
% |
0.36 |
% |
8.92 |
% |
-2.57 |
% |
0.27 |
% |
32.11 |
% |
-9.96 |
% |
-9.93 |
% |
NA |
|
NA |
|
NA |
|
CZWI Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI(1) |
|
4.0 |
% |
13.3 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
79.7 |
% |
82.5 |
% |
6.6 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
10.1 |
% |
0.1 |
% |
10.0 |
% |
-9.15 |
% |
-28.35 |
% |
-3.19 |
% |
-9.60 |
% |
-17.99 |
% |
1.16 |
% |
1.82 |
% |
10.20 |
% |
10.20 |
% |
15.10 |
% |
FCLF First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
|
5.9 |
% |
16.5 |
% |
0.9 |
% |
70.4 |
% |
76.0 |
% |
9.0 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
14.0 |
% |
2.2 |
% |
11.8 |
% |
-3.38 |
% |
-16.29 |
% |
0.11 |
% |
-6.68 |
% |
27.31 |
% |
-0.12 |
% |
0.31 |
% |
NA |
|
NA |
|
NA |
|
FFNM First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
1.2 |
% |
26.6 |
% |
0.7 |
% |
65.6 |
% |
71.0 |
% |
16.7 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
11.5 |
% |
0.1 |
% |
11.4 |
% |
-0.58 |
% |
5.56 |
% |
-1.82 |
% |
-1.07 |
% |
-1.38 |
% |
4.16 |
% |
5.36 |
% |
9.99 |
% |
9.99 |
% |
16.63 |
% |
HMNF HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
9.8 |
% |
12.0 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
74.4 |
% |
79.7 |
% |
10.4 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.9 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.9 |
% |
-16.98 |
% |
-12.35 |
% |
-17.26 |
% |
-17.43 |
% |
-17.65 |
% |
-11.90 |
% |
-11.90 |
% |
9.04 |
% |
9.04 |
% |
13.73 |
% |
HFBC HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
4.4 |
% |
38.6 |
% |
0.9 |
% |
52.7 |
% |
76.6 |
% |
10.0 |
% |
1.0 |
% |
11.8 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
11.8 |
% |
-3.41 |
% |
2.16 |
% |
-5.48 |
% |
-3.83 |
% |
-11.44 |
% |
9.18 |
% |
9.47 |
% |
NA |
|
NA |
|
21.77 |
% |
PVFC PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH(1) |
|
16.7 |
% |
6.7 |
% |
2.9 |
% |
69.8 |
% |
82.7 |
% |
4.5 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.7 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
8.7 |
% |
3.77 |
% |
19.75 |
% |
-0.84 |
% |
3.08 |
% |
-0.29 |
% |
-6.33 |
% |
-6.33 |
% |
8.55 |
% |
8.55 |
% |
12.93 |
% |
UCFC United Community Fin. of OH(1) |
|
2.2 |
% |
27.3 |
% |
1.4 |
% |
65.8 |
% |
77.0 |
% |
12.5 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
9.3 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
9.3 |
% |
-3.46 |
% |
69.71 |
% |
-17.26 |
% |
-8.21 |
% |
26.48 |
% |
7.13 |
% |
7.22 |
% |
8.96 |
% |
8.96 |
% |
15.21 |
% |
WBKC Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI(1) |
|
11.8 |
% |
1.6 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
83.6 |
% |
55.3 |
% |
21.2 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
22.4 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
22.4 |
% |
-6.85 |
% |
-38.68 |
% |
2.15 |
% |
-7.92 |
% |
-13.83 |
% |
2.08 |
% |
2.08 |
% |
NA |
|
NA |
|
24.71 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending March 31, 2012.
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
address the high level of NPAs which management believes will facilitate the restoration of profitable operations. At the same time, the Companys capital remains at risk given the level of NPAs and in view of the uncertainties with respect to a weak local economy, the strength and duration of any economic recovery and the related recovery of real estate values. Important from the perspective of the valuation, the Peer Group is subject to these same risks given their Midwest locations, high level of NPAs and recent history of loan loss provisions and weak earnings or losses (these were primary elements of the Peer Group selection criteria).
The Companys asset composition reflects a modestly higher concentration of loans to assets, at 70.6% versus a 67.6% average for the Peer Group. Comparatively, the ratio of cash, investments, and MBS for the Company was lower than for the Peer Group (20.4% of assets versus 26.8% for the Peer Group). The Company and the Peer Group have been impacted by many of the same operating forces as both have realized assets shrinkage facilitated by reduction in the outstanding balance of loans. Overall, the Companys interest-earning assets (IEA) approximated 91.0% of assets, which is modestly below the comparative Peer Group ratio of 94.4%. Both the Companys and the Peer Groups IEA ratios exclude BOLI as an interest-earning asset. On a pro forma basis immediately following the Conversion, a portion of the proceeds will initially be invested into federal funds or shorter term investment securities increasing the relative proportion of cash and investments for the Company in comparison to the Peer Group over the short term.
Westburys funding liabilities currently reflect a lower level of borrowed funds and a higher level of funding through deposits. Specifically, the ratio of deposits/assets equaled 89.5% for the Company versus an average of 76.2% for the Peer Group, while borrowed funds equaled 0.2% and 10.9% (inclusive of subordinated debt for the Peer Group), respectively. Total interest-bearing liabilities (IBL) maintained as a percent of assets equaled 89.7% and 87.1% for Westbury and the Peer Group, respectively, reflecting the Companys lower equity position. The ratio of IBL will be reduced on a post-offering basis as the Company funds a greater portion of its operations with equity.
A key measure of balance sheet strength for a financial institution is IEA/IBL ratio, with higher ratios often facilitating stronger profitability levels, depending on the overall asset/liability mix. Presently, the Companys IEA/IBL ratio of 101.4% is below the Peer Groups average ratio of 108.4%. The shortfall for the Company reflects several factors including its lower capital ratio and significant non-interest earnings assets on its balance sheet including significant balances of OREO (0.6% of assets), real estate investments (1.6% of assets), fixed assets (2.6% of
assets) and BOLI (2.2% of assets). The additional capital realized from stock proceeds will considerably increase the IEA/IBL ratio, as the net proceeds realized from Westburys stock offering are expected to be reinvested into interest-earning assets and the increase in the Companys equity position will result in a lower level of interest-bearing liabilities funding assets.
The balance sheet growth rates reflected in Table 3.2, reflect the impact of a weak regional market coupled with recent low earnings or operating losses experienced by both the Company and the Peer Group. In this regard, growth rates for Westbury reflected annualized growth rates for the 18 months ended June 30, 2012, while the Peer Groups growth figures are for the most recent twelve month period for which data is publicly available.
Westbury posted asset shrinkage equal to 8.7% versus asset shrinkage equal to 3.5% for the Peer Group on average. As noted above, the Company has been shrinking assets as a result of several factors including a weak regional economy and slack loan demand, retrenchment from lending as it focused on resolving NPAs, and to reduce the required capital levels in response to significant operating losses realized in 2010 and 2011. The Peer Group realized asset shrinkage owing to many of these same factors. Asset shrinkage was the result of reductions in both the loan and investment portfolios for the Company while modest growth in the Peer Groups investments partially mitigated the impact of shrinkage realized in the investment portfolio.
The Companys deposit base diminished by 8.21% on an annualized basis as compared to an average deposit shrinkage of 5.26% for the Peer Group. Both the Company and the Peer Groups borrowings declined, by 75.52% and 1.38% based on the median, respectively, with liability shrinkage realized in both borrowings and deposits providing an indication that balance sheet shrinkage was broad-based.
The Companys equity decreased at an 8.36% annualized pace versus an average rate of shrinkage of less than 1% for the Peer Group. The significant shrinkage of Westburys capital reflects the more significant recent operating losses reported by the Company, as its ROA equaled -1.07% versus a much less significant loss equal to -0.05% reported for the Peer Group on average. Reversing the recent trend of capital erosion will be primarily dependent on reducing loan loss provisions and improving asset quality, which will facilitate earnings improvement.
Income and Expense Components
Table 3.3 shows comparative income statement measures for Westbury and the Peer Group, reflecting earnings for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012 for Westbury and as of the latest date for which information is publicly available for the Peer Group. Westbury reported a significant operating loss equal to 1.07% of average assets versus a net loss equal to 0.05% of average assets for the Peer Group based on the average, and positive income equal to 0.13% based on the median. Important from a valuation perspective in the current environment, both the Companys and the Peer Groups earnings have been depressed by high levels of classified and non-performing assets and these characteristics were an important component of the Peer Group selection criteria. However, loan loss provisions reported by Westbury have been materially higher than the Peer Group average contributing to the Companys significantly greater net overall operating losses.
The Companys interest income to average assets was below the Peer Group average while the ratio of interest expense to average assets was also lower, such that the ratio of net interest income to average assets was comparable to the Peer Group average. The Companys lower interest income ratio was the result of both a lower yield on interest-earning assets (4.39% which fell short of the Peer Group average and median of 4.53% and 4.55%, respectively) and a lower IEA ratio. Overall, the Companys ratio of interest income to average assets equaled 3.81% versus an average of 4.27% for the Peer Group.
The Companys interest expense ratio to average assets, equal to 0.68% versus 1.16% of average assets for the Peer Group, reflects the Companys funding with low cost savings and transaction accounts. Importantly, as will be noted below, this aspect of the Companys operations provides benefits with respect to both funding costs and the level of non-interest income generated by the Company, but also results in higher operating costs as well.
Non-interest operating income is a higher contributor to Westburys earnings relative to the Peer Group, at 1.57% and 0.63%, respectively. The Companys non-interest income ratio is comparatively higher, primarily reflecting the high level of fee income generated through the Companys deposit accounts and ATM network. As described in the financial analysis in Section One, the strong non-interest income reported by Westbury is the result of the large base of checking accounts, rental income from the Companys real estate operations, as well as commission income on insurance and securities and BOLI income among other factors.
Table 3.3
Income as Percent of Average Assets and Yields, Costs, Spreads
Comparable Institution Analysis
For the 12 Months Ended June 30, 2012
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Interest Income |
|
|
|
Other Income |
|
|
|
G&A/Other Exp. |
|
Non-Op. Items |
|
Yields, Costs, and Spreads |
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss |
|
NII |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
MEMO: |
|
MEMO: |
|
||
|
|
Net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Provis. |
|
After |
|
Loan |
|
R.E. |
|
Other |
|
Other |
|
G&A |
|
Goodwill |
|
Net |
|
Extrao. |
|
Yield |
|
Cost |
|
Yld-Cost |
|
Assets/ |
|
Effective |
|
||
|
|
Income |
|
Income |
|
Expense |
|
NII |
|
on IEA |
|
Provis. |
|
Fees |
|
Oper. |
|
Income |
|
Income |
|
Expense |
|
Amort. |
|
Gains |
|
Items |
|
On Assets |
|
Of Funds |
|
Spread |
|
FTE Emp. |
|
Tax Rate |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
June 30, 2012 |
|
-1.07 |
% |
3.81 |
% |
0.68 |
% |
3.13 |
% |
-1.29 |
% |
1.84 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.17 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
1.57 |
% |
4.81 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.27 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.39 |
% |
0.89 |
% |
3.50 |
% |
$ |
3,503 |
|
5.07 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
0.30 |
% |
4.18 |
% |
1.10 |
% |
3.08 |
% |
0.48 |
% |
2.60 |
% |
0.03 |
% |
-0.09 |
% |
0.77 |
% |
0.71 |
% |
2.96 |
% |
0.03 |
% |
0.21 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.45 |
% |
1.28 |
% |
3.17 |
% |
$ |
6,000 |
|
30.10 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
0.43 |
% |
4.18 |
% |
1.05 |
% |
3.08 |
% |
0.30 |
% |
2.67 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.02 |
% |
0.56 |
% |
0.53 |
% |
2.93 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.06 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.45 |
% |
1.26 |
% |
3.17 |
% |
$ |
5,044 |
|
30.58 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
State of WI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
0.13 |
% |
4.29 |
% |
1.39 |
% |
2.90 |
% |
0.71 |
% |
2.19 |
% |
-0.02 |
% |
-0.30 |
% |
1.06 |
% |
0.74 |
% |
4.02 |
% |
0.03 |
% |
1.29 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.57 |
% |
1.58 |
% |
3.00 |
% |
$ |
3,213 |
|
36.88 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
0.18 |
% |
4.39 |
% |
1.38 |
% |
2.57 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
2.19 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.23 |
% |
1.14 |
% |
0.83 |
% |
3.16 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.45 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.75 |
% |
1.54 |
% |
2.68 |
% |
$ |
2,929 |
|
31.04 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
-0.05 |
% |
4.27 |
% |
1.16 |
% |
3.11 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
2.21 |
% |
-0.01 |
% |
-0.18 |
% |
0.82 |
% |
0.63 |
% |
3.28 |
% |
0.03 |
% |
0.39 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.53 |
% |
1.34 |
% |
3.19 |
% |
$ |
4,020 |
|
26.98 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
0.13 |
% |
4.32 |
% |
1.12 |
% |
3.09 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
2.15 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.16 |
% |
0.79 |
% |
0.62 |
% |
3.15 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.25 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.55 |
% |
1.25 |
% |
3.17 |
% |
$ |
3,855 |
|
24.49 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
BKMU |
Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
0.20 |
% |
3.34 |
% |
0.97 |
% |
2.37 |
% |
0.18 |
% |
2.19 |
% |
-0.09 |
% |
-0.23 |
% |
1.14 |
% |
0.83 |
% |
3.16 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.45 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
3.65 |
% |
1.13 |
% |
2.52 |
% |
$ |
3,852 |
|
29.61 |
% |
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
-0.90 |
% |
3.71 |
% |
0.60 |
% |
3.10 |
% |
1.51 |
% |
1.59 |
% |
0.03 |
% |
-0.22 |
% |
1.18 |
% |
0.99 |
% |
3.53 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.18 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.06 |
% |
0.67 |
% |
3.39 |
% |
$ |
3,736 |
|
NM |
|
CZWI |
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI(1) |
|
0.00 |
% |
5.15 |
% |
1.38 |
% |
3.78 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
2.81 |
% |
0.04 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.37 |
% |
0.41 |
% |
3.13 |
% |
0.06 |
% |
-0.03 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
5.33 |
% |
1.54 |
% |
3.79 |
% |
$ |
2,858 |
|
50.00 |
% |
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
|
0.34 |
% |
4.11 |
% |
1.04 |
% |
3.07 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
2.11 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.15 |
% |
0.47 |
% |
0.31 |
% |
2.18 |
% |
0.05 |
% |
0.22 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.40 |
% |
1.21 |
% |
3.19 |
% |
$ |
6,395 |
|
16.79 |
% |
FFNM |
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
0.30 |
% |
4.52 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
3.62 |
% |
0.55 |
% |
3.07 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.74 |
% |
0.74 |
% |
4.01 |
% |
0.12 |
% |
0.15 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.86 |
% |
1.03 |
% |
3.84 |
% |
$ |
2,622 |
|
NM |
|
HMNF |
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
-0.85 |
% |
4.62 |
% |
1.16 |
% |
3.46 |
% |
1.69 |
% |
1.77 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.34 |
% |
1.42 |
% |
1.08 |
% |
4.02 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.24 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.82 |
% |
1.27 |
% |
3.54 |
% |
$ |
3,491 |
|
NM |
|
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
0.56 |
% |
4.18 |
% |
1.55 |
% |
2.63 |
% |
0.21 |
% |
2.42 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.10 |
% |
0.84 |
% |
0.75 |
% |
2.77 |
% |
0.02 |
% |
0.33 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.39 |
% |
1.76 |
% |
2.63 |
% |
$ |
3,857 |
|
19.36 |
% |
PVFC |
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH(1) |
|
-0.60 |
% |
3.82 |
% |
1.07 |
% |
2.75 |
% |
1.22 |
% |
1.53 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.63 |
% |
0.90 |
% |
0.27 |
% |
4.12 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
1.67 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.10 |
% |
1.23 |
% |
2.88 |
% |
$ |
4,608 |
|
8.55 |
% |
UCFC |
United Community Fin. of OH(1) |
|
0.05 |
% |
4.45 |
% |
1.39 |
% |
3.06 |
% |
1.12 |
% |
1.94 |
% |
-0.03 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.51 |
% |
0.49 |
% |
3.06 |
% |
0.01 |
% |
0.48 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.70 |
% |
1.55 |
% |
3.15 |
% |
$ |
3,919 |
|
NM |
|
WBKC |
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI(1) |
|
0.40 |
% |
4.79 |
% |
1.57 |
% |
3.23 |
% |
0.56 |
% |
2.67 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
-0.17 |
% |
0.62 |
% |
0.45 |
% |
2.82 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.25 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
4.95 |
% |
2.01 |
% |
2.94 |
% |
$ |
4,863 |
|
37.58 |
% |
(1) Financial information is for the 12 months ended March 31, 2012.
Source: SNL Financial, LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
At the same time, the same factors contributing to the Companys favorable funding costs and high non-interest income also result in the Companys higher operating expense ratio. Westburys operating expense ratio equaled 4.81% for the twelve months ended June 30, 2012, which is well above the Peer Group average of 3.28%. Importantly, while the Company has sought to reduce its core expense levels through branch closures and other overhead reductions, expenses have been incurred by the cost of branch closures (i.e., chargeoff of fixed assets), as well as the cost of upgrading various aspects of Westburys operations to meet regulatory requirements. Additionally, real estate operations expenses primarily related to the resolution of OREO properties has represented a significant cost in recent periods, but should diminish if Westbury can reduce its classified assets to targeted levels.
Operating expenses are expected to increase on a post-offering basis as a result of the expense of the stock-related benefit plans. At the same time, expenses are expected to diminish relative to historical levels as the Company fully realizes cost savings from recent branch closures and sales into trailing twelve month earnings. In this regard, operating expenses for the Company for the six months ended June 30, 2012, on an annualized basis, equaled $24.4 million or approximately 3.93% of average assets.
Westburys efficiency ratio (operating expenses as a percent of the sum of non-interest operating income and net interest income) of 102.5% is less favorable than the Peer Groups ratio of 88.5%, as the Companys similar net interest income and higher non-interest income was more than offset by its higher operating expenses. Additionally, loan loss provisions, not incorporated into the efficiency ratio calculation, have also been a material factor in Westburys operating results.
Loan loss provisions are at high levels relative to the historical averages reflecting the high levels of NPAs for both the Company and the Peer Group. Specifically, loan loss provisions equaled 1.29% of average assets for Westbury for the 12 months ended June 30, 2012, which exceeded the average of 0.90% for the Peer Group. While the Company is anticipating that its loan loss provisions may be lower in the future, estimating the level of future loan loss provisions is difficult in the current operating environment and may be predicated on continued improvement of Westburys credit quality ratios among other factors.
Non-operating income for the Company and the Peer Group were at similar levels, equal to 0.27% of average assets for Westbury which was between the Peer Group average and median values of 0.39% and 0.25%, respectively. The Companys non-operating consisted of gains on the sale of securities and branches.
Notwithstanding the significant trailing twelve month operating losses, the Company reported only a slight tax benefit. The nominal tax benefit reflects the establishment of valuation allowances on deferred tax assets which limits the tax benefit for financial reporting purposes. The Company expects to be in a non-taxable position for at least the near term future. At least several of the Peer Group companies appear to be in a similar tax position as the Company for financial reporting purposes but the majority appears to be fully taxable with six reporting positive effective tax rates with the average rate equal to 26.98%.
Loan Composition
Table 3.4 presents data related to the comparative loan portfolio composition (including the investment in MBS) for Westbury and the Peer Group. The Companys loan portfolio composition reflected a similar concentration of 1-4 family permanent mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities relative to the Peer Group average (41.21% of assets versus 42.51% for the Peer Group). The Company reported a balance of loans serviced for others of $282.4 million, while six of Peer Group members also reported a balance of loans serviced for others. The Company and the Peer Group also maintained balances of loan servicing intangibles.
The Company exhibited a modestly greater level of diversification into commercial and multi-family mortgage lending consistent with its stated strategic emphasis. In this regard, multi-family and commercial mortgage loans comprised 30.80% of assets for Westbury versus 24.76% of assets for the Peer Group. Diversification into other types of lending was limited for both the Company and the Peer Group. As a result of the broad similarity in the Company and Peer Groups loan portfolio composition, the respective risk-weighted assets/ assets ratio were similar, equal to 71.99% and 71.79%.
Table 3.4
Loan Portfolio Composition and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of June 30, 2012
|
|
Portfolio Composition as a Percent of Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
1-4 |
|
Constr. |
|
5+Unit |
|
Commerc. |
|
|
|
RWA/ |
|
Serviced |
|
Servicing |
|
|||
Institution |
|
MBS |
|
Family |
|
& Land |
|
Comm RE |
|
Business |
|
Consumer |
|
Assets |
|
For Others |
|
Assets |
|
|||
|
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
($000) |
|
|||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
8.52 |
% |
32.69 |
% |
2.65 |
% |
30.80 |
% |
3.74 |
% |
1.33 |
% |
71.99 |
% |
$ |
282,412 |
|
$ |
2,067 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Averages |
|
13.42 |
% |
33.50 |
% |
3.26 |
% |
22.89 |
% |
3.96 |
% |
1.76 |
% |
62.31 |
% |
$ |
1,235,555 |
|
$ |
10,921 |
|
|
Medians |
|
11.03 |
% |
33.30 |
% |
2.31 |
% |
22.08 |
% |
3.00 |
% |
0.37 |
% |
62.75 |
% |
$ |
10,630 |
|
$ |
128 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
State of WI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Averages |
|
17.44 |
% |
39.35 |
% |
1.50 |
% |
17.81 |
% |
1.46 |
% |
9.54 |
% |
66.46 |
% |
$ |
441,523 |
|
$ |
3,047 |
|
|
Medians |
|
8.83 |
% |
37.73 |
% |
2.20 |
% |
17.65 |
% |
1.06 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
71.78 |
% |
$ |
213,390 |
|
$ |
1,103 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Averages |
|
11.41 |
% |
31.10 |
% |
4.74 |
% |
24.76 |
% |
5.17 |
% |
3.48 |
% |
71.79 |
% |
$ |
279,613 |
|
$ |
2,381 |
|
|
Medians |
|
10.58 |
% |
26.67 |
% |
4.65 |
% |
25.67 |
% |
3.80 |
% |
0.63 |
% |
71.05 |
% |
$ |
56,995 |
|
$ |
838 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||
BKMU |
Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
35.20 |
% |
27.25 |
% |
2.20 |
% |
17.65 |
% |
3.32 |
% |
0.96 |
% |
53.57 |
% |
$ |
1,111,180 |
|
$ |
8,039 |
|
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
13.26 |
% |
21.79 |
% |
2.35 |
% |
30.91 |
% |
6.89 |
% |
0.18 |
% |
69.48 |
% |
$ |
28,980 |
|
$ |
267 |
|
CZWI |
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI(1) |
|
8.30 |
% |
53.06 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
0.06 |
% |
0.00 |
% |
27.65 |
% |
74.04 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
|
4.83 |
% |
26.08 |
% |
5.99 |
% |
28.56 |
% |
10.24 |
% |
0.64 |
% |
66.54 |
% |
$ |
85,010 |
|
$ |
705 |
|
FFNM |
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
13.10 |
% |
35.33 |
% |
3.62 |
% |
22.78 |
% |
3.94 |
% |
0.56 |
% |
64.48 |
% |
$ |
136,690 |
|
$ |
971 |
|
HMNF |
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
2.63 |
% |
25.81 |
% |
9.07 |
% |
33.07 |
% |
14.22 |
% |
0.62 |
% |
72.62 |
% |
$ |
303,380 |
|
$ |
1,497 |
|
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
12.85 |
% |
20.60 |
% |
6.37 |
% |
19.89 |
% |
3.65 |
% |
1.41 |
% |
99.92 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
PVFC |
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH(1) |
|
2.07 |
% |
25.54 |
% |
5.68 |
% |
35.37 |
% |
5.06 |
% |
0.26 |
% |
73.94 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
$ |
6,900 |
|
UCFC |
United Community Fin. of OH(1) |
|
21.82 |
% |
42.05 |
% |
3.60 |
% |
18.38 |
% |
1.29 |
% |
2.14 |
% |
64.60 |
% |
$ |
1,130,890 |
|
$ |
5,429 |
|
WBKC |
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI(1) |
|
0.00 |
% |
33.51 |
% |
8.56 |
% |
40.89 |
% |
3.04 |
% |
0.39 |
% |
78.68 |
% |
$ |
0 |
|
$ |
0 |
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending March 31, 2012.
Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
Credit Risk
Given the importance of asset quality in investors perception of value in the current environment, coupled with the recent increase in NPAs, and loan loss provisions reported by the Company, we sought to include thrifts with similar asset quality characteristics in the Peer Group. Accordingly, the ratio of NPAs/assets (Including 90+ day delinquencies) equaled 4.16% for the Company, which is slightly below the average of 4.79% and median of 4.44% for the Peer Group, as shown in Table 3.5. Importantly, the ratio of NPAs/assets for both the Company and the Peer Group includes performing TDRs. Excluding the TDRs, the Companys ratio of NPAs/Assets is materially lower, equal to 3.22% of assets. Similarly, excluding TDRs from the Peer Groups NPAs would have a similar impact.
Table 3.5
Credit Risk Measures and Related Information
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of June 30, 2012 or Most Recent Date Available
|
|
|
|
NPAs & |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Rsrves/ |
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
REO/ |
|
90+Del/ |
|
NPLs/ |
|
Rsrves/ |
|
Rsrves/ |
|
NPAs & |
|
Net Loan |
|
NLCs/ |
|
||
Institution |
|
Assets |
|
Assets (2) |
|
Loans (2) |
|
Loans |
|
NPLs (2) |
|
90+Del (2) |
|
Chargeoffs |
|
Loans |
|
||
|
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
($000) |
|
(%) |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
0.61 |
% |
4.16 |
% |
4.88 |
% |
1.59 |
% |
32.66 |
% |
27.27 |
% |
$ |
6,961 |
|
1.79 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
All Public Companies |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
0.48 |
% |
3.44 |
% |
4.28 |
% |
1.53 |
% |
51.64 |
% |
40.61 |
% |
$ |
1,264 |
|
0.61 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
0.17 |
% |
2.53 |
% |
3.35 |
% |
1.33 |
% |
38.65 |
% |
32.75 |
% |
$ |
555 |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
State of WI |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
1.23 |
% |
5.04 |
% |
5.40 |
% |
1.91 |
% |
42.32 |
% |
34.30 |
% |
$ |
1,241 |
|
0.58 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
0.63 |
% |
3.59 |
% |
5.24 |
% |
1.88 |
% |
35.58 |
% |
26.94 |
% |
$ |
968 |
|
0.57 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Averages |
|
0.97 |
% |
4.79 |
% |
5.47 |
% |
2.13 |
% |
42.00 |
% |
33.71 |
% |
$ |
2,328 |
|
1.80 |
% |
|
Medians |
|
1.08 |
% |
4.44 |
% |
4.99 |
% |
1.90 |
% |
41.01 |
% |
31.87 |
% |
$ |
1,481 |
|
1.39 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
BKMU |
Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
0.63 |
% |
3.59 |
% |
5.24 |
% |
1.88 |
% |
35.58 |
% |
26.94 |
% |
942 |
|
0.27 |
% |
|
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
1.70 |
% |
6.31 |
% |
7.68 |
% |
1.69 |
% |
21.65 |
% |
15.93 |
% |
856 |
|
0.49 |
% |
|
CZWI |
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI(1) |
|
0.21 |
% |
1.92 |
% |
2.12 |
% |
1.33 |
% |
62.73 |
% |
55.78 |
% |
968 |
|
0.90 |
% |
|
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
|
1.00 |
% |
3.97 |
% |
3.95 |
% |
1.40 |
% |
35.45 |
% |
25.22 |
% |
2675 |
|
2.67 |
% |
|
FFNM |
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
1.15 |
% |
4.40 |
% |
3.99 |
% |
1.23 |
% |
29.53 |
% |
17.48 |
% |
468 |
|
1.31 |
% |
|
HMNF |
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
1.90 |
% |
6.72 |
% |
6.22 |
% |
3.95 |
% |
63.54 |
% |
45.57 |
% |
1993 |
|
1.46 |
% |
|
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
0.13 |
% |
2.25 |
% |
3.95 |
% |
1.92 |
% |
48.50 |
% |
45.68 |
% |
441 |
|
0.32 |
% |
|
PVFC |
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH(1) |
|
1.18 |
% |
5.70 |
% |
6.28 |
% |
2.92 |
% |
46.44 |
% |
36.79 |
% |
2617 |
|
1.82 |
% |
|
UCFC |
United Community Fin. of OH(1) |
|
1.42 |
% |
8.55 |
% |
10.55 |
% |
2.51 |
% |
23.77 |
% |
19.77 |
% |
8428 |
|
2.40 |
% |
|
WBKC |
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI(1) |
|
0.41 |
% |
4.47 |
% |
4.74 |
% |
2.50 |
% |
52.78 |
% |
47.97 |
% |
3895 |
|
6.39 |
% |
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending March 31, 2012.
(2) Includes TDRs for the Company and the Peer Group.
Source: Audited and unaudited financial statements, corporate reports and offering circulars, and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
Reserve coverage for the Company reflects some similarities and some differences relative to the Peer Group. Westburys loss reserves as a percent of loans equaled 1.59% and thus fell short of the Peer Group average of 2.13%, but fell within the range of ratios exhibited by the Peer Group companies individually. Likewise, reserve coverage ratios were also lower for the Company, with the ratio of reserves/NPLs equal to 32.66% versus the Peer Group average of 42.00% and the ratio of reserves/NPAs equal to 27.27% below the Peer Group average of 33.71%.
Interest Rate Risk
Table 3.6 reflects various key ratios highlighting the relative interest rate risk exposure of the Company versus the Peer Group. In terms of balance sheet composition, Westbury interest rate risk characteristics were considered to be less favorable than the Peer Groups, characteristics as implied by the Companys lower tangible equity-to-assets and IEA/IBL ratios. Moreover, the Companys non-interest earning assets were above the Peer Group average. On a pro forma basis, the infusion of stock proceeds should serve to improve these ratios relative to the Peer Group.
To analyze interest rate risk associated with the net interest margin, we reviewed quarterly changes in net interest income as a percent of average assets for Westbury and the Peer Group. The relative fluctuations in the Companys net interest income to average assets ratio were considered to be higher than the Peer Group and, thus, based on the interest rate environment that prevailed during the period analyzed in Table 3.6, Westbury was viewed as maintaining a higher degree of interest rate risk exposure in the net interest margin. The stability of the Companys net interest margin should be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds, as the increase in capital will reduce the level of interest rate sensitive liabilities funding Westburys assets.
Table 3.6
Interest Rate Risk Measures and Net Interest Income Volatility
Comparable Institution Analysis
As of June 30, 2012 or Most Recent Date Available
|
|
Balance Sheet Measures |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||
|
|
Tangible |
|
|
|
Non-Earn. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Equity/ |
|
IEA/ |
|
Assets/ |
|
Quarterly Change in Net Interest Income |
|
|||||||||||
Institution |
|
Assets |
|
IBL |
|
Assets |
|
6/30/2012 |
|
3/31/2012 |
|
12/31/2011 |
|
9/30/2011 |
|
6/30/2011 |
|
3/31/2011 |
|
|
|
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(change in net interest income is annualized in basis points) |
|
|||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. |
|
8.6 |
% |
101.4 |
% |
9.0 |
% |
5 |
|
28 |
|
11 |
|
-3 |
|
4 |
|
12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All Public Companies |
|
11.9 |
% |
108.4 |
% |
6.2 |
% |
-1 |
|
-3 |
|
-1 |
|
0 |
|
4 |
|
0 |
|
|
State of WI |
|
10.2 |
% |
107.0 |
% |
6.0 |
% |
0 |
|
-16 |
|
4 |
|
4 |
|
2 |
|
-12 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable Group Average |
|
11.4 |
% |
108.7 |
% |
5.6 |
% |
1 |
|
0 |
|
5 |
|
-1 |
|
5 |
|
3 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Comparable Group |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
BKMU |
Bank Mutual Corp of WI |
|
10.3 |
% |
106.1 |
% |
7.6 |
% |
-7 |
|
-10 |
|
-4 |
|
-8 |
|
8 |
|
NA |
|
CITZ |
CFS Bancorp, Inc of Munster IN |
|
9.2 |
% |
101.6 |
% |
8.6 |
% |
3 |
|
-2 |
|
1 |
|
-15 |
|
11 |
|
-6 |
|
CZWI |
Citizens Comm Bncorp Inc of WI(1) |
|
10.0 |
% |
108.8 |
% |
3.0 |
% |
NA |
|
-19 |
|
16 |
|
26 |
|
-2 |
|
-10 |
|
FCLF |
First Clover Leaf Fin Cp of IL(1) |
|
11.8 |
% |
108.2 |
% |
7.3 |
% |
NA |
|
2 |
|
7 |
|
-1 |
|
10 |
|
10 |
|
FFNM |
First Fed of N. Michigan of MI |
|
11.4 |
% |
106.6 |
% |
6.6 |
% |
-4 |
|
-7 |
|
-2 |
|
-21 |
|
20 |
|
-8 |
|
HMNF |
HMN Financial, Inc. of MN |
|
8.9 |
% |
106.7 |
% |
3.8 |
% |
19 |
|
-10 |
|
-7 |
|
17 |
|
-6 |
|
8 |
|
HFBC |
HopFed Bancorp, Inc. of KY |
|
11.8 |
% |
109.2 |
% |
4.4 |
% |
-6 |
|
-11 |
|
14 |
|
-3 |
|
10 |
|
-17 |
|
PVFC |
PVF Capital Corp. of Solon OH(1) |
|
8.7 |
% |
106.8 |
% |
6.8 |
% |
NA |
|
8 |
|
11 |
|
-13 |
|
29 |
|
3 |
|
UCFC |
United Community Fin. of OH(1) |
|
9.3 |
% |
106.4 |
% |
4.8 |
% |
NA |
|
23 |
|
-10 |
|
-24 |
|
-4 |
|
20 |
|
WBKC |
Wolverine Bancorp, Inc. of MI(1) |
|
22.4 |
% |
126.6 |
% |
3.1 |
% |
NA |
|
24 |
|
16 |
|
17 |
|
5 |
|
28 |
|
(1) Financial information is for the quarter ending March 31, 2012.
NA=Change is greater than 100 basis points during the quarter.
Source: SNL Financial LC. and RP ® Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this table has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
Summary
Based on the above analysis and the criteria employed in the selection of the companies for the Peer Group, RP Financial concluded that the Peer Group forms a reasonable basis for determining the pro forma market value of Westbury. In those areas where notable differences exist, we will apply appropriate valuation adjustments in the next section.
RP® Financial, LC. |
|
VALUATION ANALYSIS |
IV. VALUATION ANALYSIS
Introduction
This chapter presents the valuation analysis and methodology, prepared pursuant to the regulatory valuation guidelines, and valuation adjustments and assumptions used to determine the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock to be issued in conjunction with the Companys conversion transaction.
Appraisal Guidelines
The regulatory written appraisal guidelines originally issued by the Office of Thrifts Supervision (OTS) and subsequently reissued by the OCC as successor to the OTS specify the market value methodology for estimating the pro forma market value of an institution pursuant to a mutual-to-stock conversion. The Federal Reserve, the FDIC, state banking agencies and other federal regulatory agencies have endorsed the OCC appraisal guidelines as the appropriate guidelines involving mutual-to-stock conversions. Pursuant to this methodology: (1) a peer group of comparable publicly-traded institutions is selected; (2) a financial and operational comparison of the subject company to the peer group is conducted to discern key differences; and (3) a valuation analysis in which the pro forma market value of the subject company is determined based on the market pricing of the peer group as of the date of valuation, incorporating valuation adjustments for key differences. In addition, the pricing characteristics of recent conversions, both at conversion and in the aftermarket, must be considered.
RP Financial Approach to the Valuation
The valuation analysis herein complies with such regulatory approval guidelines. Accordingly, the valuation incorporates a detailed analysis based on the Peer Group, discussed in Chapter III, which constitutes fundamental analysis techniques. Additionally, the valuation incorporates a technical analysis of recently completed stock conversions, including closing pricing and aftermarket trading of such offerings. It should be noted that these valuation analyses cannot possibly fully account for all the market forces which impact trading activity and pricing characteristics of a particular stock on a given day.
The pro forma market value determined herein is a preliminary value for the Companys to-be-issued stock. Throughout the conversion process, RP Financial will: (1) review changes in Westburys operations and financial condition; (2) monitor Westburys operations and financial condition relative to the Peer Group to identify any fundamental changes; (3) monitor the external factors affecting value including, but not limited to, local and national economic conditions, interest rates, and the stock market environment, including the market for thrift stocks; and (4) monitor pending conversion offerings (including those in the offering phase), both regionally and nationally. If material changes should occur during the conversion process, RP Financial will evaluate if updated valuation reports should be prepared reflecting such changes and their related impact on value, if any. RP Financial will also prepare a final valuation update at the closing of the offering to determine if the prepared valuation analysis and resulting range of value continues to be appropriate.
The appraised value determined herein is based on the current market and operating environment for the Company and for all thrifts. Subsequent changes in the local and national economy, the legislative and regulatory environment, the stock market, interest rates, and other external forces (such as natural disasters or major world events), which may occur from time to time (often with great unpredictability) may materially impact the market value of all thrift stocks, including Westburys value, or Westburys value alone. To the extent a change in factors impacting the Companys value can be reasonably anticipated and/or quantified, RP Financial has incorporated the estimated impact into the analysis.
Valuation Analysis
A fundamental analysis discussing similarities and differences relative to the Peer Group was presented in Chapter III. The following sections summarize the key differences between the Company and the Peer Group and how those differences affect the pro forma valuation. Emphasis is placed on the specific strengths and weaknesses of the Company relative to the Peer Group in such key areas as financial condition, profitability, growth and viability of earnings, asset growth, primary market area, dividends, liquidity of the shares, marketing of the issue, management, and the effect of government regulations and/or regulatory reform. We have also considered the market for thrift stocks, in particular new issues, to assess the impact on value of the Company coming to market at this time.
1. Financial Condition
The financial condition of an institution is an important determinant in pro forma market value because investors typically look to such factors as liquidity, capital, asset composition and quality, and funding sources in assessing investment attractiveness. The similarities and differences in the Companys and the Peer Groups financial strengths are noted as follows:
· Overall A/L Composition . In comparison to the Peer Group, the Companys interest-earning asset composition showed a modestly higher concentration of loans and a lower concentration of investments. The Companys lending strategy is broadly similar to the Peer Groups strategy primarily focused on mortgage secured lending although Westbury maintains a greater level of diversification into commercial and multi-family mortgage loans. Overall, in comparison to the Peer Group, the Companys interest-earning asset composition provided for a slightly lower yield earned on interest-earning assets which, coupled with the relatively high level of non-interest earning assets, leads to a lower ratio of interest income to average assets. Westburys funding composition reflected a higher level of deposits and a small borrowings balance that will be eliminated upon completion of the Conversion. Moreover, the composition of the Companys deposit base with a high proportion of non-interest and interest-bearing checking and other core accounts provides Westbury with a relatively low cost of funds. Overall, as a percent of assets, the Company maintained a lower level of interest-earning assets and a higher level interest-bearing liabilities compared to the Peer Groups ratios, which resulted in a lower IEA/IBL ratio for the Company. After factoring in the impact of the net stock proceeds, the Companys IEA/IBL ratio will be more comparable to the Peer Groups ratio.
· Credit Quality. The Companys ratio of NPAs and 90+ Day Accruing Delinquencies/Assets was slightly below the Peer Group average and median. The Company maintains lower reserve coverage in relation to total loans, NPLs, and NPA and 90+ day delinquencies. The Peer Group selection criteria was focused on identifying publicly traded Midwest based thrifts which had been impacted by credit-quality problems to a similar degree.
· Balance Sheet Liquidity . The Company operated with a slightly lower level of cash and investment securities relative to the Peer Group (20.4% of assets versus 26.8% for the Peer Group). Following the infusion of stock proceeds, the Companys cash and investments ratio is expected to increase as the proceeds retained at the holding company level will be initially deployed into investments. The Companys future borrowing capacity was considered to be greater than the Peer Groups capability, given that the Company is not expected to have any borrowings outstanding following the completion of the Conversion.
· Funding Liabilities The Companys interest-bearing funding composition reflected a higher concentration of deposits and a lower ratio of borrowings relative to the comparable Peer Group ratios, with the Company maintaining a lower cost of funds than the Peer Group. Total interest-bearing liabilities as a percent of assets were higher for the Company compared to the Peer Groups ratio, which was attributable to Westburys lower capital position. Following the stock offering, the increase in the
Companys capital position will reduce the level of interest-bearing liabilities funding the Companys assets and the IEA/IBL ratio will improve.
· Capital . The Company currently operates with a lower equity-to-assets ratio than the Peer Group. However, following the stock offering, Westburys pro forma capital position can be expected to exceed the Peer Groups equity-to-assets ratio. The Companys pro forma capital position implies similar leverage capacity as the Peer Group, similar dependence on interest-bearing liabilities to fund assets and a similar capital cushion to absorb credit quality related losses as the Peer Group.
On balance, Westburys balance sheet strength was considered to be comparable to the Peer Group and, thus, no adjustment was applied for the Companys financial condition.
2. Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings
Earnings are a key factor in determining pro forma market value, as the level and risk characteristics of an institutions earnings stream and the prospects and ability to generate future earnings heavily influence the multiple that the investment community will pay for earnings. The major factors considered in the valuation are described below.
· Reported Earnings . The Company reported significantly higher operating losses relative to the Peer Group based on an average returns/(losses) on average assets (ROAA) basis (-1.07% of average assets versus -0.05% for the Peer Group). The higher level of losses was reflective of both the high loan loss provisions established by Westbury and high operating expenses in relation to the Peer Group.
· Core Earnings . As noted above, the two most significant disparities between the Company and the Peer Groups earnings composition is with respect to loan loss provisions, which totaled 1.29% for the Company versus an average of 0.90% for the Peer Group and operating expenses, which equaled 4.81% for the Company versus an average of 3.28% for the Peer Group. The Company expects that the level of loan loss provisions and operating expense will be lower in the future, not to mention, Westbury reported positive earnings for the first six months of 2012. At the same time, the Company has not reported significant positive earnings since fiscal 2007, and has reported significant operating losses in three of the last four fiscal years, as well as on a trailing twelve month basis for the period ended June 30, 2012. Moreover, future earnings may likely be dependent upon continuing improvement in the Companys credit-quality ratios and an improving local economy. A total of five of the ten Peer Group companies reported losses on a core basis while the remaining five were profitable. Like Westbury, key factors impacting the Peer Groups future profitability may likely include asset quality trends and the strength of any economic recovery in their respective Midwest regional markets.
· Interest Rate Risk . Quarterly changes in the Companys and the Peer Groups net interest income to average assets ratios indicated the degree of volatility associated with the Companys net interest margin fell within the range exhibited by the Peer Group albeit higher than the average. Other measures of interest rate risk such as
the capital and the IEA/IBL ratio were less favorable for the Company, thereby indicating that the Company maintained a higher dependence on the yield-cost spread to sustain net interest income. On a pro forma basis, the Companys capital position and IEA/IBL ratio will be enhanced by the infusion of stock proceeds and, thus, diminish the Peer Groups relative advantage in this regard and improve the Companys interest rate risk exposure position.
· Credit Risk . As noted above, loan loss provisions were a significant factor contributing to the Companys greater operating losses in comparison to the Peer Group. At the same time, the Companys NPAs fell within the range of ratios exhibited by the Peer Group and were slightly below their respective average and median ratios while the Companys reserve coverage ratios were slightly less favorable than the Peer Group. Overall, the Companys credit risk exposure appears to be relatively similar. Accordingly, both the Company and the Peer Groups earnings will continue to be subject to credit-related volatility until the ratio of NPAs/Assets diminishes.
· Earnings Growth Potential . Several factors were considered in assessing earnings growth potential. First, the infusion of stock proceeds will increase the Companys earnings growth potential with respect to increasing earnings through leverage. Other factors impacting the Companys earnings growth potential include future reductions in core operating costs as asset quality improves the Peer Group also stands to benefit from lower costs to the extent their asset quality improves. Additionally, the Company has a valuation allowance established for a portion of its deferred tax asset to the extent the Company can reverse the current operating losses to earnings, NOLs will be available to offset the taxable income until they are exhausted.
· Return on Equity . Current operating losses for the Company have resulted in a negative ROE, reflecting erosion of Westburys capital base. Likewise, the ROE measure for the Peer Group reflects their breakeven operating returns on average and three of the Peer Group companies reported a reduction in their tangible capital levels on a trailing twelve month basis. The reversal of earnings to positive levels which would result in future capital increases for both the Company and the Peer Group continues to be highly dependent on stabilization of asset quality as well as the strength and direction of the local economy and real estate markets.
On balance, in evaluating Westburys earnings, relative to the Peer Group, we have considered that the Company has reported operating losses in three of the last four fiscal years as well as on a trailing twelve month basis. Given the historical track record of operating losses for the Company, notwithstanding that several of the Peer Group companies were operating at a loss, we applied a slight downward adjustment for profitability, growth and viability of earnings.
3. Asset Growth
The Companys assets shrank at an 8.6% pace on an annualized basis since the end of fiscal 2010, while the Peer Groups asset base also shrank, albeit at a more modest pace of
3.5% for the most recent twelve month period. The Companys asset shrinkage in the most recent period is attributable to an effort by Westburys management to maintain the Companys regulatory capital ratios in the face of operating losses it has experienced. At the same time, the Peer Groups growth rates are also being impacted by a recessionary economic environment, high NPAs and operating losses. On a pro forma basis, the Companys tangible equity-to-assets ratio will be enhanced to levels modestly exceeding the Peer Group average and median levels.
On balance, considering the Companys pro forma capital relative to the Peer Group, the similarity of their respective markets and recent trend of balance sheet shrinkage, no adjustment was applied for asset growth in comparison to the Peer Group.
4. Primary Market Area
The general condition of an institutions market area has an impact on value, as future success is in part dependent upon opportunities for profitable activities in the local market served. Westbury serves customers in communities located in east-central Wisconsin. These areas are shrinking in population and households and have experienced diminishing lending opportunities (See Exhibit III-2 for details). On a local basis, the Company competes against several significantly larger institutions, including several large credit unions. On a regional basis, the Company competes with larger institutions that provide a large array of services and have significantly larger branch networks than maintained by Westbury, and other financial institutions that are focused on the local communities in which they operate.
Overall, the markets served by the Company were viewed as slightly more favorable with respect to supporting growth opportunities in comparison to the Peer Groups home markets. The Companys home market (Washington County) was slightly smaller but was realizing comparatively strong population growth in comparison to the average and median population growth rates in the Peer Groups markets. The Companys competitive position in its primary market area, as indicated by deposit market share, was slightly higher as Westbury had a 15.3% deposit share in Wayne County (its largest market) as compared to 9.6% deposit market share for the Peer Group in their respective markets based on the median. As shown in Exhibit III-2, the June 2012 unemployment rates for the markets served by the Peer Group companies were 8.3% at both the median and the average, as compared to 7.1% in Washington County where 10 out of a total of twelve of the Companys full service offices are located. On
balance, we concluded that a slight upward adjustment was appropriate for the Companys market area.
5. Dividends
Westbury is currently precluded from paying a dividend under the terms of the MOU unless prior approval is received from OCC and the FRB and these restrictions are expected to remain in place following the completion of the Conversion. Until Westbury Bancorp and Westbury Bank are released from the terms of the Agreement, the Company is not expected to pay a dividend. Accordingly, no dividends are expected to be paid by Westbury over the near to intermediate term
Four out a total of ten of the Peer Group companies pay regular cash dividends, with implied dividend yields ranging from 0.73% to 3.93%. The average dividend yield on the stocks of the Peer Group institutions was 0.67% as of August 17, 2012, factoring in the 0% dividend yields on the majority of Peer Group companies which do not pay a dividend. As of August 17, 2012, approximately 63% of all fully-converted publicly-traded thrifts had adopted cash dividend policies (see Exhibit IV-1), exhibiting an average yield of 2.58%. The dividend paying thrifts generally maintain higher than average profitability ratios, facilitating their ability to pay cash dividends.
The Companys dividend capacity will be enhanced by the Conversion and resulting increase in capital to levels modestly exceeding the Peer Group average. At the same time, the Companys recent earnings history and the presence of the Agreement MOU which restricts the Companys capacity to pay a dividend until the Agreements termination or amendment are both negatives with respect to the dividend. On balance, we concluded that a slight downward adjustment was warranted for the dividends valuation parameter in comparison to the Peer Group.
6. Liquidity of the Shares
The Peer Group is by definition composed of companies that are traded in the public markets. All ten of the Peer Group members trade on the NASDAQ. Typically, the number of shares outstanding and market capitalization provides an indication of how much liquidity there will be in a particular stock. The market capitalization of the Peer Group companies ranged from $10.0 million to $57.2 million as of August 17, 2012, with average and median market
values of $61.2 million and $48.7 million, respectively. The shares issued and outstanding to the public shareholders of the Peer Group members ranged from 2.5 million to 46.3 million, with average and median shares outstanding of 14.6 million and 7.6 million, respectively. The Companys stock offering is expected to have a pro forma market value and shares outstanding that will fall below the Peer Group averages and medians. However, excluding the two largest companies (Bank Mutual Corp. of WI and United Community Financial Corp. of OH), Westbury would be more comparable to the Peer Group averages and medians. Like the majority of the Peer Group companies, the Companys stock is expected to be quoted on the NASDAQ Capital Market following the stock offering. Overall, we anticipate that the Companys stock will have a similar level of liquidity in comparison to the Peer Group and concluded with no adjustment for this factor.
7. Marketing of the Issue
We believe that three separate markets exist for thrift stocks, including those coming to market such as Westbury: (1) the after-market for public companies, in which trading activity is regular and investment decisions are made based upon financial condition, earnings, capital, ROE, dividends and future prospects; (2) the new issue market in which converting thrifts are evaluated on the basis of the same factors, but on a pro forma basis without the benefit of prior operations as a fully-converted publicly-held company and stock trading history; and (3) the acquisition market for thrift franchises in Wisconsin. All three of these markets were considered in the valuation of the Companys to-be-issued stock.
A. The Public Market
The value of publicly-traded thrift stocks is easily measurable, and is tracked by most investment houses and related organizations. Exhibit IV-1 provides pricing and financial data on all publicly-traded thrifts. In general, thrift stock values react to market stimuli such as interest rates, inflation, perceived industry health, projected rates of economic growth, regulatory issues, and stock market conditions in general. Exhibit IV-2 displays historical stock market trends for various indices and includes historical stock price index values for thrifts and commercial banks. Exhibit IV-3 displays historical stock price indices for thrifts only.
In terms of assessing general stock market conditions, the performance of the overall stock market has been mixed in recent quarters. More signs of an improving U.S. economy sustained a generally positive trend in the broader stock market at the start of 2012. Major
stock indexes moved to six month highs in mid-January, as investors responded to encouraging jobs data and solid fourth quarter earnings posted by some large banks. Disappointing economic data, including weaker than expected new home sales in December and fourth quarter GDP growth falling short of expectations, contributed to the DJIA posting its first weekly loss of 2012 in late-January. Notwithstanding the downward trend in late-January, gains in the major stock indexes for January were the largest in fifteen years. A strong jobs report for January helped stocks regain some traction in early-February, with the DJIA moving to its highest close since May 2008. The DJIA posted its sharpest one day decline for 2012 heading into mid-February, which was attributable to renewed fears of a Greek default and disappointing readings on the U.S. economy. Signs of an accelerating U.S. economic recovery and indications of progress toward an agreement on a bailout for Greece propelled the DJIA to a 52-week high in mid-February. In late-February, the DJIA closed above 13000 for the first time since the financial crisis and February marked the fifth straight month that the DJIA closed higher. Stocks faltered in early-March on worries about Greece and slower global economic growth, which was followed by a rebound going into mid-March. Some favorable economic reports, including solid job growth reflected in the February employment data, Greece moving closer to completing its debt restructuring and most of the largest U.S. banks passing the latest round of stress tests contributed to the rally that pushed the broader stock market to multi-year highs in mid-March. Concerns about slower growth in China pulled stocks lower heading into the close of the first quarter, while the broader stock market closed out the first quarter with a gain. Overall, the DJIA was up 8.1% for the first quarter, which was the best first quarter performance for the DJIA since 1998.
Following the strong first quarter of 2012, stocks moved lower at the beginning of the second quarter. Among the factors contributing to the decline, included minutes from the latest Federal Reserve meeting that suggested further monetary stimulus was unlikely and a disappointing employment report for March, in which job growth was less than expected. The DJIA had its worst week for 2012 in mid-April, as worries over rising borrowings costs for European countries fueled the downturn. Stocks rebounded at the end of April and the DJIA moved to a four year high at the start of May, with some favorable first quarter earnings posted by some blue chip stocks and a stronger than expected reading for manufacturing activity in April, supporting the gains. A disappointing jobs report for April fueled a selloff in the broader stock market to close out the first week of May, with the DJIA recording its worst week of 2012 on heightened concerns that the economic recovery was heading for a slowdown. The
downward in the broader stock market continued heading into mid-May, as concerns about Greece and Spain weighted on investor sentiment and a large trading loss disclosed by J.P. Morgan rattled financial markets. Concerns over Europes intensifying debt crisis pulled stocks lower at the close of May 2012, which capped the largest monthly decline in the Dow Jones Industrial Average (DJIA) in two years. Stocks plunged at the start of June, as investors reacted to the weaker than expected jobs data for May which included a slight increase in the national unemployment rate. After the DJIA moved into negative territory for 2012, stocks rebounded heading into mid-June on hopes that central banks in both the U.S. and Europe would intervene to battle slowing economic growth and worsening problems in the euro zone. Volatility prevailed in the broader stock market in mid-June, reflecting investor uncertainty over Spains planned bank bailout and the Federal Reserves willingness to take more measures to stimulate the economy. Weak economic reports from Europe, China and the U.S., along with ongoing concerns over the debt crisis in Europe, drove stocks lower heading into late-June. Some positive readings for the housing sector and Euro finance ministers agreeing to the terms of a bailout for Spains troubled banks helped to lift stocks at the close of the second quarter.
A weak employment for June sent stocks lower at the start of the third quarter of 2012. The downward trend in stocks continued going into mid-July, as more signs that the economy was stalling weighed on investors. Some strong second earnings reports coming out of the tech sector, better-than-expected second quarter earnings reported by J.P. Morgan and increased expectations of the Federal Reserve taking new steps to stimulate the economy supported a mid-July rebound in the stock market. Weak economic data points in the U.S. and Europe and more euro zone concerns after Moodys lowered its outlook for Germany contributed to three consecutive triple digit declines in the DJIA heading into late-July, which was followed by a two-day rally as relatively modest second quarter GDP growth of 1.5% met expectations and increased hopes of further stimulus by the Federal Reserve. Stocks traded lower at the close of July and at the beginning of August and then rallied on the stronger-than-expected jobs report for July, as employers hired the most workers in five months. The DJIA hit a three month high going into mid-August, as worries about Europes sovereign debt crisis ebbed and a Federal Reserve official called for additional stimulus by the Federal Reserve to boost economic growth. On August 17, 2012, the DJIA closed at 13,275.20, an increase of 16.35% from one year ago and an increase of 7.08% year-to-date, and the NASDAQ closed at 3,076.59, an increase of 22.50% from one year ago and an increase of 16.15% year-to-date.
The Standard & Poors 500 Index closed at 1,418.16 on August 17, 2012, an increase of 18.79% from one year ago and an increase of 11.05% year-to-date.
The market for thrift stocks has been somewhat volatile as well in recent quarters, but in general underperformed the broader stock market. Some encouraging news on the economy helped to sustain the advance in thrift stocks at the beginning of 2012. Bank and thrift stocks did not keep pace with the broader stock market heading into the second half of January, as financials traded in a narrow range on mixed fourth quarter earnings reports coming out of the sector. Financial stocks led the broader market lower in late-January, as investors focused on the standoff between Greece and its creditors and the cut in Bank of Americas rating by Goldman Sachs. The better-than-expected employment report for January boosted thrift stocks in early-February, which was followed by a slight pullback on some profit taking and renewed concerns about the Greek bailout. Bank and thrift stocks advanced in mid-February on increased optimism that Greece was close to getting approval of its bailout package. Financials traded in a fairly narrow range into late-February and then retreated along with the broader stock market in late-February and early-March, based on concerns related to the global economy. Generally favorable results from the Federal Reserves latest round of stress tests triggered a broad based rally for bank and thrift stocks in mid-March. Thrift stocks traded in a narrow range to close out the first quarter.
Thrift stocks tumbled along with stocks in general at the start of the second quarter 2012, as investors reacted to the weaker than expected job growth reflected in the March employment report and renewed concerns about Europes debt problems. The March consumer price index, which showed that core inflation was still above the Federal Reserves target range, also pressured thrift stocks lower in mid-April. Thrift stocks rebounded in late-April, as the Federal Reserve meeting concluded with no change in its target rate and reaffirmed their plan to keep short-term rates near zero until late-2014. J.P Morgans disclosure of a large trading loss rattled financial stocks in general in mid-May 2012, while weakness in the broader stock market filtered into thrift stocks as well heading into late-May. The disappointing job numbers for May accelerated the downturn in thrift stocks at the start of June, which was followed by an uneven performance that was consistent with the volatility of the broader stock market. A Moodys downgrade of five large U.S. banks, along with weakness in the broader stock market, weighed on thrift stocks heading into late-June. Thrift stocks posted gains along with the broader stock market at the close of the second quarter, as the sector benefitted from
some upbeat reports for the housing sector and the restructuring of a bailout of Spains troubled banks.
Thrift stocks traded lower in early-July 2012, as weaker-than-expected job growth reflected in the June employment report raised concerns that the economy was stalling. Mixed earnings reports coming out of the thrift sector provided for a narrow trading range for thrift stocks through the first half of July, with a large portion of the sector experiencing a decline in revenues from interest rate spread compression. Thrift stocks faltered along with the broader stock market heading into late-July, as rising concerns in Europe hurt investor confidence. Assurances from the European Central Bank president of effective intervention and heightened expectations of further stimulus by the Federal Reserve helped to boost thrift stocks along with the broader stock market in late-July. After stumbling at the start of August following more weak economic data, thrift stocks rebounded on the better-than-expected job growth reported in the August employment report. Signs of an improving housing market, including a 6% rise in second quarter home prices, provided a boost to thrift stocks heading into mid-August. On August 17, 2012, the SNL Index for all publicly-traded thrifts closed at 529.08, an increase of 12.61% from one year ago and an increase of 8.03% year-to-date.
B. The New Issue Market
In addition to thrift stock market conditions in general, the new issue market for converting thrifts is also an important consideration in determining the Banks pro forma market value. The new issue market is separate and distinct from the market for seasoned thrift stocks in that the pricing ratios for converting issues are computed on a pro forma basis, specifically: (1) the numerator and denominator are both impacted by the conversion offering amount, unlike existing stock issues in which price change affects only the numerator; and (2) the pro forma pricing ratio incorporates assumptions regarding source and use of proceeds, effective tax rates, stock plan purchases, etc. which impact pro forma financials, whereas pricing for existing issues are based on reported financials. The distinction between pricing of converting and existing issues is perhaps no clearer than in the case of the price/book (P/B) ratio in that the P/B ratio of a converting thrift will typically result in a discount to book value whereas in the current market for existing thrifts the P/B ratio may reflect a premium to book value. Therefore, it is appropriate to also consider the market for new issues, both at the time of the conversion and in the aftermarket.
Over the past three months, two standard conversion offerings and one second-step conversion offering have been completed, as shown in Table 4.1. The two standard conversion offerings are considered to be more relevant for our analysis. Both offerings were completed in July 2012 and was oversubscribed closing at the supermaximum of their respective offering ranges. These two offerings closed at an average pro forma price/tangible book ratio of 60.1%, and closed at an average of 10.3% above the offering price after one week of trading.
Importantly, there are some similarities and some key differences between the Company and these two recent conversions. HomeTrust Bancshares of North Carolina, which closed its offering in July 2012, at a P/TB ratio of 59.4% had a high level of NPAs on a pre-conversion basis (5.72% NPAs/Assets) and was reporting losses on a trailing twelve month basis (pro forma core ROA equal to -0.80%). At the same time, the gross proceeds of HomeTrust Bancshares offering equaled $211.6 million and thus, the post-conversion market capitalization and expected liquidity of the newly-issued shares will be well in excess of the Companys newly issued shares. Moreover, other differences exist in HomeTrusts large asset size ($1.6 billion) and North Carolina markets.
FS Bancorp of Washington closed its offering in July 2012 at a pro forma P/TB ratio of 60.8%. While the asset size is more comparable to Westbury ($301 million), FS Bancorps NPA/Assets ratio is relatively favorable (2.59%) and FS Bancorp was reporting profitability in the period leading up to the completion of its conversion (ROA equal to 0.30%).
We believe that the various positive factors of these two newly-converted companies as referenced above in comparison to Westbury (i.e., HomeTrusts substantially larger franchise value and market capitalization and FS Bancorps more favorable pre-conversion asset quality and earnings) suggest that both should be at a premium relative to the Companys pro forma conversion pricing ratios.
Table 4.1
Pricing Characteristics and After-Market Trends
Recent Conversions Completed in Last Three Months
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Institutional Information |
|
Pre-Conversion Data |
|
Offering Information |
|
Pro Forma Data |
|
|
|
Post-IPO Pricing Trends |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
Financial Info. |
|
Asset Quality |
|
Excluding Foundation |
|
Pricing Ratios(3)(6) |
|
Financial Charac. |
|
|
|
Closing Price: |
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
First |
|
|
|
After |
|
|
|
After |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||
|
|
Conversion |
|
|
|
|
|
Equity/ |
|
NPAs/ |
|
Res. |
|
Gross |
|
% |
|
% of |
|
Exp./ |
|
|
|
Core |
|
|
|
Core |
|
|
|
Core |
|
IPO |
|
Trading |
|
% |
|
First |
|
% |
|
First |
|
% |
|
Thru |
|
% |
|
|||||||
Institution |
|
Date |
|
Ticker |
|
Assets |
|
Assets |
|
Assets |
|
Cov. |
|
Proc. |
|
Offer |
|
Mid. |
|
Proc. |
|
P/TB |
|
P/E |
|
P/A |
|
ROA |
|
TE/A |
|
ROE |
|
Price |
|
Day |
|
Chge |
|
Week(4) |
|
Chge |
|
Month(5) |
|
Chge |
|
8/17/12 |
|
Chge |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
($Mil) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
($Mil.) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(x) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
(%) |
|
($) |
|
($) |
|
(%) |
|
($) |
|
(%) |
|
($) |
|
(%) |
|
($) |
|
(%) |
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Standard Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
HomeTrust Bancshares, Inc. - NC |
|
7/11/12 |
|
HTBI-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
1,564 |
|
10.93 |
% |
5.72 |
% |
47 |
% |
$ |
211.6 |
|
100 |
% |
132 |
% |
3.3 |
% |
59.4 |
% |
NM |
|
12.1 |
% |
-0.8 |
% |
20.4 |
% |
-3.7 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
11.70 |
|
17.0 |
% |
$ |
12.01 |
|
20.1 |
% |
$ |
12.45 |
|
24.5 |
% |
$ |
12.46 |
|
24.6 |
% |
FS Bancorp, Inc. - WA*(8) |
|
7/10/12 |
|
FSBW-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
301 |
|
8.99 |
% |
2.59 |
% |
216 |
% |
$ |
32.4 |
|
100 |
% |
132 |
% |
6.9 |
% |
60.8 |
% |
30.3x |
|
9.9 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
16.3 |
% |
2.0 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.01 |
|
0.1 |
% |
$ |
10.04 |
|
0.4 |
% |
$ |
10.30 |
|
3.0 |
% |
$ |
10.34 |
|
3.4 |
% |
Averages - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
933 |
|
9.96 |
% |
4.16 |
% |
131 |
% |
$ |
122.0 |
|
100 |
% |
132 |
% |
5.1 |
% |
60.1 |
% |
30.3x |
|
11.0 |
% |
-0.2 |
% |
18.3 |
% |
-0.9 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.86 |
|
8.6 |
% |
$ |
11.03 |
|
10.3 |
% |
$ |
11.38 |
|
13.8 |
% |
$ |
11.40 |
|
14.0 |
% |
||||
Medians - Standard Conversions: |
|
$ |
933 |
|
9.96 |
% |
4.16 |
% |
131 |
% |
$ |
122.0 |
|
100 |
% |
132 |
% |
5.1 |
% |
60.1 |
% |
30.3x |
|
11.0 |
% |
-0.2 |
% |
18.3 |
% |
-0.9 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.86 |
|
8.6 |
% |
$ |
11.03 |
|
10.3 |
% |
$ |
11.38 |
|
13.8 |
% |
$ |
11.40 |
|
14.0 |
% |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Second Step Conversions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||
Georgetown Bancorp, Inc., - MA* |
|
7/12/12 |
|
GTWN-NASDAQ |
|
$ |
206 |
|
9.96 |
% |
1.15 |
% |
72 |
% |
$ |
11.0 |
|
57 |
% |
110 |
% |
9.8 |
% |
66.7 |
% |
26.79 |
|
9.1 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
13.6 |
% |
2.5 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.97 |
|
9.7 |
% |
$ |
11.66 |
|
16.6 |
% |
$ |
11.12 |
|
11.2 |
% |
$ |
11.10 |
|
11.0 |
% |
Averages - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
206 |
|
9.96 |
% |
1.15 |
% |
72 |
% |
$ |
11.0 |
|
57 |
% |
110 |
% |
9.8 |
% |
66.7 |
% |
26.8x |
|
9.1 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
13.6 |
% |
2.5 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.97 |
|
9.7 |
% |
$ |
11.66 |
|
16.6 |
% |
$ |
11.12 |
|
11.2 |
% |
$ |
11.10 |
|
11.0 |
% |
||||
Medians - Second Step Conversions: |
|
$ |
206 |
|
9.96 |
% |
1.15 |
% |
72 |
% |
$ |
11.0 |
|
57 |
% |
110 |
% |
9.8 |
% |
66.7 |
% |
26.8x |
|
9.1 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
13.6 |
% |
2.5 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.97 |
|
9.7 |
% |
$ |
11.66 |
|
16.6 |
% |
$ |
11.12 |
|
11.2 |
% |
$ |
11.10 |
|
11.0 |
% |
||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||
Averages - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
690 |
|
9.96 |
% |
2.83 |
% |
112 |
% |
$ |
85.0 |
|
86 |
% |
125 |
% |
6.7 |
% |
62.3 |
% |
28.5x |
|
10.4 |
% |
0.0 |
% |
16.8 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.89 |
|
8.9 |
% |
$ |
11.24 |
|
12.4 |
% |
$ |
11.29 |
|
12.9 |
% |
$ |
11.30 |
|
13.0 |
% |
||||
Medians - All Conversions: |
|
$ |
301 |
|
9.96 |
% |
2.22 |
% |
72 |
% |
$ |
32.4 |
|
100 |
% |
132 |
% |
6.9 |
% |
60.8 |
% |
28.5x |
|
9.9 |
% |
0.3 |
% |
16.3 |
% |
2.0 |
% |
$ |
10.00 |
|
$ |
10.97 |
|
9.7 |
% |
$ |
11.66 |
|
16.6 |
% |
$ |
11.12 |
|
11.2 |
% |
$ |
11.10 |
|
11.0 |
% |
Note: * - Appraisal performed by RP Financial; BOLD = RP Fin. Did the business plan, NT - Not Traded; NA - Not Applicable, Not Available; C/S-Cash/Stock.
(1) As a percent of MHC offering for MHC transactions.
(2) Does not take into account the adoption of SOP 93-6.
(3) Latest price if offering is less than one week old.
(4) Latest price if offering is more than one week but less than one month old.
(5) Mutual holding company pro forma data on full conversion basis.
(6) Simultaneously completed acquisition of another financial institution.
(7) Simultaneously converted to a commercial bank charter.
(8) Former credit union.
August 17, 2012
As noted above, none of the companies completing standard conversions over the last three months were based in the Midwest. There has been one standard conversion completed in the Midwest in 2012, by West End Bancshares, Inc. of Indiana, a $225 million asset thrift operating in eastern Indiana. Completing its standard conversion transaction in January 2012, West End Bancshares closed at the minimum of its offering range at a pro forma P/TB equal to 48.9%, and traded up by 11% after the first week of trading. Importantly, while Westbury is larger in terms of assets and its pro forma market capitalization than West End Bancshares, West End Bancshares was reporting positive earnings and had more favorable asset quality measures in comparison to Westbury.
C. The Acquisition Market
Also considered in the valuation was the potential impact of recently completed and pending acquisitions of other thrift institutions operating in Wisconsin on Westburys conversion value. As shown in Exhibit IV-4, there were eight thrift acquisitions completed from the beginning of 2000 through August 17, 2012. Additionally, there were 51 acquisitions of commercial banks in Wisconsin over the corresponding timeframe. The recent acquisition activity may imply a certain degree of acquisition speculation for the Companys stock. To the extent that acquisition speculation may impact the Companys offering, we have largely taken this into account in selecting companies for the Peer Group which operate in markets that have experienced a comparable level of acquisition activity as the Companys market and, thus, are subject to the same type of acquisition speculation that may influence Westburys stock. However, since converting thrifts are subject to a three-year regulatory moratorium from being acquired, acquisition speculation in Westburys stock would tend to be less, compared to the stocks of the Peer Group companies.
* * * * * * * * * * *
In determining our valuation adjustment for marketing of the issue, we considered trends in both the overall thrift market, the new issue market including the new issue market for thrift conversions and the local acquisition market for thrift and bank stocks. Additionally, we have considered the impact of the Agreement including the restrictions on paying dividends and the enhanced regulatory oversight that regulatory agreements imply. At the same time, seven of the ten Peer Group companies were also subject to regulatory agreements, some of which had more significant requirements and/or restrictions on their respective operations. Taking these
factors and trends into account, RP Financial concluded that a moderate downward adjustment was appropriate in the valuation analysis for purposes of marketing of the issue.
8. Management
The Companys management team appears to have experience and expertise in all of the key areas of the Companys operations. Exhibit IV-5 provides summary resumes of the Companys Board of Directors and senior management. The financial characteristics of the Company suggest that the Board and senior management have been effective in implementing an operating strategy that can be well managed by the Companys present organizational structure. The Company currently does not have any senior management positions that are vacant. Similarly, the returns, equity positions and other operating measures of the Peer Group companies are indicative of well-managed financial institutions, which have Boards and management teams that have been effective in implementing competitive operating strategies. Therefore, on balance, we concluded no valuation adjustment relative to the Peer Group was appropriate for this factor.
9. Effect of Government Regulation and Regulatory Reform
In summary, as a fully-converted regulated institution, Westbury will operate in substantially the same regulatory environment as the Peer Group members. Exhibit IV-6 reflects Westburys pro forma regulatory capital ratios. At the same time, Westbury Bank and WBSB Bancorp are both subject to the terms of a regulatory operating agreement which are expected to remain in effect on a post-conversion basis and which subjects the Company to a higher level of regulatory scrutiny and oversight and, as noted previously, requires OCC and FRB approval for any dividend payments. Based on the available public disclosures, seven of the ten Peer Group companies are subject to similar regulatory agreements some of which have more significant requirements/restrictions than have been imposed on the Company while three Peer Group institutions do not appear to have any regulatory agreements based on their public disclosures.
On balance, no adjustment has been applied for the effect of government regulation and regulatory reform.
Summary of Adjustments
Overall, based on the factors discussed above, we concluded that the Companys pro forma market value should reflect the following valuation adjustments relative to the Peer Group:
Key Valuation Parameters: |
|
Valuation Adjustment |
|
|
|
Financial Condition |
|
No Adjustment |
Profitability, Growth and Viability of Earnings |
|
Slight Downward |
Asset Growth |
|
No Adjustment |
Primary Market Area |
|
Slight Upward |
Dividends |
|
Slight Downward |
Liquidity of the Shares |
|
No Adjustment |
Marketing of the Issue |
|
Moderate Downward |
Management |
|
No Adjustment |
Effect of Govt. Regulations and Regulatory Reform |
|
No Adjustment |
Valuation Approaches
In applying the accepted valuation methodology originally promulgated by the OCC and adopted by the FRB, i.e, the pro forma market value approach, we considered the three key pricing ratios in valuing the Companys to-be-issued stock price/earnings (P/E), price/book (P/B), and price/assets (P/A) approaches all performed on a pro forma basis including the effects of the stock proceeds. In computing the pro forma impact of the conversion and the related pricing ratios, we have incorporated the valuation parameters disclosed in the Companys prospectus for reinvestment rate, effective tax rate, stock benefit plan assumptions and expenses (summarized in Exhibits IV-7 and IV-8). In our estimate of value, we assessed the relationship of the pro forma pricing ratios relative to the Peer Group and recent conversion offerings. RP Financials valuation placed an emphasis on the following:
· P/E Approach . The P/E approach is generally the best indicator of long-term value for a stock. However, both the Company and the Peer Group have experienced either operating losses or weak earnings levels which were a defining criterion for the Peer Group selection. Accordingly, the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the Companys pro forma valuation and we have given comparatively greater weight to the other valuation approaches.
· P/B Approach . P/B ratios have generally served as a useful benchmark in the valuation of thrift stocks, particularly in the context of an initial public offering, as the earnings approach involves assumptions regarding the use of proceeds. RP Financial considered the P/B approach to be a valuable indicator of pro forma value, particularly as the earnings approach has been rendered less meaningful to the
Companys valuation in view of Westburys recent operating losses and low earnings or losses reported by the Peer Group. We have also modified the P/B approach to exclude the impact of intangible assets (i.e., price/tangible book value or P/TB), in that the investment community frequently makes this adjustment in its evaluation of this pricing approach.
· P/A Approach . P/A ratios are generally a less reliable indicator of market value, as investors typically assign less weight to assets and attribute greater weight to book value and earnings. Furthermore, this approach as set forth in the regulatory valuation guidelines does not take into account the amount of stock purchases funded by deposit withdrawals, thus understating the pro forma P/A ratio. At the same time, the P/A ratio is an indicator of franchise value, and, can be a valuable indicator of value when earnings are low, which is the case for Westbury.
The Company will adopt Statement of Position (SOP) 93-6, which will cause earnings per share computations to be based on shares issued and outstanding excluding unreleased ESOP shares. For purposes of preparing the pro forma pricing analyses, we have reflected all shares issued in the offering, including all ESOP shares, to capture the full dilutive impact, particularly since the ESOP shares are economically dilutive, receive dividends and can be voted. However, we did consider the impact of the adoption of SOP 93-6 in the valuation.
Based on the application of the three valuation approaches, taking into consideration the valuation adjustments discussed above and the dilutive impact of the cash and stock contribution to the Foundation, RP Financial concluded that, as of August 17, 2012, the pro forma market value of Westburys conversion stock, including the shares sold in the offering and issued to the Foundation, equaled $35,350,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,535,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00.
1. Price-to-Earnings (P/E) . The application of the P/E valuation method requires calculating the Companys pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/E multiple (fully-converted basis) to the pro forma earnings base. In applying this technique, we considered both reported earnings and a recurring earnings base, that is, earnings adjusted to exclude any one-time non-operating items, plus the estimated after-tax earnings benefit of the reinvestment of the net proceeds. The reinvestment rate of 0.72% was based on the Companys assumption that the proceeds would initially be invested in short-to-intermediate term U.S. Treasury securities and the 0.72% yield assumption reflects the rate prevailing on five year U.S. Treasury securities as of June 30, 2012.
The Companys reported a loss equal to $6.4 million for the most recent twelve month period, while core operating losses, assuming that non-operating gains on sale are excluded on
a tax-effected basis, are equal to $7.4 million. Three of the ten Peer Group also reported trailing twelve month operating losses, while the remaining seven Peer Group companies reported modest operating returns such that only five Peer Group companies reported a meaningful Price/Earnings multiple. Moreover, the Peer Groups core earnings were lower such that only two Peer Group companies reported meaningful core earnings multiples. At the same time, we have given consideration to the future impact of recent branch closures and expense provisions on the Companys profitability and taken into account managements belief that loan loss provisions may be lower in the future which may provide the impetus for future earnings growth. In this regard, the Company reported positive income equal to $579,000 (0.21% of assets on an annualized basis). In summary, we have primarily relied on the remaining valuation approaches to derive the Companys pro forma market value but given consideration to recent favorable earnings trends and impact of cost reductions as the benefits are fully realized into earnings for Westbury in evaluating the appropriate pro forma P/B, P/TB and P/A ratios.
2. Price-to-Book (P/B) . The application of the P/B valuation method requires calculating the Companys pro forma market value by applying a valuation P/B ratio, derived from the Peer Groups P/B ratio, to the Companys pro forma book value. In applying the P/B approach, we considered both reported book value and tangible book value. Based on the $35.35 million midpoint valuation, Westburys pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios equaled 46.86%. In comparison to the respective average P/B and P/TB ratios indicated for the Peer Group of 57.10% and 58.33%, the Companys ratios reflected discounts of 17.9% and 19.7%, respectively. In comparison to the Peer Groups median P/B and P/TB ratios of 57.07% and 57.29%, respectively, the Companys pro forma P/B and P/TB ratios at the midpoint value reflected discounts of 17.9% and 18.2%, respectively. At the top of the super range, the Companys P/B and P/TB ratio equaled 54.79% and was discounted by 6.1% relative to the Peer Group P/TB average and by 4.4% relative to the Peer Group P/TB median.
3. Price-to-Assets (P/A) . The P/A valuation methodology determines market value by applying a valuation P/A ratio to the Companys pro forma asset base, conservatively assuming no deposit withdrawals are made to fund stock purchases. In all likelihood there will be deposit withdrawals, which results in understating the pro forma P/A ratio which is computed herein. At the $35.35 million midpoint of the valuation range, the Companys value equaled 6.15% of pro forma assets. Comparatively, the Peer Group companies exhibited an average P/A ratio of 6.50%, which implies a discount of 5.4% has been applied to the Companys pro
forma P/A ratio. In comparison to the Peer Groups median P/A ratio of 5.59%, the Companys pro forma P/A ratio at the midpoint value reflects a premium of 10.0%.
Valuation Conclusion
It is our opinion that, as of August 17, 2012, the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the shares to be issued immediately following the conversion, including shares to be issued to the Foundation, equaled $35,350,000 at the midpoint, equal to 3,535,000 shares offered at a per share value of $10.00. Pursuant to conversion guidelines, the 15% offering range indicates a minimum value of $30,047,500 and a maximum value of $40,652,500. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price determined by the Board, this valuation range equates to total shares outstanding of 3,004,750 at the minimum and 4,065,250 at the maximum. In the event the appraised value is subject to an increase, the aggregate pro forma market value may be increased up to a supermaximum value of $46,750,380 without a resolicitation. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the supermaximum value would result in total shares outstanding of 4,675,038. Based on this valuation range, the offering range is as follows: $29,750,000 at the minimum, $35,000,000 at the midpoint, $40,250,000 at the maximum and $46,287,500 at the supermaximum. Based on the $10.00 per share offering price, the number of offering shares is as follows: 2,975,000 at the minimum, 3,500,000 at the midpoint, 4,025,000 at the maximum and 4,628,750 at the supermaximum. The pro forma valuation calculations relative to the Peer Group are shown in Table 4.2 and are detailed in Exhibit IV-7 and Exhibit IV-8.
Table 4.2
Public Market Pricing Versus Peer Group
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
As of August 17, 2012
(1) Average of High/Low or Bid/Ask price per share.
(2) EPS (estimate core basis) is based on actual trailing 12 month data, adjusted to omit non-operating items on a tax-effected basis, and is shown on a pro forma basis where appropriate.
(3) P/E = Price to earnings; P/B = Price to book; P/A = Price to assets; P/TB = Price to tangible book value; and P/Core = Price to core earnings.
(4) Indicated 12 month dividend, based on last quarterly dividend declared.
(5) Indicated 12 month dividend as a percent of trailing 12 month estimated core earnings.
(6) ROA (return on assets) and ROE (return on equity) are indicated ratios based on trailing 12 month common earnings and average common equity and total assets balances.
(7) Excludes from averages and medians those companies the subject of actual or rumored acquisition activities or unusual operating characteristics.
Source: Corporate reports, offering circulars, and RP Financial, LC. calculations. The information provided in this report has been obtained from sources we believe are reliable, but we cannot guarantee the accuracy or completeness of such information.
Copyright (c) 2012 by RP ® Financial, LC.
Exhibit 99.4
Dear Member:
We are pleased to announce that WBSB Bancorp, MHC is converting from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization, subject to approval by the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the depositors of Westbury Bank) at a Special Meeting of Members to be held for that purpose. Following the conversion, Westbury Bank will be the wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Maryland stock holding company named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
To complete the conversion, we need your participation in an important vote. Enclosed are a proxy statement and a prospectus describing the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and your voting and subscription rights. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT .
Enclosed, as part of the proxy materials, is your proxy card, the detachable section attached to the order form bearing your name and address. This proxy card should be voted prior to the Special Meeting of Members to be held on . Please take a moment now to sign and date the enclosed proxy card and return it to us in the postage-paid envelope provided. FAILURE TO VOTE HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE CONVERSION.
The Board of Directors believes the Conversion will offer a number of advantages, such as an opportunity for depositors of Westbury Bank to become stockholders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Please remember:
· Your deposit accounts will continue to be insured up to the maximum legal limit by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC).
· There will be no change in the balance, interest rate or maturity of any deposit account or loan because of the conversion.
· Members have a right, but not an obligation, to buy Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock and may do so without the payment of a commission before it is offered to the general public.
· Like all stock, shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock issued in this offering will not be insured by the FDIC.
The enclosed prospectus contains a detailed discussion of the conversion and stock offering. We urge you to read this document carefully, including the section titled Risk Factors beginning on page . If you are interested in purchasing the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., your Stock Order and Certification Form and payment must be received (not postmarked) by us before 12:00 noon, Central Time, on .
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Sincerely,
Raymond F. Lipman
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
Dear Friend:
We are pleased to announce that WBSB Bancorp, MHC is converting from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization, subject to approval by the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the depositors of Westbury Bank) at a Special Meeting of Members to be held for that purpose. Following the conversion, Westbury Bank will be the wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Maryland stock holding company named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
Because we believe you may be interested in learning more about an investment in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., we are sending you the following materials which describe the conversion and stock offering.
PROSPECTUS : This document provides detailed information about Westbury Banks operations and the proposed conversion and offering of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM : This form is used to purchase stock in the offering. Your order must be received (not postmarked) by us by 12:00 noon, Central Time, on , 2012. Delivery of an original stock order form (we reserve the right to reject copies or facsimiles) and full payment may be made by 1) overnight delivery to the address listed on the top of the stock order form, 2) hand delivery to our Stock Information Center or any of our full service banking locations, or 3) by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided. Please do not mail stock order forms to Westbury Bank branch offices.
As a friend of Westbury Bank, you will have the opportunity to buy common stock directly from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. without paying a commission.
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Sincerely,
Raymond F. Lipman
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
Dear Prospective Investor:
We are pleased to announce that WBSB Bancorp, MHC is converting from the mutual holding company to the stock holding company form of organization, subject to approval by the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the depositors of Westbury Bank) at a Special Meeting of Members to be held for that purpose. Following the conversion, Westbury Bank will be the wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Maryland stock holding company named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
We have enclosed the following materials that will help you learn more about an investment in the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Please read and review the materials carefully.
PROSPECTUS : This document provides detailed information about Westbury Banks operations and the proposed conversion and offering of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock.
STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM : This form is used to purchase stock in the offering. Your order must be received (not postmarked) by us by 12:00 noon, Central Time, on , 2012. Delivery of an original stock order form (we reserve the right to reject copies or facsimiles) and full payment may be made by 1) overnight delivery to the address listed on the top of the stock order form, 2) hand delivery to our Stock Information Center or any of our full service banking locations, or 3) by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided. Please do not mail stock order forms to Westbury Bank branch offices.
We invite you and other community members to become stockholders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Through this offering you have the opportunity to buy stock directly from Westbury Bancorp, Inc. without paying a commission.
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Sincerely,
Raymond F. Lipman
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chairman
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Logo
Proposed Holding Company for
Westbury Bank
Q&A GRAPHIC
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
ABOUT OUR CONVERSION
AND STOCK OFFERING
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
This pamphlet answers questions about the WBSB Bancorp, MHC conversion and related stock offering. Investing in shares of common stock involves certain risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, including a detailed description of the offering, investors are urged to read the accompanying prospectus , especially the discussion under the heading Risk Factors.
GENERAL THE CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION
Our Board of Directors has determined that the conversion is in the best interests of WBSB Bancorp, MHC members, Westbury Bank customers and the communities we serve.
WHAT IS THE CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION?
Under the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan), our organization is converting from the mutual holding company to stock holding company form of organization. As a result of the conversion, Westbury Bank will be the wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Maryland stock holding company called Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
After the conversion is completed, 100% of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be owned by public stockholders, and each of WBSB Bancorp, MHC and WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (our federal mid-tier holding company) will cease to exist.
WHY IS WBSB BANCORP, MHC CONVERTING FROM THE MUTUAL HOLDING COMPANY TO THE STOCK HOLDING COMPANY FORM OF ORGANIZATION?
The conversion to the stock holding company form of organization will enable Westbury Bank to access capital through the sale of common stock by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. This additional capital will improve our capital position to support our risk profile during a period of economic uncertainty for the financial services industry and to assure compliance with regulatory capital requirements and additional capital levels set forth in capital plans we have submitted to our regulators. The additional capital will also support organic loan and deposit growth, support investment in technologies to enable the expansion and enhancement of products and services we offer our customers, and help us attract, retain and incentivize qualified personnel by establishing stock-based benefit plans for management and employees. Please refer to the section of the prospectus entitled Reasons for the Conversion for further details.
WHAT EFFECT WILL THE CONVERSION HAVE ON EXISTING DEPOSIT AND LOAN ACCOUNTS AND CUSTOMER RELATIONSHIPS?
The conversion will have no effect on existing deposit or loan accounts and customer relationships . Deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation to the maximum legal limit. Interest rates and existing terms and conditions on deposit accounts will remain the same upon completion of the conversion. Contractual obligations of borrowers of Westbury Bank will not change and there will be no change in the amount, interest rate, maturity, security or any other condition relating to the respective loans of customers as a result of the conversion.
WILL CUSTOMERS NOTICE ANY CHANGE IN WESTBURY BANKS DAY-TO-DAY ACTIVITIES AS A RESULT OF THE CONVERSION AND THE OFFERING?
No. It will be business as usual . The conversion is an internal change in our corporate structure. There are no planned changes to our Board of Directors, management, staff or branches at this time.
THE PROXY VOTE
ALTHOUGH WE HAVE RECEIVED CONDITIONAL REGULATORY APPROVAL, THE PLAN IS ALSO SUBJECT TO DEPOSITOR APPROVAL.
SHOULD I VOTE TO APPROVE THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION?
Your Board of Directors recommends a vote FOR the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Your Board of Directors believes that converting to a public ownership structure will best support future growth and expanded services. Your FOR vote is very important! NOT VOTING HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE PLAN OF CONVERSION AND REORGANIZATION.
WHY DID I GET SEVERAL PROXY CARDS?
If you have multiple accounts with Westbury Bank, you could receive more than one proxy card, depending on the ownership structure of your accounts. There are no duplicate cards please vote all of the proxy cards you receive.
PLEASE VOTE BY INTERNET OR TELEPHONE TODAY, or mail your executed proxy card(s) in the envelope provided.
HOW MANY VOTES DO I HAVE?
Depositors are entitled to one vote for each $100 on deposit. No member may cast more than 1,000 votes. Proxy cards are not imprinted with your number of votes; however, votes will be automatically tallied by computer when returned to the Stock Information Center.
MAY I VOTE IN PERSON AT THE SPECIAL MEETING?
Yes, but we would still like you to vote your proxy today. If you decide to revoke your proxy, you may do so at any time before the proxy is exercised by executing and delivering a later-dated proxy or by voting in person at the special meeting or by giving notice of revocation in writing. Attendance at the special meeting will not, of itself, revoke a proxy.
MORE THAN ONE NAME APPEARS ON MY PROXY CARD, WHO MUST SIGN?
The names reflect the title of your accounts. Proxy cards for joint accounts require the signature of only one of the members. Proxy cards for trust or custodial accounts must be signed by the trustee or the custodian, not the listed beneficiary.
THE STOCK OFFERING AND PURCHASING SHARES
ARE WESTBURY BANKS DEPOSITORS REQUIRED TO PURCHASE STOCK IN THE CONVERSION?
No depositor or other person is required to purchase stock. However, depositors and other eligible persons will be provided the opportunity to purchase stock consistent with the established priority of subscription rights, should they so desire. The decision to purchase stock will be exclusively that of each person. Whether an individual decides to purchase stock or not will have no positive or negative impact on his or her standing as a customer of Westbury Bank. The conversion will allow customers of Westbury Bank an opportunity to buy common stock and become stockholders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
HOW MANY SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE BEING OFFERED AND AT WHAT PRICE?
Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is offering up to 4,025,000 shares of common stock, subject to adjustment as described in the prospectus, at a price of $10.00 per share.
WHO IS ELIGIBLE TO PURCHASE COMMON SHARES IN THE SUBSCRIPTION AND COMMUNITY OFFERINGS?
Pursuant to the Plan, non-transferable rights to subscribe for shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the subscription offering have been granted in the following descending order of priority.
Priority 1 - Depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on June 30, 2011.
Priority 2 - Westbury Banks tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including the employee stock ownership plan and 401(k) plan.
Priority 3 - Depositors of Westbury Bank with aggregate account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on September 30, 2012.
Priority 4 - DEPOSITORS of Westbury Bank as of , 2012.
Shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering may be offered for sale to the general public in a direct community offering , with a preference given to natural persons and trusts of natural persons residing in the Wisconsin Counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee.
Shares not sold in the Subscription and direct Community Offerings may be offered for sale through a syndicated community offering to selected investors.
IF I SUBSCRIBE, WILL I RECEIVE STOCK?
Not necessarily. Placing an order does not guarantee that you will receive stock. This will depend on several factors such as the total number of shares ordered in the offering by all subscribers, your level of subscription priority, and possibly your account balance at the applicable record date. If we receive orders for more shares than we are offering, we may not be able to fully or partially fill your order. Shares will be allocated first to subscribers in the subscription offering in the order of priority set forth above.
HOW MANY SHARES MAY I ORDER?
The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual can order by himself in the subscription offering is 15,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual with an associate or group of persons acting in concert in all categories of the offering is 30,000 shares, as further discussed in the prospectus.
I HAVE CUSTODIAL ACCOUNTS WITH THE BANK FOR MY MINOR CHILDREN. MAY I USE THESE TO PURCHASE STOCK?
Yes. However, the stock must be purchased in the name of the minor child . A custodial account does not entitle the custodian to purchase stock in his or her own name.
I HAVE BUSINESS ACCOUNTS WITH THE BANK. MAY I USE THESE TO PURCHASE STOCK?
Yes. However, the stock must be purchased in the name of the business . A business account does not entitle the signor to purchase stock in his or her own name. Funds used to purchase stock must also come from the business.
WILL THE COMMON STOCK BE INSURED?
NO . Like any common stock, the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will NOT be insured.
HOW DO I ORDER THE COMMON STOCK?
You must complete and return the enclosed Stock Order and Certification Form, along with full payment. Instructions for completing your Stock Order and Certification Form are included with the order form. Your order must be received by us (not postmarked) by 12:00 noon, Central Time, . Delivery of an original stock order form (we reserve the right to reject copies or facsimiles) and full payment may be made by overnight courier to the address listed on the top of the stock order form, by hand-delivery to any of our full service banking locations, or by mail, using the stock order reply envelope provided. Please do not mail stock order forms to Westbury Bank branch offices.
HOW MAY I PAY FOR MY COMMON STOCK?
First, you may pay by check or money order made payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Checks will be cashed upon receipt. We cannot accept wires or third party checks. Westbury Bank line of credit checks may not be used. Please do not mail cash!
Second, you may authorize us to withdraw funds from YOUR SAVINGS ACCOUNT or CERTIFICATE OF DEPOSIT at Westbury Bank. There is no penalty for early withdrawal from a certificate of deposit for the purpose of purchasing stock in the offering. You will not have access to these funds from the day we receive your order until completion or termination of the conversion. You may not designate withdrawal from Westbury Bank accounts with check-writing privileges. Please submit a check instead. Also, IRA or other retirement accounts held at Westbury Bank may not be listed for direct withdrawal. See information on IRAs below.
WILL I EARN INTEREST ON MY FUNDS?
Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Westbury Bank and will earn interest at Westbury Banks statement savings rate from the day the funds are received until the completion or termination of the offering. At that time, you will be issued a check for interest earned on these funds. If paid by authorizing a direct withdrawal from your Westbury Bank deposit account(s), your funds will continue earning interest within the account, at the applicable deposit account rate, until they are withdrawn.
CAN I PURCHASE STOCK USING FUNDS IN MY WESTBURY BANK IRA?
Yes, but not directly. To do so, you must first establish a self-directed IRA at a brokerage firm and transfer the necessary funds from your IRA at Westbury Bank. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA provider as soon as possible if you want to explore this option, as these transactions take time and many brokers are unwilling to allow an investment of this kind using IRA funds. Your ability to use such funds for this purchase may depend on time constraints, because this type of purchase requires additional processing time. You should contact our stock information center at least two weeks prior to the end of the offering period.
Whether you may use such funds for the purchase of shares in the stock offering may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the brokerage firm or institution where your funds are held.
WILL DIVIDENDS BE PAID ON THE COMMON STOCK?
Following the offering, Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s Board of Directors will have the authority to declare dividends. However, no decision has been made with respect to the amount, if any, and timing of any dividend payments. See the section of the prospectus entitled Our Policy Regarding Dividends for further details.
HOW WILL THE COMMON STOCK BE TRADED?
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s common stock is expected to trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB. However, no assurance can be given that an active and liquid market will develop.
ARE EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS OF WESTBURY BANK PLANNING TO PURCHASE STOCK?
Yes! The executive officers and directors of Westbury Bank plan to purchase, in the aggregate, approximately $1.7 million worth of stock or approximately 5.6% of the common stock offered at the minimum of the offering range.
MUST I PAY A COMMISSION?
No. You will not be charged a commission on the purchase of common stock in the conversion. However, if you are purchasing through a brokerage account, your broker may charge fees associated with your account.
MAY I CHANGE MY MIND AFTER I PLACE AN ORDER TO SUBSCRIBE FOR STOCK?
No. After receipt your executed stock order form may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent, unless the offering is not completed by , in which event subscribers may be given the opportunity to increase, decrease or rescind their orders for a specified period of time.
IF I PURCHASE SHARES IN THE OFFERING, WHEN WILL I RECEIVE MY STOCK CERTIFICATE?
Our transfer agent will send stock certificates by first class mail as soon as possible after completion of the stock offering. Although the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock will have begun trading, brokerage firms may require that you have received your stock certificate(s) prior to selling your shares. Your ability to sell the shares of common stock prior to your receipt of the stock certificate will depend on the arrangements you may make with your brokerage firm.
WHERE TO GET MORE INFORMATION
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
To Members and Friends of
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Westbury Bank
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, is assisting WBSB Bancorp, MHC in converting from the mutual holding company to stock holding company form of organization, subject to approval by the members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the depositors of Westbury Bank) at a meeting to be held for that purpose. Following the conversion, Westbury Bank will be the wholly owned subsidiary of a newly formed Maryland stock holding company named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. In connection with the conversion, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. is offering shares of its common stock in a subscription and community offering pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
At the request of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. we are enclosing materials explaining this process and your options, including an opportunity to invest in the shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock being offered to customers of Westbury Bank and various other persons until 12:00 noon, Central Time, on . Please read the enclosed prospectus carefully for a complete description of the stock offering, including the section titled Risk Factors beginning on page . Westbury Bancorp, Inc. has asked us to forward the prospectus and accompanying documents to you in view of certain requirements of the securities laws in your state.
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Very truly yours,
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
PROXY VOTE REMINDER
PLEASE VOTE TODAY!
WBSB Bancorp, MHC and Westbury Bank greatly value your opinion and support.
· Your vote on our Plan of Conversion and Reorganization has not yet been received.
· Please take a moment to cast your vote today!
· Vote immediately by internet or telephone using the enclosed instructions
· Vote by mail using the enclosed envelope.
· You may also drop off your signed proxy card(s) at any of our branch offices.
If you have already voted your proxy card(s), please accept our thanks and disregard this notice. For further information please call our information hotline at (877) -
Your Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote FOR the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization.
START OF OFFERING
Westbury Bank Website Message:
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization
Information
Westbury Bank is pleased to announce that materials were mailed on or about , regarding WBSB Bancorp, MHCs Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and the stock offering by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. If you were a depositor as of June 30, 2011, September 30, 2012, or , 2012, you should be receiving a packet of materials soon. We encourage you to read the information carefully.
If you were a member of Westbury Bank as of , one or more proxy cards are included in your packet. We encourage you to vote by internet or telephone today, or sign and return ALL proxy cards as promptly as possible.
Information, including a prospectus describing Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s stock offering, was also enclosed. The subscription offering has commenced and continues until 12:00 noon, Central Time, on , at which time your order must be received (not postmarked) if you want to take part in the offering.
Depending upon the outcome of the subscription offering, our best estimate at this time for trading of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. stock on the Nasdaq Capital Market is . However, as described in the prospectus, it could be later. The stock is expected to trade under the symbol WBB. We will keep you as informed as possible on this site.
Our telephone number at the Stock Information Center is (877) - .
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
END OF OFFERING
Westbury Bank Website Message
Stock Issuance Information
The Westbury Bancorp, Inc. stock offering closed on . The results of the offering are as follows: .
Interest and refund checks [if applicable] will be mailed to subscribers on or about , by regular mail to the name and address provided on the Stock Order and Certification Form submitted. No special mailing instructions will be accepted.
Allocations are available on KBWs website. [If applicable] You can view your allocation online by visiting https://allocations.kbw.com and typing in your order number and the last four digits of your social security number.
Notice to Subscribers not receiving all shares : Please be aware that while we believe this to be a final allocation, we reserve the right to amend this amount up to the time of trading and recommend you verify the number of shares you received on the face of the certificate you will receive prior to trading your shares. [if applicable]
The transfer agent for Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will be Registrar and Transfer Company based in Cranford, New Jersey and the phone number for its Investor Relations Department is (800) 368-5948.
We anticipate trading to begin on or about , on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol WBB.
The shares of common stock being offered are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency. An investment in the shares of common stock is subject to investment risks, including possible loss of the principal invested.
This is not an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy common stock. The offer is made only by the prospectus.
What Investors Need to Know
Key concepts for investors to bear in mind when considering whether to participate in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. mutual-to-stock conversion offering include the following:
· Know the Rules - By law, accountholders cannot sell or transfer their priority subscription rights, or the stock itself, prior to the completion of a financial institutions conversion. Moreover, accountholders cannot enter into agreements or arrangements to sell or transfer either their subscription rights or the underlying conversion stock.
· Neither a Borrower nor a Lender Be - If someone offers to lend you money so that you can participate or participate more fully in a conversion, be extremely wary. Be even more wary if the source of the money is someone you do not know. The loan agreement may make you unable to certify truthfully that you are the true holder of the subscription rights and the true purchaser of the stock and that you have no agreements regarding the sale or transfer of the stock.
· Watch Out for Opportunists - The opportunist may tell you that he or she is a lawyer or a consultant or a professional investor or some similarly impressive tale who has experience with similar mutual conversion transactions. The opportunist may go to extreme lengths to assure you that the arrangement you are entering into is legitimate. They might tell you that they have done scores of these transactions and that this is simply how they work. Or they might downplay the warnings or restrictions in the prospectus or order form, telling you that everyone enters into such agreements or that the deal they are offering is legitimate. They may also tell you that you have no risk in the transaction. The cold, hard truth is that these are lies, and if you participate, you are breaking the law.
· Get the Facts from the Source - If you have any questions about the securities offering, or if you have any doubts about a transaction proposed to you by someone else, please call our stock information center at ( ) - to determine whether the proposed arrangement is proper. You may be able to find helpful resources on the institutions website or by visiting a branch office.
The bottom line for investors is always to remember that if an opportunity sounds too good to be true, it probably is too good to be true.
Read This First
Federal Reserve Board (FRB)
Guidance for Accountholders
Westbury Bancorp, Inc., the proposed holding company of Westbury Bank, is in the process of selling stock to the public, as part of its mutual-to-stock conversion. As an accountholder at Westbury Bank, you have certain priority subscription rights to purchase stock in the offering. These priority subscription rights are non-transferable. If you subscribe for stock, you will be asked to sign a statement that the purchase is for your own account, and that you have no agreement or understanding regarding the subsequent sale or transfer of any shares you receive.
On occasion, unscrupulous people attempt to persuade accountholders to transfer subscription rights, or to purchase shares in the offering based on the understanding that the shares will subsequently be transferred to others. Such arrangements violate federal and state regulations. If you participate in these schemes, you are breaking the law and may be subject to prosecution. If someone attempts to persuade you to participate in such a scheme, please contact the FRBs Consumer Help Line at (888) 851-1920. The FRB, Westbury Bancorp, Inc. and Westbury Bank are very interested in ensuring that the prohibitions on transfer of subscription rights are not violated.
How will you know if you are being approached illegally? Typically, a fraudulent opportunist will approach you and offer to loan you money to purchase a significant amount of stock in the offering. In exchange for that loan you most likely will be asked either to transfer control of any stock purchased with that money to an account the other person controls, or sell the stock and give the majority of the profits to the other person. You may be told, untruthfully, that there is no risk to you, that the practice is common, and even if you are caught, your legal expenses will be covered.
On the back of this page is a list of some key concepts that you should keep in mind when considering whether to participate in the Westbury Bancorp, Inc. mutual-to-stock conversion offering. If you have questions, please contact the stock information center at ( ) - .
Exhibit 99.5
|
Deadline: The Subscription Offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Central Time, on ______. Your original Stock Order and Certification Form, properly executed and with the correct payment, must be received (not postmarked) by the deadline or it will be considered void. Orders will be accepted at the address on the top of this form, the PO Box address on the business reply envelope provided or by hand delivery to any of our full service banking locations. Faxes or copies of this form may not be accepted. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. reserves the right to accept or reject improper order forms. THE MINIMUM PURCHASE IS 25 SHARES ($250). Generally, no person may purchase more than 15,000 shares ($150,000), and no person together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert may purchase more than 30,000 shares ($300,000). Tenants in Common Individual Retirement Account Individual Joint Tenants Uniform Transfers to Minors Act Corporation Partnership Trust - Under Agreement Dated __________ PLEASE PRINT CLEARLY AND COMPLETE ALL APPLICABLE AREAS READ THE ENCLOSED STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS AS YOU COMPLETE THIS FORM (7) Associates/Acting in Concert: Check here if you, or any associates or persons acting in concert with you (defined on reverse side), have submitted other orders for shares. If you check this box, list below all other orders submitted by you or your associates or by persons acting in concert with you. (6) Maximum Purchaser Identification: Check here if you, individually or together with others (see section 7), are subscribing for the maximum purchase allowed and are interested in purchasing more shares if the two maximum purchase limitations are increased. See Item 1 of the Stock Order Form Instructions. Eligible Account Holder - Check here if you were a depositor with aggregate account balances of at least $50 on deposit with Westbury Bank as of the close of business on June 30, 2011. Enter information in Section 9 for all deposit accounts that you had at Westbury Bank on this date. Supplemental Eligible Account Holder - Check here if you were a depositor with aggregate account balances of at least $50 on deposit with Westbury Bank as of the close of business on September 30, 2012, but were not an Eligible Account Holder. Enter information in Section 9 for all deposit accounts that you had at Westbury Bank as of this date. Other Member - Check here if you were a depositor of Westbury Bank as of ________, who were not able to subscribe for shares under the Eligible or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder categories, Enter information in Section 9 for all deposit accounts that you had at Westbury Bank as of this date. Local Community Check here if you are not an Eligible or Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, or an Other Member, and you reside in the Wisconsin counties of Washington, Waukesha and Milwaukee. e. General Public Check here if none of the above categories apply to you. x $10.00 = (1) Number of Shares (2) Total Amount Due Signature Date Internal Use Only: Date Recd _____ / ____ Check# ________________ $__________________ Check#_______________ $__________________ Batch# ________ Order # _________ Category ____ Signature Date SEND OVERNIGHT PACKAGES TO: Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Processing Center 10 S Wacker Drive, Suite 3400 Chicago, IL 60606 (___) ___-____ Stock Order and Certification Form $ $ $ Total Withdrawal Amount $ Westbury Bank Account Number(s) Withdrawal Amount(s) (3b) Method of Payment Certificate or Savings Account Withdrawal The undersigned authorizes withdrawal from the Westbury Bank deposit account(s) listed below. There will be no early withdrawal penalty applicable for funds authorized on this form. Funds designated for withdrawal must be in the account(s) listed at the time this form is received. Westbury Bank IRAs or accounts with check-writing privileges may NOT be listed for direct withdrawal below. (3a) Method of Payment - Check or Money Order Enclosed is a personal check, bank check or money order made payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. in the amount of: (5) Check if you (or a household family member) are a: Director or Officer of Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, Employee of Westbury Bank , WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. WBSB Bancorp, Inc., or Westbury Bancorp, Inc. Name(s) listed in Section 8 on other Order Forms Number of Shares Ordered Name(s) listed in Section 8 on other Order Forms Number of Shares Ordered (8) Stock Registration: Please PRINT legibly and fill out completely: The stock certificate and all correspondence related to this stock order will be mailed to the address provided below. You may not add the names of others for joint stock registration who do not have subscription rights or who qualify in a lower subscription offering priority than you do. You may add only those who are eligible to purchase in the same purchase priority as you. See Stock Order Form Instructions for further guidance. Evening Telephone # City State Zip Code County Daytime Telephone # Address SS# or Tax ID Name SS# or Tax ID Name (9) Qualifying Accounts: You should list any accounts that you may have or had with Westbury Bank in the box below. SEE THE STOCK ORDER FORM INSTRUCTIONS FOR FURTHER DETAILS. All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering as described in the prospectus. Attach a separate page if additional space is needed. Failure to list all of your accounts may result in the loss of part or all your subscription rights. NAMES ON ACCOUNTS ACCOUNT NUMBERS (10) Acknowledgement, Certification and Signature: I understand that to be effective, this form, properly completed, together with full payment or withdrawal authorization, must be received (not postmarked) by Westbury Bancorp, Inc. no later than 12:00 noon, Central Time on __________, otherwise this form and all of my subscription rights will be void. (continued on reverse side of form) *** ORDER NOT VALID UNLESS SIGNED *** ONE SIGNATURE REQUIRED, UNLESS SECTION (3b) OF THIS FORM INCLUDES ACCOUNTS REQUIRING MORE THAN ONE SIGNATURE TO AUTHORIZE WITHDRAWAL Price Per Share $ $ Checks will be cashed upon receipt. Purchaser Information Check the one box that applies, as of the earliest date, to the purchaser(s) listed in Section 8: WESTBURY BANCORP, INC. LOGO |
|
(7) Associates/Acting In Concert (continued from front side of Stock Order Form) Associate The term associate of a particular person means: any corporation or organization (other than Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of them) of which the person is a senior officer or partner or beneficially owns, directly or indirectly,10% or more of any class of equity securities of the corporation or organization; any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which the person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity, except that a person who has a beneficial interest in any Westbury Bank employee stock benefit plan, or who is a trustee or fiduciary of such plan, is not an associate of such plan; any relative or spouse of the person, or any relative of the spouse, who has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., Westbury Bancorp, Inc. or any subsidiary of them; and any person acting in concert with any of the persons or entities specified above. Acting in Concert The term acting in concert means knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. EXECUTION OF THIS CERTIFICATION FORM WILL NOT CONSTITUTE A WAIVER OF ANY RIGHTS THAT A PURCHASER MAY HAVE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933 AND THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, BOTH AS AMENDED. A person or company which acts in concert with another person or company shall also be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that any Westbury Bank tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan will not be deemed to be acting in concert with their trustees or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by each plan will be aggregated. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by the board of directors of Westbury Bank or officers delegated by the board of directors and may be based on any evidence upon which the board or delegates choose to rely. Please see the Prospectus section entitled The Conversion and Plan of Distribution Limitations on Common Stock Purchases for more information on purchase limitations and a more detailed description of associates and acting in concert. (10) Acknowledgment, Certification and Signature (continued from front side of Stock Order and Certification Form) I agree that after receipt by Westbury Bancorp, Inc., this Stock Order and Certification Form may not be modified or cancelled without Westbury Bancorp, Inc.s consent, and that if withdrawal from a deposit account has been authorized, the authorized amount will not otherwise be available for withdrawal. Under penalty of perjury, I certify that (1) the Social Security or Tax ID information and all other information provided hereon are true, correct and complete, (2) I am purchasing shares solely for my own account and that there is no agreement or understanding regarding the sale of such shares, or my right to subscribe for shares, and (3) I am not subject to backup withholding tax [cross out (3) if you have been notified by the IRS that you are subject to backup withholding.] I acknowledge that my order does not conflict with the maximum purchase limitation of $150,000 for any individual person, or the $300,000 overall purchase limitation for any person or entity together with associates of, or persons acting in concert with, such person, or entity, in all categories of the offering, combined, as set forth in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization and the Prospectus dated __________. Subscription rights pertain to those eligible to subscribe in the Subscription Offering. Federal and State regulations prohibit any person from transferring or entering into any agreement directly or indirectly to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of subscription rights, or the underlying securities, to the account of another. I ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK ARE NOT A DEPOSIT OR ACCOUNT, ARE NOT FEDERALLY INSURED, AND ARE NOT GUARANTEED BY WESTBURY BANCORP, INC., WESTBURY BANK, OR BY THE FEDERAL GOVERNMENT OR ANY GOVERNMENT AGENCY. If anyone asserts that the shares of common stock are federally insured or guaranteed, or are as safe as an insured deposit, I should call the Stock Information Center at (877) ____-______. I further certify that, before ordering shares of the common stock of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., I received the Prospectus dated _________, and that I have read the terms and conditions described in the Prospectus, including disclosure concerning the nature of the security being offered and the risks involved in the investment described in the Risk Factors section beginning on page ___, which risks include but are not limited to the following: 1. RISK FACTORS TO BE INCLUDED FROM THE PROSPECTUS WHEN FINALIZED |
|
REVOCABLE PROXY THIS PROXY IS SOLICITED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS OF WBSB BANCORP, MHC ▲ Detach the proxy voting card here ▲ The undersigned, being a depositor of Westbury Bank, hereby authorizes the Board of Directors of WBSB Bancorp, MHC or any successors in their respective positions, as proxy, with full powers of substitution, to represent the undersigned at the Special Meeting of Members of WBSB Bancorp, MHC to be held at _________, West Bend, Wisconsin on ________, 2012 at _____, Central Time, and at any adjournment of said meeting, to act with respect to all votes that the undersigned would be entitled to cast, if then personally present, as set forth below: FOR AGAINST 1. 2. A plan of conversion and reorganization pursuant to which WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the Mutual Holding Company) will convert from the mutual to the stock form of organization. As part of the conversion, a new Maryland corporation named Westbury Bancorp, Inc. will become the stock holding company for Westbury Bank and will offer shares of common stock for sale in a public stock offering. As a result of the conversion, members of the Mutual Holding Company (depositors of Westbury Bank) will no longer have voting rights unless they become stockholders of Westbury Bancorp, Inc.; The approval of the establishment of the Westbury Bank Charitable Foundation and the funding of the foundation with an aggregate of $1.0 million, consisting of shares of common stock (29,750 shares at the minimum offering and 40,250 shares at the maximum offering, or up to 46,288 shares at the adjusted maximum offering) and cash ($702,500 at the minimum offering and $597,500 at the maximum offering, or $537,100 at the adjusted maximum); and such other business as may properly come before the special meeting or any adjournment thereof. The Board of Directors is not aware of any such other business. Your Board of Directors Unanimously recommends a vote FOR the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Vote by Internet or Telephone 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. If you vote your proxy by Internet or by Telephone, you do NOT need to return your proxy card(s) by mail. Each Proxy Card has a unique control number. If you choose to vote by Internet or by Telephone, please enter the control number from each Proxy Card. Internet www.proxyvotenow.com/Westbury Use the Internet to vote your proxy. Have your Proxy Card in hand when you access the website. You will be prompted to enter your control number, located in the red box on the reverse, to create and submit an electronic ballot. Telephone 1-___-___-____ Use any touch-tone telephone to vote your proxy. Have your Proxy Card in hand when you call. You will be prompted to enter your control number, located in the red box on the reverse, and then follow the directions given. Mail Mark, sign and date your Proxy Card and return it in the postage-paid proxy card reply envelope provided. A detachable Stock Order Form is on the facing page. If delivering this proxy by mail, please check the appropriate box above, and sign and date on the reverse side. |
|
▲ Detach the proxy voting card here ▲ WBSB BANCORP, MHC REVOCABLE PROXY This proxy, when properly signed, will be voted as directed. If no direction is given by the member, this proxy, if signed, will be voted FOR the proposals stated on the reverse. Voting for approval of the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) will also include approval of the Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. (including the anti-takeover/limitation of stockholder rights provisions) and the mergers contemplated by the Plan. If any other business is presented at the meeting, this proxy will be voted by the proxies at the direction of a majority of the Board of Directors. At the present time, the Board of Directors knows of no other business to be presented at the meeting. Please follow the instructions below to vote your proxy today via internet or telephone, or complete, sign and date this proxy card and return it in the enclosed proxy reply envelope. Votes will be cast in accordance with this proxy. Should the undersigned be present and elect to vote at the Meeting or at any adjournment thereof and after notification to the Secretary of WBSB Bancorp, MHC at said Meeting of the undersigneds decision to terminate this proxy, then the power of said attorney in fact or agents shall be deemed terminated and of no further force and effect. The undersigned acknowledges receipt of a Notice of Special Meeting and attached proxy statement dated ______________, 2012, and the prospectus of Westbury Bancorp, Inc., prior to the execution of this proxy. __________________________________________________ Signature Date NOTE: Only one signature is required in the case of a joint deposit account. Please sign exactly as your name appears on this proxy card. When signing as attorney, executor, administrator, trustee or guardian, please give your full title. Corporations or partnership proxies should be signed by an authorized officer. Important: Please vote all proxy cards that you receive. There are no duplicate cards. Voting does not require you to purchase shares of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock in the stock offering. Internet www.proxyvotenow.com/Westbury Use the Internet to vote your proxy. Have your Proxy Card in hand when you access the website. You will be prompted to enter your control number, located in the box above, to create and submit an electronic ballot. Telephone 1-___-___-____ Use any touch-tone telephone to vote your proxy. Have your Proxy Card in hand when you call. You will be prompted to enter your control number, located in the box above, and then follow the directions given. Mail Mark, sign and date your Proxy Card and return it in the postage-paid Proxy Card reply envelope provided. A detachable Stock Order Form is on the facing page. CONTROL NUMBER 0000000000 Your Board of Directors Unanimously recommends a vote FOR the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization. Vote by Internet or Telephone 24 hours a day, 7 days a week. If you vote your proxy by Internet or by Telephone, you do NOT need to return your proxy card(s) by mail. Each Proxy Card has a unique control number. If you choose to vote by Internet or by Telephone, please enter the control number from each Proxy Card. |
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Order Form Instructions
Stock Information Center: (877) -
Stock Order Form Instructions All orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering as described in the prospectus.
Item 1 and 2 - Fill in the number of shares that you wish to purchase and the total payment due. The amount due is determined by multiplying the number of shares ordered by the subscription price of $10.00 per share. The minimum number of shares of common stock you may order is 25 shares. The maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual can order by himself in the subscription offering is 15,000 shares, and the maximum number of shares of common stock that an individual can order with an associate or group of persons acting in concert in all categories of the offering is 30,000 shares. For additional information, see Limitations on Common Stock Purchases in the prospectus.
Item 3a Payment for shares may be made by check, bank draft or money order payable to Westbury Bancorp, Inc. DO NOT MAIL CASH. Checks on a Westbury Bank line of credit will not be accepted. Funds received during the offering will be held in a segregated account at Westbury Bank and will earn interest at Westbury Banks statement savings rate until completion of the offering.
Item 3b - To pay by withdrawal from a savings account or certificate of deposit at Westbury Bank insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to withdraw from each account. If more than one signature is required for a withdrawal, all signatories must sign in the signature box on the front of the Stock Order and Certification form. To withdraw from an account with checking privileges, please write a check. Westbury Bank will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate of deposit accounts (CDs) for the purpose of purchasing stock in the offering. A hold will be placed on the account(s) for the amount(s) you indicate to be withdrawn. Payments will remain in account(s) until the stock offering closes and earn their respective rate of interest, but will not be available for your use until the completion of the transaction.
Item 4 - Please check the appropriate box to tell us the earliest of the three dates that apply to you, or the local community or general public boxes if you were not a depositor of Westbury Bank on any of the key dates.
Item 5 - Please check one of these boxes if you are a director, officer or employee of Westbury Bank, WBSB Bancorp, MHC, WBSB Bancorp, Inc., or Westbury Bancorp, Inc., or a member of such persons household.
Item 6 - Please check the box, if applicable. If you check the box but have not subscribed for the maximum amount and did not complete Item 7, you may not be eligible to purchase more shares.
Item 7 - Check the box, if applicable, and provide the requested information. Attach a separate page, if necessary. In the Prospectus dated , 2012, please see the section entitled The Conversion and Plan of Distribution - Limitations on Common Stock Purchases for more information regarding the definition of associate and acting in concert.
Item 8 - The stock transfer industry has developed a uniform system of shareholder registrations that we will use in the issuance of Westbury Bancorp, Inc. common stock. Please complete this section as fully and accurately as possible, and be certain to supply your social security or Tax I.D. number(s) and your daytime and evening phone numbers. We will need to call you if we cannot execute your order as given. If you have any questions regarding the registration of your stock, please consult your legal advisor or contact the Stock Information Center at (877) - . Subscription rights are not transferable. If you are an eligible or supplemental eligible account holder or other member, to protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the prospectus you must take ownership in at least one of the account holders names.
Item 9 You should list any qualifying accounts that you have or may have had with Westbury Bank in the box located under the heading Qualifying Accounts. For example, if you are ordering stock in just your name, you should list all of your account numbers as of the earliest of the three dates that you were a depositor. Similarly, if you are ordering stock jointly with another depositor, you should list all account numbers under which either of you are owners, i.e. individual accounts, joint accounts, etc. If you are ordering stock in your minor childs or grandchilds name under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, the minor must have had an account number on one of the three dates and you should list only their account number(s). If you are ordering stock as a corporation, you need to list just that corporations account number, as your individual account number(s) do not qualify. Failure to list all of your qualifying deposit account numbers may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.
Item 10 - Sign and date the form where indicated. Before you sign please read carefully and review the information which you have provided and read the acknowledgement. Only one signature is required, unless any account listed in section 3b of this form requires more than one signature to authorize a withdrawal. Please review the Prospectus dated , including the section titled Risk Factors beginning on page , carefully before making an investment decision.
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Westbury Bancorp, Inc.
Stock Ownership Guide
Stock Information Center: (877 ) -
Stock Ownership Guide
Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individuals name only. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more owners. When stock is held by joint tenants with rights of survivorship, ownership automatically passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When stock is to be held by tenants in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by tenants in common. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.
Individual Retirement Account - Individual Retirement Account (IRA) holders may potentially make stock purchases from their existing IRA if it is a self-directed IRA. The stock cannot be held in your Westbury Bank IRA. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA account provider as quickly as possible to explore this option, as it may take a number of weeks to place a subscription using IRA funds.
Registration for IRAs: On Name Line 1 - list the name of the broker or trust department followed by CUST or TRUSTEE.
On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) YOUR NAME [IRA a/c # ].
Address will be that of the broker / trust department to where the stock certificate will be sent.
The Social Security / Tax I.D. number(s) will be either yours or your trustees, as the trustee directs .
Please list your phone numbers, not the phone numbers of your broker / trust department.
Uniform Transfers to Minors Act - For residents of Wisconsin and many states, stock may be held in the name of a custodian for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act . In this form of ownership, the minor is the actual owner of the stock with the adult custodian being responsible for the investment until the child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated. Please consult your personal advisor regarding applicable laws regarding transfers to minors in your state.
Registration for UTMA: On Name Line 1 print the name of the custodian followed by the abbreviation CUST
On Name Line 2 FBO (for benefit of) followed by the name of the minor, followed by UTMA-WI
(Or your states abbreviation)
List only the minors social security number on the form.
Corporation/Partnership Corporations/Partnerships may purchase stock. Please provide the Corporation/Partnerships legal name and Tax I.D. To have subscription rights, the Corporation/Partnership must have an account in its legal name and Tax I.D. Please contact the Stock Information Center to verify depositor rights and purchase limitations.
Fiduciary/Trust - Generally, fiduciary relationships (such as Trusts, Estates, Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant to a court order. Without a legal document establishing a fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.
Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an individual. If the fiduciary is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the name, print the fiduciary title, such as trustee, executor, personal representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor or testator or the name of the beneficiary. Following the name, indicate the type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court order, etc.). In the blank after Under Agreement Dated, fill in the date of the document governing the relationship. The date of the document need not be provided for a trust created by a will.
For additional information, refer to the enclosed prospectus or call our Stock Information Center, toll free, at (877) - , Monday through Friday, between 9:00 a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Central Time. You can also visit the Stock Information Center located at our branch office at 200 South Main Street, West Bend, Wisconsin. The Stock Information Center will be open between a.m. and p.m., through beginning , 2012. The stock information center will be closed on weekends and bank holidays.
Exhibit 99.6
|
|
|
October 24, 2012 |
Boards of Directors
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, Wisconsin 53095
Re: |
Plan of Conversion and Reorganization |
|
WBSB Bancorp, MHC |
|
WBSB Bancorp, Inc. |
|
Westbury Bank |
Members of the Boards of Directors:
All capitalized terms not otherwise defined in this letter have the meanings given such terms in the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization (the Plan) adopted by the Board of Directors of WBSB Bancorp , MHC, (the MHC), which is based in West Bend, Wisconsin. The Plan provides for the conversion of the MHC into the stock form of organization. Pursuant to the Plan, the MHC will be merged into WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Mid-Tier) and the Mid-Tier will merge with Westbury Bancorp, Inc., a newly formed Maryland corporation (the Company) with the Company as the resulting entity, and the MHC will no longer exist. As part of the Plan, the Company will sell shares of common stock in an offering that will represent the ownership interest in the Mid-Tier, now owned by the MHC.
We understand that in accordance with the Plan, depositors will receive rights in a liquidation account maintained by the Company representing the amount of the MHCs total equity as of the date of the latest statement of financial condition used in the prospectus. The Company shall continue to hold the liquidation account for the benefit of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. We further understand that Westbury Bank will also establish a liquidation account in an amount equal to the Companys liquidation account, pursuant to the Plan. The liquidation accounts are designed to provide payments to depositors of their liquidation interests in the event of liquidation of Westbury Bank (or the Company and Westbury Bank).
In the unlikely event that either Westbury Bank, (or the Company and Westbury Bank) were to liquidate after the conversion, all claims of creditors, including those of depositors, would be paid first, followed by distribution to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of their interests in the liquidation account maintained by the Company. Also, in a complete liquidation of both entities, or of Westbury Bank only, when the Company has insufficient assets (other than the stock of Westbury Bank), to fund the liquidation account distribution due to Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Westbury Bank has positive net worth, Westbury Bank, shall immediately make a distribution to fund the Companys remaining obligations under the liquidation account. The Plan further provides that if the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Westbury Bank, then the rights of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the liquidation account maintained by the Company shall be surrendered and treated as a liquidation account in Westbury Bank, the bank liquidation account and depositors shall
Washington Headquarters |
|
|
Three Ballston Plaza |
|
Telephone: (703) 528-1700 |
1100 North Glebe Road, Suite 600 |
|
Fax No.: (703) 528-1788 |
Arlington, VA 22201 |
|
Toll-Free No.: (866) 723-0594 |
www.rpfinancial.com |
|
E-Mail: mail@rpfinancial.com |
have an equivalent interest in the bank liquidation account, subject to the same rights and terms as the liquidation account maintained by the Company.
Based upon our review of the Plan and our observations that the liquidation rights become payable only upon the unlikely event of the liquidation of Westbury Bank (or the Company and Westbury Bank), that liquidation rights in the Company automatically transfer to Westbury Bank in the event the Company is completely liquidated or sold apart from a sale or liquidation of Westbury Bank, and that after two years from the date of conversion and upon written request of the Federal Reserve Board, the Company will transfer the liquidation account and depositors interest in such account to Westbury Bank and the liquidation account shall thereupon become the liquidation account of Westbury Bank no longer subject to the Companys creditors, we are of the belief that: the benefit provided by the Westbury Bank liquidation account supporting the payment of the liquidation account in the event the Company lacks sufficient net assets does not have any economic value at the time of the transactions contemplated in the first and second paragraphs above. We note that we have not undertaken any independent investigation of state or federal law or the position of the Internal Revenue Service with respect to this issue.
|
Sincerely, |
|
RP Financial, LC. |
|
|
Exhibit 99.7
|
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS |
August 8, 2012
Westbury Bank
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
WBSB Bancorp, MHC
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
WBSB Bancorp, Inc.
200 South Main Street
West Bend, WI 53095
Attention: |
Mr. Raymond F. Lipman Chairman and CEO |
Ladies and Gentlemen:
This letter confirms the engagement of Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (KBW) to act as the conversion agent to WBSB Bancorp, MHC (the MHC), WBSB Bancorp, Inc. (the Corporation), and Westbury Bank (the Bank) in connection with the proposed conversion and reorganization from the mutual holding company form of organization to a stock holding company form of organization pursuant to a Plan of Conversion and Reorganization to be adopted by the MHC, the Corporation, and the Bank (the Reorganization). In order to effect the Reorganization, it is contemplated that the MHC will merge into the Corporation and the Corporation will merge into a new stock holding company (the Holding Company) and that the Holding Company will offer and sell shares of its common stock (the Common Stock) to eligible persons in a Subscription Offering, with any remaining shares offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering (the Subscription Offering, the direct Community Offering and any Syndicated Community Offering are collectively referred to herein as the Offerings). The MHC, the Corporation, the Bank, and the Holding Company are collectively referred to herein as the Company. This letter sets forth the terms and conditions of our engagement as conversion agent to the Company.
Conversion Agent Services : As Conversion Agent, and as the Company may reasonably request, KBW will provide the following services:
1. Consolidation of Accounts and Development of a Central File, including, but not limited to the following:
Keefe, Bruyette & Woods · 10 S. Wacker Dr., Suite 3400 · Chicago, IL 60606
312.423.8200 · Toll Free: 800.929.6113 · Fax: 312.423.8232
· Consolidate accounts having the same ownership and separate the consolidated file information into necessary groupings to satisfy mailing requirements;
· Create the master file of account holders as of key record dates; and
· Provide software for the operation of the Companys Stock Information Center, including subscription management and proxy solicitation efforts.
2. Preparation of Proxy Forms; Proxy Solicitation and Special Meeting Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Companys financial printer with labeling of proxy materials for voting and subscribing for stock;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including proxy grams and additional solicitation materials;
· Proxy and ballot tabulation; and
· Assist the Inspector of Election for the Companys special meeting of members, if requested and the election is not contested.
3. Subscription Services, including, but not limited to the following:
· Assist the Company in establishing and managing a Stock Information Center with an on-site licensed representative;
· Advise on the physical location of the Stock Information Center including logistical and materials requirements;
· Assist in educating Company personnel;
· Assist in establishing recordkeeping and reporting procedures;
· Supervise the Stock Information Center during the Offering;
· Assist the Companys financial printer with labeling of stock offering materials for subscribing for stock;
· Provide support for any follow-up mailings to members, as needed, including additional solicitation materials;
· Stock order form processing and production of daily reports and analysis;
· Provide supporting account information to the Companys legal counsel for blue sky research and applicable registration;
· Assist the Companys transfer agent with the generation and mailing of stock certificates;
· Perform interest and refund calculations and provide a file to enable the Company to generate interest and refund checks; and
· Create 1099-INT forms for interest reporting, as well as magnetic media reporting to the IRS, for subscribers paid $10 or more in interest for subscriptions paid by check.
Fees : For the Conversion Agent services outlined above, the Company agrees to pay KBW a fee of $35,000. This fee is based upon the requirements of current banking regulations, the Companys Plan of Conversion and Reorganization as currently contemplated, and the expectation that member data will be processed as of three key
record dates. Any material changes in regulations or the Plan of Conversion and Reorganization, or delays requiring duplicate or replacement processing due to changes to record dates, may result in additional fees not to exceed $5,000. All fees under this agreement shall be payable as follows: (a) $10,000 payable upon execution of this agreement, which shall be non-refundable; (b) $15,000 payable upon mailing of subscription and proxy materials, which shall be non-refundable; and (c) the balance upon the completion of the Offerings.
Costs and Expenses : In addition to any fees that may be payable to KBW hereunder, the Company agrees to reimburse KBW, upon request made from time to time, for its reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with its engagement hereunder, regardless of whether the Offering is consummated, including, temporary clerical employees, travel, lodging, food, telephone, postage, listings, forms and other similar expenses; which will not exceed $25,000. KBW and the Company acknowledge that such expense cap may be increased by mutual consent in an amount not to exceed $10,000 for additional out-of-pocket expenses in the event of a resolicitation of the Offering. In no event shall expenses exceed $35,000. The provisions of this paragraph are not intended to apply to or in any way impair the indemnification provisions of this letter.
Reliance on Information Provided : The Company agrees to provide KBW with such information as KBW may reasonably require in performance of its services under this agreement. The Company recognizes and confirms that KBW (a) will use and rely on such information in performing the services contemplated by this agreement without having independently verified the same, and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the information or to conduct any independent verification or any appraisal or physical inspection of properties or assets.
Limitations : KBW, as Conversion Agent hereunder, (a) shall have no duties or obligations other than those specifically set forth herein; (b) will be regarded as making no representations and having no responsibilities as to the validity, sufficiency, value or genuineness of any order form or any stock certificates or the shares represented thereby, and will not be required to and will make no representations as to the validity, value or genuineness of the offer; (e) shall not be obliged to take any legal action hereunder which might in its judgment involve any expense or liability, unless it shall have been furnished with reasonable indemnity satisfactory to it; and (d) may rely on and shall be protected in acting in reliance upon any certificate, instrument, opinion, notice, letter, telex, telegram, or other document or security delivered to it and in good faith believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed by the proper party or parties.
The Company also agrees neither KBW, nor any of its affiliates nor any officer, director, employee or agent of KBW or any of its affiliates, nor any person controlling KBW or any of its affiliates, shall be liable to any person or entity, including the
Company, by reason of any error of judgment, or for any act done by it in good faith, or for any mistake of law or fact in connection with this agreement and the performance hereof, unless caused by or arising primarily out of KBWs bad faith or gross negligence. The foregoing agreement shall be in addition to any rights that KBW, the Company or any Indemnified Party (as defined herein) may have at common law or otherwise, including, but not limited to, any right to contribution.
Anything in this agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, in no event shall KBW be liable for special, indirect or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits), even if KBW has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.
Indemnification : The Company agrees to indemnify and hold harmless KBW and its affiliates, the respective partners, directors, officers, employees, and agents of KBW and its affiliates and each other person, if any, controlling KBW or any of its affiliates and each of their successors and assigns (KBW and each such person being an Indemnified Party) to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities, joint or several, to which such Indemnified Party may become subject under applicable federal or state law, or otherwise, related to or arising out of the engagement of KBW pursuant to, and the performance by KBW of the services contemplated by, this letter, and will reimburse any Indemnified Party for all expenses (including counsel fees and expenses) as they are incurred, including expenses incurred in connection with investigation, preparing for or defending any such action or claim whether or not in connection with pending or threatened litigation, or any action or proceeding arising therefrom, whether or not KBW is a Party. The Company will not be liable under the foregoing indemnification provision to the extent that any loss, claim, damage, liability or expense is found in a final judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted primarily from KBWs bad faith or gross negligence.
If the indemnification provided for in the foregoing paragraph is judicially determined to be unavailable (other than in accordance with the terms hereof) to any person otherwise entitled to indemnity in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to herein, then, in lieu of indemnifying such person hereunder, the Company shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such person as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (and expenses relating thereto) (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits to the Company, on the one hand, and KBW, on the other hand, of the engagement provided for in this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided for in clause (i) above is not available, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in such clause (i) but also the relative fault of each of the Company and KBW, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided , however , in no event shall KBWs aggregate contribution to the amount paid or payable exceed the aggregate amount of fees actually
received by KBW under this Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, the relative benefits to the Company and to KBW of the engagement under this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same proportion as (a) the total value paid or contemplated to be paid or received or contemplated to be received by the Company in the Conversion and the Offerings that are the subject of the engagement hereunder, whether or not consummated, bears to (b) the fees paid or to be paid to KBW under this Agreement.
This letter constitutes the entire Agreement between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and can be altered only by written consent signed by the parties. This Agreement is governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed in that state, without regard to such states rules concerning conflicts of laws. Any right to trial by jury with respect to any claim or action arising out of this agreement or conduct in connection with the engagement is hereby waived by the parties hereto.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
Very truly yours,
KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Harold T. Hanley III |
|
|
|
|
Harold T. Hanley III |
|
|
|
|
Managing Director |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Westbury Bank |
|
|
||
WBSB Bancorp, MHC |
|
|
||
WBSB Bancorp, Inc. |
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
|
|
|
||
By: |
/s/ Raymond F. Lipman |
|
Date: |
8/14/12 |
|
Raymond F. Lipman |
|
|
|
|
Chairman and CEO |
|
|